Aone

nets estate,

9) meaty atquiyet

rg ent

ot canth aatl eit rie nits

— ronan te ae + AA re te

warerere cas 49 4 a

i wy) waar aye!

ait

4 pees thet ony

s bi rm

bet i .

> ly cor tilates fat é

aad etgt rele

nee nh 2

cite if ribs ieee

hate

TIT ye et sharte a rete

FAs gett ohetal hate'ty’

“

3 Ss gsheardage lt” . 1

nie atonete” + r\ Latete

nisi Sat ; i ;

hee a4) ’ Ht

ibketeleteitiy mi gi rice

2) Sti aie

” i bi beep}

tt wilt i

rit tks

) ry

tity: y 4

silat i Suede ten

hale titaieet " ie

7 t tA ' Oh ; iF eee

4 " 4

Hsin i

ih aneda etait a )/

Fameaetmionets es it

| ‘ Hitt

' $ wt

ita? yw of oh y * sany 7,

(fag 3 >) ibeatd » {

stat atthe ' tf wll

Hide

ane tat ical

‘Nel tui ’ "

eae 4 thw

ta ate ,

eens: 4 it ais Maas tadacet t AS stale Ht

party “« gait) Me Paditad he bate at? +h i aeiigtet » its jet Anyie

eaidiele —_ Livh oho a ViseP ihe ¢ Piet Wasettle

Ihe laevis +) : sf, ‘ Mii

a Ratti

Bas neat Hits

ih ’ if 4 , ? } tS

tit Sain ath) iitel aa) Naha at ce neta! yt \ ; } ie! een ae

} ' er everns Pratt ! hl He

25098»

495 atte Syrhaded i

eit id tainted : * % ls 4) Bite Hatta

ct tT

vs aT ‘ Dt

bid om aie

, ]

iat r sit ie

Mass at yi rie: sere!

ron dayy

dele

4 whi te H

a ria) Meets

Bt Erte

eer ent

24\4

Spit ti flees Yy. ° 1: ie

int dehede Ashi i¢ 4 ry M aie) ee ie < ry i

; Attarotyaalee | tier

dabeis Y

Nag. rte se

SA ret

is Table

diritiriya ra

pry heey He

45 ead 495

ESHA ’ Co

. ines

\siblengeaag!

ee 4 Moeites Ht

alae a8 ‘ SRE H

M4 atte:

ae He

fons

tied.

" sharia / " 7 Ah it ye wake ry

40< * 4 ‘nd 4 aut 4) opiate wens

ve ; rail at yt iade vaicie ay ave

rp tis ny i ry 1!

iat ated Lejahatied ont heanaiiy

Ais eeatig | dg Coad Ah erevgre | pipe

peat ares ae Spier ad tars Bs

he |s 1 hip weaning fo

Pant |

Avdant4! Wietedsis Hh i

qietes’ piri alee rf ry hparetere te} ‘ } ? Pert aaectet

bee yt any titel pare yet}

eee

piesa ate att

Vidal of rea

ype dnee bet

ey) ¢

x6 spt sedated wtieeie ee

its

mised tents tial rine Piso iinde

steaieiiaa shel uiirisuy Sati Thia aie it Seth ili

mPenipetner tt tates t4 a ati

agyaetsiit i Sirtytenga tastes ‘ aS inva a0 att ni ne

Ney edeaqere te tty aigtis daleiise eaten pitt rs si

H vi vkedal Beet iar t: SOS MM HET sb4 a yay cieratt : stabs aud

ise qiedisbag ane tea a) abe diet ) Rpt i sit Hatt nS

a tiats atviciebesete tat) T1e shetany + 440

yy qeaanedias

bry sees We peseher ers

hag iri ote fateh wi ‘4

ves oss pate 4 irs ote tows sas gansereet a TN ate Catt) ih

feaidelad Te Niamaniienstlt spas dea ae Ps Maivigare

a aaron sie) st +); 4 ata avy yt ah ey Wiibittenese)

: } in te Aes 4 ee ee

Sjeiaeariy eat

tr rat eee r

pereriny i)

bby yh fl ae

wer

mig ated eave’ ” a

bh 4) be fe 4 ah 4a

Satsl chen eyenienmseperestees S12)

roan yee hee he &

ray ab

if carey ‘¥ ye

Bod we

“4

iat,

‘Mare

BAe val %

if se i

pit yh ape : Z es ae wv ue ie bat

iff Oe : Rg AA St el

; hi

yin} uy “i uo

at a i

Nore yt aM At on caheons

Haase ae Ly

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUBING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLO

( BEING A CONTINUATION OF TIE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIL LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.US.

eee

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CoO., LD.;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLINRE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH ?

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1900.

“Omnes res create sunt divinse sapientiz et potentix testes, divitiz felicitatis

human :—ex harum usu onitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conseryatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

a veré erudigs et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit — -Linnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

eee ee ee eo es. Lhesylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

AUl, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

AUERE J rpAMMAM,

» ~ SS

Sy 5 2

CONTENTS OF VOL, VI.

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER XXXI.

Page

I. On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation, Argentine

Republic. By A. Smirn Woopwarp, LL.D. F.L.S. (Plate L)..

II. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Megachile and a new

Andrena. By T.D, A. CockExE.L, Professor of Entomology, New

Blexico-Aenicultural College... Meas tied oe on su cunccscvesaeusde.

II. On the West-Indian Species of Madrepora. By J. W.

GreGory, D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the University of

PRL OEIO oor cece) rac ee vs Soey tice le stele Riasaid, ni ialol eo sina eha oy eaeM aes

IV. British Amphipoda.—lV. Families Stegocephalide and Cidi-

ceride (part.). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

eee abe N DEL 2 ters) daar a sean betatehtec i were ee hw ad Sole Sek ee oe

V. Description of a new Sea-Horse (Hippocampus) from Muscat.

Pyphraits MOTION LE Seth amelie aes ak'scs 0 Ste AIR eke wae ©

VI. A List of the Fishes collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin in

the Falkland Islands. By G. A. BouLenesr, F.R.S. With Notes

ema tiess © le hOT rn 2 aes cis cave Way tarehe ac ol beepic = ico RTH Ns choke abe nee

VII. Rhynchotal Notes—V. Heteroptera: Asopine and Tes-

Hae tant OILUGOLC RTE Tory NY Ae Arie PIER RONG! © Pate c veg sclape Sis oah aro ue en, « chee ak

VIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Tro-

pical South America. By Hrrsertr Drucr, F.LS. &c........6..

IX. Report on the Neuroptera Odonata collected by Mr. E. E.

Austen at Sierra Leone during August and September 1899. By

Week) Krnpy,, W035.) FbaS. | (Plate TE.)) v5. ad alee Cas vale «

X. Notes on the Forficularia.—V. Descriptions of new Species

and anew Genus. By Matcotm Burr, F.Z.5., F.E.S. (Plate IV.

Ue hy gl Oey as win coche ah oso Be ae Marea eta iel seein int bic phe oie ad oases 8 >

XI. Notes on the Forficularia.—VI. On a Collection of Forficu-

laria from Sarawak. By Matcoitm Burr, F.ZS8., F.E.S. (Plate

Ae eI) Oc nn Wig ater onc v are Nats a(n sy o@iweNe. 4 ass

XII. The Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. By F. A.

EW AMMAR NN oR RE. kay 'g cots aN we gc TIO Mee AO Ee kto De

XIII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WatsincHaM,

VPM Oro Re PE adn: 7a)'5.9 Sais al naavs 9 wieke Sy is eis nry se eg Pier

XIV. On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region. By OLp-

MEE A LOMAS OS crea ats aks cielo 9p h.a,84shh tals doe UR etd sv Hlele wala aie Se a

iv CONTENTS.

Page

XV. Plankton Studies.—II. On Pleodorina ilinoisensis, 1 new

Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By C. A. Kororp,

Ph.D. (Plates V8 VIL) os coe. as see apes ieee eee 139

New Book :—Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phaleenze in the British

Museum. Volume II. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Noline,

Lithosiane) in the Collection of the British Museum. By Sir

Grong FE: ELAMPSON, JBarty ance doicticrecen ears cc oe suseres oer 157

On the ‘Ankiindung eines systematischen Werkes yon dem Schmet-

terlingen der Wienergegend’ of Schiffermiiller and Denis, by

Louis B. Prout, F.E.S.; Abundance of the Greater Siil-Smelt

(Argentina silus, Ascan) on the Market of Boston, Lincoln-

shire, by2G. A. poulenger HOR Sn aac s jes oicn oe eae ene 158, 160

NUMBER XXXII.

XVI. Note on Diptera from South Africa (Tabanide and Asilide).

By Miss GERTRUDE RicaRpo

nha dhe want Goede eae en aeaete aie asa tk nee 161

XVII. Note on a Hermaphrodite Frog. By R. C. Punnett,

BAG CE BEOER A), hoc awa. poe shen eee treme ERNE 179

XVIII. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles collected by

Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S......... 18h

XIX, Descriptions of new Batrachiins and Reptiles from the Larut

Hills. Perak By .G.A. BovimNnenn, FURS). ota. teehee 186

XX. Description of a new Lizard from Jamaica, By G. A.

IBOULENGER, HEuiSe! Gross ate v's «ies Fh ae eee e atiaiiogs oeata Mere 193

XXIJ. Description of a new Lizard from British East Africa. By

GA. BOpUENGER, PURIS. “ity. sists ts sient es ue aepeperes Ocoee 194

XXII. On a new Species of the Genus Alepas (A. Lankestert),

from the Collection of the British Museum. By A. Gruven, Chargé

de Cours a la Faculté des Sciences de Bordeaux. (Plate VIII.) .. 195

XXIII. Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. By Groner H.

CarPEntTER, B.Sc, Lond., of the Science and Art Museum, Dublin. 199

XXIV. An undescribed Type of Rusine Deer. By R. Lyprxxrr. 204

XXV. On Two English Millipedes (Zuius londinensis, Leach, and

dulus' teutonicus, sp. 0.) 5. by, be. es ROCOCK exit a. tcp oie ae 206

XXVI. Descriptions of Two Species of Cyprea, both of the Sub-

genus Trivia, Gray. By James Cosmo Metviut, M.A.,F.L.S. .. 207

XXVIT. Description of a new Species of Papilio from Bwool,

North Celebes. By H. Grosr-Smita, F.ES., F.Z.S., &e. ......., 210

XXVHI. Notes on the Collection of African Phasgonuride formed

by Mr. W. LL. Distant in the ‘lransvaal &c., with Descriptions of

Two new Species.. By W. F. Kinpy, F.LS., FES. &. ...0.... 210

CONTENTS.

Page

XXIX. Note on a Variation in the Number of the Genital Pouches

in Thalussema neptuni, Gaertner. By F. Hl. Stewart, M.A.,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews

XXX. Description of a new Species of Buprestide. By Cuas. O.

DEPP STISIURITO UHee Wek on ne atau ints, ayeu ike a ofan dyes Ghapaiaaine wins, eats oS

XXXII. Rhynchotal Notes.— VI. Heteroptera: Dinidorine,

Phyllocephalineg, Urolabidine, and <Acanthosomine. By W. L.

Distant

XXXII. Asiatic Tortricidae. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsrne-

ER UaB Vc MPa ETM OR huron erry che foe seve eee eigen sin ong xs co araqnane ts

XXXII. Note on Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog. By

G. E. H. Barrerr-Hamtton

New Books :—Zoological Results based on Material from New

Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected

during the Years 1895, 1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey,

DSe. “Lond., Hon. M.A.Cantab. Part IV.—A Monograph of the

Coleopterous Families Corylophide and Spherude. By the Rev.

pA a IVIEAUINTUED RY WIS oye Vl essyersy oy 20 oo 4 evrevsb eusy ce sey esol. wk sraite ah sy on haaatione 246,

Priority or Usage, by F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A. &e.

Cele tei OOo Ls CECE OEO RS

NUMBER XXXIII.

XXXIV. On some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia in

the Collection of the Sarawak Museum. By W. I. Lancuesrer,

M.A., King’s College, Cambridge. (Plate XII.)

XXXY, On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By

G. Lewis, F.L.S. (Plate X.)

XXXVI. Descriptions of Five new Species of Pangonine from

South America. By Miss GERTRUDE Ricarpo

S)ieern e's eet 5a, oilaciar iw! @) 8)

i) ajN) ime’ iel \q)p ol ce! (6 Re) (ej tet oi.m) 6) mh. aM 8) ie rel a) le Le: el teuie? ie!

AOD 0. 00) Sr ONC i

XXXVII. Descriptions of new Rodents from Western South

America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS .

XXAVIII. On the “ Tohi,” the East-African Reedbuck currently

known as Cervicapra bohor. By OLDFIELD THOMAS

XXXIX. New Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. By

Colonel C.iSwinnon, MUA. F.GS, Se. sk Sas ihe

XL. On anew Theriodont Reptile (Jefidosuchus primevus) from

the Karoo Beds, South Africa. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. ...... :

XLI. Some new Arachnida from Cape Colony. By R. I. Pocock.

XLII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WaALSsINGHAM,

M.A., LL.D., F.RS.

New Books :—A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray LanKESTER,

M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. Part II. The Echinoderma. By F. as

BATHER, M. mw , assisted by J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., and EK.

GoopricH, M. a Monograph of Christmas Island. P hy “ical

Features and Geclogy by CHarLes W. Anprews, B.A. ; with

Descriptions of the Fauna and Flora by numerous Contri-

UNEOES 5 2 Cae rpms 82! ae) Hriy'sy 5 65) A nc Go auce Oe Mega o41,

Leo SAIN Len ORDR CRC EC. UBS OAC OM tet Sa C ery CC LACS Oy EN Gy WeCeeL Yer Ve 5

218

219

247

248

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER XXXIV.

Page

XLUI. Description of Sponges from Funafuti. By R. Kinx-

PATRICK, Assistant, Natural History Museum. (Plates XIII-XV.) 345

XLIV. The Scorpions of the Genus Heterometrus. By R. L

POCOGKE Nan ches <ileueenatn ie Phage ac hiels Ahhe B RID Pee Oe eremne 362

XLV. Rhynchotal Notes.—VII. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By

Ws Ts. STANT 7 c/o cer itearain ne ee etcve re alate tiateeate cree ier lca. ceiehe ne Paced 366

XLVI. Notes on some Insects from the Yang-tse-Kiang. By

Sig SS ary sp oe PS PM he Die ers eee ee eos gers Si 380

XLVII. Descriptions of new Rodeuts from Western South

Anierica, By OLDPIELDDHOMAS 2 huhinscis aeieee fe ee Heese Pea 383

XLVIII. A new Dassie from North Nyasaland. By OLpFrELD

PROM AS j- Was se ap a.e cia) ste Yb opi oka he AES Boa os et ony OnE 387

XLIX. Description of a new Species of Ornithoptera. By H.

GROSE-OMMrHA eb ARRIGO ZiS: Ose. 0k i. eee ce at «css Sains 388

L. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By ApotpH HeMPEL,

Rare UO, bream Nd SS, Beret att tag eps i Sima eons ER catcher nee 389

LI. Descriptions of new Species of Japanese Laa:d-Shells. By

$i. GU, BLS «sass Sie ose, hens gee ne ee ee ee 398

LU. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lonp Watstneuam,

ILA ea DD SERS? 5 chai Gis Glave dleaeie bods: coset eee eve CM Le 401

LIL. Deseription of a new Snake of the Genus <Ablabes from

Bunnie. By GA. BouLENGER, BARS... Stews Se5.po te ee 409

LIV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

By BOA MEROR a Rissitetes cote setae ae eet atari eta tere ete . 410

LY. On the Presence of Echis coloratus, Giinther, in Africa. By

Jonun AnpERson, MAD; ELD. iS. 2 aise cae ice: oo > tee 419

New Books:—In Bird-land with Field-glass and Camera. By

Oniver G, Prxr.—The Birds of Eastern North America. Parts

I., 11. By Cuarres Cory.—A Natural History of the British

Lepidoptera. A Textbook for Students and Collectors. By

J. W; Torr; FOES. Wola. cies vie pee ee 426, 426

NUMBER XXXV.

LVI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon, Lorp WatsineHam,

NSA LD ERS. ies... pics ae een ese eet he peer kc i neice 429

LVII. Descriptions of some .Species of Cvccide collected by

Mr. James Lidgett in Victoria, Australia, By EK. Ernest GREEN,

F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Ceylon. (Plate XI.).......... 448

LVIII. Descriptions of new S;ecies of Japanese Land-Shells. By

AeA UDG, ZI. « pro a-hole hatene abet ebayeta stat atlo’a Sela c's Ste ea deeds ar 453

CONTENTS. Vil

LIX. Notes on the Neuropterous Family Nemopterrde. By

Metre, FLS:, Fite ties sete ews rads lee eta wee ene ss 456

LX. On Eyuus Penricei, a Representative of the Mountain Zebra

(Equus zebra, L.) discovered by Mr. W. Penrice in Angola. By

Pe CID "TOMEAGS | seat atretelscet ead «nyu d dais sw bln wy ole oa se bt aun letphe. aie 465

LXI. New Peruvian Species of Conepatus, Phyllotis, and Akodon.

Aig PE By MEE VEY PL EEOBEA 5 eyafe st <n) aces; wn)'0 0-57 oie o-e « dae wre eB men oasis ais 466

LXII. A new Free-tailed Bat from Central America. By Grrrit

SAN EREAAIT ASE” CN Pets oh, rae oh pe TCS Ake iy ob ols ae da Werner weve 470

LXIII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Royal Indian Marine

Survey Ship ‘ Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming, R.N., com-

manding.—Series III., No. 4. Some Results of the Dredging Season

1899-1900. By A. F. McAro te, B A., M.B., Capt. I.M.S., Surgeon-

Naturalist to the Survey ............ BC ere See ne eo 471

LXIV. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. J. E. S. Moore

in Lake Tanganyika. By G. A. Boutenarr, F.RS.,..........- 478

LXY. Note on Diatoms from Chincha Guano. By C. MEREscH-

TP Sia Oe ad OG | eae ae 481

LXVI. Some new African Theraphosoid Spiders in the British

Mrapemims sy bee LP OCOGK . 55 soa 5 « Geers etapa ryerated 66 elas ce 0 slols ofa 489

LXVII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

ERE AMEE MONG ica lout Save de ete sk eeae a eelnero RA EMU, vcttieis 495

New Books:—Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera

Heterocera in the Collection of the Oxford University Museum.

Part I. Noctuina, Geometrina, and Pyraldina. By Col. C.

SwinHog, M.A., F.LS., F.ZS. FES. Pterophoride and

Tineine by the Right Hon. Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D.,

F.RS., &e., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, and

Joun HartLtEy Durrant, F.E.S., Memb. Soc. Ent. France.—

Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom. By J. T. Cun-

NINGHAM, M.A.—Colour in Nature. By Marion I. New-

UR errs eerenicler tes osc fet: laa ae wna late Te gos we 506, 507

NUMBER XXXVI.

LXVIII. A suggested Origin of the Segmented Worms, and the

Problem of Metamerism. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab. .... 509

LXIX. On some little-known African Silurid Fishes of the Sub-

family Doradine. By G. A. Boutenesrr, F.R.S. .............. 520

LXX. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

Pee ONION aks Sirs oie Sct ay Se NP MOTE AO ae eee ass Hee a ee has 530

LXXIL. Plankton Studies.—IiL. On Platydorina, a new Genus of

the Family Volvocide from the Plankton of the Ilinois River. By

eA. Roromprine. (Plate VIL) ogc. ace ns chads ce Se ee 541

LXXII. On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. By Rup.

Burcxuarnt, Nat. Hist. Mus, 8S. Kensington

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXXITM. Mormopterus Whitleyi—a new Species of Bat from

AY; Aitica:* By R.-F) Scxaerr, PhDs Be: See 569

LXXIV. A new Bat from Peru. By Gerrit S. Mrnurr, Jr. .. 570

LXXV. Reptiles and Batrachians collected in German New

Guinea by the late Dr. Erik Nyman. By Dr. Ervar LONNBERG .. 574

New Book :—The Story of Bird-life. By W. P. Pycrarr........ 582

Proceedings of the Geological Society 2.0.2... cece eee eens ... 583

MOOR Goyongtr vs Os: cig Pola be ots Soh A ete bb ok Vem Se Pk eee Ack: 584

PLATES IN VOL. VI.

Prater I. Teeth of Elasmobranch Fishes from the Parana formation.

II. Neuroptera from Sierra Leone.

III. British Amphipoda.

IV. New species of Forficularia.

we Pleodorina illinoisensis.

VI. §

Vil. Platydorina caudata.

VIII. Alepas Lankesteri.

IX. Anatomy of an hermaphrodite frog,

X. Species of Histeridee.

XI. New Australian Coccidie.

XII, Crustaceans from Malaysia.

XSLT.

XIV. > New Sponges from Funafuti.

XY.

XVI. Diatoms from Chincha guano.

ERRATUM.

Page 71, lines 18 and 27, for sectors of the arculus

read sectors of the triangle.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

Cpeeoccrerecnacce ... per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dives, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel.

No. 31. JULY 1900.

I.—On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation,

Argentine Republic. By A. Smita Woopwarp, LL.D.,

BPS.

[ Plate I.]

THERE is an interesting marine deposit exposed in the banks

of the River Parana near the city of Parana, in the province

of Entrerios, Argentine Republic. It has been known since

the explorations of d’Orbigny and Darwin, and is of special

importance not only as containing the remains of land-

mammals itself, but also as being intimately associated with

other deposits which yield abundant evidence of extinct

mammalian faunas. Since marine fossils are of much more

value in determining the age of a formation than the remains

of land animals, this small Parana deposit may therefore be

expected to afford a clue to the geological age of some of the

South-American terrestrial faunas, concerning which various

opinions have been expressed. Its interest in this connexion

has already been recognized by several observers, including

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. wy:

2 _ Dr. A. S. Woodward on some

Bravard *, Doering +, Ameghino}, Burmeister §, and Stelz-

ner ||, of whom the first three consider that its marine fossils

indicate an Eocene or Oligocene age, while the two latter

place the formation in the Upper Tertiary. The latest

examination of its fish-remains is supposed to have proved

its equivalence or homotaxy with the Eocene formations of

the northern hemisphere §.

Fortunately a considerable number of the Parana fish-

remains are the teeth of sharks, which may be supposed to

have had a very wide distribution in the oceans at the time

when they flourished. ‘The evidence of geological age which

they afford may thus be regarded as of considerable value.

I therefore propose to record a few observations on the Hlas-

mobranch fossils from the Parana collections in the National

Museum of Buenos Aires, the La“ Plata Museum, and the

San Paulo Museum, which have been kindly lent to me by

Dr. Carlos Berg, Dr. F. P. Moreno, and Dr. H. von Jhering.

The loan of these fossils has also enabled me to identify a

small series of Parana fish-remains labelled by Bravard in

the British Museum.

1. Raja Agassiz’, Larrazet.

1886. Raja Agassiz, Larrazet, Bull. Soc, Géol. France, [3] vol. xiv.

p- 259, pl. xiii. figs. 1-6.

The large dermal tubercles of an extinct skate thus

described are still known only from the Parana formation.

One typical specimen in the La Plata Museum measures no

less than 0°088 m. by 0°075 m. across, by 0°03 m. in

maximum thickness.

2. Dynatobatis paranensis, Larrazet.

1886. Dynatobatis paranensis, Larrazet, loc. cit. p. 268, pl. xiv. figs. 1-4.

These dermal tubercles evidently belong to a member of

* A. Bravard, ‘ Monografia de los Terrenos Marinos Terciarios de las

Cercanias del Parana’ (Parana, 1858).

+ A. Doering, in Roca, ‘Informe Oficial Com. Cient. Exped. al Rio

Negro,’ pt. 111, (1882) p. 429.

{ F. Ameghino, ‘Contribucion al Conocimiento de los Mamiferos

Fosiles de la Republica Argentina’ (1889) p. 14.

§ H. Burmeister, ‘ Description Physique de la République Argentina,’

vol. ii. (1876) p. 219.

|| A. Stelzner, ‘ Beitrage zur Geologie und Paleontologie der Argentin-

ischen Republik,’ pt. i. (1885) p. 189.

q G. de Alessandri, “ Ricerche sui Pesci Fossili di Parana (Repubblica

Argentina),” Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, yol. xxxi. (1896) pp. 715-750,

with plate.

Fish-remains from the Parana Formation. 3

the family Trygonide, as already observed by Jackel *.

There are two typical examples in the National Museum,

Buenos Aires.

3. Myliobatis americanus, Bravard.

1858. Myliobates americanus, A. Bravard, Monogr. Terr. Marinos Tere.

Parana, p. 53.

1896. Mylhobates americanus, G. de Alessandri, Atti R. Accad. Sci.

Torino, vol. xxxi. p. 724, pl. i. fig. 6.

The best-known specimen is described and figured by

Alessandri, but this is too imperfect for specific determination.

It seems probable that some of the detached teeth labelled as

belonging to this species are truly referable to RAc‘noptera.

4. Cestracion paranensis (Alessandri).

1896. Acrodus paranensis, G. de Alessandzri, loc. cit. p. 723, pl.i. fig. 5.

There are two teeth of this species in the San Paulo

Museum. On careful comparison with Cestracion they are

found to agree exactly with the larger grinding-teeth in this

existing genus. There is therefore no justification for

referring them to the extinct Mesozoic genus Acrodus.

5. Odontaspis elegans (Agassiz). (PI. I. figs. 1-5.)

1843. Lamna elegans, LL. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. iii. p. 3869, pl. xl. 8,

fic. 24 (non p. 289, pl. xxxv. figs. 1-7, pl. xxvii. a, figs. 58, 59),

1858. Lamna elegans, A. Bravard, op, eit. p. 52.

1858. Lamna unicuspidens, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 52.

1885, Lamna eleyans, F. Noetling, Abh. Geol. Specialk. Preussen u.

Thiiring. Staaten, vol. vi. pt. 3, p. 61, pl. iv.

1896. Odontaspis elegans, G. de Alessandri, loc. cit. p. 720, pl. i. fig. 1.

1896, Odontaspis Hopet, G. de Alessandri, loc. cit. p. 720, pl. i. fig. 2.

1899. Odontaspis elegans, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. xvi.

p. 8, pl. i. figs. 15-18.

All the teeth from Parana referred to this species are rather

small, and five well-preserved specimens are represented in

Pl. I. figs. 1-5. It seems impossible to distinguish them

from the typical teeth of O. elegans from the European Eocene,

but the striation of their inner face is perhaps more feebly

marked than in the latter. Most of the specimens are much

rolled and abraded. When their inner face is worn quite

smooth they are of the form referred to O. Hopet, Ag., by

Alessandri; when they have lost their lateral denticles they

are the Lamna unicuspidens of Bravard, as shown by his

label in the British Museum.

* O. Jaekel, ‘ Die Mocaenen Selachier yom Monte Bolea ’ (1894), p. 140,

4 Dr. A. S. Woodward on some

6. Oxyrhina hastalis, Agassiz. (PI. I. figs. 6-8.)

1838-43. Oxyrhina hastalis, L. Agassiz, op. cit. vol. iii. p. 277, pl. xxxiv.

figs. 3-18, 15-17.

(?) 1858. Squalus eocenus, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 51.

1881. Oxyrhina Agassizi, R. Lawley, Studi Comp. Pesci foss. coi viv.

generi Carcharodon, Oxyrhina, e Galeocerdo, p. 93, pls. v.-ix. (Oxy-

rhina). {The species renamed by Lawley.

1889. Oxyrhina hastalis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M.

pt. i. p. 385.

Several teeth in the National Museum, Buenos Aires,

agree both in size and shape with the European Miocene and

Pliocene teeth ascribed to this species by Lawley. A well-

preserved anterior mandibular tooth is shown from the outer

face and in side view in Pl. I. figs. 6, 6a, while two

characteristic upper teeth, the first with imperfect base, are

seen, outer aspect, in figs. 7, 8.

7. Carcharodon megalodon, Agassiz. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

1885-43. Carcharodon megalodon, L. Agassiz, op. cit, vol. ili. p. 247,

1. xxix,

188. Carcharodon gigas, R. A. Philippi, Zeitschr. f. gesammt. Naturw,

vol, li. p. 685, pl. xix.

1881. Carcharodon megalodon, R. Lawley, op. cit. p. 35, pls. vi—xi.

(Carcharodon).

1889. Carcharodon meyalodon, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss, Fishes

B. M. pt. i. p. 416.

There are two upper teeth of this species from Parana in

the National Museum, Buenos Aires, one being in the Lelong

collection, the other presented by Sefior Don Marcos Sastre.

The first is considerably the larger, and is shown of two

thirds the natural size in Pl. 1. fig. 9. It evidently

belongs to the middle of the side of the upper jaw, and is

quite unabraded. Another upper lateral tooth, from a Tertiary

formation at Coquimbo, Chili, has been described by Philippi

under the name of C. gigas, and teeth either of the same or

a closely related species occur in the Patagonian formation

of Chubut. The Chilian specimen was found in a deposit

which has yielded teeth indistinguishable from those of the

existing Carcharodon Rondeleti (A. S. Woodward, loc. cit.

1889, p. 421).

8. Carcharias (Prionodon) obliquidens (Bravard).

1858, Squalus obliquidens, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 51,

1858. Lamna amplibasidens, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 53.

1858, Lamna serridens, A, Bravard, op. ert. p. 68,

Fish-remains from the Parana Formation. 5

1896. Curcharias (Aprionodon) Gibbesii, G. de Alessandri, loc, ett.

p. 721, pl. i. fig. 3.

1896. Coraz: aff. falcatus, G. de Alessandri, loc. cit. p. 722, pl. i. fig. 4.

The meaning of Bravard’s specific names quoted above is

indicated by his labels in the British Museum and in the

National Museum, Buenos Aires. Two teeth in the British

Museum marked Lamna obliquidens are upper lateral teeth

of Carcharias (Prionodon); numerous specimens in the

National Museum labelled Zamna serridens are obviously

upper teeth of the same species, while other specimens labelled

Lamna amplibasidens in both museums are for the most part,

if not all, lower teeth of the same fish. ‘he majority of the

lower teeth are distinctly serrated, like the specimen erro-

neously referred to C. (Aprionodon) Gibbesi by Alessandri ;

but many of the smaller specimens exhibit quite smooth

edges—possibly a character of immaturity *. Some of the

upper teeth have been referred to Corax by Alessandri; but

I have made sections of several examples identical in shape

with that represented in his fig. 4, and found all to have

a central cavity. I therefore regard his determination of

Corax from the Parana formation as a mistake,

9. Galeocerdo aduncus, Agassiz. (Pl. I. figs. 10, L0 a.)

1835-43. Galeocerdo aduncus, L. Agassiz, op. cit. vol. iii. p. 231,

pl. xxvi. figs. 24-28,

1889. Galeocerdo aduncus, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M.

pt. i. p. 444.

Like those of Carcharias the species of Galeocerdo are

difficult to determine, but the tooth from Parana represented

in Pl. I. figs. 10, 10a, seems to belong to the side of the

jaw of the European and North-American Miocene species

G. aduncus. It is readily distinguished from the Kocene

G. latidens by its deeper crown and finer serrations.

10. Hemipristis serra, Agassiz. (PI. I. figs. 11, lla.)

1835-43. Hemipristis serra, L. Agassiz, op. eit. vol, iii. p, 237, pl. xxvii.

figs, 18-30, 3

1889, Hemipristis serra, A.S. Woodward, Catal. Foss, Fishes B, M,

pt. i. p. 449.

This species is rare in the Parana formation, but a few

well-preserved upper teeth are unmistakable. ‘The best

specimen, not in the least abraded, is shown in Pl. I,

figs. 11, 11a. It is in all respects a typical upper tooth.

* A, Giinther, Catal. Fishes B, M. vol. viii. (1870) p. 357,

6 On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation.

11. Undetermined Stluroids cc.

Remains of Siluroid fishes are very abundant in the Parana

formation, but all the known specimens are too fragmentary

for exact determination. They evidently represent Arius,

Pimelodus, Platystoma, and other genera which still live in

the fresh waters of South America.

Fragments of Characinoids also occur and are easily recog-

nized; but other remains, such as those which have been

referred to Sparoids and Labroids by Bravard and Alessandri,

are not satisfactorily determinable. The so-called tooth of

Lepidosteus described by Alessandri (loc. cit. p. 726, pl. i.

fig. 8) is not sufficient to indicate the presence of this genus.

If the foregoing determinations of the fish-remains from the

Parana formation be accepted, it is evident that Alessandri’s

argument for the Hocene age of this deposit has no founda-

tion in fact. The so-called teeth of Acrodus and OCorax

(which are typically Mesozoic genera) become, on renewed

examination, evidence of Cestracion and Carcharias, which

range throughout the Tertiary formations and survive at the

present day. It is by no means certain that the teeth deter-

mined as Odontaspis elegans in the Parana collection belong

to the same fish as those originally thus named in European

Kocene collections; and even if Carcharias (Aprionodon)

Gibbest were correctly identified, the Phosphates of South

Carolina, from which the type specimens of that species were

obtained, seem to include fossils of all Tertiary ages from the

Eocene to the Pleistocene. In fact, the only species in the

Parana collection which seem to be of real importance for

stratigraphical purposes are Oayrhina hastalis, Carcharodon

megalodon, and Hemipristis serra. All these in Europe are

exclusively Miocene and Pliocene fossils, while the only teeth

from the undoubted Hocene of North America (Alabama)

commonly referred to the same species are comparatively

small, not of typical size like those from Parana. Moreover,

it is to be noted that several teeth of Oayrhina hastalis and

Carcharodon megalodon were dredged from the bed of the

South Pacific Ocean by the ‘Challenger’ expedition *, this

discovery probably implying that these great sharks did not

become extinct until quite the latest geological times. I

therefore conclude, with Burmeister and Stelzner, that the

* J. Muwray and A. Renard, ‘‘ Deep-sea Deposits” (‘Challenger’

teports, 1891), pls. v., vi.

On Bees from New Me.xico. 7

Parana formation is truly of late Tertiary age, and may

probably be correlated with the Pliocene of the northern

hemisphere.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Teeth of Elasmobranch fishes from the Parana formation, Province

of Entrerios, Argentine Republic.

Figs. 1, 1a. Odontaspis elegans, Ag. ; outer and lateral aspects.

Fig. 2. Ditto; inner face.

Figs. 3, 3a. Ditto; inner and lateral aspects.

Figs. 4, 5. Ditto ; inner face.

Figs. 6, 6a. Oxyrhina hastalis, Ag.; outer and lateral aspects.

Figs. 7, 8. Ditto; outer face.

Fig. 9. Carcharodon megalodon, Ag.; outer face, two thirds nat. size.

Figs. 10, 10 a. Galeocerdo aduncus, Ag. ; outer and inner faces.

Figs. 11, lla. Hemipristis serra, Ag.; outer and inner faces.

The original specimens are in the National Museum, Buenos Aires, and

all the figures except no. 9 are of the natural size.

Il.—The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Megachile and a

new Andrena. By T. D. A. CocKkERELL, Professor of

Entomology, New Mexico Agricultural College.

Megachile Wootoni, Ckll., 1898.

The type was a male. I have before me two females from

the Rio Ruidoso, about 6900 feet, at flowers of Verdascum

thapsus, July 23 (C. H. T. Townsend). They differ at once

trom the female of WM. calogaster by having little or no black

hair on the vertex and mesothorax; one has the orange

scopa as in calogaster, but the other has the scopa orange

in the middle and black at the sides, thus approaching

M. melanophea.

This belongs to the subgenus Megachile s. str., as restricted

by Friese.

Megachile sapellonis, sp. n.

? .—Length 17-22 millim., the shorter examples having

the abdominal segments retracted.

Black, with rather thin pubescence, white on sides of

face, cheeks, pleura, metathorax, femora, sides of first seg-

ment of abdomen, and hind margins of second and following

segments, more or less interrupted in the middle, at least on

8 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

the second segment ; vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum with

erect black hair; basal portions of second and following

abdominal segments with short black hair ; labrum with

erect pale orange hair; hair on inner side of tarsi more or

less orange or reddish, on hind tarsi deep orange-ferruginous ;

ventral scopa entirely very pale yellowish to yellowish white,

never quite a pure white ; spurs bright ferruginous ; antenne

wholly black, reaching about to tegule; clypeus shining,

with strong punctures, sparse in the middle, its anterior

margin with four short teeth; head large, subquadrate ;

cheeks simple ; vertex broad, with strong punctures, dense in

the middle, where they are of two sizes; mandibles broad,

4-dentate, not counting the inner angle; mesothorax densely

punctured at the sides, more sparsely in the middle ; tegule

black, microscopically sculptured, punctured anteriorly ;

wings smoky ; claws with a ferruginous denticle at the base.

Allied to M. bucephala, Smith, but considerably larger.

Hab. Beulah, Sapello Cafion, N. M., July 26,2 2, one

at flowers of thistle (W. Porter); Beulah, Aug. 18, 2 9

(Ckll.) ; hill west of Beulah, Aug. 23, 1 9 (W. Porter) ;

Haivey’s Ranch, 9600 feet, Aug. 22,4 9 (Porter & Chili.) ;

South Fork, Hagle Creek, White Mts., about 8100 feet, at

flowers of Senecio Bigelovii, Aug. 18,1 2 (Townsend).

Greene, ‘ Pittonia,’ iv. p. 118, announces that the plant of

the White Mts., distributed as Senecio Rusbyt, is really

S. Bigelovit. It is visited also by Bombus improbus and

Andrena apacheorum.

Megachile pugnata, Say, 1837.

Santa Fé,5 g,2 9; Las Vegas, July 22, at flowers of

Rtudbeckia laciniata,1 9 (W. Porter); Beulah, July 26,3 3

(W. Porter) ; hill near Beulah, Aug. 19,2 9 (W. Porter).

The female is easily distinguished from the last by its

smaller size (not over 15 millim.) and the large tooth at the

lower hind angles of the cheeks. The abdominal bands are

entire.

The Santa Fé males were at flowers of Lactuca pulchella

and udbeckia, the females at Lactuca pulchella and

Grindelia.

Megachile fidelis, Cress., 1878.

Las Vegas Hot Springs, at flowers of Senecio Douglasit,

Aug. 10,3 9 (W. Forter) ; Burnt Cafton, Aug. 14, at flowers

of Cleome,1 9 (Sarah L. Mize); Las Vegas, July 6 and

Bees from New Mexico. 9

19, at flowers of Verbena, 2 g (Porter & Chil.) ; July 7, at

flowers of Senecio Douglasti, 1 9 (W. H. Rishel) ; Aug. 10,

at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 1 9 (S. L. Mize) ; San

Ignacio, Sept. 1, 1 2 (Lorter & Ckil.); Beulah, July 26,

1 9 (W. Porter); west fork of Gila River, July 16, g

(Townsend); Rio Ruidoso, about 6500 feet, July 31 and

Aug. 1, at flowers of Heliopsis scabra, 2 3 (Townsend).

The female differs at once from that of pugnata by the

yellow abdominal bands and the large tooth or lamina on

each side of the anterior margin of the clypeus.

Megachile exilis, Cress., 1872.

The male has the first three joints of the anterior tarsi

flattened at the side. The female resembles the male; the

ventral scopa is white, sometimes with a few black hairs at

the extreme tip ; in one specimen from the Rio Ruidoso the

scopa on the last three segments is greyish brown; the ante-

rior margin of the clypeus has two little teeth in the middle

and a broad tooth or lamina at each side.

West fork of Gila River, July 12 to 16, many males

(Townsend) ; Santa Fé, at flowers of Pentstemon Torrey? in

a garden, crawling on the outside of the flower, July 11,1 ¢

(Ckll.) ; Las Vegas Hot Springs, July 11, 1 g; Las Vegas,

July 18, at flowers of Lyctum vulgare, 1 9 (W. Porter) ;

Gallinas River at La Cueva, at flowers of Psoralea tenuiflora,

2 2 (Porter & Ckil.) ; Rio Ruidoso, about 6700 feet, at

flowers of Vicia near pulchella, July 29, 2 2, 6 @

( Townsend).

This species differs from most of its genus in not being

addicted to the Compositee.

Megachile occidentalis, Fox, 1894.

A narrow species, much like the last, but rather larger, and

both sexes with two spots of white hair on the anterior part

of the mesothorax. The female has the anterior margin of

the clypeus with a broad but shallow median excavation, in

the middle of which is a tooth ; the ventral scopa is white,

wholly black on the last segment.

Riley’s Ranch, at base of Organ Mts., Aug. 26, 1 2

(Ckll.) ; Las Cruces, June 8,1 ¢ (Ckll.) ; Mesilla, May 10,

at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa, 1 $ (Jessie Casad) ;

April 22, at flowers of Phacelia, 1 g (Chll.).

This is a species of the Middle and doubtless Lower

Sonoran, whereas M. exilis belongs to the Upper Sonoran

and transition zones,

10 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Megachile latimanus, Say, 1823.

The female is easily distinguished by its rather large size

(13-15 millim.), shovel-shaped abdomen, ventral scopa whitish

at base, becoming ferruginous at apex, broad face, and the

greyish-white pubescence of the vertex and mesothorax

hardly at all mixed with black.

Santa Fé, July and August (Ckil.); Las Vegas, June 1,

3, June 9, ? (&. Devine); July 6, at flowers of Verbena

Macdougali, 1 2 (W. Porter) ; July 11, at flowers of Cleome

serrulata, 2 9 (M. Winters & Chil.) ; June 19, at flowers of

Medicago sativa, 1 9 (Ckll.) ; Aug. 11, at flowers of Petalo-

stemon candidus, 1 2? (W. Porter); Aug. 9, at flowers of

Grindelia squarrosa, 1 9 (W. Porter); San Ignacio, Sept. 1,

9 (Porter. & Ckll.).

This is a species of the transition zone, and it is remarkable

that it was neither found at Beulah nor in the White

Mountains.

Megachile fortis, Cress., 1872.

This species in the male exhibits a dichroism like that of

Anthophora occidentalis; the pale torm is the M. comata,

Cress., 1872, but in a long series it becomes impossible to

recognize it as aseparate species. The female has never been

described as such, but from analogy with M. latémanus and

the facts of distribution I feel certain that it is the insect

described by Cresson in 1878 as M. texana. The male

assigned to tevana by Cresson is a different species.

This species inhabits higher altitudes than M. latimanus,

though it also occurs in the transition zone. Las Vegas Hot

Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio Douglasti and Verbena

Macdougali, 3 8 (W. Porter) ; Gallinas River, at La Cueva,

Aug. 6, 1 ¢ (W. Porter); San Ignacio, Sept. 1, g 9

(Porter & Ckll.); Beulah, end of August, 1 ¢ (Céil.) ; Mesca-

lero Indian Reservation below the Agency, at flowers of

Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata, Oct. 1 and 2,7 3 (Ckil.) ;

Rociada, Aug. 20,1 2? (W. Porter) ; South Fork of Eagle

Creek, 8000-8200 feet, Aug. 18-20, g at flowers of Heliopsis

scabra, at flowers of Erigeron macranthus and Senecio

Bigelovit (Townsend) ; Rio Ruidoso, July 8, at flowers of

Pentstemon, ¢ (Wooton); July 21—Aug. 3, 6500-7600 feet,

males at flowers of Verbena Macdougali (some of these var.

comata), Vicia near pulchella, Monarda stricta, Heliopsis

scabra, Astragalus humistratus, and Potentilla Thurber, but

only single specimens on the last two; females at flowers of

Bees from New Mexico. 11

Verbascum thapsus (very many), Rhus glabra, and Verbena

Macdougali.

Megachile relativa, Cress., 1878.

This and the next form a little group distinguished in the

female by the ferruginous scopa, punctures of mesothorax

relatively sparse in the middle, abdomen with hair-bands

mostly interrupted, and the clypeus normal. MM. relativa is

rather small (about 11 millim.) and has the hair-bands of the

abdomen white, overlapped with orange hairs, so as usually

to appear yellowish or orange. In monardarum there are no

overlapping hairs, unless it may be some black ones.

Rio Ruidoso, July 30, 1 9 (C. M. Barber); Rociada,

Aug. 20, 1 9 (W. Porter); Harvey’s Ranch, Aug. 22

(W. Porter); Beulah, July 26, Aug. 18, Aug. 25, many

females, one at flowers of Polemonium filicinum (W. Porter).

The species evidently extends right across the northern

part of the continent, as I have a female from Olympia,

Washington State, at flowers of Potentilla, June 30 (T.

Kincaid).

Megachile monardarum, sp. n.

? .—Length 13-16 millim.

Similar to redat’va, but differing in its larger size; the

abdominal hair-bands (very broadly interrupted on the second

and third segments, narrowly interrupted or entire on the

fourth and fifth) white instead of orange; the black hairs on

the dark parts of the abdomen longer, conspicuous at the

sides when the abdomen is viewed from above; the vertex

more sparsely punctured at the sides, and the two apical teeth

of the 4-dentate mandibles perhaps not so long.

Hab. Hill near Beulah, Aug. 19 (W. Porter); Rio

Ruidoso, 6500-6700 feet, at flowers of Monarda stricta and

Astragalus humistratus, July 27-31 (Townsend).

Megachile pruina, Smith, 1853.

Our insect is M. facunda, Cress., now considered to be

identical with pruzna. The following records are based on

the male, which is distinguished from the allied males flying

in the same region by the simple anterior tarsi and the large

teeth at the apex of the abdominal venter. It is a larger

insect than M. Townsendiana, though variable in size

(11-14 millim.), and does not have the emarginate apical

12 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

portion of the abdomen curved downwards as in that species ;

but the two are closely allied.

Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio

Douglast’, two (W. Porter); Las Vegas, July 22, at flowers

of Rudbeckia laciniata (W. Porter); Aug. 9, at flowers of

Melilotus alba (W. Porter); Aug. 12 (A. Garlick).

Megachile Townsendiana, Ckll., 1898.

Las Cruces, Aug. 23, 4 ¢ (Chil. & Townsend) ; Rincon,

July 6, at flowers of Actenella, 2 g (Ckll.).

A species of the Middle Sonoran zone.

Megachile pollicaris, Say, var. pereximia nov.

6 —Length 13 millim.

Anterior and middle femora and tibie ferruginous ; hind

femora and tibie black; middle tibie with a black basal

streak behind; anterior tibiz yellow in front at apex; second

joint of anterior tarsus white, with a long linear apical

process; apex of flagellum somewhat dilated.

Hab. Beulah, May 30, at flowers of wild plum (W.

Porter).

Megachile Casade, Ckll., 1898.

Found as yet only in the Mesilla Valley.

The female has the scopa entirely white; clypeus and

mandibles normal; punctures of mesothorax large, the

intervals between them shining, and presenting some ex-

tremely minute punctures.

Megachile soledadensis, sp. n.

o.—Length 10 millim.

Agreeing with the description of M. legalis, Cress., but

possessing the following peculiarities:—Hyes pale green ;

apical joint of flagellum broad and flattened ; anterior coxa

with a bright ferruginous hair-patch, their spines short,

oblique, pointed, and slightly curved ; anterior femora with

the basal two fifths above pale ferruginous, beneath with a

large yellowish keel, subtriangular in shape, like that of a

racing-yacht ; anterior tibie three-sided, ferruginous, except

on the outer side ; anterior tarsi yellow, moderately dilated,

with a long white fringe, which is brownish within, second

joint with a conspicuous black spot within ; hind tibiz stout,

their tarsi broadened ; hair of vertex and thoracic dorsum

Bees from New Mexico, le

slightly greyish, not at all mixed with black; tegule clear

testaceous ; wings nearly clear, costal nervure ferruginous ;

abdomen rather broad, but parallel-sided, clothed with

greyish-white hair, hind margins of the segments with con-

spicuous entire white hair-bands ; apex rounded, irregularly

serrulate, not emarginate; apex of venter with a rather

large tooth on each side and a small one in the middle.

Has the general aspect of 1. Townsendiana, from which its

front legs and abdominal structures at once separate it. The

non-emarginate apex of abdomen allies it with M. manifesta,

but it has not the long median ventral apical tooth of that

insect.

?.—Similar to the male, except for the usual sexual

differences. Hind border of scutellum and sides of meso-

thorax conspicuously bounded by white pubescence; apical

teeth of mandibles very little developed ; ventral scopa white,

black on the last segment.

Hab. Soledad Cafion, Organ Mts., Aug. 15, 2 g, 1 9

(C. H. T. Townsend); Mesilla Valley, at flowers of Baileya

multiradiata, 1 g (Townsend).

Megachile manifesta, Cress., 1878.

3 .—The abdominal bands, described as white by Cresson,

are often ochraceous.

?.—Similar to the male, except in the usual sexual

characters, the broader more shovel-shaped abdomen, and the

vertex and disk of mesothorax (but not the scutellum) being

clothed with black hair. ‘The abdominal hair-bands are entire

and very distinct, and the second and following segments

have their dark portions clothed with black hair. Ventral

scopa white, black on the apical segment and apex of penulti-

mate one, white, however, at extreme base of apical segment.

Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio

Douglasi, 1 § (W. Porter); Las Vegas, Aug. 9-14, at

flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 14 g, 3 2? (S. L. Mize &

W. Porter); Aug. 11, at flowers of Petalostemon candidus,

1 ¢ (W. Porter). Apparently absent from the White

Mountain region.

Megachile cleomis, sp. n.

? .—Length 11-13 millim.

Pubescence mostly dull white, on vertex black, on meso-

thorax and scutellum thin, greyish white at the sides, black

in the middle; on the middle of the second and following

14 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

abdominal segments black, very conspicuous at the sides

when the abdomen is viewed from above; white pubescence

dense on sides of face, pleura, tubercles, sides of metathorax,

sides of first abdominal segment, and on hind margins of

segments 1 to 5, forming conspicuous entire white bands;

ventral scopa white or with a yellowish tinge, black on last

segment; pubescence on inner side of tarsi dull ferruginous ;

clypeus ordinary, with strong punctures, well separated in

the middle; antenne short; vertex with large punctures;

mesothorax microscopically tessellate, with large punctures,

well separated on the disk ; abdomen inversely mitre-shaped,

strongly punctured ; tegule black, punctured all over; wings

dusky.

This agrees almost exactly with Cresson’s description of

the female M. grandis, but that is the female of M. pollicaris,

which our insect certainly is not. Among the females found

in New Mexico it is known by the white scopa, black on

the last segment, normal clypeus, rather broad form, and the

absence of any spots of white pubescence on the mesothorax

or white band between the mesothorax and scutellum. The

absence of the last-mentioned marks at once separates it from

the superficially similar M. sidalcee.

3 .—Length 11 millim.

Abdomen rather parallel-sided; antenne long, last joint

not modified; punctures of mesothorax closer; mesothorax

and scutellum with scarcely any dark hairs; face densely

covered with silky white hair; black hair on abdomen incon-

spicuous ; cheeks simple; anterior coxee armed with black

spines of moderate length; anterior femora ferruginous

beneath and with a ferruginous patch above; anterior tarsi

simple, but fringed with white hair ; margins of tegulee more

or less ferruginous ; apex of abdomen emarginate, irregularly

denticulate on each side of the emargination ; apex of venter

with three very short teeth.

This appears to be the male which Cresson supposed (erro-

neously, as I hold) to belong to his M. terana. It differs

from that of M. rufimanus by the armed anterior coxe.

Hab. Santa Fé, July 5-25, many males, one at flowers of

Cleome serrulata, 1 ? (Ckll.); Las Vegas, June 28-July 20,

both sexes numerous at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 1 9? at

flowers of Medicago sativa (alfalfa), one of each sex at flowers

of Verbena Macdougali (M. Holzman, N. Stern, H. K. Rishel,

A. Garlick, W. Porter, M. Winters, Ckil.) ; Albuquerque.

1 ¢, June 30 (CkIl.).

Bees from New Mexico. 15

Megachile cleomis, var. lippice nov.

@ .—Always has two transverse white hair-marks at the

front of the scutellum, but lacks the two marks at the front

of the mesothorax, which are present in M. sidalceew ; scopa

yellowish white, black on apical segment; mesothorax

between the punctures dull; tegulze more or less edged with

ferruginous; flagellum sometimes a little ferruginous beneath ;

abdomen with less black hair at the sides.

6 .—Usually with more black hair on the thorax, espe-

cially on the scutellum.

This is the Middle Sonoran race of the species. La Cueva,

Organ Mts., about 5300 feet, at flowers of Lippia Wrightir,

Sept. 3-5, 2 ¢,2 9 (C0. H. T. Townsend) ; West Fork of

Gila River, July 12-16, ? (Townsend); Las Cruces, ?,

Sept. 7 (Ck/l.), and males as follows:—June 16, at flowers

of Aster spinosus (Ckll.); Aug. 11 (Townsend); Sept. 4, at

flowers of Solidago canadensis, var. arizonica (Ckll.).

The following males have no black hair on the scutellum,

and offer no satisfactory differences from those of typical

cleomis :—Las Cruces, Aug. 24, at flowers of Solidago cana-

densis, var. arizonica; Mesilla, July 4 (C. M. Barber) ;

Mesilla Park, April 24, at flowers of Onobrychis (Jessie

- Casad); Fillmore Cafion, Organ Mts., Aug. 29 (Ckll.) ;

Lone Mountain, July 7 (Ckl/.).

The species is recognized in the male by the ferruginous

patch on the upperside of the anterior femora.

Megachile sidalcew, Ckll., 1897.

Described originally from the male. The subjoined records

are based on the female, which is very similar to that of

M. cleomis and is distinguished by the following combination

of characters:—Ventral scopa pure white, black at extreme

tip; a conspicuous white hair-band in the scutello-meso-

thoracic suture; two white hair-marks, converging poste-

riorly, on mesothorax in front; mesothorax microscopically

tessellate between the punctures ; borders of tegule more or

less ferruginous ; pubescence of face white, of vertex often

mixed with black; clypeus and mandibles normal, anterior

edge of clypeus smooth, often with a small median tubercle ;

abdomen mitriform.

Mesilla, May 13, two at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa

(Jessie Casad) ; June 24, one at flowers of Helianthus ciliaris

(Ckll.) ; Mesilla Park, two at flowers of Lsocoma Wrightii,

Sept. 11 (Ckll. & Porter) ; Las Cruces, Aug. 23 (Ckll.) ;

16 Prof, T. D. A. Cockerell on

east of Las Cruces, about 4000 feet, two at flowers of Senecio

filifolius, Sept. 10 (Townsend) ; Soledad Cafion, Organ Mts.,

one at flowers of Pectis papposa, Aug. 15 (Townsend).

The abdomen, viewed from above, does not show the

black hair at the sides, which is so conspicuous in MV. cleomis,

except on the last two segments. This separates it at a

glance from the typical female cleomis, but cleomis var. lippice

has conspicuous lateral black hair only on the last two

segments, as in sidalcee. It would be easy to regard lippie

and sidalcee in the female as forms of one species, but the

males are quite different in the structure of their anterior

legs. There is a bare possibility that the female here assigned

to stdalcee does not belong to it, but is really a form of lippie,

in which case one of the next two species should probably be

mated with s¢dalcee ; but in the absence of absolute proof I

have followed the apparent probabilities.

Megachile prosopidis, sp. n.

@ .—Length 124-154 millim.

Resembling 1. stdalcee in the pubescence, but abdomen

subcylindrical and parallel-sided ; pubescence white, not

hiding the surface except in particular places; the vertex and

mesothorax have some very scanty and short dark hair,

scarcely visible; pubescence dense, forming conspicuous

white marks at sides of face, below tegule, two white marks

on mesothorax in front converging posteriorly, a spot at

lateral hind angles of mesothorax and on hind margins of

abdominal segments, forming narrow entire bands; pubes-

cence also dense on pleura and sides of mesothorax, but no

well-defined band at the scutello-mesothoracic suture; band

on first abdominal segment produced at each side into a

triangular patch ; scopa white, black on last segment; legs

black ; margins of tegule dull ferruginous ; wings hyaline,

slightly smoky on margins; antenne black, flagellum

faintly ferruginous beneath ; mesothorax with large very close

punctures, not at all sparse on disk; clypeus deeply and

broadly emarginate, the sides of the emargination directed

inwards, the middle occupied by a large lobe, so that the

opening, if closed by an imaginary line connecting the oppo-

site lower corners, would have a reniform outline; labrum

with the apical lateral angles pointed, the apical middle

thickened but not produced, bearing a brush of brown hairs

directed somewhat backwards; mandibles broad, 5-dentate

counting the inner angle, only the apical tooth large.

Bees from New Mexico. 17

Allied to M. rufimanus.

Male unknown.

Hab. Mesilla, May 10, two at flowers of Prosopis glandu-

losa (Jessie Casad) ; Las Cruces, one (Townsend) ; Rincon,

July 5, at flowers of Chilopsis linearis, one (Ckll.).

The maxillary palpi are covered with bristles.

Megachile chilopsidis, sp. n.

? .—Length 14 millim.

In form, size, and pubescence just like MW. prosopidis, so

that, without looking at the face, one would take it for the

same species, but clypeus and mandibles entirely different.

Clypeus extremely short, produced in the middle into a very

broad truncate lobe, more than twice as broad as long, pro-

jecting, shining and punctured above ; labrum broadly trun-

cate and thickened at end, the lateral corners pointed, the

middle with a narrow brush of brown hairs directed obliquely

backwards; mandibles long and narrow, somewhat broadened

at apex, with three small teeth; a large open space between

the mandibles and the clypeus. First joint of labial palpi

shorter than in M. prosopidis, being not greatly longer than

the second.

Male unknown.

Allied to M. rufimanus, which resembles this species in

the mandibles, and the last more in the clypeus.

Hab. Mesilla, one at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa,

May 13 (Jessie Casad) ; Rincon, one at flowers of Chilopsis

linearis, July 5 (Ckil.).

Megachile popult, sp. n.

? .—Length about 13 millim.

Black, with white pubescence ; black on disk of mesothorax,

middle of scutellum, and vertex, but in these places thin,

wholly exposing the surface; hair of cheeks and sides of face

long, dense, and pure white; antenne short, hardly reaching

to tegule, flagellum faintly ferruginous beneath; vertex

strongly punctured, but the punctures separate; clypeus

shining, strongly punctured at the sides, the punctures evanes-

cent on the disk, anterior edge straight and normal; man-

dibles normal, 4-dentate counting the inner angle; first joint

of labial palpi very broad, shorter than the second; meso-

thorax shining, though microscopically tessellate, densely

punctured at the sides, sparsely in the middle; tegule

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 2

18 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

piceous, punctured all over; wings hyaline, faintly smoky ;

tarsi with ferruginous hair on the inner side; abdomen long-

mitriform, the segments with entire white hair-bands ; ventral

scopa white, black on the last segment and sometimes the |

hind margin of the penultimate one.

There are no white hair-marks on the front of the meso-

thorax nor at the scutello-mesothoracic suture.

Superficially resembles I. cleomis, var. lippic, but easily

distinguished by the character of the mesothoracic punctuation

and the much longer second joint of the labial palpus.

Hab. Mesilla Park, campus of New Mexico Agricultural

College, April 16, cutting the leaves of Populus, to use in

preparing their nests.

Megachile vallorum, sp. n.

? .—Length 14-15 millim.

Much like MZ. populi, with the same kind of pubescence

and entire white abdominal bands, but differing in many

details. Black pubescence arranged on vertex, mesothorax,

and scutellum as in MZ. populi’; flagellum wholly dark or

faintly reddish beneath; mandibles with prominent sharp

teeth ; second joint of labial palpus a little longer than first ;

clypeus with large punctures, dense all over; anterior border

of clypeus with a broad shallow emargination, beneath which

is a conspicuous fringe of orange hair; mesothorax densely

punctured all over, the areas between the punctures wholly

dull; no white hair-marks on anterior part of mesothorax

nor at scutello-mesothoracic suture ; tegule dark, punctured

all over; wings hyaline, broadly smoky on outer margin, and

especially at apex; basal joint of hind tarsi long and flat,

considerably longer than the other joints together, covered on

inner side with orange-ferruginous hair; spines at apices of

first four tibize quite long, dark ferruginous ; abdomen, viewed

from above, showing abundant black hair at the sides of the

last two segments, but not the others; ventral scopa white,

varying to quite yellowish, black on last segment and apex

of penultimate one.

By the clypeal structure allied to M. montivaga, but other-

wise different.

Hab. Las Cruces (Agnes Williams); Mesilla, June 24,

entering burrow in an adobe wall (Ckl/.) ; Socorro, June 29,

two at flowers of a species of Composite (Ckil.).

Megachile heterodonta, sp. n.

? .—Superficially, in size, form, and colour, even to the

Bees from New Mexico, 19

tint of the abdominal bands and dark shading of the wings,

exactly like I. pugnata, but differing as follows :—-Cheeks

not toothed; head not so large behind the eyes; middle of

vertex with the punctures large and well-separated, the space

between them shining, though microscopically tessellate ;

first joint of flagellum shorter; clypeus ordinary, densely

punctured all over, with very large punctures, its anterior

margin inconspicuously tridentate and fringed beneath with

long orange hairs; mandibles stout, shorter than in pugnata,

4-dentate, the apical tooth long and pointed, the next tran-

cate, the next quadrate, broader than long, with its inner

corner somewhat produced, the innermost tooth short and

pointed ; mesothorax dull and as densely punctured as possible

all over; ventral scopa white, black on last segment. The

second joint of the labial palpus is conspicuously longer than

the first. The abdominal bands are very distinct.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 1 (Porter & Ckll.) ; Fillmore Cajion,

Organ Mts., about 5700 feet, Sept. 1 (C. H. 7. Townsend).

Megachile brevis, Say, 1837.

Hab. Gallinas River, at La Cueva, Aug. 6,1 2 (Porter

& Ckil.).

This agrees with I. brevis, received from Mr. Charles

Robertson, and is the only genuine brevis in the New Mexico

collections. The insect is recognized by its rather small

size (11-12 millim.), wholly white ventral scopa, mesothorax

dull and densely punctured, abdomen mitriform, mandibles

_curved at the apex, the two apical teeth close together.

I have the species also from Baldwin, Kansas, July (J. C.

Bridwell).

Andrena sapellonis, sp. n.

9 —Length 94-11 millim.; g about 8 millim.

With a wholly dark face and very long antenna, the

flagellum entirely black. In Robertson’s table in Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xviii. p. 50, this runs to A. salicis, but it is

a little larger, and differs from the description of the female

by having the basal process of labrum narrow but quite large,

produced, and rounded at the end instead of truncate; the

well-developed hair-bands on the second, third, and fourth

abdominal segments are white instead of fulvous. ‘The

clypeus, as in salicts, has a well-developed median impunc-

tate ridge, and the long rather dense hair of the thoracic

dorsum is ochreous, though that of the cheeks and pleura is

white. The mesothorax is dull, microscopically tessellate,

20 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the

with sparse punctures; the abdomen is impunctate. The

anal fimbria is greyish brown. ‘The enclosure of the meta-

thorax is granular and ill-defined. Tarsi dark in both sexes,

I had thought it possible that this might be Andrena tri-

zonata (Ashmead, as Ciulissa), so I sent a specimen to

Mr. Ashmead, who kindly compared it with his type, and

reported as follows:—‘'The Andrena sent is not my ¢ri-

zonata, although it superficially resembles it. Your specimen

is slightly larger, differently sculptured, and has quite a

different pygidial plate. The hind legs and tarsi are also

differently coloured. It is quite a different insect.”

These remarks relate to the female; the male of trizonata

is said to have a banded abdomen; that of sapellonis @ is

shining, without bands, though the first segment, lateral hind

margins of the two following, and whole hind margins of the

rest are clothed with rather pale brown hair, which is only

conspicuous under a lens.

The female sapellonis must resemble Robertson’s recently

described A. salicacea, but it differs from the description of

the latter as follows :—Pubescence of thorax above ochraceous ;

facial grooves white, their width about as great as length of

first flagellar joint; enclosure and sides of metathorax

rugose-reticulate, but sculptured alike; anal fimbria pale

brown. A. sapellonis agrees with salicacea in the process of

labrum, proportions of the first three flagellar joints, fuscous

pubescence on tibiz, and third submarginal cell at least twice

as long as the second. ‘The two doubtless are closely allied.

Hab. Beulah, 4 9,1 ¢ at flowers of Salix, 2 ? at flowers

of wild plum, May 380, 1899 (W. Porter).

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

March 28, 1900.

Il].—On the West-Indian Species of Madrepora*. By

J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology -in

the University of Melbourne.

Tue term muricatum was first applied to West-Indian corals

* [This paper was read before one of the London Societies in June last

year after a visit to the West Indies to study, amongst other questions,

the Madrepore of that region, The paper was withdrawn by request of

the Society.

I delayed publication in order to reconsider the matter after a few

months’ interval. A recent letter from Mr, J. HK, Duerden, of Jamaica,

West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 21

by Sloane * in 1707. Sloane used the word in describing

the three forms of Madrepora which are now generally known

as M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera. Linneus

accepted the term as the name of a species which he called

Millepora muricata in 1754 and Madrepora muricata in 1767 f.

Linneus founded the species to include all the Madrepore

with an arborescent branching corallum. It was adopted in

the sense of either Sloane or Linneus by subsequent zoologists

until 1816, when Lamarck { broke up the IZ. muricata, L. et

auct., into five species and abandoned Linneeus’s specific name.

For the West-Indian Madrepore he founded the species

M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera. Lamarck’s

course of action was adopted by all students of corals until

1890 ; in that year Prof. Heilprin suggested that the West-

Indian branched and palmate forms of Madrepora are members

of the same species. “I feel doubtful,” says Prof. Heilprin §,

“if the palmate form of the corallum, as seen in IZ. palmata,

M. flabellum, and M. alces (Kast Indies), is in itself a character

sufficient to distinguish the species from those forms, agreeing

with the palmate types in other respects, in which the corallum

is strictly digitate. My associate, Mr. J. E. Ives, has called

my attention to the tendency in the direction of digitation

which many individuals of the palmate species exhibit. This

is carried so far in some of the specimens contained in the col-

lections of the Academy of Natural Sciences that it becomes

difficult, if not really impossible, to class the individuals.”

By the digitate types Prof. Heilprin presumably means

M. cervicornis, for M. prolifera he kept quite distinct. The

same conclusion was reached and extended in 1893 by Brook ||,

who is making a detailed study of the polypes of the West-Indian corals,

shows that, like myself, he had been misled by deference to Brook’s

opinion, It therefore seems to me advisable to publish the paper, and

it is issued exactly as written last June. My. Duerden says :—“ Relying

upon Brook’s statement that he had met with intermediate specimens of

cervicornis and palmata, 1 was inclined to regard them all {including alc7-

formis| asone species. I have examined acres of Madrepora growth with

the object of finding such intermediate forms, but without any success,

although such would be expected considering that prolifera and palmata

grow together.”’} :

* Hans Sloane, ‘A Voyage to the Islands Madera... Jamaica,’ vol. i.

(1707) pp. 51-58, pl. xviii. figs. 3, 4, pl. xvii. figs. 2, 3.

+ Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 792, ed. xii. p. 1279.

t Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. vol. ii. 278, 281.

§ A. Heilprin, “The Corals and Coral-reefs of the Western Waters of

the Gulf of Mexico,” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1890, p. 304.

|| Geo. Brook, ‘The Genus Madrepora,’ Cat. Madrep. Brit. Museum,

yol. i. 1893, pp. 25-380.

22 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the

whose opinion was no doubt formed independently, as he does

not refer to Prof. Heilprin’s paper. In Brook’s great mono-

graph of the genus Madrepora he not only merged Lamarck’s

three West-Indian species, but adopted for them Linneus’s

name of muricata.

During a recent visit to the West Indies I have had the

opportunity of studying the three forms of Madrepora on the

reefs, and have been led to revert to the Lamarckian arrange-

ment. As in 1895* I accepted Brook’s proposals, it may be

advisable to state the reasons for my change of opinion.

It will be convenient first to consider whether the West-

Indian Madrepore are all to be included in a single species.

Brook supported this idea by two lines of evidence :—Ist, the

distribution of the corals on the reefs ; 2nd, the existence of a

series of specimens having characters intermediate between

those of Lamarck’s species.

HABIT AND ENVIRONMENT.

The first argument was based on statements that Brook

attributed to Pourtalés. Thus he sayst that Pourtalés has

“hinted that the three species of Lamarck may prove to be

variations of one species, dependent on environment for their

precise habit.” But this is not quite a correct account of

Pourtalés’s opinion. The only reference to Pourtalés which

Brook includes in his synonymy is to the memoir on the

* Deep-sea Corals.” Therein Pourtalés } does hint that possibly

M. cervicornis and M. prolifera may be specifically identical ;

but he makes no suggestion that Jl. palmata should be

united with them. He even comes finally to the conclusion

that MM. cervicornis and M. prolifera may be conveniently

kept apart. The passage referred to is as follows :—‘‘ Some

specimens partake so much of the characters of both this

fi. e. MW. prolifera] and the preceding species [ JZ. cervicornis|

as to shake the belief in their specific difference. Still the

greater number of specimens examined are readily distin-

guished, more perhaps by their habitus than by the more

minute characters of the calicles.”

Pourtalés’s conclusion seems to me sound. Specimens of

M. prolifera and M. cervicornis are distinguishable without

* J. W. Gregory, “ Contributions to the Paleontology and Physical

Geography of the West Indies,” Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. li. (1895)

p. 282.

t+ Brook, op. cit. p. 18.

} L. F. de Pourtalés, “ Deep-sea Corals,” Hl. Cat. Mus. Comp, Zool.

no. iv. 1871, p. 84.

West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 23

difficulty, though fragments may sometimes be indeterminable.

But the two forms are sufficiently allied for their separation

to be a mere matter of convenience.

The difference between M. palmata and M. cervicornis is,

however, far more definite, and Pourtalés had no hesitation

in keeping them distinct. Brook *, however, unites them ou

the ground that “ Pourtalés has pointed out, with regard to

the West-Indian specimens of palmata, cervicornis, and pro-

lifera, that the proper habit and robustness of each form is

associated -with a different position on the reef. MM. palmata

grows in situations exposed to the force of the sea; J. cervi-

cornis in less exposed localities ; while for its full develop-

ment I/. prolifera appears to require sheltered spots on the

inner side of the reef.’ This passage involves another

unfortunate misrepresentation of Pourtalés, for, according to

that author, the species which ‘requires a rather sheltered

position for its full development ” f 1s MZ. cervicornis, and not

M. prolifera. In respect to the position of growth of the

latter, Pourtalés gives no information ; and, so far as my own

observations go, M. prolifera does not flourish in sheltered

spots inside the reef, but in deeper water than M. cervicornis,

and often outside the main reef. Thus the typical species in

the quiet coves of Parham Sound, Antigua, are M. palmata

and WM. cervicornis. The best specimens of MW. prolifera that

I obtained from Antigua came from the depth of 3 fathoms

from an exposed position on the slopes of Sandy Island.

Pourtalés did say that M/. palmata is characteristic of the

exposed positions on the outside reefs, a statement, however,

which is only true with one important limitation. The

particular form of JZ, palmata known as “‘ the car of Neptune,”

which has a massive corallum formed of thick lamellar ex-

pansions, is no doubt the typical form of Madrepora found in

exposed positions in the West-Indian reefs. The fragile

‘branched coralla of M. cervicornis and M. prolifera would be

shattered if struck by the full force of a breaker ; they accord-

ingly grow in protected situations or at a depth below the

limit of the surf.

It is possible that it was the “‘ Neptune’s car” form of palmata

which Pourtalés had in mind when writing the previously

quoted remark. His statement, so far as my observations go, is

not correct for M. palmata as a whole. ‘The alciform variety

of palmata, which both Pourtalés and Brook include in that

form, grows under identically the same conditions as AZ, cervi-

cornis. For example, I collected specimens of both forms

* Brook, op. cit. p. 28.

+ Pourtalés, op. cit. p. 84.

24 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the

which were growing side by side, not 18 inches apart, on

precisely the same sea-floor, rising to exactly the same level,

and equally exposed to wave and current. The position was

sheltered in the extreme, for it was on the shore of a small

land-locked bay in Parham Sound on the lee side of Bird

Island; and the bay was further protected by a shoal across

its mouth. In an adjacent patch of reef MM. palmata and

M. cervicornis were growing interlocked, but each species was

perfectly distinct. In another bay in deeper water there were

circular patches of MZ. palmata and M. cervicornis, forming

flat-topped tabular masses from 10 to 15 feet in diameter.

They were growing under identical conditions.

The statements therefore that M. palmata and M. cervi-

cornis are dimorphic forms of one species and that they have

acquired different habits owing to their occurrence at different

situations on a reef are not in accordance with their distri-

bution on the coasts of Antigua. Indeed, the fact that where

M. palmata grows in association with MM. cervicornis the

former is represented by a digitate or branched variety is fatal

to the assumption of their specific identity ; for the J. alces of

Dana, and not the J. cervicornis of Lamarck, is the branched

variety of I. palmata.

THE EVIDENCE OF INTERMEDIATE SPECIMENS.

Brook supported his argument by the existence of corals

intermediate between I/. palmata and M. cervicornis. I care-

fully looked out for such in all the reefs I had the chance of

examining, but the search was unsuccessful. Brook stated

that the ‘ intermediate forms occur chiefly in the collection of

the British Museum.” He enumerates them on p. 29 of his

monograph. ‘The specimens are four in number, and, thanks

to the kindness of Prof. Bell, I have had the opportunity of

examining them.

The first specimen was collected by the ‘ Challenger’ expe-

dition at St. Thomas. Its registration number is 86. 12. 9. 274.

The specimen is 200 millim. long, and consists of a central

stem which gives off a series of cylindrical branches. On one

side there is, a little above the base, an imperfectly separated

branch which subdivides into two and shows the proximal

ends of six cylindrical branches. On the other side there are

eighteen branches or branchlets. I fail to see any approach

to M. palmata in this specimen. If the specimen were

palmate we should expect it to be so at the base. But at the

bottom the central stem measures 30 millim. wide and

20 millim. thick. There is nothing palmate in that. The

West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 25

specimen appears to me only a M. cervicornis in which the

branches are numerous and mainly in one plane.

In regard to the three other intermediate forms, my diffi-

culty is to understand why Brook assigned them to the

palmata-cervicornis group. I had the privilege of examining

them in conjunction with Mr. H. M. Bernard, who agreed

as to the improbability of their specific identification. There

is no evidence that the corals came from the West Indies,

and from the characters of the specimens this source seems

unlikely.

The second specimen is 93. 4. 7. 22, and its locality is

unknown. It is apparently the young basal portion of a

corallum, and is, perhaps, too immature for specific identifica-

tion. It is 120 millim. long by 100 millim. wide, and its

surface bears three rows of subconical elevations. On the

middle row one process has grown upwards into a branch

30 millim. wide by 25 millim. thick, rising 55 millim. from

the bottom of the furrow between the rows and rising 35 millim.

above the slit which separates the branch from the adjacent

subconical elevation. In one of the outside rows there is a

lower branch, 45 millim. long by 30 millim. thick by 32 millim.

high. In these characters I fail to see anything to ally the

specimen to either J/. palmata or M. cervicornis. The coral-

lum agrees more nearly with Brook’s description of that of

M. conigera*.

The third specimen is no. 93. 4. 7. 23, and its locality is

also unknown. It is divided almost to the bottom into

branches which if broken into fragments would be indistin-

guishable from those of JZ. cervicornis, as they would be from

several Pacific species. But the corallum is reticular and its

general aspect is not that of cervicornis, much less of palmata.

It appears to me to be more like MV. dbrevicollis t, though I do

not care to venture an attempt at a specific identification of

any Indo-Pacific Madrepore.

The fourth specimen (93. 4. 7. 85, locality unknown) is

labelled in Mr. Brook’s handwriting “ I, muricata?”’ The

note of interrogation seems amply justified, unless that species

be accepted in its original Linnean sense for Indian Ocean

muricated Madrepore. ‘The specimen consists of thick,

flat, basal lobes, whence arise short thick branches, which

divide into a crowded and irregular series of branchlets. If I

had to give the specimen a name I should feel tempted to call

it a short-branched form of the corals which Brook has iden-

tified as MW. Hhrenbergi t.

* Brook, op. cit. p. 34.

+ Brook, op. ct. p. 159, pl. xxvii. figs. A, B. *

i eens & Haime, Hist. nat. Cor. vol. iii, p. 143; Brook, op. cit.

p- .

26 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the

Hence the specimens which Mr. Brook quoted as linking

M. palmata and M. cervicornis do not seem to me to give any

support to the belief in the specific unity of these corals. To

dismiss such differences in the form of the corallum as not

worthy ‘of specific value appears to me inconsistent with

Mr. Brook’s practice in later pages of his monograph. Thus

he founded a species, J. attenuata, for a form which appears

to be based on a series of fragments of slender branches of

M. cervicornis, and he accepted Dana’s M. cyclopea, which

appears to be only an alciform variety of MZ. palmata. In

the case of A/. attenuata it may be objected that the terminal

axial corallites are shorter than in J/. cervicornis; but they

are not shorter than in Agassiz’s * figures of that species,

which show that the character is inconstant. A more serious

inconsistency is that Brook divided his subgenus Conocyathus,

Brk., non d’Orb.f, into four sections, characterized solely by

the form of the corallum. The following are his diagnoses of

those sections :—

A. Corallum corymbose, with or without confluent branches.

If the central branches are long the habit is bushy.

(2.161,

B. Corallum forming a subcomplanate reticulum, with

short twigs on the upper surface. (P. 166.)

C. Corallum cespitose. (P. 166.)

D. Corallum subarborescent or bushy, usually with nume-

rous short proliferations. (P. 169.)

If the difference between a cespitose ¢ corallum and a

bushy corallum is of more than specific value in “ Cono-

cyathus,”” why is the well-marked difference between the

palmate and arborescent coralla of less than specific value in

Eumadrepora ?

* L. Agassiz, “ Report on the Florida Reefs,” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.

vol. vii. no. 1, 1880, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 4, & 8,

+ This name was preoccupied for a genus of corals which has living

Australian representatives. Another of Brook’s subgeneric names, Odonto-

cyathus, is preoccupied for a deep-sea coral dredged by the ‘Challenger’

and described by Moseley.

{ The difference that Brook intended to suggest between a czspitose

and a bushy corallum is not very easy to realize, According to Murray’s

new English Dictionary, czespitose means “growing in thick tufts or

clumps.” But Brook places M. Forskali, in which he describes the

“corallum [as] forming dense and much branched clumps,” among the

bushy and not among the czespitose section; and MW. Rousseawi, in which

he describes the corallum as “consisting of tufts,” is also excluded from

the cxespitose section. Both Ogilvie and Worcester’s dictionaries define

ceespitose as ‘ growing in tufts.”

West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 27

THE Species “ wvrroara.”

Hence, in the absence of corals intermediate between

M. palmata and M. cervicornis, and in view of the fact that

the differences in form between them are not due to growth

under different conditions, it appears advisable to return to

Lamarck’s arrangement of the species. That decision raises

the question whether Linnzus’s name ought not to be retained.

But if we follow Brook, and unite the three species, MZ. pal-

mata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera, and take the first as

the typical form—for Brook accepts it as forma A—then the

name muricata is both inappropriate and inapplicable. It is

inappropriate, since the name muricata was probably suggested

by Linnzus from the resemblance of the branchlets of many

species to the varices of Murex *. And M. palmata is not

a muricated species in this sense.

But the name is inapplicable, since, although Linnzus

used it to cover all the ramose Madrepore that he knew, he

carefully excluded the palmate variety from J/. muricata.

He excluded it in three ways. In the first place, both in his

own diagnosis and in his additional remarks, he describes the

species as a ramose form—‘ Madrepora ramosa composita ”’ ;

“rami albi’”’; ‘ corallium seepe format pulcherrime ramis suis

corymbum rosaceum.” lLinneus makes no reference to

palmate or alciform varieties. He also quotes from earlier

authors a series of descriptive phrases in which references

to the ramose condition continually recur. In the second

place, Linneeus carefully excluded the palmate form by

omitting reference to the figures of that coral in the list of

literature on his muricata. ‘Thus Sloane figured an excelient

example of the alciform variety ; Linneus accepts Sloane’s

figures of the cervicornis and prolifera types, but not of the

palmata}t. Seba§ also figured all three torms, the prolifera

on pl. evil. fig. 6, the cervicornis on pl. exiv. fig. 1, and a

typical palmata on pl. exii. Linneeus again accepted the two

first, but excluded the last. In the third place, the inclusion

of M. palmata in M. muricata is rendered unsatisfactory by

the geographical evidence. When Linneus founded the

latter species in 1754 he gave as its habitat “ Pelago Asiatico.”

* Muricata, as Prof. Bell has remarked to me, means spiny, with sharp

points. r ;

+ Sloane, ‘ Voyage... . Jamaica,’ vol. i. pl. xvii. fig. 3.

{ Le, he accepts Sloane, dézd. vol. i. pl. xviii. fig. 3, pl. xvii. fig. 4;

but not pl. xvii. fig. 3.

§ Seba, ‘ Loc, Rerum Natur. Thesauri,’ vol. iii. 1758.

28 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the

And M. palmata is typically, if not exclusively, West Indian,

not East Indian.

It is therefore undesirable to take as the type form of

Linneus’s species the one Madrepora known to Linneus,

which he excluded from it. It seems to me advisable to drop

the name muricata altogether, on the ground that Linneus

used that name for all the ramose Madrepores he knew, as

well as for ramose corals which belong to other families,

Thus Linneeus included in muricata the coral figured by Seba

on his pl. exvi. fig. 5, which is not a Madrepera at all. He

included the three corals figured by Morris * as ‘ anomalous

submarine plants”; they are equally anomalous as specimens

of Madrepora muricata as defined by Brook. To take one of

the many corals included by Linneus in J/. muricata would

be an arbitrary proceeding ; but if it is to be done the name

ought to be applied to an Indo-Pacific species, both since

Linneus assigned it to that area and as the best figures he

quotes are those in ‘ Rumphius Herbarium Amboinense’ f.

Not one of the three species J. palmata, M. cervicornis, or

M. prolifera has been recorded from Amboyna.

THe RANGE OF THE WEST-INDIAN Maprerorz.

The argument from the geographical distribution raises the

question as to the range of M. palmata and M. cervicornis.

J refer to this question with reluctance, and only at the strong

suggestion of Prof. Bell.

According to most authorities the three forms or species of

Madrepore tound in the West Indies and the western tropical

Atlantic are contined to that region. According to Mr, Brook

they also occur in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, ranging

from Tahiti to the Red Sea. As Prof. Bell pointed out to

me, the distribution of these forms as accepted by Brook is

very remarkable; for all three forms are very abundant in

the West Indies, and they all occur very widely but very

sparsely distributed in the Western Pacific and Indian Oceans,

The Indo-Pacific specimens referred by Brook to WM. muricata

are eight in number. I examined some of them in 1895, but

did not see any one character by which they could all be

separated from the West-Indies species, though demurring to

the idea that they were all members of one phylogenetic

species. After a more careful examination of the specimens,

the doubts then expressed are strengthened. The specimens

* Morris, ‘Plantarum Hist. Oxon, Univ.’ pt. iii, 1699, sect. 15, pl. x,

fiys. 3, 9, & 10.

+ 1750, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 1 & 2.

West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 29

in the zoological collection of the Museum appear to me

insufficient to justify the attribution of an Indo-Pacific range

to M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera.

It will be advisable to consider the specimens separately in

the order in which Brook catalogued them.

A. palmata.

1. No. 92. 6. 8. 213. Port Darwin. Saville Kent coll.

This specimen isa fragment showing no signs of the base. It

is a thin flat lamellum, interrupted by lacune ; it is compara-

tively level on one face, but has a series of muricate branchlets

on the other face.

The specimen differs from typical forms of palmata by the

presence of the numerous varices, of the small lacune, and

by the thinness of the lamellum, hese differences are perhaps

unimportant, but the specimen is such a fragment that its

evidence also is unimportant.

2. No. 93.4. 7.24. Singapore. This specimen is a fine

palmate vasiform corallum; the growth is irregular, and

lacune pierce the lamellae. The upper surface is covered with

numerous small flat-topped branchlets, at the end of which is

a deep pit. The walls are dense.

What specific name should be given to this coral I do not

propose to enquire. It is sufficient to point out that it differs

from palmata by the presence of the numerous branchlets on

the upper surface, and that some of its characters necessitate

its transference to a different division of Madrepora from that

to which M. palmata belongs.

Brook divided Medrepora into four divisions. The first divi-

sion he characterized as follows :—“Madrepore with cylindrical

axial corallites, which project to a greater or less extent at the

apex of each division of the corallum; wall usually very porous,

margin plane, exterior more or less distinctly striateor rugose.”

Now in the Singapore specimen each branchlet does not end

in a projecting axial corallite ; on the contrary, the branchlets

are flat-topped and the axial corallites are not exsert. The

specimen must therefore be transferred from the division con-

taining ELumadrepora to the division comprising the two

subgenera Isopora and T'ylopora. It cannot, however, rest in

either of those genera as they were defined by Brook ; for

according to the characters of the corallum it would be an

dsopora, and according to those of the branchlets it would be

a L'ylopora.

30 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the

B. prolifera.

3. No. 46. 7. 30. 8. Wreck Bay, Great Barrier Reef,

N.E. Australia.

This specimen is the only one in the collection which is

catalogued as a Pacific form of prolifera, It is a small

fragment, 2 inches long, and its evidence is insufficient.

Form intermediate between prolifera and cervicornis.

4, No. 93.4.7. 43. Tahiti. (MM. regalis, Ehr.)

Milne-Edwards & Haime * described M. regalis as “ trés-

voisine du WM. prolifera, mais ayant les branches plus grosses.”

That definition accurately describes the habit of this specimen.

The thickness of the branches agrees with that of JZ. cervi-

cornis. ‘The specimen differs from WM. cervicornis by having

very short (1-2 millim. exsert) terminal corallites, in which

the primary septa are very unequal. According to Brook the

axial corallites of cervicornis have the terminal corallite

6-8 millim. exsert and the primary septa subequal.

The corallites differ from those of M. prolifera by having

well-developed septa, whereas, according to Brook, in that

form ‘the directive septa are moderately developed, but the

remaining members of the primary cycle are more or less

rudimentary.”

C. cervicornis.

5-7. Nos. 92.6.8. 210-212. Port Darwin. Saville Kent

call.

These three specimens, though differing somewhat in the

relative closeness of the branches probably belong to the same

species. The habit is cervicorn; but the most striking feature

of the coral is that the terminal axial corallites are broad,

short, and thick-walled ; the wall, in fact, is equal in thick-

ness to the transverse diameter of the calice. In the youngest

corallites there are 6 septa; in older corallites the septa

number from 12-16; in the largest and best-preserved coral-

lites (e. g. in one marked with an ink-dot on specimen

92. 6. 8. 210) there are 3 complete cycles of septa.

Now, according to Brook, in the subgenus Kumadrepora the

axial corallites have a “ relatively thin wall and 12 septa.”

Hence the Port Darwin corals are not typical members of

the same subgenus as JZ, cervicornis.

* Hist. nat. Cor. vol. ii. p. 159.

West-Indian Species of Madrepora. al

8. No. 92. 6. 8. 214. Thursday Island. Saville Kent

collection.

This is the last specimen in Brook’s list, and it is that

which most closely resembles M. cervicornis. It agrees with

that form in (1) the radial corallites being nariform below

and tubo-nariform in the distal parts, (2) in the thin walls of

the terminal radial corallite, and (3) in the striate or echinu-

late ornamentation of the walls of the corallites,

These three characters are common to most of the arbo-

rescent Madrepores; the first and third characters occur in

nearly all, as, e. g., in MM. entermedia. The most important

point of resemblance between this specimen and J, cervi-

cornis is the length of the terminal corallite. This structure

is shown, however, only on one branch of the Thursday Island

specimen.

There are not wanting differences between this coral anl

Brook’s description of J. cervicornis. Thus he states that

the primary septa are subequal, whereas in this specimen they

are very unequal, while the one terminal corallite, though of

the same length as in J. cervicornis, is narrower, being

3 willim. instead of 4—5 millim. in diameter.

Why this specimen, with its long narrow terminal corallite,

was regarded as the same species and variety as the Port

Darwin specimens, with their short, broad, thick-walled,

terminal corallites, is not obvious.

Hence I am driven to the conclusion that the evidence of

the eight Madrepores which Brook catalogued as Indo-Pacific

representatives of M. palmata, cervicornis, and prolifera is

insufficient to prove the occurrence of those species in the

Indo-Pacific Ocean.

SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS.

1. M. palmata, Lam., may be conveniently kept distinct

from JM. cervicornis, since (a) the two forms live under

identical conditions, their differences are not due to

environment, and (0d) the evidence of the intermediate

forms is inconclusive.

2. M. palmata, Lam., should not be treated as the typical

form of MJ. muricata, L., from which Linneus ex-

cluded it.

3. If the name JZ. muricata be retained, which seems un-

desirable, it should be used for an Indo-Pacific species.

4, The evidence of the range of M. palmata, M. cervicornis,

and J. prolifera into the Indo-Pacific is inadequate.

32 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

IV.—British Amphipoda.—IV. Families Stegocephalide to

CHdiceride (part.). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L.,

LED:, F:R-S.,.ce*

[Plate IIL.]

Fam. VI. Stegocephalide.

Genus 1. STEGOCEPHALOIDES, G. O. Sars.

81. Stegocephaloides christianiensis, Boeck.

1869. Stegocephalus ampulla, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shet-

land Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 276 (nec Cancer ampulla,

Phipps).

1870. iia christianiensis, Boeck, (137) p. 48.

1876. Steyocephalus christianiensis, Boeck, (188) p. 424, pl. vill. fig. 4,

pl. ix. fig. 1.

1892. Stegocephaloides christianiensis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 202, pl. Ixx.

fio. 2.

Hab. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, 50 fathoms, 1867

(A. M. N.); ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 18, to.the west of

Galway, 183 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Loch Fyne, 40-70 fathoms

(D. R.) ; S.W. of Ireland, 750 fathoms, 1888, and west coast

of Ireland off the Skilligs, 52-62 fathoms, 1890 (specimens

in Dublin Museum, fide A. O. W.).

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 40-300 fathoms

(A. M. N.); West Norway (G. 0. Sars): Mus. Nor. Sars

states that it is found as far north as the Lofoten Islands.

Bohusliin (Malm) ; Skagarak (Metnert); Belle Ile, France

(Chevreus).

[Genus 2. STEGOCEPHALUS, Kroyer.

[ Stegocephalus inflatus, Kroyer.

1842, Stegocephalus inflatus, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. vol. iv. p. 150;

Voyage en Scandinavie &c. pl. xx. fig. 2.

1876. Stegocephalus ampulla, Boeck, (188) p. 421 (but not Cancer

ampulla, Phipps).

1892. Stegocephalus inflatus, G. O. Sars, (142) pl. Lxix.

Off Holsteinborg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms, ‘ Valorous’

Exped., 1875, Stat. 5.

Trondhjem Fiord, 200-300 fathoms ; Hardanger Fiord,

between the islands Valoddin and Hidle, 110 fathoms (in both

these cases I found it among Lophohelia prolifera) ; also

* See for preceding paper ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. 1900, p, 326.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 33

Klosterelv Fiord, Kast Finmark (A, M@. N.) ; West Norway

(G. O. Sars) ; ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Faroe Channel, lat. 60° 9! N.,

long. 7° 16° W., in 466 fathoms; Spetsbergen (Lovén) ;

mera’ Eixped., lat.) 67° 7’ N’, long. 173° 24" W. (i.e.

Behring’s Strait), 24 fathoms (from Stockholm Mus.) ; ‘ Wil-

lem-Barents,’ Barents Sea (Stebbing) ; U.S. Fish. Comm.,

Gulf of Maine, 51 fathoms (8S. Z. Smith): Mus. Nor. It

will thus be seen that this is a true Arctic species with

circumpolar distribution. ]

Genus 3. ANDANIA, Boeck,

82. Andania abyssi, Boeck.

1870. Andania abysst, Boeck, (137) p. 49.

1876, Andania abyssi, Boeck, (138) p. 426, pl. ix. fig. 2.

1892. Andania abyssr, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 207, pl. lxxi, fig. 2, and

pl. lxxii. fig. 1.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 24, south of Rockall, lat.

56° 26! N., long. 14° 28’ W., 109 fathoms: Mus. Nor.

Distrib. ‘Trondhjem Fiord, 200-300 fathoms (A. MZ. N.) ;

West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of it

as a true deep-water form, only occurring in greater depths

from 200-400 fathoms; it has occurred from Southern Norway

northwards to the Lofoten Islands.

Fam. VII. Amphilochide.

Genus 1. AMPHILOCHUS, Bate.

83. Amphilochus manudens, Bate.

1862. Amphilochus manudens, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 180, ¢.

1876. Amphilochus concinnus, Stebbing, ‘ Some new and little-known

Amphip. Crust.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iv. vol. xviii. p. 443,

pl. xix. figs. 1 a,b, 9.

1876. Callimerus acutidigitata, id. ibid. p. 445, pl. xx. figs. 3 a, b.

1890. Amphilochus Boeckii, Meinert, (71) p, 160.

1892. Amphilochus manudens, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 217, pl. lxxiv,

Flab. Off Farland Point, Cumbrae, 20 fathoms (A. JZ, N.) :

Mus. Nor. Mull (G. Brook, fide T. S.) ; Upper Loch Fyne

and Granton Harbour, Firth of Clyde (7. S.); St. Andrews

(M‘Intosh) ; off North Wales and Isle of Man (A, O. W.) ;

‘Torbay (Stebbing) ; Jersey (Sinel & Hornell).

Distrib, Drobak, Christiania Fiord, and Trondhjem Fiord,

200 fathoms (A. M. N.) : Mus. Nor. On Norwegian and

Finmarkian coasts, not rare from Christiania to Vadsé (G4. 0.

Sars) ; Greenland (/ansen) ; Kattegat (Mednert) ; west coast

of France (Chevreuz).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 3

34 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

84. Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck.

1870, Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck, (187) p. 51.

1876. Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck, (138) p. 487, pl. ix. fig. 7.

1892. Amphilochus tenuimanus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 218, pl. Ixxv. fig. 1.

Hab., Cumbrae (DD. #.); Firth of Clyde (728) 5 0m

Spurm Head, Yorkshire (7. S.).

Distrib. Sars says that it is a deep-water form living in

100-200 fathoms, especially among deep-sea corals, and that

it is found in several places and West Norway.

85. Amphilochus neapolitanus, Della Valle. (PI. III. fig. 1.)

1893. Te amie neapolitanus, Della Valle, (139) p. 595, pl. xxix

figs. 16, 17.

1895. Amphilochus melanops, A. O. Walker, “ Revision Amphipoda of

Liv. M. B. C. District,” Trans. Liv. Biol. Assoc. vol. ix. p. 298,

pl. xviii. fig. 12, pl. xix. figs. 13-15.

Hab. Off Little Ormes Head, Denbighshire, 5-7 fathoms

(A. O. W.); Falmouth Harbour; Jersey, tide-marks

(A. M.N.): Mus. Nor. Also Menai Strait, near Beaumaris,

5-10 fathoms (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. West France

(Chevreuz).

Having compared typical specimens of A. melanops kindly

given me by Mr. Walker, and other British examples taken

by myself in the localities mentioned above, with a specimen

ot A. neapolitanus received from Della Valle, I am satisfied

as to their identity. A. neapolitanus and A. brunneus, both

described by Della Valle, are very closely allied. OF the

latter I took several specimens at Naples in 1887, and thus

have had the opportunity of comparing the two forms. The

one point in which they are described by Della Valle as

differing consists in the character of the gnathopods: those

of the second pair are very broad, triangular, and the carpal

process reaches to the extremity of the posterior margin of the

hand; the armature of the palm and dactylus is exactly as

represented by Della Valle in the allied species A. brunneus

(Della Valle, pl. xxix. fig. 14), the palm being bounded by

two spines and its edge excessively finely denticulated, and

within the denticulations a row of small spinules.

Mr. Walker’s fig. 14 gives the carpal process shorter than

in any specimen I have seen; but in A. brunneus it only

extends about half the length of the hand. ‘lhe very close

resemblance of the species might raise a question in the mind

whether they are really distinct. In favour of their distine-

tion is the fact that all the specimens I took at Naples agreed

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 35

with A. drunneus and all the British examples which I have

examined agree with A. neapolitanus. Of this last species

Della Valle wrote that he had only seen a single specimen ;

but he must have obtained others subsequently, since imme-

diately after the publication of his work he kindly sent mean

example. A. tenuimanus, G. O. Sars, is distinguished from

the present species by the character of the gnathopods, and

especially by the telson exceeding in length the peduncle of

the last uropods, whereas in A. neapolitanus the telson is

much shorter and scarcely equals half the length of the

peduncle of the much produced last uropods.

Genus 2. AMPHILOCHOIDES, G. O. Sars.

86. Amphilochoides serratipes (Norman).

1869. Probolium serratipes, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shet-

land Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 273.

1892. Amphilochvides odontonyx, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 221, pl. Ixxv.

fig. 2 (nec A. odontonyx, Boeck).

1895. Amphilochoides Boeckit, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 690.

Hab. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, in 50 fathoms; Isle of

Cumbrae, 5 fathoms (A. JZ. N.): Mus. Nor. Blackwater-

foot, Arran, N.B., 20 fathoms (D. &.); 8 miles off Flesh-

wick Bay, Isle of Man, 33 fathoms (A. O. W.).

Distrib. West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. On the

Norwegian coast here and there from Christiania to the

Trondhjem Fiord, in 50-100 fathoms (G@. O. Sars); Con-

carneau (Chevreux).

87. Amphilochoides odontonyx, Boeck.

1870. Amphilochus odontonyx, Boeck, (137) p. 51.

1876. Amphilochus odontonyx, Boeck, (158) p. 434, pl. xi. fig. 3.

1892. Amphilochordes pusillus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 222, pl. lxxvi. fig. 1.

1895. Amphilochoides odontonyx, id. ibid. p. 690.

1896. Amphilochoides odontonyx, T. Scott, Fourteenth Annual Rep.

Scotch Fish. Board, p. 159, pl. iv. figs. 4-6.

Ilab. Plymouth, 8 fathoms, 1887 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor.

Near Bass Rock, Firth of Forth, 22-23 fathoms; St. Andrews

Bay ; off Spurm Head, Yorkshire; several places in the

Clyde district (7. S.).

Distrib. Christiania Fiord, 20-40 fathoms, and Vadsd,

E. Finmark, 30-60 fathoms (G. O. Sars); Denmark

(Mevnert).

36 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

88. Amphilochoides intermedius, 'T. Scott.

1896. Amphilochoides intermedius, T. Scott, Fourteenth Annual Report

Scotch Fish. Board, p. 159, pl. iv. figs, 1-3.

Hab. Various parts of the Firth of Forth (7. S.).

Genus 3. Giranopsis, G. O. Sars.

89. Gitanopsis bispinosa (Boeck).

1870. Amphilochus bispinosus, Boeck, (137) p. 51.

1876, Amphilochus bispinosus, Boeck, (188) p. 435, pl. x. fig. 1.

1892. Gitanopsis bispinosa, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 224, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 2.

flab. “ Dredged off Blackwater-foot, Arran, N.B., in

20 fathoms, bottom sand and mud” (D. &.).

Distrib. Lofoten Islands, Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus.

Nor. South and West Norway as far north as Lofoten

Islands, but nowhere in abundance, generally in 50-100

fathoms (G. O. Sars) ; Greenland (Hansen); west coast of

France (Chevreuz).

90. Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars.

1882. Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 51.

1892. Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 224, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 2.

Hab. Specimens taken by Professor G. 8. Brady * off

Cullercoats, Northumberland, were identified by Mr. Stebbing

as this species (Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb., Durham, and

Newcastle-upon-Tyne, vol. xiii. pt. 3, 1900, p. 442).

Distrib. Professor Sars has met with this species only in a

single locality, and that a very northern one—Vads6—where

it was found rather sparingly in 20-50 fathoms.

Genus 4. GiTana, Boeck.

91. Gitana Sarsii, Boeck.

1870. Gitana Sarst, Boeck, (137) p. 52.

1876. Gitana Sarst, Boeck, (188) p. 439, pl. xi. fig. 2.

1878. Amphilochus Sabrine, Stebbing, ‘Two new Species of Amphi-

podous Crustacea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 365,

pl. xv. figs. 1 a-g.

1892. Gitana Sarsit, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 228, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 1.

1893. Gitana Sarsii, Della Valle, (159) p. 590, pl. xxix. figs. 18-32.

* It may be desirable to mention that Professor Brady, who has done

so much good work among the Entomostraca, does not study the Amphi-

poda, and that when his name is added to a locality, if it be this present

locality the specimens have been determined by Mr. Stebbing, and from

all other localities they have been identified by myself.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 37

Hab. Off Little Orme, Denbighshire, 2-7 fathoms

(A. O. W.): Mus. Nor. Tenby (Stebding); Kilchattan

Bay, Firth of Clyde, 5 fathoms, muddy sand (D. &.); Inch-

keith, Firth of Forth (7. S.) ; 8 miles off Fleshwick Bay,

Isle of Man, 33 fathoms, and Valentia, Ireland (4. O. W.).

Distrib. West Norway (G. O. Sars); Baie de Houat,

France (Chevreux): Mus. Nor. Among alge in shallow

water all along coasts of Norway and Finmark (G. O. Sars) ;

Spetsbergen (Norw. North Atlant. Exped.); Franz-Josef

Land, Jackson-Harmsworth Exped. (7. 8S.) ; Kattegat

(Meinert); Naples (Della Valle).

Genus 5. Cyproip1A (Haswell ?), Stebbing.

=? Peltocova, Catta.

It is at this time impossible to say in what genus the

Cyproidia damnoniensis, Stebbing, should be located, and I

think it best therefore to leave it where he placed it. As

both Della Valle and myself, however, have found this

species in the Mediterranean, probability is given to the

assumption of Della Valle that Cyproidia is a synonym of

Peltocoxa, Catta, described in 1875* from specimens taken

at Marseilles, but that author’s description of the genus is so

inadequate that it requires much to be assumed to employ it.

Haswell, in his amended description of Cyprotdia (‘ Cat.

Australian Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ Sydney, 1882),

states that the “ antenne are subequal, superior without an

appendage.” If that is really so, Stegoplax of G. O. Sars is

asynonym. But Stebbing appears to have concluded that

the secondary appendage, which is extremely minute, had

been overlooked by Haswell, and consequently placed in

Haswell’s genus his Cyproidia damnoniensis, which has such

an appendage.

Haswell put two species in his genus, Cyproidia lineata

and C. ornata. Quite recently Mr. Stebbing +, having

received specimens of the first of these species from

Mr. Haswell, has instituted, apparently on very slight

grounds, another genus (Paracyprovdia) for its reception, but

gives us no information as to the antenne either of his new

genus or of Cyproidia ornata, which he leaves as the type of

Haswell’s Cyprotdia.

* Peltocova Marioni, Catta, Revue des Sci. Nat. vol. iv. 1875, p. 161.

+ Stebbing, “ Revision of Amphipoda,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 7,

vol. iv. 1899, p. 207.

38 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Still more recently Dr. Charles Chilton * has described a

species from New Zealand under the name Cyproidia otakensis,

which accords in all generic characters with C’. damnoniensis,

Stebbing.

Two other species have been characterized under the name

Cyproidia: one from New Zealand, doubtfully referred by its

author to Cyprotdia, and since affirmed by him to be quite

distinct ; for this Cyprotdia? crassa, Chilton t, Mr. Stebbing f

has instituted a genus Tetradeion.

The other, Cyproidia brevirostris of T. & A. Scott I here

place in the genus Peltocova, G. O. Sars, because the upper

antenne have no secondary appendage.

92. Cyproidia damnoniensis, Stebbing.

1885. Cyprotdia damnoniensis, Stebbing, “ Descr. of a new English

Amphipodous Crustacean,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv.

p- 59, pl. ii.

1893. Peltocoxa damnoniensis, Della Valle, (139) p. 648, pl. xxx.

figs. 19-382, pl. lx. figs. 9, 10.

Hab, Starcross, Devon (C. W. Parker): Mus. Nor,

Blackwater-foot, Arran, N.B., 20 fathoms, muddy gravel,

and off Fairland Point, Cumbrae, 19 fathoms, gravel (V. &.).

Distrib. Naples (Della Valle & A.M. N.): Mus. Nor. Le

Croisic, France (Chevreux).

Genus 6. SteGOPLAX, G. O. Sars.

93. Stegoplax brevirostris (T. & A. Scott).

1893. Cyproidia brevirostris, T. & A. Scott, “ On some new and rare

Crustacea from Scotland,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii.

p. 244, pl. xiii. figs. 1-11.

Hab. Loch Fyne (7. S.): Mus. Nor. Moray Firth,

washed from Filograna implexa from a depth over 40 fathoms

(7. S.), 8 miles west of Fleshwick Bay, Isle of Man, in

33 fathoms, and Valentia, Ireland (4. O. W.).

* Chilton, “A New-Zealand Species of the Amphipodous Genus

Cyproidia,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. 1900, p. 242.

+ Trans. New Zealand Institute, vol. xv. 1882, p. 80, pl. iii. fig, 1.

¢{ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. 1899, p. 207.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 3y

Fam. VIII. Stenothoide.

Genus 1. STENOTHOE, Dana.

94. Stenothoe marina (Bate).

1860, Stenothoe Danai, A. Boeck, Férh. ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de

Mide, p. 655.

1861. Montagua marina, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 58,

1892, Stenothoe marina, G. O Sars, (142) p. 236, pl. Ixxx,

Hab. Shetland; Skye; Isle of Cumbrae;~ Cullercoats,

Northumberland ; Durham coast ; Plymouth; Donegal Bay,

Ireland (A. M.N.); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 6, off S.W. Ire-

land, 90 fathoms; Firth of Forth (7. 8.) : Mus. Nor. Moray

Firth and off Spurm Head (7. 8.) ; St. Andrews (Ad‘Intosh) ;

Loch Fyne (Murray) ; North Wales ; Isle of Man; near

Bray Head, W. lveland (A. O. W.); Jersey and Sark

(Kehler).

95, Stenothoe crassicornis, A. O. Walker.

1897. Stenothoe crassicornis, Walker, Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1896, p. 420.

1897. Sienothoe crassicornis, Walker, “ New Species of Edriophthalma

from the Irish Sea,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi. p. 229,

pl. xviii. figs. 3-3 e.

Hab. “Three males taken in the bottom tow-net 6 miles

W.S.W. of Calf of Man, in 23 fathoms” (A. O. W.).

96. Stenothoe monoculoides (Montagu).

1861. Montayua monoculoides, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 54.

1892, Stenothoe monoculoides, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 240, pl. lxxxii. fig. 1.

Hab. Apparently to be found all round our coasts. Shet-

land; Firth of Clyde ; Plymouth ; Falmouth ; Guernsey ;

Jersey ; Roundstone, Ireland (A. MW. WV.) ; Cullercoats, North-

umberland (J. Alder) ; Starcross, Devon (C. Parker) : Mus.

Nor. Farne Islands, Northumberland (A. M. N.) ; Ardbear

Bay, Ireland (Brady & Robertson) ; North Wales and Isle of

Man (A. O. W.); St. Andrews (M‘Intosh) ; Firth of Forth

(7. 8.) ; Loch Fyne (Murray) ; Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. South and West Norway, as far north as Trond-

hjem Fiord (@. 0. Sars); Denmark (Meinert) ; West France

(Chevreux) ; Azores (Barrois).

97. Stenothoe setosa, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. figs. 2-4.)

Coxal plates of second pereopods resembling those of

S. marinain form. Superior antenne with basal joint longer

40 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

than the second; flagellum of twenty-four articulations.

Lower antennz with the last joint of the peduncle one fourth

shorter than the penultimate ; flagellum of twenty-one articu-

lations. First gnathopods (fig. 2) having the lobe of the

meros well rounded at the extremity; hand slightly longer

than the wrist, widening distally ; palm defined, occupying

the slightly oblique extremity. The hand of the second

gnathopods (fig. 3) elongated ovate, widest in the middle,

front margin evenly and regularly arcuate, fringed throughout

with long sete, the length of which almost equals the breadth

of the hand, wholly without spines, tubercles, or crenation,

and the palm undefined ; finger broad, extending to only half

the length of the hand. The last pereeopods (fig. 4) have the

meral and propodal joints subequal in length, the carpal

joint somewhat shorter, the nail half as long as the propodos ;

the posterior lobe of the meros is well arched, but not greatly

developed, extending to half the length of the carpus.

Colour white, tinted with rose-colour; eye red.

Hab. A single specimen taken at Plymouth, August 1889

(A. UM. N.): Mus. Nor.

My dissection does not show the mandible, but from the

general character of the species it would seem to belong to

this genus. 4S. setosa has its nearest known ally apparently

in S. Dollfust, Chevreux *. It resembles that species in the

form of the first gnathopods and, judging from the drawing,

in the proportionate length of the joints of the last pereeopods ;

but it differs in the form of the second gnathopods and the

absence of all teething of the palm of its propodos.

Genus 2. Mreropa, Boeck.

98. Metopa Alderi (Bate).

1861. Montagua Alderi, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p.

p. 61 22

1868. Metopa norvegica, Bate & Westwood (nec Lilljeborg), (1) vol. ii.

p. 500, ¢.

1876. Metopa clypeata, var., Boeck, (138) p. 451, pl. xviii. fig. 5, ¢.

1892. Metopa Alderi, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 250, pl. xxxvi.

Hab. Aberdeenshire (R. Dawson): Mus, Nor. Northum-

berland coast (A.M. N.) ; Firth of Forth (7. S.); Firth of

Clyde and Mull of Kintyre (D. &.); North Wales (A. O.W.) ;

Torbay (Stebbing).

Distrib. Norway, from the south northwards to Tromsé

(G. O. Sars); Spetsbergen and Sweden (Goés) ; Murman

* Chevreux, “ Quatriéme Campagne de ‘1’Hirondelle,’ 1888: Hyale

Grimaldi et Stenothoe Dollfusi,” Bull. de Soc. Zool. de France, 1891.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Al

coast (Stuxberg); Iceland (Sars); Denmark (Mernert) ;

Holland (Hoek); Boulogne (J. Bonnier); La Manche

(Chevreux).

99. Metopa norvegica (Lilljeborg).

1850. Leucothoe norvegica, Lilljeborg, “ Bidr. till Norra Rysslands och

Norrige fauna &c.,” K. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. ii. p. 335, pl. xx. fig. 4.

1855. Montagua pollexiana, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 57.

1861. Montagua pollexiana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 64.

1887. Metopa pollexiana, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 92, pl. iii. figs. 5, 5 a.

1892. Metopa pollexiana, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 269, pl. exv.

The Metopa which Bate and Westwood figured as Leuco-

thoe norvegica, Lilljeborg, was the male of MW. Alder’, and to

that species Sars has referred Lilljeborg’s species; but from

his reference to Bate and Westwood’s figure it would almost

seem that he had not consulted Lilljeborg’s papers. That

author’s Leucothoe norvegica is, it appears to me, undoubtedly

the present species. The following description applies to it,

and not to M. Alderi :—“ L. clypeate, Kroyer, sat affinis.

Antenne superiores inferioribus longiores, flagello pedunculo

longiore, articulo primo secundum superante, et articulo tertio

minimo ; flagellum antenni inferi ultimo pedunculi articulo

brevius vel equale; manus pedum secundi paris maxima,

dilatate, apice vero acuminato, aculeoque marginis posterioris

medii validissimo et ungut cequali ; epimera quarti annuli

thoracici maxima, latitudine vero altitudine parum majore.”

The italics are Lilljeborg’s, but for comparison with M. Alder

the statement as to comparative lengths of the antenne should

also be italicized. ‘The figure represents a second gnathopod

with the palm projected forwards and the lateral process

reaching beyond the palm (cf Sars’s figure p.’ 3), so that

the finger impinges upon it; and in no other species is this

the case.

Hab. Shetland; near Holy Island, Northumberland;

Durham coast (A. M. N.); Aberdeen (&. Dawson): Mus.

Nor. St. Andrews (M‘Intosh); Firth of Forth (7. &.).

There is thus no record of it as yet from the west side of our

islands except St. Ives, whence Spence Bate received

specimens from Mr. George Barlee.

Distrib. Bejan, at entrance of ‘Trondhjem Fiord, Norway,

in 80-50 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ; Tromsé (Schneider) ; Green-

land (H. J. Hansen) ; Murman coast (Jarzinski, fide Sars).

100. Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars. (Pl. III. fig. 5.)

21876, Probolkiwm Spence-Batei, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 344, pl. xix, fig. 4,

42. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

1882, Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 90, pl. iv. figs. 2, 2 a.

1892. Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 255, pl. Ixxxix, fig. 2.

Hab. Cullercoats, Northumberland, Oct. 5, 1854. Fresh

specimens, mounted in Dean’s medium at that date, have now

their beautiful crimson markings perfectly preserved, exactly

corresponding to Sars’s coloured drawing. Isle of Cumbrae ;

Lerwick Bay, Shetland (A. 4. N.): Mus. Nor. Off north

side of Little Cumbrae, 10-15 fathoms (D. 2.) ; North Wales

(AL OAWS.

Distrib. Christiansund, Norway, and Vadsé, East Finmark

(G. O. Sars) ; Kattegat (Meinert) ; Holland (Hoek); West

France (Chevreuz).

101. Metopa abscisa*, sp.n. (Pl. III. figs. 6-10.)

1869. Montayua clypeata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 499 (nec

Leucothoe clypeata, Kroyer).

Upper antennee with two first joints of peduncle subequal,

third not quite half length of second; flagellum about two

and a half times as long as the peduncle, consisting of about

17 articulations. Lower antenne shorter than the upper, its

flagellum shorter than the peduncle ; last joint of peduncle

slightly longer than the penultimate.

First gnathopods (figs. 6 and 7) with the hand a little

shorter than the carpus, oblong, upper and lower margins

parallel for the first two thirds of the length, from which

point the hinder margin curves upwards to the base of the

nail; nail short, not one third the length of the hand; hand

with a few sete but no spines.

Second gnathopods (figs. 8 and 9) with the hand oblong,

slightly widening distally, breadth equalling from one half to

three fourths of the length ; palm absolutely transverse, some-

what shorter than the margin; not toothed and scarcely

waved, bounded by a tooth-formed process, near to which the

palmar margin is extremely minutely serrated (but the serra-

tions are so minute that they are only visible under a high

magnifying-power) ; finger very stout and strong.

Last pereeopods (fig. 10) with the meros and carpus sub-

equal in length, the hinder lobe of the meral joint small, not

reaching beyond half the length of the carpus; propodos

much longer than the preceding joints; nail as long as the

carpus, the tip turned inwards, with a little seta at the base of

the tip.

Telson devoid of dorsal spines.

* Abscisa, “cut off,” in reference to the truncate extremity of the

hand of the second gnathopods.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 43

Hab. The specimens I have seen of this species are all

from the eastern side of our island. That figured is one of

those from Cullercoats, Northumberland, which Bate and

Westwood recorded under the name Montagua clypeata.

Other specimens in my collection are from St, Andrews

(Professor M‘Intosh) and Aberdeen (Mr, R. Dawson).

I have thought it best to figure a Cullercoats specimen,

since it was one of these which was recorded by Bate and

Westwood. My St. Andrews example is, however, more

mature, and, agreeing in all other respects, differs somewhat

in the form of the hand of the second gnathopod, which is

somewhat longer in proportion to the breadth, nearly twice

as long as the greatest width; the palm &c. is as in the

Cullercoats example.

This species is nearest allied to M. rubrovittata, from which

it may be easily distinguished by the totally different form of

the first gnathopod (fig. 5, first gnathopod of M. rubrovittata),

by the absolutely transverse palm of the second gnathopods,

and by differences in the last pereeopods.

My friend the late Dr. D. Robertson, in the appendix to

his first report (p. 91, separate copy), recorded “ Mefopa

celypeata” from Cumbrae. It is probable that the Amphipod

found by him was Metopa rubrovittata, since I have on two

occasions, in 1854 and in 1885, taken that species at Cumbrae.

Dr. Hoek has described from Holland a Metopa nearly

allied to M. rubrovittata under the name Metopa Normani

(Hoek, ‘‘ Crustacea Neerlandica, II.,”’ Tijdsch. der Nederl.

Dierkundige Vereen. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 21 (separate copy),

pl. vil. figs. 5 and 5’); but it appears to be more closely

allied to M. rubrovittata than the species which I have here

described.

102. Metopa borealis, G. O. Sars.

1882. Metopa borealis, G, O. Sars, (102) p. 91, pl. iv. fig. 4 (but not

fio. 4 a).

1899, ae borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p, 254, pl. Ixxxix. fig. 1.

Hab. Isle of Cumbrae, 1885 (A. M. N.); South Bay,

Firth of Forth, 1888 (7. S.); Menai Strait (A. O. W.):

Mus. Nor. Guernsey (A. O. W.).

Iiistrib. Tromsé (J. 8. Schneider): Mus. Nor. Norway

(G. O. Sars) ; Greenland (Hansen).

103. Metopa propinqua, G. O. Sars.

1892, Metopa propinqua, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 264, pl. xciii. fig. 1.

Hab. The only record of this species occurriug in our fauna

44 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

is one by Mr. T. Scott, who found it off Crail in the Firth of

Forth in 1892 (Twelfth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board of Scot-

land, 1894, p. 263).

Distrib. The only specimens known to Sars were taken by

him in about 40 fathoms in company with Cressa dubia in

two places in the Trondhjem Fiord.

104, Metopa pusilla, G. O. Sars.

1892. Metopa pusilla, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 256, pl. xe. fig. 1.

Hab. Off Fairland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, 20-24 fathoms

(A. M. N.); Menai Strait, 7-12 fathoms (A. O. W.): Mus.

Nor. Rhos Bay, on north coast of Wales, just below tide-

marks (A. O. W.).

Distrib. South and West Norway as far north as the

Trondhjem Fiord, in comparatively shallow water among

Alge and Hydroids (G@. O. Sars); Franz-Josef Land, Jack-

son-Harmsworth Expedition (Thomas Scott, Journ. Linn.

Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. 1899, p. 72).

105. Metopa tenuimana, G. O. Sars.

1892, Metopa tenuimana, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 259, pl. xci. fig. 1.

Hab. A single specimen taken at Shetland in 1867

(A. M. N.): Mus. Nor.

Distrib. West Norway (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Where

Sars’s type specimens were also found.

106. Metopa Bruzelit, Goés.

1865. Montagua Bruzelii, “Crust. Ampbip. Maris Spetsberg. &c.,”

Cefy. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. (p. 522, fide Sars), p. 6 separate

copy, pl. xxxviil. fig. 10.

1887. Metopa Bruzelu, H. J. Hansen, (141) partim (?), p. 97, pl. iv.

figs. 2 c-g (? figs. 2 a, 6).

1892. Metopa Bruzelii, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 261, pl. exii. fig. 1.

1900. Proboloides Bruzelii, Stebbing, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. v. p. 15.

(Nec Metopa Bruzelit, Boeck, = M. Boeckii, G. O. Sars.)

Hab. Port Erin, Isle of Man, 24 fathoms (A. O. W.):

Mus. Nor. Colwyn Bay and Little Orme, North Wales

(A. O. W.); Firth of Forth (T. S.).

Distrib. Widely distributed in West Norway and Fin-

mark (G. O. Sars); Spetsbergen (Goés) ; Greenland

(Hansen).

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 45

Genus 3. METOPELLA, G. O. Sars.

First gnathopods not subchelate. Basos of last three

pereopods not expanded behind and almost or quite linear in

form, and the meros only very slightly produced behind.

107. Metopella nasuta, Boeck.

1870. Metopa nasuta, Boeck, (137) p. 65.

1876, Metopa nasuta, Boeck, (138) p. 465, pl. xviii. fig. 6.

1892. Metopa nasuta, Sars, (142) p. 276, pl. xeviii. fig. 1.

Hab. Taken incompany with my late friend Dr. D. Robert-

son in 1888 off Fairland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, in 20 fathoms:

Mus. Nor. Deep water off May Island, in the Firth of Forth,

and in the Moray Firth (7. 8.).

Distrib. West Norway (G. O. Sars) : Mus. Nor. Hansen

records it with doubt from Greenland.

Genus 4. METOPINA, gen. nov.

I institute this genus to receive three aberrant forms of

Metopa, in which the first gnathopods are not subchelate, and

have the hand long and very slender, and the terminal joint

very minute, flattened, not nail-formed. The second gnatho-

pods are very robust; the last pereeopods have the posterior

projection of the meros well and often enormously developed.

The type species is Metopa palmata, Sars; the others are

M. clypeata, Kroyer, and M. robusta, Sars.

108. Metopina robusta, G. O. Sars.

1892. Metopa robusta, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 270, pl. xevi. fig. 1.

1894. Metopa robusta, Thomas Scott, ‘‘ Some new and rare Crustacea

from Scotland,” Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol, xiii, p, 148.

Hab. Firth of Forth, 1884 (Dr. J. R. Henderson): Mus.

Nor. In this same locality Mr. Scott subsequently found

three specimens, and first recorded the species as British.

He has since also found it in the Moray. Firth.

Distrib. Varanger Fiord, Kast Finmark, 125-150 fathoms,

1890 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Sars’s specimens were from

Bejan, in the outer part of the Trondhjem Fiord, and

Hammerfest, West Finmark ; in both places in 30-50 fathoms

among Hydroids, Tromsé (Schneider),

46 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Genus 5. Cressa, Boeck.

=Danaia, Bate (nec M.-Edw. & Haime).

109. Cressa dubia (Bate).

1861. Danaia dubia, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 68.

1870. Cressa Schiddter, Boeck, (137) p. 65.

1876. Cressa Schiédtez, Boeck, (138) p. 467, pl. xviii. fig. 8.

1876, Danaia dubia, Stebbing, “ New and little-known Amphipodous

ae Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 444, pl. xix.

os, 2, 2a-c.

1890. Cressa dubia, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais,”

Bull. Sci. de France et Belgique, vol. xxii. p. 500, pl. x. figs. 1-11.

1892. Cressa dubia, T. Scott, Tenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board of

Scotland, p. 262, pl. viil. fig. 15 (the mandible).

ae gs dubia, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 278, pl. xeviii. fig. 2, & pl. exix.

od.

Hab. Off the Isle of Cumbrae (A. I. N.); Torquay

(Stebhing): Mus. Nor. Firth of Forth; Moray Furth; off

Tarbert, Loch Fyne (7. S.); off Cullercoats, Northum-

berland, 20 fathoms (G. 8. Brady & fide Stebbing) ; North

Wales; Isle of Man (A. O. W.) ; Isle of Mull (G. Brook).

Distrib. South and West Norway as far north as the

Trondhjem Fiord (G. O. Sars). Boulogne (Bonnier); 8.

Croisic (Chevreux).

Fam. IX. Leucothoide.

Genus 1. Leucornor, Leach.

110. Leucothoe spinicarpa (Abildgaard).

17-9. Gammarus spinicarpus, Abildgaard, Zool. Dan. vol. iii. p. 66,

pl. cxix. figs. 1-4.

1804. Cancer (Gammarus) articulosus, Montagu, “ Desc. several new

Animals found on South Coast of Devonshire,” Trans. Linn. Soc.

vol. vii. p. 70, pl. vi. fig. 6.

1862. Leucothoe articulosa, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 271.

1892. Leucothoe spinicarpa, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 283, pls. ¢. & ci. fig. 1.

1893. Leucothoe spinicarpa, Della Valle, (159) p. 652, pl. vi. fig. 4,

& pl. xix. figs. 1-20.

Hab. Shetland in Ascidians ; Skye; tlhe Minch; Cumbrae;

Loch Fyne in Ascidians; Lulworth, Dorset; Plymouth ;

Jersey ; Roundstone,;Ireland, in Ascidians (d. Mf, W.);

Polperro, Cornwall (Laughrin): Mus. Nor. St. Andrews

(M‘Intosh) ; Firth ot Forth (2. Scott); Anglesea; Isle of

Man; Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Hardanger and ‘Trondhjem Fiords, Norway

(A, M. N.); Adriatic (from Heller and Claus as L. denti-

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 47

culata, A. Costa) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Katte-

gat (Metnert); Greenland (Hansen) ; W. France (Chevreuz) ;

Azores (Barrois).

111. Leucothoe Lilljeborgit, Boeck.

1855. Leucothoe articulosa, Lilljeborg, Céfvers. af K, Vet.-Akad.

Forhand. p. 126.

1860. Leucothoe Lilljeborgvt, Boeck, Forhand. Skand. Naturf. 8de

Made, p. 653.

1888. Leuccthoe furina, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. d’Etudes Scient. de Paris,

11° année, 1 semestre, p. 9 (separate copy) (nec LZ. furina, Savigny)

1889. Leucothoe imparicornis, Norman, “ Notes on British Amphipoda,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 114, pl. x. figs. 1-4.

1892. Leucothoe incisa, D. Robertson, “ Second Contrib. Cat. Amphip.

and Isop. Firth of Clyde, &c.,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow,

vol. iii. (p. 25, separate copy).

1892. Leucothoe Lilljeborgii, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 284, pl. ci. fio, 2,

1897. Leucothoe incisa, Stebbing, “ Amphipoda from Copenhagen

Museum and other Sources,” Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. vii.

Pi 505; pl..x.

The Leucothoe described by Sars under the name of

L. Lilljeborgit, Boeck, is certainly the same as my L. impari-

cornis. My description was taken from a mounted and only

partially dissected specimen, and thus the recurved process

of the last segment of the metasome could not be seen. It

appears to me that the characters by which Mr. Stebbing

would separate L. incisa, Robertson, from this species are

insufficient ; the gnathopods, especially those of the first pair,

show some differences dependent upon age.

This species has been named at former periods “ Leucothoe

furina” by Sars, Chevreux, and myself.

I am also inclined to think that Lewcothoe serratipalma,

Della Valle, is the same species. The chief difference, and

it is a very unimportant one, appears to be that there is a

slight serration at the commencement of the palm of the

second gnathopods, where the point of the finger impinges on

the palm.

Hab. Shetland, 1863 (A. MW. NW.) ; Banff (7. Edward) ;

Ballock Bay and off Fairland Point, Isle of Cumbrae,

20 fathoms (J. #.); near the Bass Rock and in Upper

Loch Fyne (7. S.) ; Mull (@. Brook, fide T. 8.) ; Pool Krin,

Isle of Man, and Guernsey (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Kopervig, west coast of Norway, 40-60 fathoms

(G. OU. Sars) ; Kullaberg, Sweden (Liljeborg) ; West France

(Chevreux) ; Naples (?) (Della Valle).

48 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Fam. X. Cdiceride.

[Genus 1. Gipiceros, Kroyer.

[ Gidiceros saginatus, Kroyer.

1865. Cediceros saginatus, Goés, “ Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsberg.

&e.,” Cifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 10 (separate copy),

pl. Xxxix. fig. 18,

1876. Cediceros saginatus, Boeck, (138) p. 257, pl. xiii. fig. 3.

1892. Cdiceros saginatus, G. O. ‘Sars, (142) p. 288, pl. cii.

Greenland, lat. 67° 50! N., long. 55° 17' W., 20 fathoms,

‘ Valorous,’ 1875.

Vadsé, East Finmark, 1890 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor.

Iceland (Torell) ; Spetsbergen (Goés) ; Murman coast (Jar-

zynski); Siberian Polar Sea (Stwxberg). A truly Arctic

species, the most southern locality from which it has been

recorded is Christiansund (V. Diiben, fide Sars).]

[| Hdiceros boreaits, Boeck.

1870. Gidiceros borealis, Boeck, (137) p.

1876. CGdiceros borealis, Boeck, (138) p. 61, pl. xiv. fig. 1.

1892, Gdiceros borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 290, pl. cil. fig. 1

Holsteinborg Harbour, Greenland, in 7-35 fathoms,

‘ Valorous,’ 1875.

Finmark (Boeck) ; Kara Sea (Stuxberg).

The Gdiceros borealis of Buchholz (‘ Die zweite deutsche

Nordpolarfahrt,’ 1874, vol. 11. p. 325, pl. v.) cannot be

this species, nor, indeed, a member of this genus. It is

perhaps Monoculodes simplex, H. J. Hansen, but the telson

does not seem to agree. |

[Genus 2. Parapiceros, G, O. Sars,

[ Pareediceros lynceus (M. Sars).

1858. CGediceros lynceus, M. Sars, “ Oversigt over de i den Norsk-

Arctiske Region forekommende Krebsdyr,” Christ. Vid.-Selsk.

Forhand. p, 143.

1876. Ctdiceros lynceus, Boeck, (188) p. 259, pl. xiii, fig. 4.

1883. Ctdiceros lynceus, J.8. Schneier o Norges kyster forekommende

Arter af familien Cidiceride,” Tromso Museums Aarshelter, vi.

p- 14, pl. ii. fig. 12.

1892. Parediceros lynceus, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 292, pl. ciii. fig. 2

& pl. civ. fig, 1.

Holsteinborg Harbour, Greenland, 7-35 fathoms, ‘ Valorous,’

1875.

Sydvaranger and Varanger Fiord, Kast Finmark ; Svolver,

Lofoten Islands, 5-10 fathoms, 1890 (4. MZ. N.) ; Tromsé

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 49

(J. S. Schneider); Spetsbergen (Lovén); Gulf of Maine,

N.E. America, 90 fathoms (Prof. 8S. I. Smith): Mus. Nor.

Barents Sea (Hoek); Iceland (TZorel/?) ; Murman coast

(Jarzynski) ; Siberian Polar Sea (Stuaberg); Franz-Josef

Land, Jackson-Harmsworth Exped. (7. 8.) ; Iceland (Tore//);

East Greenland (Buchholz) ; Barents Sea (Hoek) ; Murman

coast, Kara Sea, and Jugor Schar (Stuxberg).|

Genus 3. MONOCULODES, Stimpson.

112, Monoculodes carinatus, Bate.

1855. Westwoodia carinata, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 58.

1859. Gidiceros affinis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gammariden, p. 93,

pl. iv. fig. 15, g junior.

1862. Monoculodes carinatus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 165.

1862. Monoculodes Stimpsoni, iid. ibid. p. 160.

1876. Monoculodes affinis, Boeck, (188) p. 265, pl. xiv. fig. 6, 2.

1883. Monoculodes carinatus, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom.

Art. af Gidiceride, p. 19, pl. i. fig. 4.

1889. Monoculodes carinatus, Norman, ‘‘ Notes on British Amphipoda,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 447, pl. xix. figs. 1-5.

1892. Monoculodes carinatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 295, pl. ev.

1893, Cidiceros affinis, Della Valle, (189) p. 548, pl. iv. fig. 3 &

pl. xxxiii. figs. 27-31. %

For notes on the above synonymy see my paper in the

‘Annals.’ It is not Gdiceros affinis, Goés.

Fab. Shetland; Isle of Cumbrae; off the Northumberland

coast; Plymouth (A. M. N.); Moray Firth (7. Edward) ;

off May Island, Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray) :

Mus. Nor. Loch Fyne (Sir J. Murray); Isle of Man,

Jersey, and Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Floré, Norway (A. M. N.); Croisic, France

(Chevreux) ; west coast of Sweden (Bruzelius); Kattegat

(Meinert) ; Naples (A. MM. N.).

113. Monoculodes subnudus, Norman.

1889. Monoculodes subnudus, Norman, ‘‘ Notes on British Amphipoda,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. il, p. 450, pl. xvi. fig. 11,

& pl. xix. figs. 6-10.

1892. Monoculodes falcatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 802, pl. evil. fig. 2.

Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Isle of Skye (4. M. N.):

Mus. Nor.

Distrib. Kors Fiord, near Bergen ; Rédberg, in the Trond-

hjem Fiord, in 150 fathoms, and Klosterelv Fiord, East

Finmark (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Sars has found it at several

places in West Norway.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 4

50 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

114. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck.

1865. Gdiceros affinis, Goés (nec Bruzelius), ‘Crust. Amphip. Maris

Spetsb. &c.,”’ Gifv. K. Vet.-Ak. Férh. p. 11 (sep. cop.) (partim),

pl. xxxix. fig. 21’ (nec 21).

1870. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck, (137) p. 88.

1876. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck, (138) p. 278, pl. xv. fig. 4.

1883. Monoculodes borealis, Schneider, J. ¢. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 3.

1892. Monoculodes borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 298, pl. evi. fig. 2.

Hab. Dredged off Blackwater-foot, Arran, N.B., in 20

fathoms, muddy sand (D. f.).

Distrib. Roédberg, in the Trondhjem Fiord, in 40-150

fathoms; Bog Fiord, EK. Finmark, 3-5 fathoms (A. M. N.) ;

Tromsé (Schneider): Mus. Nor. The former is the most

southern locality in which it has been found by Sars;

Spetsbergen (Goés) ; Greenland (Hansen) ; Kara Sea (Stua-

berg) ; Franz-Josef Land, Jackson-Harmsworth Exped.

CEOS)

115. Monoculodes tuberculatus, Boeck.

1865. Gdiceros affinis, Goés (nec Bruzelius), “ Crust. Amphip. Maris

Spetsb. &c.,” Cifv. K. Vet-Ak. Forh. p. 11 (sep. cop.) (partim),

pl. xxxix. fig. 21 (nec 21’).

1870. Monoculodes tuberculatus, Boeck, (137) p. 87.

1876. Monoculodes tubercalatus, Boeck, (138) p. 277, pl. xv. fig. 2.

1883. Monoculodes tuberculatus, Schneider, J. ¢. p. 29, pl. i. fig. 8.

1892. Monoculodes tuberculatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 308, pl. evii. fig. 3.

Hab. A single specimen in tow-net gathering a few miles

east of the Island of Arran, N.B. (7. Scott)—No doubt the

tow-net here meant was a net attached near the dredge, and

not at surface.

Distrib. West coast of Norway ; Trondhjem Fiord; Va-

ranger Fiord, East Finmark (G. O. Sars); Tromsé

(Schneider) ; Spetsbergen (G'oés) ; Greenland (Hansen).

116. Monoculodes Packardi, Boeck.

1870. Monoculodes Packardi, Boeck, (137) p. 86.

1876. Monoculodes Packurdi, Boeck, (138) p. 274, pl. xiv. fig. 3.

1883. Monoculodes Packardi, Schneider, /. c. p. 27, pl. i. fig. 6.

1892. Monoculodes Packard. G. O. Sars, (142) p. 807, pl. cix. fig. 1.

Hab. Loch Striven, Firth of Clyde, 40 fathoms (D. 2.) :

Mus. Nor. Upper Loch Fyne (T. S.).

Distrib. Varanger Fiord, E. Finmark, 125-150 fathoms

(A. UM. N.); Tromsé (Schneider): Mus. Nor. On whole

coast of Norway from Christiania to Vadsé in 10-100 fathoms

(G. O. Sars).

On a new Sea-Horse from Muscat. aL

Genus 4. PerrocuLopes, G. O. Sars.

117. Perioculodes longimanus (Bate).

1869. Monoculodes longimanus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 507.

1870. Monoculodes Grubet, Boeck, (137), p. 85.

1876. Monoculodes Grubet, Boeck, (138) p. 269, pl. xvi. fig. 1.

1883. Monoculodes Grubei, Schneider, J. ¢. p. 24.

1887. Monoculodes longimanus, Chevreux, Cat. Crust. Amphip. du

Sud-ouest de la Bretagne, p. 13, pl. v. figs. 1, 2.

1888. Monoculodes equimanus (Norman, MS.), Robertson, “ Contrib.

Cat. Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc.

Glasgow, vol. ii. B 26 (separate copy), 3.

1889. Monoculodes longimanus, Norman, “ Notes on British Amphip.,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 451, pl. xx. figs. 6-9.

1892. Perioculodes longimanus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 313, pl. ex. fig. 2,

lexi, fie. ¥:

1893. Celiceros longimanus, Della Valle, (139) p. 547, pl. iv. fig. 9,

pl. xxxill. figs. 32-36.

Hab. Kames Bay, Isle of Cumbrae, 1-4 fathoms ; Oban;

off Marsden, Co. Durham, 10 fathoms ; Starcross, Devon, 2-3

fathoms; Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (A. M. N.); Banff (T.

Edward) ; Firth of Forth (7. 8.) : Mus. Nor. Upper Loch

Fyne and off Spurm Head (T. S.); Isle of Man; North

Wales ; Jersey ; Guernsey; Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Svolver, Lofoten Islands; Trondhjem Fiord,

5 fathoms (A. M. NV.) ; South Norway (G. O. Sars) ; Naples

(A. M. N. & Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Kattegat (Meinert);

West France (Chevreux) ; Spezia (G. O. Sars).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL.

Fig. 1. Amphilochus neapolitanus, Della Valle. Second gnathopod.

Fig. 2. Stenothoe setosa, sp.n. First gnathopod.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Second gnathopod.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Last peraeopod.

Fig. 5. Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars. First gnathopod.

6. Metopa abscisa, sp. n. First gnathopod.

7. Ditto. Terminal joints of first gnathopod, more magnified.

Fig. 8. Ditto. Second gnathopod.

9. Ditto. Palm of second gnathopod, more magnified.

0. Ditto. Last perzeopod.

V.—Description of a new Sea-Horse (Hippocampus) from

Muscat. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Hippocampus Jayakari.

11 segments on the body. All the tubercles produced into

long slender spines; supraorbital spine longer than the

diameter of the orbit, longer than the azygous spine in front

52 - Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

of it; two spines below the orbit ; a very long spine, flanked

by a similar one on each side, in front of the coronet, which

is rather elevated and terminates in five spines. Snout three

times as long as the eye, half the length of the head. Dorsal

with 18 rays, inserted on four segments, two of the body, two

of the tail. Yellow laterally and ventrally, brown dorsally,

with dark brown rings; most of the spines yellow at the tip.

A single specimen, measuring 85 millim. when stretched

out, was picked up at Muscat by Surgeon-Lt.-Col. A. 8. G.

Jayakar, who, on kindly sending it as a present to the

British Museum, pointed out to me its close affinity to

H. hystrix, Kaup. The latter differs, however, in the longer

snout and the shorter and more acutely pointed spines on the

head, also in the coloration.

Dr. Jayakar is, I regret to hear, leaving Muscat. It

gives me great pleasure to connect his name with this

latest discovery of his at the station where for so many

years he has been collecting fishes for the British Museum,

with the result of enriching ichthyology by many new species,

which have been described in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo-

gical Society ’ and in these § Annals.’

VI.—A List of the Fishes collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin

in the Falkland Islands. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

With Notes by the Collector.

Trachinide.

1. Eleginus maclovinus, C. & V.

“ ¢ Mullet,’ as they are called, abounded in the sea, especially

from the Falkland Islands. 53

on the sands near the lighthouse at Cape Pembroke. The

fish from this locality were large, from 380-36 inches in

length, and were mostly meshed ina trammel. The specimens

brought homewere caught in asmall seine in Stanley Harbour.”’

2. Notothenia sima, Richards.

Stanley Harbour. Very common.

3. Notothenia macrocephalus, Gthr.

Stanley Harbour.

4, Harpagifer bispinis, Forst.

“ The little Cottus-like fish occurring so abundantly along

the shores of Stanley Harbour in shallow pools during low

water were subject to great variations in colour; indeed one

never found two specimens marked exactly the same. The

ground-colour of these fish was usually grey, with longitu-

dinal streaks of darker tint. Occasionally one would find a

specimen with brilliant carmine patches on the head, with

bands of the same colour running along the dorsal surface

posteriorly above the pectoral fins. The ventral surface was

invariably of a uniform light grey. I was unable to keep

any of these brilliantly coloured specimens in captivity so as

to find out if these bright colours were permanent or only

transitory. These variations of colour had nothing to do

with local surroundings, there being no red sea-weeds in

Stanley Harbour—at least, I could find none—although

there were plenty in the open ocean.”

Lycodide.

5. Lycodes latitans, Jen.

“ Fairly common along the shore and also in the deep

water in Stanley Harbour.”

6. Lycodes flavus, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 8 times in total

length. Head as deep as broad, once and a half as long as

broad; snout short, rounded, projecting beyond the mouth,

which extends to below the posterior border of the eye; the

diameter of the latter equals interocular width and is con-

tained once and one third in length of snout, five and a half

times in length of head; nostril tubular, near the end of the

54 On Fishes from the Falkland Islands.

snout ; large pores on the snout and on both lips; a single

series of moderately large conical teeth in the jaws and on

the vomer; gill-opening very narrow. Body naked, com-

pressed ; lateral line indistinct; the vent more than twice as

distant from the end of the tail as from the ventrals. Dorsal

with about 80 rays, originating just behind the occiput; anal

with about 60 rays. Pectoral about two thirds length of

head; ventral nearly one third length of pectoral.

Dark or light saffron-colour; a dark brown stripe along

each side of the head, passing through the eye, separated

from the dark brown upper surface of the head by a narrower

yellowish-white stripe; lower surface of head and body

yellowish white.

Total length 113 millim.

This species differs strikingly from L. latitans, apart from

the coloration, in the shorter head and the larger eye.

“The specimens secured were detected in the hollow tangled

roots of Macrocystis, whilst the specimens of the blackish-

brown L, latitans were found under stones resting on mud.”

Galaxiide.

7. Galaxias attenuatus, Jen.

“ Fish known to the inhabitants as ‘smelts’ were fairly

common, and occurred in shoals in the shallow water along

the shore. The specimens brought home were dipped from

the sea with a large hand-net while being pursued by a

penguin (Hudyptes chrysolophus).”

8. Galaxias maculatus, Jen.

“Freshwater fish. The Falkland Island ‘trout’ is very

abundant in certain small brooks and streams in the Falkland

Archipelago. The specimens sent were secured in a small

brook called Wier Creek, a small stream in direct communi-

cation with the higher portion of Port William.

‘* Owing to the abundance of peat and the heavy rainfall one

would naturally expect these fish to be black in colour, like

moorland-trout. Great was my astonishment to find these

Falkland Island trout almost transparent, the principal blood-

vessels being plainly visible in the living fish.”

On Asopine and Tessaratomine. 53

VII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—V. Heteroptera: Asopine and

Tessaratomine. By W. L. DIsTant.

THE present communication calls for little comment. ‘The

Asopine still require more generic revision to bring them

into line with the main division of the Pentatomide, to which

they belong. The cause is not difficult to see, and is an

adherence to supposed authority. Stal treated the Asopinze

in the first part of his ‘numeratio Hemipterorum,’ and

there used subgenera for what in the later parts of his work

he would distinctly have regarded as genera.

This paper refers to Walker’s genera and species belonging

to the above two subfamilies, as contained in vols. 1.11. of

his ‘ Catalogue of Hemiptera-Heteroptera.’

ASOPINZE.

Genus HETEROSCELIS.

Heteroscelis bimaculata.

Platynopus bimaculatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 124, n. 6 (1867).

Genus MINEUS.

Mineus triangularis.

Strachia triangularis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 323. n. 42 (1867).

Genus CERMATULUS.

Cermatulus nasalis.

ZBlia nasalis, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 32 (18387).

Rhaphigaster pentatomoides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 370. n. 81 (1867).

Asopus binotatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 144 (1867).

Walker gives Brazil as a habitat for his A. dinotatus,

which is clearly an error, there being not the slightest doubt

that it is a synonym of the common Australian species.

Genus DorRyYCORIS.

Dorycoris fuscosus.

Asopus fuscosus, Germ. in Silb. Rev. p. 187 (1837).

Rhaphigaster perornatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 567 (1868).

56 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Genus EALDA.

Ealda, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 409 (1867).

Abdomen with the lateral segmental angles moderately

spinous, the two penultimate angles strongly spinous, the

apical angles longly spinous.

I have placed the genus near Hoploawys, Dall.

Ealda minaz.

Ealda minax, Walk. Cat. Het, ii. p. 409, n. 1 (1867).

Hab. New Caledonia.

GORDONERIUS, gen. nov.

Head moderately long and broad, subtruncate in front,

where it is slightly notched centrally; antenne with the

second joint a little longer than the third; rostrum reaching

the intermediate cox, third joint a little shorter than second

or fourth joints, which are subequal. Pronotum with the

lateral margins very slightly sinuate, much broader at base

than long, posterior angles subprominent. Scutellum nar-

rowed at about centre, apex rounded. _Abdomen with a short

basal spine; anterior femora spined before apex; anterior

tibie very slightly dilated.

In general shape and appearance allied to Dorycoris and

Zicrona, from both of which it is at once distinct by the

character of the spined anterior femora.

Gordonerius lineatus.

Oplomus lineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 122. n. 20 (1867).

Hab. Abyssinia (Brit. Mus.).

Genus PLATYNOPUS.

Platynopus rostratus.

Cimex rostratus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 59, pl. xliii. fig. 3 (1782).

Platynopus badius, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 126. n. 12 (1867).

Var. Platynopus trijunctus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 11.

Var. Platynopus optabilis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 126. n. 13.

Platynopus parvus, sp. n.

Allied to P. rostratus, Dru., but much smaller; colour

paler, pale castaneous, luteous markings similar but paler ;

Asopine and 'Tessaratominz. 57

antenne with the basal joint and the bases of the fourth and

fifth joints ochraceous; second and third joints subequal in

length. Other characters as in P. rostratus.

Long. 9-10 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 54-6 millim.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Brit. Mus.) ; Congo (Coll. Dist.).

Platynopus scutellatus, sp. n.

Above bright shining ochraceous. Head dark olivaceous

green, with a central lineate ochraceous spot near base; an-

tenne fuscous. Pronotum sparingly, coarsely, and darkly

punctate ; a distinct submarginal lateral linear fascia of dark

punctures, two blackish ringlets on anterior portion of disk,

and the pronotal spines shining black; the space behind the

pronotal angles and the posterior margin impunctate. Scu-

tellum sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punctate, the basal

angular areas impunctate, and a small dark spot in each

basal angle. Corium sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punc-

tate. Membrane cupreous. Body beneath and legs ochra-

ceous ; sternum coarsely punctate, a large impunctate spot on

each lateral area of pro-, meso-, and metasternum; a trans-

verse fascia at junction of pro- and mesosternum, a much

waved sublateral fascia, large subapical spot and anal ap-

pendage to abdomen, anterior and intermediate femora (ex-

cluding base and a subapical spot), outer surface and base

and apex of inner surface of anterior tibie, apices of posterior

femora, bases and apices of intermediate and posterior tibia,

and the tarsi castaneous.

Scutellum with the apex obtusely angulate. Anterior

tibie strongly dilated, Abdominal basal spine long, passing

the posterior coxe.

Long. 13 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. Upper Congo, Bopoto (Coll. Dist.).

A species to be known by its angulated apex to scutellum

and distinct coloration.

Platynopus melanoleucus.

Elia melanoleuca, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 33 (1837).

Platynopus polygraphus, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 126. n. 17 (1867).

Var. Platynopus melanoleucus, Dall. (nec Westw.), List Hem. i. p. 87.

n. 1 (1851).

The British Museum possesses specimens from Celebes and

Ceram which agree with Westwood’s type from Java. All

the Philippine specimens I have seen are of a varietal form in

which the pronotal fascie are more strongly marked and

continuous.

58 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Platynopus leetus.

Platynopus letus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 127. n, 19 (1867).

Platynopus dotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 20.

Platynopus semiscitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 129. n. 21.

Canthecona decorata, Voll. Faun. Ind. Neerl. iii. p. 9, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1868).

Platynopus melacanthus.

Pentatoma melacantha, Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. p. 628, pl. ii. fig. 7

(1835).

Platynopus tenellus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 127. n. 18 (1867).

Platynopus splendidulus.

Cimex splendidulus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 163. n. 40 (1803).

Platynopus splendidulus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i. p. 16. n. 1 (1868),

Oplomus elongatus, Dall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1852, p. 6, pl. i. fig. 1.

Dallas gave the habitat of his species as “ in Brasilia?”

Specimens exactly agreeing with his description, which repre-

sents the form described by Fallou as P. metallicus (Rev.

d’Ent. x. p. 5, 1891), are in the British Museum from Sierra

Leone and in my own collection from West Africa and the

banks of the River Aruwini (Central Africa).

Genus CANTHECONA.

Canthecona cognata.

Canthecona cognata, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xix. p. 157 (1882).

Canthecona insularis, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 79,

pl. iv. fig. 4 (1891).

Genus PICROMERUS.

Picromerus obtusus.

Picromerus obtusus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 183. n. 6 (1867).

Picromerus nigrivitta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 7.

Genus Popisus.

Podisus modestus.

Arma modesta, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 101. n. 18 (1851).

Rhaphigaster aggressor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 359. n. 19 (1867).

Podisus semialbatus.

Mormidea semialba, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 553 (1868).

A species allied to P. falcatus, Dist.

Asopine and Tessaratomine, 59

Podisus turbidus.

Arma turbida, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 140. n. 43 (1867).

This species is still represented only by the unlocalized

type specimen in the British Museum. It is allied to

P. fuscescens, Dall.

Rostrum dark castaneous, the second joint black.

Podisus cynicus.

Pentatoma cynica, Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831 ; Compl. Writ. i.

p. 312. n. 1 (1859).

Arma grandis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 96. n. 3 (1851).

Podisus cynicus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 217 (1898).

Podisus grandis, Leth. & Sey. loc. cit. p. 218.

Uhler (Check-list Hem. Het. N. America, 1886, p. 4)

correctly sank Dallas’s species as a synonym of the above ;

but as the authors of our best catalogue have kept them as

distinct, it is necessary to again draw attention to their being

conspecific.

Genus TYLOSPILUS.

Tylospilus megaspilus.

Hoploxys megaspilus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 141, n. 2 (1867).

Genus ANASIDA.

Anasida funebris, sp. n.

Pitchy black ; eyes and a spot at base of head ferruginous.

Head thickly and finely punctate, with a small impunctate

space before each eye; antenne with the second and third

joints subequal in length, remaining joints mutilated. Pro-

notum coarsely punctate and rugulose, the sublateral carinz

near posterior angles very distinct and prominent. Scutellum

coarsely punctate and rugulose. Corium more opaque,

smooth, somewhat more sparingly punctate. Membrane

shining bronzy.

Long. 16 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 7 millim.; abd.

74 millim.

Hab. Natal (Gueinztus: Brit. Mus.).

Allied to the West-African type of the genus, A. tenebrio,

Karsch, but differing by the scutellum being more elongate

and distinctly and angularly narrowed at about two thirds

from base; abdomen narrower, with the connexivum much

les prominent, &c.

60 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Genus ASOPUS.

Asopus erythromelas.

Strachia erythromela, Walk. Cat. Het. ii, p. 339, n. 81 (1867).

Strachia pyrophila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 340. n. 88.

Var. Strachia precipua, Walk. loc. cit. p. 339. n. 82.

These described forms were reported by me (‘ Annals,’

May 1900, p. 434) as not to be found under the genus and

subfamily in which they were described. I have since

discovered them under the genus Asopus, where I find Walker

subsequently mentions them (Cat. Het. i. pp. 533, 534,

1868).

Genus CHCHALIA.

Cchalia consocialis.

Pentatoma consociale, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Entom. ii. p. 630. n. 3, pl. ii.

fig. 9 (1835). ;

Rhaphigaster perfectus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 371. n, 88 (1867).

Mormidea decora, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 256. n. 25 (1867).

This species clearly represents an undescribed genus in

Asopine; but as the type and only specimen is without

antenne, it must remain for the present a generic nondescript.

Abdomen unarmed; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ;

head rounded in front, the central lobe longer than the

lateral lobes ; posterior pronotal angles produced into mode-

rately long, slender, acute spines; scutellum somewhat long,

subtriangular, its apex extending a little beyond base of

membrane.

T'BSSARATOMINAE.

Genus PIEZOSTERNUM.

Piezosternum subulatum.

Cimex subulatus, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 41, pl. i. fig. 55 (1788).

Piezosternum retractum, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 467. n. 4 (1868).

Salica excellens, Walk. loc, cit. p. 469. n. 1.

Genus TESSARATOMA.

Tessaratoma papillosa.

Cimex papillosus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. 1. p. 96, pl. xliii. fig. 2 (1770).

Tesseratoma striata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 463. n. 16 (1868).

Tesseratoma furcifera, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17.

Tesseratoma timorensis, Walk. (Voll. ?) loc. cit. p. 464. n. 18.

Asopine and 'Tessaratomine. 61

Genus HYPENCHA.

Hypencha apicalis.

Tessaratoma apicalis, St.-Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. p. 591. n. 3

(1825).

Tesseratoma semicuprea, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 465. n. 21 (1868).

HHypencha opposita.

Tesseratoma opposita, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 466. n. 22 (1868).

Walker’s type specimen was unlocalized. The Museum

now possesses a second specimen from Johore.

Genus PYGOPLATYs.

Pygoplatys cribatus.

Prezosternum cribatum, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 458. n. 6 (1868).

Pygoplatys trucidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 461. n. 8.

Genus HUSTHENES.

Eusthenes thoracicus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and legs piceous; corium and

body beneath very dark castaneous; apex of scutellum and

eyes reddish ochraceous. Antenne black; second joint a

little longer than the third, remainder mutilated. Pronotum

with the lateral margins distinctly reflexed, rounded ante-

riorly, and a little concavely sinuate before the posterior

angles, which are subprominent ; before the rounded anterior

lateral margins is a broad sublateral rugosity, which is

strongly transversely striate; remainder of disk somewhat

faintly striate and moderately punctate. Posterior femora in

male strongly incrassated, beneath with a long robust curved

spine near base, and with a series of small obtuse spines near

apex. Other characters as in E. robustus, Lepell. et Serv.,

but differing from that and all other species of the genus by

the structure of the pronotum.

Long. 36 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 17 millim.; max.

Jat. abd. 20 millim.

Hab, N. India, Assam (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Genus DALCANTHA,

Dalcantha dilatata. |

Dalcantha dilatata, Amy. & Serv. Hem. p. 171. n. 1 (1848),

Dalcantha regia, Walk. Cat. Het, iii. p. 474, n. 3 (1868).

62 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Stal (En. Hem. i. p. 76, 1870) treated Walker’s species

as a synonym of D. Stali, Voll. Walker’s descriptions were

made from specimens identified by Dallas as D. dilatata,

which Stal had previously seen under that name when visiting

the British Museum.

Summarized Disposition of Walker’s Genera and Species.

Asopine and Tessaratomine.

Genera considered valid.

Blachia, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 117 (1867).

Cecyrina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118.

Ealda, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 409.

Muscanda, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 576 (1868).

Genera treated as synonymic.

Bodetria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 119 (1867), =Gen. Heteroscelis, Latr.

Gilva, Walk. loc. cit. p. 141, = Gen. Coryzorhaphis, Spin.

Salica, Walk. loc, cit. ili. p. 469 (1868), = Gen. Piezosternum, Amy. &

[Sery.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Blachia ducalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 117. n. 1 (1867).

Cazira internexa, Walk, loc. cit. p. 118. n. 4.

Cecyrina platyrhinoides, Walk. loc. ct. p. 119. n. 1.

Platynopus letus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. n. 19.

purpurascens, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 5380 (1868).

Canthecona concinna, Walk. loc. cit. 1, p. 181. n. 9 (1867).

Glypsus truculentus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 132. n. 4.

Picromerus obtusus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 183. n. 6.

Macrorhaphis infuscata, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 581 (1868).

spurcuta, Walk, loc. cit.

Ealda minax, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 409. n. 1 (1867),

Pygoplatys lancifer, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 460. n. 7 (1868).

Amissus nitidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 466, n. 2.

Stphnus dilatatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 467. n. 3.

Lyramorpha ramifera, Walk, loc. cit. p. 476. n. 4.

Muscanda testacea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 577.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Oplomus lineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 122. n. 20 (1867), belongs to gen.

Gordonerius, g. n.

Platynopus bimaculatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 124. n. 6, belongs to gen. Hete-

roscelis, de Cast.

Arma eli Walk. loc. cit. p. 135. n. 15, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.-

chaff.

—— ampla, Walk. loc. cit. p. 138. n. 34, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.-

Schaff.

caliginosa, Walk. loc. cit, n. 35, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.-

Schaff.

Asopine and Tessaratomine. 63

Arma submarginata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 189. n. 87, belongs to gen. Podisus,

Herr.-Schaff.

turbida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 140. n. 43, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.-

Schaff.

Hoploxys megaspilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 141. n. 2, belongs to gen. Tylospilus,

Stal.

Piezosternum firmatum, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 458. n. 5 (1868), belongs to

gen. Pygoplatys, Dall.

eribratum, Walk. loc. cit. n. 6, belongs to gen. Pygoplatys, Dall.

ingenum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 459. n. 7, belongs to gen. Pygoplatys, Dall.

Tesseratoma forticornis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 465, n. 23, belongs to gen. Pygo-

platys, Dall.

opposita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 466. n. 22, belongs to gen. Hypencha,

Amy. & Serv.

Pycanum stabile, Walk. loc. cit. p. 472. n. 12, belongs to gen. Carpona,

Dohrn.

Species treated as synonymic.

Bodetria brenthoides, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 119. n. 1 (1867), = Heteroscelis

Servillet, de Cast.

chrysochlora, Walk. loc. cit. iii, p. 528 (1868), = Heteroscelis Servillet,

de Cast.

indecora, Walk. loc. cit.,= Heteroscelis Servillei, de Cast.

—— scutellaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 529, = Heteroscelis lepida, Stal.

Oplomus biarcuatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 121. n. 17,= Oplomus rutilus, Dall.

chrysomelas, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18,= Oplomus tripustulatus, Fabr.

basalis, Walk. loc. crt. p. 122. n. 19,= Oplomus tripustulatus, Fabr.

Platynopus conspersus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 38,= Oplomus proteus,

Stal.

trijunctus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 125. n. 11,= Platynopus rostratus, Dru.,

var.

badius, Walk. loc. cit. n. 12,= Platynopus rostratus, Dru.

optabilis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 126, n. 13,= Platynopus rostratus, Dru.,

var.

polygraphus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17,= Platynopus melanoleucus, Westw.

tenellus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. n. 18,=Platynopus melacanthus,

Boisd.

dotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 20,= Platynopus letus, Walk.

semiscitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 129. n. 21, =Platynopus letus, Walk.

Picromerus nigrivitta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 133. n. 7,= Picromerus obtusus,

Walk.

Arma monospila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 186. n. 16,= Podisus sagitta, Fabr.

colorata, Walk. loc. cit. nn. 17,= Euthyrhynchus floridanus, Linn.

lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 188. n, 36, = Tynacantha cincticeps, Stal.

Gilva varipes, Walk. loc. cit.1. p. 142. n. 1 (1867), = Coryzorhaphis spinole,

Sign.

Asopus binotatus, Walk. Joc. cit. p. 144. n. 2, = Cermatulus nasalis,

Westw.

Piezosternum retractum, Walk. Joc. cit. iii. p. 457 (1868),= Prezosternum

subulatum, Thunb.

eyscpiaty trucidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 461. n. 8,= Pygoplutys cribatus,

alk.

Tesseratoma striata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 463, n. 16,= Tessaratoma papillosa,

Dru.

— furcifera, Walk. loc. cit. n, 17,= Tessaratoma paptllosa, Dru.

64 Mr. H. Druce on some

Tesseratoma timorensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 464. n. 18,= Tessaratoma

papillosa, Dru.

clara, Walk. loc. cit. n. 19,= Tessaratoma papillosa, Dru.

senucuprea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 465. n. 21,= Hypencha apicalis, Lep. &

Serv.

Salica excellens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 469. n. 1,=Piexosternum subulatum,

Thunb.

Pycanum rubidum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 471. n. 11,=Pycanum pretiosum,

Stal.

ea laos Walk. Joc. cit. p. 472. n. 18,=Carpona angulata,

tal.

pallipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 473. n. 17,= Mattiphus oblongus, Dall.

Daleantha regia, Walk, loc. cit. p. 474. n. 3,= Dalcantha dilatata, Amy. &

Serv.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Arma velata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 5382 (1868).

Species incorrectly placed in the Asopine.

Genus CARBULA (Pentatomine).

Carbula humerigera.

Pentatoma humerigera, Uhler, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 223. n. 4.

Arma japonica, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 583 (1868).

Genus Tyoma (Pentatomine).

Tyoma cryptorhyncha.

Cimex cryptorhynchus, Germ. in Silberm. Rey. y. p. 169 (1837).

Arma nanula, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 139. n. 38 (1867).

VIII.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical South America. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S.

&e.

Fam. Syntomide.

Dycladia lydia, sp. n.

Female.—Head, palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs

black ; collar and base of the abdomen chrome-yellow; the

anal segments of the abdomen dark blue ; a fine yellow line on

each side of the abdomen extending from the base almost to

the anus. Primaries black, crossed beyond the middle from

new Species of [Heterocera. é 65

the costal to the outer margin bya curved semiliyaline yellow

band: secondaries black, with a fine hyaline line from the

base to the middle of the outer margin.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. South Brazil, Porto Real (Mus. Druce).

Hucereon giganteum, sp. n.

Male.—HUead, palpi, and antenne black, collar bright

carmine ; tegule and thorax black, streaked with yellowish

brown ; a large yellow spot at the base of thorax; abdomen

black, banded with bright carmine, the anal segments bright

carmine above, black on the underside; the legs black.

Primaries brownish black, with a brownish-white spot

at. the end of the cell; a band very similar in colour be-

yond the cell; a submarginal pale brownish line extending

from the apex to the anal angle; the veins all pale yellowish

brown: secondaries white, broadly bordered with black, the

veins black.

Hxpanse 24 inches.

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce).

Eucereon testaceum, sp. n.

Male.—Wead, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and

legs grey; antenne black. Primaries semihyaline white

beyond the cell, the apex, outer and inner margin clouded

with grey: secondaries semihyaline white.—The femule

almost identical with the male, excepting that the base of the

thorax is clothed with white hairs.

Exxpanse, ¢ 14, 2 12 inch.

Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce).

Eucereon (?) fanum, sp. n.

Male,-—Head, palpi, antenne, tegule, and thorax black,

the head and base of the tegulez spotted with white ; abdomen

bluish black, with a row of white spots on each side; legs

black above, white on the underside; the underside of the

thorax yellow. Primaries black, with a large greyish patch

round the end of the cell, the costal and inner margin

slightly streaked with grey: secondaries black, the central

part of the wing from the base to the end of the cell semi-

hyaline white, the veins black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 5

66 On some new Species of Heterocera.

Fam. Arctiidae.

Automolis melea, sp. u.

Male.—Front of head blue; palpi black above, chrome-

yellow on the underside; antenne black; collar and tegule

chrome-yellow ; thorax and basal half of the abdomen black,

with a large yellow spot on each side close to the base; the

anal segments of the abdomen spotted with metallic blue ; the

underside black, banded with chrome-yellow; legs black.

Primaries black, the costal margin from the base to the end

of the cell edged with chrome-yellow ; a wide chrome-yellow

band extends from the base of the wing to the outer margin,

which it does not quite reach; the fringe black: secondaries

black, the costal margin from the base to the apex chrome-

yellow ; the fringe black.—Female very similar to the male,

but larger and without the chrome-yellow spots near the base

of the abdomen.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce).

Automolis Pratti, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, and antenne black, head spotted with

metallic blue in front; tegule yellow, edged with black on

the outer side; thorax black, metallic blue at the base, with

a yellow spot on each side; abdomen black, the anal segments

spotted with metallic blue; legs black. Primaries dark

yellow, the costal margin, apex, outer and inner margin edged

with black: secondaries black, the costal margin from the

base to the apex broadly yellow.

Expanse 1° inch.

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce).

Amaia theon, sp. n.

Male.—Head and collar yellow; antenne brown; palpi

brown, white on the underside; tegule brown, edged with

yellow; thorax yellow; abdomen dark brown above, white on

the underside, the anal segment pale yellow. Primaries semi-

hyaline pale yellow, spotted and banded with brown, very

similar to those of Amawxia pardalis, Walker, but with more

yellow at the base of the wing: secondaries semihyaline

white, shaded with pale brown at the anal angle and round

the outer margin.

Expanse 1,°5 inch.

Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce).

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sterra Leone. 67

Idalus pythia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, and tegule pale greyish fawn-colout ;

antenne fawn-colour, the tips white; abdomen yellow, the

underside white, the anal segment pale greyish fawun-colout ;

legs white. Primaries semihyaline yellowish white, the

basal half of the wing pale greyish fawn-colour, with several

yellowish-brown spots along the inner margin ; a large, round,

pale greyish fawn-coloured spot with an indistinct darker

brown centre close to the apex: secondaries semihyaline

yellowish white, dark yellow alony the inner margin.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Bolivia, Songo (Mus. Druce).

Opharus amata, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs black; abdomen banded with yellow. Primaries

olive-brown, palest at the base and along the costal margin,

the veins black; a rather large indistinct blackish spot at the

end of the cell: secondaries semihyaline brownish black, the

fringe dark brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce).

IX.—Report on the Neuroptera Odonata collected by Mr. E. E.

Austen at Sterra Leone during August and September 1899,

By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.8., F.E.S.

[Plate II.]

Durine Mr. Austen’s visit to Sierra Leone, as a member of

Major Ross’s expedition to inquire into the connexion between

mosquitos and malaria, he collected a considerable number of

dragonflies; but as he captured long series whenever he was

able, the number of distinct species obtained amounted only

toeighteen. However, I am able to describe seven new species

in the present paper, two of which I have made the types of

new genera. Ishould also mention that specimens of most of

these have been in the Museum for some time, but have not

previously been described.

In place of quoting full synonymy in the present paper, I

generally confine myself to quoting references to ae original

68 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone.

author of a species and to my ‘Catalogue of Neuroptera

Odonata.’

The only other Neuropt

specimens of Myrmeleon tri

1899, and one or two sma

era in the collection were four

stis, Walker, taken on Sept. 5,

ll species of Ephemeride and

Termitide not at present determinable.

The following species were obtained by Mr. Austen =

Libellulide.

LIBELLULINZ.

Pantala, Hag.

flavescens, Fabr.

Rhyothemis, Hag.

notata, Fabr.

Palpopleura, Ramb.

Lucia, Drury.

Portia, Drury.

Trithemis, Brauer.

Kalula, Kirb. (sp. n.).

serva, Kirb. (sp. n.).

Helothemis, Karsch.

dorsalis, Ramb.

Beblecia, Kirb. (g. 0.).

adolescens, Kirb. (sp. N.).

Crocothemis, Brauer.

erythrea, Brullé.

Thermorthemis, Kirb.

Austeni, Kirb. (sp. n.).

leonina, Karsch.

Apeleutherus, Kirb. (g. n.).

Strachant, Kirb. (sp. n.).

Orthetrum, Newm.

chrysostigma, Burm.

Julia, Kirb. (sp. n.).

CorDULIIN”.

Macromia, Ramb.

Selysi, Kirb. (sp. n.).

JEschnide.

/ESCHNINA.

Anacieschna, De Selys.

triangulifera, McLachl,

Agrionide.

AGRIONINE:,

Sapho, De Selys.

ciliata, Fabr.

Libellago, De Selys.

dispar, Beauv.

Pantala flavescens.

Libellula flavescens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798).

Pantala flavescens, Kirb, Cat. Neur, Odon. p. 1. n. 1 (1890).

9 specimens, Aug. 25, Sept. 18, 21, 27 (1899).

Rhyothemis notata.

Libellula notata, Fabr. Spee. Ins. i. p. 390. n. 12 (1781).

Rhyothemis notata, Kirb. Cat. Neur, Odon. p. 6, n, 21 (1890).

3 specimens, Aug. 26, Sept. 2 (1899).

Palpopleura Lucia.

Libellula Lucia, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. xlv. fig. 1 (1778).

Palpopleura Lucia, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 9. n. 1 (1890),

35 specimens, Aug. 21 to Sept. 22 (1899).

One of the commonest and most widely distributed African

dragonflies.

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 69

Palpopleura Portia.

Libellula Portia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent, ii. pl. xlvii. fig. 3 (1778).

Palpopleura Portia, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 9. n. 4 (1890).

9D specimens, Aug. 26 to Sept. 21 (1899).

Although long known and widely distributed, this species

does not seem to be nearly so abundant as P. Lucia, Drury.

Trithemis Kalula, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Long. corp. 82-34 millim. ; exp. al. 53-55 millim.; long.

pter. 2 millim.

Male.—Rufo-testaceous, with hyaline wings. Very similar

to T. arteriosa, Burm., from which it differs as follows :—

The segments of the abdomen are distinctly shorter and

broader, and instead of a row of lateral black spots succeeded

by a continuous band, there is a row of lateral black spots

enlarging and expanding behind, which are more or less

expanded on the last three segments, sometimes so much as

to cover most of these segments, except a reddish spot on each

side in front. The middle appendages of the same segment

consist of a pair of long slender recurved hooks. The neura-

tion is brown, reddish only sometimes in the costal and _post-

costal areas. The yellow shade at the base of the hind wings is

darker than in 7’, arteriosa and the cells in it are usually centred

with pale brown. In adult specimens the vertex is violet, and

the thorax and abdomen are slightly pruinose, but more of a

reddish plum-colour than blue. An immature male (and pre-

sumably the female) has a broad brown median band on the

thorax, and a narrower one on each side, the latter connected

below with a longitudinal black band on the pleura, which

emits three oblique brown bands downward, the hindermost

connected with a black space, filled up with two pale spots in

front and a large transverse one behind on the metapectus.

At the base of the abdomen there are also three brown stripes

above the level of the lateral markings already described. In

the more mature specimens these markings are more or less

obscured. Legs black. Pterostigma brown, more or less

centred with yellow.

4 specimens, Aug. 26, Sept. 13, 21 (1899).

Trithemis serva, sp.n. (Woodeut, fig. 1.)

Long. corp. 34 millim.; exp. al. 57 millim.; long. pter.

23 millim.

Male.—Dull black, more or less varied with testaceous in

immature specimens, especially on the face; in the most

70 =Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone.

mature specimens the vertex is violet and the thorax pruinose

blue. The sides of the mentum are sometimes yellow.

Wings hyaline, with black nervures; fore wings with 11-13

antenodal and 7-10 postnodal ecross-nervures ; pterostigma

dark brown, traversed by a narrow yellow line. Triangle

traversed, followed by three rows of cells, increasing; sub-

triangular space consisting of 3 cells: hind wings with 7-8

shin Have Bali: aL Wine se

a seg

g5 Shi

Trithemis serva.

antenodal and 9-11 postnodal cross-nervures ; membranule

white, stained with blackish; a small yellow cloud beyond,

sometimes obsolete, with its outer border straight, and above

the lower basal cell, only visible at the extreme base. Ap-

pendages of the second segment very prominent, the two

hindermost converging like a pair of pineers.

Described from six specimens, two of them taken by

Mr. Austen on Sept. 5 and 21 (1899).

Allied to the Kast-Indian 7. fest/va, Ramb., but easily

distinguished by the different shape of the markings at the

base of the hind wings and the form of the appendages of the

second segment of the abdomen. It must also be allied to

1’. dichroa, Karsch, which seems to be a still darker coloured

species in the male.

Helothemis dorsalis.

Libellula dorsalis, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 89 (1842).

Trithemis dorsalis, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon, p. 19. n. 16 (1890),

Helothemis dorsalis, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, xxxili. p. 878 (1890).

10 specimens, Aug. 19, 26, Sept. 8, 9, 138, 19, 20, 21 (1899).

I am not satisfied that this genus is sufficiently distinct

from Trithemis.

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 71

BEBLECIA, gen. nov.

Eyes connected by a short space; frontal tubercle rounded

above, and slightly concave in front; abdomen with segments

2 and 3 carinated. Wings with only one nervure in the

lower basal cell and no supratriangular nervures: fore wings

with 12-13 antenodal cross-nervures, the last not continuous,

and 10-11 postnodals; pterostigma long and thick, nodal

sector slightly waved beyond the middle, and with a double

row of cells between it and the subnodal sector for the last

third or fourth of their length; arculus rising between the

first and second antenodal cross-neryures; sectors of the

arculus stalked; triangle traversed by 1 or 2 nervures and

followed by a row of 4 cells, then by 2 or 3 more or less

irregularly, before rising again to 4 increasing, or by seven

rows of 3 only; subtriangular space consisting of 3 or 4 cells:

hind wings with 10 antenodal and 11 postnodal cross-

nervures ; triangle traversed by a nervure or (rarely) free ;

sectors of the arculus widely separated, the upper one rising

considerably above the lower angle of the triangle, where the

lower sector rises ; base of triangle nearly corresponding with

the arculus. Claws dentated beyond the middle. Appendages

of the second segment in the male rather large; upper

terminal appendages rather long and slender, fully as long as

the ninth segment ; lower appendage nearly as long as the

upper ones, truncated at the extremity.

This genus appears to be nearly allied to Trdthemis, but in

typical Trithemis the sectors of the arculus are scarcely

separated in the hind wings and the triangle of the hind wings

is never divided.

It is to be regretted that Mr. Austen obtained only three

specimens of this interesting species, all in bad condition.

Beblecia adolescens, sp. n. (Woodcut, fig. 2.)

Exp. al. 60 millim.; long. pter. 5 millim.

Lighter or darker ochraceous; pleura, pectus, and face

paler; vertex darker, sometimes slightly greenish; antenne,

ocelli, spines on the legs, and central and part of the lateral

caring on the abdomen black; a pale brown shoulder-stripe

and a similar stripe cn each side of the upper part of the

abdomen: wings hyaline, with black neuration; costal

nervure and pterostigma yellow, the latter between black

nervures ; membranule of hind wings whitish, beyond it the

wing is very slightly stained with yellow.

72 My. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone.

Described from three specimens (2 ¢,1 ¢), all more or

less damaged and perhaps not quite mature, captured on

Sept. 2, 9, and 13 (1899).

Beblecia adolescens.

Crocothemis erythraa.

Libelluda erythrea, Brullé, Expéd. de la Morée, iii. (1) p. 102, pl. xxxii,

fic. 4 (1832).

Crocothemis erythrea, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 21. n, 1 (1890).

19 specimens, Aug. 25 to Sept. 22 (1899).

Specimens from West Africa are rather smaller and

slenderer than typical ones from South Kurope.

Thermorthemis Austent, sp.n. (Pl. IL. figs. 1, 1 @.)

Long. corp. 54-56 millim.; exp. al. 94-98 millim.; long.

ter. 4 millim.

Male.—Rufo-testaceous, thorax with a slight brown line on

each shoulder and the borders of the patagia black ; abdomen

in the male pulverulent blue. Legs black in the adult male,

except at the base of the femora; otherwise rufo-testaceous,

with black tarsi; spines strongly developed. Wings hyaline,

with black nervures, very slightly tinged with yellowish

brown at the base; pterostigma yellow, between black ner-

vures; tips very slightly browned. Fore wings with 20-23

antenodal (the Jast continuous) and 13-14 postnodal cross-

nervures; triangle divided by two nervures; two supra-

triangular nervures ; triangle followed by four rows of cells,

increasing subtriangular space consisting of 5-8 cells : hind

wings with 13-15 antenodal and 13-16 postnodal cross-

nervures; triangle traversed and with the base generally

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 73

placed a little nearer the base of the wings than the arculus ;

one supratriangular nervure; sectors of the arculus slightly

separated, the lower onecoinciding with the baseof the triangle.

Abdomen with strong black median and lateral serrated carine ;

terminal appendages of male as long as the ninth segment,

the lower appendage broad, half as long as the others.

Female.—Uniform rufo-testaceous, mouth-parts inclining

to yellowish, dark shoulder-stripe slightly indicated, carina of

abdomen black, eighth segment perfoliate.

This species agrees with YZ. madagascariensis, Ramb., in

general neuration, the bifid frontal tubercle, the Orthetrum-

like frontal depression, &c., but differs in the fewer and

stronger spines on the hind tibiee.

Described from five male specimens, one taken by

Mr. Austen at Sierra Leone on Sept. 21, 1899, and the others

from West Africa, without special locality.

The single female is from Sierra Leone (Morgan).

I append the description of an allied species from Angola* :—

Female.—Dark brown; head testaceous; under surface and

terminal segments inclining to ferruginous ; eighth segment

perfoliate, with the edges black. Wings yellowish hyaline,

with black nervures: fore wings with 19 antenodal and 12

postnodal cross-nervures; neuration otherwise asin 7. Austen’,

One specimen from Angola, collected by Mr. and Mrs,

Monteiro.

Thermorthemis leonina.

Orthetrum leoninum, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 59 (1891).

Two specimens (¢ ¢ ) from Sierra Leone, the male taken

by Mr. Austen on Sept. 2, 1899, and the female taken by

Dr. W. G. Clements.

The insect is a true T’hermorthemis, except that the body is

more slender, and the hind tibie have fewer and stronger

spines than in 7’. madagascariensis; but it shares the latter

character with 7. Austenz. In the male the triangle of the

fore wings is followed by four rows of cells increasing, and in

the female by five, shrinking to four and then again increasing.

APELEUTHERUS, gen. noy.

Male.—Frontal tubercle strongly bifid; front large and

broad, projecting beneath it to about half the width of the

eye, almost quadrangular, with a conspicuous median depres-

sion. Kyes connected for a short space. Legs rather long,

* Thermorthemis Monteirot, sp. n.

74 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone.

spines scarcely more than sete on the femora, numerous and

rather short and strong on the tibie, but with a few long

slender ones at their base. Abdomen distinctly shorter than

the hind wings, not inflated at base; second and third

segments transversely carinated; appendages of second

segment prominent, consisting of a small lobe, and an ap-

pendage in front directed obliquely backward; upper anal

appendages rather longer than the ninth segment, slender,

hardly longer than the broad lower appendage. Wings with

only one cross-nervure in the lower basal cell and no supra-

{riangular nervures; nodal sector slightly waved; arculus

rising between antenodals 1 and 2, its sectors with a long

stalk. Fore wings with 13-14 antenodal cross-nervures, the

last not continuous, and 8—9 postnodal cross-nervures ; triangle

crossed by 2 nervures (rarely 1) and followed by one or two

rows of 4 cells (rarely 3) and then several rows of 3, in-

creasing; subtriangular space consisting of 3 cells (occasionally

2 or 4 on one side). Hind wings with 8-10 antenodal and

9-11 postnodal cross-nervures; triangle traversed by one

nervure, its base lying rather nearer the base of the wings

than the arculus; sectors of the triangle subcontiguous ;

triangle (above the sectors) followed by one row of 3 (rarely 2)

cells, and then by several rows of 2, increasing.

Female.—Eighth segment not expanded; vulvar scale

distinct, about one third as long as the ninth segment.

Allied to Thermorthemis, Hadrothemis, &c. The presence

of the vulvar scale in the female allies it to Crocothemis.

Apeleutherus Strachani, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 4, 4 a.)

Long. corp. 38-40 millim. ; exp. al. 71-73 millim.; long.

pter. 4 millim.

Head blackish, face more or less testaceous, especially the

labrum and mentum. Thorax brown or blackish; a large

oval spot on each shoulder, a longitudinal stripe on each side

of the central carina in front, a transverse one behind, in

front of the patagia, the inside of the patagia, 3 spots on the

upper part of the pleura and others below, and some slighter

marks on the interalary spaces pale yellow, or more rarely dull

reddish; abdomen greyish brown above (rarely red in the

male), but usually reddish below. In the female the base

and sides are marked with irregular pale markings and with

large pale irregularly-shaped spots, more or less distinct

above, on each side of most of the segments, near the base.

In the male these markings are usually obsolete. Legs

testaceous, more or less blackish above, and with black spines.

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sterra Leone. 75

Wings hyaline, with black nervures; pterostigma rather

long and broad, blackish, rather paler in the middle and

towards its lower edge. Membranule of hind wings whitish

in the middle and bordered with brown: adjacent part of

wing slightly stained with yellow in the reddest males;

otherwise this is wholly wanting. Anal appendages yellowish

or reddish.

Described from sixteen specimens (seven males and nine

females) collected by Dr. Strachan at Lagos. Only one of

the males has the abdomen red and the pale abdominal

markings obliterated, but the markings of the thorax are of

the usual pale yellowish colour seen in the other specimens.

Mr. Austen collected two males at Sierra Leone on Aug. 24

and Sept. 4; in both of these the abdomen is red, but in one

the pale abdominal spots are indistinctly visible. In both

the spots on the thorax are dull red, which is not the case in

any of Dr. Strachan’s specimens. ‘There is also an unusually

well-marked female, with only one cross-nervure in the

triangles of the fore wings, from Abyssinia, which appears to

belong to the present species.

Among other interesting species obtained by Dr. Strachan

at Lagos is a male belonging to the genus Dicranopyga,

Karsch, which is allied to the Hast-African D. mundula,

Karsch. I believe that Dr. Karsch is correct in referring my

Aithrimanta rezia from Madagascar to Dicranopyga, although

the triangle of the fore wings is traversed by a triangle on

the right side in the unique type. Dr. Strachan also obtained

a single damaged specimen of a new species of Nympheutria,

Karsch, which I deter describing for the present.

Orthetrum chrysostigma.

Libellula chrysostigma, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 857, n. 58 (1839).

Libellula barbara, De Selys, Lucas, Expl. Alg. iii. p. 117, pl. 1. figs. 2,

2a, b (1849).

Orthetrum chrysostigma et barbarum, Kirb, Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 36,

nn. 3, 4 (1890).

45 specimens, August and September (1899).

The most adult specimens are pulverulent blue in both

sexes, and the least mature are of a light red; but there is no

median thoracic band, as in VU. Julia, and the cross-nervures

in the lower costal space are nearly always yellow, instead of

black like those in the upper space.

Orthetrum Julia, sp.n. (Pl. IL. fig. 3.)

Long. corp. 89-48 millim.; exp. al. 60-74 millim. ; long.

pter. 3-4 millim,

76 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone.

Male.—Head with the vertex, the strongly bifid frontal

tubercle, the occipital triangle, extremity of labrum, and a

broad central band on the labrum black ; hinder orbits yellow,

with one or two brown transverse spots; frontal shield

greenish, strongly punctured ; the rest of the face (except fo

the black markings already described) yellowish. Prothorax

yellow, with a brown transverse band, narrowed in the middle.

Mesonotum yellow, with brown and blackish markings; the

front transversely black, with a transverse yellow mark in the

middle ; a median dark central band, with two yellow lines

near the centre and a dark shoulder-stripe, not reaching the

hinder lappets, which are yellow, enclosed by black carine.

Interalary spaces black, spotted with yellow in the middle, and

with a yellow spot at the base of each wing. On the yellow

pleura, below the shoulder-stripe, are five more black or

brown bands on or between the sutures, the first double above,

The metapectus is enclosed by almost a square of black

earine, the hindermost detached, and slightly curved. Legs

black; femora more or less testaceous. Abdomen black or

pruinose blue, with all the carine black, the first three

segments with yellow markings, separated by the carinze and

by dark hind borders, and a lateral stripe; the three following

segments with a broad subbifid spot on each side in the

middle, the rest black. On the under surface these pale

lateral markings are more extended. Anal appendages yellow,

upper ones slender, as long as the ninth segment, the extreme

tips black; lower appendage truncated at the extremity,

nearly as long as the upper ones, and with a black carina

beneath on each side. Appendages of the second segment

large. Wings hyaline, with black nervures; fore wings with

13-15 antenodal and 11-12 postnodal cross-nervures. Ptero-

stigma black, with a yellow transverse central line. Mem-

branule blackish, with a white spot at the base: hind wings

smoky yellow at the extreme base, the sectors of the arculus

subcontiguous at the base.

Female similar, with the lines on the pleura darker and

broader. Abdomen with the testaceous spot on the under

surface of the seventh segment expanded to the sides far

enough to be visible above; eighth segment pertoliate.

Anal appendages yellow, longer than the tenth segment, which

isalso yellow. Wings clouded hyaline, with black nervures ;

14-17 antenodal and 11 postnodal cross-nervures.

Abdomen similar in both sexes, much inflated at base,

slightly constricted behind the third segment; the rest of the

segments rather broad; the fourth about three times as long

as broad, widening at the extremity ; the rest subparallel,

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 77

but successively shorter. Costal nervure black, with a

barely perceptible trace of an intersecting yellow line at the

base.

In the most adult males, which I was at first inclined to

regard as a distinct species, the body is almost entirely

pruinose blue, through which a row of long tawny spots may

sometimes be seen extending as far as the eighth segment of

the abdomen. There is usually a black mark in the middle

of the labrum. ‘I'he appendages of the second seement are

apparently better defined, and the upper anal appendages are

black, though the lower appendage generally remains tawny.

The abdomen is apparently less inflated at the base, less

constricted behind the third segment, and somewhat more

slender. Yet I find it impossible to venture to separate these

specimens specifically.

The species is described from four specimens from Sierra

Leone, two of which were collected by Mr. Austen on Aug. 26

and Sept. 11 (1899).

Of the adult form nine males were collected by Mr. Austen

between Aug. 26 and Sept. 15. There are also specimens of

both forms in the Museum from Accra and Lagos.

This is a species of great interest. The semiadult form,

which I have taken as typical, closely resembles O. Sabina,

Drury, except in the shorter and broader abdomen. In fact,

O. Julia stands in almost the same relation to O. Sabina in

the Old World as that occupied by Mesothemis attala, De Selys,

to M. verbenata, Hagen, in the New. I have not seen the

true O. Sabina from Africa, though De Selys indicates a var.

africana from the Camaroons (Ann. Soc. Hnt. Belg. xxxi.

p- 22, 1887). The insect is also very near O. trinacria,

De Selys, and is, I imagine, regarded by some authors as

this species, or as O. brachiale, Beauv. But I have not been

able to determine O. brachiale and O. africanum, Beauv.,

satisfactorily. According to Prof. Calvert, who has examined

the types, the former should have the base of the wings

entirely unclouded, and A. annulatum is described as having

the thorax uniform brown. As regards O. trinacria, it is a

long-bodied insect much resembling O. Sabina.

Macromia Selysi, sp. n.

Long. corp. 67 millim.; exp. al. 88 millim.; long. pter.

24 millim.

Male.—Head: frontal tubercle bifid and, as well as the

frontal lobes below, with strong green and violet reflections ;

face lighter or darker ferruginous brown, with orange mottlings.

78 = =Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone.

Thorax and pleura shining metallic green; thorax and base

of abdomen clothed with grey hairs. Pleural sutures and

interalary spaces with slight pale markings; abdomen black,

with narrow pale belts in the middle of the second, third, and

fourth segments, and near the front of the second and sixth

segments, the last the broadest.

Wings rather long, narrow, and pointed, clear hyaline, with

black nervures. Fore wings with 15-16 antenodal and 9

postnodal cross-nervures; the nodal and subnodal nervures

nearly straight and parallel for most of their length; triangles

small, free, followed by a cell divided by a curved line

running from the triangle, and then by several single or

irregularly divided cells, followed by several rows of two,

increasing. Only 3 supratriangular nervures; dcross-nervures

in the lower basal cell. Pterostigma deep black ; membranule

dark brown, intersected by a pale line. Hind wings with 11

antenodal and 11-12 cross-nervures ; 2 supratriangular ner-

vures and cross-nervures, 4 in the lower basal cell; no lower

triangle ; upper triangle free, followed by a triangular cell,

then by 3 single oblong ones, and then by two rows of

cells, increasing. Membranule black, with a white speck at

the base and tip; anal triangle divided low down, the lower

part forming a long narrow isosceles triangle (in J. Sophia,

De Selys, it is almost equilateral), and the nervure bounding

the anal angle is more distinctly marked with red. Anal ap-

pendages nearly as in M. Sophia.

One male taken by Mr. Austen on Sept. 16 (1899).

This species is closely allied to M. Sophia, De Selys, but

differs in the clear hyaline wings and many little details of

neuration, especially by the commencing single row of post-

triangular cells on all the wings.

Anacieschna triangulifera.

Anacieschna triangulifera, McLachlan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

xvii. p. 407 (1896).

Sept. 9 (1899).

A single damaged specimen, which I refer to this Hast-

African species (Delagoa Bay and Natal) with some un-

certainty.

Sapho ciliata.

Agrion ciliata, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. i. p. 528. n. 3 (1781).

Sapho ciliata, Kirb, Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 100. n. 1 (1890).

34 specimens, Freetown, Sierra Leone, Sept. (1899).

A very interesting series. ‘The immature specimens of

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. To

both sexes are of a clear iridescent hyaline, darkening to

yellowish hyaline in the female, and in the male passing on

through shades of brown to the deep purple, strongly suffused

on the hind wings with coppery red, which characterizes the

adult male. Fabricius’s type was an adult female.

Libellago dispar.

Agrion dispar, Beauv. Ins. Afr, Amér. p. 85, Neur. pl. vii. fig. 2 (1805 ?).

Libellago dispar, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 112. n. 1 (1890).

Two specimens, Sept. 13 and 21 (1899).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fy. 1. Thermorthemis Austeni, 9 , p. 72.

Fig. 1a. Ditto, 3, appendages of second segment.

Fg. 2. Trithemis Kalula, 3, p. 69.

Fig. 2a. Ditto, 3, appendages of second segment.

Fig. 3. Orthetrum Julia, 3, p. 75.

Fig. 4. Apeleutherus Strachani, 2, p. 74.

Fig. 4a. Ditto, 3, appendages of second segment.

X.—WNotes on the Forficulariaa—V. Descriptions of new

Species and a new Genus. By Matcoim Borr, F.Z.S.,

¥.E.S.

[Plate IV. figs. 3, 5, 7.]

Anechura ahrimanes, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 5.)

Statura majore; colore nigro, rubro-variegato ; elytra et ale per-

fecte explicate ; abdomen medio paullo dilatatum, ovale ; forcipis

brachia elongata, gracilia, subsinuata, intus fortiter bidentata. ¢.

Long. corporis...... 12-145 mm.

ORC UBIE ers 2.9 « 9 =

Head deep red; eyes black; sutures indistinct; antenne

dark red (seven segments remain).

Pronotum black, broader than the head ; anterior margin

straight, posterior margin rounded; the sides parallel.

Elytra broad, finely punctulated, deep red, shaded with

black towards the apex and the margins.

Wings prominent, black, with a large yellow spot near the

base.

80 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Feet deep red, the knees and tibie darker or black ; tarsi

darker.

Abdomen deep dark red, somewhat dilated in the middle,

narrowed towards the extremity ; lateral tubercles black, very

distinct; the whole abdomen is finely punctulated; last

segment transverse, hinder margin straight, a faint median

depression, a reddish blunt elevation over the insertion of the

forceps, and a small tubercle on the outside angles ; penulti-

mate ventral segment ample, rounded.

Pygidium strongly depressed, triangular; two small pale

obtuse lobes are visible below the apex of the pygidium,

projecting beyond the border of the produced penultimate

segment, visible from below.

Forceps & with the branches slender, long, remote at the

base and tricarinate there, slightly diverging at first, then

subsinuate until the apices meet and cross; there is at the end

of the first and second third of the total length a strong trian-

gular depressed tooth: the forceps are red at the base, darker

towards the apex; the inner margin of the basal third is

finely crenulated.

Patria. North India, Sikkim, 2 ¢.

Type in my collection.

This is a very handsome and distinct species. It appears

to be most closely allied to A. Hugeli, Dohrn, from Luzon,

but is coloured very differently.

STRONGYLOPSALIS *, gen. nov.

Corpus convexum : antenn segmentis 1° et 3° longis, ceteris brevi-

oribus, 4° et sequentibus conicis: pronotum quadratum: elytra

perfecte explicata; ale nulle: abdomen medio modice dilatatum,

apicem versus ¢ minus, 9 maxime attenuatum; segmentis 2° et

3° dorsalibus tuberculis pliciformibus distinctis instructis: tar-

sorum segmentum secundum simplex, cylindricum: forcipis

brachia ¢ basi remota, gracilia, basi recta, deinde valde incurva,

asymmetrica ; 9? contigua, recta, apice decussata.

This genus stands nearest to Carcinophora, Scudd., from

which it may be distinguished by the slender forceps, quite

remote at the base, and not stout and subcontinuous as in

that genus. It has the appearance of certain species of

Chelidura, Latr., but is easily separated by the simple second

tarsal segment. From Anzsolabis, Fieb., it may be distin-

guished by the fully developed elytra and the presence of

tubercles on the second and third abdominal segments.

* grpoyyvros, circle; Wadis, forceps.

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 81

Strongylopsalis inca, sp. n.

Statura minore; colore fusco ; antennw ?-segmentate (segmenta 11

restant), segmento primo et tertio elongatis, secundo brevi, quarto

et sequentibus brevibus, conicis; pronotum quadratum, quam

caput tam latum, pallido-marginatum ; elytra perfecte explicata,

marginata, postice oblique truncata, metanotum liberantia; ale

nulle ; pedes fusco-testacei: abdomen convexum, medio modice

dilatatum, apicem versus, ¢ modice, 9 maxime attenuatum;

segmentum ultimum dorsale g magnum, medio sulcatum, utrinque

tuberculatum, margine postico rectum; 2 parvum, medio sul-

catum, vix tuberculatum: pygidium ¢ quadratum, apice trunca-

tum: forcipis brachia, ¢ basi valde remota, gracilia, inermia,

basi ipso recta, dimidia parte apicali valde incurva, mucronibus

haud attingentibus, brachio dextro intus, magis, brachio sinistro

extus, minus incurvis; 2 recta, contigua, apice decussata,

CIF -

Long. corporis.... 85-9°5 mm. & mae

ee TORCIDIS vis 2 Fe Lie 2

Head reddish brown, the eyes small and black ; the mouth-

parts somewhat paler. The antenne are darkish testaceous ;

eleven segments remain, these are all small and conical,

except the first and third, which are long, and the second,

which is very short and cylindrical.

Pronotum square, as broad as the head, testaceous, the

margins lateral, slightly raised, and paler in colour.

Elytra tully developed, testaceous, the lateral margins

slightly turned up and paler in colour; hinder margin

obliquely truncated.

Wings absent.

Feet dark testaceous.

Abdomen dark blackish brown, the centre of the segments

reddish; broadest in the middle, strongly attenuated at the

apex in the ?, less soin the ¢; tubercles of the second and

third segment present, but not very distinct. Last segment

g transverse, with a central longitudinal furrow and a

tubercle on each side thereof, the hinder border straight ; in

the ¢ the furrow is noticeable, but the tubercles scarcely so.

Forceps: in the g the branches are remote at the base,

slender, thicker at the basal part than in the apical part,

reddish in colour, straight at first, then strongly arched in-

wards, the right branch being most strongly bowed and arched

within the left; in the ? the branches are subcontiguous,

straight, the apices crossing.

Patria. Peru, 2 6,1 2, 2 nymphs.

Type in my collection.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 6

82 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

This is a very curious species. At first glance it might be

mistaken for Chelidura, but the simple second tarsal segment

at once shows that it belongs to a different group of genera.

It might be provisionally ranged in Caretnophora, but, owing

to the very different form of the forceps, I have preferred to

erect a new and very distinct genus.

Forficula orientalis, sp.n. (PL. IV. fig. 7.)

Statura majore. JF. auriculurie, atque FP. luride vicina, a quibus

differt forma forcipis. @ ignota.

3 forcipis brachia basi valde deplanata et dilatata, hac parte mar-

gine interno crenulato, tota inermia; dehine valde divergentia,

attenuata ad duas tertias partes longitudinis; tune subito re-

curva, valde attenuata, apice fere attingentia.

Long.corporis cous teweko 15 mm.

Sap POTGL DURE Fh. kicpete sis eye A pits

A, ss NAYAK inne aes 4:5

Head reddish; antenna testaceous, 12-segmentate, the

third segment small and round, the others elongate.

Pronotum dark brown, the lateral margins clear testaceous.

Elytra and wings fully developed, of the same form and

colour as in F, auricularia.

Feet pale testaceous.

Abdomen dark reddish, the lateral tubercles very distinct ;

the segments finely granulated. The last segment is square,

the posterior angles rectangular and depressed ; the hinder

border is straight, slightly tuberculated and broken; in the

middle of the segment there are three faint depressions, arranged

in a line horigontally ; the abdomen is broadest about seg-

ments 5-6, and then slightly narrower towards the last

segment. ‘The penultimate ventral segment nearly covers

the ultimate segment and is rounded. No pygidium visible.

Forceps: the branches are very strongly dilated in the

basal third, where the sides are at first parallel ; from the end

of the dilated part the branches diverge and are narrowed ;

in the apical third they are strongly arched inwards and

attenuated, the apices almost meeting; the space thus en-

closed between the branches is a transverse oval; the

branches are entirely unarmed, except that the inner margin

of the basal third, the dilated part, is faintly crenulated. The

colour of the forceps is black, except the centre of the dilated

part, which is testaceous.

Patria. Constantinople (ex coll. Seeldrayers), 1 g and

1 nymph.

Type in my collection.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 83

This species, for which I am indebted to my friend M. Seel-

drayers, of Brussels, in size and appearance resembles

Ff. auricularia and F. decipiens. The unarmed and much more

strongly dilated forceps distinguish it from F. aurteularia ;

the presence of wings and the very strongly bowed forceps

distinguish it from £. dectpiens, to which perhaps it stands

nearest ; its larger size and strongly bowed forceps separate

it from £. lurvda. ‘The general appearance of the forceps

recalls that of 2. circinata, Fin., but they are more strongly

arched and the insect is larger.

Apterygida Mackinderi, sp. n. (Pl. LV. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Statura majore ; elongata; oculis parvis, nigris ; (antenne desunt) ;

pronotum capite paullo angustius, antice rectum, postice rotun-

datum ; elytra et ale perfecte explicatie, illa latiora, apice trun-

cata; he parum prominentes: pedes breves, femoribus in-

crassatis ; tarsorum segmento secundo lobato: abdomen deplana-

tum, apicem versus paullo dilatatum ; segmentis 2° et 3° utrinque

tuberculo distincto instructis, primo parvo, secundo maximo;

segmentum ultimum dorsale magnum, quadratum, utrinque supra

insertionem forcipis tuberculatum ; segmentum penultimum ven-

trale maximum, segmentum ultimum totum obtegens, angulis

ipsis posticis exceptis, margine postico rotundato, medio late sed

haud profunde emarginato.

Forcipis crura elongata, gracilia, basi valde remota, et triquetra,

basi ipso paullo divergentia, tum sensim appropinquantia, apice

decussata, margine interno basi dente parva obtuso, denteque

valido medio armata, margine interno usque ad dentem medianum

crenulato ; pygidium magnum, breve, latissimum, inerme, margine

postico recto.

Colore fusco-testaceo, fusco-variegato. og. @Q ignota.

Long; COLPOLIS. sens 5,0 145 mm,

fOrapines 4... ae Uy GG abe

Colour generally dark brown, varied with darker; legs

aler.

2 Head darker anteriorly than posteriorly ; the eyes small

and dark. (Inthe type, only the first segment of the left an-

tenne is left; this is long, cylindrical, and testaceous.)

Pronotum reddish testaceous, slightly narrower than the

head, the front border straight, the hinder border rounded,

Elytra well developed, dark reddish testaceous, broader

than the elytra at the shoulders, smooth, truncated at the

apex.

Wings of the same colour as the elytra, smooth, not pro-

jecting far beyond the elytra. ~

84 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Feet light testaceous, short, the femora rather strongly

compressed.

Abdomen depressed, slightly dilated posteriorly. The

segments, except the last, are all finely granulated, each

segment being also slightly broader than the previous one ;

the tubercle on the second segment is very distinct, black,

the tubercle on the third segment is considerably larger and

black ; these two segments are much darker than the re-

mainder, and the part round the tubercles also is black; the

last dorsal segment is very large, square, light testaceous,

smooth and shining; at each angle on the posterior margin

above the insertion of the forceps is a large round tubercle,

slightly furrowed in the middle, giving the appearance of a

double tubercle. The underside of the abdomen is much

paler than the dorsal side and is entirely granulated. The

penultimate segment is very large, only leaving the ultimate

segment visible at the extreme posterior corners. The poste-

rior margin of the last dorsal segment has an impression in

the middle.

Forceps: these are very long and slender, almost as long

as the body. At the base they slightly diverge at first, then

gradually point inwards, to meet and cross at the apex. At

the base they are triquetric and armed with a small conical

tooth on the inner margin, just at the pygidium; there is a

second, much stouter tooth halfway down on the inner margin ;

the part between these teeth is finely crenulated. The colour

of the forceps is clear testaceous, on the underside they are

flattened.

Pygidium short, rectangular, very broad, not toothed or

emarginate, the hinder border straight and simple ; the angles

are sharp; in the middle on the upperside it is slightly

bi-impressed.

Patria. British East Africa, Nairobi, 5500 feet; Kikuyu

Country, July 1899 (HZ. J. Mackinder & CO. B. Hausburg).

Type in Mus. Hope, Oxford.

In the form of the forceps, lengthening of the body, and

largeness of the abdominal tubercles this species recalls certain

species of Foreipula; but the lobed second tarsal segment

definitely shows that it cannot be related to that genus.

I have great pleasure in dedicating it to Mr. H. S. Mackinder,

the eminent geographer, who discovered it during the recent

expedition to Mount Kenia.

For the drawings of this species I am indebted to my

friend Mr. EH. H. J. Schuster, F.Z.S.

Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 85

Opisthocosmia oannes, sp. n.

Statura majore; colore nigro, elytris alisque rufescentibus ; antennz

13-segmentate, rufescentes ; pronotum capite angustius, nigrum,

pallide marginatum, rotundatum ; pedes nigri, tarsis pallidioribus :

abdomen nigrum, medio subdilatatum; segmentum ultimum

dorsale angustius, quadratum, margine postico subbituberculatum,

angulis acutis: forcipis brachia ¢ basi remota, rotundata, recta,

gracilia, apicem versus incurva, mucronibus decussatis, ante

medium dente magno obtuso supra sursum spectanti armata,

paullo ante apicem margine interno dente parvo acuto armata ;

pygidium haud prominulum. 6.

Tongs COrporis’ "i... vss «ss 14 mm.

pe GRCADIS yr ct 3's ops cs Gh

Head black; antenne 13-segmentate, the first segment

black, the remainder reddish.

Pronotum slightly narrower than the head, the anterior

border straight, the hinder border rounded, all angles rounded ;

black in the middle, the sides pale.

Llytra smooth, considerably broader than the pronotum at

the shoulders, black, shaded with dark red.

Wings prominent, black, with a red spot in the middle.

Feet black, the tibie towards the apex and the tarsi paler,

Abdomen black, very slightly dilated about the middle, the

lateral tubercles very distinct, the sides of segments 5-6

slightly produced backwards; last dorsal segment narrower,

square, reddish, the hinder border straight, with two faint

obtuse tubercles above the insertion of the forceps.

Pygidium not apparent.

Forceps 8 with the branches remote at the base, straight,

black, cylindrical, incurved at the apex and strongly de-

cussating there; armed near the base above with a strong

blunt conical tooth, pointing upwards, and a smaller acute

tooth on the inner margin near the apex.

Patria. Assam (Linden, 1894, ex coll. Seeldrayers).

‘Type in my collection.

For this fine novelty I am indebted to my friend M. Seel-

drayers.

It is not closely allied to any known species, but approaches

rather to an as yet undescribed species brought from Siam

by Mr. Annandale; it differs, however, very markedly in

colour.

Ancistrogaster inopinata, sp. i.

Statura parva; colore nigro, abdomine zeneo-nitenti, pedibus testa-

ceis; antenne 13-segmentate, fusce, apice pallescentes; pro-

86 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

notum capite paullo angustius, nigrum ; elytra punctulata, nigro-

castanea, nitentia, apice truncata; ale parum prominentes, nigre,

apice macula parvula pallide ornate: abdomen medio dilatatum,

nigro-rufescens, tuberculis lateralibus distinctis, segmentis 4

ultimis Jateribus paullo retrorsum productis ¢ ; segmentum

ultimum dorsale apice angustatum, margine postico recto, sub-

tuberculato, Q distincte tuberculato: pedes testacei, tibiis necnon

infuscatis: forcipis brachia g basi subcontigua, plus minus

dilatata et deplanata, medio divergentia, tunc incurva, apice attin-

gentibus, prope basin supra dente magno trigonali sursum spec-

tanti armata, margine interno in parte media crenulata; ¢ recta,

contigua, inermia, apice decussata. of Q.

mm. 62°5 ‘ane

29 2

Long, corporis... .. 5

ath AONCINIS Ne xeye pe 2°75 a

Head black; autenne 13-segmentate, fuscous, paler at the

apex.

Fronotum slightly narrower than the head, black, indis-

tinctly marginate with reddish ; anterior border straight, with

the angles rounded ; posterior border rounded.

Evytra short, very finely punctulated, shining, very dark

reddish castaneous, truncate at the apex.

Wings not very prominent, of the same colour as the elytra,

with a very small indistinct pale spot on the inner margin at

the apex of the suture.

Feet testaceous, pubescent, the tibiee and tarsi somewhat

darker.

Abdomen dilated in the middle, dark castaneous, shining,

with a slightly metallic reddish sheen, the sides darker ;

lateral tubercles very distinct ; in the ¢ the sides of segments

€-9 are slightly produced backwards, but this is not very

distinct; last dorsal segment attenuated, the hinder margin

nearly straight, broken with indistinct obtuse tubercles.

Pygidium not apparent.

Forceps: 3 with the branches subcontiguous at the base

and somewhat depressed and dilated there, then diverging,

and attenuate and incurved towards the apex, where the

points meet ; near the base there is a very strong triangular

sharp tooth pointing straight upwards; the middle third,

where the dilated part is fading out, is crenulated on the

inner margin; @? with the branches straight, simple, un-

aimed, the apices crossing ; colour dark reddish black,

Patria.’ Costa Rica, 3 9 (Linden, 1894, ex coll. Seel-

drayers).

Type in my collection.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 87

For this interesting species I am also indebted to my friend

M. E. Seeldrayers, of Brussels.

It is a distinct species, coming next, perhaps, to A. varie-

gatus, Dohrn. It has the appearance of an Opisthocosmia.

Ancistrigaster intermedia, sp. 0.

Castanea ; antenne fusco-rubrescentes, segmentis elongatis, 2° parvo,

duobus ultimis pallidis ; pronotum antice rectum, postice rotunda-

tum ; elytra perfecte explicata, latiora, levia ; ale perfecte expli-

cate, valde prominentes: abdomen medio dilatatum, segmentis

2° et 3° valde tuberculatis, segmentis 4° et 5° obsolete, vix, vel

haud tuberculatis; segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ quadratum,

rectangulum, inerme, supra insertionem forcipis subtuberculatum ;

cipis brachia ¢ basi distantia, intus basi ipso dente conico

armata, dehine paullo divergentia, medio unidentata, apicem

versus valde incurya, mucronibus decussatis; @ simplicia, recta,

gracilia, inermia, apice mucronata. ¢ Q.

3. an

oie, CORPOLIS: 6) <r yere)s yy 8 mm. 8 mm.

Si, LORCAPISN «Y= 3 bs Cae mes as 2 for 2

Head flattened, clear red; antenne reddish, the last two

segments paler, all elongate, except the second, which is

short ; eyes jet-black.

FPronotum about as broad as the head, straight on the fore

border, rounded posteriorly, dark testaceous or dark red, the

margins clear luteous.

Kilytra ample, broad, smooth, shining, fusco-testaceous,

the hinder border truncate.

Wings ample, projecting well beyond the elytra, fuscous,

sometimes with a large pale spot in the middle at the base

and a smaller one at the apex.

Feet long and slender, pale testaceous.

Abdomen dilated in the middle, fusco-testaceous or dark

brown. Segments 2 and 3 with lateral tubercles dark or

black, very distinct ; in the male segments 4 and 5 have very

faint, barely visible, obsolete tubercles. In the ¢ the last

segment narrow, quadrate, rectangular, the hinder border

straight, with a small tubercle above the base of each branch

of the forceps; in the ¢ the last dorsal segment is narrowed,

square at the hinder border, and unarmed.

Pygidium not visible.

Forceps: g with the branches distant at the base, armed

there on the inner margin with a strong conical tooth, flat-

tened, slightly diverging, with a sharp tooth in the middle of

88 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

the inner margin ; towards the apex the branches converge

strongly, and are very strongly dilated immediately before

the apex, where they are pointed and hooked; in the ¢ the

branches are simple, straight, smooth, unarmed, and incurved

slightly at the apex.

The feet, abdomen, and forceps are clothed with a pale

short yellowish pubescence.

Patria. Peru, 1 §,3 9 (ex coll. Staudinger).

Type in my collection.

This species stands nearest to A. Championi, Borm., from

which it may be distinguished by the square ultimate dorsal

segment, which has not the angles sharply produced as in

A, Championi, by the abdominal tubercles being distinct only

on segments 2-3, and not on segments 2-7, and by the forceps,

which have the branches less strongly diverging, with fewer

teeth.

Dormans Park, East Grinstead,

April, 1900.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fas. 3, 5, 7.

Fig. 3. Apterygida Mackindert, sp.n. Somali. .

Fig. 3a, Ditto, Segmentum ultimum ventrale, from below.

Fig. 5. Anechura ahrimanes, sp.n. Sikkim. 6.

Fig. 7. Forficula orientalis, sp. n. Constantinople. ¢. Last segment

and forceps.

XJ.—Notes on the Forficulariaa—VI. On a Collection of

Forficularia from Sarawak. By Maucotm Burr, F.Z.S.,

[Plate IV. figs. 1, 2, 4, 6.]

Mr. R. SHELFORD, of Sarawak, has very kindly handed to

me for determination a small collection of earwigs from that

region, The collection includes twenty-five species, of which

nine are new, and there are some very curious forms.

The localities from which they come are thus explained by

Mr. Shelford :—

Kuching.—The capita] of Sarawak.

Matang.—A mountain 7 miles from Kuching, 2800 feet.

Penrissen.—A mountain 50 miles from the sea, at the

head of the left branch of the Sarawak River, reaching

My. M. Burr—Wotes on the Forficularia. 89

an elevation of 4800 feet; the specimens were taken

between the levels of 3300 feet and 4000 feet.

Pankalan Ampat.—At the foot of Penrissen.

Batu Song.—A mountain in the Baram district.

For the drawings I am indebted to Mr. H. C. Philips.

The collection works out as follows :—

1. Apachys chartaceus, de Haan.

Kuching, Feb. 2, 1899, 2 g; June 13th, 1899, 1 9;

Dec. 12th, 1899, I 3.

This species has been recorded by de Haan from Borneo

and Sumatra and by Dubrony from Sarawak. According to

de Haan, it lives under the bark of dead trees.

2. Pygidicrana marmoricrura, Serv.

Batu Song, 1 2 (C. Hose, Esg.). There are also two

females in bad condition which I refer to this species, from

Penrissen, Feb. 24th and May 1899.

The species is common in the Hast Indies.

3. ? Pygidicrana modesta, Borm.

Matang, August 1899. One fragmentary female, which I

refer with some doubt to this species.

Recorded from Burmah.

4. Echinosoma sumatranum, de Haan.

Kuching, Sept. 13th, 1899, and Nov. 27th, 1899, 2 @;

Sept. 25th, 1899, 1 3; Oct. 6th, 1899, 1 ¢.

De Haan remarks of this species, “ Vivit sociatim in ligno

putrido, Motus alacris.”

5. Psalis borneensis, Kirb.

Kuching, Feb. 1899, Dec. 26th, 1899, 2 ¢; Dec. 15th,

13995 1:2

As Kirby suggests, this is probably a melanic form of ©

P. indica, Hag.

6. Spongiphora rubriceps, sp. n.

Statura mediocri; caput rufum; antenne 15-segmentate, fusce,

nigro-annulate ; pronotum postice rotundatum, nigrum, pallide

marginatum ; elytra aleeque fusce ; pedes testacei, fusco-variegati :

90 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

abdomen cylindricum, fuscum; segmentum ultimum magnum,

quadratum, margine postico tuberculato: forcipis brachia ¢

basi remota, recta, apice incurva, mucronibus attingentibus, rubra,

margine interno crenulata, haud dentata; 9 recta, deplanata,

minute crenulata.

Long.corporis .<<.- J 11 mm. 10°25 mm.

Pr) forcipis oweeeve 4 39 3d 9

Head flattened, clear brick-red; eyes small, black: an-

tenne 15-segmentate; first segment long, testaceous, dark at

the apex; the other segments are black, except segments

10-11, which are clear white ; from the second, the segments

are short, gradually lengthening.

Pronotum as broad as the head, chocolate-brown, the

margins whitish or testaceous ; the anterior border is slightly

round-convex ; the sides are parallel; the hinder border is

rounded.

Elytra perfectly developed ; chocolate-brown, dull, a little

broader than the pronotum at the shoulders, hinder borders

obliquely truncate, slightly sinuate.

Wings ample, projecting well beyond the elytra, of the same

colour, with a pale spot at the apex on the inner margin (this

spot is sometimes very faint).

Feet dark testaceous, varied with paler.

Abdomen slightly depressed, the sides parallel; rich brown

in the centre, darker at the sides; abdominal tubercles

distinct, black. Last dorsal segment of the g simple, not

sulcate, with a row of small tubercles on the hinder margin,

which is straight. In the ? the last dorsal segment slightly

narrower, with a faint sulculus near the hinder margin, the

tubercles smaller and fewer in number. The penultimate

ventral segment ¢ is ample, almost entirely covering the last

segment, nearly rectangular, the hinder margin rounded.

Pygidium not visible.

forceps: & branches remote at the base and three-keeled

there, then simple, nearly straight, gradually converging to

meet at the apex; in the apical half on the inner margin there

are three small teeth; the forceps are bent noticeably down-

wards from the base. @ branches simple, straight, remote

at the base, more or less flattened, the apices meeting; the

inner margin near the base is very slightly dilated and crenu-

late ; otherwise the branches are unarmed.

Patria. Sarawak, Kuching, Dec. 3rd, 1898; July 15th,

1899, 2 g; March 1899, 2 ¢ ; Oct. 23rd, 1899, 1 9 ;

July 14th, 1899, 1 nymph.

‘his species is most closely allied to S. n¢tzdipennis, Borm,

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 91

7. Spongiphora semiflava, Borm.

Kuching, Jan. 2nd, 1900, 1 9; July 7th, 1899, 1 ¢@.

This species, which closely resembles Labia mucronata,

Stal, in appearance, has hitherto been recorded only from

Burmah.

8. Spongiphora sphinz, sp. n.

Statura mediocri, gracili; colore testaceo vel fusco; antennex 18-

segmentate ; caput, antenne, pronotum, elytra, ale, pedes testa-

cea vel rubro-testacea; abdomen cylindricum, testaceum vel

rubrum ; forceps gracilis, brachiis basi remotis, rectis, apice

mucronatis, attingentibus, margine interno minute denticulatis ;

abdomen tuberculis distinctis instructum. o¢ 9.

Long. corporis .... 11°5 mm. 10 mm.

pe TOLEIDIEG Gore) Ey Be

lead depressed, clear brick-red: antenne 18-segmentate ;

the first segment long, testaceous, the remainder darker;

second segment very small, the third nearly as long as the

second and fourth united, the fourth, fifth, and sixth

gradually lengthening, the apical segments long and slender.

Pronotum slightly narrower than the head, long and

narrow, slightly broader posteriorly than anteriorly, rectan-

gular, the hinder angles rounded, posterior border nearly

straight ; clear testaceous, reddish anteriorly, the margins

paler; in the ? shaded with fuscous on the disk posteriorly.

Elytra long and narrow, clear testaceous, the outer and

inner margins darker.

Wings conspicuous, clear testaceous.

feet clear testaceous, clothed with a few fine pale hairs.

Abdomen cylindrical, reddish testaceous in the ¢, reddish

black in the $3 lateral tubercles very distinct, all the sey-

ments very finely granulated ; last dorsal segment ¢ square,

hinder margin straight, slightly tuberculated above the inser-

tion of the forceps on each side; similar in form in the 9;

penultimate ventral segment ¢ large, rounded posteriorly,

not covering the apical part of the last segment, which has

the posterior border straight, very deeply emarginate in the

middle, divided into two rounded lobes, the outer angles

folded, forming a bicarinate tubercle on each side. In the ?

the penultimate ventral segment is rounded, larger, covering

the ultimate segment entirely except for the outer angles,

Pygidium 8 ? quadrate, the side slightly emarginate near

the apex.

92 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Forceps: & with the branches remote at the base, slender,

almost straight, slightly depressed, the apices meeting, and

strongly mucronate ; at two thirds their length on the inner

margin there is a small tooth ; from the base to this tooth the

inner margin is very finely denticulated. In the 9 the

branches are straight, remote at the base, less depressed, the

apices meeting, the inner margin finely denticulated to about

two thirds the length, where there is an obsolete tooth barely

distinguishable. ‘lhe forceps are clear red in the male,

reddish black in the female.

Patria. Sarawak, Kuching, August 1897 (“Z.”), 1 3;

Oct, 12th, 1899, 41 39 ..

This curious species is very close to Labidura? decipiens,

Kirb., which must almost certainly be moved, at least pro-

visionally, to this genus. It differs in the form and armature

of the forceps. It has the appearance of certain species of

Apterygida, as A. erythrocephala, Oliv., A. suturalis, Serv.,

and A. bipartita, Kirb. It may be easily mistaken for the

latter at first glance; but an examination of the second tarsal

segment shows that it is simple and cylindrical; the distinct

lateral tubercles prevent its being placed in Labidura. The

form of the penultimate ventral segment of the male distin-

guishes it from typical Spongiphora, and, as Mr. W. F.

Kirby suggests, a new genus must be erected tor his Labidura ?

decipiens and for this species when better known.

9. Spongtphora nitidipennis, Borm.

Kuching, July 1899, 1 ?.

Hitherto recorded from Burmah and Sumatra.

10. Sparatta setulosa, sp. n.

Colore sordide testaceo; pronotum valde elongatum, parallelum ;

pygidium haud perspicuum ; forcipis brachia ¢ basi remota,

basi ipso intus laminata, dehine recta, sensim incurva, tertia

parte apicali dente inermo armata, mucronibus attingentibus, valde

pubescentia. d.

rofte

TONES COTPOTISs a se ele sare 1 ani

a MOrcipis yess ree 3

Head dirty yellow; eyes small, black; antenne with

13 segments remaining, fuscous, the segments elongated and

slender, numbers 2-4 enlarged at the apex.

Pronotum twice as long as the head, very narrow, the sides

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 93

parallel, anterior border produced to a neck, posterior border

rounded, tawny yellow.

Elytra narrow, obliquely truncated posteriorly.

Wings prominent, black, the dark colour showing through

the clear elytra.

Feet tawny.

Abdomen slightly broader at the apex than at the base ;

tawny, slightly darker in the middle ; all the segments very

finely punctulated except the last, which is smovth, large,

and quadrate, the posterior margin straight, with a row of

small tubercles.

Pygidium barely visible, quadrate.

Forceps slender, remote at the base; on the inner margin

at the base itself there is a strong depressed laminated tooth ;

the branches are then very faintly curved outwards, then

gradually inwards, the apices meeting ; near the apex on the

inner margin is a strong but small oblique tooth; the forceps

are dirty yellow at the base, darker towards the apex, clothed

with long fine bristles,

The feet and abdomen are also clothed with a few fine

long bristles.

@ unknown.

Patria. Sarawak, Matang, August 1899, 1 ¢.

This species is not closely allied to any described form

except S. Horsfieldi, Kirb., trom which, however, it is very

distinct,

11. Sparatta Brunneri, Borm. ?

Penrissen, May 1899, 2 ?.

J refer two females with some doubt to this North-Australian

species.

12. Chetospunia parvula, sp. n.

Statura minore; colore nigro, rubro-variegato; caput, pronotum,

et elytra nigra ; ale deficientes ; abdomen segmentis 1°—7™ nigris,

ceteris rubris; forcipis brachia ¢ basi distantia, valida, basi

dente gracili instructa, margine interno denticulata, incurva,

mucronibus decussatis. ¢. Q ignota.

Dongs COMPOris: ...°..« «<< oe 5 mm,

eget (0; CCl Ost pee Renae ee 1°23 5;

Head and eyes jet shining black; antenne with only one

or two segments remaining, paler.

Pronotum jet-black, as broad as the head, slightly broader

posteriorly than anteriorly, the angles rounded; anterior

border rounded, posterior border straight.

94 Mr. M. Burr—WNoées on the Forficularia.

Elytra black, rounded at the apex.

Wings absent.

Feet clear testaceous.

Abdomen slightly broadest in the middle, shining black,

except segments 8-9, which are red, and the last segment,

which is red, quadrate, slightly narrower posteriorly than

anteriorly ; the hinder border straight, smooth, black.

Pygidium not visible.

Forceps § with the branches stout, three-keeled at the

base, straight, then gradually incurved towards the apex,

where the points decussate; at the base itself, on the inner

margin there is a fine oblique tooth, and the inner margin is

denticulated for the first two thirds of the length; the forceps

are black near the base, red at the apex.

The abdomen is clothed with a few fine pale hairs.

Patria, Sarawak, Kuching, Dec. 15th, 1898, 1 ¢.

This species is nearest to Ch. fee, Borm., from which it

differs entirely in the shape of the forceps.

13. Chetospania Jupiter, sp. n.

Statura majore ; colore fusco-testaceo ; antennie 15-segmentate, seg-

mento 2° parvo, ceteris elongatis, cylindricis ; pronotum quadratum,

marginibus anteriori et posteriori rotundatis, lateribus parallelis,

angulis posticis rotundatis; elytra setulosa, apice truncata; alee

setulosee ; abdomen paullo dilatatum, tuberculis vix prominulis,

segmento ultimo margine postico recto, integro: pygidium elon-

gatum, apice attenuatum, emarginatum; Q brevius: forcipis

brachia ¢ elongata, basi distantia, triquetra, depressa, basi ipso

dente valido armata, carina superiori margine interno ante

medium dentata, carina inferiori in parte apicali bidentata, dehine

crenulata, mucronibus attingentibus, decussatis ; brachia 9 illis

maris similia, rectiora, apice fortius decussata. dQ.

G. :

Long. corporis 12 mm. 10-10°75 mm.

35, MORCIDIEs/nntewt » O-OlO 1, o'20-6 ,,

Head reddish fuscous, sutures well marked; eyes not

prominent; antenne fuscous, with 15 segments, the second

small, the remainder long.

Pronotum longer than broad, reddish fuscous, as broad as

the head, hinder border and anterior border rounded, the

angles rounded, the sides parallel ; posterior part of the disk

clothed with fine yellow hairs, directed backwards.

Elytra fuscous, truncated at the apex, pubescent like the

pronotum.

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 95

Wings prominent, coloured and pubescent like the elytra,

the margins very narrowly paler.

Feet dark testaceous, pubescent.

Abdomen reddish brown, very finely granulated, very

faintly broader towards the apex; lateral tubercles barely, if

at all, distinct. Last segment smooth, deep red; hinder

border unarmed, straight in the g,sinuate in the ?. Penul-

timate ventral segment large, rounded, almost entirely

covering the ultimate segment.

Pygidium prominent, attenuated towards the apex, conical,

emarginate at the apex in the @, in the ? shorter and

thicker or barely distinguishable.

Forceps: the branches are remote at the base, tricarinate,

with a strong triangular depressed tooth on the inner margin

at the base itself in both sexes; upper keel on the inner

margin before the middle with a strong tooth (¢ ?); lower

margin with two teeth in the apical half, and then denticu-

lated (g¢ 2); the whole of the inner margin, lower keel, is

more or less denticulated in both sexes, this armature

varying in individuals. The branches ¢ are nearly straight,

very gradually incurved, with the points meeting and barely

decussating at the apex; in the ¢? the branches are less

curved, straighter, but pointing more inwards, meet sooner,

and decussate more strongly at the apex ; in both sexes they

are clothed with fine pale hairs; they are testaceous in the

6, darker at the apex, much darker throughout their length

in the ?.

The @ is smaller and generally darker in colour than

the “Gu

Fatria. Sarawak, Penrissen, May 1899, 2 $,2 2.

This is the largest species of the genus. It stands

nearest to Ch. inornata, Karsch, from Madagascar, but is

larger, and the forceps are different.

14. Chelisoches Ritseme, Borm.

Kuching, Sept. 13th, 1899, 1 ¢ ; Dec. 15th 1898, 4 ¢,

This species has been taken in Sumatra and in Burmah.

15. Chelisoches Dorie, Borm.

Kuching, Oct. 28th, 1898, 1 $; Dec. 29th, 1898, 4 ¢;

May 20th, 1899, 1 g; Dec. 1898, 2 ?; August 11th, 1899,

Reo!

This splendid species has been recorded from Sumatra

and Sarawak, where it does not appear to be rare.

96 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Mr. Shelford’s specimens from Sarawak all have the

branches of the forceps ¢ strongly toothed and crenulate

near the base, and then smooth and unarmed almost to the

apex, just short of which on the inner margin is a strong

tooth. The specimens vary considerably in size, from

15-23 millim. in length of body, excluding the forceps, which

are of a more uniform length.

16. Chelisoches pulchripennis, Borm.

Kuching, Oct. 17, 1898, 3.4; Oct. 28th, 1698, cee

Oct. 17-18, 1898, 2 9.

Recorded from Burmah and ‘ Indes orientales.”’

17. Chelisoches Shelford, sp.n. (PI. LV. fig. 4.)

Statura maxima. Habitus generis Opisthocosmic. Fusco-castanea,

metallescens; pronotum ovale, capite paullo angustius; elytra

granulata, latiora, apice truncata; ale granulate: abdomen

cylindricum, tuberculis pliciformibus distinctis; segmentum

ultimum transversum: forcipis brachia basi remota, recta, elon-

gata, sinuata, margine interno utrinque dentibus duobus vyalidis

armata, apice mucronata, attingentia. J. Q ignota

Vong. Gotporis. 6a <.<1- 15°5 mim.

ay) LORGIDIS |<. wares ote bs Rae

Head and eyes reddish castaneous; antenne with 18

segments, fuscous, the last four dirty white.

Pronotum slightly narrower than the head, oval, all the

margins rounded.

Elytra ample, broad reddish castaneous, with a metallic

sheen, finely granulated, truncated at the apex.

Wings of the same colour as the elytra, granulated.

Feet tuscous, the tarsi and apices of the tibie dirty testa-

ceous; the lobe of the second tarsal segment very conspicuous.

Abdomen cylindrical, reddish castaneous, granulated; the

last segment is transverse, slightly narrower than the pre-

ceding, with a row of tubercles on the hinder border. Penulti-

mate ventral segment large, rounded, entirely covering the

ultimate segment.

Forceps & with the branches widely remote and _ tri-

carinate at the base, curved at first slightly outwards, the

inner keels on this part denticulated; the branches are then

nearly straight, subsinuate, each faint sinuation marked

on the inner margin with a long oblique sharp tooth; these

teeth are two in number on each side; after the second tooth

the branches curve in, the apices hooked and meeting. Seen

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 97

from the side, the forceps are sinuate, curving slightly

upwards.

The legs and forceps are covered with a thick yellowish

pubescence.

Patria. Sarawak, Pankalan Ampat, May 1899, 1 ¢@.

I have very great pleasure in dedicating this very fine

species to Mr. Shelford, to whom I am indebted for the

opportunity to work out this interesting collection.

It is a very distinct species and not closely allied to any

known form. It comes closest perhaps to Ch. superbus. It

has somewhat the appearance of a large Anechura, but the

lobe of the second tarsal segment is very distinct.

18. Chelisoches Hercules, sp.n. (PI. IV. figs. 2, 2a.)

Statura robusta ; colore nigro, elytris alisque ceruleis, metallescenti-

bus ; pronotum ovatum, cum elytris alisque granulatum: abdomen

cylindricum, nitidum, nigrum, testaceo-pubescens, tuberculis

lateralibus distinctis; segmentum ultimum dorsale magnum,

margine postico utrinque tuberculo obtuso magno, apice trun-

eato, valido obliquo armatum: forcipis brachia ¢ valida, basi

depressa et deplanata, hac parte margine interno valde denticu-

lata, dehine valde semicirculariter incurva, intus denticulata,

apice haud attingentia ; forceps et pedes valde pubescentes. <.

@ ignota.

Long. corporis ..... . 15°5-20 mm.

sip SRORCUDIS? Wah ata. 4°5 a)

Latit. max. forcipis.. 5 i

Head and eyes black ; antenne with 15 segments, typical,

black, the eleventh whitish ; sometimes the apical half of the

antenne dirty whitish.

Pronotum as broad as the head or very slightly narrower,

round, black, granulated; with a very faint median carinula,

on each side of which anteriorly there is a round elevation,

with a slight depression in the middle; the margins are

turned slightly upwards.

Hlytra considerably broader than the pronotum at the

shoulders, granulated, deep blue, with a metallic sheen;

they are truncated at the apex.

Wings of the same colour as the elytra, granulated, very

narrowly edged with pale. ‘The elytra and wings are clothed

with a short thick pubescence.

Feet stout, fuscous, the tibie clothed with a thick testa-

ceous pubescence, the tarsi with a reddish pubescence.

Abdomen cylindrical, finely punctulated, shining black, the

lateral tubercles very distinct and prominent; the last dorsal

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 7

98 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

segment is ample, the hinder border rounded ; at the hinder

border in the middle there are two very stout, long, elevated

tubercles, pointing upwards and obliquely outwards, truncated

at the apex. Penultimate ventral segment large, rounded,

covering the ultimate segment except at the corners.

Pygidium visible from beneath, short, conical, emarginate

at the apex.

Forceps with the branches g short, stout, strongly de-

pressed and dilated at the base, the inner margin of this

dilated part is strongly toothed; at half their length the

branches are cylindrical and curved inwards in a semicircle,

the apices are pointed but do not meet; the inner margin of

this curved part is denticulated.

The whole of the abdomen, tubercles, and forceps are

thickly coated with a short dense testaceous pubescence.

Patria, Sarawak, Kuching, Dec. 19th, 1899, 1 ¢; Pan-

kalan Ampat, May 1899, 1 ¢@.

This remarkable earwig is very distinct from any form

familiar to me. ‘The male from Pankalan Ampat presents a

curious form of aberration. The right branch of the forceps

is scarcely developed, very short, almost straight, bent slightly

downwards and inwards, with no sign of teeth or serrulation ;

the left branch is not fully developed, the denticulation of the

curved part being wanting. ‘This arrest of development is

well known to occur in Forficularia, and is often called

hermaphroditism or gynandromorphism ; but it is extremely

doubttul whether this is ever really the case. In the specimens

which I have examined the normal number of segments of

the male—that is, nime—are visible ; in the female only seven

segments of the abdomen are visible. I have in my collec-

tion two specimens of Chelisoches morio, Fabr., in which the

lett branch is that of the male in the form and the right is

that of the female, and these I have recorded elsewhere * as

heimaphrodites ; but it is more probable that the phenomenon

is due to airested development, owing to want of nourish-

ment or some accident. I have a male of Pygidicrana

marmoricrura in which both branches of the forceps are

abnormal, being nearly straight and unusually pubescent ;

this is certainly an aberration, and not a regular dimorphic

form. The specimen of Ch. Hercules in which the right

branch is malformed is noticeably smaller than the other

tully developed male, and it may well be due to defective

nourishment,

* Ent. Month, Mag, 1897, p. 147,

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 99

19. Anechura coriacca, Borm.

Penrissen, May 1899, 1 g, 1 9; Matang, Dec. 1898,

1 ¢.

Recorded from Burmah,

20. Anechura scabriuscula, Serv.

Matang, Dec. 1898, 1 ¢.

Common in the Oriental Region.

21. Anechura Hermes, sp.n. (PI. IV. figs. 1, 1a.)

Colore atro ; pronotum antice rectum, postice rotundatum ; elytra

pronoto latiora, pubescentia; ale prominentes: abdomen con-

vexum, medio valde dilatatum, apice attenuatum; segmentum

ultimum dorsale angustum, margine postico medio bicarinatum :

forcipis brachia ¢ valida, triquetra, basi subcontigua, dehine

valde divergentia, subito fortiter incurva, mucronibus haud

attingentibus, prope basin supra dente maximo obtuso perpen-

diculari armata. ¢. @ ignota.

NSE COLONIE! i 5s 6 ois wfole cig oarersa Lees 11°5 mm

RA MLORETDUS, Sr taietaa hic sis es Gas awh Oe

Minti, WA LOLCIDIS 2c dws ee ere es ve ts 4,

Altitudo max. forcipis (tuberculo basali

‘LEE ECS(T)) R ARS BS age 7 a tae

Head jet-black ; antenne ?-segmentate (eleven segments

remain, all black, except the eleventh, which is whitish),

second segment small, the rest longer, conical.

Pronotum very slightly narrower than the head, straight in

front, rounded behind, all black.

Elytra jet-black, very finely punctulated, truncated at the

apex.

Wings the same colour as the elytra.

Feet black, with a few fine short bristles.

Abdomen dark reddish brown, strongly dilated in the

middle, attenuated towards the apex ; lateral tubercles very

distinct; edges of the fifth to seventh segments slightly

produced; last dorsal segment narrow and small, hinder

border straight, with a small tubercle on each side above the

insertion ot the forceps, produced backwards into a faint

carina; penultimate ventral segment large, rounded.

Pygidium not visible.

Forceps with the branches g short, stout, almost con-

tiguous at the base, cylindrical, not keeled, strongly diverging

at first, then the points suddenly and sharply turned inwards

100 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

eta right angle, then obtuse, not meeting ; near the base on

the upperside on each branch there is a long and strong

conical obtuse tooth, pointing upwards and obliquely outwards

backwards ; forceps all black, entirely unarmed except for

these large tubercular teeth,

Patria, Sarawak, Penrissen, May 1899, 2 ¢.

This curious form recalls Ancistrogaster in the form of the

abdomen, but the antenne are different. It is very distinct

from any known form of Anechura, and in appearance

resembles certain species of Chelisoches, except for the dilated

abdomen, which is oval in shape.

22. Apterygida borneensis, Dubr.

Kuching, Dec. 14th, 1898, Dec. 19th, 1899, July 14th,

1899, 3 @; May 1897,1 92.

This species is represented by a variety in which the pro-

notum has no pale border, the head is reddish. The antenne

have 21 segments, of which the tenth to twelfth and the last

two are pale whitish.

23. Forficula? ares, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 6.)

Niger ; pronotum quadratum, postice rotundatum ; elytra latiora,

minutissime punctulata ; alse nigre, apice margine interno minute

testaceo-maculate ; pedes nigri: abdomen apicem versus paullo

dilatatum, apice attenuatum, tuberculis lateralibus distinctis ;

segmentum ultimum dorsale attenuatum, medio profunde rotun-

dato-impressum ; segmentum penultimum ventrale magnum,

rotundatum ; pygidium haud perspicuum: forcipis brachia

eracilia, basi plus minus dilatata et deplanata, hac parte denticu-

lata dehine inermia, rotundato-incurva, apice mucronibus attin-

gentibus, haud decussatis. ¢. 2 ignota.

Long. corporis ........ 10°75 mm,

g5. MOUGIDIS) Petts. stoi: AS Wan

Head jet-black ; antennee with nine segments remaining, of

which the second is very small, the remainder gradually

lengthening, conical.

Pronotum black, as broad as the head, straight in front,

the posterior margin rounded.

Elytra short, broad, truncated at the apex, black, very

finely punctulated.

Wings of the same colour as the elytra.

Feet black, with a thin pubescence.

Abdomen black; lateral tubercles very distinct; broadest

Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 101

near the apex, but attenuated at the apex itself; last dorsal

segment very small, with a very distinct deep round depres-

sion in the middle. Penultimate ventral segment large and

rounded, completely covering the ultimate ventral segment.

Pygidium not visible.

Forceps & with the branches slender, more or less dilated

and depressed at the base, this dilated part crenulated on the

inner margin, ending with a small, conical, nearly obsolete

tooth ; beyond this tooth the branches are very slender, curved

outwards and then inwards, enclosing a circular space, the

apices almost meeting but not decussating; beyond the

obsolete tooth the branches are quite smooth and unarmed.

Patria. Sarawak, Penrissen, May 1899.

This species recalls in appearance Chelisoches ? picticornis,

Kirb., but it is not so long and is more thick-set. It appears

to be allied to the little-known Forficula lobophoroides of

Dohrn, of which C. picticornis may be the male, which is

not definitely known. J. ares is allied to Anechura hermes

and may have to be moved to that genus. Its uniform black

colour and the form of the forceps distinguish it.

24, Opisthocosmia centurio, Dohrn.

Kuching, Dec. 10-14, 1898.

Previously recorded from Borneo.

25. Opisthocosmia lugens, Borm.

Penrissen, May 1899,2 ¢,4 9.

Previously recorded from Burmah.

Dormans Park, East Grinstead,

April 1900.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE TV. Fies. 1, 2,4 6.

Fig. 1. Anechura Hermes, sp.nu. o. Forceps.

Fig. 1a. Ditto. From the side.

hig. 2. Chelisoches Hercules, sp.n. . Forceps,

Fig. 2a, Ditto. From the side.

Fig. 4. Chelisoches Shelfordi, sp.n. . Forceps.

Fig. 6. Forficula? ares, sp.n. 6. Forceps.

‘102 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

X1.—The Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia.

By F, A] BAtuer, MAL, Gs:

THE latest volume of ‘The Silurian System of Bohemia’ *

is welcome indeed to students of Paleozoic geology and pale-

ontology, and more than welcome to the worker on Crinoids.

The account of the rich and varied Cystid fauna, published

13 years ago, had given us hope that the unwearied efforts of

Barrande might have garnered up a fairly rich harvest of

Crinoids, while the known differences between this province

and that of North-west Europe led us to expect considerable

novelty. The eminence and experience of the senior author

_and the intelligent zeal of his collaborator were further war-

rant for pleasurable anticipation. We knew that no pains

were being spared in looking up the literature, while some

valuable papers by Dr. Jahn indicated that the statements of

horizon and locality were being placed on a sure basis. If,

after all, disappointment be our dole, this is due to many

causes, for most of which the authors are in no way re-

sponsible. In the first place, the material is neither rich nor

well preserved: the many-plated calyces are often crushed

and their plates disarranged; they are covered to a deplor-

able extent by “an extremely hard, irremovable limestone

matrix ’’; several specimens that might have been interesting

are represented by mere ochreous powder. Then the vast

majority of forms come from one stratum alone, namely reef-

like bands of limestone that form a transition between the

beds e1 and e2 (about equivalent to our Woolhope Lime-

stone): the first fauna (Cambrian) furnishes no crinoid

remains; the second fauna (Ordovician) includes a few

indeterminable columns chiefly from a4 and 45, and two

species of a new genus, Calerdocrinus, from a4 (about equal to

Middle Bala) ; the third fauna (Silurian s. str.) yields a very

few stem-fragments from e1, rather more from e2, along with

recognizable specimens of Scyphocrinus and of the new genera

Bohemicocrinus, Carolicrinus, and Laubeocrinus, all which,

except the last, occur more abundantly in the underlying

transition beds; f1 contains a few doubtful remains, and f2

yields Beyrichocrinus humilis, gen. et sp. nov., as well as a

* ‘Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme,’ par Joachim Barrande,

lére partie: Recherches Paléontologiques. Continuation éditée par

le Musée Bohéme. Vol. vii. Classe des [chinodermes. 2° partie:

Famille des Crinoides. Par le Prof. Dr. W. Waagen et le Dr, J,

Jahn, Traduit par A. 8S. Oudin. vi and 216 pp., 40 pls. numbered x].

Ixxix. Prague (Dec. 1899).

Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. 103

doubtful Zchthyocrinus and a few undetermined fragments ;

G and H are barren of crinoids, except for rare fragments in

g1,g2,andhi. From this it is clear that the crinoids of

Bohemia could not be made by anyone to throw much light

on the general evolution of crinoids or on the succession of

faunas in the Bohemian basin.

The next obstacle with which the authors have had to

contend is “‘piété pour la mémoire de Barrande.” This praise-

worthy sentiment has caused them to follow with marvellous

success the monumental style of the great ‘ Systeme Silurien,’

and the arrangement which necessitates numerous chapters

after the model of the notorious one on Snakes in Iceland. It

is no doubt the same piety that has induced them to publish

25 plates by a pitiable person called Langhans. Concernin

these plates the authors themselves write: “ most of the

drawings are more or less defective ...many are so ill

executed that they give not the faintest idea of the original ;

&e. &e.” Worse than this, the majority of the specimens

misrepresented on these plates are themselves obscure frag-

ments, to which Barrande, doubtless for his own convenience,

had casually attached manuscript names “au point de vue

scientifique .... nullement justifiés.” And yet “ respect

for his memory ”’ is supposed to be shown by the retention

and publication of all these provisional names. It is useless

for the authors to say, as they do on p. 1389: “ nous déclinons

toute responsibilité sur la question de leur admissibilité.”

Here, unfortunately, are the names, and they have to be

reckoned with. As our knowledge of the Bohemian erinoids

increases, what dissensions will there not be among sys-

tematists as to the value of these names! What hideous

confusion, wrangling, and waste of time! For all of it those

who have published the names will be responsible.

In this article the drawings by Langhans will be ignored ;

difficulties enough will confront us in reconciling the artistic

representations by Swoboda with the outlines thoughtfully

annexed on the thin covering-papers and with the diagrams in

the text. For example, the first question that arises is as to

the position of the small basal in Beyrichocrinus. Plate 59,

fig. 4 shows no basal smaller than the two others; the

covering outline places it in the left posterior interradius ; the

diagram on p. 12 (our Fig. 1) shows it in the left anterior inter-

radius; fig. 1, on p. 18, has it in a position that is different

but not more precisely determinable. A point of equal

importance, especially considering the authors’ doubt as to

the monocyclic nature of this same base, is the orientation of

the lobes of the axial canal as seen in the base of the cup.

‘

104 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

The lobation is doubtless peculiar, but in every figure it is

represented differently, so that one can only enquire whether

the lobes are radial or interradial: they are clearly radial in

one drawing, clearly interradial in another, and not clearly

anything in the rest. The text throws no light on the

matter, unless the following sentences may suggest a solu-

tion of the riddle: ‘Ce genre n’est représenté que par un

fragment de la couronne” (p. 12) ; ‘sous cette dénomination,

nous comprenons le calice et les bras, abstraction faite de la

tige”’ (p. 3); “la base est... . presque entigrement cachée

par la tige” (p. 13); “les exemplaires [note plural!] du

genre Beyrichocrinus étaient munis d’une tige” (p. 15).

But the apparent contradiction is probably due to an ambi-

guity introduced by the translator—another obstacle in the

path of the authors. Whether due to the imperfection of the

specimens or the carelessness of the artists, such discrepancies

are only too numerous.

The Crinoidea of the Lower Paleozoic rocks of Bohemia,

as presented in this volume, may be divided into three

classes: (i.) Incerte sedis; (ii.) Scyphocrinus species and

varieties ; (iii.) eight new species, distributed among seven

new genera. If this statement can be substantiated, then

the authors are to be congratulated on having at least

fulfilled our dream of novelty. But their caution and candour

are so manifest that they will be the first to admit the rather

unsatisfactory foundations for some of these genera, Let us

examine them in order, the order being first by geological

periods and then alphabetical—a final Barrandean touch.

The absence of a strict systematic arrangement and the

doubt that surrounés many of the genera have prevented our

authors from drawing up diagnoses. In attempting to

abstract the salient features, I hope to be pardoned if I use

the terminology elsewhere employed by me*.

* The old-fashioned terminology retained by Messrs. Waagen and

Jahn for the arm-structures obscures their homologies in Camerate

Crinoids. The term pieces brachiales is due to L. de Koninck, who

applied it solely to the fixed arm-ossicles, while he called the free arm-

ossicles articles brachiaux. Since the present authors restrict the term

brachialia to the free ossicles, they should not translate it by pieces

brachiales (p. 5). A similar error as to articles brachiaux occurs on p. 17

of Wachsmuth and Springer’s ‘Crinoidea Camerata.” The term voute

(vault) connotes a structure now admitted by all to be imaginary ; while

the terms ¢rompe (proboscis) and canal nourricier (alimentary canal) are

equally misleading. The well-known term cu’r?, though introduced on

p. 9, is replaced in practice by the term vriles (tendriis), which is no

gain, Again, the term calyx is defined on p. 3 in the sense in which

it has been used by Wachsmuth and Springer and others: “ the employ-

ment of the word calyx to designate that part which is only the dorsal

Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. 105

Beyrichocrinus humilis, the sole species of the genus,

comes from the limestone f2 of Konéprus*. Only the cup

is preserved (Fig. 1). It consists of the following primary

Fig. 1.—Analysis of the cup of Beyrichocrinus humilis, outlines copied

from Waagen and Jahn, and about twice nat. size. Inter-

brachials (i[Br) and anals are shaded from right to left;

intersecundibrachs (iIIBr) from left to right; intertertibrachs

vertically,

elements: 3 basals, 2 large and 1 small; 5 radials, which

appear to abut laterally by short sides, except in the posterior

interradius; 2 fixed primibrachs in each ray, the first being

hexagonal except in the right and left posterior rays; 2 fixed

secundibrachs in each half-ray; 2-4 fixed tertibrachs, of

which the last is axillary and bore the free quartibrachs.

The secondary elements of the cup are: 5-10 interbrachials

arranged in 4-6 horizontal zones, the proximal interbrachial

resting on the steep shoulders of two adjacent radials and

coming very near to the basals; in the wider anal inter-

radius are about 14 interbrachials (anals), of which the

cup is an abuse.” It is therefore perplexing to find the authors per-

sistently using the term in the sense they here deny toit. The fact is

that the word calyx has so often been used for the dorsal cup, that our

attempts to define it otherwise seem bound to fail. The adoption of

the term theca, as used by Haeckel, for the whole case or test con-

taining the central organs of the animal, seems the most rational escape

from the difficulty.

The symbols and terminology of the present paper differ but slightly

from those explained in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 57,

Jan. 1892. The nomenclature and classification follow Part II1., The

Echinoderma, of ‘ A Treatise on Zoology,’ edited by H. Ray Lankester :

London, 1900.

* Oddly enough, the authors have adopted for the Bohemian names a

spelling different from that hitherto employed in the ‘ Systéme Silurien.’

Their reasons, though not given, are probably good enough to warrant

me following them in this article.

106 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

proximal rests, though by a very short side, on the base,

while it supports 3 plates above ; the intersecundibrachs are

at least 2, but are small and obscure; the existence of inter-

tertibrachs is doubtful. The authors profess not to know

whether the base was monocyclic or dicyclic. But, since no

camerate crinoid has yet been described in which infrabasals

are associated with fused basals, we are justified in placing

Beyrichocrinus among Monocyclica Camerata. Therein it

falls apparently into the Suborder Batocrinoidea, and the

family Periechocrinide, although we do not know whether

it possessed the biserial free arms characteristic of the latter.

Many obscure genera have been referred to this family,

mostly as supposed synonyms of Perdechocrinus. Whether

Beyrichocrinus may be identical with any of these, is a

question for the future. It appears allied to Periechocrinus,

but the cup is rounded as in Megistocrinus ; its most dis-

tinctive characters are the wedge shape of the proximal anal,

and the absence of a distinct median vertical row of anals.

Bohemicocrinus (why not Bohemicrinus?) is established

for two imperfect cups, both assigned to one new species,

B. pulvereus. The trivial name, taken from a manuscript

Fig. 2.—Analysis of the cup of Bohemicocrinus pulvereus, outlines copied

from Waagen and Jahn, a little over nat. size. Shading as in

fig. 1. The small plates at the angles of some of the inter-

brachials are described by the authors as accessory plates; they

do not occur in the only other specimen known.

label by Barrande, is consistently spelled pulverens—a mani-

fest misprint of familiar nature. One specimen comes from

the white limestone, e2 of Kosor, the other from black

limestone transitional between e1 and e2, near Dvorce. The

Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. 107

authors refer their genus to the family Actinocrinide as

defined by Zittel in 1879. ‘There is, however, nothing in

the part preserved (Fig. 2) to prevent its assignment to the

family Carpocrinide founded by the same authority ; and, to

speak even more precisely, there is no particular reason why

these cups should not belong to a Carpocrinus or Desmido-

erinus. ‘The authors indeed say that ‘‘ Bohemicocrinus is

distinguished from all other genera of crinoids described

down to this day, by the characteristic conformation of the

two radii on each side of the anal interradius, as well as by

the structure of the latter and of the other interradii.”’

When this was written the authors were doubtless unac-

quainted with the structure of the cup in Barrandeocrinus,

since that was first published by Wachmuth and Springer

in May 1897. The same peculiarities are emphasized in that

genus; and yet the structure of the cup alone would scarcely

justify the removal of Barrandeocrinus trom Carpocrinus.

It is highly improbable that Bohemicocrinus possessed the

remarkable arms of Barrandeocrinus ; therefore, though the

name Bohemicocrinus may be a convenient way of expres-

sing the imperfect nature of the known specimens, there

seems reason to think that it may ultimately prove a syno-

nym of Carpocrinus or Desmidocrinus. HEucalyptocrinus, Co-

rymbocrinus (= Clonocrinus, Quenst.), and Dolatocrinus have

no anal resting on the base, and it is not clear why they

should have been dragged into comparison.

Carolicrinus is based on a crown and an arm-fragment

from the black limestone (e 1-2) of Karlstein (whence the

name), and another arm-fragment from the white limestone,

e2, near Lochkov. These are all placed in a new species,

C. Barrandei. This species is a many-plated camerate

crinoid not unlike Scyphocrinus, with which it is associated

in the rocks ; but the biserial arrangement of the brachials

would alone justify its severance therefrom. Unfortunately

the authors, impressed by the general resemblance to Scypho-

crinus, have not thought it necessary to compare Carolicrinus

with genera foreign to Bohemia. The imperfection of the

base also is held to excuse them from discussing the sys-

tematic position of the genus. ‘The authors believe that

there were three basals, two large and one small, the latter

being in the posterior interradius (strange position!) ; and

they will not admit that the proximal anal rested on the

base. At the same time they “cannot quite guarantee the

correctness of the explanation just given.” ‘I'he published

figures do not help one even to the bare facts of the case, so

that an attempt at any other interpretation is out of the

108 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

question. But such facts as are undisputed all indicate that

this is nothing but a large species of Abacocrinus, although

that genus has 4 basals and a proximal anal resting on

the base.

Laubeocrinus Barrandet is a new genus and species based

on an incomplete cup provided with 3 millimetres of stem,

from the white limestone, e 2, of Lochkov (Fig. 3). Noattempt

Fig. 3.—Analysis of the cup of Laubeocrinus Barrandei, outlines copied

from Waagen and Jahn, nat, size. Shading as in fig. 1.

is made by the authors to determine the systematic position

of this genus. The peculiarities of the specimen are, indeed,

such that they might be considered individual abnormalities ;

but if that had been the opinion of Messrs. Waagen and

Jahn, they would scarcely have based a new genus on them.

“It is,” they say, “impossible to determine if the base is

monocyclic or dicyclic ””; but since the basals are 4, not 5,

we have every reason to believe that it is what it appears to

be, namely, one of the Monocyclica Camerata. The fused

basals are the right posterior and right anterior. The proximal

anal rests on the base; but instead of the posterior basal

being widened and truncated to support it, the left posterior

basal is widened to occupy the whole of the left posterior

radius, and so to come into contact with the anal. Both of

these features are without parallel in accepted genera. Con-

sidered by itself, the base is like that of Compsocrinus or

Abacocrinus (members of the family Xenocrinide), but in

them the larger basals are posterior and anterior. ‘The re-

maining portions of the cup might belong to any typical

Actinocrinoid. The anal area differs from that of the Xeno-

crinide, and, indeed, of all known Batocrinoidea, in the

presence of only two plates in the second row. PAillipso-

crinus, M‘Coy, is believed by Wachsmuth and Springer to

have been based on an abnormal specimen of Actinocrinus,

and it is noteworthy that the peculiarity is similar to that of

Laubeocrinus, though still more abnormal.

Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. 109

Vletavicrinus, a name derived from the ancient appellation

of the river Moldau, on which lies Dvorce, is based on a

unique specimen from the black limestone (e1-2) of that

locality. The specimen is an almost perfect crown, to which

47 millim. of stem remain attached. It forms the type of a

new species, V. Hauer’, The crinoid (Fig. 4) is a Camerate,

AK) >”

Fig. 4.—Analysis of the type of Vletavicrinus Hauer, outlines copied

from Waagen and Jahn, nat. size. Shading as in fig. 1. The

portions of arms that surmount the anals are intended as repe-

titions of the arm-branches drawn also in the adjoining rays ;

the object doubtless was to show the relations of the pinnules,

but the chief result is to prove the inaccuracy of the diagram.

but whether monocyclic or dicyclic is uncertain, since the

base is almost entirely hidden by the stem. Hach ray con-

tains 2 fixed primibrachs, and the fixed secundibrachs in each

half-ray are said to be 7 or 8 (a number which each of the

five figures chooses its own way of contradicting), the last of

these being axillary. ‘The left posterior interradius, as cleaned

from matrix by the authors, exhibits a proximal interbrachial

resting on the shoulders of the radials, and supporting two

parallel rows of interbrachials, which gradually become

smaller and more irregular and pass into the tegmen. Fifteen

plates in all are exposed in this interradius. ‘The posterior

interradius shows over 30 plates, which seem to have passed

up into an anal tube. ‘The proximal anal rests on the base,

and is followed by a single plate which supports two parallel

rows of irregular plates, 5 in each row, followed by smaller

plates. Rather large intersecundibrachs are visible in the

right and left posterior rays, arranged as in the diagram, and

succeeded by smaller and less regular plates, The arms,

110 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

which are free from the secundaxil, may branch at least

twice more, 7. e. up to quintibrachs, and are composed of low

uniserial brachials bearing closely set pinnules. Unfortu-

nately the authors attach so little importance to the mode of

arm-branching that they have passed over without comment

the very different appearances drawn by Mr. Swoboda in two

identical views of the single specimen. One gathers only

that the branching was not a regular dichotomy. It is also

regrettable that the relation of the pinnules to the brachials is

to be learned from neither description nor figures, the latter

being discrepant in this important point also. We are told

that immediately after each bifurcation the fine pinnules form’

a solid pavement, but we are not told whether any of these

apparently united pinnules form part of the cup-wall; nor,

what is far more important, is it stated if more than one

pinnule is borne by each brachial. Whenever the whole base

is not exposed as in a diagram, Messrs. Waagen and Jahn

seem to think that they are absolved trom any attempt to

relegate the specimen to its place in the system.. Had they

likewise refrained from weighting such a specimen with a new

generic name, their avoidance of responsibility would have

been more readily excused. When, however, they go so far,

we may demand to have such details as it is obvious could

be learned from the specimen, without being forced “ to wait

for more abundant material.” The facts vouchsafed to us do,

all the same, permit some inference. ‘he families of Di-

cyclica Camerata, as at present known, afford no place for

Vletavicrinus. Its reference to Monocyclica Camerata is

more than consistent with the small amount of base that is

visible. If placed in this Order, the relations of its proximal

anal prevent admission to the Melocrinoidea, while the

number of secundibrachs, if ‘nothing else, keeps it out of

Actinocrinoidea. The disposition of the anals, though not

that typical of the Batocrinoidea, is not absolutely discordant

therewith, and it is in that Suborder that it seems to find its

nearest allies. If the brachials do bear more than one pinnule

apiece, if, in other words, they are compound structures, one

would place the genus near Carpocrinus. In any case it

might provisionally be placed in the Carpocrinide. Our

conclusion, then, is similar to that reached in the case of

Bohemicocrinus, from the same horizon and locality ; and we

now remember that the anals of that genus have an arrange-

ment almost identical with that of the present specimen.

Comparison of the descriptions reveals many minor resem-

blances, so many, indeed, that one is impelled to ask why

Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. LiL

Vietavicrinus is not the same as Bohemicocrinus, even if

V. Haueri be not a synonym of B, pulvereus itself.

The last of the alleged new genera from the black lime-

stone, e 1-2, is based on an ill-preserved cup from Dvorce,

and is now called Zenkericrinus melocrinoides. It is the

Xenocrinus mentioned by name only on p. 416 of Dr. Jahn’s

“ Beitriige zur Stratigraphie und Tektonik der mittelbéhm-

ischen Silurformation” *. ‘he authors refer it to the Melo-

crinide, to which family, even in its latest and most restricted

sense, it certainly belongs. ‘hey say that “it is nearest to

Melocrinus, from which, however, it differs in many essential

features.” This opinion also is well founded ; but the authors

seem unaware that the genus Mardacrinus, Hall, is distin-

guished from Melocrinus by those same features. There is

nothing to prevent the relegation of the preseat specimen to

Marvacrinus.

Fig. 5,—Caleidocrinus multiramus. Proximal portions of stem and

crown, seen from alleged right posterior radius; the supple-

mentary plates of the alleged posterior interradius are in two

vertical rows, those of the other are in a single row. This is

fig, 28. @ of Waagen and Jahn, and is said to be “ grossi”; but

not a single measurement is given throughout the account of

this genus. The block has been kindly lent by Dr. Anton

Fritsch, on behalf of the Barrande Committee.

In the second fauna the only representative of the Crinoidea

is a new genus, Calecdocrinus, based on impressions in the

“schistes de grauwacke,’ a4, of Haj Hill, near Zahoran.

* Jahrb. d. k. k. geol. Reichsanst, Wien, xlii. pp. 897-462, Feb. 1893

(not 1892),

112 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

Several specimens were distributed by Barrande under the

manuscript name, Kchinoencrinites multiramus. 'The present

authors place it in or near the Taxocrinide of Angelin,

which is as much as to say that it belongs to the Flexibilia

Impinnata. It is of interest as being older than any Flexible

genus hitherto known, and the interest is enhanced when we

see how its structure accords with its age in the eyes of the

evolutionist (Fig. 5). The Flexibilia Impinnata of the

Silurian rocks fall into four main groups, which may pro-

visionally be regarded as families and named Ichthyocrinide,

Taxocrinide, Calpiocrinide, and Sagenocrinide. The two

latter are clearly more specialized than the two former and

have a larger proportion of representatives in later rocks.

Both Ichthyocrinide and Taxocrinidee have isotomous arms,

which may abut, and in some Ichthyocrinide even interlock,

by their sides. Taxocrinide have a few interbrachials, of

which the proximal is the largest; their anals form a well-

defined vertical series resting on the posterior basal. The

Ichthyocrinide have no interbrachials, and their simplest

genus, Ichthyocrinus, has no anals. Now Caleddocrinus

resembles Ichthyocrinus in the absence of anals from the radial

circlet and in the isotomy of its arms, which are, as in that

genus, sometimes inrolled at their distal ends; but it re-

sembles the Taxocrinide in the presence of interbrachials

with occasional intersecundibrachs, which, however, are all

very small and irregular. The authors believe themselves

able to distinguish an anal interradius by the presence of

3 vertical rows of interbrachials instead of 2. But since

these interbrachials lay in a flexible integument, a greater or

less expansion of the arms would of itself expose more or

fewer interbrachials. However this may be, we have in

Caleidocrinus a genus that approaches the common ancestor

of Ichthyocrinus and Tagxocrinus, although an important point

of divergence, and one by no means primitive, lies in the

minuteness of the basals. All the specimens except one are

assigned to C. multiramus, which has two primibrachs. The

remaining specimen, having 38 primibrachs, is made another

species, C. Barrandet. The authors’ argument is not without

force, but ‘‘ the possibility that more abundant material of the

two species may disclose yet other distinctive characters”

seems to me far from the probability.

We return to the consideration of those members of the

third fauna which are referred either with doubt or certainty

to genera previously known. ‘The first is called Calpioerinus?

bohemicus, or sometimes Calpiocrinus ??? bohemicus (Fig. 6).

The latter mode of expression is preferable, for, as the authors

Lower Palcozote Crinotds of Bohemia. 113

fully recognize, their own interpretation of the fragment does

not agree with Angelin’s diagnosis of his genus. ‘Their

interpretation is that the fragment represents the lower portion

of a cup, consisting of 3 basals, 5 radials, each followed by

about two thirds of a broken primibrach, and 5 large inter-

radials, all but one reaching from the basals to the same level

a b Cc

Fig. 6.—The so-called Calpiocrinus? ? ? bohemicus, after Waagen and

Jahn, pl. lix. figs. 7,8,9; x 4diam. a, “ calice incomplet, vu

d’en bas,” but from above if regarded asa root. 6, from the

side, in what W. & J. consider the normal position, but upside

down if it be a root. ec, “vu d’en haut,” but showing the

surface of attachment to the sea-floor if a root.

as the broken top of the first primibrachs. It is admitted

that all the plates are extremely irregular. This point,

however, need not be laboured, for a glance at Mr. Swoboda’s

drawing of the alleged upper surface (pl. lix. fig. 9; our

Fig. 6) is enough to suggest—nay, to force upon one—a very

different interpretation. The published figures having failed

us so constantly, it may seem the height of rashness to take

their evidence in opposition to the opinion of two eminent

naturalists who have devoted so many years to the study of

these fossils. But no human being could have drawn that

figure 9 without having either before him or in his mind’s

eye the root of some stalked Echinoderm. Here is faithfully

represented the flat surface of adhesion to the sea-floor, with

grooves, like those of JLichenocrinus and other genera,

radiating from the central cavity. Within that cavity are

shown what the authors themselves describe as “ écailles

nombreuses, imbriquées, ornées de cétes fines longitudinales,

et traversées par un grand nombre de petits canaux radiaires.”

This is no description of the thecal cavity of any fossil

crinoid, but is perfectly intelligible in the light of certain roots

well known to geologists in North America. As for an

appearance of pentamerous symmetry in the outer plating,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 8

114 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

that also is so far from unusual that it has recently led an

American paleontologist to make the remark (extraordinarily

exaggerated no doubt) that “ the root of crinoids appears to

be the counterpart of the calyx in type of symmetry.”

Should this interpretation commend itself to Dr. Jahn, he

will be able to discuss it in that future volume which is to

deal with Loboliths and other crinoid roots.

An imperfect crown from the white limestone, £2, near

Koneprus was labelled by Barrande “ Lecanocrinus bohemi-

cus,” but Messrs. Waagen and Jahn incline to place it in

Ichthyocrinus, to which it certainly presents a closer resem-

blance.

To the long-known genus Scyphocrinus are devoted no less

than sixty-three pages and nearly twenty-two plates, not to

mention those on which are described and figured the nume-

rous fragments probably belonging to it. ‘The more one

appreciates the thoroughness of this piece of work, the more

one regrets that its wonderful array of detail is unprovided

with a summary in the form of diagnoses of the genus and

its species. There is a key to the latter, but it has proved

incomplete and inapplicable in practice. For the generic

diagnosis the reader is referred to the description by Zenker

(1883), which, he is told, “forme une diagnose générique

fort exacte.’ Even had Zenker given a diagnosis, it would

have been framed in accord with the knowledge of his time,

and would have required revision after the discovery of

hundreds of genera unknown to him, some of them closely

allied to Scyphocrinus. Merely to learn that the present

authors refer Scyphocrinus to the Melocrinide (which they

nowhere define) one has to hunt back from p. 73 to p. 11.

But such is the vast plan to which they will be faithful at all

costs !

The Melocrinide belong to that division of Monocyclica

Camerata which has the radials in contact all round. ‘They

are distinguished by having 4 basals; in each half-ray 2-5,

occasionally more, fixed secundibrachs, which support 2 or 4

main rami, giving off pinnules or pinnulate ramuli; nume-

rous and usually definite interbrachials, intersecundibrachs,

and anals; a tegmen of numerous, small, and irregular

plates ; a stem circular in section. The known genera are

Scyphocrinus, Mariacrinus, Melocrinus, and Ctenocrinus ;

and of these the oldest and, in some respects, least specialized

is Scyphocrinus.

Scyphocrinus may be diagnosed as a Melocrinid with a

large number of interbracliials, anals, and intersecundibrachs,

varying both in number and arrangement within a single

Lower Paleozoic Crinotds of Bohemia. 115

species or even a single individual; with the anal area

distinguished only, and that slightly, by its greater width

and greater number of plates; with arms bifurcating fairly

regularly from 3 to 5 times (possibly more), and composed of

simple brachials, which in the free portions are pinnulate and

either uniserial (especially in the proximal region) or alterna-

ting (especially in the distal region), but not biserial in any

authentic specimen; with both the primibrachs, all the

secundibrachs, which are numerous, and the more proximal

tertibrachs loosely joined to those of adjacent rays by a pave-

ment or network of plates.

A very careful study of a large number of specimens

belonging to this variable genus has led the authors to

separate them, according to the ornament of the cup-plates

and especially the interbrachial network, into the following

species and varieties, which form a closely connected series :

Scyphocrinus subornatus; S, excavatus, var. Zenonis, var.

Schlotheimt, var. typica, var. Schroetert; S. decoratus. Except

S. excavatus, all these names are new ; the name S. subornatus

is indeed ascribed to Barrande, but apparently only on manu-

script evidence. One misses the familiar S. elegans, Zenker ;

but this yields to the name Pentacrinites excavatus, which

Schlotheim in 1820 applied to pl. iv. fig. 2 of J. S. Schroe-

ter’s ‘ Vollstiindige HKinleitung &c.,’ 1778, in which work

the honour of original discovery is ascribed to F. Zeno,

Professor at Prague University. The case is, however, no

clearer than usual with these old names. It is admitted that

the details given by Schroeter and Schlotheim do not indi-

cate definitely any one even of the species, much less one of

the varieties, distinguished by the present authors. ‘he

name excavatus has by no previous writer been resuscitated

or applied to Scyphocrinus. One would therefore be inclined

to let it rest and to adopt S. elegans, Zenker, did not Messrs.

Waagen and Jahn assert their inability to find in either

figures or description of Zenker the characters absolutely

necessary for any decision as to which of their species may

claim the name eleyans. Since, moreover, not one of the

numerous writers on this genus has attempted to give pre-

cision to the specific name, the way seems clear for the

present authors to exercise their free choice. ‘Therefore they

make the loosely defined elegans a synonym of the loosely

defined excavatus, and adopt the older term for their largest

species. ‘The chief objection to this proceeding is that

one can after all determine the species to which Zenker

applied the name S. elegans. In the very words of the

volume before us: “l’espéce de Zenker différe notablement

116 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

des Crinoides du Silurien de la Bohéme, désignés par Barrande

sous le nom de Scyph. subornatus, et par nous, sous le noms

de Scyph. decoratus et Scyph. excavatus, var. Zenonis.

Cependant la description de Scyphoer, elegans Zenker con-

vient parfaitement 4 la plupart des spécimens que nous

rangeons dans trois variétés nouvelles: Scyph. excavatus var.

typ., var. Schlotheimi, et var. Schréteri; il y a méme une

concordance remarquable entre les spécimens et les figures

données par Zenker.” Briefly then: Scyphocrinus eacavatus

Waagen and Jahn, non Schlotheim, is identical, even in its

var. typtca, with S. elegans, Zenker. It seems a pity that

our authors did not draw the obvious conclusion, and so

preserve a name in universal use. Had they chosen, “ par

respect pour la mémoire de” Schlotheim, to give the name

excavatus to their new species S. decoratus, none could have

said them nay. However, for the sake of concord, let us

accept the action which the authors themselves have seen fit

to base on their profound research.

To the features of great morphological interest presented

by Scyphocrinus we can here do little more than allude. It

has been supposed that the peculiar network or pavement

which unites the proximal portions of the arms is formed of

modified ramuli; but to this conception the authors do not

refer. The resemblance to fixed ramuli or pinnules, such as

are known in other genera (e.g. Uintacrinus), is more

obvious in the figures of S. ewcavatus varr. typ. et Schroe-

teri than in those of the other varieties and species, some of

which represent only a solid and continuous pavement.

‘There is no geological evidence to show which is the more

primitive type, since, as the authors are careful to point out,

all the varieties are contemporaneous and associated. We

must turn to anatomical and comparative evidence. The

arms of Scyphocrinus are simpler than those of other Melo-

crinide, and have not the ramuli of Mardacrinus and Melo-

crinus. Therefore the structures in question are not so

likely to be modified ramuli as modified pinnules. Two

statements made by the authors suggest possible arguments.

They say (p. 72) “les brachiales de premier ordre [distal

secundibrachs] sont en forme de croissant ou de fer 4 cheval.

L’échancrure .... correspond au sillon ambulacral du trone

des bras, lequel sillon passe dans la voute du calice.” If

branches were given off from this ventral groove to the lines

of plates forming the interbrachial network, this would con-

firm the view that the latter were fixed pinnules. But

specimens examined by me, notably a fine one apparentl

referable to Scyphocrinus excavatus var. Schlotheimi (Brit.

Lower Paleozoic Crinotds of Bohemia. 117

Mus. 15417), show that the supposed ventral groove cuts

into the actual brachials either not at all or only to the

smallest extent, but that the markedly crescentic appearance

is formed by the incurving of the adjoining interbrachials or

fixed pinnules (Fig. 7). This helps to explain the otherwise

Fig. 7.—Scyphocrinus excavatus, var. Schlotheimi, from British Museum

specimen 15417, xX 3 diam. Drawn by Gilbert C. Chubb.

«. Tertibrachs (IIT Br) seen from the inner side of the ray, showing their

relations to the supposed fixed pinnulars (pn) that occupy the

intersecundibrach area. The subhexagonal outlines of the latter

plates are much clearer in such a diagram, where only the sutures

are accurately represented; in a shaded drawing the linear

arrangement of the plates would stand out more clearly. The

latter effect is suggested here by thickening the lines between

the rows.

». The distal surface of the same set of tertibrachs, showing how the

ventral groove (v.g.) is formed by the supposed fixed pinnulars

(pn). Some of these, being broken, do not show the striated

sutural surface.

unintelligible, and doubtless incorrect, fig. 25 on p. 90, pur-

porting to show some arms of Scyphocrinus decoratus. The

other statement alluded to is that the components of the net-

work are joined to the arms and to one another by articular

surfaces. ‘This expression, if used in its strict morphological

sense, would indicate, not merely that the structures were

of brachial origin, but that they had not long become incor-

porated in the cup. Unfortunately for the argument, the

union, at least in the specimens at my disposal, is by loose

suture, with a crenelated edge and probably a striated joint-

surface, just like that between the primary elements of the

cup. On the other hand, since this is also the mode of union

between the fixed brachials, the pinnular origin of the net-

work remains undisproved. The above-quoted statement,

118 Mr. F. A. Bather on the

that the ventral groove passes into the vault (i.e. tegmen),

implies that the distal secundibrachs are still above the level

of the tegmen. If this were so, the plates uniting them could

not be ordinary interbrachials, and their pinnular origin

would be as good as proved. But, since our authors profess

themselves unacquainted with so much as a fragment of a

teemen referable to Scyphocrinus, their rather inexplicable

remark may be dismissed as a vague and inaccurate gene-

rality. The tegmen, if discovered, would certainly throw

light on the question, since, if it could be proved to pass

into the covering plates of the arms and pinnules, and if no

rigid line could be drawn between free pinnules and those

which were partially or wholly united, then the arrangement

would resemble that of Uintacrinus. But if the network

were found to pass gradually into the strictly interambulacral

area of the tegmen, then its plates would have to be regarded

as more or less modified interbrachials. Had this problem

been present to the minds of Messrs. Waagen and Jahn,

they could probably have solved it from their abundant

material. With the help of Mr. Gilbert C. Chubb in pre-

paring the specimen of S. excavatus above alluded to, I have

been able to see that the tertibrachs and proximal quarti-

brachs (beyond which the arms are broken away) are all

fixed by small plates arranged in definite rows; that the

brachials in question are wedge-shaped and alternating, just

as the free brachials of any pinnuliferous arm; and that the

thickened end of each brachial corresponds with a single one

of the rows of plates just mentioned. In other words, the

relation of the rows to the fixed tertibrachs and quartibrachs

is precisely the same as that of pinnules to free brachials.

It is not so easy to trace this relation in the case of the distal

secundibrachs, partly because the plates are here folded and

less regular; partly because the secundibrachs are not low

and wedge-shaped, but are more than twice the height of the

tertibrachs, and are possibly compound ossicles. In this

particular specimen there appear to be 138 secundibrachs:

the lower four are flat cup-plates; the fifth and sixth are

irregular in shape, and the line of the ramus is hard to trace;

from the seventh onward they assume the form of free

brachials. It seems probable that the plates uniting the lower

secundibrachs are true interbrachials, and that their simu-

lation of ramuli or pinnules is due to their axial folding.

The true resemblance to pinnules increases in the more

distal region, although in this specimen, as in many others,

the plates there form a flat pavement. Iam convinced that

the gradual passage of these lines of plates into free pinnules

Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. 119

‘could be traced in specimens that have the arms better

preserved.

It is curious that, in describing some undetermined tegmina

which may possibly belong to Scyphocrinus, the authors

should twice observe that they are unable to see “ l’ouverture

buccale sur le fragment,” especially as they most definitely

refer these specimens to the Camerata of Wachsmuth and

Springer or the equivalent Hypascocrina of Neumayr,

which are characterized by the total absence of a mouth-

opening. Possibly these remarkable sentences are due to the

translator.

Of all the specimens of Scyphoerinus only four retain any

of the stem, and in the most perfect of these it consists of but

7 columnals. Nevertheless there is reason to believe that the

stem often attained a length of many metres. Various roots

are associated with the remains of Scyphocrinus, but the

authors do not feel justified in referring any one of these to

the genus. Some of these roots sprang from the curious

hollow and chambered spheroids known as Loboliths. But

if these cautious paleontologists ever intend to hint that those

bodies may be a part of Scyphocrinus, they have reserved

their remarks for a future volume on roots.

Realizing the futility of discussing, on the evidence of

professedly incorrect figures, those remains which the authors

themselves decline to determine, we may summarize in a table

(p. 120) what this analysis has brought out concerning the

Paleozoic crinoid fauna of Bohemia.

It is probable that all the species are new, but they should

-be compared afresh with known species of the genera to which

they are here referred. The genera, however, are not so

strange as they seemed at first. Bohemicocrinus and Caleido-

crinus may be accepted without hesitation ; Beyrichocrinus

and Laubeocrinus are open to slight question. But if half of

the genera are new, even that is a large proportion ; and since

the authors believe that all records of Scyphocrinus outside

Bohemia are insufficiently supported, five out of the eight

genera may possibly be peculiar to that province.

The authors have nowhere ventured to arrange their genera

in systematic order. The attempt here made, if near the truth,

is rather startling. ‘The extraordinarily large proportion of

Monocyclica and the truly remarkable absence of Inadunata

afford much food for reflection. But considering the rarity of

crinoid-bearing beds in Bohemia, perhaps one should not lay

great stress on negative evidence. Some of the doubtful

remains are of rather Inadunate appearance. ‘The absence of

Monocyclic Adunata is less noteworthy, since this order did

ta.

of Bohemi

ds o

'c Crinoi

Z01C

On the Lower Paleo

120

ey 9 g

ds Z[10QT BIGUIS Q

“QUON

ee Ss eideun mae ( uyeq1e0 qsowye) sneuwoohy2yoy

sods (3 te ARS SS +2 oy u ‘snuetoopiajn9

“310 NN

sortase SLR **( 2 yeuloUGge) *S "u ‘snweva0aqny'T

eee ‘ds Il CeCe ee d“3 "Tl ‘snurwooyorilag

‘ds (Za) T (‘waranjazy ‘uds) 3°53 Usnusooanmayog

rrredg yp ottts (snewaoyoung ‘uds) snwuwuoongy

dat pee ha 3 (snurniayuag “UXks) snus yy

near iee ‘ds ¢ retested ee se seen ee sen ssoydhay

‘atl NT

‘aUON

8+ eIOT

ae VIVURUNVO

* epruLoodyy yoy

"* 88-9 7e0UT “UR

‘VIVNNIAN]

‘VITIGIXA TA

"Vi LIVNOGVNI

POLTIAOIC

** 89-1 T99UL “TUB T

VACIONTUNONILOY

KPIULIOYIeLIag

‘* eeprunoodared

"* + @eprunooney

‘VACIONINOOLV,

"** RpPIULDOO]eTT

‘VACIONIMOO TAT

“WLIVUaN VO

“" VIVNOGV

"WV oOVNOGVNI

‘VOLITIOAJONOW

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 121

uot originate till Silurian times and was nowhere represented

in large numbers. Flexibilia, too, have not hitherto been

known earlier than the Wenlock Age, so that their rarity in

the lower beds and the appearance of an Jchthyocrinus in f 2

are just what one might expect. The importance of Caletdo-

erinus has already been dwelt on. The Monocyclica Came-

rata, which form the dominant assemblage, present no genus

at all puzzling except Laubeocrinus. The others belong to

widely spread families, and even the new genera among them

are not so distinct as to indicate any great isolation of their

life-province. Indeed, the vertical distribution of the Crinoids

within the Bohemian basin, and such a curious detail as the

fact that all the stem-fragments attacked by parasites (Myzo-

stomidee, the authors say) come from the one band f2, seem

to show that the nature of the genera found was dependent

rather on their selection by a local and temporary environ-

ment than on any wider conditions governing the migration

of faunas or the evolution of orders.

Since the foregoing pages were written the senior author

has passed beyond reach of criticism. I have not, for that

reason, thought it necessary to modify any of my remarks,

since they were never intended to depreciate the labours of

those to whom we are indebted for this exhaustive account of

the Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. It is clear that

the conditions imposed on them rendered their task one of

peculiar difficulty; but the volume they have produced is

none the less worthy of its place in the magnificent work of

Barrande.

Natural History Museum,

London, 8.W.

XIIL.—Astiatic Torrrrerp2.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

(Continued from vol. v. p. 490.]

Carposina, H.-S.

912 (3). Carposina niponensis, sp. n.

Antenne (3) biciliate (3); dirty brownish white. Palp?t

whitish, the median joint shaded externally with fuscous, the

terminal broadly annulate with fuscous at its base. Head

122 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae,

and thorax dirty brownish white. ore wings dirty brownish

white ; with a short triangular basal patch, much widened on:

the costa, pale brownish fuscous, with a darker fuscous spot

of raised scales near the lower extremity of its outer edge ;

four or five ill-defined pale brownish fuscous shade-spots

along the costa, of which one only is before the middle, from

this a diffused shade of scattered fuscous scaling slopes out-

ward to the lower angle of the cell, where there is a small

raised spot, thence a similar diffused shade, much raised at

the upper angle of the cell, is continued to the two outer costal

spots; a broken shade-line is indicated around the apex and

termen; cilia brownish grey. Hap. al.16 mm. Hind wings

‘grey; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs

whitish, with hind tarsal shade-rings.

Type, 3 (70601) Mus. WlIsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

The colouring of this species is very obscure and ill-defined,

and although it is obviously distinct I should scarcely have

thought it worthy of description had it not been desirable to

indicate this interesting geographical extension of the genus.

PROPEDESIS, gen. nov.

(pomndnois=a springing forward.)

Type Propedesis eacisa, Wlsm.

Antenne (2?) simple. Labial palpi projecting nearly

twice the length of the head beyond it; terminal joint short,

median joint somewhat triangular owing to upstanding scales

above at the middle and depressed scales below at its apex.

Head densely clothed above. Thorax smooth. Fore wings

narrow, elongate ; costa slightly arched near the base, straight

beyond; termen very oblique, sinuate. Newratzon, 12 veins ;

2 from very near angle of cell; 3 and 4 closely approximate

at angle of cell; 7 to termen; 8 and 9 stalked, 8 to a little

above termen. Hind wings with the costa straight, apex

produced, termen sinuate, flexus rounded, median vein with

long loose hairsabove. Neuwration, 6 veins; 3 and 4 stalked.

Abdomen smooth. Legs with slight projecting scales at hinder

extremity of tibia.

The genus is closely allied to Carposina, H.-8., from which

it is distinguishable only by the stalking of veins 8 and 9 of

the fore wings and the somewhat more produced apex of the

hind wings. The male will probably have biciliate antenne

and short palpi.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 123

912 (4). Propedests eacisa, sp. n.

Antenne dirty white, annulate with fuscous towards the

base. Palpi white, black beneath and at the base. Head

and thorax white. Fore wings with the termen very oblique,

strongly sinuate beneath the produced apex; white, dusted

with greyish fuscous, the markings dark greyish fuscous; a

triangular basal patch, wider on the costa than on the dorsum,

is followed by a costal spot before the middle, succeeded by

three smaller ones beyond the middle; an oblique patch at

the outer end of the cell is parallel to the outer edge of the

basal patch, it reaches down to the fold and upward nearly to

the costal spot, and is accompanied by tufts of raised scales,

as is also the outer edge of the basal patch itself; there is a

series of spots along the termen, with a parallel shade-line

faintly indicated before them; cilia brownish cinereous.

Ezp.al.20 mm. Hind wings with strongly produced apex,

the termen more deeply excised than in the fore wings;

brownish grey ; cilia brownish cinereous. Abdomen brownish

grey. Legs dirty whitish.

' Type, 2 (70602) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

912 (5). Propedesis japonica, sp. n.

Antenne dirty white, very faintly annulate. Palp?

whitish, shaded externally with greyish fuscous. Head and

thorae whitish, tinged with greenish grey. ore wings

greenish white, sparsely dusted with olive-grey, with a trian-

gular patch of pale olivaceous grey at the base, wider on the

costa than on the dorsum, its outer edge consisting of raised

scales; a slight olive-grey shade-spot on the costa before the

middle, followed by three others beyond it; an oblique

fuscous streak at the end of the cell, consisting of raised scales,

and preceded by other tufts of raised scales (white dusted with

fuscous), one at the upper edge of the cell, one resting on the

middle of the fold, another preceding it below the fold; the

termen shows a faint indication of greyish marginal spots

preceded by a parallel greyish shade; cilia pale cinereous.

Exp. al.20 mm. Hind wings pale rosy grey ; cilia greyish

cinereous. Abdomen cinereous. Legs whitish.

Type, 2 (70603) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

This species differs from e#cisa in the different outline of

the wing as well as in the markings; both in the fore and

hind wings the apex is less produced and less acute, the

termen being only very slightly sinuate.

124 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

RuyYAcioniA, Hb.

Type Zortrix buoliana, Schiff. (Stph. 1834).

915. Rhyactonta duplana, Hb.

Retinia duplana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 246. No. 915 (1871) *;

Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 27. No. 158 (1882) °.

Hab. Europe}. JAPAn (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Yoko-

hama (Manley, 1888). Unirep States—Oregon *.

919. Rhyacionia turionana, Hb.

Retinia turionana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 246, No, 919 (1871)*;

Fem, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 27. No. 157 (1882) ?.

Hab. Evrorr’. Japan (Pryer, 1886). UNITED STATES

—Nevada’.

921. Rhyacionia buoliana, Schiff.

Retinia buoliana, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 246, No, 921 (1871) 1.

Hab. Europe’. SrpertA'. CoreaA—Gensan, VI. 1886

(Leech).

923 (1). Rhyacionia retiferana, Wk.

Retinia *margarotana, Hein. Schm. Deutsch. Tortr. 95-6. No. 168

(1863). Retinia retiferana, Wk. Zts, Ent. Bresl. (n. s.) VII. 73

(1879). Retinta *margarotana, Brt. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXVI. 49

(1890); Hdgn, Ent. XXIII. 119 (1890). Retina retiferana, Brt.

Ent. Mo. Mag. XXIX. 113-4 (1893); Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

LXIII, 200. No. 923 bis (1894).

Hab. Evrore. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

EXARTEMA, Clem.

924 (1). Exartema castaneanum, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Lalpi whitish ochreous, with

two fuscous spots on their outer sides. Head and thorax

brownish grey, the tegule and patagia paler. Fore wings

rich chestnut, with shining leaden grey markings narrowly

outlined with pale ochreous and some brownish fuscous

shades; a basal patch extending to one-third is mottled with

brownish fuscous, leaden grey, and chestnut, its outer edge

straight, but with a slight outward angle below the costa, and

bounded by a leaden grey band narrowly outlined with pale

ochreous; a leaden grey patch at the tornus sends two

branches inwards from its upper extremity, the upper one

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 125

moderately straight, the lower one angulated downward at its

middle, all narrowly outlined with ochreous ; there are five

pairs of outwardly oblique pale ochreous costal streaks beyond

the middle, alternating with brownish fuscous, the first pair

emitting a sinuate leaden grey line which reaches the termen

above the middle; cilia brownish ochreous, with a fuscous

spot at the apex and another on the middle of the termen.

Eap. al. 15-17 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale

ochreous, a dark dividing line running through them near

their base. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs ochreous, shaded

and banded with greyish brown.

Type, & (60792, Kiusiu) ; ¢ (60793) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CorrEA—Gensan, VII.-IX. 1887 (Ito). JAPANn—

Krusrv (Leech, 1890). Five specimens.

Allied to the American Hvartema ferrugineanum, Riley,

but the only specimen I have of this differs decidedly in the

position of the first geminated. costal streak beyond the

middle, the leaden line extending to the termen being much

shorter and coming from the second instead of from the first

pair,

924 (2). Hwartema velutinum, sp. n.

Antenne fuscous. Palpi dirty whitish ochreous. Head

and thorax fuscous. ore wings dark brownish fuscous,

bright reddish ferruginous towards the apex and below the

middle of the termen, with a pale brownish olivaceous

ochreous patch on the middle of the dorsum, mottled on the

basal patch and on the rather oblique median band with steel-

blue; with seven pairs of pale whitish ochreous costal

streaklets, of which two only are before the middle, the first

pair beyond the middle giving out a sinuous steel-blue line to

above the middle of the termen; a steel-blue patch at the

tornus sends inward two branches from its upper extremity,

forming the blue mottling on the dark band; cilia ochreous,

tessellated with fuscous, a fuscous line along their base.

Eep. al. 15 mm. Hind wings rather deeply emarginate

below the lobe in @; greyish brown; cilia pale cinereous, a

dark shade-line near their base. Abdomen greyish brown.

Legs greyish, banded with pale cinereous.

Type, & (60459, Mupin); ¢ (60796) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. W. Cuina—Mupin, 21 V., 28 V. 1890 (Leech).

CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech), VII.-IX. 1887 (Ito).

JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Krusrv (Leech, 1890)—Satsuma, V

1886 (Leech). Hight specimens,

126 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

924 (3). Exartema transversanum, Chr.

Penthina transversana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 75-7.

No, 108 (1881) ': sep. 163-5 (1882) '.

Hab. AMur—Pompejefka, VII.’ ; Wladiwostok', 15 VIL.,

3-4 VIII. 1877 (Christoph). CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886

(Leech). CHiInA — Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt,

1886). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Yxsso—Hakodate, VIII.

1886 (Leech) ; Howpo—Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech).

924 (4). Hxartema japonicum, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. falpi whitish cinereous. Head cine-

reous. Thorax mixed whitish cinereous and olive-brown.

Fore wings shining whitish cinereous, with olive-brown

streaks and blotches; the first series bounding a much reticu-

lated basal patch, wider on the dorsum than on the costa, and

containing an admixture of steel- grey scales ; the second series

forming a moderately straight transverse fascia in the middle

of the wing, wider on the dorsum than on the costa and

bulging outwards in the middle in two large irregular ex-

crescences, broken up with dark fuscous and shining steel-

erey scaling ; an olive-brown spot before the tornus is more

or less connected by a pale olivaceous shade with an elongate

oblique olivaceous patch above it, which again is connected

with some oblique streaks of the same colour from the costa,

alternating with creamy white geminated streaks, each divided

by steel-grey lines which run together to the middle of the

termen ; the apex is olive-brown ; cilia pale whitish ochreous,

with an olive-brown line along their base; the whole of the

paler portions of the wing are rendered more or less lustrous

by the admixture of steel-grey scaling. Hp. al. 20 mm.

Hind wings dark brown; cilia shining whitish cinereous, with

a dark line through them near their base. Abdomen greyish

brown, anal tuft cinereous. Legs cinereous.

Type, & (70537); ¢ (60392) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Tsuruga, VII. 1886

(Leech). Four specimens.

924 (5). Hxartema Pryeranum, sp. n.

Antenne brownish cinereous. Palpi pale brownish cine-

reous, with some fuscous scales. Head and thorax brownish

fuscous, mixed with brownish cinereous. ore wings

brownish cinereous, much shaded across the middle and on

the basal patch, and sprinkled toward the apex with brownish

fuscous; a reduplicated narrow leaden grey band at one-

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 127

third, narrowly outlined with brownish cinereous, ends in two

pairs of brownish cinereous costal streaklets, and from a little

beyond the middle a similar band tends obliquely outward

from costa to tornus, sometimes broken about its middle,

where it sends a branch obliquely inward to the dorsum ;

the shape of this band seems to be somewhat variable, but at

its upper-extremity is a pair of costal streaklets, and these are

succeeded by three other pairs before the apex, which tend to

converge upon a sinuate leaden grey line running toward the

middle of the termen ; cilia pale brownish cinereous, shaded

along their base and on their outer half with fuscous. up.

al. 19 mm. Hind wings dark greyish brown; cilia pale

brownish cinereous, with a shade-line near their base. Adbdo-

men greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous, with slightly

spotted tarsi.

Type, 3 (70542); ¢ (70546) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Jaran (Pryer,1886)—//onpo —Oiwake ( Pryer, 1885).

Four specimens.

924 (6). Hxartema fasciatanum, Clem.

Exartema fasciatana, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XII. 357 (1860) ’.

Servaphila decisana, Wky. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XX VIL. 340-1 (1863) ?.

Evartema fasciatana, Why. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXX. 994 (1864) *.

Sericoris fasciatana, Clem. Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil. V. 134 (1865) *. Zv-

artema albofasciatum, Z. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien, XXV. (1875) Abh.

272-3 (1875) °. Exartema fasciatana, Z. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien, XXV

(1875) Abh. 273 (1875) °. Eccopsis fasciatana, Fern, Tr. Am. Ent.

Soc. X, 80. No. 177 (1882)7; Mfft. Can. Ent. XIX. 88 (1887) °.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886) — owpo— Yokohama (Manley,

1888). CaNaDA—Ontario®, UNITED Stares**— Maine’,

Massachusetts *, New York", Pennsylvania’, Maryland (Mus.

de Joannis), Ohio’, North Carolina (Morrison), IUlinois’.

924 (7). Hwxartema semicremanum, Chir.

}Penthinea semicremana, Chr. Bull. Soc, Imp. Nat. Mose. LVL. 77-8.

No. 109 (1881) !: sep, 165-6 (1882) *. Penthina semicremana, Rag.

Ann. Soe. Ent, Fr, LXIII. 203, No, 949 dcs (1894) *.

Hab. AMUR—Pompejefka, VII.', 13 VIL. 1876 (Christoph).

JAPAN— Yzsso (Pryer, 1882).

OLETHREUTES.

924 (8). Olethreutes arcuella, L.

Penthina arcuella, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 249, No. 980 (1871);

Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 250 (1879) *. Eucosma arcuella,

Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 465 (1895) ’.

Hab, Europe’, Astatic TURKEY — Auvpavenpix14ar—

128 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

Brussa, VI2 Srperta*. CorEA—Gensan, VI. 1886

(Leech). JAPAN *—Iowpo—Oiwake, VI. 1885, VI-VII.

1887 (Pryer).

The specimens of this species from Corea and Japan differ

from our English form in their larger size and paler colouring

on the underside, but precisely correspond in their markings.

The males all have a small hanging appendage near the base

of the limbus in the hind wings, a character hitherto confined

to the genera Evrartema, Clem., and Cymolomia, Ld. The

discovery of this character in Japanese specimens caused me

to re-examine carefully a series of British specimens of

arcuella, which has been placed by different Kuropean authors

in Penthina, Ty., and Sericoris, Tr. It was at once apparent

that all the males in the series possessed a very small rudi-

mentary appendage, scarcely noticeable unless special atten-

tion had been called to it. The stronger development of this

character in Japanese specimens is scarcely sufficient to justify

their description as a distinct species, especially as I find

German specimens of intermediate size and decidedly paler

on the underside than our British examples.

Meyrick, whose attention had been called to the existence

of the lobe, wrote (HB. Br. Lp. 465) that this was so rudi-

mentary that it appeared insufficient for generic separation.

In this I am unable to agree with him, for it is certainly a

structural character, corresponding with that which was relied

upon by Clemens when describing the genus Hvartema.

The question is one of degree, but it may fairly be argued

that the possession of a structural character rather than the

mere degree of its development is the true test of generic

yank ; and Meyrick has recognized this principle very forcibly

in including Péycholoma, Stph., and Lozotenia, Stph., in the

genus Cacecia, Hb., the only cause of separation by the

older authors having apparently been the inferior development

of the costal fold.

If Meyrick is justified in placing arcuella in the same

genus as many other species which possess no limbal fold or

lobe, it follows that the Japanese form (specially inseparable,

as I think, from arcwella) would fall into a different genus

through the slightly greater development of the limbal lobe,

unless he is prepared to include with it Hxartema, Eccopsis, &e.

Clemens, in describing Hwartema, clearly refers to the

hind margin being deeply and sharply excised opposite to the

median nervules. He described five species: the first two

only, viz. nitidana and permundana, possess this character ;

the other three species, versicolorana, inornatana, and fascia-

tana, have the dorsum evenly rounded beyond the flexus,

Lord Walsingham on As/atic Tortricide. 129

although there is an excavation on the limbus as well as the

tubular lobe at the base. In the outline of the wing these

three species agree with Cymolomia, Ld., rather than with

Olethreutes, which possesses the lobe without any excavation

of the limbus, but the American species differ from Cymo-

fomia in the tubular structure of the lobe. Thus we have in

this group four published genera, which can be distinguished

by structural differences :-—

1. Eccorsis, Z.—Limbus rolled at base, without lobe, with

strongly angular limbal excavation and deep dorsal

excavation beyond the flexus.

2. ExarTEMA, Clem.—With partially free tubular lobe from

base of limbus, moderately excised limbal margin, and

excised dorsum beyond the flexus.

3. CymotomiA, Ld.—Limbus rolled at the base, without free

lobe ; limbus excised, dorsum not noticeably excised.

4, OLETHREUTES, Hb.—Limbus rolled, with slightly deve-

loped lobe ; limbus and dorsum not excised.

924 (9). Olethreutes notata, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, basal joint yellow-ochreous. Pa/pi

pale whitish ochreous, shaded externally with fuscous. Head

yellow-ochreous, shaded with fuscous. Zhorazx bright yellow-

ochreous, mottled with fuscous. Fore wings bright yellow-

ochreous, reticulated on the basal half and deeply suffused

on the outer half with blackish fuscous, and with numerous

spots and short cross-bars of bright shining steel-blue; the

spots for the most part being evenly distributed over the

basal half, and with three bars and some spots on the outer

half, one below the termen at the commencement of the

apical third, one above the tornus, and one within and below

the apex, the two outer moderately straight, the inner slightly

oblique, except where the deep outer shade touches the costa

immediately beyond the middle; the edges of the wing are

uniformly bright yellow-ochreous, mottled and spotted with

dark fuscous; cilia greyish fuscous, with a broad pale whitish

ochreous interruption below the apex, a black line along their

base. Hap. al. 19-20 mm. Hind wings dark brown; cilia

pale whitish ochreous, a dark line running through them

near their base. Abdomen brownish. Legs grey.

Type, 3d (70014); 2 (70016) Mus. Wlsm.,

Hab, JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882). Six specimens.

This species has a very rudimentary excrescence near the

base of the limbus of the hind wings, scarcely more than a

thickening of the cuticle on the margin itself, in this respect

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 9

130 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

agreeing with the European form of arcuella rather than with

Eccopsis, in which this character is much more strongly

developed.

PHZCADOPHORA, gen. nov.

(patxads = a woolly shoe; gopeiv = to carry.)

Type, o 3, Phecadophora fimbriata, W\sm.

Antenne (6) slightly ciliate. Palpt (¢) short, projecting

only the length of the head beyond it; terminal joint very

short, almost concealed in the strong tuft above and below

the median joint: ¢ longer than the ¢, more porrect, ter-

minal joint more apparent and slightly depressed. Head

with a strong erect crest. Jhoraxv with a slightly erect tuft

posteriorly. Fore wings narrow, elongate, costa gently

arched, ¢ without a costal fold; apex acute or abruptly

angulated; termen straight or slightly impressed, not convex ;

tornus rounded, dorsum straight. Newration, 12 veins, all

separate ; 2 from middle third of cell; 7 to termen; 10 not

nearer to 11 than 9. Hind wings much broader than the

fore wings, more or less trapezoidal, apex rounded, termen

slightly indented below it; ¢ with a strong pencil of hairs

near the limbus on the upperside anda fringe of long hairs

on the underside between the branches of vein 1. Neuration,

8 veins; 3 and 4 connate; 5 bent over to near origin of 4;

6 and 7 separate but parallel and closely approximate at

their kase. Legs, hind tibiz and tarsi strongly clothed above

with long tufts of woolly scales.

This genus differs from Phecasiophora, Grt., in its nar-

rower fore wings and in the hind tarsal joints as well as the

tibiae being clothed with thick hair-tufts, as well as in the

more strongly developed fringes of hairs above and below

the hind wings near the limbus.

924 (10). Phecadophora fimbriata, sp. n.

Antenne and palpi tawny cinereous. Head and thorax

dark tawny vinous red; tegule pale cinereous, shaded with

reddish grey, with a strong raised tuft of vinous red scales

on the thorax posteriorly. Fore wings whitish stone-colour,

thickly and slenderly streaked throughout with rosy pink

and olive-brown ; costa with oblique striz throughout its

length, a pair before the apex turning downwards and meet-

ing the end of the oblique streak which precedes them; at

the end of the cell are a few blackish scales, and along the

dorsum a conspicuous dark band of tawny brownish, bluish

fuscous on the extreme margin, with a blackish brown line

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 131

running along its middle and bent obliquely upwards at two-

thirds from the base, where it is bounded on each side by a

narrow margin of the pale ground-colour of the wing, running

to a point at the lower angle of the cell, the upper edge of

this dorsal band is somewhat waved, a slight bulge occurring

before the middle of the wing, its upper edge carrying a

reduplication of the blackish brown central line; about the

tornus the dorsal band is continued after a slight interruption,

and here also it contains some blackish brown lines; an

elongate olive-brown shade lies below the outer half of the

discal cell, with some lines of the pale ground-colour running

through it; above the tornus is a small shining whitish

ocelloid spot, tinged with rosy pink scales immediately above

the angle; cilia beautifully mottled with olive-brown, silvery

whitish, greyish fuscous, and rosy pink, the greyish fuscous

being at their tips on the middle of the termen, also at the

extreme apex and at the tornus, the rosy pink coming above

and below the middle and also on the outer half of the cilia;

the reddish brown is situated on the basal half of the cilia

on the upper half of the margin, and the silvery whitish is

immediately below it in a small spot also en the basal half

of the cilia. zp. al. 20mm. Hind wings dark brewn, on

the upper surface of vein 2 is a distinct fringe of brownish

gvey hairs; cilia shining whitish, with a dark line running

through them near their base. Abdomen brownish grey.

Legs greyish white, clouded with greyish fuscous.

Type, 3 (70257, Japan) ; 2 (70249) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Krusiw (Leech, 1890). As-

saAmM—Margherita (Doherty, 1889). E. Peau—Kuarew Hizrs

—Thandsung, 4000 ft. (Doherty, 1890). ‘Twenty-four

specimens.

This description is taken from a male in beautiful condition,

which exhibits some differences from others in the series. |

find that in one variety (40124) the longitudinal streaks are

more distinctly carried through the wing and there is more

olive-brown alternating with longitudinal lines of fuscous,

the rich rosy tint being chiefly confined to the space below

the costa, especially in a long streak beneath the outer half;

the black scales at the end of the cell are almost obsolete, and

the cilia, although they exhibit somewhat the same pattern,

are not so rich in colouring. It is evidently a variable

species.

924 (11). Phecadophora (?) acutana, sp. n.

Antenne pale stone-grey, faintly spotted above. Palpi

long, porrect, extending twice the length of the head beyond

Ox*

132 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

it, thickly clothed to the base of the exposed terminal joint,

above and beneath; light stone-grey. Head light stone-

grey. Zhorax pale stone-grey; tegule with two brownish

spots. Fore wings elongate, apex slightly produced, termen

slightly concave, scarcely oblique, angulated at the extre-

mity of vein 3, thence very oblique to the dorsum, which is

straight; stone-white, streaked throughout with pale olive-

brown; a series of short oblique streaklets along the costa,

olive-brown mixcd with biownish fuscous scales; an olive-

brown spot at the apex is followed by a greyish fuscous spot at

the base of the cilia immediately below it ; a small patch of

greyish fuscous at the base of the dorsum, followed by some

scattered specks of the same colour, especially along the

lower half of the wing to the tornus, and a small streak of

brownish fuscous scales at the angle of the termen on vein 3 ;

cilia shining stove-white, inclining to olivaceous about the

tornus. Lap. al. 21mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous,

costa whitish; cilia greyish fuscous, a dark line running

through them near their base. Aldomen greyish fuscous.

Legs stone-white, yellowish white on their underside; hind

tarsal joints somewhat densely clothed, but not so thickly as

in the male of the allied species fimbriata.

Type, 2 (60191) Mus. Wlsmn.

Hab. Japan — Kivsrv — Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech).

Unique.

I should have regarded this as a variety of jimbriata had

it nct been for its much longer palpi and the absence of the

dark dorsal band. The male is at present unknown, but

the generic determination is almost certainly correct.

924 (12). Pheecadophora (?) divisa, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head cinereous. Thorax mixed

greyish cinereous and dark reddish fuscous. Fore wings

with the dorsal half pale cinereous, slightly mottled with

greyish fuscous, the costal half dark reddish fuscous; the

colour on the costal half extends to the fold at the base, is

slightly indented before the middle, and diminishes obliquely

from about the lower angle of the cell to the apex; along

the extreme costa is a series of very small greyish cinereous

geminated dots, with a slight tawny gloss, connected with

the three pairs which precede the pair nearest to the apex;

on the pale half of the wing is an oblique dash from the

dorsum before the tornus, pale chestnut-brown, containing

five or six short blackish tuscous transverse dashes; at its

upper end this streak is connected with a brownish fuscous

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 133

spot, about the middle of the termen, which sends a dark

shade through the whitish ochreous cilia; below this spot

the space within the tornus inclines to whitish grey, and

above it the triangular space between the dark costal shade

and the upper half of the termen is white, a narrow dark line

running around the termen at the base of the cilia; on the

underside the geminated streaks are distinctly visible on the

outer half of the costa. Hxp. al. 22mm. Hind wings dark

greyish fuscous; cilia tipped with greyish. Abdomen dark

greyish fuscous. Legs cinereous, clouded with fuscous on

the hind tibiz and tarsi.

Type, 2 (40228) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. AssAM—Nae@a Hirrs—Gologhat (Doherty, 1890).

Unique.

The termen of the fore wings in this species differs from

that of acutana in not being more distinctly impressed below

the apex than in the typical species. The ¢ is unknown,

but it will probably be found to be congeneric with fimbriata.

924 (13). Phecadophora (?) ochracea, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi whitish ochreous, the fringes

at the end of the median joint and the terminal joint purplish

fuscous. Head fuscous. Thorax cinereous. Fore wings

with the termen slightly impressed beneath the apex; pale

ochreous on the dorsal half, dark tawny red on the costal

half, a dark purplish fuscous shade overspreads the basal

and lower portions of the costal half, and on the costa is a

series of pale ochreous geininated streaks terminating (espe-

cially those towards the apex) in very oblique pale steel-grey

lines; the pale ochreous dorsal colouring extends to the costa

at the extreme base and separates the costal shade from the

told for about one-fourth the wing-length; it also encroaches

upon it by a small angular excrescence at about one-third,

from a little beyond the middle ot the wing it extends obliquely

across the fold in a straight line to the extreme apex; a

slight brownish ochreous shade passes upwards trom the

tornus direct, not obliquely, and contains three or four dark

fuscous dots, this shade extends to the upper half of the

termen; there is also a shade of a similar colour below the

middle of the fold, with a small patch of fuscous scales at the

extreme base of the dorsum; cilia pale ochreous, shaded with

brownish ochreous at their middle, and with greyish fuscous

for a small space above the middle of the termen; under-

side with the costal spots showing distinctly throughout.

Exp. al. 20 mm, Hind wings dark brownish fuscous ; cilia

134 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

greyish. Abdomen dark greyish fuscous ; anal tuft ochreous.

Legs whitish ochreous, shaded with greyish ochreous, hind

tarsal joints spotted.

Type, 2? (60421) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CorrEA—Gensan, VII.-IX. 1887 (Ito). Unique.

Dupua, Wkr.

Dupva, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. XXX. 1000 (1864).

Dudua hesperialis, Wkv.

Dudua hesperialis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins, B. M. XXX. 1000 (1864) }.

Antenne dark brownish fuscous. Palpi short, porrect,

teiminal joint almost concealed; bluish grey. Head very

dark brownish fuscous. Thorax with an erect crest poste-

riorly ; very dark brownish fuscous; tegule spotted with

steel-blue. Fore wings dark brownish fuscous, freely spotted

with shining steel-blue ; before the middle of the costa are

three pairs of steel-blue streaks, touched with whitish at their

upper ends; on the extreme costa beyond the middle are

four pairs of oblique geminated whitish streaklets, with a

single one, not oblique, before the apex; of these the first

pair, and the third pair (counting from the middle of the

wing), send out oblique lines of steel-blue towards the termen ;

a steel-blue band from the tornus, running upwards for more

than half the breadth of the wing, is preceded and followed

by some patches of cinereous scales, which also extend up-

wards along the termen; the remainder of the lower half of

the wing, with the exception of a space above the middle of

the fold, is freely sprinkled with steel-blue spots; these are

more thickly grouped beyond the middle than before it,

except perhaps at the extreme base ; cilia shining steel-blue,

tipped with fuscous, at the apex dark fuscous, ap. al.

19 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale cinereous,

a dark shade running through them near their base. Abdo-

men greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous; posterior tarsal

joints shaded and banded with greyish fuscous.

Type, & (Saunders Coll.), Mus. Br.—acquired 1894.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Kivsrv—Satsuma, V. 1886

(Leech). Cutna—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 tt. (Pratt, 1886).

BorRNEO— Sarawak |.

The above description, taken from a female from Satsuma

(60012), was made betore the rediscovery of the missing

types ‘(in Mr. Saunders’s Collection.” I have only females

and therefore cannot determine whether the genus Dudua is

Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricidae. 130

distinct. I noted that the type, which is unset, had broadly

fringed hind tibiz, and Mr. Durrant, who drew the neuration,

thought that the flexus of the hind wings was probably some-

what bulged as in Phecadophora. At present it cannot be

determined whether Dudua should be referred to Phecasio-

phora, Grt., or to Phaecadophora, Wism., or whether it is

distinct from both.

PHACASIOPHORA, Grt.

924 (14). Phecasiophora Fernaldana, sp. n.

Antenne reddish fuscous. Palpt reddish brown at the

sides, paler towards the apex. Head reddish brown. Thorax

rosy fawn, mottled with umber-brown. Fore wings rosy

fawn, with a short basal patch and three irregular fasciaform

markings all confined to the costal side of the fold; these

markings are all broken up and jagged at the edges and

consist of greyish fuscous and olive-brown, margined and re-

ticulated with dark umber-brown ; the short basal patch is

narrow on the costa, dilated and angulated on the upper edge

of the cell, its lower margin not reaching the fold and ill-

defined; the first fasciaform band is, at one-third the wing-

length, broken into two patches, the first adjacent to the

costa, irregularly quadrate, the other beneath it, adjacent to

the fold, somewhat reniform; the second fascia, beginning

scarcely beyond the costa, is wider and more conspicuous

than the other two, and sends out three excrescences on its

outer side and two slight projections on its inner side, the

pale ground-colour between the outer excrescences gives the

appearance of a spot (or reduplicated spot) about the upper

angle of the cell; the third fascia does not reach the costa,

but is curved from near its outer fourth, first outwards towards

the apex, then downwards in the direction of the tornus,

sending out two projections on its outer side towards the

termen; between this fascia and the apex of the wing is a

slight grey shade, followed by a slender dark umber-brown

line and a small triangular apical spot; the extreme costa is

narrowly pale fawn-colour, with numerous short striae, some

oblique, some almost straight; the rosy fawn portions of the

wing between the tasciz, as well as the dorsal fourth of the

wing-width, are clouded and reticulated with grey and greyish

fuscous and with a small proportion of umber-brown; cilia

pale fawn, with a narrow brownish line near their base and

three or four greyish spots running through them at the

apex and on the termen, Hap, al. 22-24 mm. Hind wings

136 Lord Walsingham on Aszatic Tortricide.

brownish fuscous, inclining to whitish on the costa and

limbus; cilia pale cinereous, a dark line near their base.

Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft cinereous fawn. Legs:

¢ with the posterior pair densely and widely tufted above

with long white hair-seales ; posterior tarsal joints lightly

spotted with greyish fuscons above.

Type, 3 (70279, Japan); 2 (70275) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CorFA—Gensan, VII.-IX. 1887 (Jio). Japan

(Pryer, 1886). Sixteen specimens.

‘This species is larger than the American confizana, Wkr., .

which it greatly resembles, although the actual form of the

markings is somewhat different, the pattern appearing fairly

constant through a considerable series of specimens.

924 (15). Phacasiophora Pryert, sp. n.

Antenne pale brownish fawn. Pa/pi whitish fawn, touched

with brownish externally. Head brownish fawn. Thorax

evenly mottled with whitish fawn and brown. Fore wings

whitish fawn, divided into innumerable streaks and reticu-

lations by brown spots, lines, and patches; a basal pateh

oceupying about one-third of the wing is but faintly indi-

cated by three brownish spots in a fasciaform series, each

margined with umber-brown, and is much reticulated through-

out; from the middle of the costa is a large brown bloteh

shaded with umber-brown, and another below it, not crossing

the fold, and partly connected with the first, at its upper

edge this patch is also clouded with dark umber-brown and

sends out two exerescences on its outer side, these are out-

lined by whitish fawn streaks enclosing shining bluish grey

scales and forming an elongate whitish fawn spot between

the excrescences, extended outwards and downwards; beyond

them is a curved patch of fawn-brown, through whieh run

six or more transverse lines of dark umber-brown; this patch

is narrowly connected with the termen about its middle, and

on its upperside is bounded by a long eurved whitish fawn

line, reaching from the dark costal pateh to the middle of

the termen, having some shining grey scales along its upper

edge; above it are five pairs of pale costal geminations,

separated by brown spaces, the apex itself is brown, a pale

waved line running from the last costal gemination nearly to

the middle of the termen; there is also a rather incon-

spicuous brown patch on the dorsum before the tornus ; cilia

reddish fawn, a reddish brown shade running throughout’

them near their base, and some greyish spots about the apex

and termen. ap.al. 20mm. Hind wings dark greyish

On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region. 137

brown; cilia whitish cinereous, with a greyish brown line

near their base. Abdomen greyish brown, anal tuft inclining

to ochreous. Legs: 3, posterior pair, densely and widely

tufted above with long whitish cinereous hatr-scales ; pos-

terior tarsal joints faintly spotted with pale brownish,

Type, & (40270) ; 2 (70269) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Horvo—Foochau, IV. 1886

(Leech). Nine specimens.

X1V.—On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

TuE British Museum has received during the last two or

three years a number of Giant Squirrels belonging to the

Sciurus Langsdorfi group from several different localities in

South America. On determining these one proves to need

description, while additional localities may be recorded for

others.

During the progress of this work Dr. Kiikenthal, of Bres-

lau, has been good enough to render me valuable assistance

by the loan of the original type of S, tricolor, Péppig, from

Maynas, Peru, without which it would have been impossible

to determine to what form that name should be applied.

Scturus igniventris, Wagn.

Nericagua and Munduapo, Upper Orinoco (G. K. Cherrie) ;

Bogota (G@. D. Child).

‘The type locality of this species is Marabitanas, on the

Upper Rio Negro, not far from the latter river’s junction with

the Upper Orinoco. The further extension of the species

westwards to Bogota follows the line of the Rio Meta, which

falls into the Orinoco in the same district that Mr. Cherrie

collected in. South-eastwards the species ranges along the

Rio Negro to its mouth.

Sciurus tricolor, Péppig.

Mouth of Rio Coca, Upper Rio Negro. Collected and

presented by Mr. W. Goodfellow.

The type locality of Péppig’s species was Maynas, in the

angle between the Lower Huallaga and the Marajion; but as

Mr. Goodfellow obtained two species on the Coca to the

northwards, and a third had been found by Signor Balzan to

the southwards, I was in great difficulty as to which was the

real S. tricolor. Happily Dr. Kiikenthal’s kindness has

1388 On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region.

enabled me to fix S. tricolor as one of the two species found

by Mr. Goodfellow on the Coca. Its differences from its

ally are enumerated below. The type is an old female, and

though it was said by Prof. Gravenhorst * to have only

6 mamme, careful search shows that it has 8, the usual

number in this group.

The skull of S. tricolor is less bowed than in the other

species and has an unusually long narrow muzzle.

The melanoid S. fumigatus, Gray, from the ‘ Upper

Amazon,” may possibly be referable to S. trécolor, but its

determination must always remain somewhat doubtful. The

same author’s S. brunneoniger is also a member of the present

group, but is not like any properly localized specimen that I

have seen.

Sciurus cocalis, sp. n.

Not dissimilar at first sight to S. tricolor, found in the same

place, and it is only after the examination of three skins of

one form and seven of the other that I have satisfied myself

of their essential difference. General colour above grizzled

yellowish anteriorly, becoming chestnut-rufous posteriorly.

Crown finely grizzled rufous, not blackish. Backs of ears

rich rufous, a prominent spot behind their posterior bases

bright fulvous. Under surface clear buffy or orange- buffy,

becoming more rufous on the throat and inner sides of the

limbs; line of demarcation on sides sharply defined and in

most specimens with a distinct black line running along the

lower edge of the upper colour, and an indication of a rufous

line along the pale colour just below it. Fore limbs bright

orange-rufous on their outer surfaces from the elbows down-

wards. Hind limbs chestnut-rufous externally as far down

as the ankles, then the feet are again orange-rufous like the

fore limbs. ‘Tail long, bushy, black for its basal 3 inches,

then broadly washed with bright orange-rufous, and so far

like that of S. tricolor, but below the black which succeeds the

rufous on the hairs there is a broad band of yellowish or

orange, which may either extend downwards to the bases of

the hairs or be succeeded again by another dull ring.

Skull shorter, more bowed, and with a more normal-shaped

muzzle than in S. tricolor.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in

skin) :—

Head and body 315 millim.; tail 283, with terminal

hairs 345; hind foot (wet), s. u. 63, c. u. 663 ear (wet) 32.

* Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, Mami. p. 157 (1845),

I (

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 139

Skull: basilar length (of a second specimen) 47°5; nasals

(of type) 18:3* x85; interorbital breadth 20°5; inter-

temporal breadth 19-2; diastema17°8; length of upper molar

series 10-4.

Hab. Mouth of Coca River, Upper Rio Napo.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 6. 3.4. Collected in June 1899

and presented by Mr. Walter Goodfellow.

It is probable that just as S. tricolor ranges northwards

from Maynas to the Coca River, so S. cocalis will be found to

range up that river westwards and northwards, and that the

two species only overlap just at this point. As the two

species are found together it may be well to emphasize their

differences by repeating that S. cocalis, as represented by

seven specimens, differs from 8. tricolor (1) by its grizzled

instead of blackish crown, (2) by the light patches behind the

ears, (3) by its bright orange instead of chestnut fore limbs

and hind feet, (4) its black-lined sides, (5) its basally ringed

caudal hairs, and (6) its shorter muzzled skull.

Sciurus pyrrhonotus, Wagn.

Yungas and Missiones, on the Upper Mamoré, Bolivia

(LZ. Balzan, in Museo Civico, Genoa).

The type locality of S. pyrrhonotus is Borba, near the mouth

of the Madeira, so that its occurrence on the Mamoré, on the

far upper waters of that stream, affords another instance of

the manner in which the ranges of these squirrels follow the

lines of the great Amazonian rivers.

XV.— Plankton Studies.—I1. On Pleodorina illincisensis, a

new Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By

C. A. Koroip, Ph.D.T

[Plates V. & VL]

THE genus Plevdorina was discovered in 1893 by Shaw

(1894) at Palo Alto, California, and in May of the following

year the species Pleodorina californica, upon which the genus

was founded, was detected by Mottier (1894) in water from a

shallow stagnant pool near Bloomington, Indiana. During

* Diagonally.

+ From the ‘ Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural His-

tory,’ vol. v. pp. 273-298. From a separate impression communicated by

the Author.

110 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

the same summer the form also occurred in the Illinois River

and its adjacent waters (Clinton, 1894), and it has been found

in the plankton of these situations in succeeding years from

June to September. ‘The distribution of the species in this

continent is thus quite extended, and it is not at all im-

probable that continued investigation of freshwater plankton

will demonstrate that this genus has a cosmopolitan dis-

tribution similar to that of some other genera of the family

Volvocinez to which it belongs.

On June 16, 1898, a form which may be referred to the

genus Pleodurina was found in the Illinois River in water

entering the stream in large part from Cook’s Slough and

Quiver Lake. Owing to high water (10 feet above low-water

mark) prevailing at the time, a considerable portion of the

habitat of the form in question consisted of submerged terri-

tory, with shallow warm water abounding in growing aquatic

and semi-aquatic vegetation.

This Pleodorina could not be found in Quiver Lake collec-

tions made on the 7th of June, but on the 16th it was present

in the river in small numbers, increasing until the 20th, when

a maximum was reached. From this time the numbers

decreased until the 27th, when, following a rise in the river,

the species seemingly disappeared entirely from the plankton.

It was also found sparingly in Thompson’s Lake during this

period, a large area of slightly submerged territory being at

this time tributary to the lake.

Associated with this species in great abundance was Hudo-

rina elegans in all stages of asexual reproduction, and Pando-

rina morum was also present in smaller numbers and in like

condition. Volvox, Huglena, Phacus, Lepocinelis, Trachelo-

monas, Dinobryon, Synura, Mallomonas, Uroglena, Melosira,

and Lragillaria occurred in varying frequency, but only a

single specimen of Pleodorina californica was found in collec-

tions containing the species described in this paper. The

animal plankton was represented in the main by rotifers, Poly-

arthra being most abundant, while Syncheta, Euchlanis,

Pterodina, Brachionus, and Anurea were also present.

Diffiugia, Codonella, Bosmina, Cyclops, and nauplii complete

the list of the more common associates of this P/leodorina in

the plankton.

Pleodorina illinoisensis, sp. n.

The species here described consists of an ellipsoidal cceno-

bium or colony of 82, rarely 16 and still more rarely 64,

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 141

biflagellate cells. The shape is quite constant, occurring in

the youngest colony and continuing throughout the asexual

cycle until the daughter colonies abandon the gelatinous

matrix of the maternal organism. Among the large number

examined only a few specimens were seen which approached

a spherical form. Measurements of twelve seemingly full-

grown colonies from material freshly killed in 2 per cent.

formalin showed a range of 101 to 137 yw in long diameter and

an average of 113 w. ‘The transverse diameter ranged from

84 to 102 w, and averaged 94 w. Individuals in which the

gonidia have begun to divide show a considerable swelling of

the hyaline gelatinous envelope. One specimen containing

2- and 4-cell stages measured 178x155 pw, and when the

young colonies are ready to escape the parent may measure as

much as 200X175 pw. At the time of escape the young

colonies measure 46X38 yw. The measurements of the

colonies approach very closely those given by Biitschli (1880-

1889, p. 840) for Hudorina, viz. 100-150 yw; and the colonies

of this genus found in association with the form here described

exhibit dimensions almost, if not quite, identical with those

above recorded for the Pleodorina.

The colony (PI. V. fig. 1) contains, as a rule, 32 cells,

arranged, as Henfrey (1856) first noted for Hudorina, in five

circles, two of which are polar and contain four cells each,

while eight cells are found in each of the remaining three

circles, one of which is equatorial, and the other two lie be-

tween the latter and the polar circles. The cells resemble

those of Hudorina in that they are situated in the periphery

of the hyaline gelatinous matrix and are not closely crowded

together, the degree of separation depending upon the age of

the colony, and varying considerably in different cases. Their

inner ends do not approach the centre of the colony, as is the

case in Pandorina. No trace of any protoplasmic connexion

between the cells of a colony could be detected in the living

organisms, nor in material killed in formalin or in chromo-

acetic acid and afterwards stained in fuchsin, hematoxylin, or

Bismark brown. Specimens treated by Zograt’s method

(1 per cent. osmic acid followed by 4 per cent. crude pyro-

ligneous acid), or by 1 per cent. osmic acid followed by picro-

carmine, showed no connexion between the cells.

The colony is surrounded by a common gelatinous sheath

(sh.) increasing in thickness (3°5 to 12 w) with the age of the

organism. ‘lhis membrane or sheath is of equal thickness in

all regions, and consists of two parts—an outer, thin, denser,

more highly refractive layer (0./.), and an inner homogeneous

142 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

one (7./.), which shows no traces of the concentric structure

found in Pandorina. It is within this latter layer that the

increase in thickness takes place in the older colonies. It is

limited centrally by a thinner and less highly refractive

layer (m.m.), which encloses the common matrix (m.) in which

the cells of the colony lie. Frequently among the older

organisms there occur upon the posterior end of the colonies

blunt pseudopodia-like protuberances (Pl. V. fig. 4) of the

sheath, of irregular form and of no constant number. ‘Their

position and the fact that they are often, though not always,

found in old colonies from which some of the daughter colonies

have already apparently escaped, suggest that they may mark

the place of exit of the young individuals from the parent.

Similar protuberances were observed upon Hudorina and

Pandorina, under similar conditions, in the collections in which

the Pleodorina under discussion was found. Wills (1880)

found that the daughter colonies of Volvox globator escaped

through a rift in the posterior hemisphere of the parent, and

Klein (1889) observed the same phenomenon in Volvox aureus.

The escape of the daughter colonies in Pleodorina has not

been observed by me. .

The sheath stains deeply in an aqueous solution of methylen

blue, more deeply, in fact, than the enclosed matrix, the outer

layer taking the deeper stain. It also-shrinks to about one

fourth its former thickness. ‘This shrinkage, together with

that of the central matrix, causes the sheath to wrinkle along

lines which bound hexagonal areas from whose centres the

cells now project, thus giving the appearance of a division of

the surface of the colony into regular polygons. The sheath

shows no trace of the layer of radial rod-like structures

found by Klebs (1886) in Pandorina, but iodine or methylen

blue demonstrates a finely granular condition like that

described for Hudorina. 'The sheath is traversed by the pairs

of flagella which arise from the outer ends of each of the cells.

The matrix (m.) is a gelatinous substance of some con-

sistency, filling the colony inside of the inner membrane, In

the living colonies, in those which were killed in the various

reagents mentioned above and afterwards stained, and in

disintegrating material, no traces of any divisions can be

detected in this substance that are not due to wrinkling caused

by shrinkage. Methylen blue or iodine causes the matrix to

show a faintly reticulated or vacuolated appearance due to

different densities of staining. ‘That the substance of the

matrix has considerable consistency, even in the swollen con-

dition found in the maternal colonies, is shown by the fact

that the flagella of the young forms, before rotation begins, \

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 143

can be seen to penetrate the matrix of the parent very slowly.

Their ends are often blunted, or even knob-like, and their

lateral motion is very limited. The movement of the young

colonies through the matrix is a very slow and gradual one,

showing the gelatinous consistency of the substance in which

they are imprisoned.

The striking feature in the structure of this species, as in

the case of P. californica (Shaw, 1894), is the presence of

two distinct types of cells in the colony (Pl. V. fig. 1), the

vegetative (v.c.) and the gonidial (g.c.) cells. The presence

of these two types of cells at once places this new species in

the genus Pleodorina rather than in Hudorina, which it other-

wise closely resembles.

The vegetative cells (v.c.) are four in number and consti-

tute the anterior polar circle, being always directed forward

in locomotion, as in the other species of the genus. Their

number remains the same in the smaller colonies of sixteen

cells and in the larger ones of sixty-four. ‘The diameter of

these cells ranges trom 9-5 to 16°8 w, twelve cells averaging

12°25 w. The size of these cells varies even in the matured

colonies, measurements at this stage ranging from 9°6 to

15°6 w. At birth the cells of the young colonies vary in

diameter from 3°5 to 5 w indifferent parents. In the daughter

colonies, while still in the maternal matrix, no distinction in

size between the vegetative and gonidial cells can be detected,

nor can this distinction be made in the younger free-swimming

colonies, it being thus impossible at this stage to distinguish

the young P.zldnotsensis from the similar stages of Eudorina

elegans with which they were associated. When the young

colonies have attained dimensions of 46 x 38 wu the vegetative

cells measure 4 w and the gonidia 4°8 uw. A like similarity

between the two kinds of cells in the young colonies exists,

according to Shaw (1894), in P. californica.

In structure the vegetative cells (Pl. V. fig. 2) are in most

particulars similar to the gonidia, described below. They

sometimes appear to be a trifle lighter green in colour—a

difference which may be due to their smaller size. The

principal differences lie in the smaller number of pyrenoids

and the larger size, both absolute and relative, of the stigma

or eye-spot.

As to the fate of the vegetative cells, the evidence at hand

is insufficient and conflicting. In three colonies in which the

daughters were moving about in the maternal matrix, some

having already escaped, the vegetative cells showed very

evident signs of degeneration, the contents being shrunken

and irregular. In the larger number of instances of this stage

144 Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

under observation the cells appeared normal, showing no trace

of degeneration or division. In one instance only have I

found a specimen in which the vegetative cells had divided

beyond question. This was a colony in which the gonidia

had completed their division but had not escaped. Three of

the vegetative cells were in the two-cell stage and one was

undivided. In two instances matured colonies have been

found in which four smaller daughter colonies (of eight and

sixteen cells respectively) were present at one pole.

The gonidial cells (Pl. V. fig. 3) constitute the remainder

of the colony. They usually number 28, rarely 12 or 60,

and occupy the parts behind the anterior polar circle of vege-

tative cells. These cells in most instances can be easily

distinguished by their larger size. In form they are spherical,

though some specimens in preserved material are slightly

flattened on their inner ends. In diameter they range in

seemingly full-grown colonies from 15 to 25 w, averaging in

twelve specimens 19'2 w. Their dimensions just before their

division, that is, in colonies in which division has begun, also

show the extreme range quoted above, the smaller diameter

having been found in a sixteen-cell colony. As a rule the

gonidia are all of the same size, but occasionally specimens

have been found in which one er more dwarf cells occur

among them. ‘These are irregular in their distribution and

can be distinguished at once from the vegetative cells by

their position. Similar dwarf cells were found in both Pan-

dorina and Eudorina. In matured colonies gonidial cells are

frequently found which fail to divide. The gonidia are of a

light green colour, a trifle darker than the vegetative,¢ells.

Their colour in general is similar to that in Hudorina, and is

somewhat lighter than that in Volvow and Pandorina, with

which they are associated.

A distinct cell-membrane (¢.m.) is found about each of the

cells. In the living condition and in the material preserved

in formalin it forms a highly refractive hyaline layer, about

1 » in thickness, outside of the green contents of the cell. It

stains very faintly in hematoxylin and assumes a deep brown

tint with long-continued action of iodine and sulphuric acid.

In the case of diseased colonies hereafter mentioned the cell-

membranes persist, often retaining their original form and

shape, after the entire disappearance of the contents.

‘he greater part of the cell-contents consists of what seems

to be one large chromatophore (Pl. V. fig. 2, chr.), which

occupies all of the cell except the centrally placed nucleus

with its enveloping protoplasm, and a slender column (p.c.)

passing from this region to the anterior end of the cell. In

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 145

many cells a faintly marked notch or furrow (/u., fig. 1) is to

be detected on one side of the chromatophore at the anterior

end of the cell. ‘This seems to mark the line of contact of

the sides of the chromatophore which has surrounded the

nucleus. In the 2- and 4-cell stages of the gonidial cells

the nucleus and the protoplasmic mass are plainly seen

to occupy one side of the cell (Pl. VI. figs. 7, 8), but in

the cells of the young colony it again occupies a central

position. The chromatophore is uniformly of a bright chloro-

phyll-green, and shows a finely granular structure under high

magnification. In the youngest colonies each cell contains

but a single spherical pyrenoid (pr.), which occupies a lateral

position in the chromatophore, in the inner hemisphere of the

cell. Inthe older colonies the number of pyrenoids increases,

as many as twelve having been found. ‘They are scattered

irregularly through the chromatophore, and may occur in any

art of it. A similar increase of pyrenoids is reported by

Shaw (1894) for P. californica, In the vegetative cells the

number of pyrenoids is often but 2-4, and is, as a rule, less

than that of the gonidial cells. In a very few instances as

many as eight have been found, and in one ‘old colony the

vegetative cells seemed to be packed full of pyrenoids. In the

young colonies the pyrenoids have a diameter of about 1p,

and in the older colonies of 2°5 w,

The nucleus (n.) lies in about the centre of the cell in the

midst of a mass of protoplasm enclosed by the chromatophore.

In mature gonidial cells before division it has a diameter of

7-8 w, and contains a sub-central nucleolus (ne/.) whose

diameter is 3m. ‘The nucleolus stains deeply with picro-

carmine, and is by this means easily distinguished from the

pyrenoids, which it resembles in appearance and size. The

nuclear membrane is detected with difficulty. It encloses a

faintly stained nuclear reticulum (7.). In the younger cells

the nucleus is much smaller (4-5 ~), the nucleolus is rela-

tively larger, and the reticulum is not evident. In the living

cell the nucleolus alone can be seen in the midst of the

greyish protoplasmic mass at the centre of the cell. The

rotoplasm is continued from this central region peripherally,

in the axis of the cell as a slender column (p.c.), to the

anterior end, where it includes the stigma and bases of the

two flagella. A protoplasmic mantle enclosing the chromato-

phore was not demonstrated.

The stigma or eye-spot (s.) lies at the anterior end of the

cell, near its axis, and is often so placed that an equilateral

triangle may be drawn with it and the bases of the two flagella

as apices. It is of a bright reddish-brown colour, though in

Ann. & Mag. N. List, Ser, 7.’ Vol. vi. 10

146 Dr. G. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

some of the posterior cells the colour is often very faint, giving

the stigma the appearance of a slightly tinged oil-globule.

It is of an elongated hemispherical shape when seen from the

side, and has a circular outline when seen from above. Its

upper end often projects slightly so as to elevate the cell-

membrane. The application of killing agents and alcohol

soon removes its colour, and even in formalin this fades out in

the course of a few days, leaving merely a colourless, highly

refractive structure. ‘The larger stigmata have a diameter of

2°5 w and a depth of 2°8 w, and are to be found in the cells

in the anterior part of the colony, especially in the four vege-

tative cells of the anterior polar circle. Posteriorly the stig-

mata are less prominent, and are often not to be found at all

as brightly coloured spots but merely as pale globules whose

position alone affords a clue to their real character.

This specialization of the stigmata in the anterior end of

the colony occurs also in Hudorina, Pandorina, and Volvoz,

and Shaw (1894) states that in P. californica the stigmata,

which are present in the posterior part of the young colonies

(in gonidial cells), become less conspicuous and disappear as

the colony enlarges and the differentiation of the cells pro-

ceeds. ‘This prominence of the stigmata in the anterior end,

together with the facts that this end is always directed fore-

most in locomotion and that the species showing this differ-

entiation are positively phototactic in the vegetative condition

when the differentiation is prominent, all point toward the

participation of the stigmata in the function of light percep-

tion. An interesting phenomenon occurs at the time of the

division of the gonidia, for the stigma of the mother cell

persists and is passed on through the five successive cell-

divisions to the outer end of one of the cells of the daughter

colony, situated in the margin of the cup which arises from

the plate of cells and closes to form the ellipsoidal daughter

colony. Inasmuch as this cup always closes from the inside

out, that is, with the opening directed outward, it is evident

that the stigma must traverse the distance between the outer

end of the mother cell and its inner end, which corresponds

to the outer ends of the cells of the daughter colony. New

stigmata arise in the cells of the daughter colony, but being at

first very small are thus quickly distinguishable from the

persisting stigma. ‘I'he ultimate fate of this persisting stigma

has not been traced. .

No contractile vacuole was observed in the living cells, and

careful search with a Zeiss j4-inch oil-immersion lens for

this structure in preserved and stained material has led to no

positive identification of a vacuole, ‘The bleached stigma

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 147

and what seem to be the enlarged bases of the flagella are the

only areas discernible in the anterior end of the cell which at

all resemble a contractile vacuole. Shaw (189+) finds in

picronigrosin material a single vacuole in the anterior end of

the young cells of P. californica.

The flagella ({) are two in number for each cell, and unite

with the cell at the anterior end adjacent to the stigma. The

two flagella have the same proportions, and in adult colonies

they measure 40 in length. In the young colonies they

are relatively longer. They are visible on the young colonies

shortly after the cup closes, and persist upon the maternal

colony during the early divisions of the gonidia.

The locomotion of the colonies of Pleodorina illinotsensis

is of the type prevailing among other spherical or ellip-

soidal genera of the Volvocinee; viz., rotation about the

principal or long axis of the colony, either from right

over to left or the reverse, frequently with one direction

predominating, progression being usually along the line

of the axis, the same end of the colony always leading.

In P. illinoisensis the vegetative pole always leads in loco-

motion in horizontal, oblique, and vertical movements, and

is therefore the anterior pole of the colony. Under normal

conditions, when under observation, this species ts rarely quiet

during the period of growth. While still within the matrix of

the mother colony the ceaseless rotation with its frequent rever-

sals begins. Colonies in the life cell, while favourable con-

ditions prevail, can be seen in active movement, jostling one

another and their neighbours in their seemingly aimless wan-

derings. When an object is met which does not yield to their

persistent rotation, their movements may slacken for a time

to be resumed shortly in some line of less resistance. The

rotation of this species is prevailingly from right over to left,

as the following tables show, which indicate the number and

direction of the reversals of rotation in ten individuals in one

minute.

Pirection: ..< es 6. < i AO Gee ele S| 9» | 10: |\Tatal,

Right over to left...) 2 2 1 2 1 ON |e /4: Bgl Oe

Left over toright..| 2 Bee eee aren reek ieee eine EEG

A few days later a second set of observations was made

with the following result -—

10*

148 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

Direction ........ 1 | 2) Billa a | Gy A Sao 10 ‘Total.

Right over toleft ..|) 3-4 | 5+ | 3+

Left over to right... 2— 5+) 2+

In the majority of instances where the direction of rotation

was observed it was from right over to left, the ratios being

22 to 16, and 35 to 80. These tables give some idea of the

frequency of change in direction and its variation in different

individuals, but do not show the duration of the directions of

rotations. This is indicated in a general way in the second

table by the plus and minus signs, which show the direction

in which the rotation was of longer and shorter duration.

Tn conclusion it may be said that both directions of rotation

occur, though that from right over to left is more frequently

met with, or, in other words, is of longer duration.

With regard to locomotion in P. californica, Shaw (1894)

says that “the movement of the plant in the water was fol-

lowed in the case of a few individuals bearing well-developed

gonidia. In swimming through the water the vegetative pole

is directed forward and the plant revolves to the right (in

observed cases) on the axis connecting the vegetative and

reproductive poles. The path is parallel to this axis in up-

ward vertical as well as in horizontal movement.” The

polarity of this genus thus expressed physiologically in the

movements of the colony is accompanied by a corresponding

structural differentiation of the cells composing the organism,

In Gonium, according to Fresenius (1856), the motion of

the colony resembles that of a wheel, progression taking place

in the line of the axis of rotation. According to Biitschli

(1883-1887, p. 858), locomotion is accomplished by the

rotation of the plate-like colony around its shorter axis, the

direction of rotation being to the right in some individuals

and to the left in others. Pfeffer (1884), on the other hand,

describes the rotation during the forward movement as alter-

nately from the right and the left. Migula (1890) calls

attention to the wavering, often backward, and irregular

movements of this genus, and also notes its rotation about

an axis through the middle of the colony. ‘This rotation is

either to the right or to the left, no predominance being men-

tioned. Polarity is thus marked in the activity of the Gontwm

colony, though not expressly marked in its structure except

as it appertains to the individual cells.

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 149

In Stephanosphera the polarity in structure is but slightly

marked in the colony, being indicated in some colonies by

the asymmetrical position of the cells, but there is a physio-

logical differentiation in that one pole of the colony leads in

locomotion. In this genus also, according to Cohn (1852),

‘the rotation is in either of the two directions and is subject

to frequent change. No predominant direction was noted

by him.

In Pandorina the only structural expression of polarity is

found in the greater development of the stigmata in the cells

in the anterior end of the colony. In other particulars the

poles are not differentiated. Braun (1851) maintains that in

this genus the rotation is constantly around the long axis of

the colony in the direction of the hands of a clock, when the

motion is toward the observer. Niigeli (fide Biitschli, 1883—

1887, p. 858), on the other hand, observed rotation in both

directions. My own observations upon Pandorina morum

show beyond question that the direction of rotation is not

constant, as the following table demonstrates :—

Piraction) *.-0....<% Pelee en Sees We Ge tar eo hon h kO! Metal,

Right over to left ..)6+ |12-+) 54+ |1—|24+ |8+ |74)14/|1+/84| 41

Left over to right . .| 6— |12—| 4+ | 24+ )2+)4+/64+)2—|1-|38+)]| 42

The table gives the direction and number of changes in

direction in rotation of ten colonies, each observed for one

minute. ‘The plus and minus signs indicate the estimated

predominance in duration, According to the table the in-

stances of direction observed are approximately equal for the

two directions, though that from right over to left showed

the greater duration, The younger and smaller colonies

showed much the greatest activity and exhibited more

frequent changes in direction than the older colonies. In all

observed cases the same end continues to lead in locomotion,

physiological polarity being thus fully developed in this genus.

In the case of Hudorina the structural polarity of the

vegetative colonies is no more marked than it isin Pandorina,

though according to Carter (1858) there is in the moncecious

sexual colony a differentiation, in that the four cells at one

pole divide to form spermatozoa, while the remaining twenty-

eight become egg-cells. It should be noted in this connection

that no such colonies were observed by Goroschankin (1875)

in the sexual generation, The literature at hand presents no

150 Dr. G. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

precise statement as to locomotion in this genus. As ob-

served by me, it closely resembles that described above for

Pleodorina illinoisensis ; viz., rotation around the long axis

of the colony, the same pole constantly leading in progression.

The direction of rotation is frequently reversed, though it was

predominantly from right over to left in the cases observed.

A functional polarity thus exists in this genus.

In Volvow, according to Klein (1890), there is a polar differ-

entiation as regards the stigmata that is even more marked

than it is in the genera previously mentioned. He finds that

the cells of the pole directed forward in locomotion each

possess a stigma which is especially large and intensely

coloured; that the colour fades out and the stigmata become

smaller and paler as the equator is approached; and that

beyond this they are usually represented merely by a colour-

less oil-drop, which in some cases may even disappear. ‘The

posterior hemisphere is also marked by the development

there of the gonidia, as was first shown by Cohn (1856), and

occasionally ellipsoidal colonies are found whose long axis

connects the anterior and posterior poles. Locomotion in

Volvoz is accomplished, as elsewhere in the family, by the

rotation of the colony about its principal axis. Wills (1880)

observed the predominance of the rotation to the right and

its occasional brief reversal. Klein (1889) states that this

preference is found in V. globator, but that it is not shown by

V. aureus. In this latter species the changes are frequent and

are often separated by a brief pause. Backward motion is

rarely seen and lasts but a short time. In the case of Volvow

the axis of rotation is slightly oblique, the centre of the

colony remaining in the line of progress, but the axis of

rotation being inclined from above the line at the anterior

pole to below it at the posterior one.

We thus find that Pleodorina dllinoisensis, which exhibits

both a structural and physiological polarity, shares with

most, if not all, of the genera of the family to which it

belongs the physiological differentiation which is expressed

in locomotion, and also, in observed cases, exemplifies the

extreme form of a predominance of rotation in one direction.

We also find that the structural differentiation shown in the

decadence of its posterior stigma obtains in varying degrees

in the other spherical and ellipsoidal genera of the family—

least in Pandorina, most in Volvoew. ‘The genus Pleodorina

agrees with Volvox in having astructural polarity based upon

the division of the colony into vegetative and gonidial regions,

but the differentiation is simpler. Of the two species of Pleo-

dorina, the one here described exhibits the simplest possible

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 151

differentiation of the colony consistent with the symmetry

of the organism; viz., the differentiation of the anterior

polar circle of four cells as vegetative members of the colony.

Of the two species of the genus it thus stands nearer Hudo-

rina, while its sister species, P. californica, approaches more

closely to Volvow both in the number of cells and in the

extent of the differentiation.

The discovery of this additional species of the genus Pleo-

durina thus supports the opinion expressed by Shaw (1894),

who founded the genus, that it was intermediate between

Eudorina and Volvow but nearer the former. Judging merely

from the asexual stage, P. illénoisensis affords additional evi-

dence of the close relationship of Pleodorina and Hudorina.

Throughout the preparation of this paper the writer has

had constantly in mind the possibility that the form here

described is merely a stage in the life cycle of Eudorina. A

number of facts lend support to this hypothesis: (1) the

occurrence of Pleodorina illinoisensis with Hudorina elegans ;

(2) their marked similarity, aside from the four vegetative

cells, in structure and measurements; (8) the impossibility

of separating the youngest free-swimming colonies of the

two forms; (4) a considerable variation in the size of the

vegetative cells in Pleodorina, grading toward the condition

in Hudorina; (5) some evidence that in certain cases at

least the vegetative cells may divide, one case of a 2-cell

stage having been seen in the hundreds, if not thousands,

of specimens examined, and one instance noted in which

a maternal colony containing thirty-two daughter colonies

had at one pole four colonies which were slightly smaller

than the remaining twenty-eight; and (6) the occurrence

of pleomorphism in the family Volvocinex, Klein (1889 and

1890) citing no less than twenty-four “ combinations ”’ in the

case of Volvow aureus. It may then be that the form here

described as Pleodorina illinoisensis is only a ‘ Pleodorina

stage” of Hudorina.

The abrupt disappearance of this supposed new species

from the plankton prevented the carrying out of breeding

experiments designed to test its validity, and it seems that

the matter must remain undecided for the present. In the

absence of satisfactory proof that the form here described is

but a phase of the life cycle of Hudorina it has seemed best

to the writer to make the above suggestion and to take the only

course open in publication, namely, the description of the form

as a new species, inviting the criticism of subsequent investiga-

tion. The dilemma here presented is by no means an isolated

one in plankton work, nor is it new to the family Volvocinea :

152 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

witness the long confusion which existed over the two species

of Volvoxv, aureus and globator, which has been at last cleared

up by the excellent work of Klein (1889, 1889 a, and 1890)

and Overton (1889). Another instance is often presented

when Pandorina and Eudorina both occur in the same

collections and the plankton statistician must decide to which

genus each specimen observed must be referred. ‘Typical

specimens of each can be found, but all individuals do not

conform to the type, or they may present conditions in

which the conformation is obscured by some phase of the

life cycle.

The asexual reproduction of Pleodorina illinotsensis (P1. VI.)

resembles that of other species of the genus in that it is

accomplished by the repeated division of the gonidial

cells, resulting in the formation of daughter colonies in the

maternal matrix. ‘These escape later from the parent organ-

ism, and by growth attain the adult condition with the differ-

entiation of the four vegetative cells. Five successive cell

divisions, pervading all the cells of the parent organism

except the vegetative cells, are necessary for the completion

of the process, and result in the 2-, 4-, 8-, 16-, and 32-cell

stages of the forming colonies. The first two of these divi-

sions result in the formation of a quadrangular plate of cells

—a form which is retained through the two succeeding

divisions, which produce the 8- and 16-cell stages. The

cupping of this plate, which results in the formation of an

ellipsoidal colony, is apparent as early as the 4-cell stage

(Pl. VI. fig. 9) and continues through the later stages

(figs. 11, 13), so that by the time the 16-cell plate is formed

it has almost the curvature of a saucer. With the formation

of thirty-two cells the closure of the cup proceeds and is soon

completed. The orifice of the cup is directed outward in all

cases, and thus the ends of the cells of the daughter colony

which are formed from the outer end of the maternal gonidial

cell come to lie in the inner side of the cup, and are the inner

ends of the cells of the daughter colony. In the matured

colonies the young usually lie with their long axes parallel

to the surface of the parent. I have not, however, been able

to identify the point of closure of this cup with this region

or positively with any other.

‘Lhe sequence and position of cleavage planes which produce

the quadrangular plate of the 16-cell stage is, in the main,

similar to that described by Goroschankin (1875) and Braun

(1875) for Hudorina and Volvoz. Beyond this stage there is

some doubt as to the agreement. A full discussion of the

subject is beyond the scope of the present paper, for which the

Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 153

following brief description must suffice. The first cleavage

plane (I) divides the gonidial cell into two hemispheres along

the axis of the cell, and the daughter nuclei, with the sur-

rounding protoplasm, are placed close together in the centre

of the opposing faces of the new cells (Pl. VI. fig. 7).

The second plane (II) is at right angles (figs. 8, 9) to the first

and aiso passes through the regions representing the axis

of the ancestral cell. In this instance also the nuclei are

gathered near the centre of the young colony, which exhibits

to an appreciable extent the curving indicative of the later

formation of the cup. The 8-cell stage results from the

divisions of each of the quadrants of the 4-cell stage by a

plane (III) which is parallel to one of the previous planes

and perpendicular to the other, meeting the latter at a point

about midway between the centre and the circumference. By

a subsequent adjustment of the cells the four more centrally

placed ones come to form a sort of Greek cross whose angles

are filled by the other four (Pl. VI. figs. 10,11). The 16-

cell stage is formed by four additional planes, each of which

divides one of the cross-cells and its corner neighbour. The

location of these planes may be described in the same terms

as the last, excepting that they meet the radial planes, I and

II, at about one fourth the distance from the circumference

toward the centre. The cupping of the plate soon advances

to such an extent that it consists of a square of four centrally

placed cells, upon each of the four sides of which there over-

hangs a row of three cells, of three grades of elevation (PI. VI.

figs. 12, 13). ‘The succeeding division and the completion of

the cup (PI. VI. fig. 14) result in the young colony’s

assuming the ancestral form. Throughout these divisions the

number of pyrenoids in the daughter cells grows steadily less.

But one can be found in each cell in the 32-cell stage, while

in the 16-cell stage two are readily recognizable in each cell.

In the earlier stages and before division the number often

varies, and the pyrenoids are frequently so crowded that

enumeration is difficult, if not impossible. It seems not im-

probable that these structures also must undergo some division

during the process of cell-multiplication. During the pro-

cesses of division the nuclei continue to occupy a position

near the inner ends of the cells (in the new colony), and it is

only after the divisions have been completed that they come

to occupy their usual positions at the centre of the cells—

perhaps as a result of the growth of the chromatophore.

No stage of sexual reproduction has been positively identi-

fied for this species.

A peculiar condition of the colonies of this species, also

154 Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

occurring in Pandorina and Eudorina, deserves passing

notice. It occurred with considerable frequency in all three

genera, and resulted in each case in the destruction of the

entire colony affected. The early stages of the disease, if it

be such, are indicated by the homogeneous condition of the

cells and the fading out of the colour, together with a flat-

tening of the cell-contents into a disk- or lozenge-shaped

mass (Pl. V. fig. 4). In the subsequent stages this mass

assumes a yellow and then a brownish colour, takes on an

irregular shape (Pl. V. fig. 5), and disintegrates, leaving the

empty cell-walls occupying the matrix. In spite of the

suggestion in the above description there was never any trace

of the formation of spermatozoa in the colonies presenting

these phenomena, neither was there any indication of encyst-

ment. There was no indication of either a fungous or an

algal parasite, and it seems not improbable that the occur-

rence of these diseased forms may have been due to some

unfavourable local condition in the water tributary to the

habitat of the genera affected.

The following brief synopsis of the prominent characters of

this genus and its two species will serve as a convenient

diagnosis for their determination :—

PLEODORINA, Shaw.

Colony consists of a spherical or elliptical coenobium of

greenish biflagellate cells of two types, vegetative and

gonidial, in the anterior and posterior parts of the colony

respectively, which lie in the periphery of a hyaline gelatinous

matrix and are surrounded by a common hyaline envelope.

Cells each with one reddish stigma, which is more prominent

in the anterior part of the colony. No connecting filaments

between the cells. Non-sexual reproduction by gonidia,

which are formed by increase in size of a part of the cells of

the colony. Daughters escape from parent as small colonies

of biflagellate cells, which at this stage are all similar,

Sexual reproduction not known.

Pleodorina californica, Shaw.

Number of cells in colony 64 or 128. Maximum diameter

of colony 175-340 . Vegetative cells constituting approxi-

mately one half the colony. Gonidial cells 2-3 times diameter

of vegetative cells. Known habitat: ponds, ditches, and

streams in California, Indiana, and Illinois,

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 155

Pleodorina illinoisensis, sp. 0.

Number of cells in colony usually 32, rarely 16 or 65.

Dimensions of colony range from 46x 38 & to 200 x 175 pw.

Vegetative cells always 4in number. Gonidial cells approxi-

mately 1, 1—2 times diameter of vegetative cells. Known

habitat : submerged lands along the Illinois River. Types

deposited in collections of Illinois State Laboratory of Natural

History and United States National Museum.

Illinois Biological Station,

July 25, 1898.

Bibliography.

Braty, A. (1851.)—‘ Betrachtungen iiber die Erscheinung der Ver-

jiingung in der Natur, insbesondere in der Lebens- und Bildungs-

geschichte der Pflanze.’ xvi+864 pp., 38 Taf. Leipzig.

——. (1875.)—“ Ueber einige Volvocineen,” Ber. d. Gesellsch. natur-

forsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1875, pp. 9-18.

Birscuut, O. (1880-89,)—* Protozoa,” Bronn’s Klassen und Ord-

nungen des Thierreichs, Bd.i. Th. iii. 2035 pp., 79 Taf. Leipzig

und Heidelberg.

Carter, H. J. (1858.)— On Fecundation in Eudorina elegans and

Cryptoglena,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. 11. pp. 287-2538,

1. vill.

Corin G.P. (1894.)— Pleodorina in Illinois,” Botan. Gazette,

vol. xix. p. 585.

Conn, F. (1852.)—‘‘ Ueber eine neue Gattung aus der Familie der

Volvocineen,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. iv. pp. 77-116, Taf. vi.

——. (1856.)—“ Observations sur les Volvocinées,” Ann. d. Sci. Nat.,

Botan. iv. sér. t. v. pp. 323-332; also, with some changes, in

34 Jahresber. d Schles. Gesellsch. f, vaterl. Cultur f. 1856, pp. 39,

40, 77-83.

Fresenius, G. (1856.)—“ Ueber die Algengattungen Pandorina,

Gonium, und Raphidium,” Abhandl. der Senckenberg, naturforsch.

Gesellsch. Bd. ii. pp. 187-200, Taf. viii.

GoROSCHANKIN, J. (1875,)—‘ Genesis im Typus der palmellenartigen

Algen. Versuch einer vergleichenden Morphologie der Familie der

Volvocinea’’ (German title of Russian article), Mittheil. der kais.

Gesellsch. naturforsch. Freunde in Moskau, Bd. xvi. 40 pp., 2 Taf.

Henrrey, A. (1856.)—“Notes on some Freshwater Confervoid

Algve new to Britain,” Trans. Micr. Soc. London, n, s., vol. iv.

pp. 49-54, pl. iv.

Kurss, G. (1886.)—“ Ueber die Organisation der Gallerte bei einigen

Algen und Flagellaten,” Untersuch. :a. d. botan. Inst. zu Tiibingen,

Ba. ii. pp. 853-418, Taf. iii., iv.

Kuxrtn, L. (1889.)—‘‘ Morphologische und biologische Studien tuber

die Gattung Volvox,’ Pringsheim’s Jahrb. f. wiss. Botan. Bd. xx,

. 183-211, Taf. x.—xii.

——. (1889 a.)—“ Neue Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Volvox,”’

Ber. d. deutsch. botan. Gesellsch., Jahrg. 1889, Bd. vii. pp. 42-53,

Taf. ii.

—. (1890.)—‘ Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber Morphologie

und Biologie der Fortpflanzung bei der Gattung Volvox,” Ber. d.

naturf. Gesellsch. zu Freiburg i. B., Bd. v. pp. 29-120, Taf. ii.-vi.

156 Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis.

Mieuta, W. (1890.)—“ Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Goniwm pec-

torale,” Botan. Centralbl. Bd. xliv. pp. 72-76, 103-107, 143-146,

Taf. ii.

Mortrer, D. M. (1894.)—“‘ Pleodorina in Indiana,” Botan. Gazette,

vol. xix. p. 383.

Overton, E, (1889.)—“ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Volvox,”

Botan. Centralbl. Bd. xxxix. pp. 65-72, 118-118, 145-150, 177-

182, 209-214, 241-246, 273-279, Taf. i.-ii.

PFEFFER, W. (1884.) — “ Locomotorische Richtungsbewegungen

durch chemische Reize,” Untersuch. a. d. botan. Inst. zu Tiibingen,

Bd. i. pp. 363-482.

Suaw, W. R. (1894.)—“ Pleodorina, a new Genus of the Volvocineze,”

Botan. Gazette, vol. xix. pp. 279-283, pl. xxvii.

Wits, A. W. (1880.)—*On the Structure and Life-History of

Volvox globator,’ Midland Naturalist, vol. iii. pp. 209-214, 233-

237, pls. vil., vill.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *.

Abbreviations.

A, Anterior pole. nel, Nucleolus.

chr. Chromatophore. o.l. Outer layer of sheath.

cm. Getlnent rane: P. Posterior pole.

f. Flagellum. p.c. Protoplasmic column.

Ju. Furrow. pr. Pyrenoid.

g.c. Gonidial cell. r. Reticulum.

2.1, Inner layer of sheath. s. Stigma.

m. Matrix. sh, Sheath.

mm. Matrix membrane. v.c. Vegetative cell,

n. Nucleus. I, I, II. Cleavage planes.

PLATE V.

. Pleodorina illinoisensis, lateral view of colony. X 500.

. Lateral view of vegetative cell. x 1500.

. Lateral view of gonidial cell. x 1500.

Lateral view of matured colony, showing posterior lobes. X 185.

. Diseased cell, early stage. XX 1250.

. Diseased cell, later stage. x 1250.

> Or CO BD

PLATE VI.+

7. Pleodorina illinoisensis, top view of 2-cell stage.

Fig. 8. Top view of 4-cell stage.

Fig. 9. Lateral view of 4-cell stage.

Fig. 10. Top view of 8-cell stage.

Fig. 11. Lateral view of 8-cell stage.

Fig. 12. Top view of 16-cell stage.

Fig. 13. Lateral view of 16-cell stage.

Fig. 14. Top view of 32-cell stage.

* Figures drawn by C. A. Kofoid and inked by Miss L. M. Hart.

+ Figs. 7-14 magnified 1000 diameters,

Bibliographical Notice. 157

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum.

Volume II. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Noline, Lithosianse) in the

Collection of the British Museum. By Sir Grores F. Hampson,

Bart. 8vo. Pp.xx,589. Plates xvili-xxxv. London: printed

by order of the Trustees, 1900,

Tue first Catalogue of Moths (Lepidoptera Heterocera as they used

to be called, or Lepidoptera Phaleenz as some recent authors prefer

to call them) was published in thirty-five small volumes, without

plates, between 1854 and 1866, and was edited by the late Francis

Walker. Notwithstanding the numerous.errors which have fairly or

unfairly been charged against this work, its publication lent an

enormous impetus to the study, for it enumerated upwards of 20,000

species, most of which, except in a portion of the Micro-Lepidoptera,

were described, with full synonymy in the case of known species.

But Walker’s Catalogue is now quite out of date, and the earlier

volumes are entirely out of print, and therefore the Trustees of the

British Museum have projected a new Catalogue covering the same

ground, but profusely illustrated with plates and figures (rendered

all the more necessary by the stringency of the official regulations,

which do not admit of specimeus once registered ever being lent out

of the building), and have entrusted the commencement of the work

to Sir George F, Hampson. We say the commencement, for though

Sir George is not an old man, and his energy and rapidity of work

are well known, it will take two or three men’s official lifetimes at

least to complete the work on the same plan, unless several men are

employed to work at different families at the same time.

The two volumes which have already appeared (in 1898 and

1900) include descriptions of 2377 species, and yet the ground

which they cover only corresponds to a comparatively small portion

of the first two volumes of Walker’s Catalogue, with the corre-

sponding supplements. This will be enough to show the enormous

increase in our knowledge of the subject within the last fifty years.

Sir George is working undcr very favourable circumstances, for

the entomological section of the reference library at South Ken-

sington is to all intents and purposes practically complete ; and the

collection of Moths has been so largely increased lately, that it is

now, beyond dispute, one of the very best in the world, if not incon-

testably the best. Moreover, in the earlier famities he has the

advantage of the assistance of Mr. Kirby’s approximately complete

Catalogue of Sphinges and Bombyces, published in 1892, and for

later years the ‘ Zoological Record’ &c.; so that the chances of

anything important being overlocked are reduced to a minimum.

Sir George Hampson’s methods of work are so similar in all his

publications that those who have seen one volume of his work on

the ‘ Moths of India’ or one volume of the present series, may form

a fair judgment of the whole. All the species are briefly described

(the bulk of the book forbids very lengthy descriptions, which are,

moreover, less necessary in the case of recognizably figured species),

158 Miscellaneous.

and the numerous tables of genera and species will be very useful.

We are glad tosee, too, that transformations are described in the case

of the comparatively few species in which they are known. We

may mention that the excellent (and, in the present volume,

crowded) coloured plates are by Mr. Horace Knight.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the *‘ Ankiindung eines systematischen Werkes von den Schmetter-

lingen der Wienergegend’ of Schiffermiiller and Denis, By Lovts

B. Prout, F.E.S.

Tur well-known ‘Systematisches Verzeichniss der Schmetterlinge

der Wienergegend’ by the above-named authors is invariably cited

by modern writers as dating from 1776, and I am not aware that

that date has ever been challenged. I have, however, for some

years past, been acquainted with a copy of the same work under a

different title, bearing date 1775, and have been somewhat puzzled

by it; but as my studies have not hitherto necessitated a critical

investigation of the work, I have not until quite recently taken up

the question seriously. In doing so, however, I find sufficient

evidence to be worthy of publication, and by the advice of

Mr. John Hartley Durrant, with whom I have been in corre-

spondence on the subject, I have prepared the following notes.

In the library of the British Museum (Bloomsbury) is the copy

which first arrested my attention, coming from the library of

Sir Joseph Banks, and quite accurately catalogued by Dryander in

‘ Bibl. Banks.’ i. p. 254. The title reads “ Ankitindung | eines |

systematischen Werkes | von den Schmetterlingen | der Wiener-

gegend | herausgegeben | von einigen Lehrern | am k. k. Theresi-

anum. | Wien, | verlegts Augustin Bernardi Buchhiindler. 1775.”

Another copy, identical with this, was acquired by Smith in 1784

from Linné’s library, and is, of course, preserved by the Linnean

Society ; this latter is of considerable interest, as it is still in the

original boards, while that at Bloomsbury has been re-bound, and

lettered on the back “ Ankiindigung eines Werkes von den Schmet-

terlingen der Wienergegend. Wien. 1775.” With the exception of

the titlepage and the frontispiece, this early issue is identical with

the well-known ‘ Systematisches Verzeichniss’ of 1776, so that, as

Mr. Sherborn says (i Uitt., 13th Feb. 1900), * there was only one

printing of the body of the work—the same broken letters occur in

every copy.” Mr. Sherborn further writes :—‘ Note that the 1775

T.P. isa ‘ woodblock,’ not type set, and the 1776 T.P. is engraved on

copper.’ The frontispiece and plates are coloured, but the former is

arranged as in the wncoloured 1776 copies. A third issue (1776 also)

has coloured plates, but the frontispiece is somewhat differently

designed. I have seen no copy of the ‘ Ankiindung’ excepting the

two above mentioned, but the following bibliographical references

deal with it.

Mr. Durrant called my attention to the fact that Hiselt, ‘ Ges,

Syst. Lit. Ins.’ 203 (1836), and Percheron, ii, 89-40 (1837), both

Miscellaneous. 159

cite ed. 1775—the latter, however, under the title ‘ Systematisches

Verzeichniss’ &c. This latter, perhaps, accounts for Hagen’s slip

(i. 167), where, under Denis, he gives nearly the 1776 title, with

the 1775 date. Engelmann (505) falls into just the opposite error,

citing the 1775 title with date 1776.

Hagen (ii. 122), under Schiffermiiller, gives “i. Ankiindigung

.... 1775,” but only at second hand, as he had not seen it.

Percheron (J. c.) quotes among the reviews of the work ‘“ Jena

gel. Zeit. 1775, p. 825.” As there is no copy of the ‘Jenaische

Zeitungen von Gelehrten Sachen’ in this country, 1 wrote to

Dr. O. Taschenberg, in Halle, who very obligingly sent for a copy

from Jena and wrote me out the review verbatim. It appeared in

“ rxxxxviiI Stiick. Freytags den 8 December 1775,” pp. 825-826,

and described the work as ‘ Ankiindigung .... 1775. 322 S. in er.

4, nebst 8 Kupfertafeln,” quite accurately, except that I suppose 8

to be a typographical error for “3,”’—an error, however, which has

been followed by Schréter and by ‘“ L'Esprit des Journaux.” The

reviewer says, ‘‘ Dieses hier angekiindigte fiirtrefliche Werk

haben wir vorziiglich den Herren Professoren Schifermiiller [sic]

und Denis zu danken,” and goes on to discuss appreciatively the

authors’ plan. ‘The title ‘« Ankiindung” was of course indicative of

the fact (well-known to lepidopterists) that even this great catalogue

of 322 pp. was only intended as the precursor of a much greater

work which never appeared. But the title in question has given

rise to much confusion, and it is highly probable, as Dr. Taschenberg

suggests, that it was changed in 1776 to ‘‘ Systematisches Verzeich-

niss” &c. because its scope had bcen misunderstood. It is quite

obvious, as Mr. Durrant points out, that there cannot ‘“ have been

such a demand for this work in 1775 as to necessitate a second

edition in 1776” (in litt., 9 Feb. 1900); moreover, Mr. Sherborn

has shown from internal evidence that there is only one printing in

question. Mr, Durrant inclines to regard the 1775 copies as

‘advertisement advance-copies with a temporary title.”

Other contemporary references to the ‘“‘ Ankiindung” may be

briefly noted as follows—I give nothing which I have not personally

verified :—

Schroter, ‘“‘Abhandlungen iiber verschiedene Gegenstiinde der

Naturgeschichte,” erster Theil, 1776, ‘‘ Vorrede” (dedication is

dated 28 Feb. 1776): ‘* Mein Manuscript war bereits in den Hiinden

meines Herrn Verlegers, als mir noch eine Arbeit zu Gesichte kam

die ich nicht tibergehen kan.” He then gives the title ‘* Ankiindig-

ung” &c., 1775, and remarks that the book might appear to many

too detailed for a mere *‘ Ankiindigung,” &c., &c.

‘ L’Esprit des Journaux’ for April 1776, p. 400, gives “* Ankundig-

ung [ste] einer systematischen werks von der sehmerligen” [sic!},

&c., 1775, very probably merely after the account in the ‘Jena.

Zeit.’

Schulze, in ‘ Neue Mannigfaltigkeiten,’ iv. pp. 26 (bis—recte 28)

et seq. (Berlin, 1st June, 1776), reviews the ‘* Ankiindigung....

1775” very fully.

Berlinische Sammlungen,’ ix. p, 219 (recte 308), 1777, refers to

160 Miscellaneous.

both issues, apparently assuming that of 1775 to be a true An-

kindigung.

Cobres, ‘Delicize Cobresiane,’ p. 387 (178%), gives “ Syst.

Verzeichniss .... 1776,” but adds, ‘ Anfiinglich kam es unter dem

Titel Ankiindigung eines systematischen Verzeichnisses [sic]... .

heraus.”

Prange, ‘ Verz. Schrift. Naturgesch.’ p. 207, copies Cobres.

The earliest review which I have seen of the issue entitled

‘Systematisches Verzeichniss’ &c., is Erxleben’s, in his ‘ Physikal-

ische Bibliothek,’ iv. Stiick 2, pp. 190-207 (1777); but others soon

folluw. In Denis’s own work cn ‘ Die Merkwiirdigkeiten der k. k.

garellischen 6ffentl, Bibliothek am Theresiano’ (Wien, Bernardi,

1780), of which the preface is dated 3rd Nov., 1778, we find

(pp. 16-32) a chronclogical list of works in the library which

appeared from 1747 to 1778. Under 1775 there is no mention of

the ‘ Anktindung, but under 1776 the Syst. Verz. is duly regis-

tered, with the comment ‘‘ durch des ersten [7. ¢. Schiffermiiller’s |

Beforderung zum Directorate des so genannten nordischen Colle-

giums in Linz ist die Fortsetzung dieses Werkes wenigstens auf

einige Jahre gehemmet worden.”

Mr. Durrant calls my attention toa possible further complication.

Engelmann, 514, and Hagen, 11. 122, quote the 1776 edition as

“Wien (Beck)”; but all the copies which I have seen or which

are noticed in the early writers were published by Bernardi; and

Dr. Taschenberg explains to me that the fact that Engelmann places

** Beck” in brackets indicates that that name will not be found on

the titlepage, but that ‘‘ das ist entweder der Commissions verlag

oder der Eigentiimer der Firma Bernardi” (in ltt., 8 Mar., 1900).

I have at present quite an open mind as to whether the date 1775

should be accepted for this work or not; but in the meanwhile I

venture to make a practical suggestion that for “ priority ” rank it

should be placed after the other 1775 literature (Fabricius, Syst.

Ent.; Naturforscher vi., vii., &c.), but before that of 1776 (Sulzer,

Abgek. Geschichte; Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr.; Naturforscher viii.

&e.). I also gladly follow Mr. Sherborn’s suggestion (in litt.), and

recommend that henceforth it be cited as ‘ Schmett. Wien,’ as this

does not cause any confusion in the title.

246 Richmond Road, N.E.,

16th March, 1900.

Abundance of the Greater Sul-Smelt (Argentina silus, Ascan.) on the

Market of Boston, Lincolnshire. By G. A. Boutenenr, F.R.S.

The Natural History Museum has received, through the kindness

of Mr. W. H. Shrubsole, F.G.S., specimens of this rare fish, measur-

ing up to 14 inches, which had been sent to him by Mr. F. Kime,

with the information that great numbers had been brought on the

25th June to Boston and sold in every direction. The only record

of the capture in English waters of this deep-sea fish well known

from the coast of Norway is of a quantity taken on the 15th June,

1898, off the south coast of Ireland (cf. Holt, Journ. Mar. Biol.

Assoe. v. 1898, p. 341). Mr. Kime writes to me that these fish,

which excited great curiosity on the market, were caught in deep

water somewhere about the coast of Norway.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 32. AUGUST 1900.

XVI.—Notes on Diptera from South Africa (Tabanide and

Asilidz). by Miss Gerrrupe Ricarpo.

THE Diptera treated of in this paper are those collected by

Mr. Distant, chiefly from the Transvaal, but a few come trom

Angola and Nyasaland. The new species will be figured

later in his work on the insect fauna of the Transvaal. The

other families represented in his collection will be described on

a future occasion.

Tabanida.

P4ANGONINE.

Cadicera nigrescens, 3, sp. n.

One female from Zomba, British Central Africa (Rendua/i).

This species, rather resembling C. rubra-marginata, Macq.,

differs from it in the following particulars :—T'he antennz are

imperfect in this specimen. ‘The red colouring on the abdo-

men is not so widespread, there is xo central dorsal red stripe

on the first three segments, the red at the sides is less marked

and does not begin till the third segmenr, on the ventral side

it extends as a band on the last segment. There is a greyish

band on the forehead behind the antenne, extending to the

sides, plainly visible when viewed from behind. The palpi

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. ll

162 Miss G. Ricardo on

are not quite so thick. The wings are rather darker and the

insect is smaller.

Length 15 millim.

Type (female), Zomba, British Central Africa (Rendall).

PanGontia, Rond.

Pangonia biclausa, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 19 (1860).

One male from Pretoria (W. Z. D.).

This agrees with the description of the female given by

Loew ; it is one of the species with the fourth posterior cell

closed (see Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 109,

and remarks on P. Br evis, Loew, which will es apply to this

species).

Pangonia chrysopila, Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 194 (1884) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 137 (1854).

One female from Pretoria (Rendall).

Probably belongs to this species. Macquart’s description ts

very meagre; if correct, it belongs to Pangonia, Rondani,

the eyes being bare.

Pangonia angulatu, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 5 (1805);

Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 97 (1828) ; Macq., Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 429, tab. xv. fig. 4 (1837) ; Loew,

Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 20 (1860).

Panyonia obesa, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 185 (1854) ;

Schiner, Reise der Nov ara, p. 99 (1866).

One female from Stellenbosch, 1888.

Corizoneura varicolor, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i, p. 98

(1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 134 (1848), pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 137 (1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17

(1860).

Gne temale from Pretoria (W. L. D.); two males and two

females trom Namaqualand (Cochrane); two males from

Barberton (Rendall); one female from Kowie, Jan. 1895

(F. Pym) ; one male from Pretoria (W. L. D.), Oct. 1895.

The female from Kowie has the first posterior cell closed

and pedunculated, similar to a female in the British Museum

collection ; there is no doubt these belong to the above species,

which evidently must be added to those other species of Pan-

gonine which vary in this particular in different individuals.

The males have the prolongations on the fore tarsi (see

Diptera from South Africa. 163

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 110); one male is very

dark in colouring, and all the males have the thorax darker

than in the females.

Corizoneura suavis, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidatrik. p. 17 (1860).

One female from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Corizoneura lateralis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 9L. 4 (1805) ;

Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 101 (1828); Walker,

List Dipt. pt. i. p. 1384 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 1385

(1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidatrik. p. 17 (1860).

One male from Cape Town.

The stripes on the thorax are not distinct, nor is the white

spot on the wing, but the eyes not quite meeting agree with

Loew’s description.

Rhinomyza denticornis, Wiedem , Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. ILL

(1828); Walker, List Dipt. 1. p. 192 (1848); Loew, Dipt.

Siidatrik. p. 21 (1850).

Stlvius denticornis, Wiedem., J. c.

Dichelacera binotata, Macq., Dipt. Exet. i. p. 113.

One female from Barberton (Rexdull) ; two females from

Pretoria, one male trom Rustenburg (IW. L. /).

Chrysops stigmaticalis, Loew, Dipt. Sidafrik. p. 29, tab. 1.

fig. 18 (1860).

‘Three females, all from Pretoria.

ABANINZ.

Tabanus biguttatus, Wiedem., Auss. zweill. Ins. u. p. 623

(1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 231

(1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 37 (1860); Karsch,

Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxxi. p. 370 (1887).

Tabanus cilipes, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 120 (1838); Walker, 7. ¢.

p. 286.

Tabanus cerberus, Walker, /. c. pt. i. p. 48 (1848).

Tabanus tripunctifer, Walker, Zool. viii. Appendix 95 (1850).

Tabanus noctis, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 42 (1850).

One female from Graham’s ‘Town, June 1893 (Rev. Wal-

lace) ; one temale trom Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ;

one female from Namaqualand (Cochrane).

164 Miss G. Ricardo on

Tabanus sagittarius, Macq., 1. c. p. 123; Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 228 (1850).

Tabanus socius, Walker, l. c. pt. i. p. 160.

Tabanus serratus, Loew, 1. c. p. 39, tab. i. fig. 21.

Nine females from Pretoria (W. ZL. D.); eight females

from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); one female from

Uganda (Ansorge).

Tabanus latipes, Macq., 1. c. i. p. 119; Loew, 7. c. p. 36;

Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. v. 2 (1862).

Tabanus latipes, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 236, pt. v. Suppl. J, p. 828

(1854).

Fabanus fenestratus, Walker, Zoologist, viii. Appendix 67 (1850) ;

List Dipt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 219 (1854),

Tabanus africanus, Gray.

One female from Zomba, British Central Africa; three

females from Angola (Montero).

Tabanus nyase, 2, sp. n.

One female (type) from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Ren-

dall).

Belongs to division B A638 of Loew. Eyes naked. No

appendix. Fore tibie not thickened. Wings clear.

Brown. Face and palpi greyish, the latter with short

black jubescence on the upperside. Forehead yellowish

grey, with a shining reddish oblong spot above antenne, a

stripe ot the same colour about half as long again proceeding

from it towards the veitex. Antenne with the first joint on

its upper half thickly covered with black hairs, the second

reddish, the third on first annulation greyish. Thorax with

giey tomentum and five grey stripes. Abdomen with trian-

gular greyish spots on segments 2-5 forming an irregular

stripe; on the side of each segment a greyish oblong spot, not

reaching ile anterior margin; the posterior margins of seg-

ments aie narrowly grey; the extreme lateral margins of

fifth and sixth segments are fulvous ; the dorsum of abdomen

covered with short black pubescence. The ventral part of

abdomen is reddish, with an indistinct black stripe in the

centie. legs with Jorg grey and some black hairs on anterior

femoraand tibiae; the posterior tibie have shorter pubescence,

chiefly black. Wings hyaline, the fore border and base

hrownish yellow, veins brown. Halteres brown, with yellowish

club.

Length 153 millim. ; width of head 5 millim.

Diptera from South Africa. 165

Tabanus nigrohirtus, ?, sp. n.

One female in British Museum Ooll., labelled ‘‘ Bonny,

July 1872, 73. 66”; two females in Mr. Distant’s Coll.

labelled “ Bonny, July 1872.”

Belongs to division BAb2 of Loew. Eyes naked. No

appendix. Fore tibiz not thickened. Wings shaded.

Reddish brown. Face red, with white pubescence ; palpi

yellow, with black pubescence. Beard white. Forehead

greyish, with a long red-brown stripe in the centre. Antenne

red, the apex of the joints black; pubescence on the first two

joints black, on the third ereyish. Thorax with three in-

distinct black stripes, the middle one divided by a narrow

median line; covered with hoary tomentum and short black

pubescence, with longer black hairs on the sides; breast red,

with grey pubescence and tomentum. Scutellum red, with

some hoary tomentum. Abdomen dark red, with a narrow

dorsal greyish line extending from the first to the fifth seg-

ment; the whole surface of the abdomen is covered with

short black pubescence, which is usually thickest on the

fourth and following segments; on the extreme lateral

margins there are some white hairs; in one specim3n the

median line is indistinct: the underside of abdomen ts lighter

red, with less black pubescence and some white hairs; the

posterior margins of the segments are lighter in colour and

only the extreme apex dark.

Legs reddish yellow, the coxe with grey pubescznce;

the anterior femora, the apical half of the tibize, and all the

tarsi are blackish, and sometimes the posterior femora; the

hairs on the outer edge of the femora are white, and there is

some white pubescence on the tibiz, elsewhere it is black.

Wings grey, on fore border yellowish, veins brown; no

appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein.

Length 16 millim.; width of head 3 millim.

Type (female), Bonny, July 1872, 73. 65, in British Mu-

seum Coll.

Aitylotus nigromaculatus, 2, sp. n.

Thirteen females; five from Pretoria, the rest from Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland.

Resembles Tabanus bipunctatus, Wulp (‘ Notes Leyden

Museum,’ vii. p. 72, 1885), from West and South Africa, in

having two black spots on the forehead ; but the eyes have a

band which Wulp expressly mentions as non-existent in his

species, and the abdomen does not agree with his description.

I theretore venture to make it a new species.

166 Miss G. Ricardo on

Dark grey. Face and palpi whitish, with white hairs ;

some black pubescence on the upperside of the latter, more

marked in some of the series than in the type. Beard

scanty and whitish. On the forehead are two distinct black

shining spots, the upper one near the antenne lheart-shaped;

with a longitudinal groove, the other oval. ‘The pubescence

on the eyes is very slight, hardly perceptible ; there is a cross-

band extending to opposite the cordiform spot. The antenne

are light yellow, the first joint greyish, with some black hairs ;

the apex of the third joint is more orange in colour, Thorax

with greyish or light yellow short pubescence. Abdomen

with a distinct central grey stripe extending from the first

to the sixth segment; this is not so distinct in those from

Nyasaland ; on each side is another stripe more yellow in

colour, not extending beyond the fifth segment. The ventral

side has no stripes, clothed with short light yellowish pubes-

cence. Legs reddish yellow, the coxe with light grey pubes-

cence, the anterior tibiae at their apex and the tarsi dark

fuscous; on the posterior legs only the last four joints of the

tarsi are darker.

Wings hyaline, the fore nerves yellow; a short appendix

on the fork of the third vein, not always present.

Length 124 millim.; width of head 4 millim.

Type (female), Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Asilida.

Laparus albicinetus, 2 , sp. n.

One female from Barberton (P. Rendall).

This species will belong to Loew’s division A } (see Dipt.

Siidafrik.). Fore tibize having an end spur and four to six

bristles on the anterior margin of the mouth.

Black. Face brown, shining, with testaceous tomentum at

the sides, bordering the eyes, and round the mouth. The

four large bristles near the mouth are black, with a few black

hairs below. Antenne red, the first joint and the base of the

second blackish, a large bristle on the latter. Forehead

black, with some greyish-red tomentum; a short central

longitudinal furrow extends from the antenne to the ocelli-

eerous tubercle. The bristles and hairs on the hind part of

head are black. Proboscis and palpi black, the latter with

black hairs.

The thorax is black, with a whitish band on each side

extending the whole length, and three faint white stripes on

the dorsum, only noticeable on the anterior border. Scutellum

Diptera from South Africa. 167

bordered with grey. ‘The breast-sides shining black, with

very faint reddish-grey tomentum. Abdomen blue-black,

shining. Halteres brown. Legs dark red, the coxe and last

joints of tarsi, the fore femora, and the base of the posterior

femora black; there are no bristles on the fore femora; all

the bristles and pubescence on the legs black.

Wings light brown, lighter at the apex, the opening of the

fourth posterior cell is a little narrowed.

Length 14 millim.

Type (female), Barberton (P. Rendall).

Microstylum dispar, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 78 (1860).

Four males from Rustenburg, two males from Pretoria.

Microstylum nigribarbatum, Bigot, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. (5)

vil. p. 408 (1878).

One male from Pretoria probably belongs to this species,

though the third joint of antenne is reddish, not black, and

the hind tibia have white hairs on the underside, extending

nearly halfway, of which no mention is made by Bizot.

Microstylum acutirostre, Loew, Ber. d. Akad. d. Wissench.

zu Berlin, p. 658 (1852) ; Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 79 (1860) ;

Peters’s Reise, p. 7, tab. 1. figs. 5, 6 (1862).

One male from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland.

The third joint of palpi is red on its apical half, not wholly

black; the last segment of abdomen has an orange-yellow

border; the double black stripe on the thorax is not wider

anteriorly, nor reddish ; and the wings are not so dark as in

Loew’s description.

Microstylum rufinevrum, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. v. p. 49

(1850).

One female from Barberton (Rendall).

The pubescence on the first joint of tarsi is orange-red

instead of white; the wings are hardly brown as in Mac-

quart’s description, but greyish. Macquart’s type came from

Gaboon,

Microstylum spurinus, Walker, List Dipt. pt. ii. p. 308

(1849).

Dasypogon spurinus, Walker, J. ¢.

One female from Pretoria.

168 Miss G. Ricardo on

This differs from the type in having stiff black bristles on

the thorax, instead of long white hairs, otherwise it seems

identical with Walker’s type.

Microstylum glabrum, 2, sp. n.

One female from Pretoria (W.L.D.); one female from

Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

This species closely agrees with Loew’s description of

M. gulosum, g, but is probably a distinct species; it differs

in the following particulars from M. gulosum :—

The abdomen is dull black on the first four segments,

shining black on the last four; there is no pubescence on the

dorsum of abdomen, and only some on the first segment of

the underside. Legs black; the pubescence on the femora

and the posterior tibie white, on the anterior tibize black.

The first posterior cell of the wings is not narrowed at the

apex; the 4 spines at the apex of the tibie are very stout.

Length 26 millim.

Type (female), Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Microstylum elegans, § & 2, sp. n.

Three males and two females from Pienaars River (W.

L. D.); two females from Pretoria (W. Z. D.).

Belongs to division Ba of Loew.—Moustache confined to

the lower part of the face, thick, with no stout bristles inter-

mixed. ;

Black. Face with yellowish-white tomentum ; the mous-

tache composed of long white hairs ; palpi black, covered

with long white hairs; beard white; antenne black, with

black hairs on the first two joints. Forehead with two

whitish spots reaching from the eyes towards the centre,

the remaining portion black; at the sides are long white

hairs reaching to the antenng; on the posterior half they

are black; on the hind part of head and on the collar

white. Thorax brown, witha broad grey stripe on each side,

clothed with long white hairs and bristles, which extend to

the posterior part of the thorax; seutellum grey, with long

white pubescence ; breast-sides brown, with white tomentum

and a few white hairs.

Abdomen black, with very distinct grey-white bands on

the posterior border of each segment, narrowest on the last

one, extending up the side of each segment; they are bor-

dered by a slight fulvous edge, more noticeable when viewed

from behind; the whitish pulescence on the abdomen is short

and spare, except at the sides of the first two segments, where

Diptera from South Africa, 169

it is long; the underside of abdomen is grey, with some

scattered white hairs. Legs black; the coxe grey, with

long white hairs; the femora and tibie with short white

pubescence; all the bristles on legs are white, with the ex-

ception of some on the last four tarsal joints. Halteres brown.

Wings clear, grey shading on the fore border as far as the

second longitudinal vein, extending into the submarginal cells,

where it gradually ends in a point; it also fills the centre of

the first and fourth posterior cells, and there is a small irre-

gular patch of it in the basal half of the second posterior

cell; veins yellow ; the first posterior cell is nearly closed

in some specimens, in others hardly narrowed.

Length 27 millim.

Type (female), Pienaars River (W. LZ. D ).

The female is very similar, but the last three segments of

the abdomen are wholly black, though on the side of the sixth

the grey stripe is present ; the abdomen is more shining and

less pubescent. The pubescence on the legs is a little

slighter. The first posterior cell of the wings varies as

above.

Length 30 millim.

Type (female), Pienaars River (W. LZ. D.).

‘These fine flies were found flying near the ground, on

bare open veldt. One female was caught attacking a grass-

hopper.

Microstylum nigrescens, § & 3, sp.n.

Two males and two females from Angola, in British Museum

Coll., 76.55 and 73.663; one male and two females from

Angola (Monteiro), in Mr. Distant’s Coll.

Belongs to division B 6 of Loew.—Moustache confined to

the lower part of the face, thin, with very stout bristles inter-

mixed.

3. Black. Face brown, with yellowish or whitish tomen-

tum; the moustache consists of four large black bristles,

intermixed with a very few black hairs; palpi black, the

tips reddish, clothed with black hairs. Beard black. An-

tenne black, the first and second joints more or less red with

black hairs and bristles. Forehead with an oblong shining

black spot on the vertex, continued as a narrow black line

to the anteune, sides greyish with black hairs and bristles,

‘he hind part of head grey, with black hairs. ‘The collar

covered with greyish tomentum, ieddish on the posterior

half in the centre. ‘Lhorax black ; the shoulders, sides, and

posterior halt reddish, with greyish tomentum, forming one

ceitral bruad stripe divided in the middle, and one on each

170 Miss G. Ricardo on

side, not attaining the fore border; all the bristles and the

short hairs on the dorsum are black. Scutellum red, with

grey tomentum.

Abdomen dull black, some dull reddish colour on the

second, third, and fourth segments, becoming more or less

distinct bands on the posterior margins; some very short

black pubescence on the sides; genital organ red, with black

pubescence. Halteres red. Legs bright red, with black

pubescence and bristles; the coxe are brown, with greyish

tomentum. Wings light brown, veins yellowish red,

Length 20 millim.

Type (male), Angola, 73. 66 in British Museum Coll.

?. The greyish stripes on the thorax are not so distinct.

The last three segments of abdomen are shining black, the

extreme edge of the last one reddish. Wings in the type

are brownish, but one female has almost clear wings; the

veins are yellowish red in all, those on the fore border deepest

in colour.

Length 26 millim.

Type (female), Angola 73. 66 in British Museum Coll.

Scylaticus rufescens, 3, Sp. Nn.

One female from Barberton (P. Rendall).

Allied to S. costalis, Wiedem., but distinguished from it

by the orange-red moustache, wholly red antenne, and the

presence of grey spots on the second segment of the abdomen.

Black. Face with white tomentum. The moustache,

which extends nearly halfway up the face, consists of bright

orange-red hairs. Palpi and proboscis black, with reddish

pubescence. Beard reddish. Antenne red, the first two

joints with red hairs. The forehead black with reddish hairs.

The hind part of head bordered with orange-red hairs.

Collar and thorax black, the latter with the shoulders and

posterior margin red, covered with yellowish pubescence.

Scutellum red, with some long reddish bristles. Abdomen

with the first segment black, the anterior border of the

second black, with an oblong grey spot on each side,

the space between and behind the spots is red, and the

posterior border of the segment consists of a light yellow

continuous band; the third, fourth, and fifth segments are

orange-red, bordered with a zigzag black band, and on their

lateral margins the light yellow band appears; the sixth and

seventh are almost wholly orange-red; the pubescence on

the abdomen consists of sparse light reddish hairs, longer

and lighter in colour at the sides: on the underside the

Diptera from South Africa. 171

yellow bands are continuous on the second, third, and fourth

segments. Legs red; the coxe black with grey tomentum,

the hairs and bristles on the legs are whitish yellow. Halteres

red. Wings hyaline, on the fore border brown, reaching to

the discal cell, but not extending to the base of the wing;

the fourth posterior cell is slightly narrowed at the opening.

Length 133 millin.

Type (female), Barberton (P. Rendall).

Damalis speciosa, 3, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 108 (1860).

One female from Barberton (P. Rendall). Is apparently

the female of this species.

The third joint of the antenne, which was wanting in

Loew’s type, 1s black, with the long bristle black, and white

towards the tip. ‘The pubescence on the dorsum of the

abdomen is sparse, so that the ground-colour is seen, dark

reddish with transverse black bands.

Lamyra gulo, Loew, Bemerk. iiber Fam. Asiliden, p. 19

(Berlin, 1853) ; id. Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 113 (1860).

One male from Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka); one

male from Waterberg District (Wi/de); two males from

Angola (Monteiro).

Vhe above specimens have three white bands on the

abdomen, the first segment having a rather narrower one

than the other two, leaving the anterior border free, but

almost reaching the posterior border; it is not visible on the

underside. In ‘ Bemerk. ittber Fam. Asiliden,’ Loew men-

tions the three bands, but in his ‘ Dipt. Siidafrik.’ he only

mentions two bands. ‘he third joint of the antenne is

somewhat grey. In every other particular these specimens

agree with the description. They vary from 20-32 millim.

in length. ‘The two from Angola are both injured and have

lost the third joint of antenne.

Laphria aureoptilosa, 8, sp. n.

One male from Durban (W. Z. D.).

Blue-black, shining. Face covered with yellowish to-

mentum, the lower part is occupied by a large black tubercle ;

below the antennez are black bristles and hairs, with a few

long golden-yellow hairs, which extend down each side of

the face. The moustache is composed of black bristles and

some light yellowish ones on the lower half. Beard yel-

lowish. Palpi small, black. Antenne black, the first two

172 Miss G. Ricardo on

joints with thick black pubescence. Forehead black, with

black bristles and hairs. Thorax covered with short dense

yellow hairs. Breast-sides have some grey tomentum and

black pubescence. Scutellum and abdomen have similar

pubescence to that of the thorax; genital organ black,

shining, with black pubescence. Underside of abdomen

black, with yellow hairs. Legs black; the anterior and

middle coxe covered with grey tomentum; the pubescence on

the legs consists of long light yellowish hairs, except on the

apex of tibia and first joint of tarsi, which are clothed under-

neath with dense fulvous pubescence, and the last four joints

of all the tarsi, which have black pubescence; hind tibize

much thickened, red at the extreme base, no bristles on the

underside. Halteres yellow. Wings dark brown, clear on

the basal half, veins dark brown.

Length 13 millim,

Type (male), Durban (W. Z. D.).

Heplistomera nolilis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 120 (1:60).

‘Two males and two females from Fort Johnston, Nyasa-

land (P. Rendall); one male from Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka).

Lawenecera zonata, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 123 (1860).

One female trom Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Laxenccera albicinta, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 122 (1860).

One female from Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Dasythrix brachyptera, Loew, Bemerk. tiber. Fam. Asiliden,

p. 21 (Berlin, 1853) ; id. Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 126 (1860).

D. brachyptera, 3, Loew, and DP, stenura, 3, Loew (Dipt.

Siidafrik. p. 125), are probably the male and female of one

species, as Loew himself suggests, and Gerstaécker, in Decken’s

Reisen in Ost-Afrik., concurs; if thisis the case, brachyptera

having priority must be adopted.

One male from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.); two females from

Pretoria (W. L. D.).

These three specimens from the same place seem to con-

firm the above supposition, being very similar in general

appearance,

Promachus fulvipes, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. (2) p. 98 (1888) ;

Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 182 (1860),

Oue male from Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Diptera from South Afric c. 173

Promachus albicinctus, 6 & 2, sp. n.

One male and three females from Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Allied to fu/vipes, but easily distinguished from it by the

wholly black antenna.

g and 2. Grey. Face brown, covered with dense yellow

tomentum. The moustache consists of yellow bristles, from

which there extends up each side of the face a row of long

yellow hairs reaching to the antenne, and ending with a few

black bristles and hairs. Palpi black, with long yellow

hairs. Beard white. Forehead with black bristles and

hairs on the anterior half, the posterior with yellow ones.

Antenne black, the first two joints with yellow pubescence.

Hind part of the head in the centre with yellow bristles, at

the sides yellow and black intermixed, with long white hairs.

Thorax brown, with the central stripe rather lighter; the

shoulders, sides, and anterior half covered with dense reddish-

brown tomentum, which borders the side-stripes and runs

between their several divisions as a narrow line; the pubes-

cence is black on the dorsum, with a fringe of longer white

hairs on the fore border, some scattered ones on the sides

and on the posterior part. Scutellum brown, with grey

tomentum, black bristles, and white hairs. Breast-sides

brown, with reddish-brown tomentum and sparsely scattered

black and white hairs; the tuft over the halteres is red.

Abdomen grey, with transverse black bands, which take up

more than the anterior half of each segment, not reaching

the side border, with rounded corners; the pubescence

whitish yellow, thicker on the first three segments; the

underside grey, with white pubescence; the genital organ

shining black. Legs chestnut-red; the coxz black, with grey

tomentum and long white hairs; the anterior and middle

femora with a black stripe on the upperside; knees black ;

the pubescence on the legs is white, and all bristles black.

Wings clear, yellowish at the extreme base; veins brown,

those on the fore border red.

Length 20 millim.

Types (male), Pretoria (W. LZ. D.); (female), Pretoria

(WES D:)

Promachus bicolor, 3 , sp. n.

One female from Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Black. Face red on the lower half, with yellowish to-

mentum, above black. Moustache extending halfway up

the face consists of yellow bristles below -nd black bristles

174 Miss G. Ricardo on .

above, from it extends on each side of the face to the antenne

a line of short yellow and black bristles. Palpi black, with

white hairs. Forehead black, with black hairs on the ante-

rior half, a few white hairs on the vertex. Antenne black ;

the pubescence on the first two joints is black above, white

below. Beard white. Hind part of head clothed with black

bristles. ‘Thorax black, the shoulders and posterior curners

bright red; some fulvous tomentum on the shoulders and

sides of thorax ; pubescence black, white hairs on the sides

and posterior part. Scutellum black, with black bristles

and white hairs. Breast-sides black, with stripes of grey

tomentum and some sparse white hairs, those over the hal-

teres fulvous. Abdomen iron-grey, with black bands on the

segments nearly reaching to the posterior border, not at-

taining the sides, with rounded corners; the pubescence on

the bands is black, with a fringe of longer white hairs on the

posterior borders of each segment, and some grey tomentum

on the sides of abdomen; viewed from above the abdomen

appears black, with narrow bands of white hairs; the under-

side is black, with white pubescence. Legs red; coxe, knees,

apex of tibia, and tarsi black; a faint indication of a black

stripe on the underside of the anterior and middle femora;

pubescence on the legs white, longest on the anterior coxa ;

all bristles black. Wings clear; veins brown, those on the

fore border and at base red. Halteres red.

Length 22 millim.

Type (female), Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Alcimus rub/ginosus, Gerst., Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrik.

p. 387 (1873), tab. xvi. fig. 5.

Two females from Zomba, British Central Africa (P.

Rendall); two females from Uganda (Ansurge) ; two males

from Zomba, British Central Africa (P. Rendall).

Gersticker described the female. In the above specimens

the thorax varies from dark red-brown with black stripes to

fawn-colour with the central stripes a little darker and only

the side-stripes black; the former and Gersticker’s type have

probably become denuded of tomentum, leaving the ground-

colour (reddish brown) prominent. ‘The only other differences

between these females and the description of the type are

the following :—The pubescence on the anterior part of the

scutellum is white; the last segment of the abdomen is black,

shining. The fere femora have black bristles on the under-

side, with a few white ones intermixed and have no fringe

of long white hairs; there are white bristles on the tarsi of

Diptera from South Africa. 175

the two anterior pairs of legs, besides tho-e at the tip of the

tibie.

In the two male specimens there are no bristles on the fore

femora, but a few long yellowish hairs, there are some black

bristles on the side of abdomen, the male organ is blackish

with short white pubescence, and the anal appendage bright

red. |

Alcimus longurio, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 137 (1860).

Two females trom Durban (W. LZ. D.) are evidently the

female of the above. Loew described the male only. ‘They

differ from his description thus :— ;

The thorax in one of the specimens has the median black

stripes very narrow, posteriorly merged in one broad black

stripe; in the other it is divided by only a narrow umber-

brown line. The fore tibize and the apical half of the posterior

ones, and the first joint of the fore and posterior tarsi, clothed

with short fulvous pubescence on the inner side; the basal

half of the tarsal joints is dark red. ‘lhe moustache extends

to the antenne, with a few black bristles intermixed with some

long yellow hairs. The last segment of abdomen is wholly

black, shining.

Alcimus tristrigatus, 3, Loew, Dipt. Sitdafrik. p. 134, tab. i.

fig. 51 (1860).

One male from Pretoria (W. L. D.).

The third joint of antenne, which was wanting in the

type, is black, and the bristle the same.

Two females from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Though these vary somewhat from the male, I feel con-

vinced they are the same species, their general appearance

being identical. They differ from the description of the male

in the following particulars :—

Antenne wholly black, the moustache continued to the

antennee as a tew scattered white hairs ; cheeks black ; palpi

black, with yellow hairs. The middle stripe of thorax is

darker, the two narrow black lines on the side-stripes of the

male here become respectively a triangular and an oblong

spot; the bristles on the posterior half are black instead of

yellow ; the hairs on the scutellum are all yellow. On the

abdomen the dark spots become a broad band on each segment,

not reaching to the posterior margin; the last sezment is

wholly black, shining; the pubescence on the bands is

yellowish, giving them a fulvous appearance, elsewhere

whitish. Legs black, the tibia on basal half reddish; the

176 Miss G. Ricardo on

pubescence white, becoming fulvous on the basal inner edge

of fore tibia and of the first joint of fore tarsi and on the

inner and under side of the posterior tibia and of the first

joint of tarsi.

Wings with grey shading at the apex, extending to the

first posterior cell, and continuing in a narrow line to the base

of the first submarginal cell.

Alcimus cinerascens, § & 3, sp. n.

Three males and four females from Fort Johnston, Nyasa-

land (P. Rendall).

g.—Grey. Face brown, with whitish tomentum; palpi black,

with white hairs; the moustache consists of a row of black

bristles above the mouth, then of long white hairs, which from

halfway up the face dwindle into a few short ones reaching

to the antenne. Forehead with a few black hairs at the sides.

Antenne red; the third joint black, with grey tomentum, the

bristle black ; the first two joints with black hairs. The hinder

part of head bordered with black bristles intermixed with

white ones, the hairs on sides of head and the beard white,

Thorax and scutellum brown, with grey tomentum; the median’

stripe of the former blackish brown, divided on its whole

length by a narrow brown stripe ; the side-stripes brown, with

an ill-defined black oblong spot on the last three divisions ;

the shoulders reddish ; the bristles on the posterior part of

thorax are black, the pubescence on the scutellum white; the

breast-sides are brown, with grey tomentum and scanty white

pubescence ; the bristles near the halteres white.

Abdomen reddish brown, with darker bands on the seg-

ments, bordered posteriorly by narrow bands of white tomen-

tum, and a stripe of white tomentum on each side; the

pubescence on the dark bands is black, elsewhere white; the

bristles on the sides of the first four segments are white, on

the remaining ones black; the underside cinereous, with grey

tomentum,

Legs red, the fore coxe with grey tomentum and long

white hairs; the posterior coxe partly black, with black

bristles on the outer edges ; the inner side of the femora and

of the anterior and middle tibize, the posterior tibia: except

at the extreme base, and all the tarsi black ; the pubescence

on the legs white ; the fore femora on the basal half and the

fore tibia with long white hairs on the underside ; the poste-

rior tibie and the first joint of the posterior tarsi clothed with

dense fulvous pubescence on the underside; bristles on the

legs black, with some white ones intermixed,

Diptera from South Africa. 17%

Wings clear, a grey shadow in the extreme apex extending

to the third longitudinal vein; the veins brown.

Length 18 millim.

Type (male), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

¢ .—The black bristles of the moustache are only at the sides

of the mouth, those on the back of the head are mostly white.

The last segment of the abdomen is wholly black, shining ;

the bristles on the side of abdomen are wanting, those on the

posterior coxe and the greater number on the legs are white.

Length 22 millim.

Type (female), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

Ommatius fuscovitiatus, g, sp. n.

One male from Pretoria (W. L. D.).

In general appearance this resembles O. jaculator, Walker,

but is distinguished by the first two joints of the antenne

being red.

Brownish grey. Face clothed with silvery- white tomentum ;

moustache composed of white hairs, with two black bristles on

each side ; afew white hairs on the middle of the face, reaching

to the antenne. Palpi black, with white hairs. Beard white.

Antennee red, the last joint and the bristle black ; the hairs

on the first two joints are black. Forehead grey, with

yellowish tomentum, the hairs on the vertex and at the sides

black. The hind part of tne head with a row of black bristles.

Thorax covered with silvery-grey tomentum ; the stripes very

distinct, brown; the median stripe appears widened at its

anterior border and is divided in the centre by a greyish line ;

the short pubescence and the bristles black. Scutellum

brown, with two black bristles. Breast-sides covered with

silvery-grey tomentum, slightly fulvous in the centre; the

scattered hairs are white.

Abdomen brown, with cinereous segmentations ; the pubes-

cence white, the small bristles on the sides of the last

segments black ; the genital organ shining black, the under-

side brown. Legs light yellow; the coxe the same colour as

the breast-sides, with white pubescence ; the knees, the apex

of the first four tarsal joints, and the fifth joint black; the

fore and middle femora with white hairs on the underside,

the middle and posterior femora armed with short black

bristles ; the short pubescence on the legs is black; the

bristles on the outer edge of the anterior tarsi and on the first

joint of the middle tarsi are white, elsewhere black.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 12

178 On Diptera from South Africa.

Wings clear, veins brown; yellowish at the base and the

whole of the first longitudinal vein.

Length 103 millim.

Type (male), Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Lophonotus albofasciatus, 3, sp. n.

Two males from Pretoria (W. ZL. D.).

Belongs to division I. 2. a of Loew. The abdomen with

bristles before the segmentations, the underside with bristles,

the thorax with long hairs or bristles reaching to the anterior

border.

Brown. Face pale yellow; moustache black, reaching to

the antenne, a few white hairs on the upper half. Forehead

brown anteriorly, fawn-coloured posteriorly, with black bristles

and a few white hairs near the antenne. Beard white. An-

tenne black. Palpi black, with black hairs. Hind part of

head bordered with black bristles, then white hairs. Thorax

bronze-coloured, with some white tomentum on the sides,

stripes indistinct ; the mane composed for two thirds of its

length of short black hairs, the last third of longer white

hairs, on its whole length bordered by black bristles, thicker

at each end; some short white hairs are scattered on the sides

and posterior border. Scutellum the same colour as the

thorax, clothed with long white hairs and a double row of

long black bristles. Abdomen with a black central stripe and

irregular black spots, and reddish-brown tomentum on the

sides ; the pubescence on the first segment consists of long

white hairs in the centre and black ones at the sides; else-

where the pubescence is black, except at the sides of the

apical half, where are some white hairs; the bristles are

black; the genital organ brown above, red below, with black

and white pubescence, longer on the underside ; the underside

of abdomen brown, with some greyish tomentum.

Legs black, metallic, the basal halt of the tibie chestnut-

brown; the bristles black, with the exception of some on the

apex of the tibiz and on the first three joints of the tarsi,

which are white ; the pubescence of legs white, thickest on

the tibia and tarsi. Halteres brown.

Wings clear ; veins brown, red on the fore border.

Length 15} millim.

Type (male), Pretoria (W. LZ. )).).

One specimen is labelled ‘‘ Caught while attacking common

Geometer, Sept. 1895.”

On a Hermaphrodite Frog. 179

XVII.—WNote on a Hermaphrodite Frog.

By R. C. Punnett, B.A.

[Plate IX.]

Last February my attention was called to an anomalous

condition of the genital organs in a frog which was being

dissected by a member of the practical class in this University

(St. Andrews). The specimen was preserved for future

examination, the results of which are now given,

Right Side.

The Miillerian duct was well developed and considerably

convoluted. It possessed a small uterine dilatation, an

opening into the body-cavity, and was slightly pigmented

here and there. The ureter expanded to form a vesicula

seminalis, though this was hardly so well developed as in the

male frog at this period. ‘The ureter and Miillerian duct

were bound together near the cloaca by some connective tissue,

but possessed separate openings into the cloaca. ‘The genital

gland was a well-developed testis. On the side furthest from

the vena cava and about one third of the distance from the

antelior end a small pigmented patch was seen, containing

two white specks (Pl. 1X. fig. 1, *). Sections through the

gland showed that this pigmented portion contained a single

normal ovum (PI. [X. fig. 2, 0v.), whilst the rest of the gland

was purely male and showed no traces of ova either normal or

degenerate. Vasa efferentia were present, and some of them

entered into close relation with the small pigmented ovari:n

patch (PI. IX. fig. 2, ef). The fat-body was well developed.

Left side.

The Miillerian duct was developed as in the normal female

and was slightly larger than that on the opposite side. It

possessed a well-marked uterine dilatation (PI. 1X. fig. 1, wé.).

The ureter showed a small vesicula seminalis and bore the same

relations to the Miillerian duct as its fellow on the opposite

side. The genital gland from external appearance was an

unmistakable ovary, though in size it was slightly smaller

than in the normal females which were dissected at the same

time. At about the middle of the gland and on the side

nearest the inferior vena cava was present a small yellowish

patch, resembling the testis im its external appearance.

Sections showed that this small patch consisted of testis tissue,

containing, like the testis on the opposite side, nearly ripe

12*

180 On a Hermaphrodite Frog.

spermatozoa. The patch was almost isolated from the rest of

the gland, and at one spot (Pl. IX. fig. 3, ov.) contained a well-

developed ovum. It was also devoid of pigment except near

its attachment to the main gland. The vasa efferentia entered

into functional relation with it. With the exception of this

small patch the gland consisted entirely of ovarian tissue

containing ova up to ‘7 millim. in diameter. Vasa efferentia

passed to it as well as to the small testis portion. ‘The fat-

body was well developed. Lastly, it should be mentioned

that the male glandular enlargement on the fore foot was

well marked on both sides.

One of the chief points of interest with regard to this

specimen lies in the completeness of the hermaphroditic con-

dition in the ducts, associated with a sharp distinction be-

tween the sexual characters of the glands. ‘This is the more

remarkable, as at the time the animal was killed (the middle

of February) the breeding-season was not far distant, and

yet neither gland appears to show any very marked prepon-

derance over the other. Though on the whole the testis

seems more developed than the ovary, it is possible that the

peculiar sexual manifestation of activity in this specimen

would, had life continued, have been determined by chance

in the shape of the sex of the first frog which happened to

cross its path.

A full bibliography on this subject is given by F. J. Cole

in the Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. xi. (1895).

Gatty Marine Laboratory,

St. Andrews,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Dissection of the generative organs, slightly enlarged. The upper

portions of the kidneys are not shown. The Miillerian ducts

have shrunk in the spirit and are not so thick as in the fresh

state,

fb. Fat-body. t. Testis.

we. Inferior vena cava. ve. Vasa efferentia.

k. Kidney. vs. Vesicula seminalis.

o. Ovary. ut. Uterine dilatation.

ovd. Oviduct. * Ovarian patch on testis.

ovdo. Opening of oviduct. T Testicular patch on ovary.

r. Rectum.

Fig. 2. Section through the uv 11 patch on the testis. X 30,

bv. Blood-vessel. pg. Pigment.

do. Degenerate ovum (?). st. Seminal tubules.

ov. Ovum. ve, Vasa etferentia.

Fig. 3. Section through the testicular patch on the ovary. x 30, Letters

as in preceding figure.

On new Batiachiars wid Reptiles from Peru. 181

XVIII.—Deseriptions of 2.9 Batvachians and Reptiles col-

lected by Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

Nototrema peruanum.

Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked and free behind. Vo-

merine teeth in two short, straight, transverse series between

the choane. Head moderate, broader than long; snout

rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; loreal region

slightly concave ; canthus rostralis distinct ; interorbital space

narrower, or at most not broader, than the upper eyelid;

tympanum distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye.

Fingers with a very slight rudiment of web; toes one-third

webbed; disks of fingers and toes smaller than the tym-

panum ; subarticular tubercles moderate; a fold along the

inner edge of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the tympanum or the eye. Upper parts covered with smooth

warts of unequal size, the largest of which are parotoid-like

or may be confluent into longitudinal folds; lower parts

granulate. Greenish above, with insuliform black-edged

dark spots, most of which correspond to the larger glandular

tubercles ; limbs with dark transverse bars ; whitish beneath.

Male with a subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 43 millim.

Several specimens from Carao, 7000 feet altitude.

Very closely allied to NV. marsupiatum, D. & B. Distin-

guished by the narrower interorbital region and the extra-

ordinary development of the dorsal glands.

Bufo cophotis.

Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum quite

hidden, but eustachian tubes perfectly developed. Fingers

and toes short, flattened, blunt, with double subarticular

tubercles ; first tinger extending a little beyond second ; toes

one-third webbed; two moderate, feebly prominent meta-

tarsal tubercles; no tarsal fold. The tarso-metatarsal articu-

lation reaches the eye. Upper parts covered with smooth

tubercles of different sizes, pierced with large pores, many of

which are comparable to so-called parotoid glands ; such a

large gland on the middle of the upper surface of the leg or

crus. Dark olive; upper parts speckled with black, lower

parts marbled with greyish white. Male without vocal sacs,

182 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

with blackish nuptial asperities on the upper and inner sides

of the three inner fingers.

From snout to vent 55 millim.

A single male specimen from Paramo, Cajamarca, 9000 feet.

Several smaller specimens from Carao, 7000 feet.

Nearest allied to B. vartegatus, Gthr. Distinguished by

the well-developed eustachian tubes and the somewhat longer

inner finger.

Paludicola Simonsiz.

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout

rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus ros-

tralis distinet ; nostril a little nearer the tip of the snout than

the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; no

tympanum; no eustachian tubes. Fingers and toes moderate,

slightly swollen at the end; first finger not extending as far

as second; toes free; subarticular tubercles moderate; two

rather large, feebly prominent metatarsal tubercles. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the angle of the jaws.

Upper parts with porous smooth warts, some of which are

confluent into longitudinal folds on the body ; throat, belly,

and lower surface of thighs coarsely granulate. Olive-brown

above, whitish beneath ; a dark brown canthal and temporal

streak ; a blackish band in the groin, another on the inner

side of the femoro-tibial articulation, and a third on the outer

side of the tibio-tarsal articulation ; a few blackish spots on

the sides.

From snout to vent 30 millim.

T'wo specimens from Paramo, Cajamarca, 9000 feet.

Allied to P. marmorata, D. & B., but tympanum absent

and first finger shorter than second.

Stenocercus melanopygus.

Pterygoid teeth. Anterior border of ear denticulated.

Upper head-scales very feebly keeled, without transversely

enlarged supraoculars; occipital not enlarged; temporal

scales very teebly keeled. Side of neck with a very short

curved antehumeral fold. Body a littledepressed. No dorsal

crest or denticulation. Dorsal scales large, strongly imbri-

cate, sharply keeled, sharply pointed; the keels forming

continuous lines, which are slightly oblique on the posterior

part of the back; lateral scales smooth or feebly keeled,

passing gradually into the ventrals, which are rounded,

smooth, and considerably smaller than the dorsals; 46 to 50

seales round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind

Batrachians and Reptiles from Peru. 183

limb reaches the ear or not quite so far; fifth toe not ex-

tending as far as second. ‘Tail nearly twice as long as head

and body, tapering, scarcely compressed, scaled like the body,

the scales forming rings. Dark olive-brown above, with

more or less numerous small yellow spots; young with a light

dorso-lateral streak ; lower parts whitish, tinged with green

or blue; anal region, lower surface of thighs, and of base of

tail black in the males.

millim,

Moral; Fen et ieap es a alehaccact er vest oaks 5ifora 187

IESG US iy OS aan & rae ne cere een eee 7

WhUsia lala gout Lavereye bdr other eeeeR a Core 12

ERGY roe pil Oe NOR OE mabey oe eee ace 50

HORE IAM oe. othehc habeas Perel. 26

La bbarel Joie caked Pee ia Ak ry caret CR eR ae 43

Rall pp a) ea IR eR cE ER Fie 98 cp ch on cova 120

A larger specimen, with reproduced tail, measures 85

millim. from snout to vent.

Several specimens from Bafios, Cajamarca, 9000 feet.

Stenocercus Simonsti, Blgr., described from the Andes of

Ecuador, occurs in the same locality.

Stenocercus chrysopygus.

Pterygoid teeth. Anterior border of ear denticulated,

Upper head-scales smooth or feebly keeled, some of the

‘upraoculars feebly enlarged transversely ; occipital not en-

arged ; temporal scales feebly keeled. Side of neck with

olds enclosing shallow pockets covered with granular scales ;

antehumeral fold much stronger than in the preceding

species, with a serrated edge on its lower half, asin S. cupreus,

Blgr. Body depressed. No dorsal crest or denticulation.

Dorsal scales rather large, strongly imbricate, sharply keeled,

sharply pointed; the keels forming continuous lines, which

are parallel or slightly oblique on the posterior part of the

back; lateral scales passing gradually into the smaller

smooth ventrals; 54 to 60 scales round the middle of the

body. ‘The adpressed hind limb reaches the humeral fold or

between it and the ear; fifth toe not extending as far as

second. ‘Tail about twice as long as head and body, tapering,

scarcely compressed, scaled like the body, the scales forming

rings. Bronzy or greyish brown above, with darker or

lighter spots, which may be confluent into longitudinal

streaks; a more or less distinct light dorso-lateral streak

constantly present; lower parts whitish, sometimes bluish

184 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

grey, the throat usually with a dark grey network; anal region

and lower surface of hind limbs bright yellow in the males.

millim.

Totalletipth.. fect. s eee eee 238

TER e ads.) 2 sronbeakach aie canes eoikers tiers eye 20

Width tofvhieady fe ptr teeter weit are 14

OGY). 5. Soi oe AM a iene oe ee ee ee 63

Moves ss.1c/Sucies ec ek ce eee 30

Hand glimb tyre hire eco Gece. 51

PN ar, cok cicare woh et okcrae rs icaeta mend eatenee ace 155

Numerous specimens from Carao, 8000 feet, Huaras,

10,000 feet, and Recuay, 11,000 feet.

Distinguished readily from the preceding species by the

granular patches on the sides of the neck.

Tropidurus Thomast.

Upper head-scales smooth ; a series of four to seven trans-

versely enlarged supraoculars ; occipital very large, broader

than long, at least as broad as the supraocular region; nostril

above the canthus rostralis; ear-opening with a fringe of

long pointed scales; temple granulate. A strong curved

antehumeral fold, nearly meeting its fellow on the throat;

latter with more or less. distinet cross folds; sides of neck

minutely granulate, strongly plicate. Body depressed, with

a more or less distinct fold along the side, and a vertebral

series of enlarged tectiform scales, torming a low crest on the

nape; dorsal scales very small, juxtaposed, feebly keeled,

smaller still, granular, and smooth on the sides; ventrals

larger, imbricate, smooth. The hind limb reaches the ear or

between it and the antehumeral fold. Tail about once and a

half as long as head and body, rounded or feebly compressed,

with a low serrated dorsal ridge ; caudal scales much larger

than dorsals, keeled and shortly mucronate. Grey above,

dotted with blackish and yellowish white, the dots having a

tendency to forming transverse series; antehumeral fold

black ; throat and breast black in the males.

millim

Dotalwonoth . -. ciisie nites e an se 6 165

cad rick. s waarmee Boeri ek 15

Waidthsofshesd? nf chy honk nee seers i153}

Body: .S¥ee Ticak Wi Mob chen eer LUes 51

Fore limb tnhe hescsknnctereeeecnes St

Hind dlimb 245... Feces cee ech Ree 45

Tibia gece eee ties aka Pe Ne evateroke 99

Several specimens from Eten, coast of Peru.

‘

Batrachians and Reptiles from Peru. 185

This species, named in honour of my colleague Mr. Oldfield

Thomas, is allied to 7’. peruvianus, Wiegm., from which it is

well distinguished by the shorter hind limbs and the stronger

auricular fringe.

Proctoporus ventrimaculatus.

Body elongate, limbs weak. Fronto-nasal much longer

than broad, much larger than the frontal; fronto-parietals

forming a long suture ; interparietal narrower and a little

shorter than the parietals, widening posteriorly ; three sub-

equal occipitals; three supraoculars; no loreal; a series of

very small infraorbitals ; temple with large irregular shields ;

chin-shields, one anterior and three pairs; gular scales sub-

quadrangular, in 9 transverse series between the chin-shields

and the collar; 10 collar-shields. Dorsal scales elongate-

quadrangular, smooth, juxtaposed; 31 series between the

occiput and the base of the tail. Ventral plates quadrangular,

in 10 longitudimal and 22 transverse series. ‘Two large

preanal shields in the first row, four in the second. Limbs

with smooth shields. Three femoral pores on each side.

Tail thick, scaled like the body. Uniform brown above ;

white beneath, with large black spots.

millim.

JEL TE aro Bit tko De DOC DICer Toes

Wwiruheotheadee seta vere. «occa attic: 5

From end of snout to fore limb........ 12

From end of snout to vent............ 34

ores lime: epee has eats oh Soe aes 9

Elinidilimibier tester, 6 scree: occa losin 28 10

A single specimen from Cajamarca, 10,000 feet.

Philodryas Simonsit.

Hye three fifths length of snout. Rostral broader than

deep, just visible from above; internasals shorter than the

preefrontals ; frontal once and two thirds as long as broad,

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, slightly

shorter than the parietals ; loreal longer than deep ; one pra-

ocular, not reaching the frontal; two postoculars ; temporals

2+3; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye ;

four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields,

which are nearly as long as the posterior. Scales smooth,

with single apical pits, in 19 rows. Ventrals rounded, 182 ;

anal divided; subcaudals 105. Greenish yellow above, with

three olive longitudinal stripes and a dark brown vertebral

186 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new |

line; the lateral stripe extending forwards to the nostril,

passing through the eye; upper lip yellowish white; yellowish

white beneath, speckled with olive.

Total length 780 millim. ; tail 240.

A single specimen from Cajamarca, 9000 feet.

Closely allied to P. elegans, Tsch. Distinguished by the

shorter snout and the shorter frontal shield.

XIX.— Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from

the Larut Hills, Perak. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

I AM indebted to Mr. A. L. Butler, Curator of the Selangor

Museum, for an opportunity of examining a number of

batrachians and reptiles collected by him in the Larut Hills,

among which I was pleased to find examples of several unde-

scribed species. Unless otherwise stated, types of these new

species are preserved both in the British Museum and in the

Selangor Museum at Kuala Lumpur.

Leptobrachium heteropus.

Tongue large, pyriform, feebly notched behind. Vomerine

teeth none. Head moderate, as long as broad; snout short,

truncate at the end; canthus rostralis strong; loreal region

concave; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;

tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers

moderate, blunt, first and second equal; toes moderate, blunt,

webbed at the base only, the web continued as a slight fringe

along each side of the toes; a strong dermal ridge or keel,

formed by a modification of the subarticular tubercles, runs

along the lower surface of the third and fourth toes, which

thus appear to be compressed; a small oval inner metatarsal

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the centre of

the eye. Skin smooth, with small tubercles on the upper

eyelids. Grey above, with darker light-edged symmetrical

markings, the largest occupying the middle of the back; a

Jlack lumbar spot; a black canthal and temporal streak ;

black spots on the sides; dark cross-bars on the limbs;

lower parts grey, speckled with black ; a round wlutish spot

on each side of the breast, at the base of the arm, another on

the back of each thigh.

From snout to vent 33 millim.

Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. 187

A single specimen was obtained in the Larut Hills at an

altitude of 3500 feet. Selangor Museum.

This species is closely allied to L. pelodytoides, Blgr., from

which it may be distinguished by the lesser web and the

extraordinary dermal ridges under the toes, a point of struc-

ture which is only foreshadowed in the types of L. pelodytoides.

Ixvalus larutensis.

Snout rounded or obtusely pointed, as long as the diameter

of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ;

nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum mode-

rately distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers free;

toes half-webbed ; disks of fingers as large as the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small inner metatarsal

tubercle. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the

eye and the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth or with

small flat warts; throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs

granulate. Grey-brown or reddish brown above, with dark

brown symmetrical markings, a cross-band between the eyes

being constant ; usually a )( or )-( shaped marking on the

anterior part of the body ; sides of body and of thighs with

white spots between a brown network; limbs with dark

cross-bands; lower parts white, spotted or speckled with

brown.

From snout to vent 35 millim.

Several specimens from the Larut Hills at 4000 to 4500

feet.

Iealus vermiculatus.

Head large, broader than long; snout rounded, as long as

the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal

region concave ; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout

than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ;

tympanum distinct, two fifths the diameter of the eye.

Fingers with a rudiment of web; toes half-webbed; disks of

fingers as large as the tympanum; snbarticular tubercles

moderate ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout.

Upper parts smooth; throat, belly, and lower surface of

thighs granulate. Olive-green above, closely vermiculate

with black; upper surface of thighs with a series of large

black blotches; sides of thighs and anal region orange-

yellow ; white beneath. Male with a large gular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 33 millim.

Three specimens from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet.

188 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Microhyla Butleri.

Habit slender. Snout rounded, as long as the orbit ; inter-

orbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers and

toes rather slender, the tips dilated into small but well deve-

loped disks; first finger much shorter than second; toes

webbed at the base; subarticular tubercles small; two very

small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye. Skin smooth. Grey on the back, pale

reddish on the sides and limbs, with symmetrical dark brown

markings forming bars on the limbs; some small scarlet

spots on the sides; a whitish oblique streak from the eye to

the base of the fore limb and a whitish spot on the end of the

snout; whitish beneath, throat and breast speckled with dark

brown.

From snout to vent 21 millim.

A single specimen from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet. Se-

langor Museum.

Closely allied to M. achatina. Distinguished by the

shorter limbs.

Microhyla annectens.

Habit slender. Snout rounded, as long as the orbit ; inter-

orbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers and

toes moderately slender, the tips dilated into rather large

disks; first finger much shorter than second; toes half-

webbed ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent; a very

small inner metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb remarkably long,

the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching far beyond the tip of the

snout; tibia two thirds length of head and body. Skin

smooth. Brown above, with symmetrical blackish lght-

edged markings, a large one on the back being produced to

between the eyes, where it expands into a transverse bar ;

side, from the shoulder to the lumbar region, black, with

sharply defined upper outline; an oblique whitish streak from

below the eye to the base of the fore limb; a blackish spot at

the knee, a dark cross-bar on the thigh, another on the femur,

and a third on the tarsus; lower parts closely marbled with

dark brown.

From snout to vent 15 millim.

Several specimens from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet.

This species connects M. achatina with M. Berdmorit.

Gehyra larutensis.

Body and limbs moderately elongate. Head oviform ;

snout a little longer than the distance between the eye and

Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. 189

the ear-opening, which is small and round; head covered

with finely granular scales, which are larger on the snout ;

rostral twice as broad as deep, with a short median cleft

above; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper

labial, and three nasals, the upper of which is the largest and

separated from its fellow behind the rostral by several minute

granules ; 9 upper and 9 lower labials ; symphysial truncate

behind; a series of small chin-shields, the median pair

largest, scarcely longer than the symphysial. Scales uni-

formly granulate on the back, limbs, and throat, larger, flat,

and imbricate on the belly. Digits free, strongly dilated,

with entire lamella, the Jargest of which are angulated or

chevron-shaped ; these chevron-shaped lamella number one

under the hallux, three under the third toe, four under the

fourth. Tail subcylindrical, covered with small imbricate

scales above and beneath. Male with a long continuous

series of 42 femoral and preanal pores. Grey-brown above

and beneath, tail yellowish, with small darker spots on the

back and a vertebral series of small blackish spots widely

separated from each other; a dark line on each side of the

head, passing through the eye.

millim.

TOCA 129d a ee ere eae re 69

1 BIGING! saci aalerc eo ates Rear ae Ee 10

Wide of beadter ss Slate. te Sate ras 6:5

MSO Uhpep de cheat te ee tiettstoee dec Fs ne ote Ue 27

HOVER ad eater. «ach koeiaron: 10

JSlnAGlAihinloy wpe eee ee Ake ee Eo ener ae 13

EWTN) SSOP g Se Wiehe ICE APOE OO EES OR EE 32

A single specimen from the Larut Hills, under a house, at

3500 feet altitude. Selangor Museum.

Draco punctatus.

Head moderate; snout as long as the diameter of the

orbit ; nostril lateral, directed outwards ; tympanum naked,

nearly as large as the eye-opening. Upper head-scales very

unequal, keeled; two subtriangular, compressed, enlarged,

erect scales on the posterior part of the supraciliary region ;

10 or 11 upper labials. The male’s gular appendage a little

shorter than the head. Male with a very distinct nuchal

crest. Dorsal scales unequal, keeled, not larger than ventrals ;

a lateral series of enlarged distant scales. The fore limb

stretched forwards extends a little beyond the tip of the

snout; the hind limb reaches the axilla or between the latter

and the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. T'ail with a dorsal

190 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

crest of distinct large, pointed, compressed scales. Dark grey

above, with a paler, reddish, vertebral stripe ; back, and head

above and beneath, with large black dots; wing-membranes

black above, with interrupted whitish streaks, colourless

beneath; throat and belly pale blue; inner side of neck-

lappets and extremity of gular appendage lemon-yellow.

millim

DiptaltenGth oa con on ois sae ate ve one 247

TIGA Tee GG Ee oe feasts siete eek clctals 18

Wadthtotshead’, A.iastt. tims ose kis ecto e 12

WOU Pa kiry ba coms osels sakes ot mei peat 73

Moreslimb tee... Picl anchors wc usheteerme eee 37

FAs rig MAT ssa, 6 eca-5 nuoteclnwikr ipia ak Bis « 45

MAEM ee emacs chs tgs inte is ace ane RG ee 156

A single male specimen obtained in the Larut Hills by

Mr. A. L. Butler at an altitude of 3000 feet. I have also

examined a male from Sarawak, collected by the late Mr. A.

Everett, which I had referred to D. cristatellus.

Draco formosus.

Head small; snout slightly longer than the diameter of the

orbit; nostril directed upwards, perfectly vertical ; tympanum

naked, smaller than the eye-opening; upper head-scales

unequal, keeled ; a prominent tubercle at the posterior corner

of the orbit; nine or ten upper labials. The male’s gular

appendage as long as the head, very thin, translucid, covered

with very large scales. No nuchal fold. Dorsal scales

equal, very feebly keeled, not larger than ventrals; a few

widely separated enlarged scales on the side of the back.

The fore limb stretched forwards extends considerably

beyond the tip of the snout ; the adpressed hind limb reaches

the axil. Brown above (in life), head greyer, with a few

dark spots ; wing-membranes olive above, edged with maroon

or crimson, with five more or less regular black transverse

bands, uncoloured beneath ; throat of male, under the lappets

and right to the base of the gular appendage, maroon or

crimson, of female dark green.

millim. _millim.

Total length .........+54.. 272 P

Hlead) devescn coats a ees Fae ye 19 23

Wadthtotihead! eo grr acter 12 15

Ody fe: cs iscis oh oe bee apes 78 92

orem bilo. mntereitte acres 42 48

ind limb) osha s ieee sicker 53 60

Darl 40j9--crccqebhe ater auc eieiets 175 ?*

* Reproduced.

Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. 191

Several specimens were obtained in the Larut Hills by

Mr. A. L. Butler at elevations varying between 1500 and

3000 feet.

Intermediate between D. Blanfordii, Blgr., and D. tenio-

pterus, Gthr. D, Blanfordii occurs also in the Larut Hills.

Lygosoma presigne.

Section Hinulia. WUabit lacertiform ; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and

a half in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout

short, obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced

in a single nasal; no supranasal ; rostral forming a straight

transverse suture with the frontonasal, which is broader than

long; prefrontals forming a median suture; frontal very

narrow behind, as long as frontoparietals and interparietal

together, in contact with the three anterior supraoculars ;

four supraoculars, followed by avery small fifth ; nine or ten

supraciliaries, first and last largest ; frontoparietals and inter-

parietal distinct, latter longer than former ; parietals forming

a very short suture behind the interparietal; three pairs of

nuchals ; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye. ar-

opening oval, nearly as large as the eye-opening ; no auri-

cular lobules. 28 smooth scales round the middle of the

body; dorsals largest, especially those of the two median

series, which are more than twice as broad as long. A pair

of enlarged preanals. The hind limb stretched forwards

reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. Digits rather

long, compressed ; subdigital lamelle smooth, 20 under the

fourth toe. Reddish brown above, with scattered black dots,

grey on the sides, spotted with black and white; a series of

large roundish black spots on each side of the neck on ante-

rior part of body ; lips spotted with black; tail black above

and on the sides, with irregular annuli of whitish scales;

lower parts white.

millim

MOtAWlEHAG A TOY veut bak Rees vee aes 240

Cer eyed edene hoes. cies sialepeh hepa ahs, ear oe 25

RNa ofsheaad -y.),0%.d)sjoele cee. ss. § Tf,

Core ttt ei teeta, Aono eer 05d) eR Hal gies epe 2 85

rer MUI ees 5 210) vues atses aA s.2 ard ae 0 a0 34

[EPIC aS Artie tia Lactate as-ae. 3 47

Bail, (ROpPOdWCOd) 2 iL ¥ ain chle.e vied claws 130

A single specimen from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet.

Selangor Museum.

192. On new Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak.

Lygosoma stellatum.

Section Henulia. Habit lacertiform; the distance be-

tween the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained

once and one fourth to once and one third in the distance

between axilla and groin. Snout moderate, obtusely pointed.

Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal;

rostral forming a straight transverse suture with the fronto-

nasal, which is a little broader than long; _ prefrontals

uniting or forming a short median suture (in one specimen

separated by a small azygous shield); frontal as long as

frontoparietals and interparietal together, in contact with

the two or three anterior supraoculars; four supraoculars,

followed by a very small fifth ; eight supraciliaries, first and

last largest ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, sub-

equal; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ;

two or three pairs of nuchals; fifth upper labial below the

centre of the eye. Ear-opening oval, a little smaller than

the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 24 smooth scales

round the middle of the body, dorsals largest, those of the

two median series more than twice as broad as long. A pair

of enlarged preanals. ‘The hind limb stretched forwards

reaches the wrist or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb.

Digits rather long, compressed ; subdigital lamellae smooth,

22 to 25 under the fourth toe. Bronze-colour above, spotted

all over with black and white, the black spots preceding the

white ones and more crowded on the sides ; lips spotted with

black ; the spots disposed in transverse series on the tail ;

lower parts bluish or greenish white.

millim.

Total lente « Yiswele cit hater asetene 173

Head hel ik- eG eaictctcnh ere eer as pally

Wadthiof head. tic. creer acters 10

Body ski swan woe cake tes Cee eee 63

Hore ambi: S20. SR ee 26

Find dimb’ cow. fine SRE ore ie ee 36

Pag rea oh. ceaie Sales ate een Crees 93

A specimen, badly preserved unfortunately, was brought

home by Mr. 8. 8. Flower, who obtained it in the Larut

Hills, at an altitude of 4400 feet, in Apri! 1898. I have

since examined two younger specimens from the same hills,

forming part of Mr. A. L. Butler’s collection. One was

found in a rotteu tree at 3500 feet altitude, the other in a

house at 4000 feet.

Mr. Butler’s collection also contains an example of Lygo-

soma Bampfyldii, Ki. Bartlett (Journ. Str. Br. As. Soe.

On a new Lizard from Jamaica. 193

no. 28, 1895, p. 96), a species described from the Upper Rejang

River, Sarawak, one of the types of which is now in the

British Museum. ‘This form is remarkable in establishing a

connecting-link between the sections Riopa, Gray, and Lygo-

soma, Gray. It agrees with the former in the presence of

supranasals, forming a suture behind the rostral, with the

latter in the frontal shield being much broader than the supra-

ocular region. In the Sarawak specimen the fifth upper

labial is broken up into several shields, there are 38 scales

round the body, and the upper parts are yellowish brown

with a dark brown band across the frontal region and another

across the occipital. In the Larut specimen the fifth labial is

as large as the fourth and borders the eye, the scales number

40, and the dark brown of the occiput extends along the

dorsal surface of the body and tail, the sides of which are

reddish.

Lycodon Butlert.

Closely allied to Z. fasciatus, Anderson, but with a larger

eye and more strongly angulate ventral and subcaudal shields.

Body slightly compressed. Rostral twice as broad as deep,

hardly visible from above ; internasals three fifths the length

of the preefrontals ; frontal a little longer than broad, as long

as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the

parietals; loreal more than twice as long as deep, bordering

the eye below the single preeocular; two postoculars; tem-

porals 2+2; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth

entering the eye; five or six lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are as long as the posterior.

Scales in 17 rows ; dorsals very feebly keeled. Ventrals 224-

228, strongly angulate laterally ; anal entire; subcaudals

88-92 pairs. Blackish brown above and beneath, with 43 or

45 rather irregular annuli of whitish spots or edges to the

scales.

Total length 540 millim. ; tail 115.

‘T'wo female specimens from the Larut Hills at altitudes of

4000 and 5000 feet.

XX.— Description of a new Lizard from Jamaica.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Diploglossus Bakeri.

Lateral teeth obtusely tricuspid. Head small, not distinct

from neck; snout short, with obtuse canthus; ear-opening

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 13

194 On a new Lizard from British East Africa.

moderately large, smaller than the eye-opening; a large

azygous prefrontal, broader than and in contact with the

entire anterior border of the frontal, in contact with the

loreal and separated from the rostral by two pairs of shields ;

frontal once and one third as long as broad; parietal on each

side separated from the frontal and supraoculars by three

shields ; occipital much smaller than the interparietal ; inter-

nasal in contact with the first labial; a single postnasal ;

two consecutive loreals ; rostral twice as broad as the sym-

physial ; the suture between the fifth and sixth upper labials

falls below the centre of the eye; four chin-shields on each

side, the first three in contact with the lower labials. Body

elongate, cylindrical. 39 scales round the middle of the

body, dorsals strongly striated. Limbs very short; the fore

limb stretched forwards extends scarcely beyond the ear; the

hind limb measures one third the distance between axilla and

groin. ‘Tail cylindrical; only the basal scales striated.

Bronzy brown above, with small black spots, which are more

crowded on the sides and limbs; a black dorso-lateral line,

light-edged above, widening on the neck, and extending,

through the eye, to the end of the snout ; belly whitish, throat

speckled with black.

millim

AUG TAL MOM OGM hdetate’s.ctaieca'e stem eter a sare 15]

Flea eas Tis cee Ses Pde ae eis 11

IWirdithyofihieads. sm bes carsteqeie eis his fe wie sate 8

Bod V's ict at sek aki le oem enne ees 57

Fore limb......... Die et sawets Reautovton 10

Mandelimibr tence ee os Fee eke 13

Tal Bee SEAS EAS oe er eet esc 83

A single specimen, a gravid female, was sent from Jamaica

by Mr. C. H. Baker to the Corporation Museum of Leicester,

through the kindness of whose curator, Mr. Montagu Browne,

it has been presented to the British Museum.

XXI1.— Description of a new Lizard from British East

Africa. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Lygosoma clathrotis.

Section Liolepisma. Body elongate, limbs short. The

distance between the end of the snout aud the fore limb is

contained twice in the distance between axilla and groin.

Snout short, rounded. Lower eyelid with an undivided trans-

parent disk. Nostril pierced in the nasal; no supranasal ;

On a new Species of the Genus Alepas. 195

frontonasal broader than long, forming a broad suture with

the rostral and with the frontal; prefrontals small; four

supraoculars ; seven supraciliaries ; frontoparietals distinct,

much larger than the interparietal, behind which the parietals

form a suture; a pair of nuchals; third and fourth upper

labials under the eye. Har-opening small, with six inter-

locking pointed lobules within the meatus, three pointing

downwards and three pointing upwards. 22 subequal smooth

scales round the body. A pair of feebly enlarged preanals.

Fore limb, stretched forwards, reaching the ear; hind limb

half as long as the distance between axilla and groin. Digits

short ; 12 smooth lamella unter the fourth toe. Tail rather

thick, once and two thirds the length of head and body.

Brown above, yellowish beneath ; sides dotted with black.

millim.

SE oar OENR: 5 a creer ac afo) ont + Stn) Smid s) ap alta 167

Header aee as mek ot eae ain ore eran eeay ete Meas ay 11

Wiidthuotneddey + 56) oncta ns roaches attra 7

BS Ye as 1s eke Beco eae. pases ait foltes AID tress F 49

(Hore linn bik pictrerd Ware Bie ete ny share estate nS 10

Drv arrays «8 fer vice vosoty ode os ickos suerte NG 16

Msi eRe eee en coe eka tojeres srtoshe te shee eres fe 1

A single specimen from the foot of Mount Kenia. Pre-

sented to the British Museum by Lord Delamere.

XXII.—On a new Species of the Genus Alepas (A. Lankesteri),

from the Collection of the British Museum. By A.

GRUVEL, Chargé de Cours 4 la Faculté des Sciences de

Bordeaux.

[Plate VIII.]

Draevosis.—Capitulum swollen laterally, covered with a

thick transparent cuticle, without plates. Orifice slightly

tubular and projecting. No crests on the median dorsal

line, but a slight continuous ridge extending from the orifice

to the peduncle.

The peduncle is nearly as long as the capitulum, without

visible ornamentation, with the exception of irregular trans-

verse folds.

Mandibles with four teeth. Inner branch of the 5th and

6th pairs of cirri atrophied and unequal.

Distribution.—West Indies, Mona Channel, 814 fathoms.

Collected by Captain Cole. British Museum Collection,

13*

196 M. A. Gruvel on a new

Capitulum.—The capitulum, entirely devoid of plates, is

covered with a thick chitinous envelope, extremely trans-

parent even after prolonged immersion in alcohol, and orna-

mented with transverse folds which are especially numerous

near the orifice. It is swollen towards the median and

lateral regions, and then strongly retracts to form a kind

of short, tubular duct in which the cirri are set. The

capitulum has no dorsal crests, but simply a slight continuous

ridge which follows the median dorsal line from the opening

of the capitulum to the commencement of the peduncle.

Seen in profile, the general form of the eapitulum is that

of a semicircle, of which the anterior part, forming the base,

is straight, and the posterior part regularly curved.

The dimensions of the capitulum of the largest specimen

are as follows:—Height 20 mm., breadth 18°50 mm., thick-

ness 8°5 mm.

Peduncle.—The peduncle continues the capitulum without

a break. At first broad, it contracts and is almost cylin-

drical towards its middle part; then it broadens again to its

base to form its surface of attachment. The cuticle is the

direct prolongation of that of the capitulum.

This cuticle of the capitulum and peduncle presents some

interesting features. It is composed of chitinous processes

separated by somewhat irregular spaces. Some are wide at

their base, and their summit terminates in three or four

pointed branches which are recurved and divergent, forming

hooks (Pl. VIII. fig. 2); others are shorter and simply conical

(fig. 3). These processes have nearly the same height in

the same zone, and this height varies from 4°8 uw to 24 p.

Near the middle of each of these zones is a sensory bristle

receiving at its base a nerve-filament which is very distinct,

long, slender, and terminates in a fine point. The average

length is from about 95 to 100 wu (fig. 4).

In general each zone of many-pointed hooks is surrounded

by a zone of conical spines, and it is usually also in the zone

of hooks that the sensory bristle is placed.

The opening of the capitulum is heart-shaped, presenting

on the median dorsal line a circular protuberance delimitating

a depression and not a true canal.

Mantle.—The mantle which clothes the chitinous cuticle

on the interior is composed of the usual two epithelial layers,

including between them two muscular layers, the one longi-

tudinal, the other oblique, crossing at various angles and

together forming a kind of very elegant tessellation, these

bundles being separated one trom another by a distance of

about 70 ww. There is, moreover, quite a system of branching

Speeies of the Genus Alepas. 197

elastic fibres, obliquely binding the epithelial surfaces one to

the other.

The chitinous cuticle which clothes the inner part of the

mantle is thin, transparent, and interspersed with comb-

shaped chitinous ornaments with a greater or less number

of teeth, sometimes one only, irregularly placed and serving

to retain the ovigerous sac in the intrapallial cavity.

Mouth.—The labrum has on its free margin fourteen. short,

strong, and blunt chitinous teeth, separated into two series

of seven by a smooth space; the lateral parts are furnished

with stiff and short but fine bristles.

The palpi are flattened and provided with long barbed

bristles over about half their length (fig. 5),

The mandibles have four strong teeth on their free margin.

The distance between the first and second slightly exceeds

that between the points of the second and fourth (fig. 6).

The median dorsal region is covered with short, stiff, but

rather fine bristles ; the lateral faces of the teeth are fur-

nished with strong, short, and pointed bristles, especially well

developed in the vicinity of the last three teeth.

The maxille have the free margin divided into two un-

equal parts by a deep notch. ‘The upper part is furnished

with a very strong chitinous tooth, which continues the dorsal

margin, and a smaller one. The lower part is scalariform

and bears three short and thick projections, between which are

finer bristles, uniformly not barbed, which likewise cover the

lateral parts of the maxilla (fig. 7).

The labial palpi of the lower lip are broad, nearly square

in shape; the anterior free margin is divided by a notch

into two unequal parts, the upper part about three times

as broad as the lower. ‘The upper dorsal region of the

palp is covered with long fine bristles collected in a thick

tuft. These bristles become shorter and stiffer on the lower

parts. Finally, on the posterior part are irregular bristles,

bent and few in number (fig. 8).

Cirrt.—The cirri are generally very long, covered with

long fine bristles, especially long towards the free extremity

of the rami. The first pair is somewhat sharply separated

from the others.

1st pair.—This is much the shortest. The two rami are

unequal. The anterior ramus, formed of 13 rather short

joints (the basal joint being almost equal to four ordinary

joints), bears numerous long, fine, and barbed bristles on its

posterior border; these being much fewer on the anterior

border. ‘The posterior ramus is formed of 21 joints (the

first being nearly equal to four ordinary joints). The hairs

198 On a new Species of the Genus Alepas.

are longer than those of the anterior ramus and the terminal

joints are thinner, while keeping about the same length.

2nd pair.—The rami are nearly equal to each other and

about twice as long as the posterior ramus of the first pair ;

that is to say they attain 12 millim. with 50 to 55 joints, the

joints at the base not being very distinct. These segments

are short, straight, and each bears some long anterior bristles

and some shorter and finer posterior bristles only at the border

of the segments.

The 3rd and 4th pairs are almost exactly similar to the 2nd.

The 5th par has the inner ramus atrophied. The length

of this ramus does not exceed 3°5 to 4 millim. ; the number of

joints is 19, long and slender towards the extremity, bearing

some long fine bristles on the anterior margin and two or

three very short bristles on the posterior margin, at the

border of the segments. The normal ramus is similar to the

preceding.

Finally, the 6th pair of cirri have also the inner ramus

atrophied, similar to the preceding, however, but shorter (16

joints) (fig. 10).

Caudal appendages.—These are long, slender, and cylin-

drical (1°5 millim. in length, with 10 joints). The basal

joints are very broad compared with the superior (fig. 9).

The last joint is furnished with fine bristles longer than itself ;

but these diminish rapidly in length as they approach the

base until they become simple spines.

Filamentary appendages.—A single very short pair at the

base of the first pair of cirri.

Penis.—The penis, which is about 4°5 millim. in length,

is neaily regularly cylindrical, terminating at its extremity

in a blunt point (fig. 11). Itis covered with a thin transparent

cuticle having annular parallel folds in the depressions, be-

tween which are placed, quite irregularly, long fine bristles

more or less bent, which form at the apex a somewhat irregular

tuft.

‘This new species, to which I propose to attach the name

of the Director of the British Museum, approaches in some

of its characters A. cornuta, Darw., and A. japonica, Auri-

villius, but it has most affinity with the first-mentioned

species.

Bordeaux,

7 May, 1900.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Alepas Lankesteri, sp. n.

Fiy. 2. Hook-shaped processes on the cuticle of the capitulum.

Fig. 3. Conical processes on ditto.

On Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. 199

Fig. 4. Sensory bristles situated in the midst of the preceding structures,

Fig. 5. Left palp.

wg. 6. Right mandible.

Fig. 7. Left maxilla.

Fg. 8. Right labial palp.

Fig. 9. Caudal appendages.

Fg. 10. Cirrus of the 6th pair of cirri.

Fig. 11. Penis (free extremity).

XXIII.—Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. By Grorae

H. CARPENTER, B.Sc. Lond., of the Science and Art

Museum, Dublin.

DurinG the past few years I have received consignments of

spiders for identification from Mr. A. Randell-Jackson, of

Southport, collected by him in various parts of Northern

England and the Isle of Man. Many of his captures are of

considerable faunistic interest, and these will be duly recorded

in local lists. ‘Two species, however, are of particular im-

portance, being undoubtedly additions to the British fauna,

and one of them seems to be new to science. Both were

obtained in the neighbourhood of Southport.

Family Agelenide.

Genus AGELENA, Walck.

Agelena longipes, sp. n. (Figs. 1-5.)

Female.—Length 12°5 millim.; length of carapace 5:5

millim. ; breadth 4 millim. ; length of legs i., il, ii, iv. re-

spectively 20, 18°5, 18, 24 millim.

Eyes of hind row equal to each other; centrals a diameter

apart, each lateral a diameter and a half from its neigh-

bouring central. Front lateral eyes of same size as hind

laterals, which they almost touch, each a diameter from

neighbouring front central. Front centrals larger than the

other eyes, half a diameter from each other, a diameter from

the hind centrals (figs. 2, 3).

Epigyne forming a simple deep rounded depression, broader

than long, with thickened edges; a dark horseshoe-shaped

area in front of it (fig. 4).

Upper spinnerets with the terminal segment flattened and

pointed and fully twice as long as the proximal (fig. 5).

Carapace yellowish brown, with a fine black marginal

line and a broad brown band with black markings on either

200 Mr. G. H. Carpenter on Two

side. Sternum reddish brown, with a black horseshoe-shaped

marking, open in front, drawn out behind, and reaching to

the apex.

Legs remarkably long, the hindmost being nearly twice as

long as the body ; reddish brown, with a few dark markings

on the thighs.

Abdomen dark brown above, with a central clear yellowish

longitudinal band, bounded by a waved black line, and

slightly expanded in front, where it encloses a lance-shaped

red marking with serrate edges (fig. 1). Abdomen beneath

yellowish white, with central black longitudinal band. Spin-

nerets reddish brown, the terminal segment in the upper pair

darker.

Agelena longipes, sp. n.

Fig. 1.—Female (without appendages), dorsal view, x 2.

Fig. 2.— Head-region and eyes, dorsal view, X 7.

Fig, 3.—Eyes, face view, X 7.

Fig. 4.—Epigyne, x 7.

Fig. 5.—Spinnerets from side, x 7.

Locality. Lancashire (Southport).

The specimen described above was taken on a bunch of

flowers which had been brought indoors from a garden. It

is possible therefore that the species may prove to be an

introduced exotic ; but I have failed to find a description of

an Agelena from any part of the world that agrees with this

form.

The genus Agelena has been hitherto represented in our

fauna only by the well-known A. labyrinthica (Clerck) ; it is

by no means impossible that A. longipes will turn out to be a

truly indigenous species.

A, longipes may be distinguished at a glance from A. laby-

rinthica by its smaller size, brighter coloration, and relatively

Spiders new to the British Fauna. 201

Jonger legs and spinnerets, as well as by the altogether diffe-

rent form of the epigyne. The European species to which

A. longipes comes nearest is A. agelenoides (Walck.) *, a

South European spider showing a very similar abdominal

pattern to that of the present species. But the female of

A, agelenoides also has much shorter legs and spinnerets than

A, longipes and a very differently shaped epigyne.

In the last-named character A. opulenta, L. Koch +, from

Japan, shows considerable likeness to A. longipes, but this

species again has relatively short legs and apparently a

unicolorous yellowish-brown abdomen.

On the whole A. longipes seems most nearly related to the

North American A. nevia, Walck. {, which has the legs rela-

tively longer than in the European Agelene. But though

the general structure of the epigyne is similar, none of its

forms as figured by Emerton agrees with that of our spider,

and the American species has no lance-shaped marking on

the abdomen, while the terminal segments of its upper spin-

nerets are relatively short and cylindrical. I have to thank

the Rev. O. P. Cambridge for kindly sending me Canadian

specimens of A, nevia for comparison.

Family Argiopide.

Subfamily Hereonr#.

Genus CNEPHALOCOTES, Simon §.

Cnephalocotes silus (Camb.). (Figs. 6-15.)

Eriyone sila, Camb. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 758, pl. Ixy. fig. 7.

Cnephalocotes pusillus, Simon, Arachn. France, v, (1884) pp. 706-7

(nec Microneta pusilla, Menge, Preuss. Spin.).

Cnephalocotes silus, Chyzer and Kulezynski, Aran, Hungar. ii. (1894)

pp. 118-9, pl. iv. fig. 41,

Several specimens of this interesting addition to the British

spider-fauna have been taken on the coast sandhills at South-

port by Mr. Randell-Jackson during the early months of this

year. Full descriptions of the species are given by the

authors referred to in the above synonymy. A few structural

figures may assist British students of spiders to discover

fresh localities for it. Aspects of the male palp somewhat

* Simon, Arachn, France, ii. pp. 115-6.

+ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xxvii. (1877) pp. 757-9.

{ Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vill. (1890) pp. 197-200, pl. viii.

figs. l-ln. A. californica, Banks (Journ, N. Y. Ent, Soe. iv. (1896)

pp. 89-90), seems a nearly allied form.

§ E. Simon, Arachn, de France, vy, (1884) p. 699; Hist. Nat, Araignées,

2° éd. (1892) tome i. p. 650,

202 Mr. G. H. Carpenter on Two

different from those drawn by former observers are given

(figs. 9-12). The female, fully described by M. Simon, is,

I believe, now figured for the first. time. The epigyne

(fig. 15) is very characteristic, consisting of a simple semi-

circular cavity, with a truncate tongue-like process within its

forward region and a rounded tubercle on either side.

Cnephalocotes silus (Cb.).

Fig. 6.—Carapace of male, with left palp, x 20.

Fig. 7.—Front end of carapace, showing eyes, x 60.

Fig. 8.—Side view of male without appendages, x 20.

Fig. 9.—Left palp of male from side-front, x 40.

Fig. 10.—Genua and tibia of left palp from above, x 40,

Fig. 11.—Left palp from side (spines removed), x 40.

Fig. 12.—Left palp from below, x 40.

Fig. 13.—Outline of female, x 20.

Fig. 14.—Eyes of female from above, x 60.

Fig. 15.—Epigyne, x 40. %

The type of this species (with which Mr. Cambridge has

very kindly compared one of Mr. Randell-Jackson’s speci-

mens, confirming my identification) came from Nuremberg,

Spiders new to the British Fauna. 203

Bavaria. M. Simon records the spider from both the north

and south of France and from Corsica, while. MM. Chyzer

and Kulezynski found it on the Croatian shore of the Adriatic

(Fiume). It seems therefore to belong to a southern distri-

butional type.

This is the fourth species of Cnephalocotes which has been

added to the British list within recent years. ‘The genus was

represented in our fauna only by C. odscurus (Bl) * until

1888, when Mr. Cambridge described as a new species

C. interjectus t from Hertfordshire; this spider, lately

recorded from the Edinburgh district {, is now believed to be

identical with C. lesus, L. Koch §, from Central Siberia. In

1894 two more species of Cnephalocotes—C. curtus, Simon,

and C. elegans, Camb.—were added to the British list ||, the

former occurring on the shores of the Firth of Forth, the

latter in Inverness-shire. C. curtus has since been found on

the west coasts of Scotland and Ireland {]. C. si/us makes,

therefore, the fifth species of the genus known to inhabit our

islands.

The species of Cnephalocotes are small dark-coloured spiders

with strongly chitinized skin and short blunt carapace; eyes

small, those of the hinder row moderately procurved, the

centrals nearer to each other than to the laterals **. The very

wide sternum is produced between the hindmost haunches in

a broad, blunt, rounded process. The legs are short and stout,

the front tarsi being fusiform (especially in the male) and

nearly as long as the metatarsi. ‘The tibia of the male palp

is usually broad and truncate, with one or two short processes ;

the tarsus is always large and the bulb prominent, with a free-

ended, coiled, thread-like spine.

The males of our British species may be tabulated thus :—

I. Head-region more or less elevated, distinct impres-

sions running backward from lateral eyes.

1. Tibia of palp above with an internal blunt and

* Blackwall, Spid. Gt. Brit. Irel. (1864) pp. 297-8, pl. xx. fig. 212.

+ O. P. Cambridge, Trans. Herts. Nat. Hist. Soc. v. (1888) p. 18; Proc.

Dorset Field-Club, x. (1889) pp. 121-2, pl. A. fig. 6.

{ O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Dorset Field-Club, xvii. (1896) p. 60.

§ L. Koch, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. xvi. (1878) no. 5,

p- 67, pl. ii. fig. 19. See W. Kulezynski, ‘Fauna Aranearum Austriz

inferioris’’ (Cracow, 1898), pp. 63-4.

|| O. P, Cambridge, Proc. Dorset Field-Club, xv. (1894) p. 112, fig. 4;

G. H. Carpenter and W. Evans, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb. xii, (1894)

pp. 572-3 ; Ann, Scot. Nat. Hist. 1894, p. 232.

4, G. H. Carpenter, Proc. R. Irish Acad. (8) v. (1898) p. 162.

** In the large and closely allied genus Lophocarenum, Menge, the eyes

of the hind row are equidistant and the row greatly procurved ; also the

skin in Lophocarenum is more strongly coriaceous.

204 Mr. R. Lydekker on an

a central tooth-like process. Cephahe lobe

Gistinet 2. cups ves piteleedeede A ieiedeee AE obscurus (Bl.).

2. Tibia of palp above with a single, short, sharp

process pointing outward. Cephalic lobe

GIStIRCE 2s Shae aes me rene ieee elegans (Cb.).

3. Tibia of palp above with a rather long, sinuous,

sharp-pointed process. Head-region only slightly

Pleveted.: 2. caw ce os epee eaaaee nse apae lesus (L. K.),=

interjectus, Ch.

II. Head-region not elevated ; no impressions behind

lateral eyes.

1. Clypeus strongly conical. 23.00. ..5.4. ede stlus (Cb.).

2. Clypeus vertical; tibia of palp above with a very

short, straight, sharp-pointed process ........ curtus (Simon).

XXIV.—An undescribed Type of Rusine Deer.

By R. LypDeKkKer.

In my work ‘The Deer of All Lands’ a brief notice *, to-

gether with a photograph, was given of three peculiar male

Rusine deer at that time living in the collection of the Duke

of Bedford at Woburn Abbey. They were of small size—a

little larger than a hog-deer—and agreed in general character

with the members of the Sambar group, although differing

from all named forms by the complexity of the antlers. No

name was given to these deer, on account of the possibility of

their proving to be abnormalities or hybrids, or even the

adult of Cervus culionensis. No definite information is

available with regard to their place of origin, although it is

very probable that they came from the Philippines.

One of the three specimens has since died and been presented

by the Duke and Duchess of Bedford to the British Museum,

where its skin is now mounted. A closer examination is now

practicable than was the case during life, and as the result of

this I feel justified in describing the mounted specimen as the

type of a new species of Rusine deer, since it appears different

from any named form, and there seems little probability that

its peculiar characters are due either to abnormality or to

hybridism.

As mounted, the specimen stands 30 inches in height at the

withers. In general form, and especially in the large size of

the face-glands, it agrees with the Rusine group (subgenus

Rusa). From all the various races of the sambar (Cervus

* Page 171, fig. 45.

undescribed Type of Rusine Deer. 205

unicolor) it differs by the hairs being completely annulated

with black and yellow, as it also does by the form of the

antlers and their comparative slight degree of rugosity.

These appendages are primarily of the three-branched Rusine

type, with the inner or hinder tine of the terminal fork

forming the continuation of the beam, and longer than the

outer or front tine. ‘The tail, too, is thinner and less bushy

than in the sambar.

In all these three respects—namely, the annulated hair, the

general form and slight rugosity of the antlers, and the rela-

tively thin tail—the specimen agrees with the rusa (C. Aippe-

laphus). It is, however, very considerably smaller than either

of the three local races of the latter, from which it also differs

by the complexity of the antlers. And here it may be men-

tioned that at the time of its death the animal was apparently

bearing its third pair of antlers, those with which it was

figured in ‘ The Deer of All Lands’ having been shed and

replaced ; it is therefore approximately adult.

As regards their special characters, the antlers are more or

less flattened throughout and display a marked tendency to

palmation. This brow-tine is much flattened, with a sharp

posterior edge, and on the right side is distinctly bifurcate,

although only imperfectly so on the left. The outer tine of

the terminal fork is likewise much flattened, sharp-edged

behind, and trifureate, but the inner tine on the right side is

conical and simple, although showing a tendency to branch

on the left side. ‘The number of points on each antler is thus

SIX.

The species may be shortly defined as allied to QO. hippe-

laphus, but much smaller (30 inches at the shoulder), with

flattened and somewhat palmated antlers, which, when fully

developed, show at least six points on each side. This species

I propose to call Cervus (Rusa) tavistocki, the mounted

example in the British Museum being the type. In giving

this name I must take the risk of the Woburn deer being

identical with one of the numerous forms from the Philip-

pines which have been described by Heude as species ¥.

I may take this opportunity of mentioning that specimens

now at Woburn seem to indicate the identity of Cervus

Luedorfi, Bolau (1880), with C. xanthopygus, Milne-Edwards

(1867). When this year’s antlers are shed the point can be

definitely decided.

* See ‘ Deer of All Lands,’ pp. 186, 187.

206 On Two English Millipedes.

XXV.—On Two English Millipedes (Lulus londinensis, Leach,

and [ulus teutonicus, sp. n.). By R. I. Pocock.

Icrvs tonprvensts was originally described in Trans. Linn.

Soc. Lond. xi. p. 378 (1815), and redescribed and figured in

Zool. Mise. iil. p. 33, fig. 135 (1817). The type and two

other specimens are in the British Museum.

Leach speaks of this species as occurring very commonly

amongst moss in woods near London, but unfortunately does

not say exactly where his specimens were actually collected —

unfortunately, because the species has never, to my knowledge,

been discovered since Leach’s time either near London or in

any other locality at home or abroad. It is true that there is

an allied species, common in some parts of the south of

England and of Western Europe, which passes as londinensis

and has been more than once described under that name by

students of European Millipedes. English specimens of this

species taken in the vicinity of London have been compared

by Dr. Carl Verhoeff with continental examples, and pro-

nounced to be specifically identical with them. A comparison,

however, between examples of this species and Leach’s

| original examples of londinensts shows that the former has

been wrongly determined. It therefore requires a fresh name.

I propose to call it Iwdus tewtonicus, and to select as the type

an example taken by myself at Sevenoaks in Kent.

Careful reading of Leach’s description, brief as it is, of

I. londinensis shows that this species differs from J. teutonzcus

in two important particulars. It is, in the first place, very

much larger, and, in the second place, has the caudal process

submucronate, the caudal process of J. tewtontcus being in no

sense describable as mucronate. This discrepancy was

detected by Verhoeff (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi. p. 137, 1891),

who, however, passes it over as due to an error on Leach’s

part. Asa matter of fact, Leach was correct. |

Again, as to size. Leach states that his specimens were

21 inches (that is to say, 58 millim.) long. Meinert (Nat.

Tidssk. v. p. 8, 1868), on the contrary, gives 34 millim. and

Verhoeff 38 millim. as the maximum size of the species they

identified as J. londinensis, neither of them paying heed to

the dimensions given by Leach. In this case, however, Leach

seems to have exaggerated considerably, since all of his

specimens in the British Museum fall short of 2 inches long,

and this is about the length of the specimen represented in

the drawing in the ‘ Zoological Miscellany,’ which purports

to have been taken from life. It is of course possible that

On Two Species of Cyprea. 207

Leach saw larger specimens than those that he placed in his

cabinet. However that may be, there is no question that the

true J. londinensis, judging from the only examples of it that

are known, is a much larger species than the one that has

been mistaken for it on the Continent. Add to this that the

tergal striae are much more numerous and close-set in I. lon

dinensis than in teutonicus, and no one can doubt that the two

are perfectly distinct species. It is safe, moreover, to

prophesy that when fresh examples of I. londinensis come to

hand for examination further differences will be found in the

structure of its copulatory organs.

The differences between the two may be tabulated as

follows :—

a. Total length from about 38 to 48 mm., width 4; tergal

striz yery numerous, fine, and close-set, the intervening

spaces rarely exceeding and generally less than the dia-

meter of the porous area; caudal process short, subcylin-

drical, blunt-pointed or obsolete (submucronate) ...... londinensis.

b. Total length from about 25 to 35 mm., width 2°5; tergal

striz much less numerous and further apart, the inter-

vening spaces generally much exceeding the diameter of

the porous area; caudal process obtusely angular, not

eyem srbmucrOnAter Lh G.I, A. ae SU ieee. oe 5 teutonicus.

I, teutonicus occurs in Scandinavia, Denmark, Western

Germany, the north of France, and the south of England.

The British Museum has specimens from Kent, Middlesex,

Surrey, Hampshire, Oxford, and Warwickshire, but none

from South Wales, Gloucestershire, Somerset, Devon, or

Cornwall, although the Millipedes of these counties have been

fairly well worked.

XXVI.— Descriptions of Two Species of Cyprea, both of the

Subgenus Trivia, Gray. By James Cosmo MELVILL,

MEAs? Lis.

For the opportunity of examining the two cowries now

thought worthy of description I am under much obligation to

Mr. Frederick L. Button, of Oakland, California, a most

enthusiastic cypreologist who has devoted especial attention

to the 7rivie. With much liberality he has from time to

time forwarded me series of species, inhabitants of the Western

American seas, including fusca, californica, and sanguinea,

all of Gray, all three exhibiting much variation, with several

208 Mr. J. C. Melvill on

doubtful forms. Recently the authorities of Stanford Uni-

versity, California, organized a scientific expedition to the

Galapagos Isles, and Mr. Snodgrass collected there one of

the two following, a remarkable shell, on which I have

obtained the opinion of Mr. Sowerby, Mr. Edgar Smith,

Mr. HK. R. Sykes, and others, they all confirming my own and

Mr. Button’s views that it could hardly be referred to any

known species,

Cyprea (Trivia) galapayensis, sp. n.

_ C. (Trivia) testa ovato-rotunda, parva, nigrescenti-purpurea, lateri-

bus paullum dilatatis, extremitatibus vix productis, obtusis, costis

numerosis, crassis, levibus, pallide cinereis, dorsaliter apud

medium superficie callosa omnino obtecta, versus extremitatem

utramque callositatis, velut ocello, albo-maculata, nitidissima, basi

convexiuscula ; apertura arcuato-recta ; columella haud yaricosa.

Long. 8, lat. 5°75 mm. (spec. maj.).

Py ia fama iat Sy », (spec. min.).

Hab. Insula “ Albemarle,” e grege Galapagensi.

This particularly interesting and select form, of which I

have seen three specimens, as just stated, collected for the

Stanford University of California by Mr. Snodgrass, differs

from sanguinea, Gray, in its much smaller size, distinct

coloration, being blackish purple instead of madder-brown,

and more numerous ribs, these being flatter and thicker in

Cyprea galapagensis.

proportion. But the chief peculiarity consists in the shining.

enamelled callosity over the whole centre of the dorsal region,

completely obliterating the sulcus, if any exists, which I.

Two Species of Cyprea. 209

doubt, and further rendered conspicuous by two white spots,

one towards either extremity, at the point of junction of the

ribs with the callosity, and both quite covered by it.

Affinity also exists between galapagensis and pulla, Gask.,

and likewise subrostrata, Gray, both inhabitants also of the

Galapagos group. ‘These small species are much of the same

size, the latter possessing a decided sulcus, and with beaked

extremities—hence its trivial name; whilst pudla is less

globose, having fine ribs, with hardly any definition even of

a sulcus.

No trace of any dorsal callosity has, so far as I am aware,

ever been found in any other 7rivéa such as exists in the

species before us.

Cyprea (Trivia) Buttont, sp. n.

C. (Trivia) testa parva, ovato-globosa, pallide straminea, apud

latera pauilum dilatata, costis ad quatuordecim, fortibus, con-

tinuis, hie illic interruptis vel subdivaricatis, ad dorsum precipue

latis, levibus, albis, sulco nullo, apnd extremitates paullum pro-

ducta, basi subconvexa, dentibus labialibus ad octodecim.

Long. 5°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. 2? (Ff. L. Button, Esq.).

A small, globular, straw-coloured Trivia, few ribbed, these

being continuous, occasionally interrupted or subdivaricate,

broad, especially dorsally ; there is no sulcus present; the

shell is slightly produced at the extremities; labial teeth

eighteen in number.

Cyprea Buttoni.

But few species are very comparable with this: acutidentata,

Gask., may be akin, but the type is lost, and I have never

seen anything but the original insufficient description ; pauc?=

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 14

210 On a new Species of Papilio.

lirata, Sowb., possesses a well-defined sulcus, and the ribs

seem more acute than are those of Buttont; candidula, Gask.,

is larger and whiter, with more frequent coste ; producta,

Gask., as its name implies, is produced at its extremities, and

the ribs are of a different character, very acute and thin.

There is no sulcus, however, in this species. The ribs, like-

wise, of pellucitdula, Gask., are far more numerous, and the

substance more delicate than in our shell, which it affords me

sincere pleasure to be able to dedicate to Mr. F’. L. Button,

its discoverer.

XX VII.—Desecription of a new Species of Papilio from Bwool,

North Celebes. By H. Grosu-Smitu, F.E.S., F.Z.8., &c.

Papilio Dixont.

2 .—Upperside. Anterior wings rather pale fuliginous

brown, darker at the base and the costal and outer margins ;

the dark areas more restricted than in the same sex of

P. Kiihni, Honrath, the veins and rays in the cell and be-

tween the veins also dark fuliginous brown. Posterior wings

pale fuliginous brown, with the base and outer third darker ;

the crimson markings on the underside showing indistinctly

through the wings.

Underside, Anterior wings as above. Posterior wings

brownish black, with a pale crimson irregular band a

little beyond the cell, extending obliquely from near the

abdominal margin to the upper median nervule, much nar-

rower than the crimson band in a similar position on the

underside of the posterior wings of P. Kiihni; outside this

band crossing the disk, between the veins, is a row of four

large pale crimson lunules, of which the first and fourth are

the narrowest.

Expanse of wings 44 inches.

In the collection of Mr. Grose-Smith.

Nearest to the female of P. Kiihni, which it resembles in

shape. This butterfly was captured by Mr. Frank Dixon

about 80 miles inland at an elevation of 800 feet.

Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. 211

XX VIII.—Notes on the Collection of African Phasgonuride

formed by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal &e., with

Descriptions of Two new Species. By W. EF. Kirsy,

F.L.S., F.E.S., &e.

Tuis collection (exclusive of the families Stenopelmatide,

Gryllacridz, and Hetrodide, which were discussed in the

‘Annals’ for June 1899, pp. 475-480) includes the following

twenty species, belonging to various families. ‘Two species

of the genus T'ylopsds are described as new.

ORTHOPTERA-PHASGONURIDA.

Decticide.

GAMPSOCLEINE.

Arytropteris, Herm.

basalis, Walk.

Sagide.

Clonia, Stal.

vittata, Thunb.

Wahlbergi, Stal.

Conocephalide.

CoNOCEPHALIN2,

Pseudorhynchus, Serv.

pungens, Schaum.

Conocephalus, Serv.

consobrinus, Walk.

tuberculatus, Rossi.

XIPHIDIINZ,

Aiphidium, Serv.

aris, Serv.

Pseudophyllide.

PsEUDOPHYLLINA,

Zabalius, Bol.

orientalis, Karsch,

Bocaget, Bol.

CYMATOMERINZ.

Cymatomera, Schaum.

denticollis, Schaum.

spulophera, Walk.

Mecopodidz.

Anedepoda, Karsch.

latipennis, Burm.

Phaneropteride.

ACROMETOPINZE,

Rhegmatopoda, Brunn.

Brunneri, n. a.

PHANEROPTERINA.

Phaneroptera, Serv.

nana, Charp.

TYLOPSIN#,

Tylopsis, Fieb.

continua, Walk.

marginata, Brunn,

punctulata, sp. n.

ruUbrescens, SP. 1.

AMBLYCORYPHINE,

Amblycorypha, Stal.

cereris, Stal.

proserpineé, Brunn.

14*

212 Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride.

Decticide.

G AMPSOCLEINZ.

Arytropteris basalis.

Thyrconotus basalis, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 247. n. 6 (1869).

Arvtropteris angulosa, Herman, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xliv. p. 204

(1874).

1, Zomba (P. Rendall).

Natal (B. M.); Zululand (Herman).

Thorancistus, Pictet, appears to me to be a different genus.

Sagide.

Clonia vittata.

Locusta vittata, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Spec. v. p. 102 (1789) ; Mém. Acad.

Pétersb. v. p. 280 (1815).

Clonia vittata, Stal, Rec. Orth. p. 119 (1874).

Saga maculosa, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 294. n. 16 (1869).

1, Pretoria (Distant).

Between Olyfants River and Slang River (Thunberg).

Clonia Wahlbergi.

Clonia Wahlberg’, St81, Ree. Orth. 11. p. 119 (1874); Dist. Nat. in

Transvaal, p. 83, cum fig. (1892).

1, Transvaal, Waterberg (W. Z. D.); 2, Zomba (P. Ren-

dall) ; 2, Barberton (P. Rendall).

Natal (Stal).

Conocephalida.

ConocEPHALIN#

Pseudorhynchus pungens.

Conocephalus pungens, Schaum, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1853, p. 778;

Peters, Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 126, pl. vii. tig. 12 (1862).

Pseudorhynchus pungens, Redt. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. p. 365,

pl. iii. tig. 18 (1891).

2, Fort Johnsion (P. Rendall).

Zanzibar, Mozambique (Ledtenbacher).

Conocephalus consobrinus.

Conocephalus consobrinus, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 315. n. 4 (1869),

9, Pretoria (W. L. D.); 1, Barberton (P. Rendall),

Natal (B. M.).

Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. 213

Conocephalus tuberculatus.

Locusta tuberenlata, Rossi, Faun. Ftv. i. p. 269 (1790).

Ineusta mandibularis, Charp. Hor, Ent. p. 106 (1825).

Conocephalus mandibularis, Brann, Prodr, Eur. Orth. p. 304 (1882) ;

Redt, Verh. zvol.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 427. n. 101 (1891).

1, Fort Johnston (P. Rendall).

Comnion in South Europe and almost throughout Africa,

A IPHIDIINE:,

Xiphidium iris.

Aiphidion iris, Serv. Ins. Orth. p. 506 (1839).

Xiphidium iris, Redt, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. p. 515 (1891).

Xiphidium punctipenne, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 272. n, 14 (1869).

Aiphidium tenue, Walk. d. c. n. 15 (1891).

1, Pretoria (W. ZL. D.); 1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(2 Ttendali).

Mauritius, Rodriguez, Madagascar, Gaboon, Zanzibar

(Redt.); S. Africa (B. M.).

Pseudophyllida.

PsEv DOPHYLLINE.

Zabalius orientalis.

Mateus orientalis, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi. p. 85 (1890);

Brunn. Mon. Pseud. p. 30 (1895).

1, Barberton (P. Rendalf).

Usambara, Tanganyika (Berlin) Museum); Zanzibar

(Dohrn) ; Bihe (?) (Bolivar).

The descriptions of this species are very poor, Mr. Dis-

tant’s specimen has broad oblique yellow lines, with slight

pseudopodiform projections, and narrowly bordered on the

outside with black. In fact it much resembles Z. Boerger,

but the thoracic granules are less numerous, and are yellow in

front, and reddish behind instead of black.

Zabalius Bocaget.

Mustius Bocaget, Bol. Jorn. Sci. Lisb. (2) i. p. 221 (1899),

1, Angola (Monteiro).

The Natural History Museum possesses a discoloured

specimen from the Congo which agrees with Bolivar’s deserip-

tion in having the inside of the hind femora blood-red.

Mr. Distant’s specimen is only slightly faded on the head &e.,

and is pale green, with the thoracic granules black, ‘The

214 Mr, W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. |

radial nervure of the tegmina is orange at the base, as well

as the front border of the pronotum; the transverse nervures

of the tegmina are broadly yellow, narrowly edged behind

with black, and the inner marginal area is brownish yellow

except at the base, but may be slightly discoloured. ‘The

hind femora are green, with a row of reddish-brown spots on

the inner side, and a double row of short stout yellow spines

beneath, most numerous on the outer carina. The tips of the

femora and the whole of the tibie and tarsi are reddish. In

the faded Museum specimen the pale transverse Jines of the

tegmina are bordered outside with pink.

Until a larger series of fresh specimens is received, I

should not be justified in separating Mr, Distant’s specimen

as a distinct species.

CYMATOMERINA.

Cymatomera denticollis.

Cymatomera denticollis, Schaum, Monatsh, Akad. Berl. 1853, p. 778;

Peters, Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 123, pl. vii. fig. 9 (1862) ; Karsch,

Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi, p. 97 (1891); Brunn. Mon. Pseud. p. 83

(1895), :

Cymatomera Schaum, Stal, ify. Vet.-Akad. Forh, xiii. p. 170 (1856).

2, Barberton (P. Rendall).

Mozambique (Schaum); Delagoa Bay, Tanganyika

(Karsch) ; Zambesi (Brunner) ; Natal and Nyasa (B. M.).

Cymatomera spilophora.

Cymatomera spilophora, Walk. Cat. Derm, Salt. iii. p. 455. n. 3 (1870).

Cymatomera Brancsikt, Brunn. Mon. Pseud. p. 86, pl. iv. fig. 34 (1895).

1, Barberton, Zomba (P. Rendall).

Zambesi (runner); Bangani, German East Africa

(Berlin Museum) ; East Africa (type) ; Mombasa, Nyasa

(B.. Mas

Mecopodide.

|needopoda latipennis.

Mecopoda latipennis, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 686, n. 2 (1839).

1, Zomba (P. Rendall).

Natal, Nyasa, Uganda, Sierra Leoue (B. M.),

Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. 215

Phaneropterid2.

ACROMETOPINZ.

Ithegmatopoda Brunneri, n. n.

|| Zoratosphaga leptocerca, Brunn. Mon. Phan, p, 89. n. 38, pl. i. figs. 9 a, b

(1878).

Rhegmatopoda leptocerca, Brunn, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xli. p. 45

(i891).

1, Barberton (P. Rendall).

This cannot be Horatosphaga leptocerca, Stal (CErv. Vet.-

Akad. Férh. xxxiii. p. 59, 1876), in which the subgenital

plate of the male is described as narrow.

PHANEROPTERINE.

Phaneroptera nana.

Phaneroptera nana, Charp. Fieber, Lotos, ii. p. 49 (1853); Brunn.

Mon. Phan. p. 215 (1878).

||Phaneroptera bilineolata, pt., Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 337. n. 16

(1869).

Phaneroptera sparsa, Stal, difv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 170 (1858).

Phaneroptera conspersa, Stal, Rec. Orth. ii. p. 29 (1874).

Phaneroptera tetrasticta, Gerst. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 215 (1869) ;

Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 832 (1873).

1, Pretoria (W. L. D.); 4, Barberton (P. Rendall); 12,

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland,

Portugal, Fernando Po, Cape, Uru, Zanzibar, Rio Janeiro

(Brunner) ; Natal (B. M.).

TYLOPSINe.

Tylopsis continua.

Phaneroptera continua, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 837. n, 20 (1869).

Phaneroptera vicaria, Walk. l. c. p. 388. n, 22 (1869).

|| Phaneroptera bilineolata, pt., Walk. 7. c. p. 837. n. 16 (1869).

Tylopsis longipennis, Stal, Gify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xxxili. (5) p. 58

(1876).

Tylopsis vittata, Brunn. Mon. Phan. p. 229 (1878).

Tylopsis inhamata, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 455 (1888).

1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall) ; 2, Masil Nek ;

i Pretoria CW. 2...) )

Damaraland (Sta/) ; Cape (Berlin Museum) ; Delagoa Bay

(Karsch); Natal, Zululand (B. M.).

I consider all the above names to refer to a single species.

216 Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride.

Tylopsis marginata.

Tylonsis marginata, Bruyn. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, sli. p. 113

(1891).

1, Pretoria (W. LZ. D.); 2, Barberton (P. Rendall); 1,

Zomba (P. Rendall) ; Natal (Brunner).

Apparently a rather scarce species,

Tylopsis punctulata, sp. n.

3.—Long. corp. 18 millim., cum app. 21 millim. ; long.

teom. 31 millim. ; long. al. 38 millim.

@ .—Long. corp. 20 millim., cum ovip. 24 millim.; long.

teem. 32 millim. ; long. al. 38 millim.; exp. tegm. 65 millim. ;

exp. al. 69 millim.

Brownish testaceous, probably green when living; an-

tenne reddish brown; a broad brown band runs from the

occiput over the pronotum and the inner margin of the teg-

mina, extending over the basal area of the latter, for about one

third of their length, where it narrows to a border for the rest

of their length. Pronotum with a narrow yellow lateral line

on each side of the brown band; the deflexed lobes are pale, a

little longer than high, with both the lower angles rather ob-

tusely rounded off; they are also marked with a rather large

brownish blotch in the middle. ‘Tegmina with rows of sub-

obsolete small brown spots between the longitudinal and

oblique nervures. Abdomen not denticulated on the median

line; the last two segments with black spots in the male;

subgenital lamina broad, upeurved, bifid; cerci curved round

it, inwards and upwards, and waved towards the tips, which

are attenuated and pointed. Female with the ovipositor

short, broad, rugose-punctate, suddenly upcurved, and with a

short rather abrupt point at the tip. Legs (especially the

hind legs) very long and slender; femora unarmed ; front

and middle tibize sulcated, finely spinulose above and below ;

hind tibie closely and thickly set with short black-tipped

spines on both carinz above ; below there is a row of spines

placed more widely apart on the inner carina only.

3, Zomba (P. Rendall).

Distinguished from every other species by the dark spots on

the tegmina.

Tylopsis rubrescens, sp. n.

Long. corp. 16 millim., cum app. 20 millim.; long. tegm.

29 millim.; long. al. 35 millim,

Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phaszgonuride. 217

Male.—Very similar to the last species, evidently green

when alive, but except on the tegmina the colour in the only

specimen before me has faded to yellowish. Antenna an

legs red. A broad reddish-brown band runs from the occiput

over the pronotum and inner margin of the tegmina, as in

the last species ; on the pronotum it is darkest on the sides,

the middle being marked by an obsolete pale line. ‘The

deflexed lobes are pale, bordered with a pale line (probably

yellow in life) above and below. ‘The lower mouth-parts

are black. ‘The dark edging of the inner margin of the

tegmina is broadly bordered with reddish, shading into

purplish brown beyond the middle, the colonr being con-

tinued on the exposed part of the wings. There are a few

small dark spots between the oblique nervures, but not more

than one or two in each interspace. Front tibia apparently

unarmed above ; middle tibie with only a single spine visible

above. Abdomen red above, with a central carina, but appa-

rently not denticulated; slightly dusted with red on the

sides. Cerci red, rather shorter than in 7. punctu/ata.

1, Zomba (P. Rendall).

Apparently intermediate between 7. marginata, Brunner,

and 7’, punctulata.

A MBLYCORYPHINE.

Eurycorypha cereris.

Phylloptera cereris, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 170 (1856).

Eurycorypha cereris, Stal, Ree. Orth. ii. p. 39 (1874); Brunner, Mon.

Pian. p. 273 (1878).

|| Phyllopterst proteifolia, Walk. (nec Burm.) Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 378.

n. 11 (1869).

1, Figtree Creek, Barberton (P. Rendail).

Caffraria (Sta/) ; Grahamstown (Brunner) ; Natal (B. M.).

Eurycorypha proserpine.

Eurycorypha proserpine, Brunn. Mon. Phan. p. 274, pl. vi. fig. 83

(1878).

|| Orophus gramineus (?), Walk. (nec Serv.) Cat. Derm. Salt. iii. p. 434

(1870).

2, Barberton (P. Rendall).

Natal (B. M.).

218 On the Genital Pouches in Thalassema neptuni.

XXIX.—Noteona Variation in the Number of Genital Pouches

in Thalassema neptuni, Gaertner. By F. H. Stewart,

M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

WHILE dissecting a specimenof Thalassema neptun?, Gaertner,

I observed that it varied from the normal in possessing five

genital pouches instead of four, one being placed in the

middle dorsal line, the remaining four lying, as usual, two on

each side. But on examination by means of sections the

pouch which appeared to be median proved to belong to the

right side and to correspond to the anterior pouch on the left.

Behind these on the right side came an unpaired nephridium,

followed by a second normal pair.

The question then arose, In what relations did the five

nephridia of this specimen stand to the normal four? Was

the unpaired pouch interpolated between the normal two

pairs, or did it represent the second normal pair, the fourth

and fifth pouches being an additional pair? It was obviously

impossible to obtain any direct proof on this point; but in

order to obtain some indication I measured the distances

between the successive nephridiopores in the abnormal and

in several normal specimens, at the same time taking the

distance between the genital hooks and the first pair of

nephridiopores as a standard of comparison. In the abnormal

specimen the distances were as tollows:—(a) Genital hooks

to first pair of pores ‘5 millim. (8) First pair to unpaired

*25 millim. (c) First pair to second pair ‘7 millim. The

relation of distance (a) to distance (0) is thus 2: 1, while that

of (a) to (c) is 5:7.

In the normal specimens the relation of the averages of the

distances were :—Distance of genital hooks from first pair of

pores to distance between two pairs as 2 to 3, 7. e. '5 to *75.

"25

x arto 0

Abnormal.

x 0

SS - —/\———~- I

5 Tf

x 0

Normal (mean),

x 0

5 15

(xX =genital hooks; 0=nephridiopores.)

On a new Species of Buprestide. 219

This point is illustrated by the accompanying diagram.

It would appear from this comparison that the unpaired

genital pouch is interpolated between the two normal pairs ;

and if this be granted it would have to be assumed either that

a segment which does not normally bear pouches intervenes

between the two which normally do, or that a partial dupli-

cation of the nephridia of one segment has oceurred—a pheno-

menon which we find in its complete form in the family of

the Capitellidee.

Mr. Punnett, Assistant Professor of Natural History in the

University of St. Andrews, who kindly gave me the abnormal

and the various normal specimens, informs me that they were

all obtained near Plymouth in the same locality. There can

thus be no doubt that this case is an actual variation, not a

local variety.

XXX.—Description of a new Species of Buprestide.

By Cuas. O. WatTEeRHOUSE, V.P.E.S.

SPECIMENS of the species described below have been in the

Museum collection for many years, separated as distinct from

Psiloptera quadrioculata, A fresh specimen just brought

from Upper Egypt by Mr. D. A. MacAlister shows that the

differences between this and P. guadritoculata are constant,

and I| therefore venture to give it a name, and I propose to

eall it P. MacAlister? after the donor.

Psiloptera Mac Alistert, sp. n.

P. quadrioculate valde affinis ; vitta obliqua thoracis, elytrorumque

vitta laterali cupreo-rubris; corpore subtus tomento griseo-albo

induto, utrinque maculis majoribus circularibus ornato.

Long. 20-27 mill.

Very similar to P. guadrtoculata, but perhaps a little less

convex. ‘lhe general blackish-wneous colour is the same,

but the impressions on the thorax and lateral stripe of the

elytra are coppery red. ‘The front of the head is clothed with

pale yellow pile. ‘he thorax is moderately closely and

strongly punctured, with a slight raised median line, and

four rotundate, smooth, black spots as in P. quadrioculata,

but the rugose surface surrounding them is coppery red and

forms a distinct oblique band from the anterior spot to the

base, leaving a triangular space at the posterior angle slightly

220 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine,

raised, and smoother than in P. guadrioculata. The sculp-

ture of the elytra is nearly the same, but the stria are a little

more strongly impressed, and, being filled (in fresh examples)

with a sandy-white pile, are more conspicuous. ‘The inter-

stices are broken up into irregular quadrate spaces by rugose

punctures; the smooth raised parts are more convex than in

PP, quadriocufata. The underside of the body is clothed

(except along the median line) with whitish (or sandy

coloured) pile; the first to fourth seements have each a

round smooth spot on each side, and the terminal segment

has an oblique smooth line.

Hab. Upper Egypt, Northern Etbai (D. A. MacAlister) ;

White Nile (Consul Petherick); Nubia; Suez.

The specimens from Nubia and Suez have the pubescence

on the underside of the body sandy coloured.

XX XI.—Rhynchotal Notes—VI. Heteroptera: Dinidorine,

Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. By

W. L. Distant.

THIS contribution completes the examination of the family

Pentatomida, as contained in the British Museum, including

the genera and species described by Walker in vols. 1.—i1t

of his ‘Catalogue of Hemiptera-lHeteroptera’ (1867-8).

Some recent acquisitions to the Museum and my own collec-

tion are also described.

Drx1porivz.

Genus CYCLOPELTA.

Cyclopelta dorsalis.

Cyclopelia dorsalis, Walk. Cat. Tet. iii. p. 478. n. 5 (1868).

Allied to C. funebris, Fabr., but not separable by the

differential character given by Walker—‘‘ somewhat broader

than C. funebris”—but by having the lateral margins of the

pronotum much more oblique and less rounded than in the

Fabrician species.

Cyclopelta parva, sp. n.

Closely allied to C. obscura, Lep. & Serv., but differing by

its much smaller size and by the antenne, which are shorter

and broader than in that species.

Long. 10-12 millim.

Phyllocephaline, Urolabidinz, and Acanthosomine. 221

Hab. China, Kiukiang (Pratt, Brit. Mus.) ; Shantung

(Coll. Dist.) ; Rangoon and Pegu (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).

I have long possessed a single specimen from Shantung ;

and as the British Museum now contains six other specimens

from Kiukiang, I have not hesitated to separate them, as

constituting a distinet species. All the general characters are

those of C. obscura. ‘The connexivum is generally spotted

with ochraceous and there is usually a small central basal

ochraceous spot to the scutellum. ‘The antenna are shorter

and the joints broader and more spatulate than in C. obscura.

Cyclopelta? vilis.

Cyclopelta vilis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 478. n. 6 (1868).

The typical and only specimen of this species which I

have seen possesses merely the first, second, and third joints

of one antenna. It may probably prove to be a species of the

genus Aspongopus.

Genus ASPONGOPUS.

Aspongopus fuscus.

Asponyopus fuscus, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 26 (1887).

Aspongopus margimalis, Dallas, List Hem. i. p. 350. n. 9 (1851).

A spongopus cuprifer.

Aspongopus cuprifer, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 25 (1837).

Asponyopus sepuichralis, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 214. n. 5 (1864).

Aspongopus solitus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 484. n. 30 (1868).

Aspongopus patruelis.

Cyclopelta patruelis, Stal, CEfv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1853, p. 233. n. 1.

Cyclopelia dotata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 479. n. 7 (1868),

Aspongopus binotatus, sp. n.

Above dark castaneous ; apical joint of antennez and two

small spots at apex of scutellum luteous; base of lateral

margins of corium and body beneath ochraceous ; legs dark

casfaneous.

Second joint of antennae minute, third much longer than

fourth. Pronotum obscurely transversely rugulose ; scutellam

distinctly wrinkled; corium very obscurely tomentose ; femora

with their inner margins spinous.

Long. 17-19 millim. ; max, abd. lat. 11-12 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland (Sir H. Johnston, Brit. Mus.).

By the minute second joint of the antennz this species is

allied to A. patruelis, Stal. |

222 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine,

Aspongopus figlinus, sp. n.

Testaceous, somewhat paler beneath ; apical joint of the

antenne luteous.

Antenne with the second joint minute, third not quite twice

the length of fourth and subequal to fifth, third and fourth

joints flattened and sulcate. Head with the lateral lobes

convex at their apices, between which the anterior margin is

distinctly cleft ; the lateral margins sinuate. Pronotum with

the lateral margins convex and slightly reflexed, its surface

finely punctate and obscurely rugulose, especially near base.

Scutellum transversely wrinkled and finely punctate. Corium

obscurely wrinkled and finely punctate. Membrane dark

ochraceous. Coxe and disk of abdomen ochraceous.

Long. 17-18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 10-11 millim. ;

max. abd. lat. 12-124 millim.

Hab. EK. Africa: Livingstonia (Simons, Coll. Dist.) ;

Nyasaland ; Fort Johnston (P. Rendall, Coll. Dist.).

Allied by structure to the group of species having the

second joint of the antenne minute, viz. A. patruelis, Stal,

A. cyclopeltus, Dist., and A. binotatus, Dist.

Aspongopus singhalanus, sp. n.

Bronzy brown ; antenne, eyes, rostrum, and legs piceous ;

apical joint of antenne, base of rostrum, and the tarsi

ochraceous.

Antenne thick ; the second, third, and fourth joints deeply

suleate; second and third joints subequal in length or third

a little longer than second ; fourth and fifth joints subequal,

fifth joint narrowest and cylindrical. Body above finely

rugulose and punctate; abdomen above reddish. Rostrum

reaching about halfway between the anterior and intermediate

COX.

Long. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. ang]. 10 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (Green, Brit. Mus. and Coll. Kirkaldy ; Lewis,

Coll. Dist.).

Allied to A. brunneus, Thunb., and A. obscurus, Fabr.,

from both of which it differs by the thick and deeply sulcate

antenne.

Genus MEGYMENUM.

Megymenum dentatum.

Megymenum dentatum, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Ins, ii. p. 632, pl. xi. fig. 11

1835).

Merion instructum, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 502, n. 14 (1868).

Walker had confused JZ. dentatum, Boisd., with MZ. semé-

vestitum, Voll., and then redescribed Boisduval’s species.

Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 223

PHYLLOCEPHALINA.

Genus DALSIRA.

Dalsira humeralis,

Phyllocephala humeralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii, p. 490. n, 22 (1868).

Basicryptus? humeralis, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 242

(1893).

Dalsira vicina.

Phyllocephala vicina, Sign. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 446. n. 13.

Phyllocephala funesta, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 490. n. 23 (1868).

Genus BASICRYPTUS.

Basicryptus distinctus.

Phyllocephala distincta, Sign. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 446.

Phyllocephala impressa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 489. n. 21 (1868).

Walker’s type is a small specimen of Signoret’s species.

The series now before me varies in length from 17 to 22 millim.

Basicryptus diversus, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous; inner lateral margins, a central

anterior spot and a central transverse line to pronotum, a

broad central longitudinal fascia to scutellum, inner margins,

and a submarginal fascia to corium black. The divergent

lateral lobes of head shorter than in preceding species; a

distinct spine in front of eyes; antenne mutilated. Pro-

notum moderately convex, the lateral angles subprominent,

the lateral margins acutely dentate ; two transverse levigate

lines on disk, posterior half rugose and punctate. Scutellum

with the basal and lateral margins and margins of the central

black fascia raised and levigate; centrally thickly punctate,

outwardly sparsely so. Corium sparsely punctate, membrane

ochraceous. Sternum, rostrum, and legs ochraceous; abdo-

men beneath brownish ochraceous; stigmatal spots and a

prominent spot on lateral areas of prosternum piceous.

Long. 15 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 84 millim.

Hab. Australia; Swan River (Coll. Dist.).

Allied to B. rugicollis, Westw., and Bb. Frenchi, Bergr.,

but differing from both by the strongly serrate lateral margin

to the pronotum, the non- or subprominent pronotal lateral

angles, &c.

224 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine,

Basicryptus negus, sp. n.

Ochraceous, unicolorous; membrane greyish, with the

nervures fuscous.

Antenne pale Juteous; second, third, and fourth joints

almost subequal in length, fitth longest. Head long, the

lateral lobes a little divergent at apices, their margins up-

wardly reflexed. Pronotum rugose, sparingly punctate,

convex, without any central ridge, the lateral angles sub-

acutely rounded, the anterior lateral margins strongly serrate.

Scutellum rugose, scarcely so at apex, darkly and sparingly

punctate. Corium sparingly punctate, the punctures in some

places black and in small clusters. Body beneath and legs

sparingly punctate.

Long. 16-20 millim.; max. Jat. 10-12 millim.

Hab, Arabia; Hadramaut (Dent Exped., Brit. Mus.) ;

Abyssinia (Coll. Dist.).

Apparently most nearly allied to the West-African species

B. rugosus, Fabr., from which it differs by the non-ridged

pronotum &e.

Two Abyssinian specimens in my own collection reach the

maximum in size.

Genus GONOPSIS.

Gonopsis, Amyot & Serv. Hem. p, 180 (1848).

Bessida, Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 577 (1868).

Lethierry and Severin in their Catalogue (t. 1. p. 226)

placed this proposed genus of Walker in the Tessaratominee,

misled doubtless by the erroneous description of the head—

‘rounded in front.’

Gonopsis coccinea.

Macrina coccinea, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 497. n. 7 (1868).

Bessida scutellaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 578.

Gonopsis angularis.

Macrina angularis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 860 (1851).

Gonopsis mantis.

Macrina mantis, Sial, QEfv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1853, p. 225. n. 2.

Lichelurhinus indicator, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 499. n. 4 (1868),

Gonopsis bantu, sp. n.

Pur lish black ; head, anterior half of pronotum, a sub-

Phyllocephalinz, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 225

marginal crenulate line on each side of the scutellum (ex-

tending for about two thirds its length), and lateral margin

of corium (excluding apex) pale ochraceous. Body beneath

reddish ochraceous, a pale oblique lateral sternal fascia on

each side extending through the pro- and mesosterna, on outer

side of which are two piceous spots, a submarginal elongate

black spot on each side of metasternum, and two submarginal

black fascize on each side of abdomen.

Antenne ochraceous, the second joint considerably longer

than the third, which is a little shorter than the fourth ;

fifth joint mutilated. Head coarsely punctate. Pronotum

rugulose, with a distinct central carination between the

lateral angles, which are subacutely prominent. Scutellum

strongly rugulose. Corium somewhat thickly punctate.

Long. 14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. Brit. E. Africa, Lake Kibibi (Gregory, Brit. Mus.). -

Genus DIPLORHINUS.

Diplorhinus furcatus.

Atelocerus? furcatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 20 (1837).

Diplorhinus sinensis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 494, n. 2 (1868),

Diplorhinus quadricornis, Stal.

Diplorhinus quadricornis, Stil, En. Hem. v. p. 122 (1876).

Diplorhinus furcatus, Dall. (nec Westw.) List Hem. i. p. 359, n. i

(1851); Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 494. n. 1 (1868),

Genus TETRODA.

Tetroda histeroides.

Acanthia histeroides, Faby. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 526. n, 24 (1798).

Tetroda bilineata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 494, n. 11 (1868).

Tetroda obtusa.

Tetroda obtusa, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 357. n. 6 (1851).

Gellia (?) obtusa, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 124 (1876).

Gellia obtusa, Atkins. Notes Ind, Rhynch. y. p. 106 (1888).

FRISIMELICA, gen. nov.

Body elongate. Head broad, lateral lobes somewhat re-

curved upwardly, meeting in front of central lobe at about

two thirds from base, which is moderately gibbous; antenne

with the second and fifth joints subequal in length, third

shortest. Pronotum convexly gibbous, the lateral margins

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 15

226 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine,

moderately laminate; posterior margin not wider than the

scutellum and inwardly angulated at centre; posterior angles

broadly rounded, from thence slightly sinuate to posterior

margin. Scutellum a little longer than half the length of

abdomen, moderately deflected on each side, narrowed at

about two thirds from base. Corium slightly and convexly

rounded from near base; membrane with longitudinal veins

extending slightly beyond apex of abdomen. Rostrum

reaching anterior coxee; second joint shortest, third joint a

little longer than fourth. Mesosternum gibbous and with a

central longitudinal levigate carination.

A genus to be placed near Gellia and Megarhynchus.

Frisimelica signata.

Cimex signatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 712. n. 76 (1775).

Phyllocephala signata, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 355. n, 10 (1851).

Hab. West Africa; Sierra Leone (Banksian Coll., Brit.

Mus.) ; Gambia (Brit. Mus.).

URroLABIDINZ.

Genus UROLABIDA.

Urolabida histrionica.

Urostylis histrionica, Westw. in Hoye Cat. i. p. 46 (1887).

Urolabida binotata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 415, n, 4 (1867).

Genus UROCHELA.

Urochela quadripunctata.

Urochela quadripunctata, Dall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1850, p, 3, pl. ii.

tig. 1.

Urostylis lopoides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 414. n. 12 (1867).

Urochela distincta, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous; lateral margins to pronotum and

basal lateral margins of corium luteous; a spot on lateral

margins of corium and a subbasal spot to lateral margins of

corium piceous; two discal rounded piceous spots on each

corium situate one above the other, the lower one near the

apical margin; connexivum alternately luteous and black ;

membrane cupreous, its apex paler; antenna piceous, the

basal area of fourth and fifth joints luteous. Body beneath

and legs brownish ochraceous, the spots on lateral margins of

pronotum and corium as above.

Phyllocephalinz, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 227

Antenne with the first and second joints subequal in

length, third shortest, fourth longer than fifth ; body above

sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punctate ; lateral margins of

the pronotum oblique.

Long. 10-11 millim.; max. lat. 5 millim.

Hab. China; Kiukiang (Brit. Mus.).

Species wrongly included in the Urolabidine.

Genus Norius (Pentatomine).

Notius, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 155 (1851).

Ebora, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 415 (1867).

In his description of the proposed genus Hbora Walker

describes the rostrum as “ extending a little beyond the fore

coxe,” whereas the intermediate core should have _ been

written. Misled by Walker’s differential comparison with

the genus Urochela, Lethierry and Severin placed Hbora in

the Urolabidine.

Notius depressus.

Notius depressus, Dall. List Hem, i. p. 155. n. 1, t. iv. fig. 1 (1851).

Ebora circumdata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 416, n. 1 (1867).

ACANTHOSOMIN.

Genus ABULITES.

Abulites sparsus.

Cimex sparsus, Germ. Silb. Rev. Ent. v. p. 174. n. 111 (1837).

Rhaphagaster fusco-wroratus, Walk, (nec Stal) Cat. Het. ii. p. 362. n, 48

(1867).

Genus ANDRISCUS.

Andriscus armatus.

Rhaphigaster? armatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 291, n, 48 (1851),

Genus ACANTHOSOMA.

Acanthosoma vittata.

Cimex vittatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 104. n. 96 (1794); Syst. Rhyng,

p. 165. n, 52 (1803).

Acanthosoma vittatum, Dall. List Hem. i. p, 307, n. 13 (1851).

Anubis? vittatus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém, t, i. p. 250 (1893),

15*

228 Mr, W. L. Distant on Dinidorine,

Genus SASTRAGALA.

Sastragala firmata.

Cuspicona firmata, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 569 (1868).

Sastragala murreeana, sp. n.

Ochraceous, coarsely black punctate ; lateral pronotal spines

red, blackly punctate, long, directed forwards and upwards.

Body beneath and legs ochraceous, abdomen with reddish

apical spots.

Antennz with the second joint much longer than the third,

apical half of third piceous; remaining joints mutilated.

Pronotum and corium somewhat thickly and coarsely punc-

tate, the scutellum more sparingly so.

Long. 14-15 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 84-10 millim.

Hab. N. India, Murree (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus,, and

Coll. Dist.).

Sastragala heterospila,

Acanthosoma heterospila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 394. n. 15 (1867).

Sastragala affnis, Atkins. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. lvii. p. 344

(1889).

Sastragala edessoides, sp. n.

Luteous, coarsely and darkly punctate. Antenne luteous,

apical half of third joint and fourth and fifth joints piceous.

Second joint of antenne a little longer than the third;

pronotum and scutellum somewhat sparingly punctate, the

corium much more thickly so; pronotal angles long, robust,

slightly ascending ; abdomen above pale sanguineous, mar-

gins of connexivum ochraceous. Body beneath and legs

ochraceous, small stigmatal black spots and two similar spots

at posterior margin of apical segment.

Long. 14-15 millim. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 93-103 millim.

Hab. Sikkim (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.); Naga Hills

(Doherty, Coll. Dist.).

The long robust pronotal angles render this species distinct,

and it has a striking structural resemblance to some species

of the American genus Edessa.

Sastragala elongata.

Acanthosoma elongatum, Dall, List. Hem, i. p. 809. n. 17 (1851).

Acanthosoma elongata, Atkins, Notes Ind. Rhynch, Het. y. p. 24 (1888),

Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 229

Sastragala Hampson, sp. n.

Olivaceous, coarsely and darkly punctate; pronotal angles

acute, directed outwardly ; anal appendage provided with

two long red forceps; antennx olivaceous, apical half of

third and the whole of fourth joint piceous; fifth joint

mutilated.

Third joint of antenne slightly longer than second ; head

impunctate, the pronotum, scutellum, and corium about

equally coarsely and sparingly punctate; body beneath and

legs very pale yellowish green.

Long. 13 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson, Coll. Dist.).

Genus ANAXANDRA.

Anaxandra alaticornis.

Acanthosoma alaticornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 573 (1868).

Anaxandra levicornis.

Acanthosoma levicorne, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 311. n, 24 (1851).

Acanthosoma levicornis, Notes Ind. Rhynch. Het. vy. p. 23 (1888) ;

Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 254 (1893).

Anaxandra nigricornis.

Acanthosoma nigricornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 574 (1868).

Anazandra nigrocornuta, Reut. Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxv. p. 77 (1881).

Anaxandra bovilla, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate ; pro-

notal angles largely developed, slightly recurved, and pointed

posteriorly at apices, which are a little paler in hue,

Antenne with the second joint longer than the third ;

posterior area of the pronotum from between the lateral

angles much more coarsely punctate ; scutellum very coarsely

punctate, the apical margins somewhat raised and levigate, a

central levigate line traversing the pronotum and scutellum ;

corium more thickly and finely punctate, with a discal levi-

gate spot, which in some specimens is very indistinct. Mem-

brane pale brownish. Body beneath and legs brownish

ochraceous.

Long. 10 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. Assam (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.); Naga Hills

(Doherty, Coll. Dist.).

230 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine,

Genus STICTOCARENUS.

Stictocarenus placidus.

Acanthosoma placida, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 397. n. 26 (1867).

Stictocarenus chlorophilus.

Acanthosoma chlorophila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 398. n. 27 (1867).

Stictocarenus suffusus, sp. n.

Pale ochraceous ; a basal fascia to pronotum, internal and

external areas (excluding bases) and apical area (broadest at

apex) of corium pale sanguineous. Body beneath and legs

pale greenish ochraceous ; tarsi testaceous ; abdomen with a

discal, longitudinal, pale greyish linear callus on each side.

Antenne brownish ochraceous ; second joint slightly longer

than the third, fourth and fifth joints subequal in length and

darker in hue. Pronotal angles distinctly subprominent,

pronotal lateral margins moderately concavely sinuate; san-

guineous fascia at base blackly punctate, remaining area

(excluding that of callosities) coarsely and concolorously

punctate. Scutellum coarsely punctate, but much less so

at basal area. Corium thickly and coarsely punctate, the

sanguineous internal area darkly punctate.

Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim.

Hab. King Island, South Seas (Brit. Mus.).

Apparently nearest allied to S. nigropunctatus, Reut., but

differing by the absence of black punctures to the scutellum

and also by the presence of the discal linear callosity to the

abdomen.

Genus ELASMOSTETHUS.

Elasmostethus lineatus.

Acanthosoma (Sastragala) lineata, Dall, Trans, Ent. Soc. v. p. 194 (1849).

Sastragala lineata, Atkins. Notes Ind. Rhynch. Het. v. p. 28 (1888).

Acanthosoma binotata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p, 395. n. 16 (1867).

Elasmostethus truncatulus.

Acanthosoma truncatula, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 896, n, 18 (1867)

Elasmostethus asperus.

Acanthosoma aspera, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 395, n. 17 (1867),

Phyllocephalinew, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 231

EHlasmostethus nebulosus, sp. n.

Ochraceous, with coarse brown punctures; basal spot to

head, two anterior marginal spots to pronotum, and marginal

spots to connexivum black. Pronotum with brownish suffu-

sions principally on posterior area and at lateral angles ;

scutellum much suffused with dark brownish at base, disk,

and at each apical margin; a small pale levigate spot in each

basal angle; corium with a transverse central and a broad

apical brown suffusion ; abdomen above reddish brown, with

the extreme apex piceous.

Antenne with the two basal joints ochraceous, the re-

maining joints fuscous, second joint subequal to or slightly

shorter than the third. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ;

prosternum and femora darkly punctate; sternal spots near

coxe, stigmatal spots, and outer marginal spots at segmental

incisures black.

Long. 10 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 54 millim.

_ Hab. N. India, Naga Hills (Doherty, Coll. Dist.).

Elasmostethus nilgirensis, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; basal areas of pronotum and scutellum, claval

and apical marginal areas of corium, castaneous or reddish

castaneous ; pronotal angles, a basal submarginal line to

corium, and apical angle of corium black ; membrane hyaline,

fuscous at base and apex ; abdomen above reddish, with the

apical area black ; lateral margins of the pronotum, a small

spot in each basal angle of the scutellum, and a faint longi-

tudinal central line traversing the pronotum and scutellum

levigate pale ochraceous.

Antenne brownish ochraceous, second joint distinctly

longer than the third, apical joint somewhat infuscated ; pro-

notum, scutellum, and corium coarsely and sparingly punc-

tate, the central marginal area of corium much less punctate.

Body beneath and legs pale luteous ; the odoriferous apertures

and two small subapical abdominal spots black; apex of

abdomen reddish.

Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson, Coll. Dist.) ; Uta-

kamand (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to the Chinese H. nubilus, Dall., but differing

structurally by the much greater length of the second joint of

the antenne.

232 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorina,

Elasmostethus Lewitst, sp. n.

Ochraceous; pronotum, scutellum, and corium coarsely

and darkly punctate ; scutellum with a central cordate levi-

gate spot surrounded by castaneous shading, in which is a

short central dark lineate spot above and beneath; extreme

apices of pronotal angles, apical margins or only angles of

corium, a small spot at base of membrane, and the apical

abdominal segmental angle black ; abdomen above reddish,

with its Jateral margins ochraceous; membrane hyaline,

slightly brownish on inner and outer margins.

Antenne ochraceous, second joint distinctly longer than

the third, apical joint somewhat infuscated ; head transversely

wrinkled ; pronotum with two transverse levigate callosities

on anterior area; corium with the whole marginal area very

finely and concolorously punctate.

Long. 8 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim.

Hab. Ceylon; Punduloya (Atkins. Coll, Brit. Mus. ;

G. Lewis, Coll. Dist.); Nilgiri Hills; Utakamand (Brit.

Mus.).

Elasmostethus delicatulus.

Acanthosoma delicatula, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 397. n. 24 (1867),

Mormidea erythrospila, Walk. loc. cit. 111. p. 555 (1868),

Elasmostethus lineus.

Acanthosoma linea, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 308. n. 15 (1851).

Elasmostethus emeritus.

Cimex emeritus, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 705 (1775).

In Banksian Coll. (Brit. Mus.).

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species.

Dinidorinz, Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and

Acanthosomine.

Genera considered valid.

Enada, Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 485 (1868) (Tessaratomine).

Thalma, Walk. loc. cit. p. 503.

Urusa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 504.

Genera treated as synonymic.

Erga, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 485 (1868),=Gen. Avona, Stal.

Ucia, Walk. loc. eit. 11. p. 407 (1867), =Gen. Panetius, Stal.

Ebora, Walk. loc, cit. iii, p. 415 (1868), =Gen. Notius, Dall. (Pentato-

; ; [mine.

Bessida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 577, =Gen. Gonopsis, Amy. & Serv.

Phyllocephalinz, Urolabidinez, and Acanthosomine. 233

Species considered valid and described wnder correct Genera.

‘Cyclopelta dorsalis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 478. n. 5 (1868),

? vilis, Walk. doc. cit. n. 6.

Aspongopus circumeinctus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 433, n. 28,

-—— e@neus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 484. n. 29,

Enada rosea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 485. n. 1 ( Tessaratomine).

Megymenum basale, Walk. loc. cit. p. 502. n. 13.

Thalma biguttata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 503. n. 1.

Urusa crassa, Walk. loc. cit. p, 504. n. 1.

Vrolabida octomaculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 576,

Urochela discrepans, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 411. n. 4 (1867),

Urostylis lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 412. n. 7.

sinensis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8.

— lygoides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 9.

— fumigata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 413. 1. 10.

—— philoides, Walk. loc, cit. n, 11.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Phyllocephala humerals, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 490, n. 22 (1868), belongs

to gen. Dalsira, Amy. & Serv.

—— albidicosta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 491. n. 24, belongs to gen, Basicryptus,

Herr,-Schaff.

subtruncata, Walk. loc. cit. n, 25, belongs to gen. Basicryptus, Herr.-

Schaff.

Sehtemadiops ensignis, Walk, loc. cit. p. 495. n. 2, belongs to gen. Schizops,

Opin.

Bie eee chiens Walk. loc. cit. p. 497. n. 7, belongs to gen. Gonopsis,

Amy. & Serv.

Megarhynchus diversus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 498. n. 4, belongs to gen. Go-

nopsis, Amy. & Serv.

Cuspicona firmata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 569, belongs to gen. Sastragala,

Amy. & Serv.

Acanthosoma truncatula, Walk. loc, cit. ii. p. 396. n. 18 (1867), belongs

to gen. Elasmostethus, Fieb.

—— subducta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 23, belongs to gen. Sastragalu, Amy. &

Serv.

delicatula, Walk. loc, cit. p. 397. n, 24, belongs to gen. Elasmo-

stethus, Fieb.

—— placida, Walk. loc. cit. n. 26, belongs to gen. Stictocarenus, Stal.

— eeeenin, Walk. loc. cit. p. 898. n. 27, belongs to gen. Stictocarenus,

tal.

—— alaticornis, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 573 (1868), belongs to gen. Anaz-

andra, Stal.

oe pecorn Walk. doc. cit. p. 574, belongs to gen. Anaxandra,

Stal.

Spectes treated as synonymic.

Cyclopelta dotata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 479. n. 7 (1868), = Aspongopus

patruelis, Stal.

Aspongopus solitus, Walk. Joc. cit. p, 484. n, 30,= Aspongopus cuprifer,

Westw.

234 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

Erga roseoflua, Walk. loc. cit. p. 486. n. 1,= Axona longitudinalis, Westw.

(Tessaratomine).

Phyllocephala impressa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 489. n. 21,= Basicryptus dis-

tenctus, Sign.

Funesta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 490. n. 28,= Dalsira vicina, Sign.

Tetroda bilineata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 494. n. 11,= Tetroda histeroides, Fabr.

Diplorhinus sinensis, Walk. loc. crt. n. 2,= Diplorhinus furcatus, Westw.

Macrina seita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 496. n. 6,= Macrina juvenca, Burm.

vacillans, Walk. loc, cit. p. 497. n. 8,= Gonopsis affinis, Uhler.

Dichelorhinus indicator, Walk. loc. cit. p. 499. n. 4,=Gonopsis mantis,

Stal.

Megymenum instructum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 502. n. 14,= Megymenum

dentatum, Boisd.

Vera mutilata, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 408, n. 1 (1867), = Paneetius lobulatus,

Stal.

Urostylis lopoides, Walk, loc. cit. p. 414. n. 12,= Urochela quadrpunctata,

Dall.

Urolabida semicircularis, Walk. loc. cit. nu. 2,=Urolabida histrionica,

Westw.

——- binotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 415. n. 4,= Urolabida histrionica, Westw.

Ebora cireumdata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 416. n. 1,= Notius depressus, Dall.

(Pentatomine).

Bessida scutellaris, Walk. loc, cit. iii. p. 578 (1868),= Gonopsis coccinea,

Walk.

Species the types of which are supposed to be in Australia.

Acanthosoma immunda, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 573 (1868). National

Museum, Melbourne.

Ebora postica, Walk. loc. cit. ii, p.416. n.2 (1867). Nat. Mus., Melbourne.

? plana, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8. + a

——? patula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 417. n. 4. - -

XXXII.—Ast1atic Torrrrerp2.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorpv WatstneuaM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Continued from p. 137.]

ARGYROPLOCE, Hb.

925. Argyroploce profundana, F.

Penthina profundana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247. No. +625 [$925]

(1871)!; Chr, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIL. 225 (1876) 2

Hab. Europe’, Transcaucasta — Lenkoran’, 24 VI.

1874 (Christoph). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 235

927 (1). Argyroploce vicinana, Rag.

Penthina vicinana, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LXIII. (1894) 200-1.

No. 927 bis (1894) ?.

Hab. AMuR*. JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882).

926. Argyroploce dimidiana, C).

n. syn.=Schreberiana, L.

[Phalena (Tortrix)| dimidiana, Cl. Ic. Ins. I. Pl. VIII. 10 (1759).

Phalena (Tortrix) Schreberiana, L. Fn. Suec. (2 edn.) 348. No. 1338

(1761). {[Phalena (Tortrix)| Screberana, Cl. Ic. Ins. LI. Register,

p. (3) (1764). Penthina Schreberiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur.

247, No. 926 (1871).

Hab. Eurorr. JAPAN—Howpo—Oiwake, VI.-VII. 1887

(Pryer).

Staudinger and Wocke quote this species thus :—“ Schreberi-

ana (Cl. Ic. 8. 10. Figura sine nom. typogr.) L. F.S. p. 348.”

In the Berlin, Tring, and Merton copies of Clerck’s ‘ [cones,’

Pl. VIII. f. 10 has the ENGRAVED name “ dimidiana.”

In the following copies “ dimidiana” has been erased,

“ Screberiana”’ being substituted in MS.: Mus. Br. (NH),

Herrich-Schiiffer, and Freyer (teste Zeller), Lin. Soc. Lond.

(Linneus’s own copy), Oxtord Mus. (Radeliffe Library). In

two copies, Mus. Br. (Banksian Library) and Mr. Godman’s,

“ Schreberiana”’ occurs in MS., and in the Zool. Soc. Lond.

copy the name is “ Scebertana”’ in MS.

This figure is indexed as “ Screberiana, 8. 10,” in the

In the ‘ Fauna Suecica’ citations from Clerck’s ‘ Icones ’

occur (e. g. gelatella, Cl. VIII. 3) ; precedence must there-

fore be given to Clerck’s names, and since at least three

copies are still extant with dimidiana engraved on the plate,

this name must be accepted as valid. Linneus omits to

cite Clerck’s figure, and Clerck probably adopted Linneus’s

name when he issued his second part in 1764, but neither he

nor Linneus (in 1761) had the power to change a name

which had become established in 1759.

931. Argyroploce capreana, Hb.

Penthina capretina, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247. No. 931 (1871)';

Fern. Tr. Am, Ent. Soc. X. 31. No. 189 (1882) ”.

Hab. Eurore*. JApan (Pryer, 1886). LABRADOR’.

236 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

931 (1). Argyroploce basipunctana, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi white. Head and thorax

brownish grey, the latter with a raised chestnut-brown tuft

posteriorly. Hore wings mottled with bluish grey and dark

fuscous, some obscure chestnut-brown patches interspersed

across the middle, followed by a rather shining white tornal

patch produced upward nearly to the costa, but not reaching

the apex, which is occupied by a triangular chestnut-brown

patch; there is some greyish fuscous mottling on the inner

and outer sides of the white patch ; on the costa are five pairs

of oblique geminated white streaks, two before and three

beyond the middle, the latter followed by two single ones

before the apex ; at the base is a conspicuous white spot on

the cell; cilia pale cinereous, mottled with brown and fuscous,

a dark brown line along the termen at their base, preceded by

a narrow white streak along the upper half of the termen.

Exp. al. 22 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale

cinereous, a greyish brown line running through them near

their base. Abdomen and legs brownish grey.

Type, 2 (701385) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens.

931 (2). Argyroploce lactetfacies, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi short, porrect, median

joint rather thickly clothed, terminal joint small and partly

concealed ; white, shaded with greyish brown externally at

their base. Head greyish brown above, face white. Thorax

greyish brown, sprinkled with white, with a moderately deve-

loped tuft posteriorly. Fore wings milky white, strongly

shaded with bluish grey and greyish fuscous along the costa

and dorsum to two-thirds the wing-length, the costal shade

narrower at the base and widening outwards, the dorsal shade

wider at the base and narrowing outwards, both sprinkled

with whitish scales and with some whitish geminations on

the costa; there is a slight olivaceous tint at the outer por-

tion of these costal and dorsal shades passing across the pale

space between them, and below the middle of the wing

beyond it is a mixed blue-gr ey and greyish fuscous spot ; the

apical third white, with a slight olivaceous hue, an olivaceous

rey shade curving inwards and upwards from below the

middle of the termen, with three olivaceous grey costal streaks

above it; cilia greyish, sprinkled with white, a greyish

fuscous line along their base. Hap. al. 17 mm. Hind wings

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 237

greyish brown; cilia pale whitish cinereous, with a slender

greyish brown shade running through them near their base.

Abdomen greyish brown. Legs whitish, hind tarsal joints

faintly spotted.

Type, & (60059) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Yokohama (Man-

ley, 1888). Four specimens.

This species appears to be allied to corticana, Hb., but the

pale ground-colour of the wing almost obliterates the central

fascia below the middle; the apical markings also are some-

what different and the palpi are white instead of dusky.

933 (1). Argyroploce auricristana, sp. n.

Antenne subochreous, basal joint white. Palpi white.

Head hoary grey above, white in front. Thorax olive

ochreous mixed with white, with a conspicuous golden olive

crest posteriorly, ore wings olive ochreous, shading to

olive-brown, especially along the costa; apical third of the

wing snow-white, the apex slightly tinged with brownish

grey; the olive ochreous colour is irrorated with lustrous

chalybeous scales which extend as shining silvery streaks

along the inner margin of the white space and around the

termen; cilia shining whitish, slightly clouded with grey.

Exp. al, 19-20 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia

shining pale cinereous. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs

shining cinereous, hind tarsal joints spotted with brownish.

Type, & (701387); 2 (70138) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Kzuszv (Leech, 1890). ‘len

specimens.

934 (1). Argyroploce geminata, sp. n.

Antenne (3) simple; greyish. Palpi porrect, with the

tuft on the underside of the median joint considerably deve-

loped; whitish, shaded with greyish fuscous externally.

Head whitish ochreous. Thorax with the tuft scarcely deve-

loped; whitish, mixed with greyish fuscous and olivaceous,

Fore wings white, much mottled, streaked, and clouded with

greyish fuscous, grey, and olivaceous; an irregular curved

band of mixed greyish fuscous and olivaceous within the

basal third, further trom the base on the dorsum than on the

costa, encloses a speckled and striated basal ‘patch, in which

is a tuft of olivaceous ochreous scales on the dorsum; the

238 Lord Walsingham on Astatic Tortricide.

space beyond this basal patch corresponds in colour with the

extreme base, and is followed by another oblique band,

greyish fuscous towards the costa, containing a few blackish

scales about its middle, with an olivaceous spot near the end

of the cell and a larger one below the fold, its outer edge

biangulated about the middle; beyond this the apical third

of the wing is white shaded with greyish, the apex and

termen mottled with olivaceous in a triangular form, with three

small elongate spots of black scales at its inner edge on veins

6, 7, and 8; the costa with a series of white geminated

streaks throughout, more plainly visible on the outer than on

the basal half of the wing and separated and divided by

greyish fuscous and olivaceous spots and streaklets; cilia

greyish fuscous sprinkled with white, at the tornus white,

tipped with olivaceous immediately above the angle. Lup.

al. 16 mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia slightly paler,

with a darker shade running through them near their base.

Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish.

Type, & (70084); 2 (70144) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886) —Kziusrv (Leech, 1890). Five

specimens.

This species greatly resembles sororculana, Zett., but differs

in the more streaky appearance of the basal two-thirds of the

fore wings, in the less developed thoracic tuft, and the longer

clothing of the median joint of the palpi; the antenne also

are somewhat stouter and the costal geminations are more

numerous and more clearly defined.

937. Argyroploce variegana, Hb.

Penthina variegana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247, No. 937 (1871)';

Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879) *.

Hab. Europe’. Asiatic TURKEY—Kauparenpix1ar—

Brussa, VI.-VII.’; Azozw—Smyrna’”; Hazes—Shar De-

vesy (Native Coll. 1890) ; Aruznra’.

938. Argyroploce pruniana, Hb.

8. pruniana, Hb.+pruneticolana, Z.

Penthina pruniana, Hb., var. pruneticolana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur.

248. No. 938 a (1871)"; Chr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XII, 225 (1876) *;

Stgr. Hor. Soc, Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879) °.

Hab, Kurore*. Asiatic TuRKEY—Brussa, V.*; Taurus’;

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 239

Amasia, VI.*; Goelkutschuk*; Aintab, 10 V. 1892 (Native

Coll.). WN. Persta—Asterabad, V.’

940. Argyroploce atropunctana, Zett.

=§ dimidiana, Sdf.

Penthina dimidiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No, 940 (1871) ';

Ster. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879)?; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent.

Soe. X. 31-2. No. 190 (1882) *.

Hab. Evrore*. Astatic TurRKEY—Szvas—Amasia, V.—

VII. Unirep States—Missouri’.

The adoption of dimidiana, Cl., in lieu of Schreberiana, L.,

renders dimidiana, Sdf., a homonym, and the name afro-

punctana, Zett., should be used for this species.

943. Argyroploce oblongana, Hw.

Penthina oblongana, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No. 948 (1871).

Hab. Kvrorr. Asiatic TurkKeY—Hazez—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll, 1893).

945. Argyroploce gentianana, Hb.

Penthina gentiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No, 945 (1871) ';

Ster. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879) *.

Hab. Europe’. Astatic TurKEY—Kavpavenpiki4r—

Brussa, VIII.’ JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

946 (1). Argyroploce (?) catapittoma, sp. n.

Antenne smoky black, paler beneath; basal joint with a

white spot at its apex. Pal/pi black; the terminal joint and

the apex of the median joint white. Head black; face white.

Thorax black, with a white transverse band anteriorly and a

white patch posteriorly. Fore wings smoky black for two-

thirds their length, the outer third white, a large white patch

on the dorsum at one-fourth, and some small white spots along

the costa before the middle; there is a white spot at the end

of the cell near the edge of the black suffusion, and for a little

space beyond and below it, between the black and white

portions, occurs a patch of brownish purple accompanied by a

tew black scales; cilia white, with two costal, one apical,

and three terminal black streaks running through them, some

black scales are also scattered along the margin at their base ;

240 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

underside dark fuscous, with a slight purplish reflection (on

both wings), the tessellated white cilia showing very clearly.

Exp. al. 22 mm. Hind wings cupreous; cilia brownish

grey. Abdomen cupreous. Legs: posterior pair coppery

brownish, the tarsi blackish, with three or four white annula-

tions.

Type, 2 (61150) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, CHINA — Pan-tse-Fang, VI.-VII. 1892 (Leech).

Unique.

A very distinct species, not closely allied to any known

Kuropean form. ‘The male is unknown, but it will probably

be found to belong to the genus Argyroploce.

963. Argyroploce Branderiana, L.

Penthina Branderiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 249, No. 968 (1871).

Hab, Europe. JAPAN— Yusso (Pryer, 1882).

963 (1). Argyroploce inornata, sp. n.

Antenne dull cinereous. Palpt appressed to the face,

terminal joint short, concealed; pale ochreous at the sides,

touched with fuscous above. Head fuscous. Thoraz crested ;

greyish fuscous, slightly mottled with subochreous. Fore

wings greyish fuscous, indistinctly mottled with grey, sub-

ochreous and olive-brown to two-thirds the wing-length, the

apical third subochreous, shaded with olive-brown ; on.the

costa are five or six pairs of pale ochreous geminated streaks,

separated and divided by greyish fuscous, a slender slaty grey

line running from the pair nearest the middle of the costa to

the termen; below this line is a series of inconspicuous

narrow fuscous lines crossing the paler portion of the wing

towards the termen, but interrupted below the middle by an

elongate upright slaty grey patch, forming the outer edge of

the ocelloid spot; cilia pale ochreous, much mottled and

speckled with brownish fuscous, and with a brownish fuscous

line along their base. Hap. al. 24-25 mm. Hind wings

brownish fuscous ; cilia very pale ochreous, with a brownish

fuscous line running through them near their base. Abdo-

men brownish fuscous. Legs subochreous, hind tarsi barred

with dark fuscous.

Type, 2 (70161); g (70162) Mus, Wlsm.

Hab, Japan (Pryer, 1886). Six specimens,

Lord Walsingham on Asdtatic Tortricidae. 241

966 (1). Argyroploce major, sp, u.

Antenne and palpi cinereous. Head brownish ochreous.

Thorax dark fuscous, tegule brownish ochreous. Fore wings

brownish ochreous, tending to olive-brown across the middle,

much shaded with dark fuscous to two-thirds the wing-length

and crossed by numerous irregular waved pale steel-blue

bands, or chains of connected spots, beyond the base; the

fuscous shading occurs for the most part along the dorsum,

obliquely across the middle of the wing to near the tornus, at

the base of the extreme costa and below it at a little distance

from it, the apical third of the wing showing scarcely any

fuscous scales; the pale shining steel-blue bands are distri-

buted from the costa before the middle to the dorsum beyond

it, and profusely also on the pale apical third, where they

follow the outer margin of the oblique dark shade which

precedes it, and are carried round the costa and termen, but

a little within them; cilia light brownish ochreous along their

basal half, their outer half pale ochreous. zp. al. 20 mm.

Hind wings dark brownish fuscous ; cilia whitish cinereous,

tinged with ochreous at the apex. Abdomen dark brownish

fuscous. Legs whitish cinereous.

Type, 2 (70232); g (70565) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)— Yusso (Pryer, 1882). Four

specimens.

In the hind wing veins 3 and 4 are normally connate, but

sometimes stalked.

970. Argyroploce stibtana, Gn.

Penthina stibiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 249, No. 970 (1871)? ;

Stgr. Hor. Suc. Ent. Ross. XV. 250 (1879) ?.

Hub. Europe’. Astatic ‘TurKey—Szvas—Ak-Dagh,

13 VIL; Harezs—Shar Devesy, 15-18 VI. 1890 (Native

Coill.).

984. Argyroploce lacunana, Schiff.

Penthina lacunana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 250. No. 984 (1871) ';

Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 251 (1879) ?.

Hab. Europe’. Asiatic ‘luRKEY — Brussa, V.-Vi?

Cui1na—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt, 1886); Mupin,

21 V. 1890 (Leech).

989 (2). Argyroploce obovata, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi whitish ochreous. Head

rust-brown. Thorax brownish grey, mottled with rust-brown

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 16

242 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

and pale cinereous. Fore wings rather short and stumpy,

with rounded costa, obtuse apex, and rather obliquely convex

termen ; pale cinereous, mottled with grey, based and banded

with rust-brown, shaded with grey; the basal patch ill-

defined, its outer edge dilated a little inward on the fold;

the median band wide, attenuated inward to the middle of

the costa, beyond which are five oblique pale ochreous

geminated costal streaklets, a sinuous steel-grey line from the

first pair meeting a line from the apex a little above the

middle of the termen ; cilia pale ochreous, a rust-brown line

along their base. Hzp. al. 14mm. Hind wings brownish

grey ; cilia pale cinereous, a shade-line near their base. Ad-

dumen brownish grey. Legs pale cinereous.

Type, & (60386) Mus. Wlsm.

Hub. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Howpvo—Foochau, IV. 1886

(Leech). Four specimens.

998 (2). Argyroploce humeralis, sp. n.

Antenne fuscous. Lalpi pale cinereous. Head and thorax

fuscous. ore wings with a basal patch extending to one-

fourth, bent outward about the middle, fuscous mottled with

leaden grey ; the space beyond it is pale ochreous, a slender

fuscous line running through it parallel to the outer edge of

the basal patch; the outer portion of the pale space is diffused

and strongly tinged with ferruginous ; along the costa a series

-of fuscous spots alternate with oblique geminated pale ochreous

streaks; from the third spot, about the middle, arises a

fuscous shade, dilated outward and downward to the dorsum

before the tornus and much mottled with leaden grey, a larger

patch ot which occurs at its outer edge above the tornus; the

outer portion of the wing is bright ferruginous, a slender

leaden grey line running from the fifth costal spot to the

termen below the apex ; cilia pale ochreous, based (and tipped

along the middle of the termen) with greyish fuscous. ap.

al. 17 wm. Hend wings dark greyish brown; cilia pale

cincreous, with a dark line running through them near their

base. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous, with

four blackish spots on the hind tarsi.

Type, & (70532) Mus. Wism,

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

1003 (1). Argyroploce (?) acharis, Btl.

Penthina acharis, Btl. Ill. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 80, Pl. LX. 9

(1879) |.

Hab. CoreEA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN (Pryer,

On Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog. 243

1886)— Yesso—Hakodate, VILL. 1886 (Leech). Hoxpo—

Yokohama’. Krusru (Leech, 1890)—Satsuma, V. 1886

(Leech).

This is not a true Argyroploce, as it does not possess a

thoracic tuit; it cannot be referred to Enarmonia, as at

present constituted, since veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings are

connate, not stalked.

[To be continued. }

XXXIIT.—WNote on Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog.

By G. E. H. Barrerr-HAmMILTon.

I HAVE read with much interest the two notes by Dr. Kinar

Loénnberg which appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for May and

June 1900. In these days of much writing and little atten-

tion it is pleasant to find that one’s work attracts notice,

even if that notice be critical or condemnatory. It is doubly

valuable to receive criticism from one who resides in Scandi-

navia, a country whose climate and configuration lends itself

in a very peculiar manner to the formation of local subspecies

of mammals, or, in other words, to variation.

Before noticing Dr. Lounberg’s remarks I may say, by

way of preface, that in my studies of Kuropean mammals

my main object has been, first to record, and secondly to

throw light, however dimly, upon the origin of the numerous

variations which occur. ‘lhe making of species or subspecies

is therefore to me of quite subsidiary impurtance, and I| care

not a jot whether the torms upon which I find it necessary

to bestow technical names be styled species, subspecies,

races, forms, or phases. On the whole I incline to the latter

word; but the use of the term subspecies is now so general

and, I had thought, so well understood that 1 have found it

convenient. No one who works for any little time at such

matters can fail to meet with numberless ditficulties or to

notice the inequality between the various subspecies. That,

however, is the fault of the system, or, if you like, of the

animals themselves, which refuse to accommodate themselves

to any scheme which man can invent, and which conse-

quently excite the frequent protests of those who fail to see

the troubles which must beset any system of minute inquiry.

Even, however, if | were to find that I had made numerons

244 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

bad subspecies, I would vastly prefer to be on the side of

those who attempt to unravel the mysteries of variation (it

may bea task heavier than the cleaning of the Augean stables)

rather than to cultivate the icy scepticism of the modern school

of “Jumpers,” to whom the many phases of animal variation

are like the ripples of the ocean to the sailor—things to be

detested in proportion as their magnitude makes them trouble-

some. By such a school no real progress can now or ever be

made.

Let us look at Dr. Lénnberg’s criticisms. Admitting that

the meaning of a subspecies varies somewhat with different

authors, he supposes ‘that even in a subspecies the distin-

guishing characteristics (although they are of less import-

ance than specific ones) must be constant to a certain degree

and inherited from one generation to another; in the oppo-

site case it is only an individual variety. Such independent

individual varieties must not be called subspecies, in my

opinion, even if they are numerous and dominate in some

region.”

Reading my introductory remarks, it is easy to understand

where Dr. Lénnberg and I differ and where we agree.

Finding that the weasels of the far north turn white in

winter, while those of the south do not, 1 apply to each of

these, in their extremes highly distinguishable, phases of the

same animal a different trinomial name, This I find to be

the best method at my disposal of calling attention to such

differences. Dr, Liénnberg, on the contrary, prefers to

minimize the importance of these really important colour

changes by refusing to accord them the hall-mark of nomen-

clatural distinction.

But it is not this which puzzles and annoys Dr. Linnberg

so much as the existence in Scandinavia of weasels belonging

to both of these forms. Well, why not take things as they

are, and admit the difficulty, with the impossibility of ever

completely surmounting it? Is it altogether preposterous

that, while we have the regularly white-turning Putorius

nivalis typicus in North and Middle Sweden, and the always

brown P. n. vulgaris in Scania (connected, as we know they

are, by various intermediates), we should similarly find the

P.n. typicus on a mountain-top and the P. x. vulgaris in

the valley of the same parish? Is not all this due to the

same laws of climatic variation, and need it deter us from

further investigation to find that such variation is in the

highest degree perplexing? Shall we not rather do well to

Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog. 245

accept the situation, pregnant as it is with interest, and to

welcome each step in the road to its explanation ?

It is, in fact, only to be expected that a mountainous

country like Scandinavia, with one flank fully exposed to the

damp blasts of the Atlantic, the other chilled by the near

proximity of a vast continent, should present us with at

least two or even more phases of each common mammal.

This is certainly the case, as Dr. Lénnberg points out, with

the polar hare, Lepus canescens, and | have shown that it is so

also with the squirrel and also probably with the long-tailed

field-mouse, Mus sylvaticus. Why, then, should Dr. Lénn-

berg be at such pains to demonstrate the occurrence of the

“vulgaris” form together with the “ ¢ypicus,” an incident

which was not only probable but necessary for the proper

appreciation of their réle as subspecies? And why should

Dr. Lénnberg regard such intergradation both of colour and

size as rendering the distinguishing characteristics derived

from them unimportant, when in the very same paragraph

he shows his thorough agreement with me that “ the variation

of the weasel certainly does not lack significance, because

intermediate stages occur which unite the extreme forms ”’ ?

Of Dr. Lénnberg’s second paper—‘ Note on the Indi-

vidual Variation of the Common Hedgehog ’’—I have less to

say. I had found what I thought to be solid points of

differentiation between the skulls of hedgehogs from England

and Scandinavia, whereby all the examples included in

a fair series contained in the British Museum of Natural

History were readily distinguishable. Relying on the rule,

soon learnt in working at mammals, that such differences,

even if slight, are usually not meaningless, I assumed that

they would be borne out by a larger series of specimens

than I at that time had before me. Dr. Lénnberg finds that

this is not so; and I can only say that, while I am sorry that

my opinion seems to have been erroneous, I am only too glad

to find here in the hedgehog another check to those who,

while refusing to recognize colour differences, pin their faith

with an inconsistent fidelity on what are frequently the

shadowy characters of the cranium. Such characters of the

cranium, as every year only scems to teach us, may be full

of value or worthless just according to the individual idio-

synerasy of the animal in which they occur. They are in

many cases not one bit more reliable than those presented

by colour, proportions, or size. In fact, in regard to some of

the more important cranial characters, such as those of the

246 Bibliographical Notices.

dentition of the vole *, 25 per cent. of specimens examined

may be abnormal, a fact which, when still larger numbers

are available, may yet prove the saving of my subdivision

of the hedgehogs.

In conclusion, I must thank my critic for the exceedingly

temperate and forbearing way in which his remarks are

couched. Criticisms thus conscientiously formed and fairly

expressed cannot surely fail to advance our science.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Zoological Results based on Muterial from New Britain, New Guinea,

Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895,

1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Se. Lond., Hon. M.A.

Cantab. Part IV. Cambridge, May 1900.

‘Tun long-delayed fourth part of Dr. Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results ’

is now before us and proves fully equal, both in interest and in the

general excellence of its contents, to its predecessors. It contains ten

memoirs, the majority of which are devoted to reports on the collec-

tions made by Dr. Willey in various groups of the animal kingdom.

Three, however, are on subjects of morphological interest. The first

of these is the opening paper of the volume by Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner, ‘‘On the Anatomy of a supposed new Species of Ceno-

psanmic from Lifu.” Mr. Gardiner divides his subject into four

heads, dealing respectively with the general anatomy of the skeleton

and specific description, the general anatomy of the polyps, minute

anatomy, and some conclusions relating to the body-layers in the

Actinozoa. He comes to the conclusion that the whole filament of

the primary and secondary, and probably also that of the tertiary,

mesenteries is ectodermic in origin, and that the whole of the

digestion of the animal is performed by these filaments, and draws

the important deduction that the stomodeum of Actinozoa is not

comparable with that of the Triploblastica, but is rather, with

the mesenterial filaments, the homologue of the whole gut. The

so-called endoderm is homologous with the mesoderm of Triplo-

plastica, and the Actinozoan polyp ought to be regarded as a Triplo-

blastic form.

The second of the morphological papers is by Mr. J. J. Lister on

Astrosclera Willeyana, the type of a new family of sponges. This is

a very remarkable organism, with a massive calcareous skeleton of

polyhedral elements united to form a rigid skeleton and excluding

the soft parts, an arrangement which is only approached among

living sponges in the genus Petrostoma. Among several points in

which Astrosclera differs from the rest of the Porifera may be men-

tioned the absence of a central atrial space, the minute size of the

flagellated chambers, and the peculiar form of the flagellated cells,

* As shown by Mr. G, 8S. Miller, Jun.

Bibliographical Notices. 247

which appear to be without “collars” and to taper gradually into

the flagellum.

The skeleton of Astrosclera in many ways recalls that of the

extinct Pharetrones, and Mr. Lister devotes a considerable space to

the consideration of the possible relationship of the two groups,

but comes to the conclusion that there is no clear affinity between

them.

The paper on Asérosclera is followed in the volume by a memoir

by Mr. W. P. Pycraft, ‘On the Pterylography of the Megapodii,”

dealing with the pterylosis of the adult, the nestling, and the

embryo. In the course of some remarks on the nature of the nest-

ling plumage, Mr. Pycraft advances the view that this does not,

in Megapodius, consist of true neossoptiles, but of a growth of

feathers intermediate between the latter and the definitive contour

feathers of the adult. Similar feathers are found in the nesiling

owl. There are no preplumule and the true prepennsx are shed

during embryonic life.

The remuining papers in the volume are respectively by Dr. D.

Sharp on the Insects from New Britain, by Mr. L. A. Borradaile

on the Stomatopoda and Macrura, by Mr. Walter Collinge on the

Slugs, Miss Philipps on the Polyzoa, Miss Thornely on the Hydroids,

Professor Hickson and Miss Hiles on the Stolonitera and Aley-

onacea, and Dr. Ashworth on the Xeniidx, the whole series torming

a valuable addition to our knowledge of the zoology of the regions

visited by Dr. Willey.

A Monograph of the Coleopterous Families Corylophide and

Spheerlide. By the Rev. A. Marrurws, M.A. Edited by Parzip

B, Mason, M.R.CS., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c. London: 0. E. Janson,

1899.

Tais work is published in the same form as the author’s previous

monograph on the Trichopterygide. It consists of 220 pages of

letterpress, and is illustrated with nine plates in outline, with

details of structure. One hundred and sixty-nine species are

described. ‘he author concludes that the affinity of the Cory lophides

is with the Silphide and Leptinide, and places the families thus :—

Leptinide, Corylophide, Pheenocephalide, Silphide.

The Pheenocephalide consists of a single genus, Pheenocephalus

separated from the Corylophidz on account of the maxillie having

two lobes, &ce. Aphanocephalus, originally described as a member

of the Corylophide, is separated as a distinct family, Pseudo-

corylophide, chiefly on account of the maxille having “ three lobes,”

somewhat as in the Trichopterygide. The family is placed between

the Corylophide and Phzenocephalide in the work, but the author

would “retain it in the position now occupied by the whole family

in the vicinity of the Coccinellide.” This is a most interesting

point, for the Coccinellide, formerly placed at the end of the

Coleoptera entirely away from the Clavicornia, are now by some

eminent Coleopterists located with them.

The various genera included in the Corylophide are so diverse

“248 Miscellaneous.

that the author divides them, and we think rightly, into five tribes.

This diversity gives the study of this family great interest, as light

may be thrown on some of the difficult problems connected with the

classification of the Clavicornia, and may determine the proper

position of the Coccinellid, which is still somewhat doubtful.

Those who are acquainted with the author's work on the

Trichopterygidze will not, we feel sure, be disappointed with the

present volume, which shows everywhere the great care that has

been taken in its preparation. The small size of these insects

(apparently nearly all considerably less than two millimetres in

length) has deterred many from examining them; but this work

has rendered the study of the group possible even to an outsider, as

the figures of details are very good. The plates are admirably

executed, but we cannot help regretting that only half-figures are

given: these do not satisfactorily convey to the eye the form of the

insect, and there is room on the plates for complete figures.

The editor and publisher are both to be congratulated on the

publication of this work; they seem to have spared no pains to

make it worthy of the author. We presume the wing of T'richo-

pteryx on the cover, as it does not in any way indicate the contents

of the book, is to be regarded as the author’s entomological coat

of arms.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Priority or Usage.

To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

GentLeMEN,—Many who, like myself, had “the advantage of a

classical education” must remember the joy, alike of master and

scholar, when the “ note” said that a given word was an drat

Aeyopevor. It was as water in a dry land, as the word Mesopotamia

to the historical old woman.

And now to think of the joy of it! dos (see Sharpe, Preface to

‘ Hand-list of Birds,’ il. p. vi) is found to bea Greek word meaning

‘“‘ weariness.”” Whether Euripides ever used this word is very

doubtful ; but it seems certain that he never used it twice, and that

no other known Greek author ever used it at all. It is a true

dak Neyopevor, a gem of the purest water !

But see to what shifts the priority-purist who wants to apply

Apus to the swift (see the preceding volume of these ‘ Annals,’

p. 480) is reduced! At first sight it is astounding ; on reflection it

is seen to be appropriate; for, after all, what is the priority-purist

but a searcher after dag \eyéueva—names used once and decently

buried in some dusty magazine, which he drags to the light and

uses to eject world-known terms. Let these purists beware lest,

when the history of zoology be written, they find themselves drag

Aeyopevor, and not too politely at that!

Your faithful Servant,

14th July, 1900. F. Jerrruy Bec.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 33. SEPTEMBER 1900.

XXXIV.—On some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Ma-

Taysia in the Collection of the Sarawak Museum. By

W. F. Lancuester, M.A., King’s College, Cambridge.

[Plate XII.]

THE Crustaceans with which I deal in this paper were sent

to me by Mr. R. Shelford, B.A., Curator of the Sarawak

Museum, when I was at Singapore in the early part of 1899,

and I am greatly indebted to him for giving me the oppor-

tunity of identifying them. He has, further, been kind

enough to let me retain all but two of the specimens, and

those that may be desiderata to the Natural History Museum

at South Kensington will be deposited there. It is a small

collection of 38 species (27 genera), and only one of these is

new ; but some, in particular the Potamons, of which there

are five species, have only been recently described. This

Potamon group, which seems to be especially well represented

in Borneo, and which ranges there from sea-level to 6000 feet,

numbers many species of more or less definiteness, and

greater additions to our collections will no doubt enable us

to reduce the number of these somewhat and at the same

time to get a clearer idea of their mutual affinities. There is

also a specimen of a Callianassa, unfortunately somewhat

damaged, but almost certainly identical with OC. Martensi,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. re

250 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

first described from Mauritius by Mr. Miers and later from

Amboina by Dr. de Man, which, if my diagnosis be correct,

would point to a disappearance of the eyes in this species ;

for the corne, which in Mr. Miers’s younger example are of

normal size, are in this one small and out of all proportion to

their peduncles, which are flattened and produced, so as to

overlap them on all sides.

Since my return from the Straits I have been occupied in

describing the Brachyura collected there by Mr. Bedford and

myself: the paper dealing with these was read to the Zoolo-

gical Society in June, and will appear in the ‘ Proceedings ’ of

that Society later in the year. This being so, I have contented

myself with giving references to that paper in cases where, in

this, species are mentioned which I have already described.

As regards what few measurements I have taken, I should

say that, except where otherwise stated, I have measured the

breadth between the bases of the last antero-lateral spines and

the length between the posterior margin and a line joining the

bases of the internal supraocular spines ; my reasons for this

I have given in my earlier paper.

It may perhaps be advisable to add that the numbers

given in Roman figures with each species correspond to

labels atfixed by Mr. Shelford, and are inserted for his better

convenience in identifying the corresponding exaimples in his

inuseum.

BRACHYURA.

IT. Genus ATERGATIS, de Haan.

1. Atergatis integerrimus, Lam.

Cancer integerrimus, Lam. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. t. v. p. 278 (1818).

Atergatis integerrimus, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 46, pl. xiv. fig. 1

(1839) ; A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. 1, p. 285 (1865).

Distr. Philippines, Malaysia, Siam, Java, Tuticorin.

No. cctxxul. Hab. Singapore.

A female.

Dim.: Length 34°5 millim., breadth (greatest) 55:5.

2. Atergatis foridus, Rumph.

Cancer floridus, Rumphius, d’Amboinsche Rariteit-Kammer, p. 16,

pl. viii. fig. 5 (1705). :

Cancer ocyroé, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. pl. liv. fig. 2 (1798).

Atergatis floridus, A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus, t. i. p. 243 (1865).

Distr. Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, Duke-of-York Island,

Samoa, Clairemont.

Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 251

No. cocx. Hab. Pulau Satang.

A female.

Dim.: Length 30 millim., breadth (before last tooth) 43:5.

II. Genus CarPiLopEs, Dana.

3. Carpilodes socius, Lanchester.

Carpilodes socius, Lanchester, P. Z. 8. Lond. (1900).

INXstr. Singapore.

No. coct. Hab. Singapore.

A fine male specimen, quite agreeing with my original

description. Colour deep red above, a lighter brown-red

below ; fingers brown, with dirty-white tips.

Dim.: Length 17:25 millim., breadth 29°25.

ILI. Genus Actma, de Haan.

4. Acta areolata, Dana.

Actea areolata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. vol. i. p. 162, pl. vill.

fig. 1 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 264 (1865).

Distr. Port Molle, Mergui Is., Sooloo Sea.

No. crxxit. //ub. Singapore.

A male, in which, as with other specimens from Singapore,

the internal lobule of the protogastric lobe is no broader than

the mesogastric ; front only moderately prominent.

Dim.: Length 9 millim., breadth 15:5,

5. Actea pulchella, var. modesta, de Man.

Acteodes modestus, de Man, Arch. f. Naturgesch. Jahrg. liii, Bd. i.

p. 257, pl. ix. fig. 2 (1887).

Actea pulchella, Lanchester, P. Z. S. Lond. (1900).

Distr. Singapore, Amboina.

No. cccxcr. lab. Singapore.

A female. I cannot quite convince myself of the specific

distinctness of Actwodes modestus and Actwa pulchella. The

genus at least cannot be sustained, based as it is practically

on the one character of the greater or less emargination of the

finger-tips. But it is, again, more particularly on this cha-

racter that Dr. de Man has formed his species— Ks scheint

mir nun, dass sich die pulchella von unserer Art gleichfalls

durch die Scheerenfinger unterscheidet.” These differences

are :—in A. pulchella the fingers meet along their length, are

only slightly emarginate, and the dactyl slants obliquely ; in

A. modestus the fingers gape a little, the tips are strongly

252 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

emarginate, and the dactyl curves downwards. Now this

example and two males which I have already described from

Singapore (¢. ¢c.) show the modestus arrangement pretty

clearly, though even in this small number one may see a

degree of gradation, though a slight one, to the pulchella

form; while a fourth example, a female, rather smaller

(already described, ¢. ¢.), shows the pulchella arrangement,

not perfectly, but distinctly. There are no other noticeable

differences between the two forms (sonstige Unterschiede

giebt es kaum,” de Man, ¢. c.), and I do not think the slight

variations in the hand-structure are as yet more than varia-

tions. It is true that three distinctions are noticed, but these

three are really only one variation, the curvature of the

dactyl and the gape of the fingers being implied by the

emargination of the finger-tips. And the amount of this

emargination, even in my four examples, is not at all con-

stant, the two smaller examples having sharper finger-tips in

proportion. It seems to me, therefore, better to retain

Dr. de Man’s specific name in a varietal sense for those forms

of A. pulchella in which the spoon-shaped arrangement is

well marked, while leaving it open to decision as to whether

the difference is truly varietal, or only one of age, sex, or

both.

Dim.: Length 11 millim., breadth 16°25.

IV. Genus Errtsopgs, Dana.

6. Htisodes anaglyptus, M.-Edw.

Etisus anaglyptus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 411 (1835),

Etisodes anaglyptus, Lanchester, P. Z. S. Lond. (1900).

Distr. Philippines, Clairemont, Torres Strait.

No. cott. Hab. Pulau Satang.

A female. I have already (¢. c. supra) given a fuller

description of this species, as a supplement to M.-Edwards’s

short diagnosis.

Dim.: Length 35 millim., breadth 52.

V. Genus Pitumnus, Leach.

7. Pilumnus vespertilio, Fabr.

Cancer vespertilio, Faby. Suppl. Entom. p. 838 (1798).

Pilumnus vespertilio, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 418 (1885) ;

Haswell, Catal. Austr. Crust. p. 65 (1882).

Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 253

Distr. Seychelles, Tuticorin, Malay Archipelago, N.W.

Australia, New Zealand, Samoa.

No. ccctxv. Hab. Singapore.

A female.

Dim.: Length 11 millim., breadth 14:5.

VI. Genus Errputa, Latr.

8. Eriphia levimana, var. Smithi’, McLeay.

Lriphia Smith, McL. Annul, in Smith’s Zool. 8. Africa, p. 60 (1838).

Eriphia levimana, v. Smithii, Miers, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. v. p. 287 (1880).

Distr, Natal, Kurrachee, Singapore, New Guinea, off

Madagascar.

No. cotvi. Hab. Natunas.

A female.

Pim.: Length 39°5 millim., greatest breadth 54.

VII. Scytua, de Haan.

9. Scylla serrata, Forskal.

Cancer olivaceus, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. ii. p. 157, pl. xxxviil. fig. 3

(1796).

Lupea tranquebarica, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 448 (1835).

Scylla serrata, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 44 (1839) ; Haswell,

Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 79 (1882).

Distr. Cape of Good Hope, Natal, India, Malay Archi-

pelago, China, New Caledonia.

No. Lxxx1x. Hab. Moratabas.

A young female.

Dim.: Length 48°5 millim., breadth 73.

VIII. Genus Neprunus, de Haan.

10. Neptunus pelagicus, Linn.

Cancer pelagicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1042 (1766),

Lupea pelagica, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 450 (1835).

Neptunus pelagicus, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 77 (1882).

Distr. Muscat, Persian Gulf, India, Malay Archipelago,

Port Curtis, Sydney, Shanghai, Zanzibar.

No. ccctxvi. Hab. Buntal.

A female.

Dim.: Length 28 millim., breadth 52°5.

= .

254 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

No. ccoxxx. Hab. Santubong.

A male.

Dim.: Length 16°25 millim., breadth 28.

1 R.

Length of last lateral teeth in 9 =5 mm. 9°5 mm.

” ” ” g=45 ,, 45,

IX. Genus Gontosoma, A. M.-Edw.

11. Goniosoma affine, Dana.

Charybdis affinis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. vol. i. p. 286, pl. xvii.

fie, 2 (1852).

Gonrosoma affine, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 384 (1861) ; de Man,

Mergui Crust. p. 80, pl. v. fig. 2 (1888).

Distr. India, Mergui Is., Singapore.

No. ccocxxxt. Hab. Buntal.

A female, in which the two median lobes of the front are

broken off. I can detect no signs of teeth on the posterior

margins of the penultimate joints of the natatory (last) legs.

Dim.: Length 23°5 millim., breadth 37.

12. Goniosoma roseum, Jacq. et Lucas. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

Thalamita rosea, Jacq. et Luc. t. iii. p. 5, pl. v. fig. 11 (=Hombron

et Jacq. Voy. au Péle Sud, Crust. 1853).

Goniosoma roseum et rostratum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x.

pp. 378-9, pl. xxxv. fig. 2 (1861).

Distr. Mouths of Ganges, Calcutta, Gulf of Martaban, New

Guinea.

No. 1x. Hab. Buntal.

A male, in which there is a small distinct tooth on the

base, posteriorly, of each first antero-lateral tooth, and a slight

pubescence on the branchial regions. G'. rostratum differs

only in being less orbicular, in having the two median teeth

of the front more advanced, and in the possession of only two

spines on the hand, and I do not think it is specifically

distinct.

Dim.: Length 17°5 millim., breadth 24°5.

X. Genus THALAMITA, Latr.

13. Thalamita Dane, var. Stimpsonit, A. M.-Edw.

Thalamita Stimpsoni, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 862, pl. xxxv.

fig. 4 (1861).

Thalamita Dane, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 78, pl. iv. figs. 8, 9 (1888).

Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 255

Distr. Torres Strait, Sandwich Islands, W. Australia,

Malay Archipelago.

No. cccititr. Hab. Singapore.

A young female.

Dim,: Length 8 millim., breadth 12°35.

XI. Genus Poramon, Sav.

14. Potamon (Perithelphusa) Biittikofert, de Man.

Potamon (Perithelphusa) Biittikofert, de Man, Notes from the Leyden

Museum, vol. xxi. pts. i—iii. pp. 80-86, pl. vi. fig. 6 (1899).

Distr. Sintang.

No. coxcit. Hab. Mt. Matang, 3000 feet.

A male. Dr. de Man describes the “ ischial line” on the

posterior maxillipedes as being parallel to the inner margin of

the ischial joint; in this example it is oblique, slanting away

from it from before backwards.

Dim.: Greatest length 28°5 millim., greatest breadth 35.

15. Potamon (Perithelphusa) borneense, var. hilare, de Man.

Potamon borneensis, var. hilaris, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. xxi.

pts. iii. p. 71, pl. v. fig. 4 (1899).

Distr. Sintang.

No. xcvu. Hab. Kuching: freshwater.

A male.

Dim.: Greatest length 18°5 millim., greatest breadth 23.

16. Potamon (Parathelphusa) tridentatum,

var. incertum, Lanchester. (PI. XII. fig. 2.)

Potamon (Parathelphusa) tridentatum, var. incertum, Lanchester,

P. Z.S. Lond. (1900).

Distr. Singapore (Botan. Gardens).

No.cxxxvi. Hab. Kuching: presumably freshwater, but

I have no note to that effect.

A male, quite agreeing with the forms I have already

described from Singapore; though in this specimen the

lobulation of the extraorbital tooth is even more striking,

giving it all the appearance of having four antero-lateral teeth,

such that the second is truncated, while the rest are sharp.

Dim.: Length (including rostrum) 30°5 millim., breadth

between last teeth 37:5.

256 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

17. Potamon (Geothelphusa) Birgeri, de Man.

Potamon (Geothelphusa) Biirgeri, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. xx1.

pts. i-ili. pp. 121-127, pls. xi., xii. fig. 14 (1899).

Distr. Mount Liang Koeboeng.

No. xcv. Hab. Kuching.

A female example, quite agreeing with Dr. de Man’s

description of a male, except in regard to the following

points :—The left chelipede is the larger, and not the right ;

the fingers, moreover, which on the right side meet all along

their length, are somewhat widely separate on the left. The

mesogastric groove is continued faintly on to the front, and

shows a tendency to bifurcation behind; there is also a

faint oblique depression between the gastric and branchial

regions on each side.

Dim. : Greatest length 15°5 millim., greatest breadth 21.

18. Potamon (Thelphusa) bidiense, sp. n.

(Pl. EOE tie: 13.)

No. ccctxxvu. Hab. With this specimen I have the

following note from Mr. Shelford :—“ Caves at Bidi in pools ;

the caves were absolutely dark. Body pale brown, legs

white.”

A male. This form is closely related to one obtained by

Dr. de Man from the Dutch Expedition to Central Borneo, and

named by him P. Melanippe, which is itself allied to P. Aus-

tentanum, a form described by Wood-Mason from Assam.

Like them, this specimen is most noticeable for the length and

slenderness of its legs ; but the penultimate pair are a little more

than three times as long as the carapace, and their meri are also

longer than the carapace by nearly a fifth of their length. In

this, too, they differ from P. Melanzppe in that the meri of the

last four legs are armed with a small blunt spine anteriorly,

quite close to the distal end. The external maxillipeds are

precisely similar to those of P. Melanippe; the chelipedes, too,

are essentially similar, except that the fingers do not quite

meet along their length and their tips decussate. The shape

of the male abdomen is, however, quite different: the stxth

segment is indeed quite similar to that of P. Melanippe; but

the -fifth, instead of being narrower at its base than at its

extremity, is, if anything, ever so little broader, with its

sides straight and practically parallel; as a consequence of

this, the transition from the narrower terminal to the broader

basal segments is much less marked than in Dr. de Man’s

form.

Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 257

Epigastric lobes very prominent; no crest parallel to the

anterior margin of the front, general surface of the carapace

rather thickly punctate than granular. Upper surface of

meri of ambulatory legs with two granular eminences. ‘There

is a minute epibranchial tooth as in P. Melanippe, behind

which the sides are obliquely rugose. ,

In regard to the habitat from which it was taken, there is

no evidence to show that this species is essentially a cave-

dwelling one; though its occurrence in a dark cave is very

interesting, and shows the possibility of such being the case.

The eyes in this individual are normal; its colour is perhaps

paler than in the Thelphuside generally (but ef. Potamon

bicristatum, de Man: “ carapace lead-coloured, legs yellowish

marmorate’”’), But a loss of colour of this nature is not

necessarily a permanent feature, and proves very little as to

the ways of the species as such. The possibility must always

be borne in mind that a particular habitat, such as this, may

be one temporarily acquired by certain, possibly locally limited,

members of a species; should this residence become _per-

manent, a local race may be formed. But in this case, at

least, the evidence is very little, and not much can be deduced

from it in either direction.

Dim.: Greatest length 12°25 millim., greatest breadth 14;

length of penultimate pair of legs 40, length of merus of

penult. pair 15.

XII. Genus SESARMA, Say.

19. Sesarma calypso, de Man.

Sesarma (Parasesarma) calypso, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. ix.

pp. 185-9, fig. 34 (1896).

Sesarma calypso, Lanchester, P. Z. S. Lond. (1900),

Distr. Atjeh, Singapore.

No. xxxviul. //ab. Buntal.

A female. Superior border of hand raised to a strong crest on

its inner side, against which the four peclinated ridges abut.

Fingers with seven or eight of the characteristic ‘“ 'Treppen-

formig ” tubercles.

Dim.; Greatest length 16 millim., breadth (including ex-

ternal orbital angles) 20°5.

20. Sesarma quadrata, Fabr.

Cancer quadratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 841 (1798)

Grapsus (Pachysoma) quadratus, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 222, pl. viii.

fig. 3 (1859).

Distr. Malay Archipelago, Japan.

258 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

No. Lxxx1u. Hab. Santubong.

A small female.

‘Two obscure pectinated ridges, and 8-10 low tubercles on

the dactyl.

Dim.: Greatest length 9°25 millim., breadth (including

external orbital angles) 12.

XIII. Genus Ocypope, Fabr.

21. Ocypode ceratophthalma, Pallas.

Cancer ceratophthalmus, Pall. Spic. Zool. ix. p. 83, pl. v. fig. 17 (1772).

Ocypode ceratophthalma, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 347 (1798) ; Miers,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 379, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1882).

Distr. Very wide; from EK. Africa to the Pacific.

Nos. LXXXVI, CCCLXI., ccxc. Hab. Santubong, Buntal.

A male, with styles 11°5 millim. long (breadth of carapace

at epibranchial angles 36); a female, with styles :75 long

(breadth of carapace 28) ; and a small male, with no ocular

styles (breadth of carapace 18°5).

gal o 2.

millim. millim. millim.

Dim.: Greatest length of carap. 32 15:5 24°5

Greatest breadth of carap. 36 18°5 28

XIV. Genus Uca, Leach (= Gelasimus, Latr.).

22. Uca annulipes, M.-Hdw.

Gelasimus annulipes, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 55 (1837) ;

de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 118, pl. viii. figs. 5-7 (1888), ubi syn.

Distr. Zambesi, Durban, India, Malay Archipelago, Samoa,

Lu-chu (China).

No. xxv. Hab. Santubong.

A male, left-handed.

Dim.: Greatest length 7°5 millim., breadth (with external

orbital angles) 13°5.

XV. Genus MACROPHTHALMUS, Latr.

23. Macrophthalmus carinimanus, M.-Edw.

Macrophthalmus carinimanus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 65

(1837); Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 8306 (1880) ;

Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 88 (1882).

Distr. Malaysia.

Malucostraccus Crustaceans from Malaysia. 259

No. ccctv1. Hab. Santubong.

A male.

Dim.: Greatest length of carapace 9°5 millim., breadth

(across ext. orb. angles} 21.

24. Macrophthalmus depressus, Riippell.

Macrophthalmus depressus, Riipp. Beschreib. 24 Art. kurzschw. Krab.

p- 19, pl. iv. fig. 6 (1830).

Re aes affinis, Guérin, Crust. ‘ Favorite,’ p. 172, pl. 1. fig. 2

Air op hihi depressus, Hend. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. v.

p. 889 (1893) ; de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. viii. p. 578 (1895).

Distr. Pamban, Rameswaram, Bombay, Red Sea, North

Australia.

No. xiv. Hab. Buntal.

A male. The granulations on the carapace are very fine,

distinctly visible under the lens; and there is a well-marked

mesial groove on the front, extending back to the level

of the external orbital angles. In a smaller female specimen

Dr. de Man found no spine on the merus of the last leg;

there is one present in this example, which is a little larger.

Prof. Henderson (¢. ¢.) says: ‘The ambulatory legs are

pubescent, with a single tooth near the anterior distal end of

merus,’ —making no exception as regards the last pair.

I note, in addition, in my specimen the presence of a thick

hairy tuft on the anterior surface of the merus of the cheli-

pedes, and another at the base, internally, of the fingers.

Dim.: Greatest length of carapace 11°25 millim., breadth

(across orbital angles) 14.

Prof. Henderson gives the length of a male as 11 millim.,

and its breadth 17; Dr. de Man’s specimen is given as

8°25 millim. long and 12-2 broad.

XVI. Genus CALApPPA, Fabr.

25. Calappa hepatica, Linn.

Cancer hepaticus, Linn, Syst. Nat. p. 1048 (1766).

Calappa tuberculata, Fabr. Ent. Suppl. p. 346 (1798) ; Herbst, Naturg.

d. Krab, i. pl. xiii. fig. 78 (1796).

Calappa hepatica, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 186 (1882).

Distr. Red Sea, E. Africa, Natal, India, China, Sandwich

Is., Australia.

No. cccxxxvil. Hab. Natunas.

A male.

Dim.: Length 35 millim., greatest breadth 55,

260 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

XVII. Genus Marura, Fabr.

26. Matuta victrix, Fabr.

Cancer victor, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 449 (1793).

Matuta victor, id. Ent. Suppl. p. 369 (1798).

Matuta victrix, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i. p, 243,

pl. xxxix. figs. 1-3 (1877).

Distr. Red Sea, EK. Africa, Natal, Madras, Japan, Port

Jackson, Fiji Is.

No. vi. Had. Santubong.

A young male.

Dim.: Length 26 millim., breadth 28°5.

ANOMURA.

XVIII. Genus Ca@nosita, Latr.

27. Cenobita spinosus, M.-Edw., var. olivieri, Owen.

Cenobita oliviert, Ow. Crust. ‘ Blossom,’ p. 84; Dana, U.S, Expl. Exp.

Crust. vol. i. p. 470 (1852) ; Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 160 (1882).

Cenobita spinosa, var. olivierit, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. vi.

p. 318, pl. xii. fig, 24 (1892). :

Distr. Madras, Nicobar, Tahiti, N.W. Australia.

No. cccx1x. Hab. Santubong.

A male. Fore part of carapace much less tumid than in

the species; outer surface of penultimate joint of the left

third leg with a rounded crest in its distal half. It is possible

that this variety is the young stage of the species. A speci-

men in the Museum collection at 8. Kensington, labelled

“CO, olivier’, Pelew I.,” should, I think, be referred to C. per-

lata. Length of carapace 27°5 millim.

XIX. Genus PETROLISTHES, Stimpson.

28. Petrolisthes hastatus, Stm.

Petrolisthes hastatus, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 241 (1858).

Porcellana inermis (Heller), de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 212 (1888).

Petrolisthes hastatus, Ortmann, t. c. p. 260 (1892).

Distr. Mergui, Nicobar, Noordwachte I. (Java), Japan.

No. cctxiv. Hab. Pulau Satang.

A female. I have compared this with Dr. de Man’s

slightly smaller specimens, and find the following differences :—

The antero-lateral margin in this female is grooved in its

anterior third, this groove passing up and obliquely backwards

Malacostracous Crusticeans from Malaysia. 261

‘on the carapace. his groove is less conspicuous in Dr. de

Man’s examples according to their smaller size. In the Sara-

wak form also the tooth at the end of the posterior margin,

and the three teeth on the anterior margin of the carpus of

the chelipedes, are reduced in size; in fact, the foremost

tooth on the anterior margin, and the one just behind it, are

only just visible. These distinctions [I consider to be, with-

out doubt, due to age only.

Length 8°5 millim., breadth 8:25.

MACRURA.

XX. Genus CAuLiANassa, Leach.

29. Callianassa Martenst, Miers. (Pl. XII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

Callianassa Martensi, Miers, P. Z. 8. Lond. (1884) p. 13, pl. i. fig. 1;

de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. Jahrg. 53, Bd. i. p. 482, pl. xxi. fig. 1

(1887).

Distr. Mauritius, Amboina.

No. yxvi. Jab. Buntal.

Amale. This specimen, though rather damaged—having,

in particular, lost .both chelipedes—I believe to be a repre-

sentative of Mr. Miers’s species. 1t exhibits certain differences

on a comparison with the type specimen, but these seem to be

explained by the greater size of this example, 7. e., they are

differences of age. The most striking difference is in the

frontal region; the rostrum is shorter than in the type, in

which latter it reaches to the middle of the cornee of the

eyes, while in this it barely reaches halfway to the cornee.

These cornez are themselves much reduced in size in propor-

tion to their peduncles, while the latter have become very

acutely angulated at their antero-internal angles, now ¢n front

of the cornee, so that the two peduncles form in front a short

blunt tooth in the median line. From this angle to their

antero-external angles the border is concave, there being

another tooth, smaller than the median one, at the latter

angle. ‘The whole peduncle is very flattened and the cornea

appears only as a small black spot just in front of the centre

of its upper surface. Besides this, the ischium and merus of

the third maxillipedes form a broad opercular plate, and the

dactyl is bent back on the greatly enlarged propodos, so as

to make this appendage subchelate. Both these points are

more prominently developed in the larger animals than in

Mr. Miers’s smaller one. In other respects these two forms

agree.

Pim.: Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson about

81 millim.

262 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some

XXI. Genus Senex, Pfeffer (= Panulirus, Gray).

30. Senea ornatus, Fabr.

Palinurus ornatus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 400 (1798); Hasw. Cat.

Austr. Crust. p. 171 (1882).

Senex ornatus, Ortmann, ¢. c. p. 34 (1892), ubi syn.

Distr. Kast Africa, Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, N. Aus-

tralia, Hongkong, Japan, Samoa.

No. xc. Hab. Pulau Satang.

A male of this very variable species. On the antennal

segment are four forwardly-directed teeth arranged in a

square, the two anterior being larger; between these latter,

but nearer to the left one than the right, is a small ‘ Neben-

dorn.” Ina larger specimen in the Museum collection, from

Natunas, there are two ‘‘Nebendornen” halfway between

each of the anterior and posterior teeth. The second and

third abdominal segments are marked with an interrupted

transverse hirsute furrow; the specimen from Natunas is

without these, but has a deep furrow on the first abdominal

segment, without hairs, as in this specimen.

Dim.: Base of eyes to posterior margin of carap. 37 millim.

XXII. Genus Atya, Leach.

31. Atya armata, A. M.-Edw.

Ee A. M.-Edw. Ann. Soc. Entom. France, ser: 4, t. iv, p. 149

4).

? yrs aes de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 186, pl. O (1889).

Age ee de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 357, pl. xxi. fig. 20

( :

Distr. Malay Archipelago, Samoa, New Caledonia.

No. uxxx. Hab. Simanggang.

A male, which is certainly identical with A. armata.

Whether it is the same as de Haan’s species, as Mr. Miers

seems to think (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) v. p. 382), is rather

more difficult to determine, for de Haan’s description is too

brief. I have compared the mouth-parts of this specimen

with de Haan’s figures (vide pl. O), but the latter are too

diagrammatic for an accurate comparison; as far as I can

determine, however, the two are essentially similar.

Dim. : Length from orbital margin to tip of telson

50 millim.; length from orbital margin to posterior margin

of carap. 15°5.

XXIII. Genus ALPHEus, Fabr.

32, Alpheus gracilipes ?, Stimpson.

Alpheus gracilipes, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 100 (1860) ;

Sp. Bate, ‘ Challenger ’ Macrura, p. 561, pl. ci. fig. 3 (1888) ; Ortmann,

op. cit. Vv. p. 488 (1891).

Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 263

Distr. Zanzibar, S.W. Japan, Tahiti, Samoa, Bass Strait.

No. coxxu. Hab. Singapore.

A male. The chelipedes are lost, so that I cannot be quite

certain of its identity with Stimpson’s species.

Dim.: Base of rostrum to posterior margin of carap. 5°25

millim. ; base of rostrum to tip of telson 13°5.

XXIV. Genus PALz&moN, Fabr.

33. Palemon carcinus, var. Lamarrei, M.-Edw.

Palemon Lamarret, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t.1i. p. 397 (1837); de

Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 171 (1839); Ortmann, ¢. c. p. 701, pl. xlvii.

fig. 2 (1891).

Palemon carcinus, Hend, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 441

(1893).

Distr. India, Malay Archipelago, Ecuador, Amazon.

No. xxviul. Hab. Kuching, freshwater.

Dental formula 42, and there is a wide gap between teeth

8-9 above. The rostrum exceeds the scaphocerite by one

fourth of its own length, while the second pair of pereiopods

exceeds the scaphocerite by half the carpus and the hand.

The carpus and hand are covered with minute teeth at

moderately wide intervals.

Dim.: Orbital margin to posterior margin of carap. 36°5

millim. ; length of second pair of legs 105, of merus 18, of

carpus 25, of palm and fingers 42.

XXV. Genus Penzus, Fabr.

34. Peneeus velutinus, Dana.

Peneus velutinus, Dana, U.S, Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 604, pl. xl. fig. 4

(1852); Sp. Bate. Chall. Macr. p. 258, pl. xxxiii. fig. 1 (1888) ;

Ortmann, ¢. c. p. 452, pl. xxxvi. fig. 6 (1891); Henderson, Trans.

Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 449 (1893).

Distr. Red Sea, Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, India,

Japan, N. & W. Australia, Sandwich Is.

No. cxxx. Hab. Singapore.

A male. The tip of the telson is broken off in this speci-

men, but there is no doubt that it belongs to this species;

the form of the male appendage is very characteristic.

Dental formula $; the peduncle of the antennules just

reaches the tip of the scaphocerite.

Dim.: Length from orbital margin to posterior margin of

carap. 9°5 millim,

35. Penaeus indicus, M.-Edw.

Peneus indicus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 415 (1837) ;

264 On Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia.

Sp. Bate, Chall. Macr. p. 248, pl. xxxiii. fig. 2 (1888) ; Hend. Trans.

Linn. Soce., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 447 (1395).

Peneus merguiensis, de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 287, pl. xviii. fig. 8

(1888).

Distr. India and Malay Archipelago.

No. uxxy. Hab. Buntal.

A female. Dental formula 8; rostrum just overreaches

the scaphocerite. The first tooth is situated behind the level

of the hepatic spine; antennular peduncle shorter than

scaphocerite.

This specimen is certainly identical with Dr. de Man’s

species ; but I do not separate it from P. indicus because, on

a comparison of some examples of the latter in the Museum

collection with two of Dr. de Man’s specimens and my own,

I find them essentially similar in all respects but two—the

proximal half of the rostrum is raised into a very prominent

crest and its first tooth is situate behind the hepatic spine.

The first of these distinctions is certainly a very obvious one

and very striking ; the second less so. It is hard to decide

whether these characters are of specific importance; for

myself, should a larger series demonstrate their constancy, I

should still be inclined to consider P. merquiense as a variety

only, though a well-marked one, of P. indicus.

Dim.: Orbital margin to posterior margin of carap. 17

millim.

STOMATOPODA.

XXVI. Genus SqQuiLua, Fabr.

36. Squilla scorpio, Latr.

Squilla scorpio, Latr. Encyel. Méth. x. p. 472 (1825); Miers, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 18, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1880) ; Hend.

Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 453 (1893).

Distr. Madras, Singapore, N. Australia, Shanghai.

No. vir. Hab. Buntal.

A young female. Length about 24 inches.

37. Squitla raphidea, Fabr.

Squilla raphidea, Faby. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 416 (1798) ; Miers, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 27 (1880).

Squilla harpax, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 222, pl. li. fig. 1 (1839).

Distr. Zanzibar, Madras, Indian Ocean, Mergui Is., Singa-

pore, Borneo, China, Japan.

No. xu. Hab. Moratabas.

A female. Length about 4? inches.

On new Species of Histeride. 205

ISOPODA.

XX VII. Genus NErociLA, Leach.

38. Nerocila depressa, M.-Edw. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.)

Nerocila depressa, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. iii. p, 254, pl. xxxi,

fig. 17 (1839); Schiddte & Meinert, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, Kréyer,

Raek. iii, Bd. 13, p. 15, pl. i. figs. 10-11,

Distr. Penang, Zamboango, Amoy.

No. xxx. Had. Buntal.

A female.

The figure given by Schiddte and Meinert exaggerates, I

think, the relative proportions of the telson, which appears to

be too short for its breadth (vide text, p. 16, where the

proportions are given as 8:7). The exterior branch of the

uropods, which is long and styliform, is pigmented with black,

and this pigmentation is continued up along the sides of the

abdomen, though it fades away on the sides of the thorax.

Dim. : Greatest length 17°5 millim., greatest breadth 11 ;

breadth of telson 3°5, length of telson 4°25.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Goniosoma roseum. Antero-lateral border showing reduplicated

first tooth.

Fig. 2. Potamon tridentatum, var. incertum. Antero-lateral border.

Fig. 3. Potamon bidiense.

Fig. 4. Callianassa Martensi. Frontal region and eyes. 4a, Third

maxillipede.

Fig. 5. Nerocila depressa, Abdomen and telson.

XXXV.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

{Plate X. ]

TuIs is the eighteenth paper of a series on the //ister‘de

published in this Magazine, and in these various memoirs I

have described about 360 new species, and in other publica-

tions, during the same period, I have noticed 150 more. In

and between the years 1884 and 1897 Herr J. Schmidt

described about 230 species, and after the year 1868, the date

of the Munich Catalogue, Marseul described about 185,

Mr. L. Casey 48, and other authors about 157 species. These

figures represent in all 1180 species, which, with those of the

Munich Catalogue, 1151, bring the present number of species

recognized up to 2281. I have a new Catalogue in MS.

which I hope to publish shortly after a few points of synonymy

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser, 7, Vol. vi. 18

266 Mr. G. Lewis on

are settled and the lineal arrangement of the genera somewhat

adjusted.

The genus Probolosternus founded here is a remarkable

one, and as three species of it have been recently discovered

(one in Guinea and two others in the French Congo), it is

highly probable that many more exist in Central Africa, and

the species also vary so much in size, which increases the

probability that intermediate forms exist. It is also likely,

from the torm of the sterna, that the species have the same

habits as those of Pachycrerus, which are known to follow

the xylophagous beetles, feeding on the euphorbize and other

African shrubs and trees.

There are two species of the genus ister noticed here

(H. Marshalli and H. augoniensis) which have the inner

subhumeral striae complete, and a reference to them will show

how essential it is at times to recognize the importance of the

basal oblique humeral stria of the elytra. Sometimes, although

rarely, the inner humeral stria is so similar to the first dorsal

stria that it is impossible to distinguish the one from the other

without noting their position in regard to it.

List of Species.

Hololepta dyak. *Phelister festivus, Lew.

syntexis. *Notolister sulcicollis, Lew.

*Placodes opacus, Lew. Hister monbasanus.

Apobletes parallelus. zambesius.

—— cavifrons. augoniensis.

macilentus. *—— Marshalli, Lew.

platessee. brahminius.

Liopygus chalcis. frontalis.

*Platylister mirabilis, Lew. *Coproxenus Marshalli, Lew.

* extrarius, Lew. Stictostix parra, Mars.

cathayi. Notoccelis satur.

enodis. Sitalia Severini, Lev.

Platysoma assamense. Homalopygus remex.

disparile. Terapus muricatus.

Pachycreerus chlorites.

Probolosternus africanus,

permundus.

—— minor.

*Baconia loricata, Lew.

Epitoxus coryceus.

Saprinus punctisternus,

—— castanipes, Curtis.

leesus.

Teretrius Braganzz.

Epiechinus Marseuli.

Hololepta dyak, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte impressa, mento

haud carinato; thorace lateribus sparse punctulato; elytris

striis dorsalibus brevissimis, i* appendice curvata; propygidio

* Species with an asterisk are not described in this paper, but are

figured in the Plate.

new Species of Histeride. 267

extus sparse punctato ; pygidio dense ocellato-punctato ; prosterno

lato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 10 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Oblong-oval, depressed, black and shining; the head

smooth, impressed between the mandibles; mentum in male

concave and smooth, not carinate: the thorax, lateral stria

complete and similar to that of 7. Baulny?, Mars.; there is

a band of fine, not conspicuous, punctures scattered along the

sides ; the anterior angle has a small emargination and close

to the emargination there is a deep oval, somewhat oblique,

fossette : the elytra, lateral furrow widest in the middle and

abbreviated a little before and behind; striee, first dorsal is

one fourth of the elytral length and has a short bent appendage,

second shorter, not quite half the length of the first : the pro-

pygidium is sparsely punctured on the outer edges, but not

at the base ; the pygidium is densely and ocellately punctate,

with the posterior border narrowly smooth; the prosternal

keel is broad and scarcely narrowed at or before the coxe.

This insect is very similar to H. Baulnyi, Mars., but it

differs from it in the thoracic auriculiform fovea being deeper,

more circular in outline, aud in its position being nearer the

angular emargination, the apical elytral stria is bent, not

straight, and the pygidium is distinctly ocellately punctured.

Hab. Borneo.

Hololepta syntevis, sp. n.

Oblongo-oyata, subdepressa, nigra, nitida; fronte inconspicue bi-

striata; pronoto impunctato, stria laterali in angulo antico desi-

nente ; elytris striis 1-2 brevibus, 3 vix conspicua; propygidio

apice bifoveolato, punctis sparsis late cincto.

L. 8 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Oblong-oval, depressed, black and shining; the forehead

smooth, with two very short, almost obsolete, transverse

strie, g mentum with a short but distinct carina; the

thorax is impunctate, marginal stria very fine, lateral stria

well marked, especially at the anterior angles, both strie

terminate behind the angle, male has no thoracic emargination

or fovea; the elytra, lateral fossette reaches the base, but it is

shortened before the apex, 1 dorsal stria is about a fourth of

the elytral length, 2 half the length of the first, 3 is just

visible as a rudiment, there is no appendage ; the propygidium

is bifoveolate at the apex, with a border of scattered punctures,

except between the foveee, where the surface is smooth; the

pygidium is rather closely punctured, the punctures varying

somewhat in size and leaving the posterior edge narrowly

16*

268 Mr. G. Lewis on

smooth ; the prosternum is not very wide between the coxe,

but at the base it widens out considerably and is somewhat

triangular (in this character it agrees with H. striatidera,

Mars.) ; the mesosternum has a short curved sulcus at each

anterior angle; the anterior tibiew are 4-dentate, the two apical

teeth are robust and near together.

Hab. 8. Thomas I, Gulf of Guinea (Mocquerys).

Apobletes parallelus, sp. n.

Oblongus, planatus, parallelus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte punctulata,

stria transversa utrinque interrupta; pronoto, stria marginali

antice late interrupta ; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 late inter-

rupta, humerali externa completa, interna in medio separata ;

prosterno lobo antico immarginato.

L. 33 mill.

Oblong, flat, parallel at the sides, brown and shining; the

head slightly impressed anteriorly, punctulate, also the epi-

stoma, striate over the eyes, transverse stria rather wide and

shallow and confined to the frontal impression; the thorax,

lateral stria continues round the anterior angle to a point

behind the eye and it is equally strong there as at the sides,

at the base on either side opposite the second dorsal stria is a

shallow, somewhat transverse fovea, in lieu of a scutellar

fovea there is a minute tubercle, along the thoracic border,

but well away from the edge, is a longitudinal cluster of

punctures; the elytra, strie, outer humeral complete, inner

humeral separated in the middle, each part extending to a

point transversely opposite to each other, oblique basal rather

long and very fine, dorsal 1-2 complete, 3 widely interrupted

in the middle, the apical edge is narrowly rugosely punctured ;

the propygidium is punctured throughout, in the centre and

along the posterior edge the punctures are fine, but otherwise

the punctures are shallow, irregular, and imbricate, in no part

are they dense; the pygidium is flat, surface more densely

punctate than the propygidium, and the punctures appear

ocellate under the microscope ; the prosternum, anterior lobe

immarginate anteriorly, but behind the middle it is striate on

either side, the surface of it and the keel is finely punctulate ;

the mesosternum is very distinctly bisinuous, so that the

middle of the anterior edge is slightly acuminate, on either

side is a curved marginal sulcus, but there is no marginal

stiia; the anterior tibie are 3—4-dentate.

This species is more parallel than any other known species

and its specific characters generally do not correspond with

any other.

Hal. Sumatra.

new Species of Histeride. 269

Apobletes cavifrons.

Ovalis, planatus, niger, nitidus; fronte excavata, stria transversa

nulla, mandibulis distincte punctatis ; pronoto lateribus rugose

punctato, stria marginali post caput interrupta; elytris striis

1-3 integris, 4 apicali; pygidio dense et fortiter punctato.

L. 33-3? mill.

Oval, flat, black and shining; the head, forehead excavated

and evenly, not closely, punctured, the stria over the eyes is

strong and bent, there is no transverse stria, but the suture

dividing the forehead and the epistoma is straight and clear ;

the labrum is punctured like the forehead and is minutely

strigose at the base; the mandibles are densely and rather

rugosely punctured; the thorax, marginal stria strong laterally,

but fine behind the head, and it does not meet in the middle,

lateral borders are rugosely and densely punctured, especially

behind the anterior angles; the elytra, the outer humeral

stria is wide, basal, and dimidiate, inner humeral is wanting,

oblique basal fine but clear, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 apical

and very short. ‘he elytra, striz are almost similar to those

of A. Schaumz, Mars., and also closely similar to those of

A. tener, Mars., but in the last the third dorsal stria is inter-

rupted in the middle. The propygidium is somewhat impressed

and punctate on either side, with the middle and _ posterior

border smooth; the pygidium is deeply punctate, punctures

clear and of equal size, set close together, the posterior margin

is slightly elevated; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is

marginate, and in this and other respects it is similar to that

in A. tener; the mesosternum also resembles that of A. tener,

but the anterior border is more distinctly bisinuous ; the

anterior tibize are 4—5-dentate.

This is a very distinct species, but resembles the species

named superficially.

Hab. Patkai Mountains, Assam (Doherty).

Apobletes macilentus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, parallelus, depressus ; fronte sat dense punctulata ;

pronoto lateribus punctulato, stria integra; elytris striis 1-3

integris, 4 apicali ; pygidio subconvexo, dense punctato.

L, 22-3 mill.

A. macilentus differs from A. nirvana, Lew., in being

smaller, more depressed and more parallel laterally, the head

and thoracic borders are much less distinctly punctured, the

elytral strize are finer and nearer to each other, the fourth stria

is short and apical and the fifth is either wholly wanting or

270 Mr. G. Lewis on

represented by a very rudimentary line or one or two pune-

tures. The pygidium is less convex and somewhat less

coarsely punctured. Beneath the punctuation in A. macilentus

is more fine, especially as it is visible on the anterior lobe of

the prosternum, and the posterior lobe of the prosternum is

wider than in A. nirvana.

This is evidently the species referred to by Herr J. Schmidt

as A. nirvana, Lew., in the Ann. Mus. Genova, ser. 2, xvii.

p- 286 (1897).

Hab, Si-Rambe, Sumatra (Modigliani). I possess six

examples with the label of the Genoa Museum attached to

them.

Apobletes platesse, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, planatus, piceo-niger, nitidus ; fronte punctu-

lata, stria transversa utrinque interrupta ; pronoto stria marginali

antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata ;

propygidio utrinque imbricato-punctato ; pygidio parum dense et

subocellato punctato.

L. 23 mill.

Oblong, parallel at the sides, flat, pitchy black and shining ;

the head impressed anteriorly, distinctly but not densely

punctulate, lateral stria strong and does not pass beyond the

eye, transverse stria very feebly sinuous and on either side

rather widely separated from the lateral stria; the thorax,

lateral stria well marked, but fine anteriorly and ceasing

behind the eyes, lateral border with a few small scattered

punctures, base with a small scutellar fovea ; the elytra, outer

humeral stria complete, inner wanting, oblique basal fine and

relatively rather long, 1 dorsal complete but not quite so

long apically as the second, 2-3 complete, 4 shortened by

about one fifth at the base, all the striae are nearly parallel

one to another, 5 obsolete or consisting of 2 or 3 punctures,

sutural absent ; the propygidium has a lateral cluster of rather

large, shallow, imbricate punctures, with a few very fine

points in the centre; the pygidium is somewhat densely

punctured, punctures somewhat ocellate and each one clearly

separate from another; the prosternum widens out broadly

before the coxee and the anterior lobe is margined at the sides

only by a fine stria; the mesosternum is anteriorly bisinuous,

but the marginal stria neither meets in front nor does it con-

tinue along the sides; the anterior tibiee are 3—4-dentate.

Hab. Nguela, Usambara.

LInopygus chalcis, sp. n.

Ovatus, depressus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus ; fronte punctulata, stria

new Species of Histeride. 271

transversa utrinque interrupta; pronoto lateribus inconspicue

punctulato, stria integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 api-

calibus ; propygidio transversim punctato ; prosterno haud striato ;

mesosterno lato, distincte marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-5-dentatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, depressed, pitchy brown and shining; the head

punctulate, but not closely, slightly impressed behind the

transverse stria, which is straight with the ends on either side

turned backwards, and it is not connected with the lateral

strie, which are bent and do not extend beyond the eye; the

thorax, surface microscopically punctured, punctures more

visible along the lateral borders, marginal stria strong later-

ally and continued behind the head, the stria leaves the

margin at the angle, cutting off a triangular space, it then

passes along the margin until it passes the eye, when it again

leaves the margin and behind the neck leaves a fairly wide

border between it and the edge, there is no scutellar fovea.

The elytra, there are no humeral striz except the oblique

basal, which is very fine, dorsal stria, 1 a little abbreviated

at the apex, 2 complete and turning a little away from the

first at the base, 3 complete but extremely fine at the base,

the interstice between it and the second is of the same width

throughout, 4 apical and one third of the elytral length, 5

shorter with a wider interstice, sutural wanting. ‘The pro-

pygidium has rather large shallow punctures; the pygidium

rather deeply bifoveolate and smooth; the prosternum, the

anterior lobe is broad, with a marginal stria, which is, however,

interrupted at the suture before the keel, keel without striz ;

the mesosternum is wide, very feebly sinuous anteriorly, and

clearly marginate; the metasternum has a shallow median

furrow ; the anterior tibie are 4—5-dentate.

This species is somewhat similar to L. Gestror, Lew., but

the latter is less oval, the thorax more distinctly punctured

laterally, the apical margin of the elytra narrowly punctulate,

the second dorsal stria widens out at the base from the first

in a similar manner, and the second and third are similarly

parallel to each other, but the two apical striz are shorter and

the fifth is more distant from the suture. In ZL. chalcis the

fovee in the pygidium are nearly round, in L. Gestrod they

are transverse.

Hab. Sipora, Mentawei Islands, Sereinu, 5th June, 1894

(Modigliani). ‘Two examples, and I have a third labelled

“Perak” by Herr J. Schmidt.

Platylister cathayt, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus ; fronte impressa, stria

o42 Mr. G. Lewis on

fere recta; pronoto stria integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris,

4 valde abbreviata, 5 dimidiata, suturali brevissima vel obsoleta ;

pygidio margine anguste levi haud conspicue elevato.

L, 5-54 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining; the

head impressed anteriorly, transverse stria feebly sinuous,

labrum transverse and narrow ; the thorax widest at the base,

anterior angles moderately depressed, marginal stria com-

plete; the elytra, strie 1-3 complete, 4 apical, short, and

sometimes broken, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural short,

much abbreviated apically, and not reaching the middle of

the elytron ; the propygidium punctured, the punctures vary in

size and are not closely set; the pygidium, the punctures are

larger, nearly equal in size, and much more closely and

evenly set, the outer margin is smooth but scarcely elevated ;

the prosternum, anterior lobe striate, stria arched and only

marginal anteriorly; the mesosternum, anteriorly rather

widely but not deeply emarginate, stria complete ; the

auterior tibie rather strongly 4-dentate.

Differs chiefly from P. suturalis, Lew., in its labrum being

much more transverse, in its shorter and less defined sutural

stria, and in the posterior margin of the pygidium being

smooth and scarcely elevated.

Hab. Kuatun, China. Three examples.

Platylister enodis, sp. n.

P. abrupti persimilis, sed differt pygidio fere impunctato et lobo

prosterni marginato.

L. 53 mill.

This species is extremely like P. abruptus, Er., the elytral

strie are exactly similar, viz. 1 and 2 complete, 3 interrupted

near the middle, but the thorax is rather more transverse, the

lateral outline rather less parallel, and there is a conspicuous

fovea before the scutellum. The propygidium is smooth, with

a shallow impression on either side near the posterior edge, in

which there are a few small punctures, and the pygidium on

either side near its base has a small cluster of punctures, but

it is otherwise smooth and flat. In P. enodts the stria of the

prosternal anterior lobe is marginal; in P. abruptus it is

an independent arched stria not following the margin; in

P. enodis the mesosternum has a slightly wider emargination

and the marginal stria is more marked than in P. abruptus.

Hab. Mailu, British New Guinea (Anthony, July 1897).

new Species of Histeride. 273

Platysoma assamense, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte concava,

punctata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus dense punctato ; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, 4 dimidiata, 5 apicali, subhumerali externa

brevi, interna punctiformis ; pygidio convexo, grosse et dense

punctato,

L. 33 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather flat, black and shining, legs somewhat

reddish; the head, forehead and epistoma concave, clearly

and evenly, not densely, punctate, stria complete, transverse

part nearly straight; the thorax, marginal stria complete,

narrowly canaliculate at the sides, fine behind the head, and

behind the neck it deviates from the edge, the disc is micro-

scopically and sparsely punctured, but the lateral borders are

widely and conspicuously punctate and many of the punctures

are much larger than those on the head. ‘The elytra, lateral

margins clearly but finely punctulate, striz, external humeral

short and relatively deep and is seen just below the shoulder,

the inner humeral is punctiform and evanescent at both ends,

1-3 dorsal complete, 4 dimidiate or faintly traceable beyond

the middle, 5 apical and nearly one third of the elytral length,

apical margin punctured and very minutely strigose. The

propygidium and pygidium are punctate, punctures round and

deep, closely set together on the pygidium, less regularly on

the propygidium, the pygidium is convex ; the prosternum,

anterior lobe is marginate and clearly punctured over the

whole of its surface, ‘at the base beyond where the marginal

stria terminates are some large shallow punctures, and on

either side of the keel before the coxee are similar punctures ;

the mesosternum anteriorly is widely sinuous, the sinuosity

extending almost from angle to angle, anteriorly the mar-

ginal stria is fine and close to the edge, the under surface

generally is finely punctulate; the anterior tibie are 4-

dentate.

P. novum, Lew., and rimarium, Mars., resemble this

species ; all have a convex pygidium and the thorax similarly

punctured.

Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam.

Platysoma disparile, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovale, subdepressum, piceum, nitidum ; fronte leviter

impressa, stria transversa utrinque interrupta; pronoto impunc-

tato; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 late interrupta; pygidio

punctato; tibiis anticis obtuse dentatis.

L, 3% mill.

274 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oblong-oval, rather depressed, piceous, shining ; the head

faintly impressed anteriorly, transverse stria not well-marked

and interrupted on either side; the thorax gradually narrowed

from the base to the anterior angles, marginal stria extremely

fine and continued round the angle to a point behind the eye,

lateral stria almost reaches the marginal behind the anterior

angles, surface smooth, with a very small anti-scutellar punc-

ture; the elytra, humeral stria wanting, save the oblique

basal which is very fine, dorsal 1-2 complete and parallel one

to another, each turning in a little at the base, 3 widely

interrupted in the middle and extremely fine, only seen in

certain lights, at the base ; the propygidium is transversely and

irregularly punctured ; the pygidium is more regularly punc-

tate, but the basal edge is narrowly smooth, the sides are a

little raised; the prosternum, anterior lobe marginate, keel

rather wide; the mesosternum with a well-defined marginal

stria and anteriorly widely sinuous; the anterior tibia have

three large blunt teeth, resembling those of Hololepta ob-

tusipes, Mars., and a rudiment of a fourth at the base.

There is no known species of Platysoma to which this can

well be compared, but it may be placed near P. sincerum,

Sch.

Hab. Lombok. “ Sapit, 2000 feet, April 1896” (H. Fruh-

storfer) .

Pachycrerus chlorites, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, subconyexus, viridi-cyaneus, nitens; fronte im-

pressa, stria interrupta; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, ceteris nullis; pygidio punctato; prosterno

bistriato ; mesosterno valde prominulo, stria marginali antice

interrupta ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 54 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, greenish blue, shining, beneath

black ; the head rather feebly impressed anteriorly, lateral

stria narrowly interrupted over the eyes, oblique anteriorly

and not joining in front, surface with some very small

scattered irregular punctures; the thorax, marginal stria

complete but fine behind the head and close to the margin,

surface with a few punctures chiefly at or just behind the

anterior angles; the elytra, strie, outer humeral complete and

very distinct, inner basal and dimidiate, oblique basal very

fine, dorsal 1-2 complete and not very deeply impressed,

3 finer and although almost complete has a tendency to be

evanescent behind the middle, 4, 5, and sutural are wanting ;

the propygidium is faintly impressed on either side of the

posterior edge, surface distinctly but not closely punctured ;

new Species of Histeride. 275

the pygidium similarly but rather more evenly punctured ;

the prosternum is bistriate, strie rather fine, scarcely divergent

anteriorly, but widen out a little behind, keel, anterior lobe

smooth, a few fine punctures only are seen under the micro-

scope ; the mesosternum is markedly prominent anteriorly and

has a lateral well-defined marginal stria, but it is not con-

tinued along the projection; the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate.

This species should be placed close to P. eleguns, Lew.,

both having a very prominent mesosternum, but superficially

it resembles P. chalybeus in colour and outline, being in the

first character somewhat bluer and in the second somewhat

more oval. It is remarkable in having only three dorsal

striae.

Hab. 8. Thomas I., Gulf of Guinea (Mocquerys, 1900).

One example.

PROBOLOSTERNUS, gen. nov.

Body oval, rather convex ; head retractile, forehead without

a transverse stria, labrum transverse, mandibles acute at the

tips ; antenne inserted below the frontal margin, club oval,

and when at rest is received into a fovea under the thoracic

angle like that in the genus Pachycrerus; the thorax is

transverse, arched at the sides, gradually narrowed to the

anterior angle, anterior angles somewhat acute, marginal

stria extremely fine and not passing behind the head, lateral

stria complete close to the edge, leaving only a narrow lateral

rim; the elytra, epipleure finely striate, the interstice be-

tween the inner humeral and first dorsal stria is wide at the

base; the propygidium is very large, hexagonal, and convex ;

the pygidium is also rather large and semicircular in outline

behind, but being deflected it is invisible from above; the

prosternum, the keel is narrow, bistriate, and incised at the

base; the mesosternum is very prominent anteriorly, and

from its base is arched at its sides and is sharply pointed

anteriorly where it fits into the base of the narrow prosternal

keel, the marginal stria is more or less fine but entire; the

tibie are all dilated, the outer edge of the anterior pair is

bowed and multidentate ; the tarsi are short with two claws

and the tarsal grooves are nearly straight. The curious form

of the mesosternum is shown in fig. 1 (p. 277), which is

drawn from an example of P. permundus.

Probolosternus africanus, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum conyexus, niger, nitidus, supra leviter punctulatus ;

elytris striis dorsalibus 1-3 integris, 4 antice interrupta, 5 apicali,

276 Mr. G. Lewis on

suturali basi abbreviata; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno stria

marginali antice tenuissime impressa; tibiis anticis multiden-

ticulatis.

L. 7 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head rather

finely and rather closely punctulate, epistoma transverse and

flat, lateral stria fine and not passing behind the epistoma ;

the thorax, lateral stria close to the margin and continued

behind the head, surface clearly punctulate, but the punctures

are rather less dense than those of the head. The elytra,

surface punctulate like that of the thorax ; striz, outer humeral

fine and complete, inner also complete with its outer edge at

the base a little raised, 1-3 dorsal complete with the outer

edges somewhat raised, especially those of the first and second

strie, 4 fine and shortened before the base, 5 apical eva-

nescent and punctiform, sutural fine and evanescent before

the base and in the middle it bends a little away from the

suture. The propygidium and pygidium are much more dis-

tinctly punctured than the head; the prosternum is bistriate,

strie are fine and gradually diverge posteriorly along the

narrow keel; the mesosternum is acutely pointed in front

fitting into the incision in the prosternum ; there is a very

fine marginal stria only to be seen in front in certain lights ;

the metasternum has a well-marked lateral stria and the

suture is shown by a straight stria ; the tibie are all dilated,

anterior pair bowed on the outer edge, along which are small,

evenly set denticulations (about 16 or 17 in number) ; inter-

mediate and posterior tibiz are spinose, the spines are some-

what irregular and not closely set together.

The size and the incomplete sutural stria will distinguish

this species from the two following.

Hab. W. Guinea.

Probolosternus permundus, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 4.)

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, antice

leviter impressa ; elytris striis 1-4 suturalique integris, 4 cum

suturali arcuatim connexa, 5 antice abbreviata; prosterno bi-

striato, striis basi divergentibus; mesosterno stria marginali

integra.

L. 423 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head lightly

impressed behind the epistoma, surface punctulate, lateral

stria fine; the thorax, lateral stria continued behind the head,

surface punctulate. The elytra sparsely punctulate especially

in the apical region; striez, outer humeral very fine and

new Species of Histeride. 277

complete, inner humeral and 1-3 dorsal strong, complete, and

similar in having the outer edge somewhat elevated, the third

dorsal is rather less strong than the second, 4 dorsal and the

sutural are fine and almost complete, being joined anteriorly,

but they are slightly shortened apically, 5 dorsal is apical,

Fig. 1.

iw)

Probolosternus permundus, Lew.

fine, and reaches just beyond the middle. ‘The propygidium

and pygidium are clearly punctulate; the prosternum is bi-

striate, strie divergent posteriorly ; the mesosternum is like

that of the last species, except that the fine marginal stria is

conspicuously complete anteriorly ; the metasternum is striate

laterally and the suture is marked by a fine transverse stria ;

the legs are similar to those of P. africanus.

Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892).

Probolosternus minor, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria

laterali perspicue angulata ; pronoto stria laterali integra; elytris

striis 1-4 suturalique integris, 4 cum suturali arcuatim connexa,

5 basi abbreviata; prosterno bistriato, striis utrinque divergenti-

bus ; mesosterno stria marginali antice integra,

L. 3 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head punctu-

late, punctures varying in size, with very minute points

intermixed, lateral stria rather strong and very distinctly

angulate in the middle, area behind the epistoma is very

faintly impressed ; the thorax punctured like the head, except

along the base, where the punctures are larger, lateral stria

entire and feebly crenulate behind the neck; the elytra, the

striz resemble those of P. permundus, except that the fourth

and sutural are not shortened at the apex, the surface punctu-

ation is only seen under the microscope and consists of

extremely fine points ; the propygidium is margined laterally

with a very fine stria, surface clearly not closely punctate,

with very fine points intermixed ; the pygidium is curiously

278 Mr. G. Lewis on

punctured, the punctures are very irregular, some crescent-

shaped, some semicircular but not close together, and these

again are mixed with fine points, the apex is margined by a

fine stria; the prosternum is bistriate, the striz are divergent

before and behind; the mesosternum is outwardly margined

by a rather fine stria complete anteriorly, the suture between

it and the metasternum is marked by a straight crenulate

stria, the latter segment has a few imbricate punctures along

its base, the punctures being most numerous at the sides ; the

legs are similar to those of the last species.

The small size, prosternal striae divergent at both ends,

and the crenulate metasternal stria are characters which easily

separate this species from the last. ‘The stria on the pygidium

1s not very easy to see.

Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892).

HPITOXUS, gen. nov.

Body oval or suborbicular, convex; the head retractile,

frontal stria complete; the thorax with an impression before

the scutellum more or less distinctly arcuate or biareuate ;

the elytra with six dorsal striz, the fourth and sutural some-

times joining at the base; the propygidium is transverse, the

pygidium semicircular and declined, the prosternum bistriate,

and the anterior tibie multispinose. ‘The other characters

agree with those of Phelister. Type Phelister circultfrons,

Mars.

There are five species known which should be placed in

this genus: three have the sutural dorsal strize shortened,

viz. Lhelister circulifrons, Mars., hilarulus, Lew., and the

species described below; while P. breviusculus, Fahr., and

nitidus, Lew., have the fourth and sutural dorsal striae com-

plete and joined at the base. Of P. circulifrons and bre-

viusculus there are excellent figures in Marsuel’s monograph.

Epitoxvus coryceus, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, Diger, nitidus ; fronte stria integra, antice

fere recta; pronoto lateribus punctato, ante scutellum_bi-

arcuatim impresso; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 brevibus,

suturali paululum obliqua, dimidiata; pygidio punctulato ; pro-

sterno bistriato ; mesosterno marginato.

L. 43 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, fore-

head smooth, stria complete, not strong, feebly sinuous behind

the mandibles, almost straight anteriorly; the thorax, mar-

ginal stria complete, lateral border with a band of punctures,

new Species of Histeride. 279

punctures most conspicuous behind the anterior angles, fine

at the base, on the basal edge before the scutellum are two

arched impressions free of punctures ; the elytra, outer humeral

stria apical and scarcely dimidiate, inner wanting, oblique

basal very fine and close to the first dorsal, dorsal 1-3 com-

plete, 4 apical but reaching the middle and it has a short

basal appendage, 5 apical very short and somewhat puncti-

form, sutural apical but reaching quite to the middle and

from the apex the striz diverge from the suture, its base is in-

dicated by a puncture; the propygidium is distinctly punctured

at the sides and minute punctures are intermixed with the

larger ones, the minute punctures alone extend over the disc ;

the pygidium is similarly but less conspicuously punctured,

and on either side near the middle of the margin is a fovea;

the prosternum is bistriate, the striz do not meet anteriorly

and they diverge posteriorly from the coxe to the base; the

mesosternum is bisinuous anteriorly and narrowly transverse,

it posterior limit is marked by a bent not crenulate stria.

Differs from circulifrons, Mars., in size, more oval outline,

less convex form above, frontal stria less strong and not

semicircular, and the thoracic scutellar impression is distinctly

biarcuate and free of punctures.

Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892).

flister mombasanus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte punctata, stria

integra antice recta; pronoto lateribus bistriato; elytris striis

1-3 integris, 4 apicali dimidiata, 5 brevissima, suturali utrinque

abbreviata ; propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis; mesosterno

antice marginato ; tibiis antice 3-dentatis.

L. 7 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining ; the head punctu-

late at the base, rather densely and rugosely punctate behind

the stria, stria complete and straight anteriorly, epistoma

and mandibles also densely and rugosely punctured, the last

are not marginate; the thorax, lateral marginal stria ex-

tremely fine, external lateral ceasing behind the eye, interstice

narrow, internal, feebly sinuous laterally, complete behind

the head, and distinctly sinuous behind the eyes, interstice

rather wide and punctulate, with some irregular strize or

rugosities at and behind the anterior angle, the sides are

microscopically punctulate; the elytra, strie, external

humeral wanting, internal apical and dimidiate, oblique basal

extends outwardly beyond the inner humeral, dorsal striz

1-3 complete and rather wide, best marked on the edge,

280 Mr, G. Lewis on

interstices distinctly punctulate, 4 much less in width, apical

and dimidiate, 5 represented by a short apical line or puncture,

sutural shortened a little before the apex, extending just

beyond the middle and slightly turning from the suture at

either end; the propygidium and pygidium are wholly and

coarsely punctured, but without impressions ; the prosternum,

the lobe is partly punctured and has a bordering stria, which

is close to the edge at the apex; the mesosternum is very

feebly sinuous anteriorly and the marginal stria is complete ;

the anterior tibiz are punctured and 3-dentate.

This species belongs to the HH. longicollis, Mars., group.

Hab. Makeré, Mombasa.

Hister zambesius, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte impunctata, stria integra;

pronoto lateribus bistriato ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 basi

abbreviata, suturali vix abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque dense

punctatis ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L. 7-74 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining ; the head impunctate, stria

strong and complete, anteriorly nearly straight, labrum trans-

verse, mandibles impunctate; the thorax, marginal stria

very fine, outer lateral stria terminates after passing the

anterior angle, feebly sinuous in the middle, outer interstice

impunctate, inner lateral straight and continued behind the

head, interstice roughly punctate behind the anterior angle

and there is a small cluster of punctures anteriorly just within

the inner thoracic stria, the scutellar fovea is fine and linear ;

the elytra, striz, outer humeral is represented by a very short

median sulcus, inner humeral is complete, oblique basal

inconspicuous, 1-4 dorsal complete, somewhat wide, with all

the interstices more or less irregularly punctured, especially

near the apices, 5 stria is straight and shortened before the

base, sutural is bent and a little longer; the propygidium

and pygidium are evenly and closely punctured, both are

without impressions ; the sterna resemble those in the last

species ; the anterior tibiz are 3-dentate.

This, like the last species, also belongs to the H. longi-

collis group.

Hab. N. Batoka, Zambesi: December 1895.

Hister angoniensis, sp. n.

Suborbiculatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte biimpressa, punctu-

lata, stria carinata antice recta ; pronoto striis 2 lateralibus

new Species of Histerides. 281

validis, integris; elytris striis 1-3 et subhumerali interna

similiter integris; mesosterno in medio foveolato ; tibiis anticis

valde 3-dentatis.

L. 52 mill.

Suborbicular, convex, black and shining ; the head, surface

uneven and punctulate, with two impressions behind the

frontal stria, frontal stria cariniform and straight anteriorly,

epistoma transversely concave, labrum robustly carinate,

mandibles concave above with the rims elevated; the thorax

gradually narrowed from base to anterior angles, angles

depressed and somewhat acute, marginal stria fine, somewhat

carinate, especially behind the anterior angles, and ceasing

anteriorly behind the eyes, there are two lateral stria parallel

to one another, both strong, with the interstices a little raised,

the outer lateral ceases after passing the anterior angle, the

inner continues as far behind the head as the marginal

stria, and where the two ends overlap they enclose a narrow

space in which there is a small but well-marked puncture.

The elytra are wider than the thorax and have each four

strong and complete strie with crenulate edges; the outer

of these striz is evidently the inner humeral stria, because

the short oblique basal stria is seen between it and the next

stria, the four striz all widen out a little at the base, stria 4

is indicated by a short apical line only, 5 wanting, sutural

faint, not reaching the base but extending to the middle. The

propygidium and pygidium are rather densely punctured, but

the apex of the latter is narrowly smooth; the prosternum,

lobe punctured, the lateral strie meet at the apex; the

mesosternum is truncate, the marginal stria complete and in

the middle there is a conspicuous oval fovea; the anterior

tibiz are 3-dentate, the apical tooth being very broad and

prominent.

This is a remarkable species, both from its general form

and also for the inner subhumeral stria being similar to the

first dorsal stria. Its position in the genus should be near

HI. ignavus, Mars., and H. Marshalli, Lew. The latter

figured here (Pl. X. fig. 8) also has an inner subhumeral

stria similarly formed to the first dorsal.

Hab. Zomba, Upper Shire River, Angoni, 3000 feet:

10th Dec., 1895 (Dr. P. Rendell).

Hister brahminitus, sp. n.

H. pteromalo simillimus, sed major, elytris striis subhumerali

interna vix dimidiata, 1-2 dorsalibus integris, 3 postice abbre-

viata, et mesosterno antice distincte emarginato,

L, 10 mill.

Ann. d Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 19

282 Mr. G. Lewis on

This species very closely resembles H. pteromalus, Mars.,

but it is considerably larger, the external thoracic lateral

stria is longer, the inner subhumeral elytral stria is rather

fine but distinct, it does not quite reach the apex and ante-

riorly it does not quite reach the middle, the second dorsal

stria is complete, and the mesosternum anteriorly is very

distinctly emarginate. It also very closely resembles H. di-

visifrons, Sch., but it again differs as regards size ; it agrees

with the latter in having rather a longer external thoracic

stria behind the anterior angle, and in having an internal

subhumeral elytral stria. In H. divis¢frons the subhumeral

stria is longer and much deeper. The dorsal striz in

Schmidt’s species are much stronger, and the third dorsal is

widely interrupted in the middle ; in H. brahminius the third

dorsal is only basal, that is, there is no appendage. The

mesosternum is anteriorly sinuous in H. pteromalus, slightly

emarginate in H. divisifrons, and distinctly emarginate in

H. brahminius.

Hab. Ceylon (Andrew Murray).

Hister “nanus, Mars.,” Reitt. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 209

(1879). E. Siberia.

This species is, I have no doubt, the same as H. niponicus,

Lew., 1895. Reitter’s name of nanus is a misprint for

navus, Mars.

Hister frontalis, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte biloba, stria valida

antice recta; pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta, interna

sinuata basi adunca; elytris striis 1 et 3 integris, 2 et 4 basi

haud attingentibus, 5 apicali, suturali dimidiata; mesosterno

emarginato, stria marginali integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L. 54 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head is feebly

divided into two lobes by a median impression, which widens

out triangularly behind the stria, stria strong and straight

anteriorly, surface inclosed by the stria is punctulate; the

thorax, marginal stria fine and interrupted in front behind the

head, outer stria very short, little irregular, and confined to

the region behind the anterior angle, inner stria complete,

rather strong, and sinuous laterally, and at the base it turns

away from the posterior angle, the scutellar point is small and

on the basal edge; the elytra, striae, outer humeral wanting,

oblique basal fine and nearly reaching the middle, a line of

new Species of Histeride. 283

rather obscure punctures represents the inner humeral, 1 and

3 dorsal complete, the first turning inwards at the base, 2 and

4 nearly complete, being a very little shortened at the base, 5

nearly dimidiate and apical, sutural nearly twice the length of

the fourth ; the propygidium is impressed on either side, clearly

but not densely punctate; the pygidium, the punctures are

similar but are arranged chiefly along the base; the pro-

sternum, the anterior lobe at the apex is margined with a

stria, but the stria leaves the edge laterally and_ passes

obliquely down the sides ; the mesosternum is rather widely

emarginate and the marginal stria is complete; the meta-

sternum is longitudinally sulcate in the middle; the anterior

tibie are 3-dentate.

Hister bifrons, Mars., agrees with this species in the form

of the head, but in HZ. frontalis the thorax is not bisinuous,

there is a short stria at the angle, the outer subhumeral stria

is wanting, the pygidium is not so densely punctured, and

the mesosternum is emarginate not straight.

Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam.

Stictost’x parra, Mars. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 92

(1870).

As there are now four species assigned to the genus Stvcto-

stig from Australia and two from North America, I have

thought it desirable to give a figure of the type of the genus,

S. parra, Mars. (fig. 2). All the species are highly sculp-

tured, but nothing as yet has been recorded of their habits.

Stictostia parra, Mars.

NOTOCGLIS, gen. nov.

Body oblong, gibbous in the dorsal region; head retractile

and declivous, frontal stria carinate ; the thorax contracted at

the base, with the disk almost wholly excavated; the elytra

19*

284 Mr. G. Lewis on

costate; propygidium very large and hexagonal; prosternum

narrow and bistriate; mesosternum anteriorly truncate, stria

complete on the margin; the tibizw are all widely dilated.

‘This genus may be placed near to Discoscelis. In establishing

a genus on a single species it is impossible to give many

generic characters.

Notoceelis satur, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 9.)

Oblongus, postice gibbus, rufo-brunneus ; fronte striata, stria margi-

nali carinata; pronoto disco perample excavato ; elytris 4-costatis ;

propygidio longitudinaliter striato; pygidio punctulato ; tibiis

valde dilatatis.

L. 23 mill.

Oblong, gibbous in the dorsal region, dark reddish brown,

somewhat shining ; the head declivous and not visible from

above, forehead transverse and flat, anterior edge sinuous

before the eyes, frontal stria complete and carinate anteriorly,

surface with fine, irregular, transverse stria and some obscure

shallow punctures chiefly visible at the sides; the thorax,

when viewed from the front a stria is seen behind the neck

shaped like a widened-out V, and on either side of it are two

longitudinal striz, the thorax viewed from above is seen to be

rather spread out and thickened at the sides, marginal stria

complete, behind the anterior angles the thorax is longitudi-

nally impressed, and inside the impression is a lateral stria,

the disk of the thorax is wholly and deeply excavated except

in front of the scutelium, where there is a protuberance, feebly

convex on its vertex and ridged and inclined anteriorly, the

anterior rim of the excavation is carinate, the excavation is

nearly smooth ; the scutellum is somewhat elongate, with its

base narrowly transverse ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral

fine and complete, dorsal are represented by four thick costa

which are punctured along their ridges, the first and second

cost are conspicuously sinuous, the third less so and the

sutural costa is only feebly turned from the suture at either

end, there is a fine stria along the sutural margin and the

apices are rounded off at the suture; the propygidium is large

and hexagonal, about half its surface can be seen from above,

and it is conspicuously and longitudinally striated ; the

pygidium is clearly punctulate, but not striate; the pro-

sternum, the keel is narrow and bistriate, the striz are parallel

at the sides and joined at both ends, the anterior lobe is mar-

ginate and in front of the coxe are two semicircular strie

stretching outwards ; the mesosternum is straight anteriorly

and the marginal stria is strong and continues unbroken along

new Species of Histeride. 285

the base of the metasternum, in the centre of which it is

angulate, the suture of the mesosternum is invisible ; the legs,

anterior tibize dilated, external edge nearly semicircular,

intermediate and posterior tibie externally triangularly dilated,

tarsi short with two claws.

Hab. Paraguay (Dr. J. Bohls). ‘Two examples found on

the 5th October, 1892, while it was running over a mound

made by termites.

SITALIA, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongum, subparallelum, convexum, brunneum ; caput inter

oculos planum, antennis funiculo brevi sensim incrassato, clava

ovali haud compressa; pronotum supra convexum ; elytris cari-

natis(fig.3 d); propygidium postice acuminatum ; pygidium declive;

prosternum basi incisum, bistriatum ; mesosternum in medio

minute productum ; tibiz late, fossa tarsali parum lata, subrecta,

leviter exarata.

While establishing the above genus for the reception of

Paratropus Severint, Lew. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvi.

p. 142, 1892), I have availed myself of M. G. Severin’s kind

Fig. 3.

Sitalia Severin, Lew.

loan of the blocks to reproduce the woodcuts made of the

species from his original drawings. Only one example of

this curious insect is known and no dissections have been

made of it.

Homalopygus remex, sp.n. (PI. X. fig. 10.)

Oblongus, subdepressus, piceus, nitidus ; fronte abrupta, tenuissime

punctulata; pronoto stria marginali basi abbreviata, laterali

obliqua ; elytris striis 1 integra, 2-4 inqualiter abbreviatis,

suturali geminata; pygidio punctulato; prosterno bistriato ;

mesosterno antice biemarginato, stria marginali integra; tibiis

valde dilatatis.

L. 23 mill.

286 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oblong, rather depressed, piceous, shining ; the head very

finely punctulate, abruptly declivous anteriorly ; the thorax,

sides impressed, especially behind the anterior angles, mar-

ginal stria very fine, shortened before the base and continued

round the anterior angle, behind the neck there is a fine

detached stria, not quite close to the edge (this stria appears

to be an appendage to the lateral stria), the lateral stria is also

fine, commencing at the base a little within the angle and

passes obliquely inwards for about three fourths of the thoracic

Jength, on the inside of this stria is another very fine and

very short stria, slightly bent ; the elytra, striee, outer humeral

is shortened apically after passing the middle, inner humeral

is complete, both are very fine, dorsal 1 complete, 2-4 are

shortened apically, 4 is rather longer than the third, 3 longer

than the second, 5 rudimentary or more usually wanting,

sutural is geminate and resembles those figured for H. latipes,

Bohem. (Mars. Mon. 1861, fig. 1); the pygidia are finely

and evenly punctulate; the prosternum, keel bistriate, striee

divergent anteriorly, less divergent at the base, anterior lobe

has a fine marginal stria and a transverse stria marks the

suture between the lobe and the keel; the mesosternum is

biemarginate, the marginal stria is fine and complete, but it

is only near the edge behind the emarginations, at the sides

it joins the lateral metasternal stria; the legs are similar to

those of H. latipes, Bohem.

Marseul’s figure of H. latipes suggests the idea that the

elytral striz are costate, whereas they are very fine, and it is

evident that Marseul mistook the inner part of the sutural

stria, which is geminate or double, for the fifth stria. In

some of my specimens of H. remex the fifth stria is repre-

sented by a rudiment midway between the sutural and fourth

stria. Both species are similar to each other, especially in

the form of the mesosternum and legs.

Hab, Paraguay. I have eleven examples, taken by Dr. J.

Bohls on the 5th Oct., 1892. ‘The beetles were running

about on the mounds made by termites, some were in

copul@ and were fairly numerous. Afterwards Dr. Bohls

searched several hundreds of termite-mounds, but failed to find

other examples either on their surfaces or in the interiors.”

Notocelis satur occurred at the same time.

Terapus muricatus, sp. np. (PI. X. fig. 12.)

Oblongus, cinereo-niger, undique muricatus ; fronte concaya ; pro-

noto antico ad angulos explanato ; elytris leviter costatis ; pygidio

in medio conspicue muricato.

L. 4 mill.

new Species of Histeride. 287

Oblong, ashy black, body and legs densely muricate,

antenne obscurely red; the head, forehead concave, concavity

somewhat smooth, with a lateral stria on either side which

becomes carinate anteriorly and terminates in a tubercle, the

mandibles are microscopically striate ; the thorax is cut out

behind the head in a semicircular form, and the anterior angles

are explanate, the marginate stria is visible on the anterior

edges of the angles, but it is obliterated laterally by the

muricate sculpture; the elytra are costate, the first costa

represents the inner humeral stria, the three next the 1-3

dorsal, the fourth is faint, the fifth and sutural are almost

obliterated ; the propygidium is sculptured like the thorax

and the pygidium also, except in the middle where there is

a bunch of longer sharp-pointed cones and behind them two

lines of small tubercles ; the prosternum, the keel is bordered

laterally by two rough ridges, which widen out a little from

the coxe to the base, on either side of the keel there is a

scooped-out lobe-shaped space which is free of tubercles or

muricate sculpture and it is bordered outwardly by a carina,

the anterior lobe is rough and tuberculate, the keel has an

arch-like incision extending across its base ; the mesosternum

is bisinuous and bordered by a rough muricate ridge; the

legs, anterior tibiz are straight on the inner edge, somewhat

sinuous on the outer, which is armed with 6 or 7 irregular

denticulations ; the intermediate tibia are angulate in the

middle of the outer edge, to which point the tarsal grooves

extend, outer edge with 11 or 12 irregular teeth, inner edge

with small, evenly set, denticulations, posterior tibize also

angular in the middle and denticulated, the thighs on their

upper surface are conspicuously muricate.

This curious species differs much from Terapus Mniszechi,

Mars., but I do not think it necessary to establish another

genus for it. The chief important differences are in the

sculpture, in the thorax having explanateangles and not being

bisinuous behind the head, in the intermediate and posterior

legs being angulate in the middle, and as these angulations

are ab a point where the tarsal grooves end, the tarsi are

relatively longer than in Marseul’s species, where the angles

are nearer to the tarsal end. In 7’. bicarinatus, Lew., the

thorax is not bisinuous and the tarsal grooves are much

shorter than those of 7. Mniszechi, but there is no doubt these

last two species are congeneric.

Hab, Paraguay (Dr. J. Bohls). One example only.

Saprinus punctisternus, sp. n.

Obscure yiridi-eneus, nitidus ; fronte transyersa, utrinque punctata,

288 Mr. G. Lewis on

stria integra; pronoto lateribus basique punctato ; elytris striis 1-4

dorsalibus in medio postice abbreviatis, suturali basi abbreviata ;

prosterno striis integris, subparallelis ; mesosterno marginato,

parce et grosse punctato.

L. 9 mill.

Oval, convex, with a slight greenish brassy tinge; the

head and epistoma transverse (like that of S. semipunctatus, F.),

frontal stria well-marked and complete, vertex punctured,

punctures particularly conspicuous near the eyes ; the thorax,

marginal stria complete, along the sides is a broad band of

rather coarse punctures, which terminate behind the eyes but

continue more narrowly along the base nearly to the scutellum,

there is a small antiscutellar puncture ; the elytra, dorsal strize

are rather oblique and punctured and in form otherwise closely

resemble those of S. splendens, Er., figured in Marseul’s

monograph, fig. 22, but the second and third interstices are

smooth, the basal half of each elytron is rather coarsely and

closely punctured; the propygidium is chiefly punctured at

the sides ; the pygidium has a fine median raised line and is

closely punctured, except at the apex which is nearly smooth ;

the prosternum, keel is parallel and formed like that of S. semz-

punctatus, F’., lateral striee are complete and feebly widen out

at the base ; the mesosternum is marginate and sparingly but

coarsely punctured; the metasternum has a band of points

along its base.

The species belongs to the semdpunctatus-group, but the

punctuation of its mesosternum resembles that of S. optabilis,

Mars. In most of the large Saprini the mesosterna are

smooth. ‘The type specimen of this species is the largest

Saprinus I have seen.

Hab. 'Tai-yuen-fu, Shansi: 5th June, 1897. Collector

unknown to me.

Saprinus castanipes, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 442

(1845),

~An examination of the type specimen in the British Museum

proves this species to be the same as S. fulvopterus, Mars.

Curtis’s name has the priority of ten years. Two other

species described by Curtis at the same time are S. Matthews?

= 8S. bistgnatus, Er., 1834, and S. furcatus = S. connectens,

Payk., 1811.

Saprinus lesus, sp. n.

Ovalis, supra seneus, nitidus ; fronte dense punctata; pronoto haud

ciliato ; elytris macula humerali rufa, stria suturali apice

new Species of Histeride. 289

abbreviata antice hamata; mesosterno stria marginali haud

interrupta.

L. 33 mill.

Oval, convex, aneous above and shining, black beneath ;

the head is closely not coarsely punctured and without frontal

strie ; the thorax, marginal stria entire, punctured on the

lateral borders, with a small impression behind the eye, much

narrowed anteriorly and not ciliate at the sides. The elytra,

the humeral area is red, the dorsal striz, except the sutural,

are very short, or wanting (as the fifth), the sutural is shortened

before the apex, otherwise it is similar to the sutural stria

figured by Marseul for S. béstgnatus, Kr. (Mon. 1855, fig. 13);

on either side of the sutural stria, just behind the middle, is

a small fovea, the-elytral apices are moderately, not densely

punctured, the epipleural stria is continued round the apex of

each elytron, but it does not quite reach the suture. The pro-

sternum, the striz on the keel are strong and anteriorly diverge

(similarly to those of S. bistgnatus) ; the mesosternum is

faintly and sparingly punctulate, the marginal stria is complete

and widely sinuous, but it is not quite close on the anterior

edge; the anterior tibize are 7-8-dentate.

This species is easily distinguished from its congeners,

S. bisignatus, Er., S. lepidus, Ky., and others, by its red

shoulder and complete mesosternal stria.

Hab. Ecuador.

Teretrius Braganze, sp. n.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus, undique punctatus ; pronoto stria mar-

ginali antice interrupta; prosterno valide bistriato, striis antice

sensim divaricatis, lobo antice marginato; mesosterno antice

obtuse producto et immarginato ; mesosterno metasternoque in

medio canaliculatis.

L. 2 mill.

Cylindrical, black and shining, legs and antenne reddish,

surface above rather densely and strongly punctured, many of

the punctures appear under the microscope minutely ocellate;

the head is rather convex; the thorax, lateral stria well-marked,

but it is not continued behind the neck, on the edge before

the scutellum there isa cluster of dense punctures ; the elytra,

the smooth humeral space is very distinct ; the prosternum,

there is a transverse marginal stria along the apical margin

of the anterior lobe, but down the sides there are only a few

marginal punctures, the keel and lobe have a very few but

conspicuous and irregular punctures, the striz on the keel

are very conspicuous and posteriorly do not quite reach the

290 On new Species of Histeride.

base, from the base they are gradually divergent until they

cease near the edge of the lobe, the base of the keel is impressed

triangularly ; the mesosternum is strongly and obtusely pro-

duced in front, the projection is immarginate, but at the sides

there is an oblique stria which is not, however, joined to the

metasternal lateral stria, there is a median canaliculation

common to both the meso- and meta-sterna and there is no

visible suture between these two segments, the punctures on

the sternal plates are large, sparse, and very irregular; the

anterior tibie are 6-dentate.

This is a very distinct species, but in size and form it

resembles 7. Walkeri, Lew. The chief distinguishing specific

characters of all the Teretrdé are in the sternal plates. Ihave

compared it with the type of 7’. corticalis, Woll.; the iast is

smaller and of a lighter colour.

Hab. 8. Thomas I., Gulf of Guinea (Mocquerys, 1900).

Eptechinus Marseuli.

This name is given to EL. hispidus, Mars., it being clearly

evident that the species described as hispidus, Payk., in the

‘ Abeille,’ i. p. 70 (1864), cannot be the same as Paykull’s

species. ‘The latter is described (Mon. p. 98) as having five

frontal longitudinal carine ; the first has the frontal lateral

borders raised and one median carina. In my collection there

are six Asian species of this genus; Marseul apparently only

knew one. «

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Placodes opacus, Lew.

Fig. 2. Platylister mirabilis, Lew.

Fig. 3 extrarius, Lew.

1g. 4, Probolosternus permundus, sp. n.

Fg. 5. Baconia loricata, Lew.

Fig. 6. Phelister festivus, Lew.

Fig. 7. Notolister sulcicollis, Lew.

Fig. 8. Hister Marshaili, Lew.

Fig. 9. Notocels satur, sp. n.

Fig. 10, Homalopygus remex, sp. n.

Fg. 11. Coproxenus Marshalli, Lew.

Fig. 12. Terapus muricatus, sp. 0.

Except the new species, those figured in the Plate are described in

former numbers of the Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

On Five new Species of Pangonine. 291

XXX VI.—Description of Five new Species of Pangonine from

South America. By Miss GERTRUDE RICARDO.

THE following species were among some Tabanide sent me

by Dr. K. Kertész, of the Budapest Museum, for comparison

with the Walker types in the British Museum collection. He

has kindly allowed me to describe these Pangonine before

returning them to him.

Subfamily Paveoyrvz.

Scione fuscus, 2 , sp. n.

Brown. Face reddish brown, shining and bare. Proboscis

more than half as long as the body. Antenne red, with a

green tinge on the first two joints and apex of third; a few

short black hairs on the first two joints, chiefly on the under-

side. Forehead brown, with greyish-red tomentum, and a

dark brown central stripe ; pubescence short and brown; the

ocelli are very distinct. Palpi yellow, the second joint

brownish; the two joints about equal in length, the second

curved and tapering. Beard white. Eyes hairy. Thorax

reddish brown, with two narrow red stripes, at the sides

lighter in colour; pubescence brown, longer on the sides.

Breast-sides light yellow, with white pubescence and a few

brown hairs in the centre. Scutellum reddish brown. Ab-

domen brown, the first two segments light yellow, with a few

irregular black spots, the third yellow on its anterior margin,

its posterior half and the remaining ones brown, with irregular

black markings; the posterior half of the last segment is

yellow; the dorsum of abdomen covered with short black

hairs, at the sides a few silvery-white hairs are intermixed

with the black ones, beginning from the third segment; the

underside of abdomen is light yellow, with a few small, round,

black spots. Legs yellow, apex of tarsal joints brown.

Wings smoky brown, fore border yellow; there is a clear

band across the middle of wing tinged with yellow, com-

prising the basal half of the marginal and submarginal cells,

three quarters of the first posterior cell, and the whole of the

discoidal cell; veins brown. MHalteres yellow, somewhat

brown on the head of club.

Length 11 millim.

Type (2) from Bolivia (Songo).

292 Miss G. Ricardo on Five new

Scione claripennis, 2, sp. n.

This species is allied to S. maculipennis, Schiner (Dichia

maculipennis), but differs in having clear wings, cross-veins

not shadowed, and no spots.

Brown. Face brown, greyish on the lower part near

mouth and at the sides, with brown pubescence. Antenna

brown, the basal half of the third joint bright red, the first

two joints with long brown hairs. Forehead fawn-coloured,

with a large, almost square, dark brown spot, not reaching

the sides ; a central dark line extends from it to the ocelli-

gerous tubercle, which is also brown, as is the pubescence on

the forehead. Palpired, the two joints about equal in length,

the second curved and tapering. Beard white. Eyes

hairy. Thorax with three grey stripes ; the side ones do not

reach the border, but join the central stripe; at about half

their length a branch stripe begins, which is extended to the

shoulders ; pubescence on dorsum and sides brown, yellowish-

white tufts at base of wings; breast-sides brown, with tufts

of white and brown hairs. Scutellum brown, grey in the

middle and on the margin, with white hairs in the centre and

brown ones on the margin. Abdomen brown, with tufts of

white hairs on the posterior borders of segments in centre,

forming an irregular stripe; the first three segments are

yellowish, with dark markings, the posterior borders of the

following dark brown segments are lighter in colour; the

pubescence consists of black hairs, except on the posterior

border of second segment, where they are white; the sides of

segments 2, 3, 4, 5 have white hairs; underside of abdomen

yellow, with dark markings and bands of yellow on the

posterior borders, the Jast segments almost wholly black.

Legs black, knees yellow, the basal half of the anterior and

middle tibie brown, coxe and femora clothed with long

black hairs. Wings hyaline; at the base and on the fore

border, extending also to the cross-veins of the basal cells, is

a slight yellowish tinge.

Length 103 millim.

Type (2), Peru (Callanga).

PanGontA, Latr.

Erephrosis niger, 3, sp. n.

Black. Antenne black, the third joint dull red, with black

segmentations, first and second joints with black hairs.

Palpi and face black, the latter with the second joint longer

Species of Pangoninze from South America. 293

than the first, tapering to a point. Proboscis nearly as

long as body. Beard brown above, grey below. ‘Thorax

and scutellum dull brown, with spare black pubescence and a

white tuft of hairs at the base of wings; the pleure fringed

with white hairs. Abdomen black and shining; a white

tuft of hairs on the lateral margins of the last two segments,

the other segments bordered at the sides with black hairs.

Legs black, the fore tibize and tarsi dull brown, with fulvous

pubescence on the underside of the first tarsal joint; the last

tarsal joint of posterior legs is reddish. Wings grey, at base

and on fore border yellowish; a white oblong spot at the

extreme base of the wing, another at the root of the first basal

cell, and a short white line between the first and second

longitudinal veins, starting from the root of the latter ; veins

yellow, no appendix.

Length 14 millim. ; proboscis 11 millim.

Type (¢) from Surinam, 8. America.

Erephrosis rufopilosis, 2, sp.n.

Dark brown. Antenne and face black, the latter with a

band of ashy-grey tomentum below the antenne. Palpi

black, long, extending far beyond the face; the second joint

nearly twice as long as the first, broad at the base, with a

deep furrow on the outer side, tapering to a point, edged with

black pubescence. Forehead brown, covered with rather long

black pubescence. Beard black. Thorax with long brown

hairs on the anterior half and on the sides ; scutellum reddish

brown; a thick tuft of black hairs at base of wings. Abdo-

men dark brown, the first three segments somewhat reddish ;

with bright orange-red pubescence on the sides of the seg-

ments, widest on the second segment, becoming a transverse

fringe on the posterior margins of the fourth and fifth seg-

ments, and appearing as scattered hairs on the dorsum of the

posterior segments ; underside black and shining, the orange

hairs appearing on the extreme lateral margins only. Legs

black, the anterior coxe with greyish pubescence ; the femora

and tibie fringed with long black hairs, thickest on the ante-

rior ones, some fulvous pubescence on the underside of the

tarsi. Wings brown, yellow on fore border and at base, with

lighter centres to the cells on the posterior border and two

white spots at the base of the wing, besides a white streak

between the first and second longitudinal vein; an appendix

on the branch of the third longitudinal vein.

Length 16 millim. ; proboscis 8 millim.

Type (?) from Bolivia (Songo).

294 Mr. O. Thomas on new

This species resembles Hrephrosis rufo-hirta, Walker, and

other Brazilian species in the shape of the abdomen and

general appearance (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 175,

1900).

Erephrosis rufescens, 2, Sp. n.

Two females from Peru (Callanga) and Bolivia (Songo).

This species should belong to Scione, Walker (Diclisa,

Schiner), having the fourth posterior cell closed; but as it

does not agree with the description of the genus in any other

particulars and has all the appearance of a true Pangonia

(Latr.), it seems best to include it for the present under

Pangonia (Latr.) (see Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 104,

for similar cases).

Reddish brown. Antenne dull red, lighter at the apex,

with black segmentations ; the first joint stout, nearly three

times as long as the second, both with black hairs at the

sides. Face and palpi brown, with fawn-coloured tomentum,

the latter curved; the second joint longer than the first,

broad, ending in a point bordered with black pubescence.

Forehead reddish, fulvous at the sides bordering the eyes,

with short black pubescence. Beard black, thin, with a few

red hairs. Thorax brown; scutellum red: both with short

fulvous pubescence. Abdomen red, shining, with irre-

gular black markings and orange-red pubescence on the lateral

margins, becoming thicker on the apex. . Legs red; the coxe

brown, with black pubescence; the femora reddish brown,

with short black pubescence ; the anterior and posterior tibie

and tarsi with some reddish pubescence. Wings hyaline,

tinged with yellow on the fore border; no appendix ; fourth

posterior cell closed.

Length 17 millim.; proboscis 7 millim.

Type (2) from Peru (Callanga).

XXXVII.—Descriptions of new Rodents from Western South

America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Sciurus (Microsciurus) Stmonsi, sp. n.

Size as usual in this group. General colour above grizzled

olivaceous, about as in S. Alfari, though slightly darker.

Under surface also very much as in that species, the hairs

tipped with buffy, not ferruginous. Sides of nose yellowish.

Rodents from Western South America. 295

Eyes with marked yellowish rings round them. Lars well-

haired, without lighter spots: behind them, dark rusty red.

Feet grizzled yellowish. Tail fairly long-haired, the hairs

ringed black and reddish basally, with black subterminal and

dull yellow terminal rings.

Skull slightly larger than in S. A/fari; nasals decidedly

shorter, their posterior edge directly transverse, some dis-

tance in front of the termination of the premaxillary processes.

Molars larger than in the allied species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 138 millim.; tail 112; hind foot, s. u. 35,

c. u. 38; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 38°8; basilar length 29; greatest

breadth 23°5; nasals 9°4 x5; interorbital breadth 14; tip to

tip of postorbital processes 20; palate length from henselion

16 ; diastema (to front of p.*) 9; length of tooth-series (ex-

cluding the minute p.’) 6°3.

Hab. Porvenir, near Zaparal, Province of Bolivar, Hcuador.

Altitude 1500 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 99. 9.9.12. Original number

261. Collected 16th March, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons.

Of the seven species and subspecies of the subgenus Micro-

sciurus represented in the British Museum, S. Simons? is

undoubtedly nearest to the Costa-Rican S. Alfar?, Allen, but

differs by its rusty red ears, more prominent eye-rings, shorter

nasals, larger molars, and widely different locality.

Scturus (Microsciurus) perwanus napi, subsp. n.

Quite like S. peruanus of N.W. Peru in the general oliva-

ceous colour, absence of eye-rings, white patches on and

behind ears, and other characters, but distinguished by the

coloration of the belly, which, instead of being fairly defined

yellowish rufous, is only faintly and indistinctly suffused

with the same colour, the dark bases to the hairs giving the

general tone to the under surface.

Skull as in true S. perwanus, but the nasals apparently

rather shorter and more oval.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 157 millim.; tail (broken at tip); hind

foot s. u. 84; ear 12.

Skull: greatest breadth 21; nasals 9x5; interorbital

breadth 13; diastema 8; length of upper tooth-series (ex-

cluding p.*) 6.

Hab. Mouth of Coca River, Upper Rio Napo.

Type. Female, slightly immature. B.M. no. 0. 6. 3. 6.

296 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Collected June 1899 and presented by Walter Goodfellow,

Esq. A second specimen, labelled as from the Rio Napo,

has been in the Museum since 1875.

Phyllotis amicus and its subspecies.

After obtaining the specimens of this species—at Eten,

Reque, and Tolon—mentioned in the original descrip-

tion *, Mr. Simons collected a number further inland and

higher up at Uramarca, on the River Ushpe, not far from

Pallasca. The three localities (for Eten and Reque may be

treated as one) are all approximately at the same latitude ;

but the first is on the coast, in the desert region, at an alti-

tude of only 20-50 metres, the second, Tolon, about 60 miles

inland at 100 metres, and the last is at about 1200 metres on

the Andean chain.

On comparing the three sets it proves that the coast

specimens are smaller and paler in colour than the middle,

typical, set from Tolon, while, on the other hand, those from

Uramarca are larger, with longer tails and, especially, much

larger ears. Further south, on the Shigray River, ‘Tambo

(1600 metres), and at Marca (2000 metres), the same large

long-eared form occurs, while at Chosica, near Lima, at

850 m., the local representative of Ph. amicus is again much

like that found at Tolon.

It would therefore seem that along the higher level (1200-

2000 m.) from about lat. 7° to 12° 8., the long-eared form

occurs, that the intermediate typical one ranges along the

middle altitudes (100-850 m.), while the Eten one may also

hereafter be found to occur further southwards along the

coast, perhaps to Callao.

The subspecies may be briefly distinguished as follows :—

Phyllotis amicus maritimus, subsp. n.

Size small (head and body averaging 78°5 millim. in six

specimens) ; tail short (96°6) ; ears short (22°25).

Colour paler and more sandy than in the typical form,

especially posteriorly ; approximating to the darker specimens

of the desert species Ph. gerbillus.

Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 80 millim.; tail 100; hind foot 223 ear

22:5.

Skull: basilar length 17:1.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 355 (1900).

Rodents from Western South America. 297

Hab, Kten, coast of N.W. Peru. Altitude 20 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 3.1.62. Original number 589.

Collected 16th September, 1899, by Mr. P. O. Simons.

Phyllotis amicus (typical).

Average measurements of five specimens from the type

locality, Tolon, altitude 100 m. :—

Head and body 85:2 millim.; tail 100; hind foot 22°6;

ear 22°6.

Colour rather darker than in either of the other subspecies.

Phyllotis amicus montanus, subsp. n.

Size comparatively large (average of four specimens:

head and body 90 millim.; hind foot 24); tail long

(average 117°5) ; ears very large (average 24°75).

Colour about as in the typical subspecies or slightly paler.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 93 millim.; tail 122; hind foot 24;

ear 26.

Skull: basilar length 19:3.

Hab. Uramarca, near Pallasca, N.W. Peru. Altitude

1200 in.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 6. 6. 28. Original number

760. Collected 7th December, 1899, by Mr. P. O. Simons.

The four Tambo and Marca specimens of PA. a. montanus

have the following average measurements :—

Head and body 90 millim.; tail 111; hind foot 22°75;

ear 24°75.

The two from Chosica, near Lima, which I refer to the

typical Ph. amicus :—

Head and body 85 millim.; tail 107°5; hind foot 23;

ear 22°.

Eligmodontia sorella, sp. n.

A medium-tailed fawn-coloured species with long soft hair.

Size rather less than in Mus musculus. Fur long, smooth,

very soft and fine, the ordinary fur about 9 millim. long on

the back and 6-7 millim. on the belly, and profusely mixed

with longer hairs about 16 millim. in length. General

colour sandy fawn, darker and closely lined with black on

the back, clearer on the sides, where there is a well-defined

fawn-coloured line edging the white of the belly. Tips of

Aun, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 20

298 Mr. O. Thomas on new

the longer dorsal hairs shining silvery. Under surface

whitish, the hairs visibly slaty grey basally, white terminally ;

line of demarcation on sides well marked. Face slightly

greyer than back. ars of medium length, their visible

surface when folded brownish fawn; a marked white patch

behind their posterior bases. Upper surface of hands and

feet uniformly pure white; proximal third of soles thinly

hairy ; fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the basal

phalanx of the fourth. Tail rather shorter than head and

body, uniformly closely haired, so as to hide the scales, not

pencilled ; brownish fawn above, darkening nearly to black

at the tips, white below and on the sides.

Skull delicate and papery; nasals and premaxillary pro-

cesses of equal extension behind ; interorbital region flat, its

edges square but not beaded; palatal foramina long, reaching

backwards to the middle of m.*; bulle small.

Dimensions of the type (which is adult, but not old),

measured by collector in the flesh :—

Head and body 72 millim.; tail 62; hind foot 18 (ce. u.

19°5) ; ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 22-7; basilar length 17:2; zygo-

matic breadth 10°7 ; nasals 8°8 x 3; interorbital breadth 3:7;

breadth of brain-case 11:0; interparietal 2°2 x 8°5; diastema

57; palatine foramina 5°5x2; length of upper molar

series 3°5.

Hab. Hight miles south of Huamachuca, N.W. Peru.

Altitude 3500 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 6.6.29. Original number

741. Collected 28th November, 1899, by Mr. Perry O.

Simons.

This pretty little mouse has no near relationship to the

E. lepida * of Central Peru, which is one of the very short-

tailed species, but is most closely allied to the Argentine and

Paraguayan ZH. lancha, Desm., from which it differs by its

longer and softer fur, more fawny colour, longer and slen-

derer feet, and other details,

Oxymycterus inca, sp. Nn.

Size rather large, not quite equal to the large Brazilian

species, but greater than in OU. rufus of Paraguay or La

Plata. Fur coarse, rather short ; hairs on back 11-12 millim.

in length. General colour rufous chestnut, more grizzled

into black along the centre of the face and dorsal area, more

* Hesperomys bimaculatus, var. lepidus, Thos, P. Z. 8, 1884, p. 454,

pl. xlii. fig. 2.

Rodents from Western South America. 299

uniform reddish on the sides. Ears well haired, blackish

brown. Chin prominently contrasted white ; whole re-

mainder of under surface rich ochraceous rufous, not defined

laterally from the red of the sides; bases of the hairs indis-

tinctly plumbeous. Upper surface of hands and feet blackish

brown. Tail well haired throughout, blackish brown, slightly

lighter along the median line below.

Skull long, the muzzle of the peculiar trumpet-shape

characteristic of the large Brazilian species of the O. hispidus

group. Nasals long, broadest anteriorly, reaching backwards

to the level of the front edge of the anteorbital bridge ; supra-

orbital edges as usual, not beaded or ridged, but there is a

slight angular projection in the position of the postorbital

processes, whence parietal ridges run nearly directly backwards,

giving the brain-case an oblong parallel-sided appearance ;

interparietal well developed ; anterior zygoma-root much

slanted backwards; palatal foramina large, widely open,

extending backward to the middle of m.’.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by the col-

lector) :—

Head and body 135 millim.; tail 105; hind foot, s. u.

80, c. u. 33; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 30; zygomatic

breadth 18; nasals 14:3 x 5; interorbital breadth 6°7; tip

to tip of rudimentary postorbital processes 11*7 ; interparietal

2°6 x 6; diastema 9; palatal foramina 8 xX 3°2; length ot

upper molar series 5°7.

Hab. Perené, Ucayali watershed, Department of Junin,

KE. Peru. Altitude 800 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 7.7.45. Original number

925. Collected 10th April, 1900, by Mr. P.O. Simons. Four

specimens examined,

This is the first Peruvian Owymycterus described. _ Its

size and cranial characters will readily distinguish it from

any known species.

In the same collection, Mr. Simons secured at Galéra, the

highest point of the Oroya railway, altitude 4800 m., an

example of the remarkable Neotomys ebriosus, 'Thos., described

in 1894 * trom a specimen collected by Mr. J. Kalinowski in

the Valley of Vitoc. Mr. Simons’s skin shows that the under-

side of the tail is not white but dull buffy, and that the

chest is dirty brownish, a colour which runs backward a short

distance along the centre of the belly.

* Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 348,

20*

300 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Proechimys Simonst, sp. n.

Size rather smaller than in P. chryscolus, its nearest ally.

Rump practically spineless; nape and sides also much less

spinous than the centre of the back. Spines short, only

about 15 millim in length, and narrow (0°6-0°8 millim. in

breadth). General colour above very like that of P. rosa,

with the same grizzled mixture of black and fulvous. Head

rather darker and less fulvous. Under surface and inner

sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, much more sharply

defined than in the allied species. Upper surface of feet dull

brown, lighter along the inner margins. Tail of about the

same length as in P. rosa and chryscolus, but much less

hairy, the hairs not hiding the scales; scales unusually large,

the rings running about 8 to the centimetre ; its colour promi-

nently bicolor, black above, white below.

Skull remarkably like that of P. brevicauda, Giinth.,

although in external characters the species has little re-

semblance to that animal. In size it is smaller than in any

of the species mentioned. Nasals long, narrow, rounded

behind, extending about 2°5 millim. beyond the premaxille

posteriorly. Interorbital region narrow. Parietal ridges

almost obsolete, a faint indication of them in the positions

described in P. chryseolus, not continuous as in P. rosa.

Palatal foramina broad and rounded, almost as broad as long,

the ridges on the palate just behind them nearly obsolete.

Palate emarginate to the back of m.”. Pterygoid processes

narrow, curved, not spatulate. Molars small and rounded.

Dimensions of the type (measured by Mr. Simons in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 210 millim.; tail 165; hind foot, s. u.

47,c. u. 49; ear 26.

Skull: greatest length 53:2; basilar length 36°5; zygo-

matic breadth 25°3; nasals 20 X 5:5; interorbital breadth

11-3; greatest breadth on parietal ridges 20; interparietal

75 x 12:2; diastema 10°4; palatal foramina 4°3 x 3:5;

length of molar series 7-5.

Hab. Perené River, Junin Province, Peru. Altitude

800 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 0. 7. 7. 50. Original

number 942. Collected 14th April, 1900, by Mr. Perry O.

Simons. “ Haten by natives. Found in deep woods.

Native name ‘ Pericota.’”’

‘This species presents the curious anomaly of being closely

similar externally to P. chryseolus and rosa, while its skull is

scarcely distinguishable from that of the outwardly very

Rodents from Western South America. 301

different P. brevicauda, Giinth. Its most obvious diagnostic

characters are its thinly haired, large-scaled tail, its sharply

defined white belly, its small skull, suppressed parietal ridges,

and short open palatal foramina.

In his description of P. brevicauda * Dr. Giinther speaks

of “an adult male in spirit and the skin of an adult female

brought by Mr. E. Bartlett from Chamicuros, Huallaga

River”; but, as a matter of fact, it is only the skin

(received in 1869) that is labelled as from Chamicuros, and

the spirit-specimen is merely recorded from the Upper

Amazon, and was received by the Museum three years

before, in 1866. It is therefore probable that they are from

different localities, and there is unquestionably great doubt as

to their specific agreement. Under these circumstances it

would be advisable to treat the skin by itself, accurately

labelled and with good skull, as the type, and to ignore the

second specimen, which has no exact locality and whose skull

is broken to pieces.

Ctenomys tucumanus, sp. n.

Size small, about as in C. talarwm. General colour above

brownish fawn, with a faint reddish suffusion ; middle line of

face blackish. Cheeks like back, a faint lighter patch below

ear. Under surface pale buffy, the hairs plumbeous basally ;

large white axillary and inguinal patches present, the former

almost extending across the chest (but this may be due to the

great age of the specimen, which is also becoming hoary on the

back). Upper surface of hands well haired, whitish, of feet

nearly naked, the few hairs also white. ‘Tail practically

naked, a few whitish hairs forming a slight terminal crest.

This nakedness of hind feet and tail is possibly due to age

and wear.

Skull broad and flattened, much more so than in C. mendo-

cinus, and still more different to the lumpy rounded skull

of C. Perrenst. Nasals evenly tapering backwards, their

posterior end behind the level of the anteorbital bridge.

Interorbital region flat, shorter and broader than in C. talarum,

as also is the brain-case. No interparietal discernible. Malar

less heavily ridged than in C. talarum. Posterior nares

broad and open, the pterygoid ridges much further apart than

in the allied species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 172 millim.; tail 71; hind foot, s. u. 27,

c. u. 30°55 ear 6.

* PZ, S. 1876, p. 749.

302 On new Rodents from Western South America.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 43°3; basilar

length 38; zygomatic breadth 27:7; nasals 16 x 6-4; length

of frontal suture 10-2; interorbital breadth 9°1; breadth

across postorbital processes 11'1; least posterior breadth

across brain-case 17; greatest posterior breadth on meatus

27°5; palate length from benselion 20°2; diastema 12;

length of upper molar series (crowns) 9°5; greatest diameter

of anterior tooth (p.*) 4.

Hab. Tucuman. Altitude 450 m.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 0. 7. 9. 14. Original number

133. Collected 25th September, 1899, by Signor Luis

Dinelli.

Although geographically nearest to C. mendocinus, Phil.,

and C. Perrenst, Vhos., this Tuco-Tuco is probably most nearly

allied to C. talarum, with which it shares the small size and

flattened shape of the skull. It differs, however, from that

species by its broader skull, especially the broader interorbital

region, more open choane, and much paler coloration.

Signor Dinelli also obtained at Tucuman an example of the

rare armadillo Dasypus vellerosus, Gray, and of the Chilian

opossum Marmosa elegans, Waterh., not hitherto known

from Argentina.

Cyclopes* didactylus ida, subsp. n.

Geneial colour of the more greyish type characteristic of

the typical C. didactylus from Guiana, not yellowish or

golden as in the Mexican and Central-American C. d. dor-

salis, Gray. Rump, legs, and tail grey, not yellow. Dorsal

stripe indistinet, irregular, almost lost in the coarse marblings

of the back. Under surface uniform dull yellowish or buffy,

without any trace of the dark sternal line present in the other

subspecies.

Skull very like that of the Guianan form; edges of inter-

orbital region similarly evenly diverging backwards.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body (c.) 180 millim. ; tail (c.) 198.

Skull: greatest length 49; greatest breadth of brain-case

23°5; length of nasals (laterally) 13°5; interorbital breadth

9°6; length of frontal suture 23:6, of parietal suture 8°7 ;

length of lower jaw 38.

Hab. Oriente of Ecuador. Type from Sarayacu, Upper

Pastasa River; another specimen from the Rio Napo.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 80. 5. 6. 69. Collected by

Mr. Clarence Buckley. Four specimens from Sarayacu

examined and one from the Napo.

* Gray, 1821. Cyclothurus, Gray, 1825, auctorum.

On the East-African Reedbuch. 303

XXXVIII.—On the “ Tohi,” the East-African Reedbuck cur-

rently known as Cervicapra bohor. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

MEssrs. ROWLAND WArD have recently put into my hands

three Reedbuck skulls which, collected some twenty or

thirty years ago, had become scattered into different collec-

tions, but which, noticing their peculiarity, Messrs. Ward had

kept in touch with and have now brought together again in

order that I might examine and report upon them.

They were obtained in some part of the Upper Nile, and,

according to one account, at Kassala. ‘Their collector was a

Herr Essler, by whom a number of other large mammals

now in the British Museum were precured at the same time.

Their northern locality has still more recently been con-

firmed by Dr. Donaldson Smith, who obtained several

specimens of the same form during his recent journey from

Lake Rudolf to the Nile, in about 5° N. latitude.

Now these specimens all agree among themselves, and

differ from all the species recognized in the ‘ Book of Ante-

lopes,’ by the peculiar graceful curvature of their horns,

which, while first sloping backwards and then outwards

somewhat as in C. arundinum, are distinctly (though not

abruptly) recurved forwards and inwards terminally. As a

result their back view is not altogether unlike the more

distant figure of C. arundinum in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’

pl. xlii., though the tips approach each other terminally

much more, while their side view is similar both to those of

the East-African antelope currently known, since Dr. Giinther’s

paper on the subject *, as C. bohor, and also to Riippell’s

figure of ‘“ Antilope redunca” +, afterwards the type of his

C. bohor.

The side view of the horn-curvature being therefore the

same, Dr. Giinther, in the absence of Abyssinian material,

not unnaturally assigned the Kast-African animal, the “ Tohi”’

of Mr. Jackson in ‘Big Game Shooting,’ to Riippell’s

species; but it is now quite clear, both by locality and b

some details about the type kindly sent me by Dr. Kobelt,

that Messrs. Ward’s specimens are the true Bohor, being the

first examples of it that have come to this country. By their

aid we see that it is a peculiar northern species, most nearly

allied to C. arundinum, to which it approximates in size, but is

distinguished by its terminally incurved and recurved horns.

* P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 604.

t+ N. Wirb. Abyss. pl. vii. fig. 1 (1835).

304 On the East-African Reedbuck.

A second name applicable to it is “* Cervicapra? odrob,”

Heuglin*, based on an antelope observed by him on the

River Setit.

But if this antelope, with its widely expanded semilyrate

horns, is the true C. bohor, the question arises as to what is

the proper appellation for the very different Reedbuck from

East Africa which has of late been known by that name.

That animal, as is shown in the ‘ Book of Anutelopes’ f, is

closely allied to the West- African Nagor (C. redunca, Pall.),

being distinguished from it merely by its greater size, the

difference there quoted being 9 inches as compared to 8 in

the basal length of the skull.

A renewed comparison not only confirms the alliance of

the two forms, but shows that the difference is even less than

we then supposed; for Messrs. Ward, who had already helped

so materially in this matter, have lent me the skull of an

unusually fine Nagor which had been shot by Lieut. A. A. E,

Ellison, R.N., 160 miles up the River Gambia, and this skull

measured no less than 8°65 inches (220 millim.) in basal

length, nearly as much as in ordinary EHast-African Reed-

bucks. The fur, at least of the bead, is closer and finer than

that of Kast-African specimens, but is quite similar in colour,

These being the facts, it would appear better to treat the

Tohi as a subspecies of C. redunca, and in recognition of the

help received from Messrs. Ward I would suggest the name

Cervicapra redunca Wardi, subsp. n.

Size rather larger than in the typical subspecies, basal

length of skull 9 inches or more. Hair coarser and shaggier.

Colour similar.

Skull of the type (an old male) :—

Basal length 234 millim. (9:2 inches) ; greatest breadth

114 (4:48) ; muzzle to orbit 138 (5°45). Horns: length round

curve in front 235 (9°25), circumference at base 146 (5°75),

breadth across most distant points externally 190 (7:5), tip

to tip 143 (5°6).

Hab. Kast Africa. Type from the Mau Plateau.

Type. Male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 0. 8.15.1. Col-

lected by Mr. F. J. Jackson. Presented by Mr. Rowland

Ward.

* Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 109 (1877).

+ Vol. ii. p. 155, synopsis,

On new Species of Hastern and Australian Moths. 305

XXXIX.—New Species of Eastern and Australian Moths.

By Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

Family Syntomide.

Eressa catoria, nov.

3. Fore wings as in LZ. confinis, Walker: hind wings all

black, with one small circular hyaline spot beyond the cell,

with indications of a smaller spot below it ; in many speci-

mens both these small spots are indistinct. Antenne white

at the tips; a large orange spot on the prothorax, orange

streak on metathorax ; abdomen with a line of orange spots

on vertex, on the sides, and also underneath.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Jaintia Hills. Many examples, all males.

Allied to £. musa, Swinh., and L£. conjfinis, Walker.

Differs from the former in having white tips to the antenne,

and from the latter in the orange streak on metathorax, and

from both in having the hind wings all black.

Family Chalcosiide.

Pidorus leno, nov.

g ?. Antenne, body, and wings deep black, with an

olive tinge, collar crimson ; face, body below, and the under-

side of fore legs white. Fore wings with a wide oblique

yellowish-white band from the costa beyond the middle to

the hinder angle, touching neither: hind wings with a

yellowish-white costal band extending round the apex,

showing a whitish apical narrow patch: underside of both

wings paler, with the basal portions greyish.

Expanse of wings 1,/5 inch.

Jaintia Hills. ‘Three males and one female.

Superficially like a very small P. geminus, Walker, but

the white costal band of the hind wings above and the different

colouring below are very striking, the underside of the wings

in P. geminus, Walker, being streaked and shot with blue,

Isbarta curtosa, nov.

3 ¢. Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen black, slightly

metallic ; antenne white at the base, a white spot behind the

head, and a white spot on each tegula; face white, body and

legs also white on the underside. Wings dull black, with

306 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of

yellowish-white spots and streaks in the interspaces, the

female with the spots and streaks somewhat as in J. imitans,

Butler ; the spots, however, are shorter, and the three long

streaks below the cell are disjointed outwardly: the hind

wing is also somewhat similarly marked, but the basal

streaks fill up the whole of the interspaces, leaving no black

except on the veins, and the colour is rather deep yellow.

The male differs from the female in being much smaller; the

wings are almost entirely black, there being little more than

indications of the spots and streaks.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 27, 2 2;%5 inches.

Malang, Java. One pair.

Family Drepanulide.

Deroca hidda, nov.

3 9. Shaft of antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen

white, branches of antenne dark grey. Wings semihyaline,

two sinuous grey bands close together before the middle on

the fore wings, three similar bands close together before the

outer margin of both wings, marginal space grey, or it might

be described as having three sinuous white bands before the

outer margin on a grey ground; the hind wing has also

indications of a band before the middle, marginal line

black, veins grey and more or less prominent.

Expanse of wings 179-17 inch.

Jaintia Hills. T'wo males and three females.

Much smaller than D. hyalina, Walker; wings better

clothed, no marginal spots.

Family Lymantriide.

Gazalina intermizta, nov.

¢@. Head white, collar and thorax pale rufous; abdomen

white, with black segmental thin bands. Wings pure white ;

fore wings with two medial, oblique, thick, black transverse

lines, the outer one outwardly elbowed beyond the cell; a

subbasal black line; three or four short black streaks on the

veins between the outer line and the margin: hind wings

without markings. Underside pure white, both wings with

black central, transverse, thin bands.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Jaintia Hills. Two examples.

Allied to G. chrysolopha, Kollar; differs in its white

Eastern and Australian Moths. 307

abdomen and in the absence of the black streak along the

median vein of fore wings, and the black streaking of all

the veins outside the outer transverse line.

Lelia adalia, nov.

3 2. Shaft of antenne pale pink, branches dark grey ;

male with the head, thorax, and fore wings dark red-brown,

in the female paler and more red; a black lunule at the

upper end of cell, a pale streak through the lower half of

cell; the median vein and its veinlets lined with black, and a

black streak opposite the lunule: abdomen and hind wings

red-grey, paler and more red in the female ; without markings

in both sexes. Underside paler; both wings uniformly

coloured ; fore wings with all but the borders suffused with

brown.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14%, 92 245 inches.

Jaintia Hills. One male and six females.

The male somewhat like ZL. atestacea, Hmpsn., but

differently marked ; the female of L. atestacea is, however,

of a uniform pale yellowish white, with internervular grey

streaks,

Family Epiplemide.

Epiplema kohistaria, nov.

&. Hind wings with slight tails at veins 4 and 7, with

lesser productions on all the other veins; long stiff hairs on

the basal half of costa beneath. Upperside dark greyish

purple ; abdomen with a broad purple band near the base :

fore wings with a purple line edged with ochreous on both

sides, from costa one sixth from apex to hinder angle, the

upper half curved to an angle near the outer margin at the

middle, then sharply bent inwards, then again straight to the

hinder angle: hind wings with a somewhat similar line, but

farther away from the outer margin, marked with black on

the inside and with some black streaks on the outside; there

are also several black patches inside the wing somewhat in

the shape of an antemedial band; both wings with black

marginal lunules and ochreous cilia. Underside nearly

white, suffused in places with purple.

Expanse of wings | inch.

Port Blair, Andamans. ‘Two examples.

308 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of

Family Boarmiide.

Subfamily Bosrurwz.

Boarmia delatina, nov.

2. Of a uniform pale greyish fawn-colour: fore wings

with three outwardly curved indistinct grey lines, antemedial,

medial, and discal, the last two meeting rather close together

on the hinder margin; all three lines marked with black

spots on the costa and with some black points on the veins:

hind wings with two grey similar lines, one central, the other

from three fourths of costa, much curved, terminating on

abdominal margin rather closer to the central line than it is

on the costa. Underside greyish white, with two lines across

both wings, broad marginal grey borders, with two large

white spots on outer margin of both wings, apical and medial.

EXxpanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Koni, Shan States (Manders). One example.

Subfamily Lwwourrwz.

Anaxa kaluga, nov.

9. Pale yellow; wings sparsely irrorated with pinkish

atoms: fore wings with a thin pinkish band from costa, quite

close to apex, to hinder margin, just beyond the middle, the

space beyond being filled in with pinkish except at the hinder

angle: hind wings with the thin pinkish band across its

centre, but obsolete towards the costa. Underside as on

upperside, but slightly paler.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Jaintia Hills. Four examples, all females.

Closely allied to A. cesadaria, Walker,=A. sulphurea,

Butler, of which I have a fine series of both sexes ; the apex

of fore wings is more produced and the band is straight and

very nearly touches the apex instead of curving inwards

in a sinuous form one fifth before apex, as in A. cesadaria,

Walker.

Hypephyra etawa, nov.

g. Above olive-brown, with a decided pinkish tinge: fore

wings with the apical portion paler, containing three or four

brown spots: hind wings with a broad marginal even band

of pale pinkish ; both wings crossed by ante- and postmedial

Eastern and Australian Moths. 309

zigzag pale pinkish thin bands; cilia brown, with pinkish

tips. Underside uniform pale pinkish grey, without markings.

Expanse of wings 17%5 inch.

Jaintia Hills. One example.

Allied to H. subangulata, Warren, = Stegania micans,

Hmpsn.

Genus PRISTOPERA, nov.

Fore wing with costa nearly straight, apex minutely acute,

outer margin curved and very strongly crenulate : hind wing

with outer margin also strongly crenulate, the apex truncate;

palpi upturned, second joint slightly hairy, third joint short.

Antenne bipectinate with fascicles of cilia; the branches

rather short ; tongue and frenulum present. Fore wings with

fovea, cell more than half the length of the wing, disco-

cellular concave ; vein 2 at three fourths, 3 close before end

of cell, 4 from the end, 5 a little below centre of discocellulars,

6 from upper angle of cell, 7, 8, and 9 stalked from shortly

before end of cell, 10 anastomosing with 11, which is given

off from 12: hind wing with vein 3 from before end of cell,

4 from end, 6 from upper end, 7 from betore end, 8 anasto-

mosing with 7 till near middle of cell.

Type P. hepaticata, nov.

Pristopera hepaticata, nov.

3. Of a uniform dark red-brown colour; costa of hind

wings whitish. Fore wings with pale dots on the costa and

crossed by two central oblique pale lines, the inner one bent

inwards on the costa: hind wing with one central pale

transverse line, in continuation of the outer line of the fore

wing. On the underside the colour is also uniform and

more red, with two black transverse central lines across both

wings, obsolete on the hinder margin of fore wings, which is

whitish.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch.

Central China. One example.

The shape of the wings is somewhat similar to Ocaelophora

bastpuncta, Moore, from Sikkim.

Subfamily Macarrya.

Calletera schistacea, nov.

¢@. Of a uniform dark shining lilac-grey ; costa of fore

wings with many ochreous specks; a brown spot at end ot

310 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of

each cell, lines across both wings brown, dentated—first ante-

medial, second discal, third submarginal, the two latter

running evenly and rather close together, marginal line

black ; cilia ochreous, with brown spots opposite the angles

of the crenulated border. Underside pure dark grey ; costa

of fore wings marked with black and ochreous ; cell-spots

and cilia as above; one transverse dentated line a little

beyond the middle.

Expanse of wings 1,%) inch.

Sarawak, Borneo. ‘I'wo examples.

Family Larentiide.

Cryptoloba etaina, nov.

g. Dull cinereous grey: hind wings as dark as the fore

wings, the latter with white specks on the costa and two

transverse nearly upright brown lines, angled outwards above

their centre and sinvous—the first from the costa before the

middle to the hinder margin at the middle, the second from

the costa at two thirds to the hinder angle—the space between

the first line and the base ochreous in all three examples ;

cilia ochreous, marked with grey.

Expanse of wings 3% inch.

Khasia Hills. ‘lhree examples.

Allied to C. cinerea, Butler ; lines somewhat similar, but

the wing-colour is very different and the insect is very much

smaller.

Family Sterrhide.

Perizera maculifera, nov.

?. Uniform ochreous grey, sparsely irrorated with brown ;

a large round brown spot at the end of each cell; a large

brown spot midway between the cell-spot and the outer

margin on the hind wings, the irrorations collected and

formed into small clusters on various parts of both wings,

and black marginal dots in the interspaces.

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Dawson, Queensland. One example.

Placed provisionally in the genus Pertxera until a male is

procured to determine it properly; it is, however, such a

curiously marked insect it deserves a description,

Eastern and Australian Moths. alt

Family Quadrifide.

Subfamily Pozypzsuiy2.

Melioptis ankara, nov.

9. Head, thorax, and fore wings olive-grey, the latter

with a large black spot touching the costa a little before the

apex; a small spot in the middle below it and another near

hinder angle; a grey suffused band across the wing, its outer

edge touching the three spots; a grey lunule at the end of

cell and two outwardly curved sinuous grey lines—ante- and

postmedial—each terminating in a black spot on the costa ;

marginal lunules grey: hind wings grey ; a medial brown

thin band corresponding to the outer line of the fore wings ;

a broad blackish marginal band ; the space between the bands

white; cilia of both wings grey, with a pale basal line.

Underside nearly white ; fore wing with a brown spot at end

of cell; both wings with a central, outwardly curved, thin

brown band and broad brown marginal borders and white

cilia.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Quetta, one example ; Kandahar, one example.

Family Hypenide.

Subfamily Dezrorprvz.

Catada charalis, nov.

g. Of a uniform pale purplish-brown colour ; palpi with

a white band and end of second joint and a thin white collar:

fore wings with three rather prominent, upright, dark brown

bands—first antemedial, second a little beyond the middle,

third submarginal; the first irregularly outwardly curved, the

second and third with two blunt outward angles and out-

wardly edged with white ; a brown spot at the end of cell:

hind wings without markings. Underside much paler; fore

wings with a white streak at costa representing second band,

submarginal white dots and white dots on cilia; hind wings

with discal and submarginal sinuous brown bands, outwardly

edged with white, and white dots on cilia; both wings with

white lunules at the end of each cell.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Coomoo, Queensland. Five examples.

Allied to Catada vagalis, Walker.

312 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of

Subfamily Hrrrwrvz.

Genus ABRIESA, nov.

Fore wing with costa nearly straight, apex minutely

pointed, outer margin acutely angled at vein 4, concave

between the angle and apex, nearly straight to hinder angle,

which is well angled; hind wing with the outer border

crenulate ; fore wing with veins 3, 4, and 5 from lower angle

of cell, 6 and 7 from upper angle, 8 and 9 anastomosing to

form the areole, 10 from 9 near apex, 11 from centre of cell,

12 free; hind wing with 3 and 4 from lower angle of cell, 6

and 7 from upper angle, 8 free, straight; palpi upturned far

above head, second joint well clothed, with long hair above,

third joint as long as second, with short stiff hairs below and

very long tufts of hairs towards extremity above ; hind tibiz

with a pair of stout terminal spurs, one short, the other very

long ; legs well clothed.

Type A. derna, nov.

Abriesa derna, nov.

@. Pale pinkish fawn-colour above; palpi with brown

bands, the tufts of hairs white: fore wings thickly striated

with grey, collected together in places, forming several in-

complete transverse bands, and having three oblique white

transverse streaks towards the base; a brown straight line

inwardly edged with white near the outer margin from the

costa close to the apex to the hinder angle: hind wings

with a brown spot at end of cell suffused with reddish grey ;

a broad discal brown band and marginal black lunules on

both wings. Underside nearly white; fore wings suffused

with pink; hind wings striated with brown; both wings

with two indistinct brownish bands, central and discal ; fore

wings with a white band from near apex to hinder margin.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Dawson, Queensland. One example.

Family Thyridide.

Rhodoneura melilialis, nov.

3d. Costa straight, outer margin oblique, evenly curved,

shape as in 2. bastialis, Walker. Pure white; antenne red,

as is also the top of head, fore part of thorax, and a broad

costal stripe on fore wings, the latter, however, becomes

obsolescent on the apical third; both wings striated with

ochreous; on the fore wings the striations are very uniform ;

there is another more indistinct red stripe below the costal

Eastern and Australian Moths. 313

stripe, terminating in a red spot at end of cell; on the hind

wings the striations form a rather prominent and_ broad

central band, and on both wings are submarginal red dots,

Underside as above, but the striations are darker, more red,

and more diffuse.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Dawson, Queensland. One example.

Family Schenobiide.

Cirrhochrista rauma, nov.

3. Antenne and palpi chestnut-brown ; a stripe on palpi

above and top of head white; a large chestnut-brown spot

behind the head; body and wings shining white: fore wings

with a broad costal chestnut-brown stripe, which becomes

thin towards the apex; a large wedge-shaped spot of the

same colour attached to the costal stripe, deseending to the

end of the cell, a stripe of same colour on the outer margin,

and a chestnut cilia: hind wings with some chestnut-red On

a small portion of the outer margin and cilia below the

middle. Underside and legs pure white, without markings.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Brisbane. ‘Two examples.

Allied to C. etherialis, Led.

Family Pyraustide.

Subfamily DicxocrocriwZ.

Hedylepta vildersalis, nov.

g 9. Of a uniform olive-grey, glossy and nearly semi-

hyaline: fore wings with a brown dot in the cell outside the

first line, a brown lunule at the end: fore wings crossed by

two brown lines, the outer one crenulated, deeply bent

inwards underneath the cell-lunule, then straight to hinder

margin beyond the middle ; the inner line at one third, out-

wardly curved: hind wings with the inner line from costal

third straight to anal angle; the outer line from the costa

beyond the middle straight down to vein 3; both wings with

a brown marginal line and brown cilia, interlined with white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Twenty-two examples.

The lines are disposed as in H. cuprealis, Moore, from tle

Andamans, of which I have many examples, but the lines are

crenulated and not smooth as in that species, and the colora-

tion is altogether different.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. yal

314 Dr. R. Broom on a new Theriodont Reptile

XL.—On a new Theriodont Reptile (Ictidosuchus primevus)

from the Karoo Beds, South Africa. By R. Broom, M.D.,

B.Sc.

In the lower beds of the Karoo formation near Pearston I

have been fortunate in recently discovering the remains of a

small Theriodont reptile of a remarkably generalized type.

The remains were met with in the beds of indurated shale,

and though, unfortunately, much of the skeleton has been

weathered away and irretrievably lost, sufficient has been

left in the rock to give a very good idea of the type. The

parts discovered consist of a moderately complete lower jaw,

a considerable portion of the maxilla with teeth, and a number

of other portions of the skull; the almost perfect scapula,

coracoid, and precoracoid ; the humerus and radius; a femur

and a tibia and fibula ; two or three imperfect vertebra and

ribs; and a number of other fragmentary remains. Unfor-

tunately the various bones are mingled together in almost

inextricable confusion—the tibia and fibula lying across the

scapula and the femur right across the humerus—so that it is

a matter of great difficulty to develop the one bone without

injuring the other. As the form is of much interest, and the

thorough examination of the remains will necessarily take

considerable time, 1 have thought it advisable to give a short

preliminary account of the animal.

Lower jaw of Ictidosuchus primevus, nat. s1ze.

The lower jaw resembles much more the Theriodont jaws

from the Upper Karoo beds than any of those hitherto found

from the Karoo Beds, South Africa, 315

in the Lower. In its general form and proportions the

resemblance to the jaw of Tribolodon from Lady Frere (Phil.

Trans, 1894, B, pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 6) is very marked. The

horizontal ramus of the jaw is long and rather slender and

moderately uniform in depth. The coronoid process is very

well developed, long and fairly thick, and makes an angle of

about 120° with the ramus. Almost the whole lower jaw

appears to be formed by the dentary, the splenial being a

feeble splint and the articular, which is lost, probably not

large.

Perhaps the most remarkable feature of the form is the

simple structure of the teeth. Seven teeth still remain in

the jaw, and though it is possible that one or two others are

lost, those that remain show that there is no marked distinc-

tion between incisors, canines, and molars, all the teeth being

modifications of the simple pointed Saurian type. All the

teeth are feebly ribbed, and the anterior teeth differ from the

posterior only in being longer and moderately sharp, while

the latter have rounded apices.

The fragment of the maxilla shows the upper teeth to be

very similar to those of the lower jaw.

The scapular arch resembles that of Rhopalodon (Phil.

Trans. 1894, B, p. 703) more closely than that of Dicynodon.

The scapula, while expanded and flat above, is narrow in the

middle. There is no very distinct acromion. Inferiorly the

scapula is much expanded and forms a large articulation with

the precoracoid. ‘The precoracoid is considerably larger than

the coracoid and differs from that in Dicynodon in not

entering into the glenoid cavity and in completely surrounding

the precoracoid foramen. ‘I'he coracoid closely resembles

that in Dicynodon.

The humerus is very mammal-like and bears considerable

resemblance to that of Gomphognathus (Phil. T'rans. 1895, B,

p- 29), though less robust. here is a large epicondylar

foramen, and the whole lower half of the bone so far as is

preserved is much like that of the Phalangers. Above, there

is a sharp delto-pectoral crest, somewhat less prominent than

that in Gomphognathus, because less directed outwards from

the bone.

The femur is slightly longer than the humerus, and, like it,

shows much resemblance to the mammalian types. There is

a well-marked great trochanter, which forms a prominent

trochanteric ridge more resembling the condition in some of

the “Edentates and Marsupials than that of either of the

Monotremes. On the whole, however, the affinities of the

bone are mainly with the type seen in Hehidna; and if the

21*

316 © Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

femur of this Monotreme were a rounded instead of a flattened

bone, the general resemblances between it and that of the

fossil form would be very marked. ‘The lower end of the

femur especially is flattened and quite Monotreme-like.

The tibia and fibula are both long simple bones, con-

siderably longer than the radius. ‘The fibula is only about

half the thickness of the tibia.

As soon as a thorough examination has been made of the

more fragmentary remains, and the more perfect elements

more thoroughly cleared of matrix, an endeavour will be made

to describe in detail, with figures, the various remains of this

primitive type, for which I propose the name Ictidosuchus

primevus, gen. et sp. n.

The following are some of the principal measurements of

the bones :—

millim.

Lower jaw : symphysis to coronoid process ........ 94+

Depth of jaw at largest tooth (canine P)............ 10

Heipht.ot largest toothy. 24 aks, < cto spew. tieoera ate 5

Antero-posterior diameter of largest tooth .......... 2:3

Imengthsonscapel a coc ny earns ws cee archery 73+

Width of upper part of-scapula, cas... 225 2 tee 19

Width in narrow middle region ..........000ee eee 9

Wiadtheat basoi.: smi zi -y absentee nats es bi geeteo rn 28

Length of humerus (72 millim.+) ........ probably 82

Width of humerus near middle ............2.0006 9

Length of femur (86 millim.+) .......... probably 90

Width of femur near middle. ..225% AcistoGaten ee stercee 8

Length of dubia: «Gh <dncc xe tnjeciauie ere Altes ost 94

Width of tibiatat lower third (...<):scs0e os sage ok 9x5

Pearston, 8. Africa.

XLI.—Some new Arachnida from Cape Colony.

By R. I. Pocock.

Order SOLIFUGA.

Genus Sotpuea, Licht.

Solpuga Schénlandi, sp. n.

3 .—Colour a uniform pale yellow, as in &. venator;

width of head less than tibia of palp and than patella or tibia

of fourth leg. Form of mandible recalling that of S. Dar-

Lingit, but with upper jaw armed with only one minor tooth

in front of and remote from the two large distal teeth; the

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 517

terminal fang shorter, directed more upwards, and less curved

at the tip, its upperside more strongly hollowed at base ;_ basal

portion of flagellum high, conical, with rounded summit and

straight anterior border; distal portion of flagellum rising

above the proximal terminal tooth, short, scarcely surpassing

the basal portion when reclining backwards, lightly curved

or narrowed distally, with apex truncate and furnished with

a minute process; on the jaw in front of the base of the

flagellum there is a small upstanding tooth.

Total length 35 millim.; width of head 9°5; length of

patella of palp and also of tibia and tarsus 14, patella and

tibia of fourth leg 12.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Genus Daista, C. Koch,

Desia Bernardi, sp. n.

? .—Prevailing colour yellow, clouded with greyish black

laterally ; tubercle black ; mandibles with faint fuscous lines ;

palp infuscate, with the basal three fourths of the femur

yellow ; apex of femur and base of patella of third and fourth

legs lightly infuscate.

Abdomen with three narrow dorsal stripes.

Mandible with upper jaw furnished with two minor teeth,

the distal major teeth subequal; lower jaw with one minor

tooth close to base of posterior major tooth.

Palp with tibia lightly fusiform, armed as in D. Letpolde?,

Pure. ; tarsus rather more than one third the length of the

protarsus ; patella armed below with two stout seta inside

and three thinner sete outside.

Carapace as long as patella of palp, a little shorter than its

tibia and tarsus and than patella of fourth leg.

Abdomen: third segment furnished beneath on each side of

the median sternal plate close to the posterior border with a

transverse series of four slender but strong and sharp, curved,

claw-like spines raised on low elevations of the integument.

Immediately adjacent to these on the anterior portion of the

underside of the fourth abdominal segment there is a trans-

verse row of six or seven smooth, shining, subcylindrical

ridges, separated by deep intervening grooves,

Total length 13 millim.; width of head 3; length of

palp 10.

Loc. Hex River Valley, Cape Colony (H. MZ. Bernard).

No structure on the abdomen resembling that described

above has been mentioned in the diagnoses of any of the

previously described South-African species of Desia.

318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Order ARANE ZK.

Family Theraphoside.

Genus PTERINOCHILUS, Poc.

Pterinochilus Lugardi, sp. n.

&$ .—Carapace distinctly longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus

of palp, shorter than patella and tibia of first leg, subequal to

those of fourth and only just exceeding protarsus of fourth.

Ocular tubercle and clypeus practically as in P. voraz,

Foe:

Front leg with tibia not inflated, the spur projecting in-

ternally in such a way that a large space is left between the

spur and the base of the protarsus when the latter is flexed

on the tibia.

Palpal organ much like that of P. voraz, but with the

base of the spine less stout.

Protarsus of leg lightly sinuous, not nearly so strongly as

in P. voraz.

Total length 24 millim.; carapace 12, first leg 41, second

37, third 34, fourth 43.

Loc. Kwebe Hills, near Lake Ngami (Capt. E. J. Lugard,

Ds.0:),

Pterinochilus Schénland, sp. n.

6 .—Carapace about as long as patella, tibia, and tarsus

of palp, shorter than patella and tibia of fourth leg, just

equal to those of second, not or scarcely exceeding protarsus

of fourth, equal to protarsus and half the tarsus of the third.

Legs with patella and tibia of fourth scarcely longer than

protarsus and tarsus of first; tibia of first not inflated; the

spur directed forwards in such a way that it is almost in

contact with the inner side of the base of the protarsus when

the latter is flexed ; protarsus not sinuous.

Spine of palpal organ stouter than in the preceding species,

compressed, distally sinuous, and suddenly narrowed to a

point just before apex.

Total length 18 millim.; carapace 9, first leg 30, second

leg 29, third leg 25, fourth leg 33.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Longer in the leg than P.nigrofulvus, Poc., and with different

palpal organ.

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 319

Family Ctenizide.

Genus STASIMOPUS, Simon.

Stasimopus Schénlandt, sp. n.

Nearly allied to §. oculatus, Poc., in disposition of eyes &c.,

but recognizable by the absence of the apical band of spines

on the lower side of the protarsus of third leg and by the

restriction of the spinules on the lower side of the protarsus

of fourth leg to a small posterior tuft.

Total length up to 35 millim.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Genus HERMACHASTES, nov.

Allied to Hermacha and Nemesia.

Fovea large, transverse, or a little recurved.

Rastellum consisting of numerous close-set stout bristles

and spines.

Labium armed with a row of cusps; coxa of palp with

about 20-25 strong short scattered cusps; inferior claw of all

the legs long and distinct; superior claws with two rows of

strong teeth.

Posterior sternal s¢gi//a submarginal.

Apical segment of posterior spinners about half as long as

the second.

Male with longer legs than female; labium and maxille

unarmed. ‘Tibia of first leg armed on the inner side with

two low prominences, each bearing a stout curved spine.

Tarsus of palp short, truncate.

Hermachastes collinus, sp. n.

? .—Colour olive-yellow or brown on carapace and limbs ;

femora darker than the rest of the leg-segments; abdomen

ashy black, variegated above with pale patches and spots,

paler below.

Carapace longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, and

than patella and tibia of first or fourth leg. Palp with tibia

and tarsus spined. Patella and tibia of first and second legs

weakly, protarsus more strongly spined ; patella, tibia, and

protarsus of third spined; patella of fourth unspined.

Tarsi of legs unspined.

3 .— Carazace as long as patella and tibia of first leg,

shorter than those of fourth.

320 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Falpi unspined; tibia swollen, bristly below; bulb sub-

globular, spines short, stout, lightly curved, pointed at apex ;

protarsus of first leg lightly sinuous at the base.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2 . Total length 18; cara-

pace 7, first leg 15, second leg 14, third leg 12, fourth leg 17°5.

; 3. Total length 12; carapace 6:5, first leg 19, fourth

eg 23.

Loc. Table Mountain (J. Hull).

Genus BESSsIA, nov.

Carapace smooth, fovea deep, procurved; ocular area

transversely oblong, more than twice as wide as long, parallel-

sided ; lateral eyes narrowly separated; eyes of anterior line

procurved, medians a little smaller, with their anterior edges

on a line with the centres of the laterals.

Rastellum consisting of many long slender spines over-

hanging the base of the fang.

Mandible armed below with a single row of about 15-16

teeth, a few smaller cusps at the posterior end of the row;

fang long and slender.

Labium twice as wide as long, armed, like the base of the

maxilla, with many close-set cusps; maxille lightly im-

pressed.

Sternum with posterior sigilla of medium size, elongate,

about their own length from the margin of the sternum and

twice that distance apart.

Legs not scopulate, anterior pairs weaker than posterior,

with protarsi much longer than tarsi; first leg scarcely

spined ; protarsus of second with some strong spines below ;

third leg with a few spines on patella and tibia above, about

6 in two rows on protarsus; fourth with protarsus nume-

rously spined; claws armed with 3-4 basal teeth. Posterior

spinner with apical segment small, much smaller than

second, .

According to Simon’s tabulation of the genera of “ Cyrtau-

cheniex,” this new genus seems allied to Amblyocarenum

and Aptostichus, especially to the latter.

Bessia fossoria, sp. n.

Colour of carapace and legs pale mahogany-red.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 12; carapace 6,

palpus 7, first leg 10, second leg 9, third leg 11, fourth leg 14.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (Dr. Broom).

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 321

Family Scytodide.

Genus Sicarrus, Walck.

Sicarius spatulatus, sp. n.

3 .—Integument of carapace and sternum castaneous ;

legs yellower; abdomen testaceous; in nature the whole

body is covered with particles of sand &c. and presents a

uniform greyish-black tint.

Width of carapace about equal to length of patella and

tibia of third leg, a little longer than tibia of first ; median

eyes on a distinct tubercle, longitudinally elliptical, space

between them less than their transverse diameter ; lateral

angles of head prominent, interval between the lateral eyes

less than their diameter.

Legs strong, first more than three times as long as width

of carapace, third less; femur of first narrowed at base,

swollen in middle.

Falpi short ; tibia globular; tarsus short ; spine of palpal

organ stout, curved, distally expanded, and triangularly

spatulate, with truncate extremity.

9? .—Like male, but with legs shorter, first less than three

times the width of the carapace, which is about equal to the

patella and tibia of the second.

Total length (¢) 9 millim., width of carapace 4, length

of first leg 14.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer, Dr. Broom).

Differs entirely from S. Hahnit, Karsch (sec. Simon), in

the form of the palpal organ.

Family Caponiide.

Genus CAPonrA, Sim.

Caponia secunda, sp. n.

9 .—Resembling C. natalensis (Cambr.) in colour and

most structural features.

Carapace rugulose, the anterior median and anterior lateral

eyes forming a line which is distinctly recurved, the posterior

edge of the medians being on a level with the centres of the

laterals ; the three eyes which form the curved lateral line

very unequal in size, the anterior lateral being the largest

and the posterior lateral the smallest, the latter being only

‘about half the area of the former,

According to Cambridge, in C. natalensis the anterior

medians and anterior laterals form a straight transverse line.

322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Simon represents this line as slightly procurved. Moreover,

the latter author declares the lateral eyes to be equal, the

former says “ nearly equal.”

Total length 8 millim.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Family Ereside.

Genus ERESUS.

Eresus Spenceri, sp. n.

Much smaller than H. fumosus and differently coloured.

Hairy clothing olive-grey; integument of carapace and

mandibles deep brown, of legs deep reddish, of abdomen

olive-yellow ; narrow white rings round the dorsal sigilla.

Carapace as long as tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of first

leg ; width of head about equal to patella and tibia of first

leg ; posterior median eyes large, about two diameters apart.

Vulva with large subcircular lateral pits, which are at least

equal to the width of the median septum. -

Total length 13 millim.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer).

Genus DRESSERUS, Sim.

Dresserus Darlingi, sp. n.

Allied to D. obscurus, Poc., but with shorter legs, the

width of the head being distinctly greater than the patella

and tibia and than tibia and protarsus of first leg ; head also

noticeably higher above the line of eyes; median septum of

vulva with its lateral edges more converging posteriorly.

Total length 14 millim.; carapace 6°3.

Loc. Mashonaland: Enkeldoorn and Mazoe (J. ff. Dar-

ling).

Dresserus olivaceus, sp. n.

Allied to D. Darlingi, but much darker in colour above

and below, being of a silky greenish black. Head less flat

above, more evenly convexly rounded from before backwards ;

the sides of the median sclerite of vulva more parallel and

the lateral impressions narrower.

Total length 14 millim.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 323

Dresserus collinus, sp. n.

Differing from D. obscurus, olivaceus, and Darlingi in

having the posterior median eyes very large and separated

from the anterior laterals by a space which is only about

equal to twice the diameter of the medians; width of head

slightly exceeding length of patella and tibia of first leg.

Median area of cribellum subequal to the external area.

Total length 11 millim.

Loe, Table Mountain (H. A. Spencer and J. Hull).

Family Amaurobiide,

Genus AUXIMUS, Sim.

Auximus capensis, sp. n.

?.—Colour. Carapace and limbs pale castaneous, the

latter infuscate distally, hairy clothing pale olive; mandibles

black; abdomen symmetrically spotted above; legs palely

castaneous, clothed with pale olive hairs, the anterior pairs

distally infuscate.

Eyes of posterior line slightly procurved, medians smaller

than laterals and slightly nearer each other than to the

laterals; eyes of anterior line slightly procurved, medians

smaller, about a radius apart and a diameter from the laterals.

Mandibles with posterior border of fang-groove armed with

5-8 teeth, those in the middle of the row largest.

Legs 1, 4, 2, 3.

Vulva consisting of a large, shallow, transversely ellip-

tical pit, the rim of which is semicircularly incurved on each

side behind.

Total length 13 millim.

Loc, Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer); Cape Town (H. A.

Spencer) ; Table Mountain (J. Hull).

Auzximus hottentottus, sp. n.

Smaller than the preceding; the head darker posteriorly

and at the sides than in the middle; sternum darker than

coxe ; legs indistinctly annulate below.

Eyes a little more widely separated, the whole ocular area

thus wider ; eyes of anterior line subequal.

Vulva consisting of a large transverse lightly convex plate,

marked on each side at the margin with a circular pit and in

the middle by a longitudinal groove, bordered behind by an

anteriorly emarginate crest.

Total length 10 millim.

Loc. Little Namaqualand, Garies (Dr. Broom).

Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

(sh)

Family Argiopide.

Genus GASTERACANTHA, Sund.

Gasteracantha Spencer?, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace and mandibles deep red ; sternum black,

with anterior yellow spot; legs with coxe, trochanters, and

femora red, the remaining segments black ; abdomen black

below, with yellow spots; uniformly yellow above, with

dark sigilla, and slightly clouded with fuscous at the base of

the anterior spine and posteriorly at base of median spine ;

spines reddish, with black tips.

Abdomen not twice as wide as long; posterior spines as

large as in G. ensifera, Thor. (?=G. versicolor, Walck.) ;

anterior and median spines much shorter than in that

species ; the medians scarcely as long as the posteriors, straight

and strong, and about four times as long as the anteriors.

Loc. East London (H. A. Spencer) ; also a closely allied

form from Grahamstown (Schénland).

Genus ARANEUS, L.

Araneus mensamontis, sp. n.

? .— Colour much as in A. Rumpfi or A. nauticus ; cara-

pace yellowish or red, darker at the sides; legs banded,

femora of anterior pairs reddish or black; abdomen black

below, with a pair of large yellow spots in front of spinners.

Eyes of anterior line straight, medians about three times as

far from the laterals as from each other.

Tibia and protarsi of anterior /egs armed with many spines ;

tarsi also spined.

Vulva somewhat as in A. haploscapus, but the svape

shorter and not bent at right angles, but meeting the basal

portion at an obtuse angle.

Total length up to 15 millim.

Loc. Table Mountain (J. Hull); Port Elizabeth (Dr.

Broom).

Araneus Graemit, sp. te

? .— Colour. Carapace yellow, black on thoracic portion

and on middle of head; legs yellow, banded with black ;

patella and tibia of anterior legs black below ; abdomen

olive, varied with black and white above, black below, with

a broad yellow band on each side of the middle.

Eyes of anterior line strongly procurved. Carapace about

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 325

as long as patella and tibia of first leg; tibia of first armed

with about 6 spines in front below, protarsus with about 8.

Vulva with its basal portion very short and projecting

distally on each side of the base of the scape as a distinct

horny process; scape rather short, lightly constricted laterally

near its base.

Total length 10 millim.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Family Zodariide.

Genus CYDRELICHUS, nov.

Allied to Cydrela and Cesetius, with the eyes of the ante-

rior line approaching those of Cesetius, the laterals being

from three to four diameters apart; those of the posterior

line recurved to about the same extent as in Cydrela.

Type C. Spencert.

Cydrelichus Spencer, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Carapace deep castaneous; legs clearer,

scantily clothed with whitish and blackish hairs; abdomen

ashy black, covered above and below with a scanty clothing

of whitish and darker hairs and ornamented beneath with

four pale lines.

Palpi strongly spined distally.

Anterior two pairs of legs weakly spined, posterior two

pairs very strongly spined.

Vulva (? subadult) consisting of a small transversely oblong

plate, impressed with a pair of deep irregularly oval pits,

separated by a partition and defined externally by a dark

rim.

Total length 10 millim.; carapace 4, first leg 8, fourth 10.

Loc. Port Hlizabeth (Hl. A. Spencer).

Genus CHARIOBAS, Simon,

Chariobas lineatus, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace bright reddish yellow, with a median

longitudinal black band and a much narrower black marginal

band; sternum black at the sides, with a median pale stripe ;

abdomen chalky grey, with a median longitudinal dorsal

black band extending to the spinners and continuing the

black band on the carapace; in the ventral median line a

similar stripe which gradually expands posteriorly ; spinners

326 Mr. RB. I. Pocock on some

black ; legs orange-yellow, darker apically, and with black

tarsal and protarsal scopule.

Carapace about as long as tibia and protarsus of first leg.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11°53; length

of carapace 4, width 1°6; length of abdomen 7°5, width 2 ;

length of first leg 7°5, of second 6°5, of third 5, of fourth 7.

Loc. King Williamstown (Stenning).

Family Agelenide.

Genus AGELENA.

Agelena ocellata, sp. n.

?.—Colour. Integument ochre-brown; carapace with

indistinctly defined broad median and lateral white bands ;

legs with white hairs, the femora distinctly banded ; sternum

with pale median stripe; abdomen rubbed; the dorsal in-

tegument ornamented with a pair of bright yellow spots,

some black spots arrange in two longitudinal lines, and

some small dark spots laterally.

Anterior median eyes a little longer than laterals, their

inferior borders on a level with the superior borders of the

laterals.

Vulva marked with a pair of obliquely oval pits separated

by a broad posteriorly clavate partition.

Total length 7 millim.; carapace 3:2; first leg 9.

g.—With much longer legs than female. Palp with

patella short, armed externally with a pair of subequal short

apophyses, the upper of which is more acute than the under ;

tibia shorter than patella, but higher, armed below externally

with a slender tooth-like process; tarsus much longer than

patella and tibia taken together.

Total length 6 millim.; carapace 3; first leg 13.

Loc. Table Mountain (J. Hull).

Genus Roruus, Sim.

Rothus auratus, sp. n.

@ —Much paler than £2. vittatus, Sim. Integument testa-

ceous ; carapace covered with yellowish hairs, with a paler

median brown-bordered band; legs covered with yellowish

hairs ; abdomen similarly covered, without bands.

Head \ess constricted and frontal line of eyes less promi-

nent than in &. vittatus.

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 327

Vulva very similar to that of #. vittatus, but the median

sclerite marked with a deep median longitudinal impression.

Total length 14 millim.; carapace 5°5; first leg 20°5.

Loc. Little Namaqualand, Garies (Dr. Broom).

Genus Lycosa, Latr.

Lycosa hectoria, sp. n.

? .—Colouring apparently as in Z. capensis, Simon, but

with tibia of fourth leg strongly banded below with black at

base and apex; tibia of third leg similarly but much less

distinctly banded; tibia of second and first legs yellowish

brown below, with pale base; sternum, coxe, and lower side

of abdomen clothed with yellowish-grey hairs, the abdomen

with faintly defined median band behind the vulva.

Structurally also apparently as in ZL. capensis, except that

the teeth of the posterior border of the fang-groove are sub-

equal in size.

Vulva wider than long, the median keel about half the

length of the transverse bar, the pits subcircular and defined

by a ridge curved like a ram’s horn.

Total length 16-19 millim.; carapace 10; first leg 23,

fourth leg 30. ;

Loc. Table Mountain (J. Hull).

Lycosa subvittata, sp. n.

?.—Smaller than L. hectoria, but very similar in colour

on the dorsal side, though perhaps on the whole darker; the

two yellow stripes on the abdomen strongly defined; ventral

surface of abdomen with a median longitudinal black stripe,

broader in front behind the vulva and narrowing posteriorly

and defined on each side by a broad yellow stripe, which is

itself defined by a darker stripe composed of blackish spots ;

coxe infuscate like the sternum; legs infuscate below,

scantily clothed with pale hairs, the tibie not distinctly

banded.

Structurally as in L. hectoria, but with vulva longer than

broad, the median keel broad in front, narrowed behind, and

as long as the transverse bar, the depressions longitudinally

ovate, three times as long as wide.

6 .—Like female in coloration, except that the black on

the ventral surface of the abdomen spreads laterally behind

the epigastric fold so as to cover the underside, the epigastric

area being black in the middle, pale at the sides; coxze much

paler than sternum, as in young female.

328 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

? .—Total length 14 millim.; carapace 7; first leg 19,

fourth 16.

3S .—Total length 11 millim.; carapace 6°5; first leg 19,

fourth 23.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer) ; Table Mountain

(J. Hull).

Lycosa Schénlandi, sp. n.

? .—General colour reddish yellow, carapace with two dark

stripes; abdomen mottled black above and at sides, greyish

below, with median and lateral blackish stripes, much as in

L. Spencert, Poc.; coxe and legs reddish, clothed with pale

hairs ; legs spotted and irregularly banded with black ; base of

mandible covered with yellowish hairs of the same colour as

those on the face.

Eyes of anterior line lightly procurved, their inferior edges

in a straight line, medians a little longer than the laterals,

posterior median separated by a space which is much less

than their diameter.

Vulva with very narrow median keel and stout, posteriorly

convex, and projecting cross-bars, on each side of the median

keel there is a narrow outwardly curving crest, forming the

inner border of the shallow oval longitudinal impression.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; carapace

6:5; first leg 16, fourth leg 21.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Lycosa promontorit, sp. n.

Allied to Z. Schénlandi, but darker in colour, carapace

with narrower whitish submarginal stripe; abdomen dark

reddish grey above, mottled with black and marked with a

short paler median stripe in front; entirely black below,

coxa and sternum deep blackish brown; legs mottled with

darker and lighter spots; base of mandible scantily clothed

with yellow hairs.

Eyes of anterior line straight by their lower borders,

medians noticeably the larger; posterior medians scarcely

wider than anterior line, separated by considerably less than

their diameter ; distal tooth on posterior border of fang-groove

very much smaller than the others. .

Vulva with rim thick and curved like a horseshoe, the

median bar very broad in front, narrow behind, about half

the length of the transverse bar.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13 ; carapace 6;

first leg 14°5, fourth leg 17°5.

Loc. Wynberg (H, A. Spencer) ; Table Mountain (J,

Hull).

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. 329

Lycosa algoensis, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace normally coloured, but the lateral stripes

not so distinct as in L. Schénlandi; upperside of abdomen

black in the middle, with a yellow stripe formed of two pale

patches, recalling the markings on Ocyale atalanta, on each

side ; ventral surface banded as in L. Schénlandi; coxe and

sternum yellowish red; legs pale, obscurely mottled ; man-

dibles covered with greyish hairs at base.

Posterior median eyes very large, scarcely a radius apart ;

anterior medians much larger than anterior laterals.

Vulva very abnormal, consisting of a narrow median keel,

which posteriorly runs out into a strong conical process and is

flanked on each side by asubspherical black prominence, which

is bordered externally and below by a sinuous ridge continuous

in the middle line with the anterior end of the median keel.

Measurements in millimetres.— Yotal length 13; carapace 7 ;

first leg 15°5, fourth leg 19.

Loe. Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer).

Lycosa bessiana, sp. n.

gd. Resembling Z. algoensis, but with the whole of the

ventral surface of the abdomen olive-black, the sternum also

infuscate with a central darker line; the legs uniformly

yellowish red, not banded or mottled with dark spots ; upper-

side of abdomen marked with two very distinct, broad, yellowish

bands uniting in front, separated by a dark ventral stripe,

and bordered externally by a darker ill-defined stripe ; inferior

portion of lateral surface white ; dark bands on carapace

broader than pale bands.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 9; carapace 5;

first leg 14, fourth leg 17.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer).

Family Oxyopide.

Genus PeucetiA, Thor.

Peucetia maculifera, sp. n.

9 —Oolour. Carapace greenish, with short radiating dark

stripes ; clypeus and mandibles without bands ; an abbreviated

and interrupted dark stripe on each side of the head above

the basal mandibular spot; legs yellow, femora and cox

minutely and rather thickly spotted at the bases of the spines

and hairs; tibie and protarsi with larger and fewer spots at

the base of the black spines, a faint blackish ring round distal

end of patella and basal and distal end of tibia; sternum

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, vi. 22

330 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

green, minutely spotted at base of hairs; abdomen suffused

with rosy pink above, yellower in front, greenish yellow

below, paler in middle line.

Carapace as long as patella and tibia of third leg and three

fourths of the protarsus of the first; clypeus almost vertical.

Abdomen oval, not twice as long as broad.

Legs moderately long, first about five times, fourth nearly

four times as long as carapace.

Vulva consisting of a pit crescentic in front and filled

posteriorly by a pair of black oval sclerites, separated by a

median crest and each marked behind by a deep pit.

Total length 13 millim.; carapace 5°3; first leg 26, fourth

leg 20.

ere King Williamstown (Stenning).

Differs in colouring, form of vulva, &c. from the rest of the

S. African species.

Family Heteropodide.

Genus SPARASSUS.

Sparassus Schénlandi, sp. n.

Colour of integument yellowish, clothed with whitish hairs ;

mandibles a little darker.

Carapace longer than wide, width of head as in S. Bates?,

Poc. ; eyes of posterior line slightly procurved; carapace as

long as tibia of second leg.

Legs 2,1, 4,3; second exceeding first by its tarsus and one

fifth of the protarsus ; third leg scarcely reaching tip of tibia of

second; patellee unarmed, tibize with two pairs of inferior spines.

Vulva consisting of a large transversely oblong plate, the

posterior border of which is semicircularly excised, the

posterior angles of the excision produced inwards into a dark

horny prominence.

Total length 12 millim. ; length of carapace 6:5, of first

leg 22, second 25, third 16, fourth 18-5.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Genus Patysres, L. Koch.

Palystes lycosinus, sp. n.

=Palystes megacephalus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii.

p. 63, 1896 (? P. megacephalus, C. Koch).

3 .—Apparently resembling P. megacephalus, C. Koch, in

colour and most structural features.

new Arachnida from Cape Colony. B51

Tibia of palp armed at its distal end above with a single,

slightly sinuous, basally stout, apically pointed spur directed

forwards and outwards over the base of the tarsus.

¢ —Like male in colour.

Vulva bordered behind by a straight transverse crest, in

front of which there is on each side a short thicker crest ;

the middle of the fore part of the abdomen bilobate.

Total length 21 millim.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer).

Palystes cultrifer, sp. n.

3 .—Resembling the preceding, but with two tibial spurs

on the palp—a distal superior slender and upstanding, and a

proximal external, stout, curved, blade-like with a sharp

oint.

; Total length 17 millim.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

P. megacephalus, C. Koch, may be identical with either or

neither of these species.

Palystes perornatus, sp. n.

Allied to P. lunatus, Poc., but with the sternum and coxa

a rich golden yellow; the femora of the legs palely olive-

yellow below and mottled with silvery white spots.

Vulva with median horny process much shorter than in

P. lunatus.

Total length 25 millim.

Loc. Queenstown, Cape Colony (Capt. C. K. Bushe).

Genus SELENOPS, Latr.

Selenops Broom, sp. n.

@ .—Allied to S. Krausii, Poc., in curvature and relative

size of eyes of ocular quadrangle, but differing in having five

instead of six pairs of inferior spines on tibice of first and

second legs *, and in the form of the vulva, the lateral lobes of

which are in contact in the middle line and circumscribe a

more transversely cordate pale median sclerite.

Total length 11 millim. ; carapace 5°5; first leg 19, fourth

leg 21.

Loe. Little Namaqualand, Garies (Dr. Broom).

* In the type of S. Arausw the anterior leg on the right side has been

reproduced and shows only five anterior spines beneath.

22*

332 On some new Arachnida from Cape Colony.

Selenops parvulus, sp. n.

9 .—Very small, dark-coloured, thickly mottled with black,

white, and bronze-yellow. ;

Eyes of quadrangle not so strongly recurved as in S. ato-

marius; the posteriors larger than anteriors and with their

lower rims just below the level of the upper rim of the latter,

which are nearly two diameters apart and a little more than

half their diameter from the posterior medians.

Tibi of anterior legs with four pairs of inferior spines,

protarsi with three pairs.

Vulva consisting of a very large plate, representing the

two lobes, impressed by a median sutural line, a small trans-

verse pale area just in front of the plate.

Total length 5 millim.; carapace 2°5; first leg 7, fourth

leg 8.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (Dr. Broom).

Family Thomiside.

Genus Tuomtsus, Walck.

Thomisus Stenningi, sp. n.

? .—Prevailing colour yellow ; carapace with a sharply

defined yellow stripe on each side, starting at the sides of the

head and running upwards to a point on each side of the

fovea; face white, orange-yellow round the anterior median

eyes ; mandibles white, with darker basal spot; a brown trans-

verse stripe in the middle of the femur and tibia of first and

second legs, also some brown near the tip of the protarsus

and tarsus, the dark patches set off with white markings.

Carapace with horns much higher and longer than in

T. albus; the summit of the head between these more strongly

concave, with deeper notch adjacent to posterior median eyes ;

eyes of anterior line more strongly recurved. Protarsal spines

5 in front, 4 behind.

Vulva consisting of a swollen, hairy, indistinctly bilobed

area, in front of which there is a shining plate marked with

a pair of parallel narrow crests, which meet in front and

posteriorly end in a kind of loop, darkened with pigment.

Total length 5°5 millim.

Loe. Pirie Bush, King Williamstown (Stenning).

? Genus Camanicus, Thor.

Camaricus marmoratus, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace deep red, with narrow black inferior

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 333

border on clypeus and large black patch on each side of head,

involving anterior and posterior lateral and posterior median

eyes; mandible reddish, sternum and mouth-parts pale; coxe

and trochanters of legs black, rest of segments yellow, lined

with black ; palpi with femur and trochanter black, the other

segments yellow and lined with black ; upperside of abdomen

yellow, marked with six transverse black stripes, the anterior

three of which are mesially interrupted; sides of abdomen

with a broad inferior black band, ventral surface pale.

Carapace as broad as long, high, strongly convex, not

narrowed in front. yes of posterior line very slightly

recurved and slightly wider than those of anterior line, the

medians nearly twice as far from each other as either is from

the lateral; eyes of anterior line recurved ; clypeus low, not

much more than one fourth of the distance between the

anterior median eyes.

Mandibles with inferior band of hair.

Legs weak, tibie of first and second with three pairs of

slender spines below, protarsi of first and second with two

pairs of spines below.

Abdomen subglobular, a little longer than wide; vulva

marked with a deep suboblong or heart-shaped pit, which is

broader in front than behind.

Total length 10 millim.

Loc. Grahamstown (Schdnland).

XLII.—Astatic Vorrerrer2.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsrncuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Continued from p. 243.]

Bactra, Stph.

1006. Bactra lanceolana, Hb.

Aphelia lanceolana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 251. No. 1006 (1871) ';

Ster. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 252 (1879) *.

Hab. Europe. ArFricaA. AUSTRALIA. New ZEALAND,

S. America. UNITED STATES. ASIA.

Asiatic TurKEY—Brussa, 1V.-V.’; Rhodes Island’; Shar

Devesy (Native Coll. 1893); Palestine (Tristram) ; Keras-

dere, 30 V.’; Jenikeui-Hochebene, 23 V.* TRANSCAUCASIA

—Lenkoran, 18 VI. 1874 (Christoph). PErsta—Asterabad,

15 V. 1873 (Christoph). ‘lTURKESTAN—Krasnowodsk, 5 VI.

334 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

1872 (Christoph). CorEA—Fusan, 9 VI. 1886 (Leech).

Inp1A—Berhampore, III. 1882 (Minchin) ; Hyderabad, IV.

1886 (Swinhoe) ; Karachi (Swinhoe, 1885). CryLton—Na-

walapitiya (Pole, 1890). SumATRA—Padang Rengas, low

country (Doherty, 1891). CELEBES—Macassar, 500 feet

(Doherty, 1891).

1009 (1). Bactra roseana, sp. n.

Antenne pale cinereous. Palpi slightly recurved, terminal

joint short, not concealed; pale cinereous. Head pale cine-

reous. Thorax smooth, pale cinereous, tegule touched with

greyish fuscous. ore wings elongate, costa evenly rounded,

apex somewhat angular, termen not oblique, tornus much

rounded; pale greyish cinereous, speckled, streaked, and

shaded with pale greyish fuscous, the dorsum shaded through-

out with greyish fuscous; the apical part of the wing to the

middle of the costa and to below the middle of the termen

suffused with rosy carmine, through which run about nine

short longitudinal blackish streaks, crossed obliquely near

their base and again beyond their outer extremities by slender

steel-grey lines coming from a series of costal geminations,

alternately black and whitish ochreous; at the extreme apex

one of these whitish ochreous streaks, longer than the others,

descends to the termen, where it interrupts a narrow black

line which extends along the extreme margin from the apex

for two-thirds of its length in the direction of the tornus ; cilia

bright fawn-ochreous, tipped with greyish fuscous at the apex.

Exp. al. 21 mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous; cilia

whitish cinereous, a slender greyish fuscous line running

through them near their base. Abdomen brownish fuscous,

anal tuft subochreous. Legs [missing].

Type, S (70258) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN — Howpvo — Gifu, 1V.-Y. 1886 (Pryer),

Unique.

Potycurosis, Rag.

1022. Polychrosis porrectana, Z.

Eudemis porrectana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 251, No, 1022 (1871).

Hab. Kvrore. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hazzz—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

Nortocexia, Hb.

1004. Notocelia Uddmanniana, L.

Aspis Uddmanniana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp, Eur. 250, No. 1004 (1871).

Hab. Kuropr. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hazez—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893); Pazzsrrve (Tristram, 1883).

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 335

PELATEA, Gn.

1030 (1). Pelatea bicolor, sp. n.

Antenne fuscous. Palpi moderate, porrect, median joint

closely scaled, more thickly above than below, terminal joint

short, exposed ; fuscous, terminal joint tipped with ochreous.

Head and thorax fuscous. Fore wings with a basal patch

occupying one-fourth, its outer margin straight, blackish

fuscous ; a broad yellow ochreous band across the middle, its

inner and outer edges both straight, whitish on its inner side

and with a narrow whitish line along its outer margin, with

three minute fuscous costal dots and two or three also on the

dorsum ; the apical third of the wing dark brownish fuscous,

sprinkled with shining greyish fuscous, especially about its

margins; cilia shining greyish fuscous, a slender pale line

along their base. Hap. al. 125 mm. Hind wings greyish

brown; cilia slightly paler. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs

cinereous.

Type, 8 (70167, Japan); 9 (70168) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Assam— Kohima (Naga

Hills), 4700 feet, VI. 1889 (Doherty). Six specimens.

HYSTRICHOSCELUS, gen. nov.

(vorpeE=a porcupine; oKedAos=a lee.)

Type, ¢ 2, Hystrichoscelus spathanum, Wlsm.

Antenne (@ ) slightly ciliate. Palpi short, recurved, ap-

pressed to the face; median joint somewhat coarsely scaled

beneath, terminal joint short, porrect, exposed. Head rough

above. Thorax with a moderately erect tuft posteriorly.

Fore wings of moderate width, costa slightly convex, ¢ with

a weak costal fold; termen slightly oblique, scarcely im-

pressed, tornus rounded. Neuratzon: 12 veins, all separate ;

7 to termen; 3 somewhat recurved upwards. Hind wings

broader than the fore wings; termen and dorsum evenly

rounded. Neuration: 8 veins; 3 and 4 stalked; 5 mode-

rately straight, not closely approximate to 4 at base; 6 and

7 separate, but closely approximate at base, sometimes almost

coincident. Abdomen (@) with a rather long anal tuft.

Legs: 8, hind tibiz clothed with long hairs above, stretching

to the middle of the tarsal joints, but not so densely packed

as in Phecasiophora, Grt.: ¢, hind tibie slightly clothed

above.

This genus is apparently allied to Heldctophanes, Meyr.,

from which it differs in emitting vein 7 to the termen and

also probably in the more extended clothing of the hind

tibiee.

336 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

1030 (2). Hystrichoscelus spathanum, sp. n.

Antenne tawny grey. Palpiand headdark tawny. Thorax

grey, mottled with tawny brown. Fore wings leaden grey,

mixed with some whitish scales and transversely streaked

and banded with umber-brown to two-thirds their length,

the apical third white, slightly shaded with grey, and having

numerous short black lines running longitudinally through it ;

the brown transverse streaking is somewhat plentiful on the

basal third, at the outer edge of which a thicker band, much

sinuated outwardly, forms the oblique margin of a basal

patch in which the grey ground-colour of the wing is much

mixed; scarcely beyond the middle is a broader band of

brown, much widened beneath the costa, but again narrowed

towards the dorsum, this is bounded on each side by leaden

grey; beyond it there are five pairs of geminated oblique

white streaklets along the costa, the space about their ends

being tinged with chestnut-brown, through which one or two

leaden grey lines are visible; a minute black dot lies within

the chestnut-brown apex; the white outer third of the wing

possesses a row of short black dashes towards its inner edge,

and a curved row of similar dashes above it reaching to the

middle of the termen, and some shining silvery grey scales,

set in a sprinkling of grey and brown scaling, lie on the

white space above the tornus ; cilia white at the tornus, with

a slender greyish line running through them above to the

apex and a dark line along their base on the upper half of

the termen. Hap. al. g 15, 2? 17-18 mm. Hind wings:

3 whitish, shaded with greyish brown, especially towards

the apex; cilia white: 9 greyish brown; cilia pale cine-

reous, with a greyish brown shade running through them

near the base; the flexal cilia contain a number of Jong

spatulate dentate scales, these arise from the margin, not

from the wing-surface, they are more strongly developed in

the female than in the male. Abdomen brownish grey.

Legs: & whitish, the long hairs above the hind tibize snow-

white, hind tarsi spotted with greyish fuscous: 2 whitish

cinereous; hind tibiz slightly clothed above, hind tarsi

barred with brownish grey.

Type, & (70154); ¢@ (70156) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Four specimens.

Evucosma, Hb.

1041 (1). Eucosma conformana, Mn,

Grapholitha conformana, Mn. Verh. ZB, Ges. Wien, XXII. (1872)

Abh, 86-7 (1872)1; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, XV. 259 (1879) 2,

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 337

Hab. Evrope—Daruarra—Ragusa’, Spalato’. Croarra

—Josefsthal’. Huweaasary — Ofen*. Asratic TURKEY —

Kuvupaveyprxrark — Brussa, V1.1; Pacesrrve (Tristram,

1883),

1049 (1). Hucosma medullana, Steger.

Grapholitha medullana, Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 254-5 (1879) 3,

Hab. Astatic Turkey — Kavpavenprerar — Brussa!;

Arpin — Smyrna’; Karamavra —'Taurus!; Hares — Shar

Devesy, 1 VII. 1890 (Native Coll.).

1057. EHucosma hepaticana, Tr.

Grapholitha (Pedisca) hepaticana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 253,

No. 1057 (1871).

Hab, Kurope. Astaric TurKEyY—Hazzez—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

1061. Hucosma graphana, Tr.

Grapholitha (Pedisca) graphana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 253,

No. 1061 (1871).

Hab. Kuropre. Astatic TurKEY—/Hazzes—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

1069 (1). Eucosma pica, sp. n.

Antenne greyish, faintly annulate, basal joint white.

Palpi white, with a black spot externally at the base of the

median joint. Head white, touched with black at the sides

behind the antenne. Thorax white, with a black band

across in front and some black scales behind the middle,

Fore wings: costa gently arched, ¢ with a narrow fold at the

base, apex slightly rounded, termen impressed, slightly

oblique; white, streaked and mottled with black on the costa

and dorsum and on the fold to two-thirds the wing-length; a

large black eostal patch about the middle is carried obliquely

downwards and outwards nearly to the fold, where it is bent

upwards towards the apex and somewhat narrowed, joining

an irregular black patch below the apex, which runs to the

middle of the termen ; beneath it before the tornus is a trian-

gular black patch containing some white dots on the dorsum,

and beyond its outer edge, which runs at right angles from

the margin, is a pale steel-grey ocelloid patch mixed with

white ; on the costa beyond the median patch are three black

spots, sending out black streaks to the subapical shade, slender

338 Lord Walsingham on As?atic Tortricidee.

black lines lying between them on the white ground-colour,

the apex is black ; cilia white below the middle of the termen,

grey above it, with a black line along their base reaching

only to the middle of the margin. zp. al. 17-20 mm.

Hind wings slightly impressed below the apex ; pale brown;

cilia pale cinereous, with a dark shade running through them

near their base. Abdomen pale brown. Legs whitish, shaded

and spotted with grey and black.

Type, 2? (60023); g (70075) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Howno— Yokohama (Manley,

1888). Six specimens.

1091. Hucosma tripunetana, Schiff.

' Grapholitha (Pedisca) tripunctana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 255,

No. 1091 (1871)'; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 257 (1879) *.

Hab. EKvrore*. Asiatic TurKEY—Kuopavenprerar—

Brussa, [V.-V.?; Szvas—Amasia, VI.?; Awarozra*; HaeB

—Shar Devesy, 24 VI. 1890 (Native Coll.).

1095. Hucosma Pflugiana, Hw.

Grapholitha (Pedisca) Pflugiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 255,

No. 1095 (1871) 1; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 257 (1879) *.

Hab. Europe. Astatic ‘URKEY—KuavpavenpDre14r—

Brussa, V.°; | Agrmenra’. CuHinA—Ta-chien-lu, V.—VI.

(Leech, 1891).

1095 (1). Eucosma Pryerana, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Pali short, scarcely pro-

jecting beyond the head; dark brownish cinereous. Head

dark brownish cinereous. Yhorax dark purplish fuscous.

Fore wings blackish brown, thickly sprinkled with shining

dark blue-grey streaks and blotches; a conspicuous white

patch on the middle of the dorsum reaching to the fold, its

apex sometimes overlapping the fold; three or four pairs of

whitish geminated streaks on the outer half of the costa;

four black spots on the ocelloid patch le between bands of

shining dark blue-grey ; the apical portion of the wing is

tinged with ferruginous, through which run blue-grey streaks

from the costal geminations; cilia greyish, tinged with ferru-

ginous at the apex. wp. al. 22-25 mm. Hind wings dark

brownish fuscous; cilia creamy whitish, touched with

brownish at the apex, a dark brownish fuscous line along

their base. Abdomen dark brownish fuscous. Legs greyish

brown, hind tarsal joints spotted with whitish ochreous.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 339

Type, (70069) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JarpaN—Honvo—Oiwake, VII. 1887 (Pryer). Six

specimens.

This species is nearly allied to Pfluytiana, Hw., but differs

in the more pure whitish cilia of the hind wings and in the

more clearly defined white dorsal patch. I have seen none

of the mottled varieties that occur in the European species.

1095 (3). Hucosma (?) macrorris, sp. n.

Antenne brownish cinereous. Papi rather long, median

joint with a long projecting tuft beneath, terminal joint con-

cealed; brownish cinereous, shaded with fuscous. Head

brownish cinereous. Thoraxdark umber-brown. Fore wings

broad, costa arched, termen slightly oblique, not impressed,

tornus rounded ; dark umber-brown mixed with ferruginous ;

acream-white upright dorsal patch before the middle is divided

by a single dark umber streak on its lower half; above and

before it, at about one-third from the base, is a smaller

creamy white costal spot, also divided through its middle by

dark umber seales; three or four pairs of very short creamy

white geminations occur on the outer half of the costa; near

the base beneath the fold, and also about the region of the

ocelloid patch, which contains some indistinct patches of

leaden grey, the ferruginous scaling is more conspicuous than

on the other parts of the wing, it extends also upwards along

the termen ; cilia creamy white on their upper half, touched

with fuscous at the apex, leaden grey on their lower half, with

a fuscous line along their base. EHzp. al. 25mm. Hind

wings dark brown; cilia shining greyish, a brown line

running through them near their base. Abdomen dark brown.

Legs brownish, hind tarsal joints spotted with fuscous and

whitish ochreous.

Type, 2 (70067) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

This species has much the appearance of Hucosma ex-

pressana, Chr. (=contrasignata, Chr., 2), but differs in its

longer palpiand more rounded costa. It is probably correctly

referred to the genus Hucosma, but the male is at present

unknown.

1095 (4). Hucosma contrariana, Chr.

Grapholitha contrariana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 424-6,

No, 126 (1882)?: sep. 187-8 (1882)?. Grapholitha (Pedisca) con-

trarvana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XXVI, 218-9, Pl. XIII. 3, 34

(1883) *,

340 Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricide.

Hab. E. Srserta—Irkutsk, 30 VI.-30 VII’; Pompe-

jefka*; Wladiwostok, VII; Amur, 21 VII CxHma—

Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt, 1886).

1106 (1). Hucosma inconspicua, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi with a rather strong pro-

jecting tuft of scales beneath the median joint, terminal joint

small, exposed; greyish fuscous. Head greyish fuscous.

Thorax dark brown. Fore wings moderately broad, costa

slightly convex, ¢ with a narrow fold at the base reaching

to beyond the basal third, termen slightly oblique ; greyish

fuscous, mixed with dark umber-brown and ferruginous, with

leaden grey lines about the apical third, which is especially

tinged with ferruginous ; a very faintly indicated triangular

ereyish patch on the middle of the dorsum contains a dark

streak at its middle; a curved steel-grey band, from a little

beyond the middle of the costa, runs obliquely outwards in

the form of two parallel streaks, tipped with whitish on the

extreme costa and joining at their lower end the steel-grey

band which precedes the ocelloid spot; beyond this are three

pairs of whitish geminated costal streaks, throwing out steel-

grey lines to the termen, and beneath these the outer edge of

the ocelloid spot, which contains three black transverse

streaks set in ferruginous, is also steel-grey, the termen and

apex are also ferruginous ; cilia dark bluish grey. zp. al,

19-22 mm. Hind wings dark brown; cilia pale cinereous,

with a darker shade running through them near their base.

Abdomen dark brown. Legs greyish fuscous, hind tarsal

joints spotted with whitish ochreous.

Type, 3 (60122); ¢ (60125) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Honpo—Tsuruga, VII. 1886

(Leech). Eleven specimens.

1107. Eucosma fanella, L.

Grapholitha (Pedisca) feenella, Ster. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 255, No. 1107

(1874).

Hab. Europe’. ArMmenrIA!. CoreEA—Gensan, VI. 1836

(Leech), VIL—-IX. 1887 (Ito). Cui1na—Chang Yang, 4000-

6000 feet (Pratt, 1886). Japan (Pryer, 1886) — Kivsrv

(Leech, 1890)—Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech). InvIA—Punsaz

—Dharmsala (Hocking).

The series is extremely variable.

Bibliographical Notices. B41

1110 (1). Eucosma fessana, Mn.

Grapholitha fessana, Mn. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien, XXIII. (1875) Abh.

573 (1873) !; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 257-8 (1879) *.

Hab. Asiatic TurKEY—Kuaramanra—Kiilek* (=Giilek ’) ;

S1vas—Jenikeui-Hochebene, 15 VI.*; Maidan 11, V.*; Az-

menr4a—Manglis*; Hazres—Shar Devesy, 25 VII. 1890

(Native Coll.).

Larva in stems of Salvia candelabrum ’.

A small specimen from Shar Devesy with rather darker

hind wings cannot be described as distinct.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxustrr, M.A., LL.D.,

F.R.S.—Part IIL. The Echinoderma. By F. A. Barner, M.A.,

assisted by J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., and E, 8. Goopricn, M.A.

London: Adam & Charles Black, 1900.

Tue present volume, on the Echinoderma, is the first published,

but third in order of a Comprehensive Treatise on Zoology, which

has been for some time past in preparation under the guidance of

Prof. E. Ray Lankester.

Rather more than half of this volume has been written by Mr. F.

A. Bather. Mr. E. 8. Goodrich is responsible for the section on the

Holothuroidea, and Dr. J. W. Gregory for that on the Stelleroidea

and Echinoidea.

This is essentially a student’s book. Its aim is to be a syste-

matic rather than an anatomical work, hence facts that are of

purely anatomical interest find no place here. This is well, for

they have recently been dealt with in Prof. Lang’s excellent

compendium, and would only crowd out matter more germane to

the purpose. Already this book has been much compressed and

any further condensation would seriously threaten the usefulness

of the whole.

This work is reared upon the foundation of phylogeny and

ontogeny ; and if it be objected that this is a somewhat insecure

foundation, it must at least be admitted it is the ideal aim of every

post-Darwinian taxonomist. It may be claimed for this book that

it is unique, in that fossil and living forms are regarded as common

material for the building thereof. The former are not regarded as

merely decorative elements. So well has the piecing together of

these fragments been done, that their true relationships to the living

forms can be grasped with something more like certitude than ever

342 Bibliographical Notices.

before. Asa result, we have for the first time a real insight into

the inter-relationships of this most difficult group.

The calycinal system is no longer the governing factor in our

reckoning of the morphological level of the Echinoderma, as in the

systems of Lovén, Carpenter, and Sladen. The plates taking part

in the apical system of the Echinoidea and Stelleroidea cannot,

Mr. Bather shows, now be regarded as merely homogenetic with

those of the Crinoidea. The evidence of the fossils is fatal to this

conclusion, inasmuch as the Eleutherozoa “if they arose from

stalked forms at all, indubitably did so ages before the calycinal

system had been evolved.”

The most primitive Echinoderms which we know at present

appear to be the Cystidea Amphoridea. From this stock probably

branched the Cystidea Rhombifera, Cystidea Diploporita, Blastoidea,

and Crinoidea on the one hand, and the Edrioasteroidea and Eleu-

therozoa on the other, these last being derivable possibly from the

Edrioasteroidea.

The account of the larval forms, which is absolutely indispensable,

is lucidly, if briefly, sketched. Herein the complex coilings of the gut,

the changes in the development of the ccelom, following the changes

from a free-moving to a fixed habit, and the gradual evolution into

the characteristic radial symmetry are made as clear as such a

difficult matter can possibly be made. Most of the figures

illustrating this section are new. That showing the change from

the Pentactea to the Eleutherozoic Stelleroid type is very in-

structive.

Mr. Bather supports the view held by many that the simplicity

of structure of the Synaptide is a secondary feature, and that

therefore this form cannot be regarded as the simplest and most

ancestral of the Echinoderms. The class he regards as a probable

early offshoot from the Edrioasteroidea.

Mr. E. §. Goodrich’s summary of the Holothuroidea is admirable

and well illustrated. We venture to think he missed an opportunity

in not directing attention to the fact that Ludwig’s classification

does not agree with his phylogenetic tree ; and that whilst the latter

may be taken as a more or less probable expression of the relation-

ships of the forms included, one to another, the former is artificial,

and savours rather too much of a “ Key.”

Dr. Gregory has certainly sustained the high standard which

characterizes this work. He insists on the close relationship of the

Stelleroidea and Ophiuroidea, wherein most will agree with him,

It is ineorrect, however, to state that Ophioteresis agrees with the

Stelleroidea in having an ambulacral furrow. This is an important.

point, for Dr. Gregory uses it as an instance showing the unreli-

ability of this character asa taxonomic factor for the division of the

Ophiuroidea from the Stelleroidea. Again, the supposed pore-plates

of Bothriocidaris are really tubercles. But these are to be regarded

as slips which will creep into every work in spite of the most zealous

precautions.

Prof. Lankester’s choice of authors for this work has been in

Bibliographical Notices. 343

every sense justified, and both Editor and Authors have placed

zoological students under a great obligation by bringing within easy

reach, and with marvellous completeness, all the essential facts

concerning a group which has always ranked as one of the most

difficult of comprehension. This book, we may safely say, as yet

knows no rival.

It is beautifully and profusely illustrated and remarkably free

from misprints. The only one which we have detected, so far, is on

page 9, where constructed appears for constricted.

W. P. Pyorart.

A Monograph of Christmas Island. Physical Features and Geology

by Cuartes W. Anprews, B.A.; with Descriptions of the Fauna

and Flora by numerous Contributors. Printed for the Trustees

of the British Museum. London, 1900.

Tus is a book of remarkable interest, and one of more than ordinary

scientific value. It is an embodiment of the results of a ten-months’

stay on Christmas Island by Mr. Andrews during 1897-98 ; and the

Trustees of the British Museum, in publishing these results, have

conferred a great and lasting benefit upon students of natural science.

Our thanks, however, are not alone due to the Trustees. “It

seemed highly desirable,” writes Sir John Murray in an Introductory

Preface, “ that this interesting island—which was evidently an up-

raised coral atoll—should be carefully examined and described by a

competent naturalist and geologist before being opened up by Euro-

peans for agricultural and commercial purposes. Accordingly it was

arranged with the Trustees of the British Museum that Mr. C. W.

Andrews, B.Sc., F.G.8., of the Geological Department, should be

granted leave to carry out this exploration. I undertook to pay all

the expenses and to present a complete set of all specimens procured

to the National Collection.”

The physical features and geology have been written by Mr. An-

drews. The zoology has been worked out by various specialists,

most of whom are members of the Museum staff. Their work has

been well done. Comparisons are odious, so we refrain from

comment in this direction. Field-notes by Mr. Andrews are often

appended to the descriptions of species, and some of these notes are

of extreme interest. Perhaps one of the most vivid of these descrip-

tions is that of the frigate-bird. “ About the beginning of January,”

he writes, “ the adult males begin to acquire the remarkable pouch

of scarlet skin beneath their throat. This they can inflate till it is

nearly as large as the rest of the body, and a dozen or more of these

birds sitting in a tree with outstretched drooping wings and this

great scarlet bladder under their heads are a most remarkable sight.

When a hen bird approaches the tree the males utter a peculiar cry,

a sort of ‘ wow-wow-wow-wow, and clatter their beaks like casta-

nets, at the same time shaking the wings. When they take to flight

j44 Bibliographical Notices.

the air is allowed to escape from the pouch, but occasionally they

might be seen flying wfth it partly inflated.”

There is a point concerning this pouch of very great interest. It

is a secondary sexual character, developed during the breeding-

season, but so far we have no information concerning its nature or

the mechanism by which it is inflated and deflated. From an ex-

amination of spirit-specimens we believe that it will be found to be

nothing more than a widening of the cesophagus, filled through the

anterior nares, and held inflated by occlusion of the esophagus by

means of a sphincter at the back of the mouth.

One of the commonest mammals of the island is Mus Maclearii.

“Tt occurred in swarms. During the day nothing is to be seen of

it, but soon after sunset numbers may be seen running about in all

directions, and the whole forest is filled with its peculiar querulous

squeaking and the noise of frequent fights. ..... As may be

imagined, they are a great nuisance, entering the tents or shelters,

running over the sleepers, and upsetting everything in their search

for food. They seem to eat anything, and destroy any boots or skins

incautiously left within their reach.”

“ One of the chief objects of the expedition to Christmas Island

was to find out whether its structure would throw any light upon

the vexed question of the nature of the foundation of atolls.”

This exceedingly difficult question is most ably and lucidly handled

in the concluding part of this volume.

The occurrence in an oceanic island of thick beds of lower and

middle Tertiary limestone is a point of extreme interest and import-

ance, and the demonstration of this fact forms one of the many

important results obtained by Mr. Andrews. ‘“ Perhaps the most

remarkable of the rocks of Christmas Island are the thick deposits

of nearly pure phosphate of lime which cap several of the higher

hills. This substance is probably derived from ancient (? Pliocene)

guano-beds formed on the low islets which existed before the first

elevation of the island, and is the insoluble residue of beds of lime-

stone altered by this guano.”

Space forbids that we should extend this notice further; enough,

it is hoped, has been said to show haw admirably this work has been

carried out and how fruitful have been its results.

We entirely agree with Sir John Murray, who, in his Introductory

Note, says, “It will, I think, be admitted that in the present

elaborate report we have the best account of a true oceanic island

that has ever been published.”

The illustrations, which are numerous, are, on the whole, very

good. The text-figures, however, and one or two of the plates are

about as badly reproduced as could well be. W, P. Presser

THE ANNALS

AWD

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 34. OCTOBER 1900.

XLIII.—Deseription of Sponges from Funafuti.

By R. Kirkpatrick, Assistant, Natural History Museum.

{Plates XIII-XV.]

THE sponges described in this paper were obtained by the second

Boring Expedition to Funafuti, and were entrusted to me by

Prof. Judd for description. ‘The specimens, which are mostly

very small, incrust or are attached to fragments of corals and

corallines dredged up from depths of from 30 to 145 fathoms.

The fragments were obtained only with great difficulty, since

they had to be detached from the bottom by means of chisels.

The collection includes the representatives of twenty-one

species, of which eleven are new.

In 1897 Mr. Whitelegge described (30, p. 323) from the

same locality a small collection obtained from the surface of

the reefs. Of the sixteen species recorded by him only one

occurs in the present collection.

Altogether thirty-six species have been recorded from this

locality. The special features of interest are the occurrence

(1) of Astrosclera Willeyana, Lister, which represents a new

family, or, possibly, order of calcareous sponges, (2) of a

recent species of the Lithonine genus Plectroninia, hitherto

found only in the Eocene, and (3) of a new genus of Clionide.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 23

346 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

The following is a list of the species :—

Subclass CALCAREA. Fam. Spirastrellide.

1. Astrosclera Willeyana, Lister. 12. Latrunculia clavigera, sp. n.

2. Plectroninia Hindei, sp. 0.

8. Clathrina depressa (Dendy).

Suborder HALICHONDRINA.

Subclass DEMOSPONGIDA. Fam. Peoeciloscleride.

Order CARNOSA. 13. Agelas gracilis, Whitelegge.

Suborder OLIGOSILICINA. 14. Tedania levis, sp. 0.

4, Chondrilla mixta, Schulze.

Fam. Haploscleride.

Suborder MIcROSCLERO-

15. Chondropsis ceratosus, sp. N.

Misa 16. Pachychalina fibrosa, Ridley &

5. Curticium candelabrum, O. Dendy.

Schmidt.

6. Placinolopha spinosa, sp. 0.

7. Placinastrella clathrata, sp. n. Order MONOCERATINA

Order TETRACTINELLIDA. 17. Luffariella variabilis (Polé-

jaeff).

geometrica, sp. 0.

19, Psammopemma purpureum

Order MONAXONIDA. (Carter).

20. Stelospongus cavernosus (Pallas),

var. pyriformis, Lendenfeld.

Section CLAVULIDA, 21. Polyfibrospongia Sweeti, sp. n.

Fam. Clionidz.

8. Erylus monticularis, sp. 0. 18.

Suborder HADROMERINA.

9. Cliona mucronata, Sollas.

10. Schmidti (Ridley).

11, Dyscliona Davidi, gen. et sp. 0.

Astrosclera Willeyana, Lister.

1900. Astroselera Willeyana, Lister (16, p. 459, fig. A, 1-5).

The single large specimen of this species from Funafuti

was sent to Mr. J. J. Lister, of Cambridge, who was at the

time engaged in working out the structure of four small

specimens of the same species from Lifu. Mr. Lister’s

description of the external features of the Funafuti specimen

is as follows :—

«The specimen from Funafuti (fig. A, 1-5) has grown

attached by a short stalk about 6 millim. wide at the base,

which expands into a broad nearly citcular disc, convex

above, and resembling the pileus of a mushroom in shape.

The diameter of the disc is about 20 millim., and the distance

Sponges from Funafuti. 347

from the broken end of the stalk to the centre of the upper

surface of the disc is 16 mm.

“A smooth imperforate cortical layer covers the outer

surface of the stalk and under surface of the disc... . Tha

upper surface of the disc is in part perforatel by pores.

“There appears to have been an interruption of the growth

of the specimen after the formation of the disc, and the later

expansion has taken place not uniformly, but only from parts

of its upper surface. At these parts rounded bosses of diffe-

rent sizes have been formed, and they, like the original disc,

are perforated by pores on their convex upper surfaces and

covered on the sides by an imperforate cortical layer... . the

greater mass of the new growth appears to have been formed

by the fusion of three originally distinct bosses.

“The upper surface, whether of the original disc or of the

later formed bosses, is perforated by closely-set pores. These

are sometimes isolated, but often they open into curving and

branching grooves, recalling those of the coral Meandrina.

“At seven places on the surface of the later growth, and

at one on the original growth, the lines of pores are seen to

be disposed in a radiating manner about so many centres.

The pores along these lines are large, being at least twice the

diameter of those distributed elsewhere.

“The fully formed skeleton is built up of a solid mass of

polyhedral elements (40 to 150 w in diameter), whose surfaces

are united closely together to the complete exclusion of the

soft parts.”

For a full account of the structure of the skeleton and soft

parts of this sponge reference must be made to Mr. Lister’s

memoir (16). ‘The skeletal structure of Astrosclera differs so

entirely trom that of other sponges that it will probably have

to be placed in a third order of Calcarea, the other two being

Lithonina and Dialytina; but Mr. Lister would defer the

establishment of such a division until more material becomes

available for investigation.

PLECTRONINIA, Hinde (12, p. 51).

Plectroninia Hindei, sp. n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 1, a-r.)

The specimen, which forms a minute oval crust on a coral-

line, is 43 millim. in area and 1 millim. in thickness at the

centre, but thinning away to the edges. ‘The surface appears

vitreous, with a faint yellow tinge, the interior being erystal-

line vitreous. The crust, which was easily flaked off from

the cc line, showed a granular crystalline basal layer; on

23%

348 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

vertical section a second granular “ basal” layer, parallel

with the first, occurs in the middle of the section.

Under magnification, the polygonal openings (105 @ in

diameter) of the excurrent canals are seen occupying the

whole upper surface.

The thin edges of the specimen allow of no room for a

dermal layer, but in one small recess there was a little nest of

loose oxeas and styles, possibly the constituents of such a

layer.

The skeleton is mainly built up of stout quadriradiates,

usually smooth, with fused facial rays and with the sharp

apical ray more or less free and pointing almost vertically to

the surface; occasionally the surface of the rays is slightly

spined or tuberculated.

The basal layers are composed of densely packed but

separate small quadriradiates, varying considerably in shape

and size, with rays frequently spined and terminating in flat

expansions.

Spicules—Skeletal network : length of beams formed by

facial rays 70-100 mw, and 40 yw in thickness; apical rays

85-200 w in length by 15-45 w in thickness.

The rays of the smaller basal quadriradiates vary from

18 to 35 w in length.

Triradiates: (1) Sagittal, rays sharp-pointed, basal ray

120x7 yp, laterals 60x 7 p.

(2) Irregular, with slender pointed unequal rays, resting

on the apices (tripod type).

(3) Tuning-forks: (a) with prongs curved away from the

plane of the handle, with equal prongs each ending in trifid

oints.

; (b) Prongs and handle in one plane, prongs of unequal

length and spined; there are several variations in the shape

of form (0).

Lance-shaped subtylotes and styles, finely spined with

disk- or crook-shaped head, 200-500 x 6 yw, head 5 w, neck 3 ph.

Finely spined oxeotes, 200-400 x 7 p.

Plectroninia Hindei constitutes the second recent Lithonine

sponge that has been discovered, the first being Petrostroma

Schulzet, Léderlein, from Japan (10, p. 15, pls. ii.—vi.).

The new species is near to Plectroninia Halli, Hinde,

from Eocene beds at Geelong and Flinders. So far as can

be made out from crushed fragments and a broken surface of

the minute specimen, the skeletal framework is fairly regu-

larly reticulate, without presenting any radiating main beams,

and the facial rays of the quadriradiates are always expanded,

and not tapering. The chief specific differences from

Sponges from Funafutt. 349

P. Halli lie in the smaller size of the beams and meshes of

the network and in the characters of the loose spicules. The

type of the genus is turbinate in form, but it cannot be said

what would be the ultimate shape of the probably young

specimen of P. Hindei.

Locality. Beacon Island, Funafuti, 50 fath.

Clathrina depressa (Dendy).

1891. Leucosolenia depressa, Dendy (8, p. 65, pl. iii. figs. 4, 4a, pl. viii.

fig. 8, pl. xi. fig, 4).

The specimen forms a small whitish patch about 6 millim.

in area on the surface of Luffariella variabilis. ‘The dermal

triradiates are slightly larger than in specimens from Port

Phillip, being 240 x25 yw, as against 200 x28 w from the

latter locality ; the quadriradiates are few in number and

with the apical ray almost aborted.

Locality. Funamara, Falefatu, 25-45 fath.

Distribution. Port Phillip, Victoria; Funafuti Atoll.

Chondrilla mixta, F. E. Schulze.

1877. Chondrilla mixta, F. FE. Schulze (23, p. 116).

The one specimen forms a small bluish-black incrustation

onan Agaricia. The surface of the sponge is finely granular

to the naked eye. The spherasters are 25-30 w in diameter,

with about 20 pyramidal prickles, and the oxyasters 24-28 pw

in diameter, with a centrum 7 yw in diameter.

The spherasters just below the surface are united into little

heaps, which give rise to the granular appearance of the

surface ; the oxyasters are only very rarely present in the

ectosome.

Locality. Funafuti Islet.

Distribution. Java; Amirante Is.; Red Sea; Funafuti

Atoll.

Corticum candelabrum, O. Schmidt.

1862. Corticiwm candelabrum, O. Schmidt (21, p. 42, pl. iii. fig. 25),

1881. Corticium candelabrum, F. E. Schulze (26, p. 410).

The specimen forms a small greenish-black disk, 3 millim.

in area by 1 millim. in thickness, attached to a piece of

coralline.

Locality. Fuafatu, 50-70 fath.

Distribution. Adriatic; Zebu; Funafuti Atoll.

350 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

Placinolopha spinosa, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 2, a—m.)

The specimen forms a whitish-brown crust about 10 millim.

in area and 1-2 millim. thick, creeping over a nodule of

coralline. Several oval oscules, ‘5 x ‘25 millim. in diameter,

with membranous edges level with the surface, are present.

The chcanosome forms more or less vertical folds beneath

the ectosome. The skeleton is composed of micro-calthrops

of various sizes densely scattered in the ectosome and walls

of the choanosomal folds, and of lophodiactines arranged

tangentially in the ectosome and in the walls of the folds.

_ Sptcules.— Microcalthrops in graduated sizes, from very

slender forms with rays 24x 2 yw, smooth or slightly spined,

with simple or bifid ends, up to stout forms with rays 42 x 9 p,

much spined and di- or trichotomously branched at the ends.

Lophodiactines 240 x12 yw, with simple or branched spines

and once or twice branched at the ends.

The lophodiactines of P. spinosa resemble in form a spicule

figured by Sollas (26, pl. xxxv. fig. 24), who found it asso-

ciated with spicules of the Lithistid Corallistes Thomasi from

the Ki Islands. Sollas, who was doubtful whether to regard

the spicule as Tetractinellid or Monaxonid, assigned it to a

new genus and species— Orthorhachis problematica. It seems

very probable that Sollas’s species comes under Placino-

lopha. The spicule figured by him is 450x40 p, nearly

twice the size of the largest lophodiactine of P. spinosa.

Including that of Sollas, there are three species belonging

to this genus :—

P. Bedoti, Topsent.—Philippines (28, p. 429).

P. spinosa, sp. n.—Funafuti.

P. problematica, Sollas.—Ki Islands.

Locality. Ei. end of Fuafatu, Funafuti Atoll, 50-70 fath.

Placinasirella clathrata, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 3, a-o.)

The specimen, which forms a small, rounded, soft nodule

8x 5x5 millim. in size and of dirty white colour in spirit,

appears to have been cut off from a coral.

The surface is smooth, but when highly magnified shows

an extremely fine pile formed by the points of a palisade of

cortical diactines. An oscule in the form of an irregular

fissure about 1 millim. in length, and level with the surface,

occurs on the summit of the specimen. The pores occupy

irregular cribriform areas with well-defined margins; the

sieve-meshes are 70 mw in diameter and the pores about 30 yu

(about two or three to a mesh). The pores lead by short

Sponges from Funafute. 351

canaliculi into a system of subdermal spaces, which open into

incurrent channels and spaces in the interstices of a close

network of tubes, the lumen of the tubes constituting the

excurrent canal system ; this arrangement recalls that found

in the Ascon genus Clathrina.

Skeleton.—The ectosome is supported by a palisade of

slender diactines, but in the meshes of the pore-areas the

diactines are tangential. The walls of the choanosomal tubes

are supported by tangentially arranged diactines, triods, and

microcalthrops of various sizes.

Spicules.—Diactines attaining 140 x 5p, straight or slightly

curved, with aslight kink or irregular thickening in the centre,

and often abruptly bent near each end. HKctosomal diactines

36 x 1:5 w, with a slight kink in the centre.

Triods regular or irregular, with two rays (together

120 x 4 w) in a line and a shorter third ray (36 w) forming an

angle.

Calthrops, larger forms with rays 36 x5 yw, smaller with

rays 18X3 wm.

The only other species of this genus Placinastrella c piosa,

Schulze (24, p. 483, pl. xxi. figs. 17-21), is found at Naples.

A cortical palisade of diactines is present in both; but the

large definitely orientated calthrops occurring in P, copiosa

are wanting in P. clathrata.

The tubular reticulum appears to be merely an elaboration

of the system of simple folds found in Placina simplex, and

the proper position for Placinastrella is probably in the

family Placinide, where Schulze placed it (24, p. 449), rather

than in the Pachastrellide, to which the genus was assigned

by Sollas (26, p. 103).

Locality. Funafuti Islet.

Erylus monticularis, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 3, a-A.)

The sponge forms an extremely thin pale brown lamella

incrusting an Agaricia. Several minute conical oscules,

‘07 millim. in height and ‘175 millim. broad at the base, are

scattered over the flat surface, the walls of the cones being

supported by a sloping palisade of small oxea 80 x 3 yu.

Skeleton.—Beneath the surface-layer of disciform sterrasters

is a layer of scattered orthotrianes, with reduced rhabdomes

directed vertically downwards.

a et ee NEBR oxea (few) slightly curved, 210 x

[bs

Orthotriznes: rays of cladome each 186x3 yp, slender,

straight, sharp-pointed, rhabdome 6 pw.

Microscleres: sterrasters oval, with diameters 150 x 114 y,

352 Mr, R. Kirkpatrick on

both surfaces granulose, with radiating strie, edges finely

serrated,

Microxea (medium) 80x3 yw, slightly curved. Very

slender microxea 40 x 1 p.

Small chiasters 10 w in diameter, with small centrum and

about 12 slightly tylote rays.

Oxyasters 18-30 mw in diameter, with about 6 rays.

The new species is near H. placenta, Thiele (27, p. 5, pl. 1.

fig. 1, pl. vi. figs. 1, a-h), but differs from it chiefly in the

proportions of the oxea and orthotrienes. In Thiele’s species

the oxea attain a size of 800 w, and the microxea are centro-

tylote. Further, in the new species there are no orthotrieenes

with long rhabdomes 500 yw in length, but only aborted

forms.

Locality. Funafuti Islet.

Cliona Schmidti (Ridley).

1870. Vioa Johnstont, var., O. Schmidt (22, p. 5, pl. vi. fig. 18).

1881, Vioa Schmidti, Ridley (18, p. 130).

1884. Vioa Schmidti, Ridley (19, p. 622).

1898, Vioa Schmidtu, Lendenfeld (14, p. 72, pl. iii. fig. 31, pl. vi.

fig. 58, pl. vii. fig. 74, pl. x. figs. 185-189).

The specimens of this species ramify in fragments of

Echinopora along with Dyscliona Davidi, and in a lamina of

Agaricia along with Cliona mucronata, Sollas. Colour

purple.

One of the two kinds of spinispirulas is 54 x 1°5 p, slender,

with eight or more curves and with separate short blunt

spines, the other kind being much stouter, 48x 6 mw, with

about six bends and with sharp pyramidal spines.

The tylostyles are 8360 x 4 w, straight or slightly curved,

with oval or spherical heads about 7 mw in diameter, but

showing a certain amount of variation in shape and size.

Locality. Funamara, 25-45 fath., and Funafuti Islet.

Mistribution, Amirante Is.; Funafuti Atoll; Adriatic.

DYSCLIONA, gen. nov.

Clionide with diactinal (usually strongylote) megascleres

and spined diactinal microscleres.

Dyscliona Davidi, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 1, a-g.)

Boring sponges of orange-yellow colour. Oscular papille

(and poral papille ?) projecting slightly above the surface,

cylindrical, patent, and about 1 millim. in diameter. Mem-

branous poral areas (?) irregular in form and level with the

Sponges from Funafuti. 353

general surface. Lobes (mainly following the shape of the

meshes of the madrepore in the present specimens) usually

elongated and quadrangular, attaining a size of 35x 1°5

millim., but varying in shape and size ; lobes connected with

each other by short tubular channels varying in diameter ;

the interior of the lobes occupied by a labyrinth of thin-

walled channels and spaces. Flagellated chambers oval,

eurypylous, 30 x 24 mw.

Skeleton formed of scattered strongyles occasionally forming

an irregular reticulum, and mostly lying tangentially in the

walls of the lobes.

Spicules.—Megascleres: strongyles varying from 126 to

246 w in length and from 3 to 5°5 mw in thickness, curved at

the centre, smooth, rarely slightly roughened at the ends.

Microscleres: microstrongyles (rather rare) 90x3 yp,

slightly curved, with truncate ends, and with spines arranged

in a regular closely-whorled spiral.

Surface of the “ galleries,” and especially of the connecting

channels, finely shagreened, but frequently smooth,

The specimens consist of three fragments of the coral

Echinopora excavated by the sponge. ‘Two of the pieces are

dried, the sponge being of a dark brown colour; the third

piece is in formol, the sponge here being orange-yellow when

the coral is freshly fractured, but gradually becoming brown

on exposure to light. The fragments are also excavated by

the purple boring-sponge Cliona Schmidt, Ridley. The

new species is nearly related to the Cliona purpurea of

Hancock (11, p. 343, pl. xii. fig. 6), the latter species now

coming under the new genus,

Topsent (28, pp. 576-7) was of opinion that Hancock’s

species was not a genuine boring-sponge, but possibly a

Desmacidine which had grown into excavations made by

some other organism. In answer to my request for informa-

tion about Hancock’s collection, Mr. R. Howse, Curator of

the Newcastle Museum, very kindly forwarded to me the

type specimen of Chona purpurea. In view of the close

affinity of this species to D, Davidt, a brief description of the

former is given here for comparison.

The type specimen consists of several small fragments of

Tridacna gigas, with holes for the oscular and poral papille

on the inner and outer surfaces. The broken edges show a

labyrinth of small oval cavities with finely shagreened surface

connected by tubes or foramina, and lined with a dull red

fluffy membrane. ‘The megascleres are amphi-subtylote and

measure 246 x 5°25 yw, the ends being 6 wu in breadth, slightly

spined, and sometimes with a terminal tuft of spines. ‘lhe

354 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

microscleres are strongylote or substylote, slightly curved,

finely and irregularly spined, and 90-144 w in length by

3-5 pw in breadth.

After a careful examination of Hancock’s specimen I |

consider Dyscliona purpurea to be a genuine boring-sponge.

To return to the Funafuti species: the Hchinopora has

been bored by Cliona Schmidti and by the filamentous alga

Achlya, and precautions were necessary to ensure that the

Dyscliona was obtained free from admixture with the Cliona.

Fragments of the coral with the cavities lined solely with the

yellow tissues of Dyscliona were separated, none of the tylote

and spinispirular spicules of C. Schmedti keing found. Hence

I consider that these excavations were formed by the

Dyscliona. Further, the existence of two closely allied

species, D. purpurea and D. Davidi, ramifying deep down in

the substance of shell and coral, tends to confirm the hypo-

thesis that we have here genuine boring-sponges.

If this supposition be correct, the true position of these

species would seem to be in the Clavulid family Clionide,

despite the fact that only diactinal megascleres are present in

them and that true spinispirulas do not occur. The un-

doubted Clionid sponges, Cliona nodosa and C. labyrinthica,

have only diactinal megascleres; and, further, the spirally-

spined microscleres of Dyscliona Davidi may be regarded as

modified spinispirulas, the modification having proceeded still

further in D. purpurea.

If D. Davidi and D. purpurea are not Clionids we have to

assume that the faculty of boring belongs to Halichondrine

as well as to certain Clavulid and Tetractinellid sponges.

To have placed these two species in the genus Cliona

would have been to unduly disturb what Topsent has termed

the “incomparable homogénéité ” of that genus; accordingly

they have been put into a new genus, Dyscliona. The new

species is named after Prof. Edgeworth David, the leader of

the Australian Boring Expedition.

Locality. Funamara and Funafuti Islet, 25-45 fath.

Latrunculia clavigera, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 2, a-e.)

Sponge forming a very thin greyish-white crust (on the

stem of a Gorgonia).

Skeleton formed of a surtace-layer of discasters, and, beneath

this, of scattered tylotes arranged horizontally ; scattered small

nail-shaped tylotes with points upwards and heads on basal

surface.

Spicules.—Megascleres: tylotes, average size 850x9 yw,

Sponges from Funafuti. 355

slightly curved; head faintly trilobed, 12 » in breadth (one

large tylote 1295 x 15 w was present on the microscopic slide).

Microscleres : discasters, 54 mw in length, straight or

slightly curved, shaft spinose, tylote; disks concave above,

convex below, with thick spinose rims; upper disk 19 p,

lower 26 yw in diameter.

Small nail-shaped tylotes, 120 x 6 yw, straight, ending in a

very sharp point, with double head 11 yu in breadth.

Carter gives a figure of a discaster (2, p. 358, pl. xxix.

fig. 20) obtained by him from the debris of the root-tuft of

Euplectella cucumer from the Comoro Islands, which closely

resembles the discaster of the new species.

Locality. W. of Tutanga, Funafuti, 86 fath.

Tedania levis, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 4, a-e.)

Sponge forming a pale slate-coloured crust about 10 millim.

in area and °5 millim. in thickness, on a nodule of coralline.

Surface smooth ; no oscules or pores visible; consistence

firm.

Skeleton.— Dermal: a felt-like network of tangentially

arranged, contorted, spined strongyles. Choanosomal: a

rather dense mass of contorted spined strongyles, occasionally

with a tendency to unite into bundles; also scattered smooth

styli (rather rare) and scattered smooth strongyles (rather

rare). Trichodragmata and rhaphides abundant, the former

being cylindrical and frayed at the ends.

Spicules.—Spined strongyles 250 to 300 w in length and

3 to. 12 w in breadth, the dermal spicules being the more

slender. Styles smooth, straight, or slightly curved, 245 to

1380 p in length and 4 to 12 w in breadth. Smooth stron-

gyles straight, averaging about 1085 by 12 p.

Rhaphides 150 to 200 » in length and about 1 w in thick-

ness ; trichodragmata 150 to 200 w in length and about 6 to

12 w in thickness.

The new species, which is only placed in Tedania pro-

visionally, should probably come under a new genus near

Tedania, but differing from it in having spined diactinal

megascleres in the choanosome. ‘The contorted megascleres

call to mind those of certain Axinellid sponges.

Locality. Fuafatu, 50-70 fms.

CuHonpDROPSIS, Carter (6, p. 122).

Chondropsis ceratosus, sp. un. (Pl. XV. fig. 3, a-c.)

Two specimens. Sponge incrusting. Colour reddish

brown; texture soft and elastic.

356 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

Oscules 3 millim. in diameter, level with surface, with thin

margins. Dermal membrane smooth, supported by a reticu-

lum of primary and secondary fibres.

Skeleton formed of a square-meshed reticulum of horny

fibres, which latter may be clear or filled with sand-grains.

Width of meshes about 245 w; width of fibres from 24 to

48 p.

Spicules.—Megascleres : oxea (rare and possibly foreign)

slender, straight, sharp-pointed, 120 x2 wp.

Microscleres: sigmata abundant, 30 to 50 pu in length.

Locality. W. of Tutanga, 30 fath.

The specimens, which are of irregular shape, are growing

on fragments of Sertatopora, on branches of which they form

a thin semitransparent coating, but attaining some thickness

between the branches.

The new species differs considerably from other species of

Chondropsis in its comparative freedom from sand and other

foreign bodies ; but I can find no other position for it than

in the genus Chondropsis, Carter, as emended by Dendy

(9, p. 250).

Pachychalina fibrosa, Ridley and Dendy.

1887. Pachychalina fibrosa, Ridley and Dendy (20, p. 21, pl. iv.

figs. 3, 4).

18¢8. Pibleiial Jibrosa, Lindgren (15, p. 293, pl. xix figs. 6 a-e).

The specimen is in the form of a small dried fragment

40 millim. in height, finger-shaped and expanded at the upper

end. ‘The colour is pale yellow and the spinules 2 to 3 millim.

in height.

The spicules are strongyles 114 x 3°5 y, slightly curved.

Had it not been for Lindgren’s description of transition

forms in the spicules, which, in his specimens, include oxea,

tornota, and strongyla, I would have hesitated before placing

the specimen in the above species. Doubtless Puchychalina

sptnosissima, Dendy, and Chalina spinifera, Carter, are very

nearly allied to the present species, but it is doubtful whether

they are identical.

Locality. Funafuti Atoll.

Distribution. Off Bahia; Philippines; Funafuti Atoll ;

Cochin China; Java; Christmas I. (?) ; Mergui (?).

Luffariella variabilis (Poléjaeff ).

1884. Luffaria variabilis, Poléjaeff (17, p. 69, pl. ix. figs. 1-6).

1889. Luffaria variabilis, Lendenfeld (18, p. 387, pl. xxxiv. fig. 5).

1899. Luffariella variabilis, Thiele (27, p. 25).

Sponges from Funafuti. 3957

Several small, massive, and digitate specimens of this

sponge occur from depths of 25-86 fathoms, either as dried

washed-out skeletons or preserved in formalin ; the branches

of one of the digitate varieties anastomose. The dermal

membrane is dark slate or black and the interior rich yellow.

Localities. Funamara, 25-45 fath.; Falefatu, 80 fath.;

and Funafuti Islet.

Distribution. Api, New Hebrides, 60-70 fath.; Tahiti,

reefs; Funafuti Atoll.

Luffariella geometrica, sp. n.

(Pl. XV. fig. 1, ac.)

Sponge forming two subspherical masses attached to a

branch of Serdatopora, the larger being 20 millim. in diameter.

Colour reddish brown ; consistence soft and elastic.

The dermal membrane sandy in parts, but in other parts

transparent, the whole sponge being more or less transparent

and allowing one or more concentric spheres (indicating

periods of growth) to be visible in the interior. Oscules level

with the surface and 6 millim. in diameter.

Surface conuli 210 mw, formed by projecting main fibres.

Skeleton forming a regular rectangular network composed

of radiating primary main fibres, joined by secondary hori-

zontal fibres in such a manner as to form triangular shafts ;

tertiary fibres also present, more or less irregularly distributed.

Dermal skeleton a regular reticulum in which usually six

secondary fibres radiate out from each nodal vertical primary

fibre, the joined bases of the resulting triangles forming more

or less regular hexagons; the primary meshes filled in with

a network of more slender fibres.

Fibres.— Primary main fibres 175-210 yw, secondary 110 yp,

tertiary 16 p.

Width of meshes about 700-1500 yw in width and 400-650 wu

in height.

Flagellated chambers subspherical, 32 mw in diameter.

The present form constitutes the fifth described species of

the genus. JL. geometrica is more nearly allied to L. calya,

Lendenfeld, from the Indian Ocean, than to the other species,

but differs from it in being devoid of gyriform protuberances

on the surface.

The pith of the fibres occupies about one third of their

diameter and is clearly differentiated by staining with borax

carmine.

Locality. W. of Tutanga, 30 fath.

355 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

Psammopemma purpureum (Carter).

1880. Aplysina purpurea, Carter (3, p. 36).

1881. Aplysina purpurea, Carter (4, p. 103, pl. ix. figs. 1, 2).

1885. Pseudoceratina durissima, Carter (5, p. 204).

1885. Holopsamma fuliginosa, Carter (5, p. 213).

1889. Aplysina purpurea, Dendy (7, p. 97).

1889. Psammopemma fuliginosum, Lendenfeld (13, p. 636).

The sponge, which forms a dark purple incrustation on

Halimeda, has a few cactiform protuberances on its surface

and fragments of the coralline imbedded in its substance.

The ground-substance contains fine fibrillz 2 w in thickness.

After examining the type specimens of Pseudoceratina

durissima, Carter, and H. fuliginosa, I agree with Lenden-

feld in considering these species as synonyms of A. purpurea ;

but I can see no reason for rejecting the oldest species name

purpureum.

Locality. Tutanga, 50 fath.

Distribution. Port Phillip, Victoria; Funafuti Atoll; Gulf

of Manaar.

Stelospongus cavernosus (Pallas), var. pyriformis,

Lendenfeld.

1889. Stelospongus cavernosus, var. pyriformis, Lendenfeld (13, p. 509).

A small specimen, 70 X40 millim. in area by 20 millim. in

thickness, consisting only of the hard brown skeleton of

flattened-pyriform shape.

The type specimen of the variety is in the British Museum

(registered, year 1838. 4. 16. 10), the specimen having been

purchased from a dealer, and it is important to note that the

locality is unknown, and probably not “ West Indies,” as

recorded by Lendenfeld. In fact, the type specimen may

have come from the Pacific, since various specimens presented

by Sir E. Home, who brought home collections from the

Pacific, are registered on the same page. It is not unlikely

that the dealer obtained his specimen from some fellow-

voyager of Sir E. Home.

On the under surface of both specimens an oval patch of

ale brown dermal membrane incrusted with foreign bodies

still persists, and probably coincides with the area of attach-

ment of the sponge.

Locality. Funafuti Atoll.

PoLYFIBROSPONGIA, Bowerbank (1, p. 459).

1889. Hircinia, subgenus Polyfibrospongia, Lendenfeld (18, p. 587).

1884. Stelospongus, Ridley (19, p. 383).

Stelospongine with a loose skeleton-net, the trabecule of

which are formed of fascicles of parallel slender fibres fre-

quently anastomosing.

Sponges from Funafuti. 359

Polyfibrospongia Sweet’, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 2, a-c.)

Sponge forming an irregular incrusting mass, 4 centim. in

length, 2°5 centim. in width, and 1 centim. in thickness,

nearly encircling the stem of a Gorgonia; with long mem-

branous yellow oscular tubes about 2 centim. in height,

occasionally branched. Dermal membrane smooth, perga-

mentaceous, yellowish white.

Skeleton.—Kctosomal: composed of stout primary fibres

30 to 60 w in thickness, partly cored with foreign bodies,

the meshes being filled in by thinner clear fibres and crowded

with foreign bodies; the oscular tubes consisting of a con-

tinuation of the dermal layer, but with the cored fibres forming

a regular network with square meshes.

Choanosomal skeleton composed of an oval-meshed network

of loose bundles of slightly branched anastomosing fibrils, the

diameter of the bundles being 210 w and of the fibrils 9 w;

also of sparsely scattered slightly branched fibres 50 wu thick,

and passing from the base to the surface, composed of foreign

bodies cemented by spongin.

Filaments absent.

This remarkable species is nearly related to Polyfibro-

spongia flabellifera, Bowerbank, a thin flabellate species from

New Guinea, but differs in shape and in having the oscular

tubes. The type specimen of Bowerbank’s species is in the

Dresden Museum, but the Bowerbank collection contains two

slides prepared from the type, and quite sufficient to show the

close similarity in the skeletal structure of the two species.

Lendenfeld puts Bowerbank’s species in a subgenus Poly-

jibrospongia under the genus Hircinia. After a careful search

I have been unable to find filaments in either of the above

two species, though these mysterious objects are abundant in

a specimen from Port Jackson named by Lendenfeld Hircinia

( Polyfibrospongia) gigantea.

To include HH. gigantea in the same genus with Polyfibro-

spongia Sweetiand flabellifera would be tantamount to regarding

the filaments as unessential elements from the systematic point

of view. I havenot at presenta definite opinionon this difficult

controversial question of the systematic value of the filaments,

a question on which equally eminent spongologists take

diametrically opposite views.

For the present I shall retain Bowerbank’s genus with

the two species Sweeti and flabellifera, placing it next to

Stelospongus, and shall leave H. gigantea and fasciculata

under Hircinia. The new species is named after Mr. G.

Sweet, whose munificent donations rendered possible the

success of the Australian Boring Expedition.

Locality. W. of Tutanga, 86 fath., Funafuti Atoll.

Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

. BowrrBank, J. 8. “ Descriptions of Five new Species of Sponges

discovered by A. B. Meyer on the Philippine Islands and New

Guinea,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 456.

. Carter, H. J. “ Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida,’

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, (6) vol. ix.

. ‘Report on Sponges dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, (5) vol. v.

“ Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, (5) vol. viii.

——. “Descriptions of Sponges from Port Phillip Heads,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885, (5) vol. xv.

—. “Sponges from South Australia,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1886, (5) vol. xvil.

. Denpy, A. “ Report on Sponges from the Gulf of Manaar,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, (6) vol. iii.

“ A Monograph of the Victorian Sponges, Part I.,” Trans.

Roy. Soc. Vict. 1891.

—. “Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges... . collected from

.... Port Phillip Heads, Part I.,” Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1891,

vol. vii. n. s. 1895.

. DoperLE, L. “Ueber die Lithonina, eine neue Gruppe von

Kalkschwimmen,” Zool. Jahrb. 1897, vol. x. Systematik.

. Hancock, A. “On the Excavating Powers of certain Sponges

belonging to the Genus Cliona,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1849,

(2) vol. iii.

. Hrypz, G. J. “On some remarkable Calcisponges from the

Eocene of Victoria,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1900, vol. lvi. p. 50.

. LENDENFELD, R. v. Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1889.

.—. “Die Clavulina der Adria,’ Nova Acta, 1898, vol. lxix.

. Linpe@ren, N.G. “ Beitrag zur Kentniss der Spongienfauna des

malayischen Archipels und der chinesischen Meere,” Zool. Jahrb.

1898, vol. xi. Systematik, p. 288.

. Lister, J. J. “ Astrosclera Willeyana, the Type of a new Family

of Sponges,” Willey’s Zoological Results, part iv. 1900.

. PotésaEFF, N. Report on the Keratosa collected by H.M.S.

‘ Challenger,’ 1884.

. Riviey, 8. O. “Spongida collected during the Expedition of

H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of

Patagonia,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881.

Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-

Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’: Spongiida,

1884.

. Riptey, 8S. O., and Denpy, A. Report on the Monaxonida

collected by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’

. Scumipt, 0. Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres, 1862.

. Grundziige einer Spongien-Fauna des atlantischen Ge-

bietes, 1870.

. ScnuuzE, F. E. “ Untersuchungen tiber den Bau und die Ent-

wicklung der Spongien: III. Die Familie der Chondroside,”

Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. 1877, vol. xxix. p. 87.

“Die Plakiniden,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. 1880, vol. xxxiv.

p- 407.

. —. Corticium candelabrum, O. Schmidt,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool.

1881, vol. xxxv. p. 410.

Sottas, W. J. Report on the ‘Challenger’ Tetractinellida,

1888.

. Turecs, J.“ Studien uber pazifische Spongien,” Zoologica, Stutt-

gart, 1898, Heft 24 (ii.) part 2, p. 1.

Sponges from Funafute. 361

28. Topsent, E. “ Deuxiéms Contribution 4 l'étude des Clionides,’’

Arch, Zool. Expér. 1891, (2) vol. ix. p. 555.

. “Spongiaires de la Baie d’Amboine,” Revue Suisse de

Zoologie (Bedot), 1897, vol. iv. p. 421.

30. Warren. EGGE, T. “ The Sponges of Funafuti,” Australian Mu-

seum, Memoir III. 1897, p. 823.

29.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XIII.

Fig. 1. Plectroninia Hindei, sp. n.

a, Specimen, natural size.

6, c. Large fused quadriradiates, forming skeleton mesh, x 200.

d, e. Smaller quadriradiates of basal layer, X x 200.

i g, h. Triradiates, x 200.

?-l, Tuning-fork ticles, x 400.

m-o. Tylotes and subtylotes, x 400.

p-r. Style and oxea, x 400.

Fig. 2. Placinolopha spinosa, sp. n.

a, Natural size.

b-z. Microcalthrops in graduated sizes, X 200.

k-m. Lophodiactines, x 200.

Fig. 3. Placinastrella clathrata, sp. u.

a. Surface, showing a pore area, X 6.

6. Section, x 10.

e. Small calthrops, x 200.

d. Larger calthrops, X 200.

e-g. Triods, x 200.

h. Dermal diactine, x 200.

zo. Larger (choanosomal) diactines, x 200.

PuaTE XIV.

Fig. 1, a. Fragment of Echinopora bored by Dyscliona Davidi, sp. n.

b. Portion of the sponge separated by decalcification, showing

the lobes, x 10.

ec. Strongyle, x 200.

d. Spirally spined microstrongyle, x 200.

e. The same, X 600.

fg. Spicules of D. purpurea, Hancock, copied from Hancock’s

figures.

Fig. 2. ips Sey clavigera.

a, Specimen incrusting Gorgonia, natural size.

6. Tylote, x 125.

ec, d. Discasters, x 400.

e. Small tylote, x 400.

Fig. 3. Erylus monticularis, sp. n.

a, Surface, x 50. e. Smallest microxea, x 250.

b. Sterraster, x 400. Jf. Orthotrizne, x 100.

ce. Large oxeum, X 200. g. Chiaster, x 400.

d. Medium-sized oxeum, x 250. | A. Oxyasters, x 400,

Fig. 4. Tedania levis, sp. n.

a, Spined strongyle, x 200.

b, Tylote, x 200.

ce. Smooth strongyle, x 200,

d, Trichodragma, x 200.

e. The same with rhaphides compact, x 200.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 24

362 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

PuatTE XV.

Fig. 1. Luffariella geometrica, sp. n.

a, Natural size.

b. Section, x 10.

ce. Derma] skeleton, X 25.

Fig. 2. Polyfibrospongia Sweeti, sp. n.

a. Natural size.

b. Section, K 25.

c. Wall of oscular tube, x 15.

d. Bundle of fibres teased out, x 260.

Fig. 3. Chondropsis ceratosus, sp. n.

a. Skeletal network, x 25.

6. Sigmata, x 1265.

c. Oxeum, X 125.

XLIV.—The Scorpions of the Genus Heterometrus.

By R. I. Pocock.

Pror. KRAEPELIN (Das Tierr., Scorp. p. 124, 1899) re-

cognizes, under the name Scorpio *, two species of the genus

Heterometrus, namely maurus and Boehmi, a form referred on

the authority of Birula to testaceus of C. Koch, from Syria,

being regarded as doubtfully distinct. To the synonymy of

maurus is added palmatus of Ehrenberg and propinquus of

Simon, the latter being qualified with a mark of interrogation.

An examination of the material at my disposal has led me

to conclusions by no means in accord with those contained in

‘Yierreich.” A. Boehmi and H. propinquus are unknown

to me; but including the latter 1 recognize the following

four species as occurring in the area inhabited, according to

Prof. Kraepelin, by the one form maurus :—

(1) Heterometrus maurus (Linn.).

Scorpio maurus, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 624 (1758).

Buthus testaceus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. vy. p. 3, fig. 259 (1839).

Scorpio maurus, Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorp. etc. p. 124 (1899) (in

part.).

* The system, if any, of determining the type species of genera, which

is adopted by Prof. Kraepelin, and presumably sanctioned by the Tier-

reich-Committee, is most puzzling. By elimination maurus is not the

type species of Scorpio, since it was removed from that genus under the

name palmatus by Hemprich and Ehrenberg and fixed on to Heterometrus

by Thorell (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. p. 2,1876). Ifit be regarded

as the type of Scorpio on the strength of standing first under that heading

in the 10th edition of the ‘Systema,’ it must for the same reason be

regarded as the type of Heterometrus. In that case Heterometrus must

be a synonym of Scorpio. Prof. Kraepelin, however, retains by elimina-

tion the name Heterometrus for the second species it originally contained,

namely spinifer.

Scorpions of the Genus Heterometrus. 363

Loc. Maroceo and Algeria. The British Museum has

many examples from Tangier (B. B. Woodward, d&c.), Cape

Spartel (Z'. Annandale), Tunis, and Algiers.

(2) Heterometrus palmatus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.

Heterometrus palmatus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Scorpiones,

no. 1 (1829).

Heterometrus palmatus flavus and ? rufus, iid. ibid.

Scorpio maurus, Kraepelin, op. cit. (in part.).

Loc. Egypt: Cairo (Dr. Anderson).

Hemprich and Ehrenberg recognized two varieties of the

Egyptian species—one from Alexandria, which was named

flavus; the other from Sinai, named rufus. I have seen no

examples from Sinai, but a single male specimen from Cairo

(Dr. Anderson), which is doubtless referable to H. palmatus

flavus, belongs to quite a distinct species from the Algerian

A, maurus.

(3) Heterometrus fuscus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.

Heterometrus palmatus fuscus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Scorp.

no. 1 (1829) ; Simon, Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. (5) ii. p. 258 (1872).

Heterometrus palmatus, var. minor, Simon, ibid.

Heterometrus testaceus, Birula, Hore Soc, Ent. Ross. xxxiii. p. 138

(1898) ; Kraepelin, op. cit. (nec testaceus, C. Koch).

Loc. Syria: Jerusalem (Herr Rolle), Tiberias (A. Smith

Woodward), &c.

Birula seems to have recognized the distinctness of the

Syrian species, but erroneously used the name ¢estaceus for

it: testaceus was applied by C. Koch to a specimen from

Algeria co-specific with maurus of Linn.

(4) Heterometrus propinquus, Simon.

Heterometrus propinquus, Simon, Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. (5) ii. p. 259

(1872).

Loc. Syria: Damascus and Nablous.

This species is said to differ from the preceding (/. fuscus)

in having the median eyes larger, the vesicle more globular,

and 14 pectinal teeth.

Simon, unfortunately, did not determine the sex of his

specimens; but since the type of H. propinquus is said to be

smoother than specimens of H. fuscus, it is safe to assume that

the former species is based upon the female sex.

To the above-mentioned I have to add the following new

forms :—

(5) Heterometrus arabicus, sp. n.

Colour a nearly uniform yellowish brown, the legs and tail

24*

364 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

entirely pale ochre, except for the normal brown spot at the

extremity of the femur and patella in front. Carapace and

sternavery weakly granular laterally. Median eyes larger than

in HZ. fuscus and maurus. Tail narrow, second segment about

as long as wide; intercarinal spaces almost smooth; keels

normal, but the inferiors on the third and fourth segments

scarcely denticulated, merely roughened with setal pores;

vesicle larger, much wider than the fifth and as wide as the

second caudal segment. Hand of chela ornamented above with

a reticulated pattern of low ridges, passing into tubercles

towards the base of the fingers and becoming obsolete on the

inner edge of the hand ; two very strong finger-keels on hand,

the external the stronger. Pectines with 12 teeth; genital

operculum a little wider than long. Spine-armature of fourth

tarsus 10 or 9-7.

Length 10 millim. ; carapace 8; tail 27; width of hand 6:7.

Loc. Arabia (Mrs. Burton).

Differs from H. fuscus in being much paler, much smoother,

and in having the inferior keels on the third and fourth caudal

segments not denticulated, the vesicle large, the hand very

strongly everted, and the median eyes much larger.

In size of vesicle and of median eyes 7. arabicus approaches

Hi. propinquus, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) u. p. 259,

1872), from Damascus and Nablous ; but since Simon noticed

no difference in the carination of the inferior surface of the

tail and of the hand between H. propinguus and fuscus, I

cannot do otherwise than conclude that the two are alike in

these particulars.

(6) Heterometrus Townsendt, sp. n.

? .—Resembling the preceding in colour, granulation, &e.,

but with the hand almost entirely smooth above and much

less strongly crested, the genital operculum as long as wide,

the vesicle only slightly wider than the fifth and much narrower

than the second caudal segment.

Total Jength 59 millim.; carapace 9:2; tail 28; width of

hand 7°5.

Loc. Fort Reshire (near Bushire) and Bushire on the

Persian Gulf (F. W. Townsend).

(7) Heterometrus Boehm, Kraepelin.

Heterometrus Boehmi, Kraepelin, MT. Mus. Hamb, xiii. p. 187 (1896).

Scorpio Boehmi, id. Das Tierreich, Scorp. ete. p. 125 (1899).

Loc. Lake Tanganyika.

Evidently very distinct from the foregoing species by the

Scorpions of the Genus Heterometrus. 365

smoothness of the inferior keels on the last abdominal and first

caudal segments, the spine-armature of the tarsi, &e.

The known species may be tabulated as follows :—

a. Keels of last abdominal sternum and of underside of

first caudal segment smooth (2) ....... Soyente gas Boehm,

6. Keels of last abdominal sternum and of underside of

first caudal segment coarsely granular (¢ 2 ).

a‘, Genital operculum divided ; terga and sterna finely

granular or shagreened (<¢ ).

a’, Hand in adult wider than length of carapace,

distinctly crested above ; immovable finger short,

triangular; a crest on underside of brachium

behind; tail thick, fifth segment less than

twice as long as wide, third as wide as or wider

CLAS Oca SON CI groin sok ere miei MAUrUS.

6, Hand narrower than length of carapace, not

visibly crested above; immovable finger long;

no crest on underside of brachium ; tail narrow,

third caudal segment longer than wide ...... palmatus.

6‘. Genital operculum undivided ; terga and sterna not

shagreened (2).

a*, Third and fourth caudal segments with inferior

keels strong and granular.

a‘, Median eyes small, vesicle not inflated.

a’. Genital operculum much wider than long,

transversely elliptical; lower side of bra-

chium with distinct smooth crest behind ;

hand more strongly granular and keeled, &e. mauwrus.

6°. Genital operculum heart-shaped, as long or

nearly as long as wide ; lower side of bra-

chium evenly rounded behind; hand less

coarsely granular and crested .......... Suscus.

6', Median eyes larze ; vesicle expanded........ propinguus,

8, Inferior keels of third and fourth caudal segments

smooth, only uneven with setal pores; median

eyes large.

a°, Hand with a pair of strong smooth finger-keels,

and ornamented above with a distinct net-

work. of smooch ridges cc cmc e wens ene e ahs arabicus.

6°. Hand almost smooth above, scarcely visibly

sculptured ; its crests obsolete ............ Townsendi.

N.B.—Attention must be drawn to the omission from the

‘Tierreich ’ of the following names which have been applied

to various forms of the genus Heterometrus: flavus, rufus,

fuscus, and minor. Apart from the possibility that these

forms may in future take rank as distinct species, the re-

cording of such names is necessary to prevent their applica-

tion to new species by students who have no opportunity of

consulting all the literature of the subject and look to a work

of the aspirations of the ‘Tierreich’ to supply at least a

complete list of the names that have been employed in each

genus.

366 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide.

XLV.—Rhynchotal Notes.—V II. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide.

By W. L. Distant.

THE following notes and descriptions refer to the subfamilies

Merocorinz, Mictine, Amorbine, Petasceline, and Dala-

derine. Vol. iv. of Walker’s Catalogue refers to the Coreide,

and the species and genera therein described are here reviewed

so far as they belong to the subfamilies named above. A

number of new species contained in the British Museum are

described and also a few from my own collection,

Merocortnz.

MENARDUS, gen. nov.

Head beneath armed with a prominent spine or tubercle.

Scutellum about the length of the clavus, entire near base.

Mesosternum with two small tubercles at base. Posterior

femora armed beneath with two rows of strong spines or

tubercles. Other characters as in Flavius, to which it is

primarily allied by the prominent tubercles on the under

surface of the head, and from which it may be at once sepa-

rated by the much shorter scutellum. .

Menardus notatus.

Meropachys notatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 70. n. 6 (1871).

Hab. N. Brazil, Central America.

Genus PERANTHUS.

Peranthus tinctus.

Mirileus tinctus, Walk, Cat. Het. iy. p. 72, n. 5 (1871).

Micrinz.

Genus DEREPTERYX.

Derepteryx Hardwicki.

Cerbus (Derepteryx) Hardwickii, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2)

iii, p. 542 (1839). °

Mictis amplectens, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 25. n. 58 (1871).

Genus PRIONOLOMIA.

Prionolomia porrigens.

Trematocoris porrigens, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 85, n. 11 (1871).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 367 ©

Prionolomia fulvicornis, Fabr., var. ?

The unique type is an unlocalized male specimen erro-

neously described by Walker as a female. Fourth joint of

the antenne subequal in length to first joint, not “ shorter

than the first.”

Very closely allied to P. fulvicornis, Fabr.; posterior tibiee

more slender, posterior femora a little more granulated.

Prionolomia mandarina, sp. n.

Fuliginous-brown; body beneath, legs, and antenne

piceous (in some specimens the colour is fuliginous brown

throughout) ; apical joint of antenne ochraceous. Abdomen

above red, connexivum and apex fuliginous.

Antenne with the first and fourth joints subequal in length,

second a little longer than the third; pronotal angles widely,

broadly, and spatulately extended, their apices subtruncate

and slightly directed upwards, their anterior margins strongly

dentate, their posterior margins undulated ; in some specimens

the pronotal basal margin is somewhat deeply notched in

front of scutellum, but this is not a constant character; con-

nexivum distinctly extending in front of the posterior half of

the corium.

6. Anterior and intermediate tibia moderately outwardly

dilated at a little beyond base; anterior and intermediate

femora with a distinct spine beneath near apices; posterior

femora incrassated, strongly tuberculated in a longitudinal

series above and with a much more obsolete series beneath,

and with two strong acute spines beneath, one near centre,

the other a little before apex; apex angulated and finely

dentate beneath; posterior tibie dilated on each side, in-

wardly broadly angulated at about centre, and outwardly

convexly widened in the same position.

9. Posteriur femora moderately incrassated, tubercles.

above more obsolete than in male; posterior tibiee convexly

dilated on each side near base, not inwardly angulated as in

male.

Long., ¢ 2, 22-26 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 11-12

millim.

Hab. China, Kiukiang (Pratt, Brit. Mus.).

Genus PHYLLOGONIA.

Phyllogonia limosa.

Sulpicia limosa, Walk. Cat. Het. iy, p. 39. n. 5 (1871),

368 Mr. W.L. Distant on Coreide.

Genus EKLASMOPODA.

Elasmopoda affinis, sp. 0.

3. Dark pitchy brown; corium shortly ochraceously

pilose; antenne, eyes, rostrum, anterior and intermediate

legs, and posterior tarsi ochraceous ; anterior and intermediate

coxw and apices of femora piceous; body beneath reddish

ochraceous, pro- and mesosternum somewhat paler, abdominal

spines piceous ; disk of apical segment and a marginal spot

on apical and penultimate segments piceous, the marginal

spots preceded by ochraceous shading.

Pronotum somewhat narrow, anterior lateral margins entire,

not dentate, lateral angles produced in foliaceous subacute

spines, their margins dentate.

Long. 21 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. British East Africa, Samburu (C. S. Betton, Brit.

Mus.).

Closely allied in structure, colour, and general appearance

to HL. undata, Dall., but differing by the narrower pronotum,

with its non-dentate anterior lateral margins and its narrower

and more acute lateral angles.

Genus HOLOPTERNA.

flolopterna Rothi.

Mictis Rothii, Dall. List Hem. 1. p. 395. n. 28 (1852).

Cypia rubra, Lethierry, Ann, Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi. p. 286 (1881).

Cipia rubra, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 8 (1894).

This species varies in the colour of the anterior and inter-

mediate femora, which are either red or black ; the corium is

either unicolorous or with the apical half darker. Dallas’s

specimens ot HH. Rethii exhibit the variation shown in

Lethierry’s species.

Holopterna Elliott, sp. n.

Castaneous; head, scutellum, inner claval margin, lateral

areas of corium (excluding apex), membrane, rostrum, coxe

and trochanters, anterior and intermediate femora, base of

posterior femora, posterior tibia, a broad central mesosternal

patch, abdominal tubercles, and apex of abdomen piceous.

Antenne with the third joint shortest, second and fourth

joints subequal, first joint a little longest and thickest. Head

very distinctly cleft at apex, eyes brownish. Pronotum

finely rugulose, lateral margins distinctly pilose, lateral

Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 369

angles subacutely produced, slightly directed upwards. Scu-

tellum transversely rugulose. Corium thickly and somewhat

coarsely punctate. Membrane opaque. First and second

abdominal segments each with two robust conical tubercles.

Long., ¢ 22, 2 25 millim.

Hab. East Africa; Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet (Scoté

Elliot, Brit. Mus.).

EVAGRIUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Holopterna, Stal, but differing in the following

particulars :—

g. First joint of the antenne longer than the fourth joint,

but considerably shorter than the “third and fourth joints

together ; third joint moderately dilated and grooved, a little

shorter than fourth joint. Second, third, and fourth abdo-

minal segments armed with a prominent tubercle on each side

of disk.

The pronotal angles are very strongly, laminately, and

arcuately produced, and between their area and the head the

pronotum is suddenly and profoundly deflected.

Evagrtus gladius, sp. n.

Pale castaneous, femora and antenne darker in hue, the

last with the apical joint pale stramineous; membrane

piceous ; abdominal tubercles black ; meso- and metasternum

with a broad oblique ochraceous fascia on each side. An-

tennz with the bases and apices of the second and third joints

very narrowly ochraceous, third joint moderately dilated and

distinctly grooved, fourth joint the most slender and cylin-

drical. Pronotum with the depressed space between the area

of the angles and head ochraceously pilose, with a narrow

obscure central fascia extending therefrom to base; the angles

extremely prominent, laminate, somewhat arcuately directed

forwards and upwards, their apices slightly recurved and

subacute, their margins moderately dentate, posterior femora

with a prominent tooth and some smaller teeth near apex ;

posterior tibizs moderately dilated, with an inner prominent

spine near apex.

Long. 23 millim.; max. abd. lat. 6 millim.; exp. pronot.

ang]. 11 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa; Maziwa Mitatu and Maungu

(C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

370 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreides.

Genus PTERNISTRIA.

Pternistria octolineata.

Melucha octolineata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 56, n. 10 (1871).

Genus MYGDONIA.

Mygdonia tuberculosa.

Mictis tuberculosa, Sign. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 448, pl. xv. fig. 6.

Melucha atra, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 55. n. 7 (1871).

Genus OCHROCHIRA.

Ochrochira lunata, sp. n.

Fuliginous-brown ; apical joint of the antennz fulvous ;

abdomen above red, connexivum and apex fuliginous.

Antenne with the first joint a little longer than the fourth,

second a little longer than the third; pronotum with the

lateral angles widely, broadly, and somewhat lunately pro-

duced, their margins dentate anteriorly, profoundly crenulate

posteriorly, their apices subacute and slightly directed up-

wards. ‘The body (excluding membrane) is finely ochra-

ceously pilose.

3g. Anterior and intermediate femora with a distinct spine

beneath near apex, the intermediate femora also with a series

of short spines beneath; posterior femora incrassated and

with two or three distinct tuberculous spines near apex

beneath, and with a few spines on apical half of inner margin ;

posterior tibiae moderately dilated, spinously produced at

about two thirds from base, and thence narrowed and in-

wardly dentate to apex.

@. As in male, but posterior femora much less incrassated

and only spined at apex; posterior tibie simple, longitudi-

nally sulcated.

Long., ¢ ?, 25-26 millim. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 6-7 millim.

Hab. China; Kiukiang (Pratt, Brit. Mus.).

This species finds its nearest ally in O. fuliginosa, Uhler,

from Japan, from which it is separated by the much more

produced and lunate pronotal angles.

Genus Mictis.

Mictis lateralis.

Mictis lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 29. n. 69 (1871).

Allied to M. albovittata, Stal, from which it differs by the

Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 371

absence of the pale longitudinal fasciz beneath and by the

lateral angles of the pronotum being directed outwardly as in

Stal’s species, but not recurved posteriorly at their apices.

Mictis longicornis.

Myctis longicornis, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 11 (1842).

Mietis javana, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 30. n. 70 (1871).

Mictis filicornis.

Mictis filicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 27. n. 64 (1871).

Mictis ambotinensis.

Mictis amboinensis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 28. n. 66 (1871).

Mictis profana.

Lygeus profanus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 211. n. 33 (1803).

Mictis symbolica, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 404. n. 52 (1852),

Mictis crux, Dall. loc. cit. p. 405, n. 53,

Mictis limbativentris.

Mictis limbativentris, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 603.

This species was described by Stal from a female specimen

only, and was afterwards placed by him (En. Hem. 111. p. 51,

1873) in “ Species Mictariorum tncerti generis.” ‘The British

Museum has since acquired two other specimens (one a

male), of which the following are the principal structural

characters :—

é. Posterior tibiz moderately dilated on each side, with a

strong spine on inner surface at about one third from apex ;

second abdominal segment with a large raised conical tubercle

on each side parallel with the posterior coxe.

Long., ¢, 30 millim.

Hab. New Guinea, Dorey ( Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Mictis farinulenta.

Mictis farinulenta, Bredd. Mitt. nat. Mus. Hamb. xvi. p. 168 (1899), ?.

3. Abdomen beneath at junction of second and third

segments broadly and tuberculously elevated ; posterior tibiz

gradually dilated from base on inner side to a somewhat

broad tooth about centre, from thence concavely narrowed

to apex, and in structure somewhat resembling the femora of

M. tenebrosa, Fabr.

Long., ¢, 21 millim.

372 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide.

The British Museum possesses both sexes from Lombok

and a female specimen from Savu, Philippines, all collected

by the late Mr. Everett.

Mictis oceanensis, sp. n.

Castaneous, obscurely and finely ochraceously pilose ; apical

joint of antenna, apices of tibie, tarsi, and sternal segmental

margins ochraceous; abdomen above ochraceous, lateral

margins, a central longitudinal fascia, and the apex black ;

tarsal claws piceous.

Antenne with the first and second joints subequal in

length, third a little longer than fourth ; pronotum with the

lateral margins very strongly and coarsely serrated, the serra-

tion piceous, the lateral angles prominent and broadly sub-

acute, its surface reticulately rugulose and finely but obscurely

punctate; scutellum transversely rugose ; corium obscurely

and finely punctate; rostrum about reaching the intermediate

coxe, its apex black.

3. Abdomen at junction of second and third abdominal

segments broadly and_ tuberculously elevated; posterior

femora moderately incrassated, very finely and obscurely

tuberculate, with a lineate carina on outer edge and with

two short blunt teeth at apex; posterior tibiz sulcate,

gradually dilated interiorly into a somewhat broad tooth

about centre, thence concavely narrowed to apex.

@. Abdomen unarmed; posterior tibie simple, sulcaie, —

and slightly dilated near base.

Long., ¢ ?, 25 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim.

Hab. New Hebrides (Dr. D. McNabb, Brit. Mus.).

A species to be primarily recognized by the coarsely

serrated pronotal margins and by the distinct colour of the

upper surface of the abdomen.

Genus ANOPLOCNEMIS.

Anoplocnemis tristator.

Lygeus tristator, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 206. n. 18 (1803).

Mictis luteitarsis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 19, u. 84 (1871).

Anoplocnemis mosta.

Mictis mesta, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 400. n. 41 (1852).

Posterior tibize in male angulated as in A. pagana, Dall.

Anoplocnemis Dallasiana, Leth. & Sev.

Mictis scutellaris, Dall. (nom. proce.) List Hem.1i. p. 390. n. 17 (1862).

Mr, W. L. Distant on Coreide. 373

The type of this species is no longer to be found; there

are, however, a long series of specimens in the British

Museum which undoubtedly belong to it, and which have

been received from §. Africa, Angola, Zomba, and the

‘Transvaal.

Anoplocnemis gracilicornis.

Mictis gracilicornis, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 42. n. 22 (1865),

Melucha aurulenta, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 55, n. 8 (1871).

Anoplocnemis phasianus.

Lygeus phasianus, Fabr. Spec. ii. p. 861 (1781).

Mictis dubia, Dall. loc. cit. p. 389. n.13: 2.

Mictis castanea, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 389. n. 14 (1852): 2.

Mietis lata, Dall. loc. cit. p. 390. n. 15: 9.

Mictis ferrifera, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 24. n. 57 (1871).

Physomerus mictiformis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 61.n. 8: Q.

Anoplocnemis signata, sp. n.

3. Very dark castaneous, finely ochraceously pilose, espe-

cially on the pronotum; apical third of the scutellum ochra-

ceous ; antenne with the first, second, and third joints casta-

neous, fourth joint ochraceous, with its apical half infuscated ;

body beneath and legs a little darker in hue, anterior and

intermediate tibiz and all the tarsi castaneous; sternum

densely ochraceously pilose, more or less exhibiting distinct

Jateral ochraceous lines. Abdomen above reddish, with the

margins and apex pitchy.

@. Slightly paler in hue; abdomen more ochraceously

pilose beneath.

Antenne pilose, with the first and fourth joints subequal

in length, second a little longer than the third; apex of the

second segment of the abdomen in the male produced at

centre in a flat oblong process extending about halfway across

the third segment. Femora in male strongly incrassated,

curved, and distinctly angulated beneath about one third from

apex ; tibie in both sexes compressed, moderately and evenly

dilated.

Long., ¢ 16 millim., 2? 17-18 millim.

Hab. East Africa, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet (Scote

Lilliot, Brit. Mus.).

Apparently allied to A. castaneicornis, Stal, from which it

differs by the colour of the upper surface of the abdomen,

marking of the scutellum, smaller size, &c.

374 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreida.

Anoplocnemis Whytet, sp. n.

Castaneous; corium dull stramineous, its lateral margins

irregularly castaneous ; posterior tarsi dull ochraceous ; abdo-

men above black, its lateral margins and a central lineate

spot on anterior margin of fourth and fifth segments ochra-

ceous ; connexivum and apex castaneous ; membrane bronzy.

Body and legs finely ochraceously pilose; antennae with the

basal joint a little darkest, first, second, and fourth joints

subequal in length, third shortest ; pronotum with the lateral

angles subprominent and rounded ; body beneath somewhat

paler ; sternum thickly ochraceously pilose, with an indistinct

ochraceous fascia near the coxe.

g. Abdomen beneath broadly and tuberculously gibbous

at the junction of the second and third abdominal segments;

posterior tibize inwardly angulated at less than midway from

base, and thence finely dentate to apex.

?. Posterior tibiz simple, but finely dentate along inner

margin.

Long., g 22 millim., 9 25 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Nyika Mts., 6000-7000 feet (A. Whyte,

Brit. Mus.).

Genus MELUCHA.

Melucha Biolleyt, sp. n.

@. Fulvous; first and second joints of antenna, lateral

margins and apices of lateral angles to pronotum, about basal

half of lateral margins to corium, lateral margins and apex of

scutellum, and a large basal spot to membrane black ; body

beneath more rufous than above, intermediate and posterior

femora luteous, posterior femora with the apex and apical

spines black, posterior tibize with about apical third luteous,

basal rufous portion very narrowly edged with black ; con-

nexivum fuliginous ; membrane cupreous.

Antennz with the first joint longer than the second, their

bases narrowly rufous ; remaining joints mutilated ; pronotum

coarsely punctate and rugulose, its lateral margins finely

crenulate, the lateral angles acutely and straightly produced,

with their posterior margins crenulate; scutellum coarsely

punctate, basal margin levigate; corium finely punctate ;

posterior femora armed with about five short teeth ; posterior

tibie outwardly dilated, convex, not toothed.

Long., ?, 22 millim. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 9 millim.

Hab. Costa Rica; Turrialba, Atlantic slopes (P. Biolley,

Coll. Dist.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 375

Genus MozENaA.

Mozena alata, sp. n.

In coloration and general appearance closely allied to

M., lunata, Burm., but differing from that species by the more

produced pronotal angles, which have their apices more elon-

gately acute, less directed forward, and slightly recurved at

their tips.

Long., ¢ ¢, 21-22 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 12 millim.

Hab. Costa Rica; Tuis, Atlantic slopes (P. Biolley, Coll.

Dist.).

Genus NEMATOPUS.

Nematopus fasciatus.

Nematopus fasciatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 14 (1842).

Nematopus decoratus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 78. n. 14 (1871),

Genus ACANTHOCERUS.

Acanthocerus clavipes.

Coreus clavipes, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 196 (1803).

Camptischium tenebrosum, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 114, n. 4 (1871),

Camptischium verrucosum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 115. n. 6.

Camptischium subvarium, Walk. loc, cit. p. 116. n. 7.

Acanthocerus sublevis.

Camptischium subleve, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 115. n. 5 (1871).

Acanthocerus lobatus.

Crinocerus lobatus, Burm, Handb. 11. 1, p. 318. n. 2 (1835),

Acanthocerus lobatus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 178.

Acanthocerus tuberculatus, Uhler (nec Herr.-Schaff.), op. cit. 1898,

p. 705.

Prof. Uhler has returned specimens collected by Mr. H. H.

Smith on the island of St. Vincent as belonging to A. tuber.

culatus, H.-S.; this identification was probably a slip of the

pen, as they cannot be separated from other specimens from

the island of Grenada and also identified by Mr. Uhler as

A. lobatus, Burm. It is therefore necessary to erase the name

of A, tuberculatus, Herr.-Sch., from the fauna of these islands,

at least so far as the collections made by Mr. Smith enable us

to form an opinion.

376 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreidee.

AMoRBINE.

Genus AMORBUS.

Amorbus alternatus.

Amorbus alternatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 408. n. 1 (1852).

Amorbus planus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 42. n. 11 (1871).

PETASCELINE.

Genus PETILLIA.

Petillia calcar.

Mictis calear, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 397. n. 33 (1852).

Trematocoris subvittata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 34. n. 9 (1871).

Trematocoris vittata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 12.

Melucha notatipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 56. n. 9.

The Melucha notatipes, Walk., represents a rudimentary

form of P. calcar.

Petillia biserrata.

Mictis biserrata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 29. n. 68 (1871).

DaALADERINZ.

Genus DALADER.

Dalader Horsfieldi, sp. n.

Pale brownish ochraceous; antenne, femora, and mem-

brane fuscous ; basal and apical joints of antenna, tibia, and

tarsi brownish ochraceous, mottled with fuscous.

Antenne moderately hirsute, first joint slightly longer than

the second, third dilated and spatulate; head and pronotum

with a faint central pale levigate line; pronotum with the

anterior margins finely dentate, the lateral angles broadly and

angularly produced, posterior margin concave before the base

of the scutellum; abdomen above reddish ochraceous; the

segmental margins ochraceous ; connexivum brownish ochra-

ceous, with subquadrate pale fuscous spots ; femora somewhat

thickly spined in longitudinal series beneath.

Long., dg, 20 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 83 millim.

Hab. Java (Horsfield Coll., Brit. Mus.).

This small species is allied to D. rubiginosus, Westw.,

from which it differs by the much more produced pronotal

angles.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. or

Genus HORMAMBOGASTER.

Hormambogaster, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1892, p. 131 (May).

Ovengua, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. 1892, p. 285 (November).

Hormambogaster expansus.

Hormambogaster expansus, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1892, p. 181 (May).

Ovengua aperta, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. 1892, p. 285 (November).

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species.

Merocorinz, Mictine, Amorbinz, Petasceline, and

Daladerine.

Genus treated as synonymic.

Mictoides, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 88 (1871),=Gen. Curtius, Stal.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Derepteryx truncata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 11. n. 4 (1871). (The type

is an immature form of the species.)

Mictis filicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 27. n. 64.

ambotnensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 66.

lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 69.

Archimerus tndecorus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 64. n. 17.

Phidippus asper, Walk. loc, cit. p. 71. n. 1.

Nematopus ferrinus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 77. n. 13.

varius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 78. n. 15.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Mictis biplagiata, Walk. Cat, Het. iv. p. 22. n. 51 (1871), belongs to gen.

Ochrochwra,

insolita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 27. n. 65, belongs to gen. Liaspis.

biserrata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 68, belongs to gen. Petzllia.

Trematocoris pardalipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 33. n. 3, belongs to gen. Petillia.

notatipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 5, belongs to gen. Petillia.

bicoloripes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35. n. 10, belongs to gen. Petillia.

porrigens, Walk. loc, ett. n. 11, belongs to gen. Prionolomia.

elegans, Walk. loc. cit. p. 37. n. 14, belongs to gen. Petzliia.

patulicollis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 15, belongs to gen. Petillia,

Sulpicia limosa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n. 5, belongs to gen Phyllogonia.

Melucha octolineata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 56. n. 10, belongs to gen. Pternistria.

Physomerus nigrorufus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 60. n. 7, belongs to gen. Ochro-

chira.

Meropachys notatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 70. n. 6, belongs to gen. Menardius,

gen, Noy. ’

Hirileus tinctus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 72. n. 5, belongs to gen. Peranthue.

Camptischium subleve, Walk. loc. cit. p. 115. n. 5, belongs to gen. Acan-

thocerus, Pal. Beauv.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 25

378 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide.

Species treated as synonymic.

Mictis luteitarsis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 19. n. 34 (1871),= Anoploene-

mis tristator, Fabr.

ee laces Walk. doc. cit. p. 28. n. 58, = Ochrochira fulginosa,

er.

ferrifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24. n.57,= Anoploenemis phasianus, Fabr.

— reer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 25. n. 58,=Derepteryx Hardwicki,

hite.

insularis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 26. n. 63,= Pternistria macromera, Guér.

—— javana, Walk. loc. cit. p. 30, n. 70,= Mictis longicornis, Westw.

Trematocoris subvittata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 9,= Petilla calcar, Dall.

vittata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 12,= Petillia calear, Dall.

Amorbus planus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 42. n. 11,=Amorbus alternatus, Dall.

Melucha atra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 55. nu. 7,= Mygdonia tuberculosa, Sign.

aurulenta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8,= Anoplocnemis gracilicornis, Stal.

notatipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 56. n. 9,= Petillia calcar, Dall.

Physomerus mictiformis, Walk, loc. cit. p. 61. n. 8,= Anoploenemis phasi-

anus, Fabr,

Bs muticus, var., Walk. loc. cit. p. 63. n. 10,= Capaneus tetricus,

Stal.

—- acutiusculus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 64. n. 16,=Lycambes varicolor, Stal.

guttiventris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 65, n. 18,=Lycambes varicolor, Stal.

maculifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 65. n. 19,= Archimerus scutellaris, Stal.

Archimerus dolosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 66. n. 20,= Capaneus odiosus, Stal.

Hirileus collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 6,= Lycambes varicolor, Stal.

Nematopus decoratus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 78. n. 14,=Nematopus fasciatus,

Westw.

Camptischium tenebrosum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 114. n. 4,=Acanthocerus

clavipes, Fabr.

a Walk. loc. cit. p. 115, n. 6,=Acanthocerus clavipes,

Fabr.

subvarium, Walk. loc. cit. p. 116. n. 7,= Acanthocerus clavipes, Fabr.

SYNONYMICAL NOTES.

Fam. Pentatomide.

TESSARATOMINE.

Lyramorpha picta.

Lyramorpha picta, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 480 (1893).

Lyramorpha Vollenhovii, Horvath (part.), Term. Fiiz. xxiii, p. 351

(1900), tab. ix. fig. 7, tab. x. fig. 7.

Dr. Horvath has included my ZL. picta asa synonym of

L. Vollenhovii, Stal, a species he has evidently not seen, and

apparently misled by the spotted corium— a speciebus reli-

quis hujus subgeneris corio maculato facillime distinguenda.”

The following characters, partly derived from Dr. Horvath’s

own description and figures, will serve to differentiate the

Species :——

Mr. W. L. Distant bi Coreidee.

L. Vollenhovit, Stl (Horv.).

3. Posterior angles of sixth

abdominal segment broadly and

obtusely angulated.

379

L. picta, Dist.

3d. Posterior angles of sixth ab-

dominal segment acutely and more

elongately produced; inner mar-

gin gradually narrowing to apex.

Antenne brownish ochraceous;

apex of the first joint, upper sur-

face of the second, apex of the

third, and the whole of the fourth

and fifth joints (excluding their

bases) fuscous.

Long. 21 millim.

Antenne “fusco-ferrugineis, arti-

culo primo subtus dilute roseo.”

Long, 24-25 millim.

Lyramorpha diluta.

Lyramorpha diluta, Stl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 598; Bredd.

Ent. Nachr. xxvi. p. 35, n. 2, 3, fig. 4 (1900); Horv. Term. Fiiz.

Xxiil. p. 348. n. 6, tab. ix. fig. 11, 2 (1900), nec fig. 3, ¢.

Stal’s type (a female specimen) is in the collection of the

British Museum. Breddin has correctly figured the anal

characters of the male, but Horvath’s figure (tab. ix. fig. 3, )

does not apply.

Genus TAMOLIA.

(Horvath, Term, Fiiz. xxiii. p. 8365 (1900).)

Tamolia Horvathi.

Tamolia ramifera, Horv. (nec Walk.) Term. Fiiz. xxiii. p. 8365 (1900).

Walker’s unique type of Lyramorpha ramifera (Cat. Het.

ili. p. 476. n. 4, 1868) is in imperfect condition, possessing

only the first, second, and third joints of the antenne, and

although somewhat divergent from Lyramorpha by the shape

of the body, I considered it best under the circumstances to

leave the species in that genus (cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. vi. p. 62). Dr. Horvath has, however, founded a

genus (Zamolia) on a specimen, “uti videtur, nonnihil imma-

turum,” which he takes to be Walker’s species, but which is

clearly proved to be not so by the character he describes—

‘spina ventrali antrorsum ante coxas anticas producta.” In

L. ramifer the ventral spine does not reach the anterior

coxe. Walker’s species cannot therefore be considered the

type of Horvath’s genus.

Plisthenes dilatatus.

Tessaratoma dilatatum, Monty. Ann. Sci. Phys. (2) vii. 1, p. 100 (1855).

Plisthenes dilatatus, Dist. Trans. Ent, Soe. Lond. 1880, p. 151; Ann, &

25*

380 Mr. W. F. Kirby on some

ee Nat. Hist. (6) iii. p. 272 (1889) ; Horv. Term. Fiiz. xxiii. p. 363

900).

Plisthens ventralis, Horv. Term. Fiiz. xxiii. p. 864 (1900).

Dr. Horvath, who has examined the type of Montrouzier’s

species, is able to give a distinct character as “ articulo quarto

antennarum articulo tertio distincte breviore.”’ Following

this up he has specifically described a very closely allied

species as P. ventralds in which the third joint of the antennz

is compared with the fourth “ subbreviore.”’ As a synonym

of this new species he adds P. dilatatus, Dist. (cf. supra). I

cannot quite understand this course, as Dr. Horvath has not

seen the specimen thus identified, nor did I in the structural

differentiation between the species of Fabricius and Mon-

trouzier allude to these characters, as most of my specimens

have unfortunately reached me minus the apical antennal

joint. Inow, however, possess a specimen from the island of

Bouro with complete antenne which agrees with Horvath’s

character and in all other respects with the specimens I pre-

viously identified as P. dilatatus, Montr. Another character

relied upon by Dr. Horvath, viz. the intensity of the fasciz

to the underside of the abdomen, cannot, with the material

before me, be maintained, and is clearly a variable character.

Plisthenes ventralis, Horv., may be a distinct species, but

certainly not if the specimens I identified as P. dilatatus are

synonymic with it, as stated by Dr. Horvath.

XLVI.—Notes on some Insects from the Yang-tse-Kiang.

By W..’F. Kirey, F.0.8., FS. cc.

DuRING a journey on the Yang-tse- Kiang a small collection

of insects was formed by Capt. A. W. 8S. Wingate, and

presented by him to the Natural History Museum in the

course of last year. The Diptera were represented by a

single species of Hristalis, not in sufficiently good condition

for determination ; and the Homoptera were represented by

some larvee belonging to the family Flatide. The dragonflies

and locusts were, however, of more interest, and of these a

list is given below, including the description of a locust

which appears to be new.

NEUROPTERA.

ODONATA.

Libellulida.

Neurothemis fulvia, Drury.

Insects from the Yang-tse-Kiang. 381

Sympetrum sanguineum, Miiller.

Crocothemis soror, Rambur.

Deielia phaon, De Selys.

Orthetrum brunneum, Fonscolombe.

Aischnide.

Hemianax ephippigerus, Burmeister.

Agrionide.

Neurobasis chinensis, Linné.

ORTHOPTERA.

Locustide.

Aularches miliaris, Linné. ‘Two rather small and brightly

coloured specimens.

Cyrtacanthacris succincta, Linné,

Cyrtacanthacris Wingatei, sp. n. (infra).

Trilophidia annulata, Vhunberg.

Cyrtacanthacris Wingatet, Kirby, sp. n.

Exp. al. 82 millim. ; long. corp. 42 millim.

Male.—¥ront of head and pronotum dark red; vertex,

cheeks, lower part of the face, and sides of the thorax much

paler. The space between the facial carine and the thorax

thickly rugose-punctate ; back of the head smooth, with two

rather indistinct rows of black spots running backwards from

between the eyes, and diverging behind. Thorax irregularly

mottled with black on the back and sides. Abdomen

shining chestnut; interalary space paler. Legs brownish

testaceous, four front femora spotted with black above.

Hind femora with all the caring set with small black serra-

tions, and with three black bands on the upper surface, the

third narrower than the others, and followed by three pairs of

black spots, the two hinder pairs more or less connected in

the middle. Hind tibiz red, with yellow spines tipped with

black. Tegmina testaceous brown, darker towards the base,

and mottled with black towards the base, and more sparingly

with brown beyond. Wings smoky hyaline, darker towards

the tips, yellowish brown along the costa nearly to the ex-

tremity, and broadly suffused with rosy at the base.

Allied to C. succincta, Linné.

One specimen.

382 On some Insects from the Yang-tse-Kiang.

I append a list of the butterflies drawn up by Dr. A. G.

Butler.

List of the Butterflies collected by Capt. Wingate at Hunan.

By A. G. BuTuer, Ph.D.

Fam. Nymphalide.

Subfam. EvpL@in.

Salatura plevippus, Linneeus. One example.

* Parantica aglea, Cramer. One example.

Trepsichrois mulciber, Cramer. One example.

Subfam. NYMPHALINZ.

Precis almana, Linn. Two examples.

enone, Linn. Five examples,

# orithyia, Linn. One female.

® laomedia, Linn. One example.

—— iphitu, Cramer. One example.

Pyrameis cardui, Linn. Two examples.

calliroé, Hiibn. One example.

Cethosia biblis, Drury. One example.

Neptis eurynome, Westwood. One example.

Subfam. SATYRINZ#.

*Tansima verma, Kollar. One example.

Lethe confusa, Aurivillius. One example.

rohria, Fabricius. One example.

Fam. Lycenidez.

Polyommatus beticus, Linn, One example.

Everes filicaudis, Pryer. Three examples.

Fam. Papilionide.

Subfam. Prerinz.

Delias aglaia, Linn. Two males, one female.

Terias anemone, Felder. One male.

Catopsilia pomona, Fabr. Two males, one female.

Ganoris melete, var. dulcinea, Butler. One male.

Subfam. PAPILIONINZ.

Papilio cloanthus, Westwood. One example.

asiaticus, Ménétriés. One example.

xuthulus, Bremer. One example.

Nevilli, Wood-Mason. One example.

chaon, Westwood. One example.

Six examples (species marked above by an asterisk) have been retained

for the Museum collection.

On new Rodents from Western South America. 383

XLVII.—Descriptions of new Rodents from Western South

America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Ctenomys opimus, Wagu.

Ctenomys opimus, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. 1848, p. 75.

There can be little doubt that the specimen on which this

species was founded was one of the “ large number” obtained

by Mr. Bridges in Potosi and other parts of Bolivia, and

referred by Waterhouse to C. braziliensis *.

The Museum contains several specimens from the same

collector, and in addition a series of four from Tetiri, S. Peru,

others from Sahama, N.W. Bolivia, and an isolated example

from Jujuy; and these seem to represent three subspecies, of

which the Sahama one, as being like some of Bridges’s

specimens, and the most like Wagner’s description, may be

taken as the typical subspecies. The other two are as

follows :—

Ctenomys opimus nigriceps, subsp. n.

Similar in size to the typical form, or perhaps rather larger,

and the tail rather longer.

Fur similarly soft and fine. General colour greyish fawn,

more greyish and less sandy than in true C. opimus. Whole

centre of face as far back as the nape prominently deep black ;

on the neck the black becomes much more grizzled with

fawn, but is traceable as an ill-defined line down the back to

the loins. On each side there is also a black band passing

through the eye and across the ear, behind which it forms a

distinct patch, separated from the central black of the crown

by a projection forward of the body-colour. The sides of

the muzzle and the chin are also black, behind which latter

there is a contrasted transverse light mark corresponding in

position with the rami of the mandible. Behind this again

the centre of throat is prominently blackish. Upper surface

of hands, feet, and whole of tail dark chocolate-brown ; the

comb-like fingers of the feet and the longer hairs at the end

of the tail are, however, yellowish.

Skull as in the typical form.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 230 millim.; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 38,

(c. u.) 43.

* N. H. Mamm. ii. p. 273.

384 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Skull: greatest length in middle line 56; basilar length

47°8; zygomatic breadth 37; nasals 19x 8°55 interorbital

breadth 12°5; least breadth across brain-case 21; greatest

breadth on meatus 35; diastema 16; length of tooth-row

(alveoli) 11°6.

Hab. Tetiri, about 40 miles W. of Puno, on the Puno-

Moquegua road. Altitude 16,000 feet.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 97.10.8.42. Collected 5th July,

1896, by J. Kalinowski. Four specimens examined.

Besides Mr. Kalinowski’s four specimens, one of those

collected by Mr. Bridges, though much faded, shows some-

thing of the same marking and may, perhaps, be referable to

the same form. His other specimens agree better with

Herr Garlepp’s Sahaman examples of what may be considered

as the typical C. opimus.

Ctenomys opimus luteolus, subsp. n.

Varying from true C. opimus in exactly the opposite

direction to C. 0. nigriceps, owing to the suppression of all

the darker markings. General colour bright sandy buff all

over, the centre of the face, if anything, rather lighter than

the rest instead of being darker, the nasal region almost

white. No darker markings round eyes, at back of ears, or

on the chin. Under surface similar to upper, but rather

brighter, almost ochraceous buff; no white markings any-

where. Hands, feet, and tail buffy, the last-named rather

darker terminally.

Skull apparently as in the typical form.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin, therefore only

approximate) :—

Head and body 220 millim.; tail 70; hind foot (s. u.) 36°5,

(c. u.) 41.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 51;. zygomatic

breadth 32°7; nasals 19-5 x 8:6; interorbital breadth 12°7 ;

least breadth across brain-case 19°5; diastema 15; length of

tooth-series (alveoli) 11:2.

Hab. Cordilleras of Jujuy, Argentine Republic.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99, 2. 22.17. Presented by the

La Plata Museum.

This tuco-tuco may be readily distinguished from its allies

by its light-coloured muzzle, this part being brown or black

in all the more northern specimens.

Rodents from Western South America. 385

Ctenomys dorsalis, sp. n.

Size about as in Ct. talarum. Coloration very much as in

the large Ct. boliviensts, Waterh. Fur soft and_ fine.

General colour above shining buffy fawn, a marked black

dorsal line running from the tip of the nose backward on to

the rump; on the head this line is sharply defined and about

half an inch broad, but broadens out and is less defined on

the back. No dark lateral face-markings round eye or ear.

Cheeks and chin like body, but the usual light collar behind

them is well marked, running up on each side to the ear.

Throat, chest, outer edges of belly, and a narrow line down

its centre pale buffy, the hairs slaty basally; rest of belly

white, the hairs white to their bases. Upper surface of

hands and feet dirty whitish. Tail-hairs mixed black and

white.

Incisors about the breadth of those of Ct. talarum, orange

above and below.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin, approximate) :—

Head and body 156 millim.; tail46; hind foot (s. u.) 27°2,

(c. u.) 30°2.

Breadth of two upper incisors 4°3.

Hab. Northern Chaco of Paraguay.

Type. Female. Original number 255. Collected 7th May,

1900.

7 Native name Sumkum.’”’ Presented by J. Graham Kerr,

sq.

The typical skin is unfortunately without a skull, but its

striking coloration will readily distinguish this handsome

little tuco-tuco from every species hitherto known except the

enormously larger Ct. boliviensis.

Sciurus versicolor, sp. n.

Closely allied to S. variabilis, Geoff., but with the belly

rich rufous.

Colour very variable, that of the specimen selected as the

type as follows:—Head and posterior back dark grizzled

olivaceous, the central area of the back darkened to black.

Nape, shoulders, and outer side of arms rich rufous, grizzled

along the centre line of the neck, deeper and purer on the

arms. A small patch of yellowish at the posterior base of

each ear. Outer side of hind limbs grizzled rufous. Whole

under surface and the inner sides of arms and legs deep vivid

orange-rufous. ‘Tail grizzled blackish olivaceous for its basal

fourth, then broadly washed with orange-yellow (more com-

monly bright rufous), its tip black.

386 On new Rodents from Western South America.

In another specimen from the same locality the whole

body is dull blackish rufous, nearly as rufous on the sides of

the rump as on the shoulders.

Skull not appreciably different from that of S. variabilis

from Santa Marta. Premolars }.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 230 millim.; tail 225; hind foot (s. u.) 58,

(c. u.) 63; ear 27.

Skull: greatest length 57; basilar length 43°3 ; greatest

breadth 33°5 ; nasals (diagonally) 18 x 8:8; palate length 25;

length of upper tooth-row 9°5.

Hab. (of type). Cachabi, Prov. Esmeraldas, N. Ecuador.

Alt. 160 m.

Type. Male. B.M.no.97.11.7.32. Original number 25.

Collected 3rd Jan., 1897, by Mr. W. R. Rosenberg.

The British Museum contains a large number of squirrels

from the north-western corner of South America which have

been referred to S. variabilis, Geoff. ; but now that Mr. Bangs

has shown that the true S. vartabilis is constantly white-

bellied (as is also the type of Gray’s S. Gerrardi), it is

evident that the red-bellied forms require a special name.

As is the case with S. variabilis, this species is a very

variable one, and each of the several series of itin the Museum

presents some striking variation among its members. The

general tone varies in depth and degree of grizzling: the

centre of the back varies from deep shining black to hardly

darker than the sides, the ear-patches are occasionally

suppressed, the middle part of the tail may be either yellow,

orange, or red, the end of the tail may be either red or black

(more frequently the latter), and even the distinctive red

belly may be picked out with white markings in the axille,

middle line, and groins. It is possible therefore that other

variations will lead into S. variabilis, in which case it will

have to be considered as a subspecies of that form.

Other localities from which the Museum has specimens of

S. versicolor are—in Ecuador, Paramba (Rosenberg, Miketta) ;

in Colombia— Valdivia, Lower Cauca (Pratt), Medellin

(Salmon), San Pablo (Hopke), and Bogota (Child).

A rather similar coloration to that of S. versicolor is found

in the true S. griseogena, Gray, of Venezuela; but that is a

smaller form, as shown by its skull, and has a more uniformly

grizzled back, less blackened behind and less reddened in

front.

Mr. Nelson’s Sciurus caucensis is not a member of this

group, but is allied to—indeed, I do not see how it is diffe-

rent from—Gray’s S. medellinensis, also from the Valley of

On a new Dasste from North Nyasaland. 387

the Cauca. Perhaps this again will prove to be a synonym

of S. Pucherani, Fitz. Neither species is referred to by

Mr. Nelson.

XLVITII.—A new Dassie from North Nyasaland.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Procavia mima, sp. n.

General appearance, colour, and length of hair almost

exactly as in P. (Dendrohyrax) arborea, from which the

number of the mamme (1—2=6) widely separates it, and

allies it to the more typical members of the genus. Fur very

long, soft, and sleek, the hairs without the crinkling present

in arborea. General colour above pale sandy fawn, heavily

grizzled and lined with black, especially along the middle

line ; each hair dark brown for its basal 25-27 millim., then

sandy for about 5 millim., and its terminal 5 millim. shining

black. Crown and rump particularly black, owing to the very

numerous shining black ends to the longer hairs. Upper lip

and an inconspicuous spot over eye whitish. Ears rounded,

well-haired, greyish white. Dorsal spot pale buffy white,

the hairs this colour to their bases; peripheral hairs of spot

not deeper buffy, as is often the case in arborea. Under

surface white, with a faint buffy tinge, the bases of the hairs

blackish. Upper surface of hands and feet grizzled black

and pale buffy.

Dimensions of body apparently about the same as in P. ar-

borea. Hind foot 57 millim.

Hab. Nyasa-Tanganyika Plateau, Northern Nyasaland.

Type. Female. Skin without skull. B.M.no.99. 6. 28. 16.

Presented in 1898 by Col. Manning, then Acting Com-

missioner, British Central Africa.

This Dassie is so strikingly like P. arborea that it has

hitherto been regarded as belonging, or at least allied, to that

species. But now that I find that it has 1—2=6 mamma,

the formula of Procavia (s. s.) and Heterohyrax, as against

the 0—1=2 of Dendrohyrax, there can no longer be any

doubt that it represents a distinct species. In colour and

length of hair it is widely different from any known species

with the same mammary formula.

388 On a new Species of Ornithoptera.

XLIX.—Description of a new Species of Ornithoptera.

By H. Grose-Smiru, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Ornithoptera titan, sp. n.

3 .—Upperside. Anterior wings black, with a broad

yellowish-green band extending along the costa and partly

invading the cell, narrowest at the base, but becoming wider

in the middle and tapering towards the apex, which it does

not reach; on the disk from the base and thence below the

median nervure to the inner margin is a yellowish-green

triangular area, the apex of which is a little above the lowest

discoidal nervule ; this green area, between the median ner-

vules, does not extend to the median nervure, nor does it

reach the outer margin, which is broadly black; there is no

stigmatic brand asin the O. priamus group. Posterior wings

golden yellow, with a black outer border, which is narrow

along the costa and becomes wider at the apex ; the outer

edge of the yellow area is golden green, which colour extends

inwardly along the veins; beyond the yellow area, which

extends rather beyond the lowest median nervule, to the inner

margin the wings are jet-black, the abdominal fold, which is

bordered basally by golden scales, being very wide; on the

disk towards the apex in the yellow area between the veins

are three large oval golden-green patches, in the upper part of

each of which is a black spot, which represent the spots on

the underside.

Underside. Anterior wings golden green, the costal, outer,

and inner margins broadly black, the veins black; on the

disk between the veins is a row of four rather narrow black

lunules. -Posterior wings golden yellow, with a golden green

submarginal and inner-marginal area, the latter very wide ;

three large oval black spots on the disk, the uppermost sub-

apical, the two others on either side of the lowest subcostal

nervule ; outer margin narrowly black; abdominal fold pale

buff, with long hairs of the same colour.

In shape the anterior wings are very broad, less produced

at the apex than in the O. priamus group; posterior wings

convex and rather truncate at the anal angle. Antenne,

thorax, and legs black; abdomen yellow, with small black

spots on either side ; orbits white.

Expanse of wings 7? inches.

Hab. New Guinea.

In my own collection.

This magnificent butterfly was sent to me in a collection

Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 389

stated to be from New Guinea (collector unknown to me).

The rest of the collection is in very bad condition. I con-

jecture, however, from the series of species contained in it

that the insects may have been captured towards the southern

end of British New Guinea. I hope to obtain further parti-

culars later on.

The absence of the stigmatic brand on the anterior wings

separates it from the group of O. priamus, and the shape

and neuration of the wings from the Schoénbergia group.

I have compared it with the drawing of the neuration of

Schoénbergia (?) goliath, Honrath, as figured by Mr. Rippon,

and find little, if any, difference; if the true locality of

S. goliath is New Guinea (Mr. Rothschild gives its locality

as Waigeu?, Dorey ?), it is very probable that my butterfly

is the male of that species.

A new genus should be created for this species.

L.— Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide.

By ApvoteH HemPe., 8. Paulo, Brazil.

THE writer has published, in the ‘ Revista do Museu Paulista,’

vol. iv., a paper on the Coccide of Brazil. One hundred and

thirty-one species are included in that paper, which is printed

in the Portuguese ]anguage; and under the circumstances it

was thought advisable to publish the descriptions of the new

species in the English language as well.

The measurements of the scales, body, antennz, and long

hairs are in millimetres ; those of the joints of the antenne

and legs, and of short hairs, spines, and glands, are in micro~

millimetres.

Coccide.

Subfamily Monopuresivz.

Genus Icery4, Signoret.

Icerya brasiliensis, Hempel.

Adult female elliptical, pink; antenne and legs dark

brown, entirely covered with white secretion ; consisting of

one long caudal tuft, one cephalic tuft, a lateral and a sub-

lateral row of nine tufts on each side, and a central longitu-

dinal mass. A tuft on each side of the caudal and cephalic

tufts is longer than the other marginal tufts. Ovisac large,

390 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.

white, sometimes showing a creamy tinge, distal end curved

up. Beneath it is convex and slightly striated longitudinally.

Dorsum and side longitudinally fluted, with 14 or 15 longi-

tudinal furrows. In the largest individual examined the

anal tuft was 20°5 millim. long. The caudal and cephalic

tufts are usually fluted with four longitudinal ribs. The

ovisac has one or two longitudinal slits on the medial dorsal

line, through which the young escape. Forty-four eggs

were found in one sac.

Antenne usually 11-jointed: joint 5 is the shortest, and

sometimes unites with joint 4, making the antenne only

10-jointed ; joints 2, 4, 6-10 are subequal in length ; joint

11 equals or slightly exceeds joints 9 and 10 in length.

Length of antenne variable; the longest observed was

1:1 millim. long. Joints 1-10 each bear a whorl of about 6

hairs, while joint 11 has a terminal band of 15 or 16 hairs.

Legs ordinary ; tarsus curved near the distal end ; digitules

absent. Digitules of claw fine, hair-like, short.

Rostrum large, situated just between the first pair of legs.

Mentum with about 28 hairs. Rostral loop reaching beyond

the insertion of the second pair of legs. Numerous hairs are

scattered over both surfaces and around the margin; while

the body is terminated by two terminal tufts of 5 long hairs.

The entire dorsal surface is crowded with glands; these are

round and appear to be composed of 6 to 9 parts placed in a

circle, with a long glassy filament in the centre.

Length of insect and ovisac, excluding the tufts, 10°5

millim.

Larva (just hatched).—Elliptical, deep red with a pinkish

tinge. On the dorsum there are four tufts of yellowish wax,

forming a diamond-shaped patch, with the long diameter

placed cephalo-caudad. Antenne 6-jointed : joints 2-5 sub-

cylindrical and subequal in length, ‘066 millim. long ; joint 1

convex on the inner side; joint 6 club-shaped, *164 millim.

long; joints 2-5 have each one long slender hair and several

shorter ones ; joint 6 with 6 very long hairs (longer than the

antenne), ‘64 millim. long, and about 12 short ones.

The dorsum bears many slender hairs, placed in about ten

irregular longitudinal rows. On the head there are four

bristles between the eyes; the two middle ones are very long,

reaching nearly to the tip of the antenne. ‘There are 6 anal

bristles about 1°35 millim. long, equalling nearly twice the

length of the body. There are also 6 shorter bristles on each

side of the abdomen not one third the length of the anal

bristles. The lateral margin of thorax and head also bears

some short bristles. Dorsum with many round secretory

Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 391

pores, placed more or less in transverse rows. Hyes 2, small,

conical, dark brown, nearly black. Antenne and legs also

dark brown. ‘Tibia of second and third pair of legs +20 millim.

long, tarsus and claw a little shorter; claw long, slender,

slightly curved, and notched at the end. Digitules of claw

slender, buttoned, a trifle longer than claw. No tarsal

digitules. Length °73 millim.

Female (third stage)—Body ovate; secretion or wax

usually light yellow, arranged in two lateral rows each with

about 10 tufts, two sublateral rows of 8 tufts each, one ter-

minal tuft at each end, and one median longitudinal row of

5 tufts. Antenne 9-jointed, joint 9 the longest. Legs

shorter than in the larve. Rostral loop reaching to the in-

sertion of the third pair of legs. Mentum with about a dozen

short hairs. Both surfaces of the body are covered with

hairs, those on the dorsum fewer and longer. The dorsal

surface also contains a large quantity of round secretory pores,

each situated above a group of five or six cells. These pores

have the same construction as those in the adult, and are

most abundant on the head and the margins of the body.

Hab. Sent from I[guape by Mr. E. Young, where it occurs

in such numbers on Codieum sp.? as to kill the plant. Also

found in Ypirauga and Sao Paulo on Ficus sp., rose, and

other cultivated plants.

It has killed a number of shade-trees in So Paulo, and is

apt to cause considerable damage to the parks. The indi-

viduals usually cluster on the undersides of the twigs and

branches in great numbers. Also occurs in large numbers on

Liriodendron tulipifera, L., Laurus camphora, L., and on a

species of palm. Many Hymenopterous parasites have been

bred from this species; but the parasites do little harm to the

insect, as the eggs are not affected, and hatch, although the

adult is full of parasites. A species of Coccinellid larva has

also been observed feeding on the growing insects.

Icerya Schrottky?, Hempel.

Adult female, massed together and all covered with a dense

white secretion, so that it is hard to distinguish individual

characters. Each insect, however, is covered with a dense

mass of long white filaments of secretion, which seem to

proceed from glands placed in two concentric rings on the

dorsum; all the filaments pointing backwards, and some

attaining a length of 30 millim. On the abdomen there are

two small patches of white secretion. The ovisac is secreted

under the abdomen, and consists of a dense mass of white

392 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.

woolly secretion, very sticky, adhering to everything it

touches. Denuded of wax orange-yellow in colour; legs and

antenne dark brown. Body ovate, wider posteriorly than

anteriorly. The dorsum has two concentric rings of pits or

glands extending around it, dividing it into three areas. The

abdomen is transversely furrowed.

Length 7°50 millim. ; width 5 millim. ; height 3 millim.

Boiled in asolution of KOH it gives the solution a yellow

muddy appearance. The derm is thin and transparent.

Antenne variable, of 10 or 11 joints; 11, however, seems

to be the typical number of joints, of which the last is the

longest. Joints 1-10 each bear a whorl of 7-9 hairs ; joint

11 has a brush of many hairs. Length about 1:10 millim.

Approximate formula: 11 2 13 (789) 10 6 (45).

Length of joints: (1) 110, (2) 123, (3) 97, (4) 66, (5) 66,

(6) 75, (7) 93, (8) 93, (9) 93, (10) 84, (11) 173.

Legs long and hairy. Length of joints of first pair of

legs: coxa 191, trochanter and femur 594, tibia 604, tarsus

252, claw 66. Tarsal digitules wanting. Digitules of claw

short, hair-like. Eyes close to the base of the antenna,

small, conical, dark brown. Rostrum lar~s, situated between

the first pair of legs. Rostral loop extending to the second

pair of legs. Mentum with about 20 hairs. The dorsal and

ventral surface of the body is crowded with hairs and large

round glands; the hairs on the ventral surface, however, are

smaller than those on the dorsal surface.

Larva (just hatched).—Orange-red, elliptical, ‘812 millim.

long and ‘400 millim. wide. A very little white secretion on

the back. Antenne about *555 millim. long; of 6 joints,

the terminal joint longest and club-shaped. Length of joints:

(1) 57, (2) 70, (3) 79, (4) 79, (5) 79, (6) 191. All the joints

bear hairs ; joint 6 bears six very long hairs and many shorter

ones; joint 5 bears also one very long hair. LKyes small,

conical, dark brown. The six central caudal bristles are

very long, attaining a length of 1:46 millim. Besides these

there are six shorter bristles on each side, but these are

scarcely one fifth as long as the others. The margin of the

body and the derm also bears numerous hairs, none of them

very long. Many round glands are also present in the derm.

The legs are long and thin, with many hairs. Length of

joints of first pair of legs: coxa 79, trochanter and femur

222, tibia 244, tarsus 164, claw 40. Digitules of claw long,

slender, with slightly expanded ends. ‘Tarsal digitules

wanting. Claw slightly notched. Rostral loop short, ex-

tending a little beyond the third pair of legs.

Mr, A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 393

Hab. Jundiahy, State of Sio Paulo, on the bark of an

indigenous tree. Collected by Mr. C. Schrottky.

Several hundred small Hymenopterous parasites were bred

from this species. As in J. brasiliensis, the parasites are

present in the adult, and do not prevent the eggs from

hatching, and consequently are but a slight check to this

species.

Subfamily Coccrraz.

Genus Errococcus, Targ.

Eriococcus brasiliensis, Ckll.

Adult female reddish brown, oval in outline. Anal ring

with 6 long hairs. Antenne variable. In some specimens

joint 3 is the longest, whilé in others joint 4 is the longest,

being 44 long; joint 1 is 22 long. All joints except joint 3

bear one or more hairs.

Male sacs of same consistency and colour as those of the

female, but a little smaller. The adult male is dark brown

in colour. Antenne variable, usually of 10 joints, but

sometimes with only’ or 9 joints: joints 2-9 are dilated

at the distal ends; joint 2 is very thick, being twice the

diameter of joint 3. Approximate formula; 10 2 (9 3) 87

(456) 1. All the joints bear many small hairs, while in

addition to these joints 8 and 9 each bear one, and joint 10

bears five large thick hairs. Thorax large; abdomen wide,

with several hairs on the margin of each segment. Genital

spike short and acuminate. Wings ordinary, the pocket, for

the insertion of the balancers, being large. Balancers or

halteres long; the last joint long and slender, with a large

hook at the distal end. Claws toothed as in the female.

Length °95 millim. ; extent 1°87 millim.

Hab. Ypirauga. Usually crowded on the ends of th

twigs of Baccharis dracunculifolia, DC.

The insect is active until just before gestation, when it

constructs a closely felted sac, occupying three or four days

for the work.

Eriococcus perplexus, Hempel.

Largest female sacs 11 millim. long, 3°5 millim. wide, and

1°75 millim. high; spindle-shaped, widest caudad of the

middle. Snowy white, closely felted, pointed, and with a

small opening at the posterior end. The dorsal surface is apt

to be slightly flattened and shows traces of transverse furrows.

? .—Orange-yellow, with a brown longitudinal median

Ann. d& Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 26

394 Mr, A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.

stripe. After boiling in a solution of KOH it is 4°5 millim.

long and 2°75 millim. wide. It colours the liquid light

yellow. Antenne variable, 7-jointed, about °30 millim. long ;

joints 1, 3, and 4 nearly equal in length; formula: 1 (8 4)

27 (5 6), varying to 3 (1 4) 27(65). The antenne are

large and are little reduced in size in the first four joints.

All joints except joint 3 bear hairs. Legs short and stout ;

cox with two hairs and three or four short spines; tro-

chanter with two terminal hairs and one spine; femur twice

as long as wide; tibia and tarsus equal in length, about

seven tenths as long as femur; claw long, curved; all the

digitules slender, with expanded ends. Anal ring with six

hairs. Mentum is situated in front of the insertion of the

first pair of legs ; rostral loop short, extending halfway to the

middle pair of legs. The entire surface of the body is

covered with straight and curved spines and minute round

glands. The abdomen ends in a pair of small tubercles.

Larva (just hatched).—Orange, pyriform; the abdomen ends

in a pair of tubercles, each terminated by a long bristle.

Between the tubercles there are two long and four shorter

hairs. The surface of the dorsum bears six longitudinal rows

of large sharp spines and numerous small tubercles. An-

tenn 6-jointed, joint 3 the longest. Legs small, claw long

and slender and slightly curved; digitules slender. Anal

ring with six hairs. ‘There are two conspicuous hairs on the

anterior margin between the antenne. yes small, spherical,

inconspicuous. Rostral loop long, reaching nearly to the

anal ring.

Hab. Ypirauga, State of SH Paulo, on the underside of

leaves of a plant of the order Myrtacee ; and State of Minas

Geraes, where it occurs on the bark of Eugenia jaboticaba.

Eriococcus armatus, Hempel.

Female sacs oval, flattened, with a large elliptical aperture

in the caudal end ; composed of a thick closely felted material.

White, with a creamy tinge. 3°25 millim. long and 2°25

millim. wide. Adult temale oval in outline; reddish brown ;

abdomen transversely wrinkled. Boiled in a solution of

KOH it colours the liquid a light red.

Antenne placed very close together, of seven joints, joint 7

the longest, variable, about *320 millim. long. Approximate

formula: 7 (1 2)463 5. All the joints bear hairs. Length

of segments: (1) 44, (2) 44, (8) 36, (4) 40, (5) 31, (6) 38,

(7) 89. Legs short; tibia and tarsus nearly equal to femur

and trochanter. Tarsal digitules slender, with knobbed ends,

Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 395

extending to the tip of claw. Digitules of claw larger, with

expanded ends. Rostrum small, situated between the an-

tenne and first pair of legs. Mentum large, dimerous.

Rostral loop long. Eyes small, oval. Anal ring with six

hairs. Anal tubercles present, each terminating in a long

seta, and bearing several hairs and four or five short thick

spines. ‘The last five or six segments of the abdomen bear,

on the lateral margins and dorsum, several groups of these

short, thick, spear-shaped spines, each group consisting of

four or five spines. Scattered over both surfaces of the body

are small round spinnerets, short spear-shaped hairs, and

many short cylindrical glands. ‘These glands are especially

numerous on the lateral and caudal margins of the abdomen.

Length 2°70 millim. :

Larva.— Length *44 millim., oval. Antenne of six joints,

joint 6 the longest. Legs short, thick; digitules slender.

Anal ring with six hairs. Anal tubercles not conspicuous,

each ending in a seta, and bearing two short sharp spines.

The dorsum bears about sixteen transverse rows of short hairs.

Hab. Ypirauga, on Baccharis sp. The individuals are

clustered around the stem, close to the ground, on the roots,

and also on the ends of the branches.

Genus DactyLopius, Costa.

_ Dactylopius grandis, Hempel.

Adult female oval in outline; dorsum convex, rounded,

dark orange in colour. The dorsum is covered with a white

powdery secretion, arranged in one submedian and one sub-

lateral longitudinal row on each side. Around the lateral

margin there is a fringe of short white tufts. ‘There are also

two long acuminate anal tufts. Sometimes the secretion has

a yellowish tinge. ‘The adult rests upon a cushion of white

cottony matter that contains the young; this cotton readily

adheres to anything it touches. ‘The largest specimens are

7:50 millim. long, 5 millim. wide, and 3 millim. high.

Antenne of eight joints, joint 8 being the longest ; joint 1

thick, nearly twice the diameter of joint 2. Length of joints

variable, joints 3, 6, 5, and 7 being subequal and joints 1 and

2 being subequal; sometimes 1, sometimes 2, is the longer.

Approximate formula: 8 215 (367) 4. Average length

of antenna ‘48 millim. All the joints bear hairs. Length of

the joints: (1) 67, (2) 71, (8) 49, (4) 36, (5) 53, (6) 47,

(7) 49, (8) 98. Eyessmall, conical. Legs short, stout, with

few hairs; coxa wider than long; tarsus and tibia about

26*

396 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccida.

equalling femur in length; claw small, with the digitules

short and slender, with buttoned ends. ‘Tarsal digitules

slender, scarcely reaching to the tip of the claw. Rostral

loop very short. Anal ring with six hairs. The two anal

tubercles are inconspicuous, but each one bears several hairs

and a number of small triangular glands and about 15 short,

thick, sharp spines. On the dorsal surface of the body near

the lateral margin there are about 32 groups of glands and

spines, each group consisting of from 8 to 12 small trian-

gular glands or spinnerets and from 5 to 8 short sharp spines.

The lateral margin is also fringed by a number of short

hairs. Dorsal surface of body bears many small triangular

glands and short sharp spines, placed singly, apparently in

transverse rows. ‘The ventral surface of body bears glands

and many small hairs.

Young (just hatched).—Elliptical, yellow; eyes small,

conical, dark brown. Antennee 6-jointed, joint 6 being the

longest, equalling joints 3, 4, and 5. Rostral loop long,

nearly extending to the anal ring. Legs long, claw slender,

digitules of claw and tarsus long and fine, buttoned. Anal

tubercles inconspicuous, each bearing a terminal seta.

Around the margin of the body there are short sharp spines,

while each of the last two abdominal segments bears two

spines on each side. Length 45 millim.

Hab. Ypivauga. On leaves and twigs of a plant of the

fam. Myrtacee.

Dactylopius setosus, Wempel.

Adult female elliptical, flat, orange-red in colour; legs and

antenne yellowish. Thorax and abdomen transversely

wrinkled; the abdomen ends in two stout sharp filaments of

white secretion, while both surfaces of the body are dusted

with a white powder. On the dorsum there is one median

row and on each side a sublateral and a marginal row of

long glassy filaments, which stand out in all directions and

"give the insect a bristly appearance. Largest specimens

5 millim. long and 2°75 millim. wide.

Antenne usually 8-jointed, although sometimes joints 3

and 4 are united into one; slender, joints 4~7 slightly ex-

panded at the distal end. All of the joints bear hairs. Joint

8 the longest. Approximate formula: 8 3 (2 1) 54 (67).

Antennz varying in length from ‘60 millim. to °70 millim.

Average length of antennal joints: (1) 89, (2) 89, (3) 102,

(4) 64, (5) 84, (6) 62, (7) 62, (8) 1383.

Legs long, slender, with many hairs. Coxa short and

Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 397

wide. The joints of first pair of legs measure in w :—femur

333 long; tibia 312; tarsus and claw 125. Digitules of

tarsus slender, with small buttons at tip, reaching to tip of

claw, Digitules of claw large, with widely expanded tip.

Eyes small, conical. Lostral loop very short. Anal ring

_ with 6 hairs. Anal tubercles present, each ending in a long

seta, and bearing two short sharp spines and a number of small

hairs, and minute triangular glands. Grouped around the

anal orifice and arranged singly near the lateral margin of

the dorsal surface are some characteristic cylindrical glands,

each one 35 w long and 9 w wide. Three to five short hairs

are arranged around the external openings of these glands.

Lhe dorsal surface also bears many minute triangular spin-

nerets, and in the cephalic region many hairs. The ventral

surface also has hairs and glands scattered over it.

Hab. Sio Paulo. On the twigs of a species of Ficus

planted as shade-trees in some of the streets of the city.

Dactylopius secretus, Hempel.

Female active ; body ovate, transversely furrowed; very

light yellow; the dorsum dusted with a fine white powdery

secretion. ‘he lateral margin bears a fringe of small tufts

of white wax. A pair of these tufts, at the caudal extremity,

are longer than the others, and between them there is another

pair of fine hair-like tufts. The largest specimen was 2°25

millim. long and 1:25 millim. wide, but it was probably im-

mature. It inhabits globular or cylindrical galls. These

galls are formed by having part of the leaf thickened and

folded upon itself, with its long axis parallel to the long axis

of the leaf. The gall is on the underside of the leaf, with

the opening on the upperside, and reaches a length of

12 millim.

Antenne short, thick, of eight joints; each joint with

several thick hairs; joint 8 the longest. Length about

‘42 millim. Approximate formula: 8 2 1 3 (5 7) (4 6).

Length of the segments of an antenna: (1) 57, (2) 62, (3) 43,

(4) 85, (5) 40, (6) 35, (7) 40, (8) 98. Legs short. Joints

of first pair of legs: femur 191, tibia 182, tarsus and claw

102. Digitules of tarsus fine, slender, with ends slightly

expanded, not extending beyond the tip of claw. Digitules

of claw thick, end enlarged, extending beyond the tip.

Rostral loop long, reaching about halfway between the

second and third pair of legs. Eyes very small, oval. Anal

ring with six large hairs. Anal tubercles not conspicuous,

each ending in a large seta, and bearing two small sharp

398 Mr. G. K. Gude on new Species of

spines, smaller hairs, and small triangular and larger round

glands. The surfaces of the body bear hairs and scattered

spines and numerous small and large glands.

Adult male light yellow ; eyes black. Length, including

style, ‘85 millim., extent of wings 2°25 millim. Antenne

10-jointed ; joint 10 the longest; joints 3-9 subequal.

Halteres short, expanded in the middle, bristle fine, with

a large hook at the end. Legs long, slender, with numerous

hairs. ‘Tibia twice the length of tarsus. Claw very long

and slender, one third length of tarsus. Digitules hair-like,

short. Style very short, acuminate. The last segment of

the body bears on each side of the style one long hair and

several shorter ones. The other abdominal segments also

bear several short hairs on the lateral margins.

Hab, Ypirauga. In galls on leaves of a plant of the

family Solenacez.

But few of the galls contain insects, and it is probable that

they are made by other insects and appropriated by this

Dactylopius. This species is accompanied by an ant

( Cremastogaster ?),

[To be continued. |

LI.— Descriptions of new Species of Japanese Land-

Shells. By G. K. Gung, F.Z.8.

Amoneé a number of Helicoid land-shells received from

Mr. Hirase the following appear to be undeseribed :—

Arnouldia ceratodes, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, trochoid, smooth, shining, dark corneous ;

spire depressed, apex obtuse, suture impressed. Whorls 54,

increasing slowly, the last not descending in front, at first

keeled at the periphery, becoming rounded towards the

mouth, Aperture oblique, lunate; peristome thin, straight,

acute; margins distant, upper descending slightly, colu-

mellar margin slightly expanded above, the umbilical region

sunk.

Diam. maj. 5°5, minor 4°75; alt. 4 millim.

Hab. Kashima, prov. Harima. ‘Type in my collection.

The new species is allied to A. stenogyra, A. Ad., but it is

darker and considerably Jarger and more deeply sunk around

the umbilical region. Six specimens were received.

Japanese Land-Shells. 399

Arnouldia nanodes, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, depressed conoid ; under the microscope

seen to be very finely striated and decussated with close faint

spiral lines, the latter a little more distinct and wider apart

below ; thin, dull above, a little shining below, pellucid,

pale corneous. Spire depressed, apex obtuse, suture im-

pressed. Whorls 4, increasing slowly, the last angulated at

the periphery, tumid below near the mouth. Aperture

oblique, securiform ; peristome thin, straight, acute ; margins

approaching, the upper forming an obtuse angle with the

outer margin at the periphery; columellar margin vertical,

slightly expanded above.

Diam. 2°25, alt. 1°5 millim.

Hab. Kioto. Type in my collection.

The nearest ally of this form appears to be A. obtusangula,

Reinh., but that species is perforated and is composed of 54

whorls. Six specimens.

Crystallus sulcatus, sp. n.

Shell perforate, discoid, smooth above, very finely striated

below ; shining, pellucid, corneous. Spire depressed, suture

channelled. Whorls 4, rounded, increasing slowly at first,

the last widening rapidly, not descending in front, sunk round

the umbilicus. Aperture nearly vertical, roundly lunate ;

peristome thin, straight, acute; margins distant, upper

arcuate, columellar margin slightly dilated over the narrow

umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 4, minor 3°75; alt. 2 miflim.

Hab. Kioto. Type in my collection.

Two specimens only, one of which is imperfect. This

species is allied to C. microdiscus, Reinh.

Crystallus velatus, sp. n.

Shell narrowly perforate, discoid; under the microscope

seen to be faintly striated and decussated with excessively

fine spiral lines; shining, pellucid, corneous. Spire de-

pressed, suture impressed. Whorls 4, a little rounded, in-

creasing slowly, the last not descending in front, sunk round

the umbilicus. Aperture slightly oblique, narrowly lunate ;

peristome thin, straight, acute; margins distant, upper

arcuate, columellar margin slightly expanded over the narrow

umbilicus.

Diam, 3°5, alt. 1°5 millim.

Hab. Kioto. ‘Type in my collection.

400 On new Species of Japanese Land- Shells.

Allied to the preceding, but that shell is more elevated in

the spire, the aperture is more widened laterally, the umbilicus

is a little wider, and it is devoid of spiral sculpture.

Microcystis Hiraset, sp. n.

Shell perforate, depressed-conoid, very finely striated, de-

cussated with microscopic spiral lines; thin, shining, pel-

lucid, dark corneous, whitish below. Spire depressed, suture

linear, faintly margined. Whorls 43, a little rounded above

and below, increasing rapidly, the last twice as wide as the

penultimate, not descending in front. Aperture a_ little

oblique, lunate; peristome thin, acute; margins distant,

upper depressed, columellar margin a little dilated over the

narrow umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 9°75, minor 8; alt. 4°75 millim.

Hab. Kashima, prov. Harima. Type in my collection.

Three specimens received. This new species is interme-

diate between J/. rejecta, Pfr., and M. Doenitze’, Reinh.

Three other specimens (apparently immature) I also refer to

this form ; they measure barely 6 millim. in diameter.

Trishoplita cretacea, sp. n.

Shell deeply umbilicated, conoid, irregularly striated, in-

distinctly and minutely granulated; chalky white under a

deciduous thin yellowish-white cuticle. Spire elevated, apex

obtuse, suture impressed. Whorls 63, rounded, increasing

slowly, the last descending very shortly in front, obsoletely

angulated at the periphery, becoming rounded and a little

widened at the mouth. Aperture oblique, elongate-rotundate ;

peristome scarcely thickened, expanded all round, the margins

approaching, columellar margin broadly reflected over the

deep but rather narrow umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 15°5-17°5, minor 13°5-15°5; alt. 13 millim.

Hab. Inga, prov. Hoki. Type in my collection.

The nearest ally is 7. mesogonia, Pils., but that species is

much smaller and possesses only 5} whorls. The twelve

specimens received are all decorticated, but some have patches

of the cuticle adhering.

Plectotropis conica, sp. n.

Shell deeply and perspectively umbilicated, conical, finely

striated, the striz decussated by very fine wrinkled spiral

lines; from pale fuscous to reddish brown, paler around the

umbilicus; the thin deciduous cuticle is raised transversely

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricida. 401

into membranous lamelle, which are rather long and not

much interrupted at the peripheral region, but becoming

shorter above near the suture and below near the umbilicus.

At the periphery the cuticle is produced into conspicuous

triangular membranous scales. Spire elevated conoidal,

apex prominent, acute, suture impressed. Whorls 64-7,

increasing regularly, the earlier rounded, the later ones more

or less flattened above, the last rather tumid below near the

mouth, descending very shortly and slightly in front, acutely

keeled. Aperture oblique, subcircular; peristome thickened

and reflexed, pale rufous; margins approaching, the colu-

mellar a little reflected over the umbilicus, which is deep and

perspectively widened, exhibiting the larger portion of the

penultimate whorl.

Diam. maj. 18-19, minor 17-17°5; alt. 11-11°5 millim.

Hab. Izuhara, Tsu-shima. ‘Type in my collection.

The only known species to be compared with this form is

P. trochula, A. Ad.; but the latter is much smaller and more

depressed, the umbilicus is narrower, the cuticular lamelle

are much more interrupted, the spiral sculpture is much finer,

and the aperture less circular.

LII.—Asiatic Torrercrpz.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinauam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Continued from p. 341.]

HENDECANEURA, gen. nov.

(evdexa=eleven ; vedpov=a nerve.)

Type (¢ 2?) Hendecaneura impar, W|sm.

Antenne simple, or scarcely pubescent beneath. Palpi

slightly recurved, median joint roughly clothed above and

beneath, terroinal joint short, exposed; projecting to scarcely

more than the length of the head beyond it. Head slightly

tufted anteriorly. Thorax smooth. Fore wings, costa slightly

arched, ¢ with a narrow costal fold at the base, termen

slightly impressed below the rounded apex, tornus rounded,

dorsum very slightly convex. Neuration, g 11 veins (9

absent, coincident with 10 or 8): 9 12 veins all separate; 2

from middle third of cell; 3, 4, 5, and 6 more or less

assembled towards the termen; 7 to termen. Hind wings

402 Lord Walsingham on Astatic Tortricide.

broader than the fore wings, somewhat triangular, apex

slightly rounded, termen slightly indented above vein 5.

Neuration, 8 veins; 3 and 4 stalked; 5 moderately straight,

remote from 4; 6 and 7 nearly coincident along their base,

diverging at about one-third their length. Legs smooth,

hind tibia with a slight hair-pencil above.

The absence of one of the radial veins, presumably 9 by

coincidence with either 10 or 8, and the possession of a

costal fold enables this genus to be readily identified from

the male.

(1). Hendecaneura impar, sp. n.

Antenne ochreous. FPulpi ochreous, touched with fuscous

externally at the end of the median joint. Head ochreous,

touched with fuscous above the short, square, ochreous frontal

tuft, face whitish. Thorax ochreous, mixed with greyish

fuscous. Fore wings dark purplish fuscous, apex ferruginous ;

with an ochreous spot at the extreme base and a conspicuous

shining white streak on the middle of the dorsum, much

widened at its upper end beneath the fold ; near the base is a

reduplicated shining steel-blue patch on either side of the

fold, not reaching to the margins, a similar patch beneath the

costa a little before the middle, with two whitish ochreous

streaks above it on the costa; beyond the middle the costa

has seven oblique whitish ochreous streaks, the spaces be-

tween them being purplish fuscous; from the first pair of

these streaks an outwardly oblique shining steel-blue line is

angulated at the upper angle of the cell, and much widened

towards the tornus, but turns outwards towards the termen

before reaching it; the fourth of the costal streaks is also

tipped with shining steel-blue, and the fifth sends out a

shining steel-blue streak which nearly reaches the incision

below the apex ; below this is another slightly oblique steel-

blue streak running nearly to the termen at one-third above

the tornus, and enclosing between it and the wider steel-blue

band behind it an ocelloid spot or space, crossed by six or

seven transverse black lines, this and the whole apical space

above it is rich ferruginous, and some ferruginous spots are

scattered about the tornus and above the outer third of the

fold; cilia steel-grey, with a dark line along their base.

Exp. al. 15-18 mm. Hind wings dark brownish fuscous ;

cilia cream-white, shading to greyish fuscous at the flexus,

with a brownish fuscous line running through them near

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 403

their base. Abdomen brownish fuscous. Legs whitish

ochreous, hind tarsal joints spotted with brownish fuscous.

Type, 3 (70237); ¢ (70236) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Four specimens.

(2). Hendecaneura (?) cervinum, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head pale fawn-brown. Thorax

blackish; tegule pale fawn-brown. ore wings blackish ;

a short pale fawn-brown basal patch, with some blackish

scales on the dorsum, is bounded outwardly by a trans-

verse bright steel-blue band, which is slightly indented upon

the fold; at one-third from the base is another bright

steel-blue band with an excrescence on its outer side above

the dorsum ; at its upper extremity are two whitish costal

dots; on the middle of the costa commences a series of

oblique whitish costal streaks (seven or eight), from the first

two a slightly interrupted oblique steel-blue band passes to

the tornus, widened towards its lower extremity; the space

beyond this band is brownish ochreous or olive-brown, trans-

versely and slenderly striated with black and containing a

bright steel-blue spot opposite the middle of the termen;

two smaller spots above it, placed obliquely backwards,

sometimes combine, forming a slender streak to the costal

streak fifth from the apex; cilia shining steel-grey, tipped

with fuscous near their apex and with a slender dark line

near their base. Hep. al. 14 mm. Hind wings dark

brownish fuscous; cilia pale greyish, with a dark line

running through them near their base. Abdomen dark

brownish fuscous. Legs greyish fuscous, hind tarsal joints

spotted with pale ochreous.

Type, 2 (70023) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN— Yzsso (Pryer, 1882). Three specimens.

The male is at present unknown, but this species so greatly

resembles ¢mpar, Wlsm., that there can be little doubt it is

correctly referred to the genus Hendecaneura.

(3). Hendecaneura apicipictum, sp. n.

Antenne pale cinereous. Palpt and head fawn-ochreous,

tinged with cinereous. Thorax greyish fuscous. Fore wings

dark reddish fuscous, mottled and streaked with bright

shining steel-blue; on a not otherwise defined short basal

patch are two or three bright steel-blue spots, a pair of

whitish costal streaks above the upper one ; before the middle

404 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

of the wing is an oblique elongate steel-blue spot beneath the

costa, with two white costal streaks at its upper edge, opposite

to which is a rounded steel-blue spot between the fold and

the dorsum ; this is followed by a smaller spot at the lower

edge of the fold halfway to the tornus ; from a little beyond

the middle of the costa a slightly outward-curved bright steel-

blue band runs to a little above the tornus, where it is

diverted towards the termen; at its costal extremity are two

oblique white costal streaks, these are followed by three pairs

of similar costal streaks before the apex, the third from the

apex sending out an oblique steel-blue line to the termen;

some steel-blue spots follow the outline of the termen below

it, and the space preceding these latter markings is streaked

with olive-brown; cilia pale steel-grey, a slender whitish

ochreous line along their base followed by a narrow fuscous

line; the extreme apex of the wing around the last two

costal streaks is tinged with olive-brown and the cilia at the

extreme apex are whitish. Exp. al. 18-14 mm. Hind

wings dark brownish fuscous; cilia white, tipped with

greyish before the apex, a slender whitish ochreous line along

their base, followed by a narrow brownish fuscous line.

Abdomen brownish fuscous.. Legs brownish grey; hind

tarsal joints spotted with whitish ochreous.

Type, 2 (70020); 3g (70019) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN—Yasso (Pryer, 1882). Four specimens.

Tutop1A, Hb.

1110 (2). Thiodia infessana, W\|sm.

Antenne pale fawn-ochreous. Palpi projecting more than

the length of the head beyond it; pale ochreous, the end of

the tuft beneath the median joint fawn-brownish. Head and

thorax pale ochreous, the latter with a brownish shade.

Fore wings fawn-brown, mixed with minute brownish fuscous

scales, profusely mottled and transversely strigulate with

shining pale ochreous, and with two short black lines in the

obscure ocelloid patch above the tornus ; cilia pale ochreous,

with brownish mottling. zp. al., ¢ 20, 2 22mm. Hind

wings brownish grey; cilia pale brownish cinereous, with a

slender pale ochreous line along their base. Abdomen and

legs brownish grey.

Type, & (60827); ¢? (60828) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Asiatic ‘luRKEY—H/azren—Shar Devesy, 15 VI,

1890 (Native Coll); Parustinz (Tristram, 1883). Six

specimens.

Lord Walsingham on Aséatic ‘Tortricide. 405

This species much resembles Zucosma fessana, Mn., from

which it differs in the absence of the costal fold, in its much

larger size, and in the colour being rather rich fawn-brown

instead of brown-grey, and in the numerous transverse

strigule ochreous instead of white.

1112. Thiodia citrana, Hb.

Grapholitha (Semasia) citrana, Star. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 256.

No. 1112 (1871) +; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 258 (1879) ?.

Hab. Kurope’. Asiatic TurKEY—Hazes—Shar De-

vesy, 18 VI. 1890 (Native Coll.) ; Kuvpavenpix1ar —

Brussa, VI.*; Szvyas—Amasia’.

1118. Thiodia Metzneriana, Tr.

Grapholitha (Semasia) Metzneriana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 256.

No. 1118 (1871) ?.

Hab. Europe’. N. PerstA—Asterabad (Lederer), Zell.

Coll. Srperta*. AMuUR— Pompejefka, 16 VII. 1876

(Christoph). CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). CuHina

—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt). Japan (Pryer,

1886 ; Leech, 1892)—Yusso (Pryer, 1882).

1121 (2). Thiodia intacta, sp. n.

Antenne yellowish white, annulated with fuscous. Palpi

porrect, brush-like, terminal joint concealed ; whitish, shaded

at the sides externally with brownish grey. Head yellowish

white. Thorax pale brownish ochreous. ore wings

yellowish white, with a slight shade of pale brownish ochreous

near the base, and with some very indistinct mottlings of the

same colour about the dorsum; a small group of black scales

lies at the upper edge of the ocelloid patch, which is shining

white; cilia yellowish white. ap. al.19mm. Hind wings

brown ; cilia white, with a pale brown shade along their

base. Abdomen brownish, anal tuft white. Legs whitish,

hind tarsal joints faintly shaded with brown.

Type, & (70172) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

1123 (1). Thiodia rigidana, Snell.

Grapholitha (Semasia) rigidana, Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. XXVI. 203-5,

Pl. XIL 4, 4a (1883) *.

Hab. E. SipertA—Askold Id." Corza—Gensan, VI.

1886 (Leech). JAPAN — Yusso (Pryer, 1882); Kivsrv

(Leech).

406 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

1123 (2). Thiodia glebana, Snell.

Grapholitha (Semasia) glebana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XXVI. 206-8,

Pl. XII. 6, 6a (1883) }.

Hab, EK. S1per14—Pokrowsk, 29 V.'; Baitonowa,6-9 VI.';

Tschernajewa, 11 VI.'; StarikowoR., 23 VI. 1876 (Christoph).

1123 (8). Thiodia sinensis, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head dusky cinereous. Thorax

brownish olivaceous. Fore wings olive-brown, paler towards

the costa, along which is a series of short, slightly oblique,

reduplicate whitish streaklets alternating with dark brown ;

these are of about equal length throughout beyond the

middle, but shorter before it where they commence at about

one-fourth from the base; a small white ocelloid patch con-

taining two short black streaks lies opposite to the lower

half of the termen, with a dark brown shade-patch above and

below it; cilia dusky cinereous, with fuscous speckling.

Exp.al.18mm. Hind wings dark greyish brown ; cilia pale

cinereous, with a shade-line near their base. Abdomen

greyish brown. Legs cinereous, tarsi fuscous, annulate with

whitish,

Type, & (60151) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Cuina—Cuz-x1avea—Ningpo, IV. 1886 (Leech).

Unique.

Allied to asptdiscana, Hb., glebana, Snell., and corculana,

Z., but distinguished by the absence of any lengthening of

the costal streaks before the apex.

1219 (2). Thiodia niveicaput, sp. n.

Antenne simple in the male; yellowish white. Palpz very

thickly clothed, with a long hairy brush beneath completely

concealing the terminal joint; white. Head and thorax white,

the latter shaded with brown posteriorly. Fore wings white,

obliquely blotched and striated with brown along the dorsal

half of the wing and with a series of oblique brown costal

streaklets of varying lengths; these and the dorsal patches

contain also some blackish scales ; the first dorsal patch is at

about one-third the wing-length, and reaches a little way

across the fold, the second and larger dorsal patch is at two-

thirds, the space between them more or less occupied by

short waved streaks of the same colour; beyond the outer

patch is a white ocelloid spot, margined at its imner and

Lord Walsingham on Aszatic Tortricidee. 407

outer edges with shining silvery white, and containing one or

two transverse black streaks; above it the apical portion of

the wing is shaded with brown and greyish, and there are

some silvery lines between the costal strie ; cilia white, shaded

with brown and greyish towards the apex. [In some varieties

the brown patches are considerably shaded with greyish or

greyish fuscous, and the costal streaks are also rather fuscous

than brown.] ap. al. 14-15 mm. Hind wings pale

brownish grey; cilia shining white. Abdomen brownish

rey. Legs whitish.

Type, 8 (70097); ¢ (70098) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886). ‘Ten specimens.

HuceE.is, Hb.

1124 (3). Hucelis (?) falcana, sp. n.

Antenne fawn-grey. alpi triangular, much clothed

above, porrect ; fawn-grey. Headfawn-grey. Thorax fawn-

brown. Fore wings with the costa slightly arched, the apex

somewhat falcate; fawn-brown, very slightly darker along

the basal half of the dorsum, and becoming somewhat

_ suffused with fawn-grey toward the termen, before which a

series of small fuscous spots is very indistinctly visible ;

along the costa also are some very indistinct, short, darker

fawn-brown streaks ; cilia chestnut-brown along their base,

pale fawn brownish beyond it. Hap. al. 18 mm. Hind

wings rather dark grey ; cilia slightly paler, with a slender

fawn-brown line running along their base. Abdomen

brownish grey. Legs pale greyish cinereous.

Type, 2 (70560) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens.

A second female (70593) tends to show slender dark lines

along the veins, especially beyond the cell. Probably

correctly referred to Hucelis, Hb., but the male is at present

unknown.

1124 (4). Eucelis ochreocervina, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous fawn, faintly annulated. Palpi trian-

gular, much extended, projecting twice the length of the head

beyond it, terminal joint almost concealed; greyish fuscous.

Head greyish fuscous. Thorax cinereous fawn. Fore wings

elongate, rather narrow at the base, widened outwardly, costa

gently arched, male without a fold; apex acute, termen

408 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

slightly impressed below the apex, tornus rounded; pale

fawn-ochreous, shaded with greyish fuscous and fawn-brown,

reticulated with whitish grey along the extreme costa, the

intermediate spaces being greyish fuscous; the markings

consist of an ill-defined basal patch, much wider below the

fold than above it, mixed greyish fuscous and whitish grey ;

a subcostal shade beyond the middle of the same colour, the

space below it tinged with fawn-brown, and containing at the

outer end of the cell a greyish fuscous spot, preceded by some

greyish white scales; near the termen are a few groups of

black scales; cilia fawn-brown, a slightly darker line along

their base, touched with greyish fuscous at the tornus. Hap.

al. 20mm. Hind wings pale greyish fuscous; cilia pale

cinereous, a slightly darker shade near their base. Abdomen

pale greyish fuscous, anal tuft fawn-ochreous. Legs greyish,

posterior tarsal joints pale spotted.

Type, 3 (60137, Goorais) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. KasuMir—Goorais Valley, 7000 feet, VIII. 1887

(Leech). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Five specimens.

In some of the Japanese specimens the costal shade is

almost absent and the basal patch is reduced to a deep shade

along the dorsum.

1125 (1). Hucelis (?) divisa, sp. n.

Antenne ferruginous at the base, shading to brownish

grey beyond. Falpt projecting the length of the head

beyond it, median joint thickly clothed above, terminal joint

short, depressed, scarcely exposed; pale ferruginous. Head

pale ferruginous, somewhat roughly clothed above. Thorax

dark ferruginous. ore wings narrow at the base, widened

outwardly, costa very slightly arched, termen slightly oblique,

scarcely impressed, tornus rounded ; dark terruginous to two-

thirds from the base, the outer edge of the dark portion

slightly oblique, further from the base on the dorsum than on

the costa; beyond it the apical portion of the wing is

brownish fawn-colour, transversely striated with shining

steel-grey, with a few lines of ferruginous scales, especially

along the termen; on the costa the brownish fawn-colour

contains four pairs of pale ochreous geminated streaks, sepa-_

rated and divided by dark ferruginous; a dark ferruginous

spot lies within the extreme apex; cilia shining fawn-grey,

with a dark line running through them near their base. xp.

al. 18mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous ; cilia pale cine-

reous, with a dark line running through them near their

base. Abdomen [missing]. Legs whitish cinereous, shaded

On a new Snake from Burma, 409

externally with greyish fuscous, hind tarsal joints faintly

spotted. ~

Type, 2 (70095) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

A small and very distinct species, of which, unfortunately,

I have only a single female.

(To be continued. |

LIIL.—Description of a new Snake of the Genus Ablabes

from Burma. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Ablabes Hamptoni.

Snout short, convex, profile curved from the frontal region

to the lip; eye three fourths the length of the snout; rostral

once and a half as broad as deep, just visible from above ;

nasal divided ; internasals a little longer than broad, a little

shorter than the prefrontals; frontal once and two thirds as

long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the

snout, shorter than the parietals; loreal small, longer than

deep; a large preocular, with a second very small shield

below it; two postoculars; temporals 1+2; eight upper

labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are much

longer than the posterior. Scales smooth, in15 rows. Ven-

trals 194; anal undivided ; subcaudals 76. Uniform greenish

grey above (in spirit), white beneath and on the upper lip.

Total length 1050 millim. ; tail 220.

This species, which is closely allied to A. Dorie, Bler.,

differing in the broader rostral shield, was discovered by

Mr. Herbert Hampton at Magok, on the Irawaddi, about

12 miles north of Mandalay. ‘Together with the snake

which I have the pleasure of naming, Mr. Hampton has

presented to the British Museum examples of the following

reptiles obtained by him at the same place, which are inter-

esting from the point of view of the geographical distri-

bution :—Gymnodactylus khasiensis, Jerdon; Trirhinopholis

nuchalis, Blgr.; Lycodon fasciatus, Aud, ; Simotes violaceus,

var. multifasciatus, Jan; Nata tripudians, var. ceca, Gmel,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 27

410 Mr. P. Cameron on new

LIV.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of

Hymenoptera. By P. CAMERON.

A. New Species of Vespide from India and Japan.

Polistes Rothney?, sp. n.

Ferrugineus, nigro maculatus; facie, clypeo apicequetarsorum flayis ;

alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque flavis. ¢.

Long. 20 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore, Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne rufous, the scape yellow beneath; the basal six

joints black above; the third joint fully longer than the

succeeding two united ; the terminal joint black except at the

base, compressed, rounded and slightly dilated at the apex.

Head distinctly broader than the mesothorax ; in front densely

covered with silvery pubescence, granular; the lower part of

the front, the face, and clypeus yellow; the occiput and a

broad band across the vertex, extending to the eyes, black.

Clypeus broadly roundly projecting in the middle, the sides

waved. Mandibles rufous, tinged with yellow; the three

teeth are black, the middle is slightly smaller. Thorax

rufous, the lower parts of the pleurae with a yellowish tinge ;

mesonotum black, the middle, especially at the base, with two

broad irregular rufous marks. Scutellum and postscutellum

rufous, the two separated by a black line. Metanotum

black, the sides and two somewhat pyriform marks in the

middle rufous; it is not very strongly or closely transversely

striated. Mesopleure sparsely and indistinctly punctured ;

the base narrowly, the furrow, a broad irregular splash be-

hind on the upper half, and with a small rufous mark in the

middle, the apex more broadly than the base; the base, the

lower side, the part along the furrow and the apex, except for

a large mark in the middle, black—or, in other words, the

mesopleure are black, with an upper and two lower rufous

marks, the posterior being much the larger. Wings hyaline,

slightly suffused with yellow along the eyes. Legs rufous,

the four anterior yellowish in front, the four hinder coxe,

femora, and tibie lined with black above; the basal two thirds

of the metatarsus black. ‘The base of the first and second

abdominal segments and the apices of the others, except the

last, broadly black.

A distinct species. The form of the terminal joint of the

antenne is as in P. schach; that species differs from it in

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 411

having the eyes “ very small, separated from the base of the

mandibles by more than two thirds of their own length,”

they being here separated by one third only or by the length

of the three mandibular teeth ; in schach there are only two

teeth, and it bears no black markings. Saussure (‘ Vespides,’

i. p. 104) says that the mandibles of the male are “ trés fortes,

longues et arquées,.... leur base trés épaisse, armée d’une

forte dent dirigée en dedans,” which is certainly not the case

in our species, in which they are broad at the base, slightly

obliquely narrowed towards the apex. ‘The clypeus is quite

flat, not convex ; the sides at the top are broadly rounded ;

the centre is transverse; the occiput is sharply margined.

Polistes gallicus, Fabr.

This common European species may be added to the

Indian fauna. I have seen an example from Gilgit. It

belongs to the European form, not to the Eastern Asian var.

chinensis, Fabr.

Polistes rufolineatus, sp. n.

Ferrugineus; vertice, meso- metathoraceque nigris, lineis 2 mesonoti,

scutello postscutelloque rufis; pedibus rufis, coxis, trochanter-

ibus, femorum anterioribus basi, femoribus tibiisque posticis

nigris ; tarsis flavis, basi nigra; alis fulvo-hyalinis.

Long., 2 23, ¢ 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Head ferruginous; the ocellar region from shortly behind

the posterior pair, from eye to eye, and extending along the

upper part of the eye-incision, black; the front and vertex

punctured, but not very strongly or closely ; the antennal keel

stout, roundly dilated behind and carinate in the middle.

Clypeus broader than long, roundly convex, the top trans-

verse, the angles oblique; the apex with the sides oblique ;

the punctures are sparse and moderately large. Mandibles

rufous, sparsely punctured; the teeth black, the middle one

smaller than the others. Antenne rufous; the five basal

joints of the flagellum black above. Thorax black ; the pro-

thorax, two lines on the centre of the mesonotum, a much

shorter one opposite the tegule, a mark, narrowed below,

under the tubercles, the scutellum and postscutellum, rufous.

Mesonotum almost impunctate ; the scutellum with shallow

scattered punctures. Metanotum, except at the base, irregu-

larly and rather widely transversely striated. Pleure bearing

shallow punctures ; the apical half of the metapleure obliquely

27*

412 Mr. P. Cameron on new

striated. Legs black; the greater part of the four anterior

femora, the anterior tibiz, the apical third of the middle, and

the apex of the third rufous ; the four posterior tarsi yellowish ;

the basal joints black, except at the apex. Wings fulvous,

with a violaceous tinge; the stigma rufo-testaceous; the

second cubital cellule at the top is as long as the space

bounded by the first transverse cubital and the first recurrent

nervures; the second and third transverse cubital nervures are

parallel and roundly curved outwardly from shortly above the

middle. Abdomen dark rufous. The base of the petiole

and a narrow line on the base of the second segment black.

The male has the face, clypeus, and mandibles paler, of a

more yellowish hue; the clypeusis longer than broad, almost

impunctate ; the apex is bluntly rounded, the lateral angles

above are more rounded ; the antennal tubercle is narrowly

furrowed in the middle above ; the mesopleure rufous, with

three irregular marks above and in the middle behind, the

latter being the larger and narrowed in the middle; the four

anterior coxe are only black at the apices, the posterior are

irregularly marked with yellow behind; the black on the

vertex is more extended and is united in the middle by a

narrow line to the black on the occiput.

Polistes rugifrons, sp. n.

Ferrugineus; meso- metathoraceque nigris; pedibus rufis ; coxis,

trochanteribus, femoribus tibiisque posticis nigris; alis fulvo-

fumatis. @.

Long. 25 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne rufous, the third and following joints black above.

Head rufous, the ocellar region and the occiput black; the

inner orbits of a paler colour; the vertex, the eye-incision,

and the centre of the front strongly and distinctly punctured ;

the space between the antenne bluntly tuberculate. Hyes

large, separated by, if anything, slightly more than the length

of the last joint of the antenne from the base of the mandibles.

Clypeus roundly convex, strongly but not very closely punc-

tured. The base of the mandibles with scattered punctures,

their three apical teeth are of equal size. Thorax black,

except the prothorax and the sides of the scutellum, which are

ferruginous; the pronotum is lined with yellow on the top.

Mesonotum closely and strongly rugosely punctured, the

punctures running into reticulations in the middle behind.

‘The scutellum and postscutellum are more rugosely punctured

than the mesonotum. The median segment is transversely

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 413

but not closely striated, and has a wide, moderately deep

furrow down the middle. Pro- and mesopleure closely

rugosely punctured; the basal half of the metapleure is

covered sparsely with shallow round punctures ; the lower

half has them much more widely separated. Legs rufous ;

all the cox and trochanters, the hinder femora, and the

hinder tibie except at the apex are black. Wings dark

fuscous-fulvous, iridescent; the stigma testaceous; the ner-

vures blackish ; the second cubital cellule is equal in length

to the space bounded by the first transverse cubital and the

second recurrent nervures. Abdomen dark ferruginous, the

base of the segments darker, the apex of the first and second

with a broad dull yellowish band.

Polistes khasianus, sp. un.

Ferrugineus, lineis pronoti abdominisque flavis ; mesosterno femori-

busque posticis subtus nigris; tarsis posticis flavis; alis fulvo

fumatis, stigmate fulvo. 9.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne rufous, the flagellum darker above; the third

joint is slightly but distinctly longer than the following two

united. Head smooth, the front and vertex covered with a

silky down, the clypeus sparsely with black hairs and with a

few punctures ; above it is distinctly incised, roundly in the

middle ; the apex is triangularly produced, the middle point

rounded. Mandibles rufous, sparsely punctured in the middle;

the three teeth are sharply pointed and of almost equal size.

Thorax smooth, the mesopleure closely punctured, the punc-

tures deep and distinct; metapleure obscurely striated, the

base indistinctly crenulated. The mesosternum has the apex

and the middle at the base black, as are also the edges of

the divisions and the central furrow on the metanotum.

Legs coloured like the thorax, the hinder femora lined with

black on the outer half above; the apical four joints of the

metatarsus yellow. Abdomen smooth and shining, silky:

the petiole is black at the base, it and the other segments are

narrowly lined at the apex with pale yellow.

A distinct species. Characteristic is the form of the clypeus,

which is longer than usual compared to its breadth, it being

much longer than broad, and is more largely developed below

the eyes than usual.

Polistes nigritarsis, sp. n.

Ferrugineus ; abdomine flavo-lineato, dimidio apicali nigro; metanoto

414 Mr. P. Cameron on new

flayo bilineato; tarsis posticis nigris; alis hyalinis, apice fu-

mato. o.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore, Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne rufous, darker towards the apex, the last joint

one half longer than the penultimate. Head densely covered

with pubescence, which is very dense and silvery on the

clypeus, darker and longer on the top; the occiput is black,

the outer orbits and the eye-incision narrowly lined with

yellow. The clypeus is twice longer than broad, is slightly

narrowed towards the top, where it is slightly and roundly

incised; the antennal tubercle is not very convex, broad,

slightly and gradually dilated towards the apex, which is

rounded. The eyes are separated from the base of the man-

dibles by the length of the second antennal joint. The lower

and upper teeth of the mandibles are large and sharply

pointed, the middle one shorter and narrower. Thorax

densely covered with a silky fulvous pubescence; the base of

the mesonotum—the mark dilated in the middle behind—a

transverse narrow line on the apex, the extreme base of the

median segment, the central furrow (narrow at the top,

broader below), and a mark (narrowed gradually behind on

either side at the apex) black ; a narrow line on the pronotum,

a narrow line on the base of the scutellums, spots at their

sides, and two large marks on the median segment (straight

on the inner side, rounded on the outer, and narrowed gradually

towards the apex) yellow. The pro- and mesothorax are

granular, the sides more coarsely than the top; the median

segment obscurely transversely striated; the metapleure

obliquely striated above, below the furrow sparsely punctured.

The hinder tarsi are entirely black, the middle black, white

at the base, the anterior yellowish white; calcaria white.

Wings hyaline, the stigma fulvous, the nervures darker;

there is a fuscous cloud occupying the greater part of the

radial cellule and the upper part of the apical cubital cellules ;

the apex of the costal cellule is brownish. Abdomen black,

the two basal segments rufous; the sides broadly and apex of

the basal segment and the apices of the second, third, and

fourth segments yellow; the petiole below, except for a

narrow line in the middle, and the apices of the second and

third segments are yellow.

A distinct species allied to P. maculipennis and P. stigma ;

easily known from them by the much longer and narrower

clypeus ; it differs also in having a distinctly defined area

above the clypeus, bounded by distinct furrows, and the apex

of the clypeus is quite differently formed, it making a semi-

circle, while in sé¢gma its sides are straight and oblique.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 415

Polistes ephippium, sp. n.

Niger ; clypeo, orbitis oculorum, mandibulis, prothorace, scutello,

postscutello, lineis duabus metanoti petioloque rufis; pedibus

rufis, apice tarsorum nigris ; alis fuscis, costa stigmateque rufo-

testaceis. 9.

Long. 16-17 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne rufous, the flagellum darker above. Head black,

the outer orbits, the inner from the inside of the lower part of

the incision, the space between the antenne and the clypeus

rufous. The front and vertex rugose, thickly covered with

short fuscous hair. Clypeus with scattered punctures and

with short fuscous hair; its edges narrowly black. Man-

dibles rufous; the teeth black. Prothorax rufous, except

the basal slope. Mesothorax black; the scutellum, post-

scutellum, the sides near the tegule, the tubercles, and an

oblique mark (narrowed gradually beneath) below them

rufous. Pro- and mesonotum closely rugosely punctured, as

are also the scutellum and postscutellum, thickly covered with

fuscous pubescence. The striz on the metanotum are not

very close together; on each side is a large red mark, broad

at the top, gradually narrowed towards the apex. Legs

rufous ; the greater part of the coxe below, more or less of

the trochanters, the base of the femora, and the apical three

joints of the four hinder tarsi, black. Abdomen black, the

petiole and the apical segment rufous.

A stout easily recognized species.

Polistes khasianus, sp. n.

Niger ; clypeo, pronoto late, apice petioli segmentoque 4° rufis ; alis

fuscis, stigmate ochraceo. &.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, thickly covered with pale pubescence.

Head black, the clypeus (except narrowly round the eyes)

red; there is a narrow red band on the upper outer orbits.

Vertex closely and distinctly punctured, as are also the eye-

incisions and the front broadly in the middle; they are

covered thickly with longish fuscous hair. Clypeus sparsely

punctured and with a few blackish hairs. Thorax black,

closely punctured and thickly covered with short pale hairs;

the base of the prothorax to near the coxe and the pleure

broadly above brick-red ; the red on the pleuree broad and

416 Mr. P. Cameron on new

rounded behind. Scutellum sparsely, postscutellum more

thickly rugosely punctured, behind almost impunctate. The

apex of the median segment has an oblique slope; on either

side on the upper part are three curved distinctly separated

keels. Pro- and mesopleure closely and distinctly punc-

tured; the base of the metapleuree smooth, except for a

narrow row of striz at the base; the apex and the lower part

behind the oblique furrow with shallow round punctures and

irregularly striated. Wings dark smoky, lighter behind and

below towards the apex ; the stigma ochraceous; the nervures

black. Abdomen black, the apical third of the petiole and

the fourth segment almost all round brick-red; the red band

on the fourth segment is incised at the base on either side.

A distinct species. There is no known Indian species

with which it can be confounded. The apex of the meta-

notum is not quite so closely striated as in most of the

species.

Polistes Wattit, sp. n.

Flavus ; tibiis posticis supra nigris ; alis fulvo-hyalinis, nervis testa-

ceis, 8.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Bengal (Dr. George Watt, F.L.S.).

The third joint of the antenne is nearly as long as the

following three united, the apical slightly longer than the

penultimate. Front and vertex finely granular, of a darker

shade than the face. Clypeus broader than long, the middle

at the top transverse, the sides oblique, the apex with the

sides oblique, the middle rounded. Mandibles yellow; the

teeth black, of nearly equal size, bluntly triangular. Pro-

and mesothorax smooth; the scutellum has a narrow longi-

tudinal furrow in the centre at the base. Median segment

closely transversely striated, the furrow deep. Wings fulvo-

hyaline, suffused with fuscous ; the second cubital cellule at

the top is slightly less than the distance bounded by the first

transverse cubital and the first recurrent nervures. Legs

coloured like the thorax, except that the hinder tibie are

black behind, this being also the case with the base of the

metatarsus. The base of the petiole, the greater part of the

second segment, and to a less extent the base of the third, are

infuscated, the darkened bands being dilated at the sides at

the apex.

This species has no near ally, and is readily known by the

unicolorous body. ‘The clypeus is broader than usual; the

antennal keel is broad, forming a large tubercle with a tovea

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 417

on the top; above it is a short narrow furrow; on the front,

below the ocelli, is a narrow, not very distinct furrow.

Polistes japonicus, sp. n.

Long., 6 2, 22 mm.

Hab. Japan (George Lewis).

This species so closely resembles the exceedingly variable

P. hebreus, especially the dark varieties, that it easily might

be passed over for it. The difference in the form of the

clypeus, however, enables them to be readily separated. In

hebreus ¢ the clypeus above has its sides straight and oblique;

in japonicus the top forms a semicircle, the sides not being

straight. The males are easily separated by the fact that in

hebreus the bordering furrow of the clypeus touches the eyes,

while in japonicus it 1s separated from them by a clear space;

in the latter, too, the top is bordered by a distinct furrow,

which is incised in the middle; in the common species this

upper bordering furrow is absent or scarcely noticeable and

it does not project downwards in the middle. In japonicus

the curved transverse lines on the abdomen are united to a

broad black band at the base of the segments, so that enclosed

lateral marks are formed. Head testaceous ; the occiput, the

vertex from shortly behind the middle to the upper half of the

eye-incision, the part between the antenne, and the sides and

top of the clypeus narrowly black. Clypeus sparsely punc-

tured on the lower half, the apex with the sides oblique, the

centre rounded. Front and vertex distinctly, but not very

closely, punctured, the front with a narrow but distinct furrow.

Mandibles testaceous, the three teeth of nearly equal size.

Thorax black, the edge of the pronotum behind, the upper

third of the sides, their base more narrowly, leaving in the

centre a triangular black space, two large lines in the middle

of the mesonotum, a curved spot near the tegule, the scutel-

lum, postscutellum, two lines (narrowed gradually below) on

the slope of the metanotum, a mark (narrowed below) near

the tubercles on the mesopleure, and a more irregular one

(narrowed gradually towards the middle) on the apex lower

down, and a mark in the centre of the metapleure: behind the

furrow, yellow. Mesonotum obscurely punctured on the sides ;

the metanotum transversely striated, its central furrow much

wider than in Aebreus. Pleure obscurely punctured, the lower

part of the mesopleuree smooth at the base. Legs testaceous ;

the coxa, trochanters, the base of the front femora, the basal

half of the middle, the hinder (except at the apex), the four

anterior tibie and tarsi, and the hinder tarsi (except at the

418 On new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

base) rufo-testaceous. Wings hyaline, with a smoky viola-

ceous tinge; the costa and stigma rufo-testaceous. Abdomen

testaceous, the basal two thirds of the petiole (except for two

irregular curved marks), the base of the second segment

broadly (with the middle dilated), a curved line running from

its centre to the sides, where it becomes united to the base,

thus forming a large enclosed space, and similar curved lines

on the third, fourth, and fifth segments, but with the basal

lines much narrower, black; the ventral segments are some-

what similarly marked, the basal two are almost entirely

black.

The male is similarly coloured, but with more black on

the vertex behind; the clypeus is clearly bounded by a deep

furrow at the sides and above and distinctly separated from

the eyes ; the middle is turned down on the top; the sides of

the epipygium are broadly and roundly raised, in the centre

behind are two stout teeth, rounded behind.

Polistes erythrocerus, sp. n.

Niger; prothorace late, lineis 2 mesonoti, scutello, postscutello

lineisque 2 metanoti flavis; abdomine late flavo balteato ; alis

fulvo-fumatis, stigmate nervisque fulvis. 9.

Long. 22 mm.

flab. Kamakura, Japan (George Lewis).

Antennze rufous, the scape lined with black above; the

third joint is slightly longer than the fourth and fifth united,

the last two equal in length. Head fulvous yellow ; a broad

band on the ocellar region, extending to the eyes and round

the upper part of the eye-incision, a line above and below

the base of the antenne, the occiput, a line above it (united

to the eyes by a small oblique line), black; the part between

the antenne is distinctly tuberculate, the centre of the upper

part keeled. Front and vertex distinctly but not very closely

punctured. Clypeus very sparsely punctured, longer than

broad ; the sides of the apex oblique, the top narrowed, its

sides rounded, the middle roundly incised. Mandibles

coloured like the head, except that the teeth are black.

Thorax black; the prothorax (except for a triangular black

mark near the middle behind), two lines in the middle of the

mesonotum, two short ones opposite the tegule, the scutel-

lum (except in the middle), its keels, the postscutellum, two

large lines (narrowed below) on the metanotum, and a small

irregular mark under the tubercles, yellow. Pro- and meso-

notum closely and distinctly but not deeply punctured, the

punctures running into reticulations ; the middle impunctate

On the Presence of Echis coloratus in Africa. 419

at the base. The scutellum is, if anything, more rugosely

punctured than the mesonotum; the postscutellum is more

sparsely punctured. Median segment transversely striated

as usual. Propleuree punctured, more closely above than in

the middle. Mesopleure more closely and strongly punctured ;

metapleuree much less strongly punctured, the middle almost

smooth. Coxe, trochanters, and femora black; the fore

cox below, the fore femora above and below, and the hinder

at both sides below yellow ; the fore tibie rufous, tinged with

yellow ; the middle tibiz rufous, lined with black at the base

behind ; the posterior entirely black behind ; the tarsi rufous,

the joints black at the apex. Wings fulvous, tinged with

violaceous, the hinder more hyaline in tint. Abdomen

black ; the apex of the petiole narrowly and the apical half

of the other segments testaceous.

One of the examples bears a large species of Stylopide.

[To be continued. |

LV.—On the Presence of Kchis coloratus, Géinther, in

Africa. By JoHN ANDERSON, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

THIS viper, along with four other species of reptiles, was

found by Mr. D. MacAlister in the neighbourhood of the

Emerald Mines on the coast of the Red Sea, in nearly the

same latitude as Assuan, and was presented by him to the

British Museum. I am indebted to the courtesy of Mr. G. A.

Boulenger, F.R.S., for his permission to direct attention to

the occurrence of this snake in the Eastern Desert of Egypt,

as the species is not included in my work on the Reptiles and

Batrachians of Egypt, this being the first occasion on which

it has been met with on the African continent.

Mr. MacAlister informs me that the five species of reptiles

collected by him in the afore-mentioned locality were obtained

in a tract of country not more than 9 miles in breadth at any

point, lying between the Wadis Rousbaid, Sakét, and Nugrus,

which open one into another and ultimately join the Wadi

Gemal. ‘The first two of these Wadis are dry and stony, but

they are covered more or less with “low scrub, Gash (Bas-

silla) and Sayal (Mimosa), and occasionally with small

pumpkins.” ‘lhe Wadi Nugrus is sandy and with rather

more scrub than in the two preceding Wadis, and the Wadi

Gemal partakes of the same character, but it is more open.

420 Dr. J. Anderson on the Presence of

The snakes were caught in the Wadis Nugrus and Sakét,

and the lizards in the latter and in the Wadi Rousbaid.

Mr. MacAlister says, “ the Reptiles apparently live in the

cracks in the gneiss.”

Echis coloratus, Gunther.

Mr. MacAlister captured two females, the measurements &c.

of which are recorded in the following table along with those

of the type specimen :—

Echis coloratus, Gthr.

: 2. Q.

Type.

Midian, Eastern Desert Eastern Desert

Arabia. of Egypt. of Egypt.

Snout to vent........ 660 485 378

ail orth caves tne oda 80 67 54

Wenttals scsi oases fon 208 188 194

NAD Cr oct as ee eae 1 it 1

Caudals 2.2.50) wos 46 51 51

Senles eft cueremis 35 35 35

The type of E. coloratus, Giinther, was found by the late

Sir Richard Burton * at Jebel Sharr, behind El Mewaylah,

in Midian, to the south of the entrance to the Gulf of Akabah,

at an elevation of 4500 feet above the level of the sea.

The scales on the upper surface of the head, from the snout

to between the eyes, anteriorly, are almost smooth in &. colora-

tus, whereas in EZ. carinatus they are strongly keeled ; but on

each scale can be detected a central eminence, the equivalent

of the elongated and generally well-developed keel which

occurs on the scales further back. ‘There are 13 rows of

scales across the head between the eyes, but no defined supra-

ocular is present. The number of scales round the eyes varies,

as on the right side there are 19, and on the left side only 16.

There are four rows of scales between the upper labials and

the eyes. Twelve to thirteen upper labials, the numbers

varying on the opposite sides of the head. Rostral twice as

high as broad. Nasal shield variable, not wholly divided on

the right side, but completely so on the left, invariably sepa-

rated from the rostral by two almost shield-like scales, the

outermost lying on the first labial, with the innermost, the

larger of the two, placed above it and separated from its fellow

of the opposite side by two small scales.

* «Gold Mines of Midian,’ 1878.

Echis coloratus, Giinther, in Africa. 421

Gitinther described the colour of the type as “¢ greyish, with

large pinkish spots on the upperside; they are rounded on

the front part of the body, but more irregular and broken up

on the posterior. Lower parts whitish, speckled and powdered

with greyish.”

Mr. MacAlister’s two specimens present slight variations

from the type, and these are brought out in the two accom-

panying figures of the front of the snout of (a) the type and (6)

of one of the individuals from the Eastern Desert.

Echis coloratus.

In the type of Z. coloratus the rostral is a dome-shaped

shield, whereas in the Hgyptian specimens it is more or less

quadrangular. The form of this shield, however, is doubtless

subject to much variation, depending on the number and

disposition of the shields around it. In the Midian viper one

infranasal intervenes between the nasal and the rostral, and

behind it lie two other shields, one above the other, the upper-

most in contact with the nasal and the one below it resting on

the rostral and on the first labial. The internal infranasals

are separated from each other in the mesial line by two small

scales resting on the rostral. The supranasals are broadly

excluded from the rostral by the foregoing two scales and by

the first infranasal. In fig. 6 only one infranasal rests on

the rostral, but behind it another infranasal exists between

the nasal and front labial without being in any way in contact

with the rostral. In this individual the equivalent of the

second suprarostral of the type seems to have fused with the

rostral and with the front labial, and in so doing to have

given greater transverse breadth to the former shield and

greater height to the latter. ‘These variations in no way

connect the vipers presenting them with LE. carinatus.

In the type of £. coloratus the supranasals are more or less

irregular in form, widely separated from the rostral by the

internal infranasals and by the median pair of scales which

lie between the latter shields; but in fig. 6 (Hastern Desert

viper) the right supranasal is prolonged down to the rostral on

422 Dr. J. Anderson on the Presence of

the right side, whilst the supranasal of the opposite side is

excluded from the rostral by asmall scale. In the other viper

from the Emerald Mines both supranasals touch the rostral,

but in the two individuals from that locality the supranasals

in each case are separated in the mesial line by a single scale.

The downward projection of the supranasals in these

examples of H. coloratus, feeble though it be, is a variation in

the direction of £. carinatus, in which these shields are

markedly developed, broadly in contact with each other in

the mesial line and in a varying degree with the rostral. In

a specimen of H. coloratus from the Dead Sea the supranasals

are large and directly in contact with the rostral, but in

another from the same locality they are excluded by the infra-

nasals. In both of these vipers the nasals are separated from

the rostral by infranasals. The same variation occurs in

vipers from the Hadramut, but, as in . car¢natus, the supra-

nasals are in contact mesially. In a specimen in the British

Museum said to be from Socotra the rostral is rounded like

the type and the supranasals are excluded from contact with

it by the infranasals, of which there are two, the second

resting on the first upper labial.

The essential feature of “. coloratus is the broad separation

of the nasal shields from the rostral and from the first upper

labial, whereas in £. carinatus the nasals rest directly on the

rostral and first upper labial. The accompanying figures

(c and d) represent the front view of the snout of £. carinatus

from Sind and from Jebba on the Upper Niger respectively ;

and if they are compared with the two modifications of E. colo-

ratus (figs. a and b) the differences between the two species

become apparent.

Echis carinatus.

As the scales around and between the eyes in the two

species vary very nearly within the same limits as to

numbers, they are practically by themselves of little use as

guides to the distinction of the species; and the same may

be said of the scales between the eyes and upper labials, as

Echis coloratus, Giinther, in Africa. 423

examples of £. coloratus are met with having three rows of

such scales, a number occurring occasionally in #. carinatus, in

which, however, these scales are usually in two rows, whereas

in L. coloratus they are either in three or four. The enlarged

supraoculars generally present in the former species are

usually absent in the latter, and when present they are not

well developed.

In the specimens of /. coloratus here tabulated the ventrals

range from 188 to 203, and the subcaudals from 46 to 51;

whereas in /. carinatus these shields vary, over the vast area

of its distribution, the ventrals from 132 to 194, and the

subcaudals from 23 to 48. So few examples of LZ. coloratus

are known, it is quite possible that the numbers of its ventrals

and consequently of its trunk-vertebre may rise much higher

than the maximum number given above and also fall much

below the minimum of 188. The type of Z. carinatus had

only 150 trunk-vertebree, whereas now, after more than a

century of research, individuals have been found with as few

as 132 and others with as many as 194—that is to say, that

there may be as great a variation as 62 vertebrae. This

result is obtained by the consideration of many individuals

from Asia and Africa brought together from between Madras

and West Africa; but the vertebrae in question may vary as

much as 89 among individuals from the same locality

(Deccan, India), whereas in others from Sind and from West

Africa the number of trunk-vertebree may be practically the

same, viz. 143 and 145. ‘The existence of this enormous

range of variation in the number of the vertebra of the indi-

viduals of this genus, even although it takes place in structures

which are mere repetitions the one of the other, is very

remarkable, because associated with it there is of necessity

a corresponding modification of the nervous and vascular

systems. With such variations occurring in the form of an

animal the possible modification of the epidermal structures

would seem to be almost limitless. The modus operandi by

which Nature effects these unstable variations of the skeleton

and soft tissues associated with it is an enigma unsolved by

any hypothesis as yet formulated.

The coloration of these vipers from the Eastern Desert is

much the same as in the type, and as they have been quite

recently killed, its general character is better made out.

There are from 43 to 46 more or less transverse, narrow, pale

greyish areas, becoming almost light grey spots in the younger

specimen on the hinder part of the body. In both these pale

areas are margined with dark finely speckled grey, the inter-

424 On the Presence of Echis coloratus in Africa.

vening spaces being reddish buff. The sides of the body on

the region of the serrated scales are marked with finely

speckled dusky spots, more or less connected with the dorsal

reticulations. There are also some dusky spots on the angles

of the ventrals. The ventral surface is white, but with faint

dusky spots here and there. This type of coloration corre-

sponds in its broad outlines with that of H. cartnatus. In

two females of the latter species from Sind in the British

Museum there are 36 and 40 spots respectively much more

clearly and vividly defined than in £. coloratus, whilst on

the tail the spots are practically absent. A specimen from

Muskat in the British Museum has the same general type of

coloration, but the dark and light markings are less defined,

whilst in another young specimen from the same locality the

light spots are absent and the dark markings are reduced to

two very narrow parallel dorsal lines, largish brown spots

occurring on the lateral serrated scales and a small brown

spot on the angle of nearly every third ventral. In the

specimen supposed to have come from Socotra the general

colour above is dark slaty, with brown spots more or less

obscurely present along the mesial line of the back, and irre-

gularly shaped brown spots along the sides. No pale dorsal

spots are present, but the ventral surface is obscurely spotted

posteriorly. The specimens from the Dead Sea are pale

yellowish, with the dark and pale markings not clearly defined

and the ventrals immaculate.

In no viper with infranasals has the head ever been found

to have its upper surface bearing the symmetrical dark brown

markings present in a greater or less degree in vipers with

their nasals resting directly on the rostral and on the front

upper labial.

£. coloratus is as yet known only from Arabia, Southern

Syria (Dead Sea), the Eastern Desert of Egypt, and from

the island of Socotra.

Ptyodactylus Hasselquistii, Donndorft.

This is an example of the pallid typical form with the

nostril but little, if at all, tubular. This is the most southern

point it has yet been recorded from the Eastern Desert, but

it is common as far south as Wadi Halfa.

Agama spinosa, Gray.

Two specimens, differing in no respect from the examples

from Suakin. As already pointed out by me, the type of

Bibliographical Notices. 425

this species, presented very many years ago to the British

Museum by James Burton, the distinguished Egyptologist,

came, in all likelihood, from the Hastern Desert about the

latitude of Keneh.

Eremias guttulata, Licht.

Three specimens. This species is distributed all over

Egypt, from Suez to Suakin.

Psammophis Schokart, Forskal.

This specimen, in its almost pale fawn-colour and the

presence of two darker-coloured lines along the back and the

obscure dotting of the ventrals, especially on the sides, and

distinct head-markings, resembles the individuals of this

species found at Durrur to the south. The number of its

ventrals (190) largely exceeds the number found there and at

“Suakin, and in this respect it conforms to snakes of this

species found at Assuan. It has 118 caudals.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Bird Books.

In Bird-land, with Field-glass and Camera. By Otiver G. Prxe.

T. Fisher Unwin & Co. Pp. 1-280, with 83 photographs from

Nature. 1900. Price 6s.

The Birds of Eastern North America. By Cuartrs Cory. Printed

for the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, Ill. 1899. Parts

| a

Tue strides which photography has made among us of late years

we regard with a jealous eye. Not satisfied with ousting the

beautiful wood and steel engravings which adorned the pages of

our older books, it has gone now so far as to displace literature

itself, so that many of the ‘“‘ books” which are thrust upon a long-

suffering and defrauded public to-day are practically little more

than collections of bad pictures served up with a sprinkling of worse

text—added for appearance’ sake.

To every rule, however, there are exceptions ; and there are

occasions when we feel real gratitude towards the enthusiastic

photographer.

Ornithologists are without doubt indebted to the Kearton brothers

for the work which they have done and recorded in this field. The

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 28

426 Bibliographical Notices.

present little book ‘In Bird-land,’ by Mr. Pike, may well rank

beside the best in this direction. The birds and their ways are for

the most part feelingly described, and the author shows himself to

be not only an observer but also a lover of nature. We are at one

with him in his condemnation of the gamekeeper. The fauna of

these Islands has suffered great and irreparable losses at his

ignorant hands. But if the keeper is to be subjected to the lash of

our displeasure, how much more 0 shall his employer, who signs

the death-warrants which he executes ?

Many of the illustrations of this book are excellent. Some are

bad. ‘The frontispiece forces a grumble from us. It is really

beautiful, and it seems a pity that, since such work is possible,

some of the inferior or less interesting pictures were not suppressed,

and the remainder reproduced in the same way as the frontispiece.

What was lost in quantity would be repaid a hundredfold in

quality.

There is some excuse for the use of photography in reproducing

actual outdoor scenes, or objects of natural history taken at first

hand, but to call in its aid to reproduce bad drawings is indeed a

sin. ‘The illustrations to the ‘ Birds of Eastern North America’ is

acase in point. The figures in this work are for the most part

grotesque ; they could scarcely be worse.

As a “key” the book is doubtless useful. The terms, however,

employed in describing the topography of a bird are often faulty,

sometimes very much so. We must protest against the use of the

word ‘‘tertials ” to indicate the long inner secondaries of the wing.

On page 3 “tertials” are defined as “the few remaining remiges

which grow from the humerus.” ‘The feathers called “ tertials ” in

the plates are only long inner secondaries: it is very doubtful

whether the parapteron and hypopteron can legitimately be regarded

as remiges.

With a little pruning and revising this book could be made worthy

of its author.

A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A Textbook for

Students and Collectors. By J. W. Tort, F.E.S. Vol. I.

London: Swan Sonnenschein & Co., May 1900. Pp. viii, 584 ;

plates vii.

Tue first volume of Mr. Tutt’s great work on British Lepidoptera

appeared in January 1899, and already the second volume is

lying before us. We are glad to find that the author has

received so much encouragement that he is enabled to proceed

with the book without delay and in the most elaborate manner.

The second volume is thicker than the first by no less than 24

pages, and is similarly divided into two parts. The first part

Bibliographical Notices. 427

is divided into five chapters, of which the first two deal with

metamorphosis in Lepidoptera, and the others with the external

morphology, internal structure, and phylogeny of the Lepidopterous

pupa. The second part includes the Psychides (divided into

Micropsychina and Macropsychina), a catalogue of the Palearctic

Psychides, the first portion of the Lachneides, and Index. The

author has not only epitomized a large part of the extensive

literature relating to the various subjects of which he treats, but

has added a very large amount of entirely new and original matter,

derived from the observations of himself and his correspondents.

No less than 334 pages of the second volume are devoted to the

interesting, but extremely difficult, group of the Psychides, which is

one of the most remarkable among the Lepidoptera. The females

are almost always apterous, and in some species are almost destitute

of legs and antenne as well, being thus reduced to the condition of

mere helpless egg-bags. ‘The larvee form cases for themselves on

the plants on which they feed, somewhat resembling those formed

by the larvee of caddis-flies (Trichoptera), to which some entomo-

logists have considered the Psychide to be allied. Here the pupa

is formed, and the more helpless females never quit it, but deposit

their eggs within it. Another peculiarity is that parthenogenesis

is So common in some of the species, especially in the genus Solenobza,

that you may go on breeding from the larva-like female for genera-

tion after generation without ever seeing a male, which greatly

adds to the difficulty of satisfactorily separating and defining the

species.

Mr. Tutt has thoroughly reviewed this difficult group. His

Catalogue of the Palearctic Psychides includes no less than 11

families, 20 subfamilies, 36 genera (of which 8 are new), and 143

species, besides varieties, &¢. Among the Psychide, Mr. Tutt places

several genera which many previous authors have included in the

Tineides, such as Diplodoma, Lypusa, Melasina, Solenobia, Taleporia,

&c. But if we exclude these, we find that the Psychides proper,

which a few years ago used to form a single family, of three genera

at most, and which were often included in one, has now expanded

to four families, comprising twelve sections, and twenty-seven

genera! ‘This will appear to old-fashioned entomologists a terrible

and unnecessary amount of subdivision, but in most similar cases

the foresight of the innovator is, sooner or later, largely justified

by the judgment of his successors.

The natural history of each species is also worked out as

exhaustively as before; thus the account of Pachythelia villosella,

Ochs., occupies more than eighteen closely printed pages.

The reprint of the original description of each genus and species,

whether short or long, is a great assistance, especially as the original

types of the genera are clearly indicated. Had this always been

done, we should have been spared a tremendous amount of con-

fusion, though few cases are quite so glaring as that of the genus

428 Bibliographical Notices.

(Ecophora, to which we may here allude, though it does not belong

to the families that have yet been discussed by Mr. Tutt. Latreille

established the genus Geophora for @. sulphurella, Linné, which

remained the type for twenty years, Curtis actually figuring it as

such, and Stephens sinking his own genus Dusycera as a synonym.

But Zeller gave the genus a wider extension, dividing it into three

sections, for the last of which he adopted Stephens’s discarded name

of Dasycera. Then Stainton adopted Geophora for Zeller’s first

section, separating sulphurella (the inalienable type of @eophora) as

Dasycera. Then Mr. Meyrick established two families, (icophoride

and Dasyceridee, thus turning the very type of Gcophora out of

the family Cicophoride itself! This has since been rectified, but it

is only an illustration of many similar cases which will occur to any

entomologist who troubles himself about synonymy.

The remainder of the present volume is devoted to a portion of

the Lachneides (or Lasiocampides), and the classifications of Hubner,

Aurivillius, Dyar, and others are quoted in full. Ouly five species,

however, are dealt with in the present volume : Pocilocampa populi,

Trichiura crategi, Lachneis lanestris, and Malacosoma castrensis and

M. neustria. Mr, Tutt estimates that the remaining five genera

and six species of the superfamily Lachneides will occupy 200

pages of the next volume. In his remarks on the phylogeny of

the Lachneides, we are pleased to see that while freely expressing

his own views, and criticizing those of his predecessors, he puts them

forward tentatively, and quite avoids the dogmatic tone assumed by

certain writers on what must necessarily long remain one of the

most difficult and uncertain problems in entomology—all the more

so, because, in Lepidoptera at least, we have nothing but the barest

fragments of any Geological Record to help us to verify any of our

conclusions ; and without this we are necessarily only groping in

the dark.

Five of the seven plates in the present volume are devoted to

Psychides—phylogeny, neuration, spurs, antenne; imagines and

cases of Whittleta retiella; and the transformations of the American

Thyridoptery« ephemereformis. Plate 1 is devoted to the wings,

wing-scales, &c. of Lepidoptera, and plate 7 to Dyar’s phylogeny of

the Lachneides.

We can fully sympathize with what Mr. Tutt says in his preface

about the difficulty of getting more matter into each volume, but

yet we should like to suggest that it would be very useful to include

in the Contents a list of the British genera and species discussed

in each volume. As the number of these is very limited, this would

require very little space, and would probably not involve the

sacrifice of more than a single page. W. oge

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 35. NOVEMBER 1900.

LVI.—Astatic Torrrrorp2.

By the Rt. Hon, Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Concluded from p. 409.]

LASPEYRESIA, Hb.

1127 (1). Laspeyresia tridescens, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. LPalpi short, recurved, slightly

erect, with appressed scales ; very pale ochreous. Head small

and prominent; greyish. Thorax brownish fuscous, sprinkled

with whitish ochreous scales. ore wings with the termen

slightly indented below the apex ; brownish fuscous, minutely

and profusely speckled with whitish ochreous (with a strong

greenish iridescence in a bright light if held at certain angles) ;

on the outer half of the costa are some short whitish ochreous

oblique streaks, the spaces between them being greyish

fuscous (darker than the ground-colour) ; from these streaks

run one or two very inconspicuous slaty grey lines, and the

ocelloid patch, which contains three blackish spots, is bounded

outwardly by a similar line; cilia brownish grey, with a

slender dark line along their base; underside strongly irides-

cent, costal markings not visible. Hap. al. 17-19 mm.

Hind wings dark brown, slightly paler towards the base ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 29

430 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

cilia yellowish white, at the flexus greyish, with a dark line

running throughout them near their base. Abdomen greyish

fuscous. Legs greyish, hind tarsal joints pale spotted.

Type, 2 (60138); g (60141) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CorrA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech) ; Fusan, 9 VI.

1886 (Leech). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Kzrvsrv—Satsuma,

V. 1886 (Leech). Five specimens.

This species appears to the naked eye dull and unicolorous

with the exception of the costal streaks; it differs from nigri-

cana, F., in the absence of any visible markings on the under-

side, as well as in its larger size and shorter costal streaks.

1128 (1). Laspeyresia quadrocellana, sp. n.

Antenne brownish fuscous. Palpi ochreous. Head and

thorax brownish fuscous. ore wings brownish fuscous, with

a beautiful greenish and purplish iridescence, especially on

the basal half; on the costa are five pairs of oblique pale

ochreous geminated streaks, the first two pairs indistinct

before the middle; a single streak lies between the third and

fourth pairs, and these both terminate in outwardly oblique

steel-blue lines, scarcely disconnected from two similar lines

beneath them which form the margins of an upright ocelloid

patch opposite to the middle of the termen, containing four

black spots set in pale ochreous rings ; two black spots occur

between the ocellus and the termen; on the dorsum is an

obscure pale ochreous patch, consisting of four parallel lines,

all curved outward and attenuated to their termination at the

lower margin of the outer third of the cell; cilia shining

grey, with a dark line along their base, interrupted by a

slight incision below the apex. Hap.al.l14mm. Hind wings

dark brown; cilia whitish cinereous, with a dark line along

their base. Abdomen and legs greyish brown.

Type, & (60797) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN—Krwusiv (Leech, 1890). Unique.

Allied to nebritana, Tr.

1128 (2). Laspeyresia pavonana, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous, paler on their underside. Palpi

somewhat recurved, slightly erect; ochreous. Head more

retracted than in zrédescens, Wlsm.; greyish fuscous. Thorax

greyish fuscous, with a slight greenish iridescence. Sore

wings, 3 without a costal fold, termen indented below the

apex; greyish fuscous, strongly iridescent, with green and

purplish reflections; from the middle of the dorsum four

waved parallel subochreous lines extend obliquely outwards

Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricidae. 431

towards the outer end of the cell, reaching halfway across the

wing ; on the costa isa series of oblique pale ochreous streaks,

two before the middle, each geminated, short, and incon-

spicuous, six beyond the middle, of which the two nearest the

apex are longer and less oblique than those which precede

them; the spaces between these streaks are dark umber-

brown ; from the first and fourth streaks beyond the middle

dark steel-blue lines extend outwards, the second reaching to

the apex of the outer pair of ochreous streaks; beneath it is

an olivaceous brown ocelloid patch containing some transverse

black lines and margined by steel-grey streaks, the inner one

of which reaches nearly to the tornus, where it is preceded by

an umber-brown shade; beyond the ocelloid patch the termen

is shaded with umber-brown, containing a series of about five

black dots; a slender dark line runs along the extreme

margin at the base of the brownish grey cilia; on the under-

side, which is also iridescent in certain lights, the ochreous

costal streaks are plainly visible. zp. al. 16mm. Hind

wings dark brown ; cilia pale greyish, with a dark line along

their base; underside iridescent. Abdomen greyish fuscous.

Legs cinereous, inclining to ochreous.

Type, 2 & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN—Howpo—Shimonoseki, VII. 1886 (Leech).

Two specimens,

Very similar to guadrocellana, Wlsm., from which it may

be distinguished by the black markings in the ocellus and

preceding the termen. In quadrocellana the series of four

ocelloid black dots set in pale ochreous rings slant outwards

to the tornus, and only two black dots occur between the

ocellus and the termen. In pavonana the upper three black

streaks point inward, the two lower ones forming, with three

or more black dots between the ocellus and termen, a sub-

terminal series parallel with the margin of the wing.

1135 (1). Laspeyresia adenocarpi, Rag.

Grapholitha adenocarpi, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1875, lxxiii; Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (5s.) VI. 406-8, Pl. VL 4 (1876).

Hab. Europe. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hazzez—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

1136. Laspeyresia cecana, Schig.

Grapholitha (Semasia) cecana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 256.

No, 1136 (1871)*; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 258 (1879) 2.

Hab. Europe’. Asiatic TuRKEY — Kuaupaveyprerar—

Brussa, V.?; Szvas—Amasia, IV.?; //ares—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1890).

29*

432 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

1148 (2). Laspeyresia quadristriana, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi short, porrect, median

joint brush-like beneath, terminal joint smooth exposed ;

whitish. Head brownish grey, face whitish. Thorax

brownish grey. ore wings with the termen indented below

the apex; brownish grey at the base, shading to brownish

beyond the middle; on the middle of the dorsum is a patch

of four whitish ochreous lines running at right angles to the

margin for one-third of their length, thence bent obliquely

outwards and reaching nearly halfway across the wing; on

the costa is a series of nine oblique whitish ochreous streaks,

the outer one somewhat inverted, of these the third and fourth

and the fifth and sixth combine in sending obliquely forward

from each pair a short bright blue streak, and the last streak

before the apex is also tipped with bright blue; the extreme

apex is black, the ocelloid spot above the tornus is indicated

only by a narrow upright shining cupreous patch; cilia

shining rosy grey; underside shining iridescent green-grey,

the pale costal streaks distinctly visible. Hp. al. 11°5 mm.

Hind wings brownish; cilia pale cinereous; underside

strongly iridescent. Abdomen greyish, whitish beneath.

Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, & (70112); ¢ (70113) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). W. Cutna—Foochow, IV.

1886 (Leech). Hight specimens.

1155 (2). Laspeyresia gradana, Chr.

Grapholitha gradana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 419-20.

No. 122 (1882)+: sep. 182-8 (1882) 3.

Hab. Amur, VII.'—Starikowo R., 8 VII. 1876 (Christoph);

Wladiwostok, 26-29 VII. 1877 (Christoph). Japan (Pryer,

1886).

1165. Laspeyresia duplicana, Zett.

Grapholitha (Semasia) duplicana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 258.

No. 1165 (1871).

Hub. Europe. Asiatic TurKEY—Hares—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll, 1893).

1167 (3). Laspeyresia fimana, Snell.

Grapholitha fimana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XX VI. 225-6, Pl. XII. 7, 7 a

(1883) ?.

Heb. KE. Srperta—Askold Id.’; Wladiwostok, 25 V.

1877 (Christoph). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 433

1168. Laspeyresia pallifrontana, Z.

Grapholitha (Semasia) pallifrontana, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 258.

No. 1168 (1871); Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, XV. 260 (1879) *.

Hab. Europe’. Asrtatic TurKEY—KuavpavenpickrAar—

Brussa®. Szvas—Kerasdere*, Maidan, 10-21 V*. Hazep

—Shar Devesy (Native Coll. 1893).

1168 (1). Laspeyresia dificilana, sp. n.

Grapholitha difficilana, Bang-Haas, Stgr. List, XLII. 25 (1888-9) MS.

Antenne blackish. Pu/pi somewhat erect; white. Head

blackish above; face white. ore wings bronzy blackish

brown, with a leaden grey tinge at the base; four pairs of

short silvery white costal streaks, each pair terminating in

shining steel-blue, all except the last pair pointing obliquely

outward ; on the middle of the dorsum a longer pair of evenly

curved silvery white streaks, the first terminating in a small

blue spot on the cell; arising from the tornus is a slightly

inverted bright iridescent steel-blue band, not quite reaching

the apex of the second pair of costal spots ; cilia whitish grey,

a dark fuscous line running along their base, but interrupted

below the apex by a white dot; underside whitish, with the

exception of the dark costal streaks on the outer half of the

wing, termen shaded with fuscous. vp. al. 11mm. Hind

wings: f whitish at the base, apex and lower margin

broadly cupreous brown; cilia snow-white, a dark line along

their base, around the apex only; underside whitish, with

one or two dark costal streaks near the apex, termen shaded

with fuscous: $ somewhat more darkened than in the ¢.

Abdomen blackish, banded with white beneath. Legs, hind

pair silvery whitish, much shaded with greyish fuscous ex-

ternally, terminal joint of the tarsi fuscous, spurs white.

Type, & (61611); 2 (7277) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Astatic ‘TuRKEY—Hazrzes—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893) ; Zeitun (Stgr.). Five specimens.

This species is allied to pallifrontana, Z , and interstinctana,

Clem. ; from the first it may be at once distinguished by its

more erect and whiter palpi and by the hind wings in both

sexes having a pale space at the base; the latter distinction

also separates it from interstinctana, but interstinctana need

not be confused with pallifrontana, since that species is easily

recognized by the much wider separation of the first and

second pairs of costal streaks.

434 Lord Walsingham on Aséatic Tortricide.

1168 (2). Laspeyresia geministriata, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi recurved, slender, smoothly

clothed, terminal joint about one third the length of the

median ; pale ochreous. Head greyish. Thorax brownish

grey. ore wings brownish grey, inclining to brownish

fuscous beyond the basal third; a pair of upright pale

ochreous streaks beyond the middle of the dorsum are

widened in the middle and narrowed towards their apex, the

first somewhat bent outwards, the second erect ; on the costa

are from five to seven very pale ochreous streaks, somewhat

ureguiar and varying in size, but all rather wide and con-

spicuous (from the difference in the number of these streaks

on the right and left wings they have evidently a tendency

to run together); beneath and connected with these costal

streaks are three short oblique rosy metallic dashes, and the

ocelloid patch is indicated by a rosy cupreous upright patch,

somewhat widened at its upper end; cilia shining rosy grey ;

underside strongly iridescent, the costal streaks being visible ;

there is also a pale spot on the termen below the apex which

does not appear on the upperside. xp. a/.12mm. Hind

wings brownish fuscous, slightly paler at the base; cilia

greyish cinereous; underside iridescent. Abdomen greyish

fuscous. Legs pale cinereous.

Type, 2 (60142) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. W. Cutna— Foochow, IV. 1886 (Leech).

1169. Laspeyresia fissana, Fro).

Grapholitha (Semasia) fissana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 258. No. 1169

(1871).

Hab. Europe. Asiatic TuRKEY—L/arzesn—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

1173. Laspeyresia dorsana, F.

Grapholitha (Semasia) dorsana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 258. No. 1173

(1871).

Hab. Evrore. Asiatic TurKeY—fazrzs—Shar Devesy,

15 VI. 1890 (Native Coll.).

1173 (2). Laspeyresia junctistrigana, sp. n.

Antenne dark greyish fuscous. Pa/pi and head smoky

brown-grey. Thorax smoky blackish. Fore wings smoky

brownish black, shading to dark tawny brownish about the

apex ; with five pairs of short silvery white costal streaks

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 435

terminating in sinuate lines of steel-grey, one of such lines

serving for the third and fourth pair and apparently emanating

from the outer streak of the third; an ocelloid patch, con-

taining three or four short black streaks, is margined on both

sides by shining metallic lilac; a snow-white dorsal streak,

nearly erect, but slightly outcurved at its outer end above the

fold, is of equal width throughout, a few dark scales in its

middle at each extremity indicating reduplication ; cilia dark

brownish fuscous, with a slight cinereous admixture. Hap.

al.16 mm. Hind wings dark brown, whitish along the costa

nearly to the apex; cilia dirty whitish, a dark shade-line

running through their base. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs

whitish cinereous, shaded externally and on the hind tarsi

with greyish fuscous.

Type, 2 (61610) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Astatic TurKey—Hazres—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893).

Cypra, Hb.

1181. Cydia pomonella, L.

Carpocapsa pomonella, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 258. No, 1181

(1871).

Hab. Europe. ArricaA. Asta. N. & S. AMERICA.

AustraLiA. New Zeauanp. Astatic TuRKEY—Hares—

Aintab, 10 V. 1892 (Native Coll.). KaAsHmtr—Dras Ladak,

7000 feet, 20 VI. 1887 (Leech).

1182. Cydia grossana, Uw.

Carpocapsa grossana, Ster. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 258. No. 1182

(1871).

Hab. Evrorve. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hazrezs —Shar Devesay

(Native Coll. 1893). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

PaMMENE, Hb.

1186 (1). Pammene nannodes, sp. n.

Antenne pale cinereous. Palpt, head, and thorax whitish

cinereous, dusted with fuscous. ore wings whitish cinereous,

with a minutely speckled or transversely strigulated appear-

ance; the markings are greyish fuscous and consist of a

series of small costal spots, more conspicuous beyond than

before the middle ; an oblique dorsal streak before the middle

and an upright dorsal patch before the tornus, with a terminal

436 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

patch, the lower portion of which is enclosed by silvery

streaks tending to converge downward; cilia whitish. cine-

reous, with a dark fuscous line running through them near

their base. Hp. al. barely 10mm. Hind wings white, with

a brown shade across the apical third and around the termen

and dorsum ; cilia white, with a brownish shade along their

base. Abdomen greyish. Legs whitish.

Type, & (60147) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. SyriA—Beyrout, III. 1886 (Pratt). PALESTINE

(Tristram). Four specimens.

A small but distinct species having the appearance of a

dwarfed Laspeyresta succedana, Schiff.

1192. Pammene amygdalana, Dp.

Phthoroblastis costipunctana, Hw.+-amygdalana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp.

Eur. 259. No. 1191 a (1871). Grapholitha (Semasia) Lobarzewski,

Ster. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 259, 425. No. 1154 (1871). Phthoro-

blastis Lobarzewskit, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 259. No. 1192

(1871).

Hab. Evrore. Asiatic TURKEY—Hazrez—Shar Devesy,

10 VII. 1890 (Native Coll.).

1194. Pammene Juliana, Crt.

Phthoroblastis Juliana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 259, No. 1194

(1871).

Hab, Evrorr. Asiatic TuRKEY—/azes—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1890).

1194 (2). Pammene (?) griseana, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, head, and thorax greyish fuscous. Fore

wings grey, mottled with greyish fuscous; with an oblique

whitish patch on the middle of the dorsum striated with

greyish fuscous ; a whitish ocelloid patch above the tornus,

outwardly bounded with shining grey and containing some

transverse black streaks; on the costa are five or six pairs of

slender white geminations, the outer pair extending nearly

to a slender small white spot on the termen below the apex ;

a narrow dark fuscous line runs along the termen; cilia

greyish fuscous, a dark line along their base, and a small

whitish patch on the slight indentation below the apex. Ezp.

al. 18mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale whitish

cinereous, with a greyish brown line along their base. Ab-

domen greyish brown. Legs pale brownish cinereous, hind

tarsi banded with greyish fuscous.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 437

Type, & (70177) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). One specimen.

This species, almost certainly a Pammene, differs from

nimbana, H.-S8., in the more oblique and more mottled dorsal

patch, and in the more distinct blackish lines crossing the

ocelloid patch, which is less clearly margined on both sides

with lustrous steel-grey lines than in némbana; in other

respects the markings of the wing are similar and the shape

corresponds.

1207. Pammene nitidana, F.

Grapholitha (Semasia) nitidana, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 257.

No. 1160 (1871). Phthorodlastis fexana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur.

260. No. 1207 (1871)?. Stigmonota nitidana, Brt. Ent. Mo. Mag.

XII. 7-8 (1875) °. Phthoroblastis flexana, Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.

XV. 261 (1879)*. Pammene nitidana, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

LXIII, 217. No. 1160, 220. No, 1207 (1894)*; Meyr. HB. Br. Lp.

506 (1895) °.

Hab. Europe. Asiatic TurRKEY—Kavpavewprcrar—

Brussa*. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

Barrett * and Meyrick*® adopted the synonymy flexana, Z.

=wetrana, Dgl., while Ragonot’ wrote nitedana, F.=flew-

ana, Z.

Zeller, Stett. ent. Ztg. X. 281-2 (1849), described flewana,

Z. in litt. (rotundana, Koll. in litt.), giving its habitat as

Danzig; Sweden (Bohemann) ; Riesengebirge (Standfuss) ;

and Pisa lV.-V. (Mann). The two latter specimens, labelled

respectively “ Hlexana, Z. 1 Ex. v. Bohemann, 1847. 21”

and ‘ rotundana, 'Tosc. FR. 638,” are the only types still in

the Zeller Collection. These are both nitidana, F., and

therefore confirm Ragonot’s determination of flerana, Z.

TmMeETOocERA, Ld.

1210. Tmetocera ocellana, Schiff.

Tmetocera ocellana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 260. No. 1210 (1871) ';

Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 48. No. 349 (1882) 2.

Hab. Europe’. JApan (Pryer, 1886). UNnitTEep STATES’.

CANADA.

1210 (2). ZLmcetocera prognathana, Snell.

Grapholitha (Tmetocera) prognathana, Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. XXVI.

227-8, Pl. XIIL 8, 8a, 8d (1883) '.

Hab. Amur, 19 VII. 1877 (Hedemann)—Chingan Mts.,

20-22 VII. 1877°; Pompejefka, 9 VII. 1876 (Christoph) ;

Raddefka, 25 VII. 1876 (Christoph). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

438 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

Gypsonoma, Meyr.

1212. Gypsonoma dealbana, Fri).

Steganoptycha incarnana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 260, No. 1212

(1871). Steganoptycha alnetana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 260.

No. 1214 (1871)*. Steganoptycha reconditana, Ster, & Wk. Cat. Lp.

Eur. 260, No. 1215 (1871) °. Steganoptycha incarnana, Fern. Tr.

Am. Ent. Soc. X. 46. No. 337 (1882) +; Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr,

LXIIT. 221, Nos. 1214-15 (1894)°. Gypsonoma dealbana, Meyr.

HB. Br. Lp. 481-2 (1895) ®.

Hab. Evrore’*. Cutna—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet

(Pratt, 1886). UNirep STATEs*.

Haworth, Lp. Br. 485 (1812), described Tortrix incarnana,

thinking it probably the same as “ Tortrix incarnana, Hiib.

Schmet. Tort. 30. 191?” He had no intention to bestow a

new name on his insect, but misquoted Hiibner’s name

“ incarnatana,”’ Pl. XXX. 191. Haworth’s name can only

be regarded as a homonym erroneous in adoption (and quota-

tion), and dealbana, Frél., should be used for this species.

1224. Hnarmonia diniana, Gn.

Sphaleroptera diniana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 241. No. 788

(1871) '. Steganoptycha pinicolana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 261.

No. 1224 (1871) 2; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 47. No. 846 (1882) *.

Steganoptycha diniana, Rag. Ann.Soe. Ent. Fr, LXIII. 185. No. (+) 787,

({788) 221, No, 1224 (1894) *.

Hab. Evrore®. SIBertA*. JAPAN — Howpo — Oiwake

(Pryer, 1885). Unirep STAaTEs*.

1225 (2). Enarmonia infausta, sp. n.

Antenne simple; brownish fuscous. Palp¢ brownish

fuscous. Head and thorax dark brown, with minute pale

brownish cinereous speckling. Fore wings dark brown,

minutely speckled with pale brownish cinereous, and mottled

with dark brownish fuscous, which is specially noticeable in a

costal patch a little beyond the middle, in another before the

apex, and in a third at the apex, the first of which is pre-

ceded and followed by two or more smaller ones; all these

dark spots are narrowly separated on the costa by whitish

ochreous; cilia brownish, tipped with whitish ochreous.

Exp. al. 15 mm. Hind wings dark tawny brown; cilia

greyish brown, tipped with whitish ochreous. Abdomen and

legs dark brown.

Type, & (60759) Mus. Wism.

Hab. JAPAN— Yusso—Hakodate, VI-VII. 1887 (Native

Coll.). Unique.

An obscure but distinct species.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 439

1227 (1). Enarmonia cristata, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, faintly annulated. Palpz ferruginous.

Head thickly crested above; bright ferruginous. Thorax

fulvous, touched with silvery grey posteriorly. Fore wings

narrow, elongate, termen oblique, not sinuate, costa gently

arched; silvery grey, with a basal patch extending to one-

third, fulvous, with a slight silvery-grey sheen; beyond the

middle is a ferruginous patch narrowly touching the costa on

its inner side and extending to the dorsum beneath, but

reaching outwards above its middle and almost connected

with two spots of the same colour, one within and one at the

apex ; costa mottled with ferruginous and fulvous scales

beyond the middle, and a few ferruginous and fulvous scales

are scattered about the termen; cilia silvery grey, speckled

with pale grey. Exp. al, 13:5 mm. Hind wings pale

brownish ; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen [missing]. Legs

greyish cinereous.

Type, (70174) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). ‘Two specimens.

ANCYLIS, Hb.

1250 (1). Ancylis partitana, Chr.

Phoxopteryx partitana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 430.

No. 130 (1882)?: sep. 193 (1882) *.

Hab. AMur*—Raddefka, 17 V. 1876 (Christoph) ; Wladi-

wostok, 30 V. 1877 (Christoph). Japan (Pryer, 1886)—

Yusso—Hakodate, VI-VII. 1877 (Native Coll.).

1250 (2). Ancylis pulchra, Btl.

Phoxopteryx pulchra, Btl, Il. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 79-80, Pl. LX.

7 (1879) }.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Hownpo— Yokohama’.

1256. Ancylis biarcuana, Stph.

Phoxopteryx biarcuana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 262. No. 1256

(1871)'. Phoxopterts biarcuana, Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, X. 51.

No. 373 (1882) *.

Hab. Evrore’. AmMur—Raddetka, 17 V. 1876 (Christoph).

JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unirep States—California ’*.

1258 (1). Ancylis latipennis, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. JPalpi thickly and roughly

clothed below, terminal joint short; greyish fuscous on their

440 Lord Walsingham on Aszatic Tortricidae.

outer sides, the end of the median joint and the terminal

joint whitish cinereous. Head greyish fuscous above, face

whitish cinereous. Thorax brownish grey. Fore wings

rather wide, with the costa very slightly arched, the apex but

slightly faleate; shining pale brownish grey, slightly striated

and blotched with umber-brown and brownish fuscous ; across

the basal half of the wing are some very indistinct dark

brownish strize; a small brownish fuscous patch on the dorsum

at one-third and some brownish fuscous dots along the costa ;

at about the middle of the costa is an oblique fasciaform

umber-brown band, somewhat widened on reaching the discal

cell and becoming less distinct and narrower towards the

dorsum, which it attains before the tornus; at the end of the

cel] this band sends out obliquely upwards towards the apex

a dark brownish fuscous pointed projection ; on the outer half

of the costa are five pairs of whitish geminated streaks, sepa-

rated and divided by umber-brown lines; the apex is umber-

brown, and a slender umber-brown line runs along the

termen to below its middle; cilia greyish, shaded with brown

and touched with brownish fuscous at the apex. zp. al.

155 mm. Hind wings brown; cilia cinereous, shaded with

brown. Abdomen brown, anal tuft slightly ochreous. Legs

cinereous, shaded with brown.

Type, 2 (70486) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

In this species the wings are somewhat broader and shorter

than is usual in this genus; it perhaps somewhat approaches

unguicella, L., in the form of the markings, but the basal

patch is confined to a small dorsal spot.

1264 (2). Ancylis mandarinana, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi, head, and thorax white. Fore

wings white, shading to grey beyond the middle; a tawny

chestnut-brown patch on the dorsum widens outward from

the base, forming an obtuse angle above the fold and sloping

thence with slightly convex outer margin to a little beyond

the middle of the dorsum, its outer edge clearly defined by a

narrow, rather shining, white line ; beyond and above it is a

large triangular costal patch of the same colour, extending

from the middle of the costa to the apex, containing one long

and four short outwardly oblique shining grey costal streaks,

the long one forming an acute angle with a similar line

bounding the outer side of the triangle and enclosing slender

black lines; the upper part of the triangular patch fades to a

greyish tinge before the anteapical costal streak; a whitish

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricida. 441

line along the termen precedes the greyish cinereous cilia.

Exp. al. 14mm. Hind wings and cilia pale brownish cine-

reous. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs white, with blackish

annulations on the hind tarsi.

Type, & (60352) Mus. W1sm.

Hab, K. CutnA—Ningpoo, LV. 1886 (Leech). AmMur—

Anossowo, 15 VI. 1877 (Hedemann). JAPAN—Yeazsso (Pryer,

1882). Three specimens.

This is distinguished from burgessana, Z., by its paler hind

wings, the paler dorsal patch, and by the pale space above the

tornus, the costal triangle not extending to the tornus. It is

nearly allied to daciniana, Z., and lundana, F.

Ruoposota, Ld.

1268. Rhopobota nevana, Hb.

Rhopobota nevana, Stgr. & Wk, Cat. Lp. Eur. 263. No. 1268 (1871) '.

Hab. EKurore'’, JApan (Pryer, 1886). InptA—Dharm-

sala (Hocking) ; Ootacamund, I. 1884 (Minchin).

CROCIDOSEMA, Z.

1269. Croctdosema plebeiana, Z.

Crocidosema plebetana, Steyr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 263. No. 1269 (1871) ';

Wlsm, Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897, 127. No. 174 (1897) ?.

Hab. Europe’. PALESTINE (Tristram). HAWAIIA

(Blackburn). AUSTRALIA*, West Inpies*. BraziL’.

PERU*®. ARGENTINA’.

1269 (1). Crocidosema demutata, sp. n.

Antenne (3) thickened, not ciliate; shining white, basal

joint dull white. Palpi white, touched with greyish at the

middle of the median joint externally. Headwhite. Thorax

evenly mottled with white and grey. Fore wings (3) with

a costal fold from the base; basal patch whitish ochreous,

costa and dorsum mottled with grey, and with some olive-

brown on its lower half; beyond the basal patch is a strong

grey shade, faintly reticulated with white and fuscous, and

continued from the costa to a triangular patch, on the dorsum,

consisting of a number of more or less connected white spots,

varied with grey on the extreme margin; beyond this dorsal

patch the outer part of the wing is stained with olive-green ;

there is a large circular patch of fuscous white below the

commencement of the outer third of the costa, into which two

pairs of geminated white streaks run from the margin above

442 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

it; these are preceded and followed on each side by a pair of

similar costal streaks, the last pair before the apex sending

out a leaden-grey line running within the termen nearly to

the tornus, and thence reverting towards the white patch ;

the olive-green on the apical half of the wing is mottled with -

dark fuscous, especially around the lower margins of the white

subcostal patch ; cilia greyish fuscous, with pale parallel lines

running through them along the margin and with two whitish

interruptions above the middle. zp. al. 18 mm. Hind

wings pale brown; with a tuft of long, loose, hair-like scales

arising from the median vein and from the space above and

below it at its basal half (not upstanding as in plebedana, Z.,

but combed backwards towards the limbus) ; cilia very pale

cinereous, a dark line running through them near their base.

Abdomen pale greyish brown. Legs pale greyish, hind tarsal

joints slightly spotted.

Type, 3 (70068) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882). Unique.

The fore wings are somewhat less elongate than in plebeiana,

Z., but the form of the antenne and the tuft on the hind

wings, although not quite brush-like, as in that species, sepa-

rate it from all other described genera.

LivoptycHa, Id.

1299. Lipoptycha plumbana, Se.

Dichrorampha (Iipoptycha) plumbana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur.

264. No. 1299 (1871)*. Diehrorampha plumbana, Fern. Tr. Am.

Ent. Soc. X. 55. No. 503 (1882) ?.

Hab. Europe’. UNITED StaTes—Cazzornr4*. ASIATIC

TurKeEY—Hazrzes—Shar Devesy (Native Coll. 1893).

ADDENDA.

Arcuips, Hb.

692 (4). Archips tnornatus, sp. n.

Antenne brownish cinereous. Palp? not extending beyond

the head; pale brownish ochreous. Head fawn-ochreous.

Thorax reddish fawn-ochreous. Fore wings reddish fawn-

ochreous, with a faint costal indication of a slightly darker

band of the same colour diffused obliquely outward toward

the tornus, and followed by another slight costal shade before

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 443

the apex ; cilia pale ochreous; the costal fold is not closely

appressed. Hap. al. 283mm. Hind wings brownish grey ;

cilia paler grey. Abdomen and legs brownish grey.

Type, 8 (60073) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Cor—EA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). Unique.

This species appears to be allied to Archips Lafauryanus,

Rag., but is of a richer ochreous colour and rather larger.

692 (4). Archips luticostanus, Chr.

n. syn.=gigantana ( Bang-Haas MS.), Kennel.

Tortrix luticostana, Chr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XXII. 311 (1888) '.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) gigantana, Kennel, Ent. Zts. Iris, XL. 6-7,

No. 4, Pl. I. 4 (1899) *.

Hub. E,. StpER1A— Wladiwostok, VII.*; Amur’.

Tortrix, L.

725 (2). Tortrix trigonana, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi, head, and thorax buff-

brown. Fore wings with the costa evenly arched, apex obtuse,

termen oblique, slightly convex; buff-brown, with some

greyish fuscous shading toward the termen and a series of

obscure greyish fuscous spots along the costa and along the

base of the brownish ochreous terminal and apical cilia; a

triangular dark fuscous spot lies a little beyond the middle

of the fold; above it is a small reduplicated spot of the same

colour at the end of the cell, between this and the termen,

to which they are parallel, a line of dark fuscous dots margined

with ferruginous brown (in some specimens the markings

fade almost to obliteration). Hp. al. 20 mm. Hind wings

and cilia brownish, the latter fading to brownish cinereous

outwardly, and with a slender pale line along their base.

Abdomen and legs brownish grey.

Type, & (70551) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JapAN—Howpo—Gity (Pryer, 1886). Two speci-

mens.

PuHarmacis, Hb.

854 (1). Pharmacis magister, sp. n.

Antenne greyish. Palpi dark grey, tinged with ferrugi-

nous externally. Head and thorax brownish ochreous. Fore

wings rich brownish ochreous, with ferruginous markings and

shining leaden-grey cross-streaks and wavy lines; after a

faint ferruginous shade, accompanied above and beyond by

444 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

leaden grey on the middle of the base, is a reduplicated patch

on the middle of the dorsum, outlined before and behind with

leaden grey, the inner line produced backward obliquely to

the costa; before the tornus is a similar ferruginous dorsal

patch, also outlined with leaden grey, the inner line furcate

from above the fold and enclosing between its two branches

which reach the costa a triangular ferruginous medio-costal

patch, the outer line also produced upward to the costa, where

it forms the inner margin of an anteapical ferruginous costal

patch; the apical and terminal area is somewhat speckled

with leaden grey, a reduplicated slender ferruginous marginal

line running at the base of the shining coppery ochreous cilia

(the first costal and the second dorsal patches are sometimes

obliquely and narrowly confluent, but they send out no out-

ward projection toward the apex, as in aleella, Schulze).

Exp. al. 22 mm. Hind wings tawny brownish grey, with a

shade-line near the base of the whitish cilia. Abdomen

brownish grey. Legs whitish.

Type, & (60856) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Asiatic TurKEY—J/azes—Shar Devesy, 18 VI.

1890 (Native Coll.). ‘Three specimens.

This species has the appearance of a very large form of

aleella, Schulze, with which it agrees in neuration, but which

is placed by Meyrick, wrongly as I think, in the genus

Phalonia, Hb.

Loxopera, Stph.

}Lozoprra, Stph. }fLOxopERA, Scudder.

862 (3). Lowopera ferruginea, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi [broken]. Head and thorax

ochreous. ore wings pale ochreous, profusely sprinkled with

bright orange-ochreous, and with two oblique bright ferrugi-

nous transverse fasciz, much diffused at their edges; the

first runs from the middle of the costa to the basal half of

the dorsum, somewhat dilated at its extremities, especially

toward the costa, and attenuated on the fold; the second

arallel with the first and attenuated at its middle beyond the

end of the cell; there is a narrow ferruginous shade along the

costa from the base to the first fascia; cilia pale ochreous.

Exp. al. 21 mm. Hind wings rather dark grey ; cilia paler.

Abdomen dark grey. Legs pale cinereous. |

Type, 2 (61588) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Asiatic ‘TurRKEY—Hazzs—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893). Unique.

Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricide. 445

This species has much the appearance of sangudnana, Tr.,

but the markings are more blurred and veins 7 and 8 of the

fore wings are stalked.

PuatoniA, Hb.

866 (1). Phalonia eestiva, sp. n.

Antenne white. Palpi white, the median joint shaded

with brown externally, the terminal joint fuscous. Head and

thorax white, the latter shaded with light brownish ochreous.

Fore wings white, with light brownish ochreous markings ;

three equidistant costal spots with ferruginous dots between

them, one before, one at, and one beyond the middle; an

oblique medio-dorsal blotch pointing outward and reaching to

the middle of the cell, below which it is margined on both

sides with silvery grey and some fuscous scales; a fainter

blotch before the tornus, less distinctly margined, and some

pale ochreous spots on the terminal and apical area accom-

panied by silvery scaling; cilia whitish ochreous, dusted with

fuscous. Hep. al.l8mm. Hind wings brownish grey; cilia

whitish, with a shade-line running through them. Addomen

brownish grey. Legs white, the tarsi dusted with fuscous.

Type, ¢ (60865); & (60866) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Astatic ‘TurKEY—Jl/4zzn—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1890). Three specimens.

872. Phalonia Richteriana, F. R.

Cochylis Richteriana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 245. No. 872 (1871).

Hab. Evrore. JAPAN—Yzsso (Pryer, 1882).

HyYsTerosiA, Stph.

= TIprocraputs, Ld.

Stephens, who had originally placed cnopiana, Hw., in the

Phaloniad genus Xanthosetia, Stph., seems to have recognized

its divergence from hamana, L., and its allies in proposing

the genus Hysterosia for its reception. Wilkinson, finding a

costal fold in the male, placed it in the genus Halonota, Stph.

(Olethreutine). In the same year (1859) Lederer charac-

terized Idiographis, of which he made dnopiana the type,

placing it as a subgenus under Tortriz, Tr.; he was followed

by von Heinemann and Staudinger & Wocke. Walsingham,

in 1879, placed the genus Jdiographis between Retinia, Gn.,

and Conchylis, Tr., recognizing the structural character

“vein 2 of the fore wings arising from the outer third of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 30

446 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

cell,”” but relying on the costal fold for its separation from

both. Fernald, who in 1882 instituted the subfamily Con-

chyline, started with [diographis preceding Conchylis.

The genus Phtheochroa, Stph. (type rugosana, Hb.), has

been rightly recognized as belonging to this subfamily, but to

this genus have been added two species which differ from it

in the possession of a costal fold—Duponcheliana, Dp., and

amandana, H.-S. I am unable to refer them to any other

genus than Hysterosia. Meyrick (HB. Br. Lp. 554-5) placed

the smaller species maculosana, Hw., by itself in the genus

Eupecilia as having a costal fold and thoracic tuft, vein 7

of the fore wings running to the apex. I find that in macu-

losana vein 7 distinctly runs to the termen, which justifies its

inclusion in the genus Hysterosia, the type of which, ¢nopiana,

Hw., does possess a posterior thoracic tuft, although Meyrick

unaccountably failed to observe it and described the thorax as

smooth. In any case the name Kupecilia, Stph., is inad-

missible for maculosana, Hw., Westwood in 1840 having

cited angustana, Hb., as its exponent, thereby rendering

Eupecilia a synonym of Huxanthis, Hb., Meyr.

909 (1). Hysterosia syriaca, sp. n.

Antenne pale brownish, whiter towards the base. Palpi

porrect, extending twice the length of the head beyond it;

white. Head and thorax white, witha brownish tinge. Fore

wings white, with a few silvery scales scattered around the

edges of the darker markings; these are of two shades of

brown and consist of a streak along the costa from the base,

covering the narrow costal fold and joining the upper extre-

mity of a broad transverse brown band, slightly indented at

the middle on its inner side and adorned with four or five

tufts of raised brown scales; three costal spots beyond the

middle, the outer two merging in a transverse narrow brown

band reaching to the tornus and scarcely separated from a

dorsal blotch before the tornus ascending to the upper angle

of the cell; two black spots mark the end of the cell and

along the termen is a chestnut-brown shade, broken into a

series of small marginal patches; cilia white, mottled with

brownish grey, a darker shade running along their base. zp.

al. 22-28 mm. Sind wings greyish brown; cilia whitish,

with a dark line near their base. Abdomen greyish brown,

with white cross-bands. Legs dirty whitish, peppered with

brown scales.

Type, 3 (60832) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Astatic TuRKEY—Hazrzes—Shar Devesy, 23-27 V.

1890 (Native Coll.). Five specimens.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 447

This species is closely allied to Hysterosia Duponceliana,

Dp., but is separable through its larger size and the broader

patch of white before the apex and much paler cilia.

909 (2). Hysterosia decipiens, sp. n.

Antenne pale brownish grey. Palpi projecting more than

twice the length of the head beyond it; white. Head and

face white. Zhorax brownish grey, with some black scales.

Fore wings: 2 stone-white, mottled with brownish grey,

the outlines of the patches narrowly and irregularly marked

with black scaling ; a patch of black scales surrounding a

ferruginous spot rests on the middle of the fold, extending

upward to the anterior margin of the cell and downward

nearly to the dorsum; the brownish grey mottling is specially

noticed in a basal patch, a small costal patch about the middle,

and in a patch above the tornus, followed by an outwardly

curved transverse band before the apex, ending below the

middle of the termen ; cilia stone-white, mottled with brownish

grey, and a few blackish scales: @ with a narrow darkened

costal fold. Kap. al. 16mm. Hind wings pale brownish

grey ; cilia pale cinereous. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs

whitish.

Type, 2 (61601); ¢ (60874) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Asiatic ‘TurKEY—fazzen—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1890, 1893). Four specimens.

910 (1). Hysterosia coreana, sp. n.

Antenne white, with a brownish tinge. Palpi white, the

median joint shaded with brown externally nearly to the apex.

Head and face white. Thorax black. Fore wings white,

with some silvery scales surrounding pale olivaceous grey

mottling on the outer half and a black transverse fascia a

little before the middle; a short black basal patch, not ex-

tending to the dorsum, sends forth a streak of black mottling

along the costa, including the narrow costal fold, and.reaching

the black fascia; this contains some steel-blue scaling and is

slightly bowed outward externally ; it is followed by a small

black triangular costal spot, with which it is almost con-

nected ; a slight costal shade before the apex is followed by a

black terminal band including the apex and upper two-thirds

of the termen and mixed with ferruginous scales; cilia

whitish, with brown and black mottling on their outer half,

a blackish line running through them near their base. ep.

al. 18mm. Hind wings brownish grey; cilia whitish, with

30*

448 Mr. E. E. Green on some

a reduplicated shade-line running through them. Abdomen

brownish grey, white posteriorly. Legs whitish, with some

black bands.

Type, & (60364) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Corva—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). Unique.

In appearance this species is intermediate between /Hyste-

rosia amandana, H.-S., which has a white thorax and a costal

fold, and Phtheochroa pulvillana, H.-S., which has a black

thorax and no costal fold; except by its black thorax, it

is also undistinguishable from the Japanese albiscutellum,

Wism., of which unfortunately the male is not known, but

this is a much larger species than amandana.

LVII.—Descriptions of some Species of Coccidee collected by

Mr. James Lidgett in Victoria, Australia. By K. ERnust

GREEN, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Ceylon.

[Plate XI.]

Mr. EK. E. Green has sent to the British Museum some

specimens of Coccide new to the collection, and with them

the following descriptions and figures, which I have much

pleasure in sending to the ‘ Annals’ for publication.

Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE, V.P.E.S.

Mytilaspis indentata, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 1.)

Female puparium brownish straw-colour, the sides and

hinder part darker, with a very narrow whitish margin.

First pellicle very pale yellow. Second pellicle almost

. colourless. Strongly convex above. LHlongate, rather nar-

row, but widening slightly behind the exuvie ; usually much

curved or contorted, as in J. intermedia, Mask. (Trans. N. Z.

Inst. 1890, p. 7). Ventral scale moderately developed.

Length about 2 millim.

Male puparium not observed.

Adult female of usual elongate form, broadest across the

basal abdominal segments. Antenna consisting of the usual

small tubercle and curved bristle. Mouth-parts large and

conspicuous. Parastigmatic glands absent or represented

only by a single pore at the anterior spiracles. Abdominal

segments with groups of oval pores and short cylindrical ducts

on the lateral margins. Pygidium (Pl. XI. fig. 1) deltoid,

Coccide from Australia. 449

the margin deeply indented at the junctions of the suppressed

segments, these indentations made more conspicuous by a

thick chitinous rim. Median lobes minute and incon-

spicuous. First lateral lobes undivided, large and broad but

not very prominent, the free margin evenly curved, the sides

straight. Other lobes obsolete. Margin on each side

strongly chitinous and serrated. There are no squames and

only two small spines are noticeable on each side imme-

diately laterad of the large second lobes. No circumgenital

glands. Anal at about same level as genital aperture, near

centre of pygidium. Dorsal pores few, but strongly marked

by thickened chitinous rims.

Total length of insect averaging (50 millim.

Hab. On an unidentified plant collected at Werribee

Gorge, Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, Australia. (Lidgett Coll.

no. 47.)

A very distinct species, easily recognizable by the minute

median lobes followed by the large simple lateral lobes, and

by the absence of circumgenital glands. The only other

Australian species of Myétlaspis with this character are

M. conveva, Mask., and M. drymidis, Mask. In convewa the

puparium is greyish white and the second pellicle is so much

raised that its posterior edge forms a conspicuous ridge over

the secreted portion. The pygidium is also said to have

broad median lobes, though (from an examination of the

figure) it seems possible that these may really represent the

lateral lobes as in indentata. M. drymidis is easily distin-

guished by the remarkable fringed tubular processes on the

margin.

Ctenochiton (?) araucarie, sp.n. (PI. XI. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Adult female oblong-oval; strongly convex above; naked,

or with a very imperfect coating of irregular waxy plates

which appear to be brittle and easily detachable. Colour of

dried examples dark chestnut-brown; the dorsal surface

strongly rugose, usually with a well-defined median longi-

tudinal ridge. Antenna (fig. 2) with eight joints, third

longest, 6, 7, and 8 very short, subequal. The terminal

joint bears several stout spines. Antennal formula—

3, 4, (2, 5), 1, (6, 7, 8). Legs stout; tarsus equal to about

two thirds length of tibia. Foot with four digitules, the

ungual broadly spatulate, the tarsals stoutish knobbed hairs.

Anal scales usually widely divergent; base shorter than

outer edge, which is rounded and bears a few truncate spines.

Anal ring with six stout hairs; the invaginated tube which

surrounds them strongly rugose. Margin closely set with

450 Mr. E. E. Green on some

moderately long stout spines, their extremities truncate.

Stigmatic cleft shallow, with three or four stout pointed

stigmatic spines, one or more of which are longer and curved

(fig. 2 a). Derm with small and rather obscure circular and

oval pores, more conspicuous towards the margin.. Nume-

rous small circular pores (circumgenital glands) surrounding

the genital aperture, and a group of similar pores (para-

stigmatic glands) below the stigmatic cleft.

Length 5 millim.; breadth 3-33 millim.

On the twigs bearing the adult females are some very

imperfect empty and crushed tests, which may represent either

the second stage of the female or the male puparia. They

are composed of granules or small irregular plates of trans-

parent waxy matter.

Hab, On Araucaria sp., Victoria, Australia. (Lidgett

Coll. no. 50.)

I have considerable difficulty in determining the proper

genus in which to place this species. The structural cha-

racters of the insect itself suggest Hrvochiton ; but the female

forms no felted or cottony covering—in fact, the adult female,

as submitted to me, is practically naked, bearing only scat-

tered fragmentary patches of glassy wax. The complete

marginal series of stout spines distinguishes it from Lecantum.

Although I can find no vestige “of a marginal fringe of

flattened waxy plates, I have provisionally attached this insect

to Maskell’s genus Ctenochiton, to which in other respects it

conforms fairly well. In Cten. depressus, Mask., the fringe

is said to be ‘ inconspicuous or sometimes absent” in the

adult female.

BIRCHIPPIA, gen. nov.

Test of adult female completely enclosing the insect, with

a small aperture at posterior extremity.

Male puparium with a well-defined circular valve at hinder

end, through which the adult insect makes its escape.

Adult female shrivelling to anterior extremity after gesta-

tion, the hinder part of the test being filled with the eggs.

Legs absent. Antenne more or less rudimentary. Mentum

monomerous. Stigmatic spines present. Posterior extremity

cleft. Anal aperture surrounded by chitinous plates, which

do not meet to form a valve as in typical Lecaniine. Anal

ring with ten hairs.

Adult male unknown.

Larva with 6-jointed antenne; the terminal joint long.

Legs normal. Anal plates as in adult; anal ring with six

Coccide from Australia. 451

hairs. Posterior extremity of body with a pair of long

caudal sete, not springing from the anal plates.

Having only a single species with which to deal, it is

difficult and inadvisable to define the generic characters very

minutely.

I have still further difficulty in determining the proper

systematic position of the new genus. It has some characters

(stigmatic spines, anal cleft, &c.) which associate it with the

Lecaniine, others which suggest Dactylopiine, but not such

*as would warrant its inclusion in the intermediate family

Hemicoccine, where the larve are Dactylopiinid and the

adults Lecaniinid. I think that the Lecanoid characters

have here the predominance, the principal differences being

the non-valvular aual plates and the marginal position of the

candal sete.

The name of the genus is taken from that of the locality

in which the specimens were collected.

Birchippia anomala, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 3-38 d.)

Test of adult female corneous, semitransparent, fulvous,

more or less obscured by a fragmentary coating of brownish

waxy matter. The dark body of the dead insect can be

distinguished through the test at the anterior extremity.

Broadly oval to oblong-oval according to position. Strongly

convex above, smooth. A small circular opening at the

posterior extremity.

Length 3-4 millim.; breadth 2 millim.

Male puparium whitish, opaque. Rather broadly oval,

with a circular valve-like opening at posterior extremity.

Moderately convex above, more so above the abdominal area.

Surface marked by numerous transverse depressed lines and

usually four longitudinal furrows ; the area between the two

median furrows standing up asa rounded ridge. The general

character of the puparium 1s strongly suggestive of that of a

male Lecaniodiaspid.

Length 1:25 millim.; breadth 0°75 millim.

Adult female (fig. 3) shrivelling to anterior part of test,

subcircular (after maceration). Posterior extremity cleft.

Mentum monomerous. Antenna (fig. 3a) atrophied, varying

in development in different individuals. In some examples a

distinct basal and a compound terminal joint only can be

distinguished. In others at least three distinct joints are

present, the median as long as the other two combined. The

terminal joint has two or more imperfect divisions and bears

six or seven stout bristles at its extremity. On the margin,

452 On some Coccide from Australia.

opposite the stigmatic areas, are some stout dilated blunt

spines, flattened towards the ends (fig. 3), two (rarely three)

at anterior point, one (rarely two) at the other point, placed

on dorsal surface. On the ventral surface is an extended

group of ceriferous pores, directed towards the opening of the

spiracle. Derm with a large number of bituberculate spin-

nerets scattered over the surface and forming a more or less

continuous series on the margin. They are connected with

some remarkable tubular ducts, each terminating in a lateral

finger-like process. The connexion between the external

spinneret and the tubular duct is very indistinct; but it can

be made out by careful illumination (see figs. 3b and 3¢).

Anal aperture at base of cleft, surrounded dorsally by four

more or less confluent triangular chitinous plates (fig. 3c),

the lower pair largest, with two stout spines near the apex of

each; these plates do not meet to form a valve, as in typical

Lecaniine. Anal ring with ten stout flattened hairs pro-

jecting into the cleft. Margin of body with a scattered

series of short spines, which increase in size near the anal

cleft.

Diameter 1:50-1:75 millim.

Newly hatched larva oval. Antenna 6-jointed, sixth

longest ; extremity abruptly narrowed and truncate, bearing

a longish fine hair. Anterior stigmatic area with two, poste-

rior with one stout spine. Anal aperture (fig. 3 d) surrounded

by chitinous plates as in adult. A long stout seta on each

side of the cleft, not attached to the chitinous plates, but

springing from a minute tubercle on the margin of the body.

Hab. “ Qnasmall Leguminous shrub, collected at Birchip,

Victoria.” (Lidgett Coll. no. 49.)

The scales are thickly clustered on the twigs of the plant.

Peradeniya, Ceylon,

24th May, 1900,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Tig. 1. Mytilaspis indentata. Pygidium.

Fig. 2. Ctenochiton araucarie, Antenna of female.

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Stigmatic area of adult female.

lig. 3. Birchippia anomala. Adult fema’e, ventral view.

Fig. 8a. Ditto. Antenna of adult female.

fig. 3b, Ditto. Anterior stigmatic area of adult female.

Fig. 38¢. Ditto. Extremity of abdomen, dorsal aspect.

Fig. 3d. Ditto. Posterior extremity of young larva.

On new Species of Japanese Land- Shells. 453

LVIII.—Descriptions of new Species of Japanese

Lend-Shells. By G. K. Guo, F.Z.8.

A FURTHER consignment of Helicoid land-shells received from

Mr. Hirase contains seven undescribed species.

Kaliella elata, sp. n.

Shell subperforate, elongate-conoid, thin, fragile, sub-

pellucid, corneous, under the microscope seen to be covered

with about ten spiral lire above the periphery, below minutely

spirally striated, shining. Spire elevated, apex obtuse, suture

slightly impressed. Whorls 6, compressed, increasing slowly ;

the last not descending in front, angulated at the periphery,

a little convex below, narrowly impressed around the axis,

Aperture a little oblique, subquadrate; peristome thin,

straight, acute; margins distant, the columellar margin

vertical, slightly reflected over the narrow perforation.

Four specimens.

Diam. 1°5, alt. 2 millim.

Hab, Kashima, prov. Harima, Type in my collection.

Kaliella crenulata, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, conoid, thin, fragile, subpellucid, pale

corneous, minutely ribbed above, shining and minutely striated

below. Spire conoid, apex obtuse, suture linear. Whorls 6,

flattened, increasing slowly, the last not descending; peri-

phery with a crenulate keel, convex below, narrowly im-

pressed round the axis. Aperture subvertical, subquadrate ;

peristome thin, straight, acute; margins distant, columellar

margin subvertical, slightly reflected above.

One specimen.

Diam. 2°75, alt. 3 millim.

Hab. Kashima, prov. Harima. Type in my collection.

Differs from its nearest ally K. acutangula, A. Ad., by the

flatter whorls, less convex base, and crenulated keel. It

is also nearly double the size, although having but half a

whorl in excess of its congener. Five specimens from

Kioto, previously referred to K. acutangula, prove to pertain

to this new species.

Kaliella pagoduloides, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, ovoid-conoid, thin, subpellucid, ochreous-

corneous ; under the microscope seen to be finely ribbed

454 Mr. G. K. Gude on new Species of

above, spirally wrinkled below. Spire convex-conoid, apex

obtuse, suture impressed. Whorls 53, rather tumid, in-

creasing slowly, the last not descending in front, convex

below, narrowly impressed round the axis. Aperture ver-

tical, truncate-lunate; peristome thin, straight; margins

distant, columellar margin vertical, slightly reflected above.

Two specimens.

Diam. 2, alt. 1°75 millim.

flab. Kashima, prov. Harima. Type in my collection.

Allied to K. stenogyra, but it has fewer whorls than that

species and is rounded at the periphery. In shape it much

resembles a very minute Ganesella pagodula, Ehrm.

Pyramidula (s. 8.) pretiosa, sp. n.

Shell umbilicate, discoid, corneous under an_olivaceous

cuticle, distantly costulate. Spire depressed, apex obtuse,

suture rather deep. Whorls 34, a little rounded, increasing

rather rapidly ; the last scarcely descending in front, angu-

lated at the periphery. Aperture roundly ovate; peristome

thin, straight, acute ; margins approaching, columellar margin

a little reflected over the narrow deep umbilicus.

Ten specimens.

Diam. 14, alt. 1 millim.

Hab, Fukura, Awaji Island. Type in my collection.

Allied to P. amblygona, Reinh., but much smaller.

Trishoplita Dacoste, sp. nu.

Shell deeply umbilicated, conoid, finely striated, obsoletely

decussated with microscopic spiral lines, perceptible only in

the depressions between the striz, corneous, pellucid, rather

solid, shining below, duller above. Spire depressed, apex

obtuse, suture deeply impressed. Whorls 5-53, rounded

above, a little flattened below, increasing rather rapidly ; the

last shortly deflected in front, rounded at the periphery,

widened towards the mouth and sloping into the umbilicus

behind the peristome. Aperture oblique, subrotundate ;

peristome scarcely thickened, slightly expanded all round,

the margins approaching, columellar margin a little reflected

over the deep but moderately wide umbilicus, which exhibits

the anterior half of the penultimate whorl.

T'wo specimens.

Diam. maj. 10°5-11'5, minor 9-9°5; alt. 7-8 millim.

Hab. Kagashima, prov. Satsuma. ‘Type in my collection.

Allied to 7. conospira, Mts., but more solid and with wider

Japanese Land- Shells. 455

umbilicus. The spiral sculpture is scarcely perceptible under

a strong lens. A specimen in the collection of Mr. 8. J.

Da Costa, and labelled by the late Dr. Hungerford “ Satsuma,

sp., Ikao, Nippon,” I also refer to this new species. It is a

little more shining and smaller than the type, measuring :—

Diam. maj. 9°5, minor 8; alt. 6 millim.

Ganesella tosana, sp. n.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, depressed- conoid, finely stri-

ated, decussated with fine spiral lines, thin, pellucid, a little

shining below, silky above, with a broad milky-white band

under the suture, the umbilical region more or less clouded

with milky white. Spire depressed, apex prominent, suture

impressed. Whorls 54-6, rounded, increasing rather rapidly,

the last widened towards the mouth, descending shortly in

front, obsoletely angulated at the periphery ; aperture oblique,

ovate-rotundate ; peristome thin, acute, margins convergent,

the lower expanded, the columellar margin reflected over the

narrow deep umbilicus.

Three specimens.

Diam. maj. 14, minor 12; alt. 9 millim.

Pee toe 8. Lk os) alt; O°: online

Hab. Ushirogawa, Tosa Island. Type in my collection.

The present species is allied to G. Hilgendorfi, Kob., but

it is thinner, more depressed, and with narrower umbilicus.

Eulota (Huhadra) grata, sp. n.

Shell sinistral, deeply umbilicated, conical; embryonal

whorls smooth, the others finely regularly ribbed, the inter-

stices minutely spirally striated; thin, glossy, subpellucid,

the earlier whorls pale corneous, the later ones straw-yellow.

Spire elevated, apex obtuse, suture margined. Whorls 64,

rounded, increasing somewhat rapidly, the last shortly de-

flected in front, angulated at the periphery, becoming rounded

and widened at the mouth, a little flattened below. Aperture

oblique, broadly lunate; peristome rather thin, white ; mar-

gins approaching, upper straight, acute, outer and lower

broadly expanded and reflected, columellar reflected over the

narrow deep umbilicus.

‘'wo specimens.

Diam. maj. 27, minor 24; alt. 21°5 millim.

Hab. Nishigo, prov. Uzen. ‘Type in my collection.

456 Mr. W. F. Kirby on the

Var. zonata, nov.

Ornamented with a wide, ill-defined, and more or less

interrupted ochreous-brown zone, reaching from near the

suture to below the periphery.

Hab. Same as the type.

This handsome new species belongs to the group of

E. quesita, Desh. It is, however, much smaller, much more

elevated in the spire, thinner in texture, more shining, and

has a narrower umbilicus. The dark zone of the variety is

evidently the result of the diffused colouring-matter of three

bands—one peripheral, one supra- and one infraperipheral—

which are faintly visible on holding the shell to the light.

LIX.—Notes on the Neuropterous Family Nemopteride.

By W. F. Kresy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

THIRTY-THREE species of this small but very interesting

family are enumerated in the present paper, of which the

Natural History Museum possesses fourteen, which T have

distinguished by an asterisk (*). They are remarkable for the

great length of the hind wings, which take the form of long

slender tails.

I have given the synonymy with tolerable completeness,

as the references are very scattered, and many of them occur

in old books not always easy of access.

It is somewhat remarkable that, as in the Ascalaphide,

the brightly coloured species are nearly all Mediterranean,

while those with hyaline fore wings mostly occur elsewhere.

Genus J. NEMOPTERA.

Nemoptera, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 296 (1802), xiii. p. 20

(1805) ; Olivier, Enc. Méth. viii. p. 173 (1811) ; Klug, Abhandl. Akad.

Berlin, 1836, p.92; Walker, List Neur. Ins. il. p. 470 (1858) ; Hagen,

Stett. ent. Zeit. xxvii. pp. 874, 451 (1866) ; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.

xxiii. p. 250 (1886). uel

Nemopteryx, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. p. 74 (1815).

Physapus, Leach, Edinb. Encyel. ix. p. 187 (1815).

Nematoptera, Burm, Handb. Ent. ii. p. 984 (1840) ; Westwood, P. Z.S.

1841, p. 9; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 376 (1842).

The types of this genus are Nemoptera coa, L., as figured

by Coquebert and Latreille. The latter figure has been

referred to N. bipennis, but seems to possess the distinctive

characters of NV. coa.

Neuropterous Family Nemopteride. 457

*1. Nemoptera sinuata.

Nemoptera sinuata, Oliv. Enc. Méth. viii. p. 178. n. 2 (1811); Ramb.

Ins. Névr. p. 885 (1842); Hagen, Proc, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii.

p. 250 (1886),

|| Punorpa coa, Borkhausen, Scriba, Beitr. Ins. ii. p. 155, pl. xi. fig. 1

(1791).

Nemoptera coa, pt., Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. xiii. p. 20 (1802) ;

pt., Kleg, Abh, Akad. Berl. 1836, p, 92. n. 1.

|| Nematoptera coa, pt., Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 987. n. 9 (1840).

Nematoptera petiveri, Westw. P. Z.S. 1841, p. 9. n. 1; Ann, & Mag,

Nat. Hist. viii. p. 376. n. 1 (1842),

Hab. Turkey, Asia Minor, Syria.

This species differs from the others in the wings being

much less mottled.

*2, Nemoptera bipennis.

Panorpa bipennis, Mliger, Ahrens, Faun. Eur, fase. i. fig. 16 (1812).

Nematoptera bipennis, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 10.

n. 3; Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. viii. p. 377. n. 3 (1842).

Nemoptera bipennis, Hagen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 253.

n. 4 (1888).

Nemopteryx lusitanica, Leach, Zool. Mise. i. p. 74, pl. Ixxxv. fig. 1

1815).

‘ie lusttanica, Klug, Abh. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 93. n. 3;

Rambur, Faune Andal. ii. pl. ix. fig. 1 (1842); M‘Lachl. Proc. Ent.

Soc. Lond. 1886, p. lviil.

|| Nematoptera lusitanica, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. ii. p, 907. n. 8 (1840).

Hab. Spain, Portugal.

] have not seen Ahrens’s figure.

*3, Nemoptera egyptiaca.

, Savigny, Descr. Ins. Neur. pl. 11. fig. 15.

Nemoptera egyptiaca, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 834 (1842) ; [fagen, Proc.

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 252 (1886).

Nemoptera hebraica, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 178, pl. xxiii. fig. 5

(1874).

Hab. Egypt, Syria, Palestine.

*4, Nemoptera coa.

Ephemera coa, Hasselquist, Iter Paleest. p. 423. n. 110 (1757).

Panorpa coa, Linné, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 552. n. 3 (1758); Coque-

bert, Icones, p. 15, pl. 111. fig. 3 (1799).

Nemoptera coa, Oliv. Enc. Méth., viii. p. 178. n.1 (1799) ; Walker, List

Neur. Ins. B. M. ii. p. 470. n. 1 (1858); Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 333,

pl. iii. fig. 3 (1842) ; Hagen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 253.

n. 3 (1880).

Nematoptera coa, pt., Burm, Abhandl. Akad, Berl. 1836, p. 92. n. 1.

Nematoptera Petiveri, pt., Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841,

p. 9.n.1; Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 376. n. 1.

Nematoptera Coqueberti, Westwood, Ul. ce. p. 9. n. 2. p. 876. n. 2.

Hab. 8. Europe, N. Africa.

458 Mr. W. F. Kirby on the

Genus II. HALTER.

Halter, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 8385 (1842).

The time has hardly yet arrived for subdividing this genus,

to which we may provisionally refer all the transparent-winged

species with long beaks. The species are divisible into several

very distinct groups, most of which will probably hereafter

rank as genera.

Section 1.

Hind wings linear, with a long dark band before the extremity.

*5. Ilalter africana.

Nemopteryx africana, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. p. 74, pl. Ixxxv. fig. 1

(1815).

Nemoptera africana, Gray, Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. xv. p. 324, pl. ev.

tig. 4; Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. i. p. xxv (1836); Walker,

List Neur. Ins. ii. p. 475. n. 14 (1853); Hagen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist. xxiii. p. 262. n. 10 (1888).

Nematoptera africana, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 12.

n.9; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 379. n. 9 (1842).

Nemoptera bacillaris, Klug, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 95, fig. 2.

Nematoptera bacillaris, Westwood, ll. cc. p. 12. n. 10, p. 879. n. 10.

Nemoptera halterata, pt., Klug, l. ¢. p. 94. n. 8 (1886).

Nematoptera latipennis, Burm. Handb. Ent. 11. p, 986. n. 5 (1840).

Nematoptera latipennis, Westwood, JU. ce. p. 12. n. 11, p. 879. n. 11.

Hab. S. Africa.

The type is in the British Museum.

6. Halter remifera.

Nemoptera remifera, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 179, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 9 (1874) ; Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 265, n. 11

(1888).

Tab. Cape.

7. Halter costalis.

Nemoptera costalis, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. i. p. Ixxv (1886) ;

Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 179, pl. xxxiii. fig. 6 (1874).

Nematoptera costalis, Westw. Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 12. n.13;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 379. n. 15 (1842),

3. Nemoptera angulata, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. i. p, Ixxv

(1836); Duncan, Jardine’s Nat. Libr., Intr. Ent. p. 293, pl. xxvii. fig. 3

(1840); Hagen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 259. n. 9 (1888).

Nematoptera angulata, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 12.

n. 12; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 879. n. 12 (1842).

Nemoptera angula, Walk. List Neur. Ins. ii. p. 475, n. 16 (1858).

Hab, Cape.

Neuropterous Family Nemopteridee. 459

As the name costalis stands before angulata in the Proc.

Ent. Soc., the former must stand for the species if the two

names are correctly placed together as sexes, as appears

probable.

8. [alter biremis.

Nemoptera biremis, Kolbe, SB. Ges. naturf, Fr. Berlin, 1900, p. 16.

Hab. Cape.

Section 2.

Hind wings more or less expanded towards the extremity (once, twice, or

thrice), and with a broad dark band towards the base of the expanded

part of the wings.

9. Halter albostigma.

Nemoptera albostigma, Westwood, Thes. Mnt. Oxon. p. 179, pl. xxxiil.

fig. 7 (1874).

Hab. Gululand.

*10. Halter halterata.

Panorpa halterata, Forskal, Descr. Anim, p. 97 (1775) ; Icones, pl. xxv.

fie. EK (1776).

Nemoptera halterata, De Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. x. pp. 254, 255,

pl. ii. figs. 5, 6 (1887); Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc, Nat, Hist. xxiii.

p. 257. n. 8 (1887).

Nemoptera pallida, Olivier, Enc. Méth., viii. p. 179. n. 5 (1811) ; Ram-

bur, Ins, Névr. p. 385, pl. vii. fig. 4 (1842).

Nematoptera pallida, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 11.

n.8; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 378. n. 8.

Nematoptera Forskalli, Westwood, Ji. cc. p. 11. n. 6, p. 378. n. 6.

Hab. Arabia, Baghdad.

This is the type of the genus, N. pallida, Olivier, being

the first of four species referred by Rambur to J/alter, and,

moreover, being figured. The specimen in the British

Museum is from Mount Sinai. Several other species have

been wrongly called N. halterata by various authors, whose

references | have not always quoted.

*11. Halter tipularia.

Nemoptera tipularia, Westwood, Thes. Ent, Oxon. p. 179, pl. xxxiii.

fic. 10 (1874).

Hab. Damaraland.

460 Mr. W. F. Kirby on the

*12. LHalter Bettont, sp. n.

Dimensions.—

3. 2.

Loneicorp.? aCe eee on 15 mm.

Exp Salant Sele ee ones AG? 5

Long. al//past: \. “se (eurea)o0o5 of

Body reddish brown, beak (except at the tip) and sides and

under surface of thorax testaceous ; abdomen slender, slightly

hairy towards the extremity. Fore wings hyaline, with

brown nervures, the costal nervure and the second median

nervure spotted with paler in the spaces between the trans-

verse nervures. Subcostal nervure slightly reddish. Towards

the extremity of the wing is a dark pterostigma, filling up

the narrow oblong space between two approximate nervures,

but not extending quite to the costa. Hind wings very long

and slender, white, with a yellowish central line, from which

numerous small blackish T-shaped markings diverge asym-

metrically on each side. ‘The extremity is broadly triflabel-

late, with a reddish-brown band extending over the first ex-

pansion, except at the base, and the basal portion of the second ;

the terminal part of the wing snow-white.

Hab. Maragoja Fundi, ‘Tara Desert, British Hast Africa ;

a pair collected by Mr. C. 8. Betton on March 3, 1897.

A very distinct species, somewhat allied to the West-

African A. imperatriz, Westwood.

The costal nervures vary in number from 33 to 37 before

the pterostigma on the fore wings, and are not uniform on

the two sides, showing that this is a variable character.

*13. Llalter tmperatriv.

Nemoptera imperatrix, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) v. p. 507

(1867); Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 178, pl. xxxiil. fig. 8 (1874).

Hab. W. Africa.

14. Halter remipennis.

Nemoptera remipennis, Kolbe, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1900, p. 13.

Hab. Nyassa, Usambara.

15. [Halter toyonica.

Nemoptera togonica, Kolbe, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr, Berlin, 1900, p. 15.

Hab. Togo, Upper Guinea.

Neuropterous Family N emopteride. 461

Section 3.

Hind wings long, more or less expanded two or three times towards the

tips, and with two blackish bands on the expanded portion.

The British Museum possesses no species belonging to this

section, to which I refer H. graczl’s with a little doubt.

16. Halter gracilis.

Nemoptera gracilis, Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 255

(1886).

Hab. Cape.

17. Halter barbara.

Nemoptera barbara, Klug, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 94. n. 5;

Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. x. p. 254, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4 (1887); Hagen,

Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 255. n. 6 (1886).

Nematoptera barbara, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 11. n. 7;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 578. n. 7.

|| Panorpa halterata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 208. n. 8 (1798).

Nemoptera algirica, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 3386 (1842); Luc. Expl.

Alg. iii. p. 139, pl. ili. fig. 3 (1849).

Hab. Algeria.

18. Halter Lederert.

Nemoptera Lederert, Selys, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. x. p. 254, pl. ii.

figs, 1, 2 (1887) ; Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii, p. 254.

n. 5 (1886).

Hab. Asia Minor.

Section 4,

Hind wings less than twice as long as the fore wings, with two large

black dilatations and a short white terminal process.

19. Halter dilatata.

Nemoptera dilatata, Klug, Abhandl, Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 94. n. 6, fig. 1.

Nematoptera dilatata, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1841, p. 11. n. 5;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 378. n. 5 (1842),

Hab. S. Africa.

Section 5.

Hind wings less than twice as long as the fore wings, with a wide dark

dilatation towards the extremity, which is formed by a broad lobe,

rounded at the extremity, white at the base and dark beyond.

*20. Halter extensa.

Nemoptera extensa, Oliv. Ene. Méth, viii. p. 178, n. 4 (1811); Guér.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vie oe

462 Mr. W. F. Kirby on the

Icon. R. Anim., Ins. p. 384, pl. Ixi. fig. 1 (1829-1844) ; Klug, Abhandl.

Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 93. n. 4; Ramb. Ins, Névr. p. 336 (1842).

Nematoptera extensa, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. At

n.4; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 397. n. 4 (1842).

Hab. Baghdad.

Genus III. CHASMOPTERA, gen. nov.

Antenne very thick ; beak prominent; hind wings only one

and a half times as long as the fore wings ; fore wings hyaline,

except a slightly marked pterostigma; hind wings wholly

dark except at the extremity and on the median line in the

middle of the principal lobe, which expands very broadly on

each side, occupying the third quarter of the wing; at the

base it expands gradually, and at the extremity it is trun-

cated, the angles, however, being rounded off; from’ the

central line a number of bifid nervures diverge on each side.

This is followed by a second smaller lobe on each side, and a

broad terminal projection, white on the apical half.

*21. Chasmoptera Hutiit.

Nemoptera Huttii, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. v. p. 27, pl. viii.

fig. 1 (1847) ; Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 265.

n. 12 (1888).

Hab. Australia (Perth, Swan River).

Genus IV. SAVIGNIELLA, n. n.

\|Brachystoma, Rambur (nec Meigen), Ins. Névr. p. 337 (1842).

Mouth not produced into a beak ; hind wings Jong, linear,

scarcely enlarged towards the extremity.

22. Savigniella costata.

, Savigny, Descr. Egypte, Neur. pl. ii. fig. 14 (details).

|| Nemoptera halterata, Oliv. (nec Forsk.) Encycl. Méth. viii. p. 178

1811).

weaeene costata, Klug, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 94. n. 7.

Nemoptera Olivieri, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 337 (1842),

Nematoptera Oliviert, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 13,

n. 14; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 379. n. 14 (1842).

Hab. Alexandria.

Hagen considers Savigny’s fig. 13, usually referred to this

species, to represent Halter Ledereri, Selys.

Neuropterous Family Nemopteride. 463

Genus V. STENORRHACHUS.

Stenorrhachus, M‘Lachlan, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. viii.

|| Stenoteenia, M‘Lachlan (nec Gervais), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885,

p. 376.

23. Stenorrhachus Walker?.

Stenotenia Walkeri, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 377.

Hab. Chili.

The only described American representative of this family.

Genus VI. Croce.

Croce, M‘Lachlan, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 378.

*24. Croce filipennis.

Nematoptera filipennis, Westwood, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 13,

n. 19; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 380. n. 19 (1842).

Nemoptera filipennis, Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 267.

n, 13 (1888).

Hab. N. India.

The Natural History Museum possesses three specimens of

what may possibly be a second Indian species, the hind wings

being apparently much narrower than in the typical form ;

but this may perhaps be due merely to the pubescence being

more closely appressed to the shaft of the wing.

*25. Croce aristata.

Nemoptera aristata, Klug, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1856, p. 96, n. 13.

Nematoptera aristata, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 13.

n. 17; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 380. n. 17 (1842),

Hab. Ambukohl (Klug); Thebes (B. M., presented by

A. Carter, Esq.).

26. Croce (?) alba.

Nemoptera alba, Oliv. Enc. Méth. viii. p. 179. n. 6 (1811); Klug,

Abhandl, Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 96. n. 12; Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 336.

n. 6 (1842).

Nematoptera alba, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p, 13, n. 18;

Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. vill. p. 380. n, 18,

Hab. Baghdad.

Found in abundance in houses in the evening towards the

end of May by Olivier, and described by him ; but no further

information about the species has been given by any author,

and it was apparently unknown in nature even to Rambur.

al*

464 On the Neuropterous Family Nemopteride.

27. Croce pusilla,

Nematoptera pusilla, Tascheuberg, Zeitschr. f. Naturw. lvi. p. 183

(1884). s

Nemoptera pusilla, Hagen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. p. 268.

n. 14 (1888).

Hab. Socotra.

*28. Croce setacea.

Nemoptera setacea, Klug, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 95. n. 10, fig. 3.

Nematoptera setacea, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 13.

n.15; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 379. n. 18 (1842).

Hab. S. Africa.

29. Croce capillaris.

Nemoptera capillaris, Klug, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 96, fig. 4.

Nematoptera capilaris, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 18.

n. 16; Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. viii. p. 379. n. 16 (1842).

Hab. Arabia Felix.

30. Croce ephemera.

Nemoptera (Croce) ephemera, Gerstaecker, Mitth. Ver. Vorpomm, xxy,

p. 152 (1893).

Hab. Mesopotamia.

31. Croce Baudii.

Nemoptera (Croce) Baudii, Gritfini, Boll. Mus. Torino, x. no. 214, p. 2

(1895).

Hab. Cyprus.

32. Croce Chobautt.

Croce Chobaut?, M‘Lachlan, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898, p. 169.

Hab. Algeria.

38. Croce damare.

Croce damare, M‘Lachlan, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898, p. 170.

JTab. Damaraland.

Mr. O. Thomas on Equus Penricei. 465

LX.— On Equus Penricei, a Representative of the Mountain

Zebra (Equus zebra, L.) discovered by Mr. W. Penrice in

Angola. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Durin@ his last expedition to Angola Mr. W. Penrice

discovered an animal which he rightly recognized as a repre-

sentative of the Mountain Zebra, hitherto only known * from

South Africa, and now, alas, nearly exterminated there.

Of this most interesting animal he brought home a flat

skin, which on examination proves to possess the deeper and

more essential characters of EH. zebra, such as the forward

slope of the median dorsal hairs, the presence of a “ eridiron-

pattern” on the rump, &c., but to differ from it so much in

other details that it clearly cannot be assigned to the typical

form of that species. The only question is as to whether it

should be considered a species or subspecies ; but since it is

now isolated geographically, and its general appearance is so

strikingly different from that of #. zebra, it would seem

necessary to call it a species until at least any evidence is

brought forward that intermediate specimens occur. ‘T’o no

other species than JZ. zebra is it at all allied, although the

equal striping of the body, the short close fur, and the buffy

tone of the light stripes give it a superficial resemblance to

£. Grevyt, which it may be said to rival in the extreme

handsomeness of its markings.

Equus Penricet, sp. n.

Spinal hair-slope, character of rump-stripes, gridiron-pattern

of loins, and complete striping of limbs as in &. zebra. Size

apparently rather larger than in that animal, but exact

measurements are not at present available. Fur short, close,

and glossy, the hairs of the back only aboutd millim. in length,

and therefore very different from the comparatively long and

shaggy hairs of #. zebra. Light ground-colour not white, as

in £. zebra, but buffy or creamy dun, as in L. Grevyi,

lightening, however, nearly to white on the belly. Dark

bands glossy brownish black. Striping throughout modified

from that of E. zebra by the broadening of the light and the

narrowing of the dark bands, the light bands being everywhere

(with the exception of those on the sides of the neck) as broad

as or broader than the dark ones, the latter being far the

* In Prof. Bocage’s “ List of the Mammals of Angola” (J. Sci. Lisb.

(2) v. p. 28, 1890) “ Equus zebra” is included, on the strength of observers

who had seen zebras in Southern Angola. Although Z. Burchelliis more

common there, Bocage’s name may in part refer to Penrice’s zebra.

466 Mr, O. Thomas on new Peruvian Species of

broader on all parts of the allied species. This difference is

most noticeable along the back, where, instead of dark stripes

about 14 inch wide alternating with white ones of half an

inch, both light and dark are equally about 1 inch wide.

Similarly on the face all the fine light stripes are broader

than the dark ones, which latter are, as usual, reddish instead

of black. On the ears again the white is increased at the

expense of the black. The transverse dorsal markings on

the whole are rather more uniform and less irregular than in

E. zebra, and they are throughout (except in two cases)

divided from each other by a well-defined narrow median

black line which runs from the withers right through on to

the tail. The gridiron-pattern of the loins is essentially

similar to that of HL. zebra, but owing to the alteration in the

proportions of the colours would rather be called black

markings on a buff ground instead of white ones on a black

ground. Upper light rump-stripe nearly twice the breadth of

that of H. zebra.

Length of the tanned skin, from tip of nose to base of tail,

8 feet 4 inches.

Hab. Mossamedes, Southern Angola. Type from Provi-

dencia, near the River Moninho, about 70 kilometres N.E. of

Mossamedes. Altitude 300 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 9.12.1. Shot in May 1900

by Mr. G. W. Penrice:

Mr. Penrice informs me that the country where this zebra

is found consists of sand-flats dotted all over with stone kopjes

in a state of disintegration, the flats in many cases being

thickly strewn with boulders. He had heard of zebras being

occasionally found on the top of the Chella range, 2100 metres,

but was unable to say to which species they belonged.

He had first met the magnificent animal with which I have

associated his name on the Coroca River, 50 kilometres east

of Port Alexander, and at an elevation of only 180 m.,

and was also told that a zebra of this species had been shot

some two years ago within a few miles of the sea.

LXI.—New Peruvian Species of Conepatus, Phyllotis,

and Akodon. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Conepatus arequipe, sp. n.

Closely allied to the Ecuadorean C. quitensis, with which

it agrees in the great breadth of the white stripes anteriorly.

Size rather less than in that animal. Fur of body long and

Conepatus, Phyllotis, and Akodon. 467

thick, as befits the high altitude ; that of the nape reversed

forwards from the withers to the crown. White stripes

ending on the loins, not continued on to the root of the tail,

as they are in C. quitensts and chinga. ‘Tail long, thick,

very bushy, its basal half black, its terminal half mixed

black and white, the hairs of the two colours about equally

numerous.

Skull broad and stout, shorter and broader than that of

C. quitensis, larger than that of C. rex and chinga. Upper

molar comparatively small.

Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 370 millim, ; tail 200; hind foot (s. u.) 70,

(c. u.) 80; ear 28.

Skull: basal length 70; greatest breadth 48; length of

nasals (in middle line) 13; interorbital breadth 25; greatest

diameter of m.* 9°5.

Another skull, that of an aged male, measures :—

Greatest length 87; basal length 73 ; zygomatic breadth

56; intertemporal breadth 20; mastoid breadth 47; palate

length 36:5.

Hab. Sumbay, Province of Arequipa, S. Peru. Alt. 4000 m.

Type. Male (young adult), B.M. no. 0.10.1. 2. Ori-

ginal number 1032. Collected 6th June, 1900, by Mr. Perry

O. Simons.

This skunk is an intermediate link between C. quitens?s and

C. rex. It differs from the former by its smaller size, by

the more definite reversal of the nape-hairs, and by the white

stripes ending on the loins and not passing backwards to the

root of the tail. From C. rex, on the other hand, it differs

by its rather larger size and by the white stripes being

throughout separated from each other by the median black

line.

Phyllotis sublimis, sp. n.

A vole-like species of medium size, with short tail and very

long fur. SOON),

Size medium; proportions rather Microtine, intermediate

between those of the medium-tailed Ph. boliviensis and the

remarkable short-tailed PA. Garlepp?. Fur long, extremely

soft and fine; hairs of back about 14 millim. in length.

General colour dull pale greyish fawn, greyer anteriorly,

more distinctly fawn on the sides and posteriorly on the

rump. Centre of back browner. Head like back, no darker

markings round eyes, Ears of medium length, not long as

468 Mr. O. Thomas on new Peruvian Species of

in the more typical Phyllotes, their anterior halves externally

brown, rather darker than the general head-colour; hairs

on their inner surface yellowish, an ill-defined patch of

yellowish fawn at their bases. Under surface white, not very

sharply defined, the bases of -the hairs slate. Upper surface

of hands and feet silvery white. Tail only about half the

length of the head and body, uniformly finely haired, not

pencilled ; a narrow line along the top ill-defined fawn, the

remainder white.

Skull more normal in general shape than the widely

expanded skull of Ph. boliviensis or the very peculiar one of

Ph. Garleppi. Nasals narrow, evenly tapering backwards,

considerably surpassing the premaxillary processes posteriorly.

Interorbital region flat, its edges square but not ridged,

Interparietal narrow, strap-like, its anterior edge concave

forwards. Anterior zygoma-root slanted backwards. Palatal

foramina long; choane narrow; bulle small, much smaller

than in Ph. boliviensis. Molars normal. Incisors narrow,

though not so much so as in Ph. Garleppi; pale yellow

above and below.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 105 millim.; tail 54; hind foot (s. u.) 21°5,

(c. u.) 23; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 25:3; basilar length 20:2; greatest

breadth 14:5; nasals 10x3°6; interorbital breadth 3°7;

breadth of brain-case 12°5 ; palate length 12°1; diastema 6°9 ;

palatal foramina 6; length of upper molar series 4:7.

Hab. Rinconado Malo pass, above Caylloma, on the Sumbay

road, Peru. Altitude 5500 metres (nearly 18,000 feet).

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 10. 1. 60. Original number

1104. Collected 18th June, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons.

Nine specimens examined, all dug out of one burrow.

This most interesting little mouse lives at the highest alti-

tude from which mammalian life has been recorded in the

New World, and in the Old is only surpassed in this respect

by a few of the Himalayan species. Zoologically it is also

of interest, owing to its forming a link between the peculiar —

short-tailed Phyllotis Garleppi* and the other members of

the genus, so that it tends to resolve the doubt with which I

assigned that species to Phyllotis.

Akodon amenus, sp. n.

A medium-sized species with close fur and sharp-edged

supraorbital region.

* Aun, & Mag. Nat. Hist, (7) i. p. 279 (1898).

Conepatus, Phyllotis, and Akodon. 469

Probably most nearly allied to, and of about the same size

as, A. punctulatus, Thos.* Fur rather short, close and

almost crisp, the ordinary hairs about 8 millim. in length,

though these are mixed on the back with much longer fine

hairs 12-13 millim. long. General colour above dull yel-

lowish, rather, but not conspicuonsly, darker in the middle of

the back. Muzzle, cheeks, rings round eyes, and base of ears

clearer and deeper buffy yellow. Longer hairs of back brown,

tipped with white. Under surface dull whitish, fairly well

defined, the bases of the hairs plumbeous except on the chin,

where they are white to the roots. Ears rather short, well-

haired, of about the same colour as the head. Upper surface

of arms and legs, as far down as the metapodials, orange-

yellow; fingers and toes white ; fifth hind toe (without claw)

barely reaching to the base of the fourth. Tail about as long

as the body without the head, well-haired, its upper surface

dull orange, its lower white.

Skull very different from that of the more typical Akodons,

narrow, strongly bowed, its upper outline very convex and

its interorbital region sharply square-edged, though not

ridged. Nasals short and rather broad. Interparietal very

small. Palatal foramina long. Molars of normal Akodont

structure.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 100 millim.; tail 75; hind foot (s. u.) 19°5,

(e.7n-)21:5)3\ ear 16.

Skull (much damaged): extreme length 26°5; nasals

8°5x 3°73; interorbital breadth 4:9; breadth of brain-case

11:4; length of upper molar series 4:2.

Hab. Calalla, Rio Colea, near Sumbay, Peru. Altitude

3500 metres.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 10. 1. 77. Original number

1109. Collected 19th June, 1900, by P. O. Simons.

This is an isolated species, apparently only allied to 4. pune-

tulatus, from which it is distinguishable by its very different

colour.

Besides these three species, Mr. Simons’s Caylloma and

Arequipa collection contains examples of the remarkable

Chinchillula sahame, of Akodon pulcherrimus, Phyllotis boli-

viensis, and Reithrodon pictus.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 861 (1894),

470 Ona new Free-tailed Bat from Central America.

LXII.—A new Free-tailed Bat from Central America.

By Gerrit 8. MILxer, Jr.

A SPECIES of free-tailed bat represented by two skins from

Chiriqui, submitted to me for determination by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas, is strikingly distinct from any hitherto known. In

size and external appearance it suggests a small “ Nyctinomus”’

of the gracilis-europs group; but its skull and teeth show it

to be a Promops related, notwithstanding its small size, to

P. glaucinus.

Promops nanus, sp. n.

Type (in British Museum *),—Adult male (skin and skull),

no. 56 collection of H. J. Watson, taken at Bogava,

Chiriqui, Panama (alt. 250 m.), October 7, 1898. “ Caught

under the roof of a house.”

Character.—Essentially a miniature of Promops glaucinus ;

forearm about 39 millim. instead of 56 millim., greatest length

of skull 16°5 millim. instead of 22 millim.

Muzzle and lips—So far as can be determined from the

dried specimens, after relaxation of the parts, the lips are

slightly less wrinkled than in P. glauctnus, and the pointed

horny projections on the ridge above and between nostrils are

even smaller and less distinct.

EFars.—The ears are of the same form as in P. glaucinus ;

laid forward they extend about 2 millim. beyond tip of

muzzle; their inner borders arise together on forehead, about

5 millim. behind tip of muzzle. In outline the conch is

irregularly squarish, the anterior and superior borders about

equal in length, the posterior much shorter, the corners

bluntly rounded. Antitragus about two thirds as high as

wide, its anterior and posterior borders converging regularly

toward the bluntly rounded tip, the width of which is a little

less than half that of base. Keel well developed, its edge

very noticeably thickened. ‘Tragus minute, scarcely more

than 1 millim. in length, its highest point at extremity of

posterior margin.

Feet and membranes.—The feet and membranes present no

characters of importance. Wing attached at distal extremity

of tibie.

Fur and colour.—The fur is not peculiar either in quality or

distribution. On middle of back it is about 5°5 millim. in

length. General colour above dark bistre, very faintly washed

* [Now registered as no. 0, 7, 11. 99,—0, T.]

Some Results of Indian Dredging. 471

with ecru-drab. The drab is only visible in certain lights.

Underparts broccoli-brown, strongly washed with ecru-drab.

Throughout the body the hairs are whitish smoke-grey at

base.

Skull.—Notwithstanding its size, less than that of Nycti-

nomus europs or NV. brasiliensis, the skull of Promops nanus

closely resembles that of P. glaucinus. The brain-case is

relatively larger and less angular, and the basisphenoid pits

are actually larger. Bony palate entire anteriorly.

Teeth.—The teeth throughout are similar to those of Pro-

mops glaucinus, except that the upper incisors do not quite

come in contact with the canines and the posterior molar,

both above and below, is relatively larger and better deve-

loped. The third upper molar contains a small but distinct

metacone, a cusp that is lacking in the corresponding tooth of

Promops glaucinus. Similarly, the third lower molar is

provided with an entaconid of considerably greater relative

size than that of the corresponding tooth in the larger species.

Hypocone of first and second upper molars as in Promops

glaucinus.

Measurements. — Exxternal measurements of type: head

and body 41 mm.*; tail 84*; tail (free) 15; tibie 11; foot

78 (6°6); forearm 38; thumb 5°5; second digit 38; third

digit 75; fourth digit 58 ; fifth digit 37. The other specimen

(a female) is slightly larger; forearm 39-5.

Cranial measurements of type: greatest length 16-4 mm. ;

basal length 15; basilar length 138; median palatal length 6 ;

zygomatic breadth 9:8; least interorbital breadth 3:6; mas-

toid breadth 9; greatest breadth of brain-case above roots of

zygomata 8 ; lachrymal breadth 5; mandible 11:6; maxillary

tooth-row (exclusive of incisor) 6°4; mandibular tooth-row

(exclusive of incisors) 6°8.

LXIUI.—Natural History Notes from the Royal Indian Marine

Survey Ship ‘Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming,

R.N., commanding.—Series III., No. 4. Some Results of

the Dredging Season 1899-1900. By A. F. McArpte,

B.A., M.B., Capt. I.M.S., Surgeon-Naturalist to the

Survey.

Durine the season 1899-1900 the R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator’

was for the greater part of the time without the services of a

Surgeon-Naturalist. At the beginning of April 1900 I joined

* Collector s measurement.

472 Capt. A. F. McArdle—Some Results

the ship at Colombo, and remained in her till the 4th May,

when she went into dock at Bombay. Altogether there were

twelve trawls made in over 100 fathoms, yielding a fair

number of Crustacea, Fishes, Mollusca, &c. Of these the

Fishes and Crustacea have been identified, while the Worms

and Mollusks remain still to be described by the specialists to

whose hands they have been entrusted.

Of the most interesting finds made during the year may be

mentioned :—

1. A very large specimen (an adult male), 12 inches long,

of Bathynomus giganteus, A. M.-Edw., dredged off the north-

west of Ceylon in 594 fathoms.

2. A specimen of that strange crab T’richopeltarium ovale,

from a depth of 445 fathoms.

3. Five specimens of the Atlantic fish Hoplostethus atlan-

ticum.

4, A trawl of twenty-eight specimens of Glyphocrangon

investigatoris.

5. ‘lwo fine specimens of Pennatula from 487 fathoms, in

the branches of each of which was found a small polycheete

worm of one and the same species.

6. Two specimens of Pleurotoma symbiotes, from 771 and

464 fathoms. As on the two previous occasions on which

this interesting mollusk was dredged, the same species of

Epizoanthus was found encrusted on the living shell.

7. A large collection (forty-five specimens) of Turbo indicus,

from 595 fathoms. The living shells were generally covered

on the spire by Scalpellum and sponges.

8. ‘I'wo fine specimens of a species of Conus were found at

the very unusual depth of 487 fathoms.

Most of the Crustacea obtained had been previously known,

but the following three species are new :—

BRACHYURA.

OXYRHYNCHA.

Fam. Maiide.

Subfam. Jwacurva.

CyrTomalA, Miers.

Cyrtomaia Goodridge, sp. n.

Description of an adult male.—Carapace bluntly triangular,

broader than long, vertically depressed anteriorly, broadly

rounded over the branchial regions, and with the gastric an |

of Indian Dredging. 473

cardiac regions greatly elevated. It is finely granular and

has numerous spines arranged as follows:—In the gastric

region one very long spine on either side, with a very short

one in the median line between them, a fourth gastric spine

intermediate in size being situate in the median line posterior

to the other three. In the cardiac region are two strong

spines on well-marked tubercles close to and on either side of

the median line. There is a well-marked hepatic spine. In

the branchial region there is a very long and strong spine

directed forwards, and laterally there are numerous small

spines, mostly arranged in two horizontal lines running

through the branchial and pterygostomial regions. There isa

prominent postocular, but no preocular nor supraocular spines.

A very small intestinal spine. The rostrum appears, when

looked at from in front or from above, to be trifid, owing to

the presence of a strong interantennulary spine, which is as

Jong as either of the proper rostral spines. The latter are

two in number, triangular, and run forward horizontally and

almost parallel to one another. They are bent downwards at

the tips. The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments ;

the first six carinate and spinous, the spine on the sixth

segment being the longest, the seventh segment granular and

rounded at its distal extremity. The sternum is spiny, both

anteriorly, where the spines are situated more or less trans-

versely, and laterally, where they are placed in two rows, one

at the bases of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs, and the

other row midway between them and the margin of the abdo-

men. ‘The eyes are short, robust, with a small spinule at

their distal extremities. The basal joint of the antenne has

two spinules on its outer border, one of which—that nearer

the base—points downward, the other pointing forward.

Arising between these two, but from the inferior surface of

the basal joint, there is a third spinule, pointing downwards.

The second and third joints are flattened from above down,

have each two smallspinules on their outer margins, and the

third joint reaches to the tip of the rostral spines. The

flagellum is long, slender, and setose. The third maxillipeds

have the ischium and merus strongly spinous, and the antero-

external angle of the latter is produced to a spiny tubercle.

The exognath is as long as the ischium and merus together,

and is somewhat narrowed anteriorly, The chelipeds are long

and slender, over two and a half times as long as the carapace

(77 : 28), the merus slightly shorter than the palm and fingers

combined (32:35), fingers regularly toothed and not fitting

closely. ‘Ihe first pair of ambulato1y legs are between twice

and one and a half times as long as the chelipeds [122: 77],

474 Capt. A. F. McArdle—Some Results

the second pair about two thirds as long as the first. The

first two pairs are strongly spinose, the spines being arranged

in longitudinal rows. ‘The last two pairs are shorter and

much more slender, and have no spines, with the exception of

one at the distal extremity of the merus. Dactyli nearly

straight and hirsute.

Colour in spirit dull ivory -white.

Adult ¢.

millim.

Length of carapace to base of rostrum..........+06- 28

Greatest breadth...) . sine emu rims alive mint 32

ene th Of POSEN etna elsiamtaqeieke Sree iets ontay eats stata 53

Jj) ABASETIC pile WRG ant ile le taeterdt Tid Seiden 13

. branchial spine |... irvestcash! «mateo ey haste 8

i chelipeds ..... PSA oO E ESO Ye oc. 14

A. first ambulatory legs ss s:< iss oe atric ii 122

A perfect adult male, dredged at Sta. 267 in about 500

fathoms, in lat. 7° 02! 30" N., long. 79° 36', off the west coast

of Ceylon.

Of the species heretofore described it is most like C. Smithit,

but differs in the shape and character of the rostrum, in

having no supraorbital spine, in possessing a large branchial

spine, and in the description of the basal joint of the antenne.

From C. Murrayi it can be easily distinguished by its

rostrum, by the absence of spines on its third and fourth

ambulatory legs, by having no preorbital spine, and by its

shorter and more robust eyes.

From C. Suhmi it differs in its shorter and more robust

eyes, in its general appearance, the regions of the carapace

being much better defined, in the general arrangement of the

spines, and by the rostrum.

A figure will be given in an early issue of the “ Illustrations

of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator.’ ”

OXYSTOMA.

Fam. Dorippide.

Subfam. Dorrerivz.

Eruusa, Roux.

Ethusa hirsuta, sp. n.

Carapace subquadrilateral, flat, with its length equal to its

extreme breadth. It is expanded, but not greatly so, over

the branchial regions, and the lateral convergent borders are

of Indian Dredging. 475

almost straight. The whole of the carapace and the sternum

are covered with hairs, which are particularly long and strong

over the anterior and lateral borders. he cardiac region is

not depressed, and the branchio-cardiac lines, which are well

marked, do not meet in front. The front of the carapace is

four-toothed, the teeth equal in length, but the median being

more widely separated from one another than they are from

the lateral. The widest and deepest space is that between

the lateral teeth and the external orbital spine, which is long,

slender, acutely triangular, and extended forwards beyond the

tips of the rostral spines, and is directed slightly outwards.

The eyes are small, well pigmented, situated on moderately

sized, freely movable eyestalks, which extend well beyond

the angles of the orbital sinuses.

There is no distinct epistome. Antennules folded obliquely.

The bases of the antenne moderately developed. Fla-

gellum short. The outer maxillipeds have the ischium pro-

duced at its antero-internal angle; the merus articulates with

the next joint at its antero-external angle and has its antero-

internal angle rounded. ‘I'he exognath is long, slender, and

narrowed anteriorly.

The chelipeds are equal, more than three fourths the length

of the first pair of ambulatory legs. Palm and fingers taken

together are twice the length of the carpus. Fingers not as

long as the palm. The chelz fit well and there is no space

at the base.

The first pair of ambulatory legs are longer than the cheli-

peds (24: 193) and the second than the first, but the dispro-

portion is much less than in some allied forms. The last

two pair of legs are small, covered with hair, and have small

recurved dactyli. ‘The abdomen in the female is 7-jointed,

in the male 5-jointed, owing to the coalescence of the third,

fourth, and fifth segments.

Colour (in spirit) yellowish white.

millim.

ere tihi Gl CHAE. i)dc ni eles a ee slchiolsles io s@aldea 15

WES LHCOUCATAMECE (os 2) tails 5 aidin.w ie area sre 18 tiga ed 15

iC enG he Gi CHOM BOOS O's «(5 's.6 aa 6 a vale cies a's ay eines Sua 194

- first, ambulatory legs: svi ck vee es 24°

+ second ambulatory legs ....cscesncvace’ 284

A female and a young male dredged at Stations 267 and

268 in between 500 and 600 fathoms, lat. 7° 02’ 30” N. and

7° 36’ 00” N., and long. 79° 36’ 00” E. and 78° 05' 00” KE

respectively.

476 Capt. A. F. McArdle—Some Results

The species is nearest HE. indica of Alcock and JZ. lata of

M. Rathbun (£. pubescens, Faxon). It differs from the former

in having a flatter carapace with less swollen branchial

regions, a cardiac region not depressed, in being covered with

hair, in having longer eyestalks, and in having the external

orbital spines directed forwards instead of obliquely outwards.

From £. lata by its general hairy covering, by the longer

eyestalks which extend beyond the angle of the orbit, the

external orbital spine projecting beyond the rostral spines,

and the chelipeds being much longer in proportion to the

ambulatory legs.

In the “Key to the Indian Species of Hthusa,” as pub-

lished by Major Alcock in the J. A. S. B. vol. Ixv. part ii.

no. 2 (1896), the species will be placed with H. andamanica in

part 2 of the first division, being divided from it by the dis-

tinction that the external orbital spines are long, acute, and

project beyond the level of the frontal spines, and the body

being hairy.

The species will be figured in the “ Illustrations to the

Zoology of the R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator.’ ”

MACRURA.

Fam. Thalassinide.

CaALocaRris, Berl.

Calocaris Alcock, sp. n.

Description of an adult female.—Carapace laterally com-

pressed and smooth. Rostrum long, narrow, and curved

upwards, deeply grooved on its upper surface, the margins

of the groove being produced backwards as well-defined ridges

over the anterior part of the carapace, and giving rise on

either side tu a small spine directed upwards and forwards,

The rostrum itself has two small spinules on its left margin,

one on its right. All the regions of the carapace are smooth

and devoid of hair. A slight median carina runs the whole

length of the carapace. ‘I'he abdomen is longer than the

carapace, smooth, non-carinated.

Eyestalks short, eyes rudimentary; no traces of pigment

or cornea.

The second antenne have their first or basal joint unarmed,

the second joint has two fixed spines. A short internal spine

and an external, which is longer, but which does not reach

the next joint. From the second joint there also arises an

articulatory spine or scaphocerite, which projects but for a

of Indian Dredging. 477

very short distance over the third joint. The third joint is

slender and very long, longer than the other three segments

taken together; both it and the fourth joint, which is short,

are unarmed.

Flagellum long. Epistome well developed.

The chelipeds are long and slightly asymmetrical; coxa

unarmed; the ischium has one small spine above at its

proximal end, two small spines below at its distal. Merus

very long, flattened laterally, and curved on itself; at the upper

border of its distal end is a prominent spine. Carpus un-

armed. The palm has a large spine distally on its upper

border. The chele are narrow and long (but not so long as

the palm) ; on the right side the margins are sharp, finely

dentate, with curved crossed tips. On the left side the chele

are imperfect.

Second pair of legs slender, with small perfect chelee ;

remaining Jegs slender, with short curved dactyli.

With the exception of a few hairs on the last and penulti-

mate joints all the legs are naked.

The female genital openings are easily seen, and there is a

tubercle in the position of the male openings.

Eggs large, blue in life.

The outer plate of the large swimmeret has a diagonal

suture running obliquely from its outer to its posterior border.

There is a spinule at the outer end of this, but none along

the course of the suture. No spinules on the inner plate.

The telson is longer than broad, with a rounded end.

Colour in life reddish, in spirit yellowish white.

Adult 3.

millim.

Hueneth Of TOSEUME 0.5 Nese sn elea nts vce sas she Were s 5

-- carapace to base of rostrum.............. 163

* abdomen’ with telson 5. cn. owecesencees « 32

chelipeds :

ESC HATIMAN Petes cle share fees erate sect e's = soa 4

IUGHITE, saetteieets «ala rchivee sir nie eon nce wie. 6! ele 16

WORT ESS ares clei s ladle’ “Gawrles were eek hue rf

GEO latech aver wibetoteite, sastehene spermcainye tae aia se ll

GG CTS oot elation eres acini ale #5 oettte age vale 10

One adult female dredged off the north-east of Ceylon in

Sta. 266, in 542 fathoms, lat. 87,36 15" N., by long.

81° 20! 30" E. ali 4 i

I have placed this new species 1n the genus Calocaris of

Bell, in spite of its having a styloid scaphocerite on the

peduncle of its second antenne, a point which Faxon has

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 32

478 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

thought of sufficient importance to found a new genus (Cata-

stacus) on. Moreover, Bell, in his description of the genus

Calocaris, says that the second antenne have “a large trian-

gular scale reaching to the end of the first joint,” and gives a

figure of it at the head of his description of the only species.

The length of this scaphocerite seems to be only a matter of

degree; it is very short in the species which has just been

described, it is longer in Calastacus investigatoris, And., and

Calastacus felix, and longest of all in Calastacus stilirostris,

Faxon.

C. Alcock? is easily distinguishable from C. Macandree by

the general naked appearance of the body and legs and by

the marked differences in the rostrum and chelipeds.

From Calastacus stilirostris by the short external spine

and scaphocerite on the second antenne, the rostrum being

grooved, the gastric area being smooth, and by differences in

the chelipeds and the telson.

From C. investiyatoris and C. felix by the carapace having

no hairs and not being granular, in having shorter spines on

the second antenne, no denticle at the end of the carina, and

the abdominal terga smooth, and by differences in the rostrum,

telson, and chelipeds.

The species will be illustrated in an early issue of the

* Tilustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator.’ ”

LXIV.—Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr, J. E. 8S.

Moore in Lake Tanganyika. By G. A. BouLENGER,

F.R.S.

I. Cyprinide, Silurida.

Capoeta tanganice.

D120). A, dilat tee Oeatell ina

14—15°

Depth of body 3? to 4 times in total length, length of head

5. Diameter of eye 34 in length of head, 2 in interorbital

width; a very small barbel. Third ray of dorsal very strong,

ossified. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Olive

above, each scale darker at the base, silvery white beneath.

Total length 320 millim.

North end of Lake Tanganyika.

new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika, 479

Barbus platyrhinus.

D.11, A.8. L. lat. 40. L. tr. 35%,

Depth of body 3} times in total length, length of head 4.

Snout broad and rounded, twice as long as eye, which is 54

times in Jength of head, 24 in interorbital width ; barbels two

pairs, subequal, as long as eye. No bony dorsal ray. Ven-

tral below middle of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 as long as

deep. 384 scales between lateral line and root of ventral.

Olive-brown above, golden yellow beneath.

Total length 390 millim,

South of Usambura.

Barbus altianalis,

Dez. oA. oe doe lat.go.. Lh. tr. ze

Depth of body equal to or slightly greater than length of

head, 4 to 44 times in total length. Snout moderately broad

and rounded, 14 to 13 as long as eye, which is 5 to 54 times

in length of head, 2 in interorbital width ; barbels two pairs,

subequal, as long as ora little longer than eye. Third dorsal

ray very strong, bony, not serrated. Longest anal ray 3

length of head, nearly reaching caudal when folded. First

ventral ray corresponding to origin of dorsal. Caudal pe-

duncle twice as long as deep. 3 scales between lateral line and

root of ventral. Olive-brown, very dark above.

Total length 350 millim.

Lake Kivu and Rusisi River, N.E. of Tanganyika.

Barbus serrifer.

D; 10." AL 8. The lat. 28-30, E: tr. a,

Depth of body 8 to 3} times in total length, length of head

4 to 44. Snout rounded, as long as or a little longer than

eye, which is 4 to 43 in length of head and 14 to 14 in inter-

orbital width ; barbels two pairs, posterior longer, twice as

long as eye. ‘Third dorsal ray very strong, bony, strongly

serrated. Last ventral ray below first of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle 1} to 13 as long as deep. 3 scales between lateral

line and root of ventral. Olive-brown above, silvery white

below; a greyish stripe above lateral line; a small blackish

spot at base of caudal.

Total length 120 millim.

North end of Lake Tanganyika.

32*

480 On new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika.

Barilius Moorit.

D. 12. A, 16-17. 1, lat. 56-60. L. tr. “=.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Mouth extending to below anterior third or centre of

eye. Anal originating below middle of dorsal. 3 scales

between lateral line and root of ventral. Silvery, brownish

on the back; about 10 dark vertical bars on the body ; dorsal

blackish at the end.

Total length 115 millim.

North end of Lake Tanganyika.

Barilius tanganice.

D138,.- +A, 20 2. lat82. eat: P

Depth of body equal to length of head, 44 times in total

length. Mouth extending to below posterior border of eye.

Anal originating below posterior third of dorsal. 4 scales

between lateral line and root of ventral. Silvery, olive on

the back ; 16 or 17 dark vertical bars on the body.

Total length 260 millim.

North end of Lake Tanganyika.

Chrysichthys brachynema.

D.16. A. 12-13.

Head little longer than broad, smooth above ; snout twice

as broad as long; diameter of eye 5 to 6 times in length of

head; maxillary barbel 4 or 3 length of head, outer man-

dibular 4 or $; nasal barbel not or but scarcely longer than

diameter of eye; teeth on the palate forming a broad crescentic

or horseshoe-shaped band on the vomer and _ pterygoids.

Dorsal spine 4 or ? length of head. Adipose fin measuring 4

or 4 its distance from the rayed dorsal. Pectoral spine very

strongly serrated. Caudal deeply notched, with obtusely

pointed lobes. Olive above, white beneath.

Total length 400 millim.

Several specimens from Kalambo and Usambura.

Synodontis granulosus.

LD Ho Dar jem ea: Bs

Head granular above; eyes supero-lateral; maxillary —

barbel simple, as long as or a little longer than the head;

On Diatoms from Chincha Guano. 481

mandibular barbels with short simple branches; anterior

mandibular teeth very short, 40 to 42. Adipose dorsal 4

times as long as deep, 24 to 34 times as long as its distance

from the rayed dorsal. Humeral process narrow, keeled,

sharply pointed. Body covered with granular papilla. Olive

above, yellowish beneath ; dorsal, anal, and paired fins black

in front, orange behind ; caudal black, edged with orange.

Total length 230 millim.

North end of Lake Tanganyika.

LXV.—Note on Diatoms from Chincha Guano.

By C. MERESCHKOWSKY.

[Plate XVI]

] HAVE, through the kindness of Mr. E. Thum, of Leipzig,

been provided with a very interesting slide containing a great

number of Diatoms from Chincha guano (in Peru). Having

carefully studied the various forms which it contains and

determined the species so far as possible with the aid of

the few books at my disposal, I give in the present note a

list of forty-one forms accompanied by a few remarks con-

cerning several of them and by the description of some new

species and varieties.

The majority of Diatoms of which the Chincha guano

material is composed belong to the group Anaraphidiez or

Cryptoraphidiee. Different kinds of Beddulphia, small species

of Coscinodiscus and Chetoceros, represented by a great

number of species, form the greatest bulk of this material.

There are only a few representatives of the group Raphidiez

and still fewer belonging to the group Pseudoraphidiew, or

Bacilloideze, as I propose to call this group *.

1. Diploneis vacillans, var. delicatula, Cl. Very rare.

2. Navicula Hennedyi, var. subrostrata, nov. var. (Pl. XVI.

fig. 14.) Very rare.

Size small, length 0:044 mm., breadth 0°025 mm.: valve

elliptic, with slightly rostrate apices ; lateral areas moderately

* In a note which will soon be published I have separated the Nitzschi-

oidez and Surirelloidez from the rest of the Pseudoraphidian Diatoms,

and given to the latter the name Bacilloidez, while the former have been

united in a new group called Carinate.

482 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

large, smooth, with almost parallel internal margins ; marginal

striae 11 in 0-‘01 mm., axial strie 13-14in 0-01 mm. Puncta

indistinct.

Among the numerous varieties of this species enumerated

by Cleve * there is not a single one which is described as

having valves with rostrate ends. I think therefore that the

above-described form belongs to a new variety. From its

small size it might be referred to the varietas minuta, Cl.

(size, according to Cleve, 0:027-0°05 mm.), or the varietas

tahitensis, Cl. (size 0°C4-0:045 mm.); but as Cleve does

not give in his ‘Synopsis of the Naviculoid Diatoms’ a suffi-

cient description of these two varieties and I do not possess

his work ‘On New and Rare Diatoms,’ where they are

figured, it is impossible for me to ascertain whether it is so

or not. It seems, however, not very probable that this

form belongs to the first variety on account of the striz, which

are here 11 in 0°01 mm., while in the varietas minuta they are

8-10 in 0°01-mm. ‘The same reason makes it even more

improbable that the above-described variety belongs to the

varietas tahitensis, which has 13-14 marginal strie. From

Tahiti I know another variety of Navicula Hennedy?, the

valves of which have also subrostrated apices; but this latter

(Pl. XVI. fig. 15) differs from the varietas subrostrata in the

lateral areas, which are of a somewhat different shape, their

interior margins being divergent; the ends of the valve are

also more or less elevated. I will give the description of the

variety from Tahiti in a future note on Polynesian Diatoms ;

I give here the figure of the latter in order te make the com-

parison of both forms easier.

3. Trachyneis aspera, Khr. Rather rare.

4, Pleurosigma nicobaricum, Grun. Rare.

Cleve, in his ‘Synopsis of the Naviculoid Diatoms’ f, attri-

butes to this species a length of 0°14 mm. I have seen a

specimen attaining 0°267 mm. in length, with a breadth of

0:036 mm., not differing in other respects from the description

which Cleve gives of this species.

5, Cocconeis costata, var. pacifica, Grun. Very rare.

6. Cocconeis scutellum, Khr. Mather rare.

* Cleve, ‘Synopsis of the Naviculoid Diatoms,’ part 11. p. 58,

t+ L.c. part i. p. 36,

Diatoms from Chincha Guano, 483°

7. Grammatophora angulosa, Ehr. Very rare.

There exist at least two different forms similar in their

general aspect, but differing in the strie, which are usually

confounded. In one of them the striw are distinctly seen

under a moderately high magnifying-power (12-14 strie in

0-01 mm.), while in the other they are invisible under such

conditions (about 20 strie in 0°01 mm.). The Chincha form

belongs to the latter, which I consider to be the genuine

G. angulosa, the other belonging to a quite different species.

8. Grammatophora maxima, Grun. Rare.

This species has been found hitherto, so far as I know,

only in a fossil state in Californian deposits (Redondo, Santa

Monica, San Pedro, Monterey, &c.). I have seen several

beautiful specimens in the Chincha guano, and it is also

sometimes to be found in a living state in California.

9. Sceptroneis caduceus, Ehr. Rare, and always in a broken

condition.

Attains a large size, over 0°1 mm.

10. Chetoceros bicoronata, sp.n. Very rare.

Of this species I have seen only a single endocyst, which

in its general outlines, as well as in the disposition of the

awns, resembles greatly the endocysts of C. sedracanthus,

Gran, recently described by H. Gran*. It differs essen-

tially from the latter in having a corona of spines not only on

one of the margins of the median part of the endocyst, but on

both ; the spines are also much stronger than represented in

the figures of Gran. Unfortunately I neglected to make a

drawing of this species at the time 1 found it, and afterwards

I did not meet with it again.

11, Chetoceros borealis, Bail. Rare.

12. Chetoceros chinche, sp. n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 3-7.) Not

very rare.

Of this species I know only the endocysts, which have a

very peculiar appearance. ‘heir form is elongated elliptical,

with rounded ends; the margins are provided with short,

more or less irregular spines, which become shorter towards

* H. Gran, in ‘ Norske Nordhays-Expedition,’ plate iii. figs. 40, 41.

484 — Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

the ends of the valve; they do not form any regular row, as

in other species, but are disposed at rather variable intervals

one from another, and their apices are usually not very acute,

often bent in a hook, sometimes bifid (fig. 6). The surface

of the valve shows very peculiar, coarse, irregularly contorted

lines or markings, resembling somewhat Arabic inscriptions

or shorthand writing signs; these markings are sometimes

distributed all over the surface of the valve, and in this case

the diatom has a striking resemblance to Liradiscus ovalis,

Grev., the more so as the general outlines of both are nearly

the same *; but usually the lines or markings are not so nume-

rous, sometimes even more scantily represented than in the

figure 4, and sometimes there are only a few of them, as

shown in the figure 5. As will be seen from fig. 7, these

lines or markings are irregular membranaceous ribs elevated

over the surface of the valve.

Length: 0-024 0:0245 0:0265 0:027 0:031 0:042 0:042 0:049

Breadth: 0:0138 0-014 x 00146 x 0014 x O018

13. Chetoceros diadema (Ehr.), Gran. Common.

A very characteristic species, of which I have seen not

only the endocysts, but the frustules also. Filaments of this

species with endocysts enclosed in their cellules have been

recently observed and figured by H. Gran f.

14. Chetoceros didymus, Ehr. Very common.

15. Chetoceros incurvus, Bail. Rather rare; known only

by its endocysts. (PI. XVI. figs. 1, 2.)

This very peculiar species is easily recognized by the

disposition of the four awns with which the endocysts are

provided. The figures given by Brightwell are correct as to

their general outlines, but this author has failed to represent

the granulation of the surface of the valves; the granules

are small and irregularly scattered over the whole surface of

the body of the endocysts (figs. 1, 2). In the above-cited

work of H. Gran we find the description of a new species of

Chetoceros—the Cheetoceros cinctus, Gran, which has endo-

cysts very similar to those of C. incurvus, Bail.f, differing

* It would not be surprising if Zzradiscus should prove to be the endo-

cyst of some unknown species of Chetocer'os.

+ H. Gran, in ‘Norske Nordhavs-Expedition,’ plate i. fig. 18.

+ H. Gran, /. c. plate ii. figs. 23-27.

Diatoms from Chincha Guano. 485

only in the greater relative length of the awns and the size,

which seems to be larger ; the surface of the endocysts is also

granulated. It might represent only a variety of C. incurvus.

I give here some measurements of the latter :—

General length : 0:023 0:028 0:029 0:027 x

Length of the valve: 0°014 0:019 0:019 0:0195 0-021-

Breadth of the valve: x 0:010 0:010 0-009 0:0115

16. Chetoceros Lorenzianus, Grun. Very common.

17. Chetoceros peruvianus, Brightw. Rare.

There are a few more species of this genus, which, however,

I was unable to determine.

18. Rhizosolenia styliformis, Brightw. Very common.

19. Skeletonema costatum (Grev.), Cl. Very common.

20. Skeletonema costatum, var. spiralis, var.nov. (Pl. XVI.

fig. 8.) Not rare.

Differs from the type only in the oblique disposition of the

spines, which unite the frustules together ; the degree of in-

clination of the spines is variable, and there are always some

frustules in the same filament whose spines are straight, as in

the type species.

Although Skeletonema costatum is known to me from very

different localities all over the world, I have never before

seen such a spiral disposition of the spines; it seems therefore

advisable to regard the present form as a separate variety.

21. Eucampia zodiacus, Ehr. Rather rare.

22. Biddulphia (Triceratium) alternans, Bailey. Very

common,

23. Biddulphia (Triceratium) alternans, var. variabilis,

Brightw. Rare.

These two forms are generally regarded as belonging to

two distinct species—the second being characterized by the

irregular form of the valve, its concave margins and the acute

apices of the three ends; the first having a regular form,

straight margins, and broadly rounded apices. The exam-

ination of both of these species from Chincha guano, in which

486 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

the first (B. (7.) alternans) is very frequent, has shown me

without any doubt that they cannot be considered two

different species, being connected one with the other by all

possible intermediate forms. Usually the B. (7.) alternans

has regularly triangular valves, with the three apices of equal

length; but there occur forms in which, while one or two

apices are broadly rounded, as in the type species, the other

one (or sometimes two) is acute and has the peculiar irregular

appearance which characterizes the varietas variabilis.

In figs. 9,10, I have represented some of these interme-

diate forms. As to the structure of the valve, it is identical in

both, and their size is also the same,

B. (7.) alternans being the more common form, I regard

it as the type species and the other as its variety.

24, Cyclotella striata (Kiitz.), Grun. Rare.

Diameter from 0°0185 to 0-031 mm.

25. Auliscus sculptus, var. celata, Bail. are.

The only specimen observed agreed pretty well with the

figure of Bailey. ;

26. Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehr. Not very rare.

Often with a small process placed on the submarginal

median portion of each alternate compartment, sometimes of

all compartments.

27. Actinoptychus areolatus, Brightw. Rather rare.

Seems to be only a variety of the preceding species.

28. Actinoptychus splendens (Schadb.), Ralfs. Rare.

29. Asteromphalus flabellatus (Bréb.), Grev. Not very rare;

a widely distributed species.

30. Asteromphalus heptactis (Bréb.), Ralfs (Pritchard, Inf.

pl. viii. fig. 21; Spatangidium Ralfsianum, Norm. Micr.

Journ, vil. (1859), pl. vii. figs. 7,8; Asteromphalus Ralfs-

tanus, A. Schmidt, Atlas, pl. xxxviii. figs. 5-8) *.

Rather rare.

* The above-cited synonyms are given after Cleve, “ Report on the

Phyto-Plankton collected on the Expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ 1896,”

Fifteenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, part i.

p. 297.

Diatoms from Chincha Guano. 487

31, Asteromphalus malleus (or malleiformis), Wall., var. paci-

fica, var.nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 11,12.) Not very rare.

Valve almost circular or slightly ovoid, with the upper

part (containing the median ray) a little narrowed. The

median ray is placed more or less asymmetrically, forming an

acute angle with the longitudinal axis; its central part is

conical ; 8 rows of puncta in 0°01 mm., the puncta bordering

the rays being a little larger than the others.

Length : 0:043 0:046 0:051 0:057

Breadth: 0-041 0:0455 0:050 0-057’

This diatom greatly resembles the type species from the

Indian Ocean which has been described by Wallich, differing

from it in the central part of the median ray. In the type

species this central part is quadrangular, with a deep con-

striction in the middle, dividing it into two parts of equal size

and shape; in the var. pacijica this part has never such an

appearance, being of a more or less conical form. In order

to show more clearly this difference I have reproduced in the

fig. 13 the type species as given by Wallich.

Although this difference is very constant, occurring in all

specimens which I have observed, and there is another differ-

ence consisting in the asymmetry of the median ray, still it

seems to me that these characteristics are too trifling to be

of any specific value. I think it therefore more reasonable

to consider the Pacific form simply a variety of the Indian

species.

32. Asteromphalus variabilis, Grev. Very rare.

Resembles exactly figure 7 of Greville, but has distinct

puncta, which are, I suppose, omitted in Greville’s figures.

33. Coscinodiscus radiatus, Ehr. Rare.

34, Coscinodiscus radiatus, var. asteromphala, Ehr. Very

rare.

The large central alveoles surrounding a small hyaline

circular spore are provided with elongated puncta along their

periphery.

35. Coscinodiscus excentricus, Khr. Very common.

36. Coscinodiscus gigas, Ehr. Rather common.

488 On Diatoms from Chincha Guano.

37. Coscinodiscus perforatus, var. cellulosa, A. S. Rare.

38. Coscinodiscus polyacanthus, Grun. Not rare.

Resembles C. sudtdl’s, but has numerous marginal spines.

39. Coscinodiscus subconcavus, Grun. Not very rare.

40, Coscinodiscus subtilis (Ehr.?), Grun. Rare.

Without marginal spines.

41. Spermatogonia antiqua, Leud. & Fortmorel. (Pl. XVI.

figs. 16-21.) Not rare.

This curious form, as to the nature of which there still exist

some doubts, was originally found in Java; but it seems to be

a widely distributed species. Besides the Chincha guano, I

have observed it in New Guinea (Tami Islands) and very

often among diatoms from the Adriatic Sea (Triest), and

Cleve has recently found it in the Plankton of the Atlantic

Ocean *,

The inflation at the lower end is not triangular, as described

by Leudiger and Fortmorel, but has exactly the form of the

head of a human spermatozoon. The frustule is usually not

straight, but more or less sigmoidally bent. The upper part

is enlarged and terminates in a point; one margin of the

enlarged portion is more straight, the other is always convex,

sometimes angular (fig. 17). ‘The striz are not capitate, as

described by the authors, this appearance being due to the

fact of their crossing the double outlines of the frustule. It

might be that the strie are superficial ribs, which give to the

margins a somewhat indented appearance of the same kind

as in Thalassiothriz, although in a much lesser degree. ‘The

number of striz is 8 in 0°01 mm.; they gradually disappear

near the lower end. Figure 21 represents a small and

straight individual with an obscure longitudinal line which

might possibly be a kind of keel.

Length: 0:096 0118 0:126 0:152 0161 x

Breadth :; 0-003 0:0024 0:0035 0:004 0:004 0:005°

The Chincha guano contains also a form known as Acti-

niscus sirius, Ehr., which, however, is not a diatom, but

* Cleve, ‘A Treatise on the Phytoplankton of the Atlantic and its

Tributaries’ (Upsala, 1897), p. 26.

On some new African Theraphosoid Spiders. 489

rather belongs to the so-called Silico-Flagellate. I have

found this same form in California and in the Mediterranean.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI,

Figs. 1, 2. Chetoceros incurvus, Bail. Endocysts.

Figs. 3-7. Chetoceros chinche, Mer. Endocysts, (Fig. 6 in a somewhat

oblique position ; fig. 7 in profile.)

Fig. 8. Skeletonema costatum, var. spiralis, Mer.

Figs. 9, 10. Intermediate forms between Biddulphia (Triceratium) alter-

nans, Bail., and varietas variabilis, Brightw. The puncta are not

represented.

Figs. 11, 12. Asteromphalus malleus (malleiformis), var. pacifica, Mer.

900

Fig. 13. Asteromphalus malleus (malleiformis), Wallich, reproducing the

figure of Wallich. “

Fig. 14. Navicula Hennedyi, var. subrostrata, Mer.

Fig. 15. Another variety of N. Hennedy? from Tahiti.

Frgs. 16-21. Spermatogonia antigua, Leud. & Fortm.

LXVI.—Some new African Theraphosoid Spiders in the

British Museum. By R. I. Pocock.

Family Theraphoside.

Subfamily HvuzvorHorr.s, Poc.

Genus HYSTEROCRATES, Sim.

A few weeks ago the Trustees of the British Museum

acquired by purchase seven large Theraphosoid spiders which

were captured on the island of St. Thomas in the Gulf of

Guinea, and were offered to the British Museum under the

name Selenocosmia CGrreeffi of Karsch. Who may be respon-

sible for the identification I know not, but examination

showed the specimens to be referable to three perfectly distinct

species, neither of which is identical with the species described

by Karsch, if any reliance is to be placed on the description of

the latter.

The species may be described as follows :—

Hysterocrates didymus, sp. n.

? Phoneyusa Greeffi (Karsch), Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i, p. 153

(1892).

¢.—Colour. Integument deep blackish brown, hairy

clothing a rich ruddy olive-brown, with paler tips to the

490 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

segments of the legs; legs without distinct pale lines; cara-

pace, abdomen, and femora more sooty than the remaining

segments of the legs.

Carapace normal in form, shorter than patella and tibia of

fourth or of first leg, and than protarsus and tarsus of fourth,

and than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; its width sub-

equal to or a little less than distance between ocular tubercle

and posterior emargination, equal to or slightly exceeding

femur of fourth leg, less than femur and patella of third leg ;

no perceptible transverse groove in front of fovea.

Mandibles tubercular in tront.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3 in length, fourth exceeding the first by the

length of its tarsus; fourth leg not in any sense thickened,

the height of the femur not quite a third of its length

(7: 23°5); patella and tibia narrower than femur, patella a

little thicker and higher than tibia; tibia cylindrical, about

three times as long as high or wide (18: 5°5); length of

upperside of patella more than twice its height or width.

Palp with tarsus tumid at base, being proximally higher

and wider than tibia (woodcut, fig. b, p. 493).

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length 58; carapace

28, its width 25; length of first leg 73, of second 62, of

third 60, of fourth 84; patella and tibia of first 29, of fourth

30; protarsus and tarsus of fourth 31, of first 22.

Loc. Island of St. Thomas in the Gulf of Guinea (Moc-

querys coll.).

This species is probably the same as that determined by

Simon as Phoneyusa Greeff, Karsch, which, according to

Simon, has the tarsus of the palp tumid above at the base.

Karsch’s description contains nothing to justify this statement,

no special modification of this segment being mentioned,

Since, moreover, the length of the legs in P. Greeff is,

according to the description, different from that of the legs

in the form here described, I am compelled to regard the two

as specifically distinct.

HHysterocrates scepticus, sp. n.

9 .—In appearance and structure closely resembling the

preceding, but with the tarsus of the palp normal and the

legs shorter as compared with the carapace, the latter being

longer than the patella and tibia of first or fourth legs.

Most nearly allied to H. hercules *, Poc., from Jebba, up

* In the description of this species the carapace stands as 34 millim.

long. Including the posterior epimeral piece (which, consistently, should

be included), the length is 35°5,

new African Theraphosoid Spiders. 491

the Niger (P. Z. S. 1899, p. 844), and like that species in

presenting a shallow transverse groove in front of the fovea,

but certainly differing in the much greater inequality in

length between the first and fourth legs. In H. hercules the

first leg falls short of the fourth by nearly half the length of

the tarsus of the fourth, whereas in H. scepticus it falls short

by more than the length of the tarsus; the fourth leg in

H. hercules is exceptionally short, its patella and tibia being

less than those of the first.

Measurements in miliimetres.—Total length 63; length of

carapace 32, its width 27 ; first leg 74°5, second 63, third 60,

fourth 86; patella and tibia of first leg 30, of fourth 31;

tarsus and protarsus of fourth 31; femur of fourth 24°5, its

height 7; tibia 17°5, its width 5.

Loc. Island of St. Thomas in the Gulf of Guinea (Moc-

querys coll.).

Hysterocrates apostolicus, sp. n.

?.—Resembling H. scepticus in having the tarsus of the

palp normal, but distinguishable by the much greater length

and strength of the fourth leg.

Fourth leg strong, rather thicker than the first, the femur

three times as long as high (22: 7), the tibia a little less than

three times as long as wide (16:5°5); height of tibia equal

to that of patella; the patella and tibia or protarsus and

tarsus are very noticeably longer than the carapace, the whole

limb surpassing the first leg in length by its tarsus and one

third of its protarsus.

Carapace about equal to patella and tibia of first leg and

to patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; no transverse groove in

front of the fovea.

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 51; carapace

25:5, its width 22; length of first leg 62°5, of second 53, of

third 52, of fourth 79; patella and tibia of first 25, of fourth

28; protarsus and tarsus of fourth 28-5.

Loc. Island of St. Thomas in the Gulf of Guinea (Moc-

querys coll.),

Of the species that occur on the mainland, H. apostolicus

approaches H. gigas, Poc. (P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 762, and 1899,

p- 845), from the Cameroons, and H. laticeps, Poc. (op. cit.),

trom Old Calabar. From the formerit may be recognized by

its broader carapace and by having the carapace shorter

instead of longer than the patella and tibia or protarsus and

tarsus of the fourth leg; from the latter by having the patella

and tibia of the fourth greater than of the first leg instead of

492 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

equal, and by the fourth leg exceeding the first by more than

its tarsus in length instead of by less than its tarsus.

The only species of this group previously recorded from

St. Thomas is that described by Karsch as Selenocosmia

Greeffi, the generic position of which is still a little doubtful.

In his original description (SB. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg,

1884, p. 60) Karsch writes, when describing the legs, ‘ Die

Metatarsen der beiden Hinterpaare an der Spitze unterhalb

mit... Scopula’”’; whereas subsequently (Berl. ent. Zeit.

1886, p. 83) he says “ Scopula an Metatarsus iv. fast hart bis

zur Basis des Gliedes reichend.’”’ ‘These statements clearly

involve either an error of identification, the author con-

founding two distinct genera as one species, or of observation.

Simon has assumed the latter to be the case, and, following

him, I have on the strength of the assumption referred

S. Greeffi to the genus Hysterocrates. If, however, as is

possible, the specimens that Karsch first described as

S. Greeffi have the scopula on the fourth protarsus confined

to the apex of the segment the species will fall no doubt into

Phoneyusa.

Assuming that it falls into Hysterocrates, the known species

from the island of St. Thomas may be tabulated as follows :—

a. Legs short; first leg just exceeding twice the length of

the carapace (62:30); fourth leg only twice and one

sixth the length of the carapace (according to Karsch). Greeff.

b. Legs longer; first legy* not less than twice and one

third the length of the carapace; fourth leg not less

than twice and two thirds the length of the carapace.

a, Tarsus of palp swollen at base, wider and higher

HAMID oe i orien Peleiehemiele cle tet: wheter eles didymus.

b'. Tarsus of palp normally cylindrical, not wider than

tibia.

a’, Fourth leg not thickened ; carapace a little longer

than its patella and tibia or protarsus and tarsus.. scepticus.

b?, Fourth leg a little thickened; carapace con-

siderably shorter than its patella and tibia and

protarsug aud tarsus Cyan, ss «acts slot omens wee» apostolicus.

CITHARISCHIUS, gen. nov.

Resembling Phoneyusa, Karsch (with which, pending a

re-examination of the types, I provisionally include Harpaxo-

theria, Sim., and Pelinobius, Karsch), in the restriction of the

* The legs are here measured from the base of the femur. Karsch’s

measurements may contain a greater number of segments, but cannot

contain a smaller. I have assumed that they contain the same. If they

contain a greater number of segments, the shortness of the legs in Greeff

is even greater than here represented.

new African Theraphosoid Spiders. 493

scopula of the fourth protarsus to the apical third of the

segment, but distinguishable from all the known genera of

the subfamily by the size and peculiar shape of the labium,

which is as long as half the length of the sternum, has the

form of a truncated cone, being so much narrowed anteriorly

that its apical width is only half the basal width, the apex

itself being rounded and not transversely truncated (wood-

cut, fig. a). Moreover the third and fourth legs are much

stouter than the first and second.

Type Citharischius Crawshay?, sp. n.

a.—Citharischius Crawshay?, gen. et sp. n. Labium and sternum.

b.—Hysterocrates didymus, sp.n. Extremity of palpus, 2.

Citharischius Crawshay?, sp. n.

2 .—Colour. Integument reddish brown, hairy clothing

rusty red, shining with silky lustre, and brighter in tint on

the distal segments of the legs than on the femora, carapace,

and abdomen.

Carapace much longer than wide, the width less than the

distance between the ocular tubercle and the posterior median

emargination ; length equal to that of patella, tibia, and half

the protarsus of first leg, exceeding patella, tibia, and tarsus

of palp, just exceeding patella and tibia of fourth leg, but

barely equal to protarsus and tarsus of fourth.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3 in length: third and fourth much more

robust than first and second, first a little more than twice as

long as the carapace ; second and third subequal, less than

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 33

494. On some new African Theraphosoid Spiders.

twice as long as the carapace, fourth more than twice and

a half as long; first leg falling short of fourth by the

tarsus and one fourth of the protarsus of the latter ; no spines

on legs except at apices of protarsi beneath ; femur of fourth

considerably less than three times as long as high (23:9);

tibia about as wide as high, less than three times as long as

high (163: 6); patella rather more than twice as long as

high (15: 63) ; the inner side of the patella, tibia, protarsus,

and tarsus pseudoscopulate—that is to say, the hairs are

short, erect, close-set, and equal in length like those of a

mole’s skin; on the protarsus this peculiar modification of

the hairy clothing extends well on to the upper and under-

side of the segment.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 52; length of

carapace 33, its width 25°5; length of palpus 47, of first

leg 69, of second leg 64, of third leg 63, of fourth leg 85 ;

patella and tibia of first 27, of fourth 31:5.

Loc. Kinani, British East Africa.

A single female specimen, collected and presented, together

with a male of Phoneyusa Bettont, Pocock, by Mr. Richard

Crawshay.

The distinctive features of the undoubted genera of Humeno-

phorine, a subfamily of Theraphoside characterized by the

presence of aremarkable stridulating-organ between the basal

segments of the palpus and first leg (an organ described in

P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 772, and figured in the ‘ Zoologist,’ 1898

P ’ 8 gist, ’

pp. 14-21), may be tabulated as below :—

a. Scopula on fourth protarsus extending almost to

base of segment.

a’, Fovea of carapace large and wide ............ Loxomphalia.

bl, Fovea of carapace small, crescentic .......... Hysterocrates.

b. Scopula on fourth protarsus confined to distal third

of segment.

a. Tarsa] scopula of fourth leg divided by a broad

band oF sete i). .':1. 2 {23 . Satnel. wth. Senor ates hale Lumenophorus.

b?, Tarsal scopula of fourth leg undivided.

a®, Labium very lovg, conical, half the length of

the sternum ; fourth leg much thicker than

GIS Spee ces esctay spicier cic alleae eyanacerate i oles tas Rech Citharischius.

b*. Labium less than half the length of sternum ;

fourth leg not thicker than first.

a‘, Anterior tibia of male with spine-tipped

SPUN aid wit ee tenth eee eRe wee rahcy Naa Monocentropus.

4, Anterior tibia of male unarmed.

a’. Fovea lerge,'straight (. \o.t. sss pele nse Anoploscelus.

6°, Fovea small, crescentically procurved .. Phoneyusa.

On new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 495

LXVII.—Deseriptions of new Genera and Species of

Hymenoptera. By P. CAMERON.

[Continued from p. 419. ]

The Males of Icaria.

Bingham, in his ‘ Hymenoptera of India,’ does not describe

the male sex of any species of Jcarta. Saussure, in his

‘ Htude sur la Fam. d. Vespides,’ only describes the male of

one species, from which it would appear that the males must

be rarer than the females or workers.

The male of J. ferruginea is of the same size as the female,

and agrees with it in general coloration. ‘The underside of

the scape, the eye-incision, the face, clypeus, and mandibles

are pale yellow ; the clypeus is strongly punctured, except at

the apex ; the clypeusis broader than long, is slightly convex,

and is roundly and broadly incised in the middle, the sides

being oblique; the fifth and following joints of the antenna

are roundly incised, the incision becoming deeper towards the

apex ; the apical joint is deeply incised, almost hook-shaped,

somewhat as in Humenes.

The male of variegata has the middle of the front, the eye-

incision, the clypeus, and mandibles lemon-yellow; the clypeus

is smooth, the incision on its top is somewhat horseshoe-

shaped, deep and black ; the lateral keel does not reach to it;

the flagellum becomes gradually thicker to the penultimate

joint, the joints are not incised, the last is about three times

Jonger than the preceding and is broadly curved on the lower

side; on its inner side beneath it is broadly hollowed, the

hollow bordered by a keel, which is obliquely curved. The

pro- and mesopleure are for the greater part yellow, streaked

with rufous; the mesosternum 1s also yellow; the mesonotum

blackish ; the scutellum, postscutellum, and metanotum are

also yellow ; the yellow band on the apex is one fourth of the

length of the segment and has a black band at its base; the

other segments are for the greater part yellowish; the petiole

is shorter than the second segment by about one fourth, and

it is distinctly longer than it is in the %. In length it is

12 millim.

Tam not certain, but this may be the male of artifex, with

which, in some points, it agrees better than it does with the

female of vartegata. ‘Lhe petiole appears to be intermediate

between the two, being larger than in variegata, but not so

long compared with the second segment as in artifex. The last

joint of the antenne is longer compared with the preceding

than it is in ferruginea and is differently formed; the joints

preceding it, too, are simple, not incised, as in Sorrugines.

496 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Tcaria quadrimaculata, sp. n.

Brunnea, flavo-maculata; petiolosegmentoque 2° flavo-bimaculatis ;

alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. o.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Bengal, probably Barrackpore (Rothney) .

Antenne blackish, the scape yellow below; the flagellum

below and at the apex above brownish; the last joint is

shortly but distinctly longer than the preceding. Head

brownish ; the eye-incision, the face, clypeus, and outer orbits

narrowly yellow ; the vertex and front are thickly covered

with silvery pubescence ; the frontal keel is stout and extends

to the top of the clypeus, which is roundly incised in the

middle; the sides are oblique. Mandibles yellow, like the

clypeus, with the teeth black. Thorax brownish; a narrow

line on the pronotum, the base of the propleure narrowly, a

conical mark below the tegule in front, a smaller more oval

one below it behind the furrow, a large irregular mark on the

mesopleure on the lower side behind, a mark below the hind

wings, the base of the scutellum (more broadly laterally), the

postscutellum, and two marks on the metanotum, lemon-

yellow. Legs fuscous, the anterior lighter in tint; the tarsi

black ; the apex of the hinder tibize and of the hinder femora

yellowish. Wings hyaline; the radial cellule infuscated.

Abdomen brownish black: two spots on the node of the

petiole near the middle, two in the centre of the second

segment, and lines on the sides of the others, two large

marks on the second segment beneath, broad lines, narrowed

in the middle, on the base of the third to sixth, and the last

broadly, lemon-yellow. ‘The petiole is long and slender and

not nodose at the apex, it becoming only gradually and slightly

wider towards the apex from the middle.

This species is not, I am sure, the unknown male of

I. fuscipennis ; it appears to be too small; the markings

on the thorax and abdomen are smaller and of a distinct

Jemon-yellow colour, not pallid; the head and abdomen are

darker, more distinctly black in colour,

Icaria ornaticeps, sp. W.

Nigra, late flavo-maculata, fronte mesonotoque flavo-lineatis ; pedibus

posticis nigris, coxis apiceque femorum flavis ; alis hyalinis, apice

fumatis, nervis stigmateque nigris. %.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll, Rothney.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 497

Antennz black; the scape yellow; the flagellum rufous

beneath, densely covered with pale pubescence. Head black,

the outer orbits entirely below, more narrowly above, the

inner orbits from shortly above the top of the eye-incision

(broadly below the incision, more narrowly above), a large

irregular mark on the middle of the front extending trom the

ocelli to the base of the antenne, the clypeus (except round

the edges), and an irregular line in the centre above, a curved

line on the sides behind the ocelli, and the mandibles, lemon-

ellow. The mandibular teeth are black at the apex,

Thorax black ; the prothorax at the base, on the sides broadly

(especially on the upper half, where it extends to the middle

of the pleure), two lines on the centre of the mesonotum at

the base, the sides of the scutellum widely, the base of the

postscutellum widely, the median segment (except in the

middle), a large irregular mark on the base of the mesopleurze

under the wings, an irregular mark on the lower side at the

apex, its base prolonged backwards below, and an elongated

mark above the hinder coxe, lemon-yellow. The thorax is

thickly covered with a pale pile and is impunctate ; the short

furrow on the metapleure black. Legs black; the fore

coxe, the four posterior (except broadly at the base below), a

line on the fore femora in the middle in front, the apex

broadly below, the apical half of the middle, the apex of

the posterior, with a streak in the centre, the fore tibice

behind, and a mark on the middle pair, lemon-yellow. Wings

hyaline, the costa, stigma, and nervures black; the radial

cellule with a broad black cloud in front. Abdomen black ;

a pear-shaped mark on the side of the petiole, two large

irregular marks on the base of the second segment, its base

below broadly, its apex all round narrowly, the sides of the

third broadly, lemon-yellow. The petiole is about two thirds

the length of the second segment and becomes gradually

wider towards the middle; the apical half is of uniform

width ; the second segment cup-shaped, widely rounded at

the base; the second cubital cellule is much narrowed above ;

both the recurrent nervures are received behind the middle of

the cellule.

Easily known by the yellow marks on the head and meso-

notum,

Icaria rufocollaris, sp. n.

Nigra ; capite, prothorace, scutello, dimidio apicali petioli apiceque

segmenti secundi rufis; apice clypei, basi postscutelli medioque

metanoti flavis ; alis fuscis, nervis nigris, stigmate testaceo, 9.

Long. 13 mm,

Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

498 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Antenne black, the scape and the greater part of the

second and third joints rufous; the flagellum of a duller

rufous colour beneath. Head rufous; the vertex, occiput,

the edges of the clypeus, and a large mark in its centre

black ; the apex of the clypeus pallid yellow. Mandibles

dull rufous, their base pallid yellow, the teeth black. Front

and vertex distinctly and closely punctured; the clypeus with

some scattered punctures, its apical tooth sharp, distinct ;

below each antenna is a short, deep, oblique furrow. Thorax

black ; the pronotum, a large oblique mark on the meso-

pleuree, and the greater part of the scutellum rufous ; the base

of the postscutellum and the middle of the median segment

pale lemon-yellow. Pro- and mesonotum with the scutellum

closely punctured and thickly covered with pale pubescence ;

the postscutellum punctured at the base only; the median

segment finely transversely striated. Pro- and mesopleure

closely punctured, the punctures almost forming reticulations ;

the lower part of the metapleure obscurely punctured. Legs

black, the four anterior coxe yellow below; the femora and

tibiee rufous, black above; the tarsi black. Wings fuscous,

the front and apex smoky; the nervures and costa black ;

the stigma testaceous; the second cubital cellule is much

narrowed at the top; the first recurrent nervure is received

near the base of the apical third of the cellule. Abdomen

black ; the apical dilated half of the petiole, the sides of the

second segment narrowly at the junction between the dorsal

and ventral parts, and a narrow line before the apex, rufous ;

the apex itself is yellow.

The male has the face and clypens pallid yellow, this being

also the case with the lower part of the eye-incision; the

front and vertex are entirely black; there are two large

yellow maiks on the sternum between the four front legs;

the neck of the second segment and a streak along the sides

at the base are yellow; otherwise as in &.

Comes near J. speciosa and ungulata; easily known from

them by the rufous prothorax. Instead of there being a

detached spot on the base of the second segment there is a

short yellow line laterally at the extreme base.

Icaria nigroplagiata, sp. n.

Ferruginea ; metathorace nigro, medio flavo ; abdominis segmento 2°

basi biflavo-maculato, apice flavo; alis fere hyalinis, apice fu-

mato, stigmate flavo, nervis nigris. - 2.

Long. 11 mm,

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll, Rothney.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 499

Antenne dark rufous; the flagellum blackish above.

Head thickly covered with short pale pubescence; the front

and vertex closely covered with round, not very deep punc-

tures ; the ocellar region black. Clypeus yellow, its edges

and a broad band down the middle black, the black edged

with rufous, sparsely punctured and thickly covered with

silvery pubescence, its top broadly roundly incised in the

middle; the lower half of the outer orbits is black. Thorax

rufous ; the postscutellum and a large mark in the middle of

the metanotum (incised at the top and bottom) lemon-yellow.

Pro- and mesothorax with the scutellum closely and distinctly

punctured ; postscutellum smooth. Mediansegment obscurely

striated; the yellow mark on it does not extend far below the

middle. The punctuation on the metapleure is obscure.

Legs dark rufous, the coxe, trochanters, femora, and hinder

tibie darker coloured; the fore coxe largely, the middle

slightly, marked with pale yellow; they are thickly covered

with white hair. Wings hyaline; the radial cellule and the

upper part of the apical cubital cellules smoky ; the top of

the second cubital cellule is as long as the space bounded by

the second recurrent and the second transverse cubital ner-

vures. ‘The narrowed basal half of the petiole is black ; the

node is longish ; the petiole distinctly longer than the second

segment; the second and following three segments are closely

punctured and thickly covered with pale hair; the two yellow

maiks on the base of the second are irregular in shape; the

apical band is narrow.

This species is closely related to ZL. artifex; it may be

known from it by the metathorax being entirely black, except

for the yellow mark on the middle of the metanotum, by the

scutellum not being furrowed down the middle, by the yellow

mark on the metanotum being smaller, it not extending much

beyond the middle, the pleure entirely without yellow, and

the head is more broadly developed behind the eyes, especially

above.

Icaria carinata, sp. n.

Ferruginea; abdomine nigro, flavo-maculato, basi ferruginea ; alis

fusco-hyalinis, stigmate nervisque nigris. 6.

Long. 15 mm,

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Comes into Bingham’s Section Aa (/. ¢. p. 286), in which

it will form a new division, distinguished by having the second

and following segments of the abdomen black. Antenne

ferru ginous, the flagellum darker above. Head ferruginous

500 Mr. P. Cameron on new

darker above ; the face thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence; the antennal tubercles longish, extending equally

below and above the antenna, and sharply keeled down the

middle ; the front and vertex closely punctured, closely trans-

versely above the antenne ; the sides narrowly and the apex

of the clypeus broadly pale yellow; the apex of the clypeus

broadly rounded, not projecting in the middle. Mandibles

pale yellow, thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the

teeth black ; the palpi pale yellow. ‘Thorax dark ferruginous ;

a narrow line on the base of the postscutellam and two large

marks (longer than broad and oblique at the base and apex)

on the apex of the median segment lemon-yellow. The

scutellum is darker coloured than the mesonotum and is

widely furrowed down the centre on the apical half; the post-

scutellum is finely longitudinally striated in the centre. The

median segment is narrowly furrowed at the base, the rest

with the furrow much wider; the segment is thickly covered

with short fuscous hair and is obscurely transversely striated ;

the furrow is blackish on the apical two thirds. The pro-

pleuiz below, the mesopleure above, and the base and apex

of the metapleure more or less blackish. Legs dark rufous ;

the four hinder femora infuscated above; the tibie black,

except in front, the tarsi for the greater part black. Wings

hyaline, with a fuscous tinge ; the radial cellule and the apex

ot the costal cellule smoky. Petiole dark rufous, blackish at

the base and apex ; the rest black; there is a broad yellow

band on either side of the second segment at the base; two

smaller ones on the base of the third; a mark on the sides of

the fifth near the middle; the last segment is broadly obscure

yellow on the base. The apex of the petiole is yellowish

and sharply bordered laterally ; the basal three fourths of

the second and third segments, the basal half of the fourth,

the base of the fifth narrowly, and a longer semicircular mark

on the base of the sixth, yellow.

A very distinct species, intermediate between Bingham’s

sections “A. Reddish or ferruginous brown, with yellow

markings,” and “ B. Black, with red or yellow markings.”

Icaria Wroughtoni, sp. n.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Poona (Wroughton).

Comes into Bingham’s section “ A. Reddish or ferruginous

brown, with yellow markings,” and “a. Second abdominal

segment with no transverse yellow band on its apical margin,”

which now stands :—

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 501

Abdomen with no yellow markings; the scutellum

MUO Retin Livd nse aiols sy do e'e xin ued acoihe guttatipennis.

Abdomen with large yellow markings; the scutellum

deeply and widely furrowed behind.......... Wroughtont.

Antenne rufous, darker towards the apex. Head rufous;

the antennal tubercles and the apex and sides of the clypeus

broadly lemon-yellow; the antennal tubercle punctured,

narrowly keeled in the middle; the clypeus with scattered

shallow punctures, its sides oblique, ending in the middle ina

black blunt tooth; the apex of the clypeus with scattered

punctures; the face bears a white pile ; the clypeus is sparsely

covered with long fuscous hair, black along the apex. Man-

dibles yellow ; the teeth black. Thorax rufous; the pleure

more or less and the sides of the median segment yellow.

Scutellum broadly furrowed down the middle. Median seg-

ment broadly furrowed down the middle, the top, sides, and

furrow blackish, the centre yellowish, the furrow finely

transversely striated. Propleurze broadly lemon-yellow round

the edges, except behind; the lower part sharply keeled at

the base, the lower part behind the coxe raised, hollowed

above the raised part; there is a bifurcated furrow on the

mesopleurz, from the centre of which a furrow runs obliquely

to the fore coxe. On the metapleura below the wings is a

curved furrow ; behind this is an obliquely striated space ;

the base of the pleurez more coarsely striated, the striated

part becoming wider on the lower part. Metapleure finely

obliquely striated. Legs rufo-testaceous, the coxe yellowish.

Wings hyaline; the radial cellule and the upper part of the

costal smoky; the costa and stigma rufo-testaceous; the

nervures slightly paler, especially towards the apex. Petiole

rufous above, the sides yellowish ; the other segments ferra-

ginous, the second to the fifth with two large transverse

yellow marks; the second ventral segment is for the greater

part yellow ; the others broadly yellow at the base.

Icaria fuscipennis, sp. n.

Long. 13-14 mm. 9°.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Comes into Bingham’s section A and is closely related to

I. carinuta, with which it agrees in having the abdomen

black and the wings fuscous-hyaline, but may be known by

the shorter petiole, by the pleura and sternum being marked

with yellow, by the mesonotum having two yellow lines, by

the four hinder legs being largely marked with black and

502 Mr. P. Cameron on new

yellow, and by the second abdominal segment being marked

with yellow at the base. In the presence of the two yellow

marks on the base of the second abdominal segment it agrees

with artifex and variegata, from which it is otherwise very

distinct.

Antenne dark rufous, darker above; the scape yellow

below. Head dark rufous; the clypeus, the inner orbits to

the top of the eye-incision, the upper half of the antennal

tubercle, the outer orbits (narrow above, broader below) from

near the top to the base of the mandibles, the palpi, the man-

dibles (except at the apex), a transverse line on the pronotum

above, one on its sides, the postscutellum, two large marks on

the metanotum, an oblique squarish mark under the tegule,

a larger oblique one (narrowed at the base) on the lower side

on the apex of the mesopleure, a mark on the top of the

metapleure, triangularly dilated below, on the sides of the

mesosternum is a large mark turned outwardly at the base

and largely dilated at the apex, on the apex is a larger

oblique mark, at the tubercles a smaller one, and on the

lower half of the metapleure is a large mark, incised in the

middle above, and the base of the propleure, all clear yellow.

Scutellum narrowly furrowed in the middle from the base to

the apex; the median segment widely but not deeply furrowed

down the middle. Wings fuscous-hyaline; the apex of the

costal cellule and the radial cellule smoky, especially above.

The four front legs yellowish, the trochanters, the femora in

front (except at the apex), the basal half of the tibie, and

the basal joint of the tarsi fuscous; the middle coxe broadly

on the inner side below, the basal half of the femora, the

basal two thirds of the tibiz and the tarsi black ; the hinder

legs similarly coloured, but with the black more extended.

Petiole dark rufous; the sides (except at the apex) and a

mark on the sides of the dilated part, two large marks on

the sides of the second segment at the base, two large marks

on the base of the third, two smaller ones on the base of the

third and two large marks on the last segment, the sides of

the petiole beneath, a large mark (narrowed at the base) on

the base of the second, a large transverse line (dilated at the

sides) on the base of the third, and a narrowerone on the base of

the fourth segment, lemon-yellow. Thesides of the clypeusare

oblique, its middle ending in a short blunt tooth ; the antennal

tubercle is large ; the edge of the pronotum is sharply keeled

above; the thorax above thickly covered with short white

pubescence.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 503

Icarta tinctipennis, sp. n.

Ferruginea ; abdomine, coxis femoribusque posticis nigris; alis

fusco-hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. 9.

Long. 21 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne rufous; the basal joints of the flagellum darker

above. Front and vertex shagreened, thickly covered with

fulvous pubescence ; the part between the antenn projecting,

keeled in the middle. Clypeus shining, sparsely punctured,

thickly covered with fuscous hair; the apex in the middle

forming a distinct tooth. Mandibles pilose, sparsely and

distinctly punctured; the teeth deep black. Thorax rufous ;

the edges of the mesonotum, a line down the centre, the apex

of the mesopleure, the part along the sutures, the breast, the

base of the metapleure, the central furrow of the metanotum

and its sides black. The entire thorax is thickly covered

with short pubescence, which has a fulvous tint on the meso-

notum ; the pleuree are shagreened ; the metanotum obscurely

transversely striated. The nervures are paler, more testa-

ceous in tint than the costa and stigma; the second cubital

cellule above is distinctly wider than the space bounded by

the two recurrent nervures ; the space bounded by the second

and by the third transverse cubital nervures is slightly but

distinctly wider than the space enclosed by them. Legs

coloured like the thorax ;- the coxz, the hinder trochanters,

and the hinder femora blackish ; the four hinder tarsi are

infuscated. Petiole longer than the second segment, the node

becoming slightly and gradually narrowed towards the apex ;

the third segment is one third longer than the fourth, which

is equal in length to the fifth.

The differences between this species and I. fulvinerva may

be best shown in synoptical form :—

Petiole rufous; wings yellowish; the fourth abdo-

minal segment distinctly longer than the fifth .. fulvinerva.

Petiole black ; wings not yellowish ; the fourth abdo-

minal segment equal in length to the fifth...... tinetipennis,

The petiole is stouter and more distinctly dilated towards

the apex, the scutellum is not furrowed down the middle, and

the propleure not striated as in fulvipennis. It is one of the

largest of the Indian species.

504 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Icaria fulvinerva, sp. n.

Ferruginea ; abdomine nigro, petiolo ferrugineo ; tarsis posteriori-

bus nigris; alis flavo-hyalinis, nervis stigmateque rufis. 2.

Long. 17-18 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne ferruginous ; darker above, the scape brownish.

Front and vertex alutaceous; the incision and the inner orbits

black; the front with a narrow furrow in the middle; the

part between the antennz projecting, its sides oblique, the

centre keeled. Clypeus shining, of a brighter colour than

the front, sparsely punctured, its apex thickly fringed with

fulvous hair. Mandibles dark ferruginous, sparsely punc-

tured, the teeth black. Thorax thickly covered with a silky

pile. Mesonotum and scutellum shagreened, the latter with

a shallow furrow down the middle. ‘The striz on the meta-

notum not prominent and absent from the furrow, which is

shallow and black on the apical half. The lower half of the pro-

pleure striated; the furrow on the mesopleure black, deep, its

basal fork not continued to the base and not much longer than

the apical. Legs coloured like the body; the four hinder

tarsi black above and for the greater part below; the calcaria

pale. Wings hyaline, with a distinct yellowish tint, espe-

cially in front; the second cubital cellule is fully more than

half the length of the third above and slightly less than the

space bounded by the first transverse cubital and the first

recurrent nervures ; the latter is received shortly in front of

the middle. Petiole rufous, longish, its node not much

dilated ; it is nearly as long as the second and third segments

united; all the segment very smooth and covered with a

silky pile.

A distinct species, easily known by the red head, thorax,

and petiole, black abdomen, and fulvous wings.

Odynerus hindostanus, sp. n.

Long. 9mm. Q.

Hab, Barrackpore (Lothney).

Agrees closely with QO. sibilans; differs from it in the

yellow mark on the front being separated from the yellow

lateral marks, in the clypeus being broader compared to its

length, it being broader than long, its sides are not so straight

and its apex in the middle is more distinctly incised, and the

second ventral segment bears two large yellow marks.

Antenne black, the scape yellow, the flagellum rufous

beneath. Head black; the clypeus, a somewhat crown-

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 505

shaped mark on the front, the eye-incision, and the posterior

orbits yellow. Vertex closely, the front somewhat more

widely punctured. Clypeus wider than long, its sides

roundly curved; the apex with a shallow incision. Mun-

dibles yellow, the apex broadly rufous. Thorax black; a

broad mark on the sides of the pronotum (the two almost

touching), the tegule, a large mark un ler the tegule, the

scutellums, and the sides of the median segment broadly,

yellow. Pro- and mesothorax closely and strongly punctured,

the upper basal slope of the pronotum, the base and apex of

the mesopleure, the base of the metapleurz, and the middle

of the metanotum smooth; the punctuation on the median

segment is slight, its centre is broadly and slightly hollowed

and is keeled down the middle. Legs yellow; the anterior

coxe entirely, the four posterior behind, the anterior femora

at the base behind and the posterior entirely (except at the

apex), black; the four posterior tibiee are marked with black

behind. Wings fuscous-hyaline, the apex violaceous; the

second cubital cellule much narrowed above, scarcely one

fifth the length of the third. Abdomen black; the apical

half of the petiole broadly at the nodes and the apex entirely,

a large irregular mark (wider than long) on the sides of the

second segment, its apex broadly, widest in the middle, the

apex of the third to fifth, and the sixth broadly in the middle,

yellow. On the second segment beneath are two yellow

marks ; its apex and that of the third broadly yellow.

The male is similarly coloured; there is less black on the

legs ; the yellow mark on the front is prolonged between the

antenne as a short streak; the flagellum is black, except

at the apex; the yellow on the scutellum is narrowed and

incised in the middle.

Odynerus Antoni, sp. n.

Niger, dense albo-pilosus ; basi clypei, linea pronoti lineaque abdo-

minis segmentis 1° et 2° rufis; alis fusco-violaceis. ¢.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney).

Antenne entirely black, except the apical claw, which is

brownish ; it is thick and reaches to the base of the eleventh

joint. On the head, the base of the clypeus broadly, a mark

between the antenne, and a small mark behind the eyes are

brick-red ; the front and vertex are closely and_ strongly

punctured and covered with long white hair ; the keel between

the antennz is stout. Clypeus roundly convex, sparsely

punctured, thickly covered with white, somewhat depressed

pubescence ; its apex depressed and slightly roundly incised

506 Bibliographical Notices.

in the middle. Pro- and mesothorax strongly rugosely punc-

tured, covered thickly with white hair; the pronotum is

transverse at the base, its sides triangularly projecting ; on

the posterior half of the mesonotum are two shallow furrows.

Apex of postscutellum rounded. The apex of the median

segment has an oblique slope and is transversely aciculated ;

it is bounded above and at the sides with a stout keel, which

is bent down towards the centre above; from this a narrow

keel runs down the middle. Pro- and mesopleura strongly

punctured; the punctures large and distinct ; there is a some-

what triangular red mark at the tubercles. Metapleure

finely and closely longitudinally aciculate ; the upper half

irregularly longitudinally striated. Legs black ; the anterior

tibie entirely in front and the middle pair at the base testa-

ceous. Wings fuscous-violaceous, the posterior pair paler;

the second cubital cellule above not quite one half the length

of the third. Abdomen black ; the first and second segments

lined with black on the apex; the petiole has an oblique

slope on the base and is sharply keeled above; it is some-

what strongly but not closely punctured ; the other segments

are obsoletely punctured ; the base of the second is crenulated.

Allied to UO. stkhimensis.

Note—At p. 415 antea, for Polistes khasianus read

P, lepcha.

[To be continued. }

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICKS.

Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera Heterocera in the

Collection of the Oxford University Museum.—Part IL. Noctuina,

Geometrina, and Pyralidina. By Colonel C. Swryuox, M.A.,

F.LS., F.Z.8., FES. Pterophoride and Tineina by the Right

Hon. Lord Watstnenam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &c., High Steward

of the University of Cambridge, and Joan Harriey Durrant,

F.E.S., Memb. Soc. Ent. France. With eight Plates. (Oxford,

Clarendon Press, 1900.) Pp. vii, 630.

Tur importance of public collections of insects depends partly on

the number of species accurately named, and partly on the possession

of types, by which the descriptions of the original describers of a

species can be checked or verified. The original specimens on

which species are founded should always find their way eventually

into public collections ; for private collections are not always easy

of access, and their contents are almost sure, sooner or later, to be

lost or dispersed. Great Britain is peculiarly rich in public col-

lections, and may boast of a considerable number of the types of

Linné, preserved by the Linnean Society ; though Queen Ulrica’s

collection, from which Linné likewise described many species,

Bibliographical Notices. 507

remains at Stockholm. Fabricius, the pupil of Linné, and his

worthy successor in entomology, was much in England, and

described the insects in the collections of Sir Joseph Banks,

Dr. Hunter, and others; and though some of these types are

missing, a large proportion are still preserved in the British Museum

(Natural History) and also in Glasgow.

Oxford University Museum contains no types of the last century ;

but the nucleus of its entomological collection consists of the

united collections of Hope and Westwood, to which large additions

have been made from other sources, especially from the collection

of Wilson Saunders, which was specially rich in the types of

moths described by Francis Walker from the collections formed

by Dr. A. R. Wallace in the Malay Archipelago. As Walker’s

descriptions are frequently short and unsatisfactory, it was a matter

of considerable scientific importance to verify them as far as possible

from the original types; and hence the present work was under-

taken by Col. Swinhoe, and the first volume, containing Sphinges

and Bombyces, and illustrated by eight plates, was published in

1892. The second volume, just issued, and twice the thickness of

the first, completes the subject. It is a full synonymie catalogue

of the Eastern and Australian moths in the Oxford Museum, and

special attention has been paid to the elucidation of Walker’s types,

a considerable number of which are figured, as well as many new

species which are now described and figured by Col. Swinhoe and

his coadjutors for the first time.

Books like the present are of great use to all entomologists

who are working at exotic moths, and we cordially recommend

Col. Swinhoe’s work to their special attention.

Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom. By J.T, Cunnrnewam,

M.A. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1900.

Colour in Nature. By Marton J. Newstery. London: John

Murray, 1898.

Iy the production of the first-mentioned book, the nucleus of which

appeared in the pages of the now unhappily extinct ‘ Natural

Science,’ Mr. Cunningham has, without doubt, spared neither time

nor pains. As a result, he has brought together a considerable

number of facts of real and lasting value. Whether, however, his

interpretation of these facts will find favour with students of this

subject is another matter: we shall be surprised if he succeeds in

making a single convert.

Mr. Cunningham is Lamarckian in principles. His object has

been, he tells us, not to ‘* attempt to prove that acquired characters

are inherited,” but “‘ merely to point out how remarkably the multi-

tudinous facts all agree with the hypothesis that secondary sexual

characters are due to the inheritance of acquired characters.” This

very cautious statement of his case looks somewhat as though

Mr. Cunningham were a little afraid of the ghost which he has

conjured up.

The beard of man, and especially of the Caucasian races, it is

suggested, owes its conspicuous development to the stimulation of

508 Bibliographical Notices.

the growth of the hair by tugging of the teeth or hands in the

combats of mature males. But, as Mr. Cunningham remarks, “ It

is unlikely that men should fight in the way suggested after they

had reached even the stage of evolution known to us in the lowest

existing savages, for they seem always to fight with weapons.”

Thus, from the dawn of man’s evolution the stimulation which

Mr. Cunningham invokes has ceased to act, at least with any degree

of periodicity ; therefore by the tenets of his faith these secondary

sexual characters should have disappeared, from disuse. After all,

as Mr. Cunningham remarks, ‘“ what is wanted is evidence con-

cerning the influence of mechanical irritation of the hair-follicles in

the growth of the hair.”

The common fowl, we are reminded, in fighting erects the long

neck-hackles, “ which accounts for their elongation.” The blows of

the beak upon the head received during these contests had similarly

been made to account for the comb and wattle. The crest of the

peacock has been produced, we are solemnly informed, like the

comb of the common cock, by strokes of the beak, which, being less

violent, have plucked at the feathers instead of injuring the skin,

and so causing an outgrowth from it.

Are we to account in the same way for the two remarkable

feathers which depend, one on either side of the head, in the King

of Saxony’s Bird of Paradise? or the wonderful balls of down which

invest the legs of the humming-birds of the genus Spathura?

The brilliantly coloured bare skin of the cassowary is the result

of the irritation, we are asked to believe, ‘“‘ produced by the blows of

the beaks of the birds when fighting ... . the habit of fighting with

the beak also explains the presence of the bony crest on the skull.”

As a matter of fact the cassowary fights not with the beak, but

with the legs, which by powerful down-strokes can inflict serious

injuries. No one who knows anything of the structure of the

helmet of the cassowary would suggest that its existence was due to

blows of the beak.

We venture to think that the above instances are indicative that

Mr. Cunningham has failed to seriously injure the case for sexual

selection, which, as yet, it must be admitted, holds the field, even

though it may fail to satisfy us as an explanation of all the problems

which it is called upon to solve.

As a whole we may say of this book that it contains many new

things and many good things; but the new things are not good and

the good things are not new. Nevertheless it will doubtless be

widely read and will find a place on the bookshelves even of those

who differ from Mr. Cunningham on this very important subject.

It is well printed, well illustrated, and nicely got up.

In the little work on ‘Colour in Nature’ we have an undoubtedly

important contribution which will enable us to test the value of

much that has hitherto been of a purely speculative nature. The

book has probably by this time become tolerably well known. To

those who have not yet made its acquaintance we would recommend

it as an extremely interesting and helpful work.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 86. DECEMBER, 1900.

LXVIII.—A suggested Origin of the Segmented Worms, and

the Problem of Metamerism. By H. M. Brrnarp, M.A.

Cantab.

Durine the last five years in which I have been working at

the stony corals, the Coelenterata, as an animal group, have

been more or less continuously in the foreground of my

imagination. I do not pretend to have seriously worked at

any other than the Madreporaria; yet the fact just stated

will, I trust, be accepted as some excuse for the following

article. In it I propose to show how the Ccelenterates

may have given rise to the segmented Worms. The idea

forced itself upon me by its simplicity, and, although not

altogether new, it has never, so far as I am aware, been

stated as here proposed. I may add that I am still further

impelled to trespass beyond the region of my own serious

studies by perceiving that, if there is any truth in the sugges.

tion, it offers a possible solution to that vexed problem “ What

was the origin of the mesoderm ?”’

In the geological record metamerism first appears in the

Trilobites, which are constructed of a number of segments

jointed together. With the exception of a head-piece and, in

most cases, a tail-piece, which differ from one another and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. a4

510 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

from the other joints, all the segments in the typical Trilo-

bite are alike in form; they diminish in size, however, pro-

gressively from front to back. Further, with regard to the

head-piece, it is not difficult to see that this has been built up

of a certain number of fused and thus modified segments.

The same is true of the tail-piece, as we gather not only from

its markings but also from the fact that some of the very

oldest Trilobites are found without any such specialized fusion

of segments. Characteristic of the Trilobite segment is the

pair of immense pleural folds, which can only be regarded as

secondary specializations. We conclude, then, that the

Trilobites must have been descended from some form made

up of simpler segments, 7. e. of segments without pleure, and

that these segments, with the exception of the first, containing

the mouth, and the last, containing the anus, were in all

respects similar in form, but diminished progressively from

the oral to the anal end.

We look elsewhere, then, for more primitive segmentation

than that which we find in these ancient fossils. We have

not far to look, for there exists a group in which it attains its

greatest development, the primitive segments being apparently

but little altered by secondary specializations. I refer to the

segmented Worms. In typical forms we have here a long

string of segments, the first and the last alone being peculiar ;

all the rest, no matter how many, are structurally exact

repetitions of one another. Not only are the appendages and

markings of the segments faithfully repeated from segment to

segment, but if cut open the internal machinery of each

segment, excluding the reproductive, is found simply to

repeat the internal machinery of that which precedes it;

muscles, nerves, blood-vessels, excretory organs, are all more

or less exactly repeated.

‘That metamerism reaches its highest development in the

Worms there can then be no doubt; hence it is to animals

below the Worms in structural complexity that we must look

for its origin. Where segmentation or vestiges of it are

found in animals above the Worms—for instance, we have

traces of it in ourselves—we are justified, in the absence of

clear evidence to the contrary, in assuming that it has been

derived from Annelidan ancestors. It is to my mind almost

repetition of parts could have been developed twice on quite

independent lines.

Now the probfem is, How did such an animal come into

being? Several interesting suggestions have been made,

Origin of the Segmented Worms. 511

but zoologists have not been able to agree as to the process

which best satisfies the conditions. But, on the other hand,

zoologists are all, I think, agreed that the form which comes

with the greatest probability next below the typical segmented

Worm is the Cceelenterate ; for as yet no satisfactory position

has been found for the other groups of vermiform animals,

and though we usually place them near one another, we travel

outwards from the typical Annelid towards these groups with

uncertain steps. We only reach solid ground again when we

come to the Ceelenterates. Morphologists have, indeed, long

recognized that the Ccelenterate body marks a well-defined

stage in the evolution of the Metazoa. The mechanism is

simple, yet very perfect, for the two primary functions of

animal life, the vegetative and the reproductive. Its success

may be gathered from the extraordinary wealth of the Ccelen-

terates still peopling the waters of our planet both in numbers

and in forms. But we are justified in assuming that this

success has attended them from their first appearance in early

geological periods, bearing in mind that, as we go back to

simpler conditions of environment—simpler in the fact that

many animal forms preying and to be preyed upon were not

then evolved,—the variations in form would be less and less

numerous, until we reach a time when the simplest of all

conceivable types of Ccelenterate was the only representative

of the race.

It is to the Celenterates therefore that we naturally look

first for the ancestors of the segmented Worms, and more

than one attempt has been made to sketch the form-changes

which would be necessary. So far as I remember, the earliest

and, to my mind, the best suggestion refers the segmented

Worms to the serial budding which is known to occur among

the Coelenterates, e. g. in the “ strobila.” This is, however,

so far only a suggestion; I know of no attempt to work it

out in detail; one apparently insuperable difficulty blocks the

way, viz. the presence, in the Annelids, of the ccelomic

cavities, which are unknown in the Ceelenterates. Prof,

Sedgwick * proposes to deduce the ccelomic cavities of the

Annelids from the mesenterial chambers (‘‘ gastric pouches ”’)

of a Ccelenterate-like ancestor. This would not explain the

addition of new segments, progressively diminishing in size, at

the posterior end. ‘The method of the increase in the number

of the mesenteries which takes place in the higher Ccelen-

terates is quite different. Itseems to me that the reference of

* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxiv. (1884),

34*

512 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

segmentation to serial budding is singularly apt. No group

of animals before or since, excluding perhaps the Protozoa,

have shown such marvellous developments of this method of

reproduction. The number of successful colony-formations

among the Coelenterates, both stationary and free-swimming,

is perfectly bewildering. We have, then, in this power of

increase by budding a wealth of possibilities upon which we

can safely draw without putting any strain whatever upon

our sense of what is probable. I go even further, and think

it possible to show that free-swimming strings of buds must

at one time have existed as a necessary interaction between

an organism like the Ccelenterate, capable of budding any-

where, and its environment.

I prefer, then, to go lower down among the Ccelenterates

than Prof. Sedgwick, lower down either phylogenetically or

ontogenetically, for the origin of the Annelids—v. e. to forms

either primitive or larval, and before the mesenteries (which,

I think, developed as muscular bands drawing and holding in

the primitive mouth in order to form an cesophageal infolding*)

appeared.

The chief assumption which we have to make, then, is

that some free-swimming ciliated Coelenterate of the very

simplest type, instead of becoming early attached, continued

to be free-swimming long enough to put out buds. There is

nothing improbable in this. Dritted away by currents,

thousands must have missed finding anything to attach them-

selves to. In times before the seas swarmed with carnivorous

fish or Crustacea—both, I believe, descendants of the Worms

whose origin we are discussing—there would be abundance of

opportunity for some of these unattached forms to lead a

free-swimming life with safety, feeding on still simpler forms,

animal and vegetable.

* This method of deducing the Scyphozoa with ectodermal gullet from

the Hydrozoa without ectodermal gullet is to my mind preferable to the

belief, entertained by Sedewick and others, that the mesenteries were

developed primarily as folds for the increase of the digestive surface,

The differentiation of the muscles round the primitive mouth into

radiating bundles could hardly fail to result in the formation of internally

projecting folds, the body being but a flexible sac frequently distended by

fluid. The more strongly these ridges developed the more permanent

would be the tucking of the primitive oral aperture into the body, the

ectoderm around it becoming the lining of an cesophageal tube. The

advantages to the organism not only of this more perfect mouth, with its

stronger sphincter and radial muscles, but also of the increase in the

digestive surface afforded by the mesenterial folds, would lead to its

further development.

Origin of the Segmented Worms. 513

We merely assume, then, that a certain number of forms

remained free-swimming long enough to feed and to grow and

to put out buds. Now, without going so far as to say that

there is only one place where such a free-swimming form

could bud and yet continue to pursue its active life, viz. at its

hinder end, it is certainly clear that the most likely place for

a bud to appear would be at the posterior end. Not only

would any other place make forward locomotion impossible,

but at the hinder end the conditions seem to be more favour-

able than anywhere else. The external pressure would here,

in the wake of the animal, be less than anywhere else in the

body—indeed, during rapid forward swimming there would

be something like suction at this spot. Now if this is true

for the first bud, it is surely more true for the second, and it

seems clear that we get all the conditions for rapid serial

budding: for the addition of the first bud, by increasing the

number of available cilia, would propel the animal faster

through the water ; this greater speed would enable more food

to be swallowed, part of which would find its way into the

bud, while at the same time it would still further diminish

the external pressure of the water at the extreme hinder end,

and we have still more favourable conditions for the forma-

tion of a second bud behind that already formed, and so on.

If there is any probability in this argument at all, it would

seem that the more buds there were the faster would buds be

produced, until some limit, presently to be discovered, was

reached.

But apart from this argument, and merely bearing in mind

the wealth of colony formation developed among the Ccelen-

terates, is there not full justification for believing that round

the shores of the ancient seas, soon after the primitive forms

appeared, there would be free-swimming individuals trailing

behind them longer or shorter strings of buds diminishing in

size progressively backwards? Of these, some, we may fairly

assume, would sooner or later again give up more or less com-

pletely the laborious free-swimming life and become creeping

forms. It is in this direction that I should be inclined to

look for the ancestors of some of the other members of the

ancient class ‘‘ Vermes”’*.

* The Turbellarian Microstomum lineare, Ehr., still swims about trailing

short strings of buds after it. I was once fortunate enough to get a

glimpse of it living, under a high power, and saw very clearly what

appeared to be typical nematocysts scattered here and there in its skin.

The derivation of the Platihelminthes from primitive Coelenterates, which

gave up a free-swimming for a creeping manner of life, has much to be

514 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

But confining our attention solely to the forms which we

assume persisted in their more active free-swimming habits,

a vista of possibilities opens out with regard to them which

seems to lead straight to the typical Annelid.

It appears at first sight as if there would be no limit to the

possible addition of fresh buds, so that, excluding accidents,

each original (or parent) animal would soon trail after it a

string of buds of indefinite length. Mechanical difficulties,

however, would most certainly sooner or later arise. The

most important difficulty would, it seems to me, be the

following :—The first-formed buds would have considerable

difficulty in getting rid of the indigestible remains of their

food. The parent animal, or first segment, was probably able

to get rid of feecal remains through the mouth; but this would

be very difficult for the buds, and, indeed, progressively

difficult the further back they were. The aperture leading

from sac to sac we may justly presume to have been, at least

primitively, very small, and it may perhaps have remained so

in the immediate ancestors of the segmented Worms. Before

long, therefore, particles of feecal matter would be mixed with

the food which found its way back into the last-formed bud,

until in time the fecal matter from the progressively increasing

number of digesting buds would make the arrival of food-

particles from the mouth impossible. Some nutriment might

for a while be extracted from this faecal matter, but the poste-

rior segments would eventually be so poorly nourished that

further budding would cease. This difficulty was hardly

likely to last long. Apertures can occur almost anywhere in

the Ceelenterate wall, as we know from the apertures in the

walls of the Sea-anemones for the discharge of acontia.

Hence a posterior opening might early be developed in order

to free the terminal buds from their useless and deleterious

burden *, The muscular fibres of the walls would provide the

said for it. The tentacles of Temnocephala may be secondary adaptations

to its sessile manner of life; but the fact discovered by Professor Haswell

(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxvili., 1888), that the young of the Australian

forms invariably have six, while the adult has only tive tentacles, is signi-

ficant rather of the opposite view. My esteemed friend and teacher

Prof. Arnold Lang (Text-book of Comp. Anat. pt. i.) also suggests an

origin from free-swimming Coelenterates which have secondarily adopted

a creeping manner of life, but along an entirely different line, viz. through

the Ctenophora, certain specialized forms of which furnishing almost ideal

intermediates.

* Cf. Prof. Sedgwick’s account (J. c.) of the possible origin of nephri-

dial apertures out of the constricted gastric pouches, which, according to

his theory, gave rise to the ccelomic chambers.

Origin of the Segmented Worms. 515

sphincters. Such an anal aperture, acquired of necessity by

the lengthening chain of digesting buds, would be earlier and

earlier developed by that force in living matter called heredity,

which causes it to repeat itself so long as the habits of life

demand.

This specialized aperture, however, would now be in the

exact position from which budding had formerly taken place.

Although division of highly organized cells is known in the

Protozoa, it is certainly commoner in cells not differentiated

for special functions. Hence we may suppose that the cells

which were specialized as epithelial, muscle-, or nerve-cells

to line and regulate the new opening would not divide, at

least actively, but the less differentiated zone of cells imme-

diately round these would, and by so doing push the specialized

anus out in front of them, so that it would always be at the

posterior end of the chain.

At first this anal aperture would have been very simple and

small, but as it became more highly specialized the budding

zone would retreat from the extreme tip until there appeared

a regular “anal segment,”’ the budding zone being always

between it and the last-formed bud. ‘This is, in fact, still

the law in all animals that develop metamerically—the new

segments are added between the anal “segment” and the one

in front of it.

The mechanical difficulty due to the accumulation of feces

being thus simply got over, the possibility of further advance

is instantly furnished ; more food would now be passed along,

and the posterior segments being better nourished, the budding

process at the end could be renewed. ‘The number of buds

would, however, still be limited, as, even though fecal matter

could now be got rid of, yet as the length increased it is

obvious that more fecal matter than food would reach the

posterior end of the body, which would thus be badly

nourished and cease to grow. This limit could only again be

surmounted by the development of a vascular system.

So far, then, we have arrived at long free-swimming strings

of Ceelenterate buds with a mouth at one end and an anus at

the other, and with a tendency to produce fresh buds up to a

limit between an anal prominence or segment and the last-

formed bud. ‘This brings us so near to the typical Annelids

that it is worth seeing whether the structural differences

which still separate them are insurmountable. Here I might

parenthetically remark that it is just such active free-

swimming organisms as those we have sketched which attain

to higher levels of organization. ‘They, least of all, would

516 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

stand still in the midst of the developing life of the sea. We

have a right to expect that, if in the age of the Ccelenterates

any such forms existed, profound structural modifications for

the perfecting of their activities would take place in them.

The difficulty, and the only great difficulty, which lies in

the way of the deduction of the typical Annelid from the

hypothetical organism described above, lies in the fact, already

mentioned, that the former have paired ccelomic cavities.

The rise of these in the animal kingdom is still one of the

great riddles of zoology. Professor Sedgwick’s suggested

solution, which has been deservedly widely accepted, would,

I think, have satisfied me entirely had division of existing

segments been the rule for their multiplication. As it is,

their known method of production has always seemed to me

to point so unmistakably to serial budding, that nothing which

has been said on the subject has been able to deter me from

watching for clues in that direction. On the other hand, his

argument based upon the blastopore is very complete, and, so

far as I can see, can only be attacked as coming too much

within the field of purely developmental adaptations. I repeat,

then, that this paper will have some value if it suggest a simple

and natural line of development for these cavities—that is, a

line of development without resort to any hypothetical ‘change

of function,” which is one of the convenient stocks-in-trade of

the puzzled morphologist ;—if it show that in the further

development of strings of Ccelenterate buds as free-swimming

organisms some such mesodermal structures would inevitably

arise, fulfilling essentially the same function from their earliest

rudiments to their latest specialization.

We are safe in assuming that the body-cavities arose, as

all new structures arise in the animal kingdom, in response

to some physiological need. In the present instance we do

not require to look far for that need. In the struggle for

existence between such chains of Ccelenterates it is not likely

that the muscles in the walls would be long kept out from

assisting in locomotion. A waving of the body is a far more

efficient method of propulsion than the rowing of cilia. Hence

we should expect the wall-muscles in each bud to be gradually

specialized into systems in order to bring about definite

serpentine movements of the whole string, and, increasing in

size and strength, gradually to take on the whole function of

propulsion. But muscles require not only to be fed and

oxygenated, but also to be relieved of the waste products of

their activities. ‘The more they are used the more elaborate

must be the nutritive and excretory apparatus to enable them ~

Origin of the Segmented Worms. 517

to maintain their efficiency. Further, this growth and ever

increasing concentration of the muscular systems of the indi-

vidual buds would necessarily be accompanied by an ever

increasing development of their nervous systems. These also

would require to be well nourished and cleansed. The

feeding and the carrying away of the waste products of this

developing neuro-muscular sheath could hardly be carried on

in the original Ccelenterate wall. Structural modifications,

increasing in specialization as the systems they subserved

became more and more perfect, were bound to take place;

these, I think, we may safely outline. In the simpler stages

scattered cells with fluid spaces would appear in the mesen-

chymal layer; their increase would result in the development

of a parenchymatous tissue, with still larger fluid spaces, for

a compact tissue would be a hindrance to contractility.

These spaces would gradually separate the ectoderm from the

endoderm—. ¢., on the one hand, the ectodermal layer and

locomotory muscles from the digesting endoderm, the only

source of nourishment; and, on the other hand, the digesting

endoderm from the ectoderm, the only breathing surface.

Further advance along these lines would necessitate definite

streams, and ultimately a vascular system, collecting nutri-

ment from the digesting layer and oxygen from the ecto-

dermal. In this way, then, the endoderm and the ectoderm

would be gradually divorced from each other by an increasing

development of intervening tissue. The former (endoderm)

would be ultimately confined to a central hollow strand, the

alimentary canal, suspended and held in place by membranous

tissue and wrapped round by muscles and cells split off from

the early mesenchymatous or parenchymatous layer already

described. In passing we may note that though the deep

columnar epithelium characteristic of the alimentary canal of

the Annelids could doubtless be developed at any time, still

it is just possible that it may be an expression of the shrinkage

of the surface due to the detachment of the endoderm from

the outer wall and to its becoming the inner lining of a

narrowing axial tube. The suggestion arises naturally from

the remarkable difference seen between the endoderm of an

expanded and that of a contracted polyp.

Here, then, we have a very simple and natural origin for

the mesoderm in the Metazoa, the activities of our string of

buds supplying us with an adequate reason for its develop-

ment. ‘The case is, I think, a strong one, for the muscles in

each bud necessary to enable it to take its share in giving

to the whole string a serpentine movement would have to be

518 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

far stronger than any which the bud itself would require had

it existed as a single animal. Similarly the nervous system

necessary to coordinate the movements of these muscles

within each bud and with those of the buds before and behind it

would have to be very much more highly developed than would

have been necessary in single animals the size of the buds or

segments. We need not be surprised, then, at the enormous

development of the mesodermal chambers. It is significant

here to note that the Turbellarians, which I am inclined to

regard as the nearest existing kindred of our early strings of

buds, having, with a few exceptions, lost the power of forming

buds, have their muscles and nerves simply embedded in a

parenchymatous tissue not unlike that which we imagine to

have been a stage in the development of the mesodermal

cavities of the Annelids. Neither muscles nor nerves in

these single animals required the same high specialization as

was required by the individuals forming the separate links

in a long chain which had to move as one, comparatively

speaking, immense composite organism. We thus have, in

the specially pronounced development of the neuro-muscular

sheath of each segment of our string of buds—a far more deve-

loped sheath, I repeat, than any single animal could possibly

require,—an efficient cause to account for so highly specialized

a nutritive and excretory apparatus as the mesoderm of the

Annelids, with its cavities, vascular system, and nephridial

funnels.

On turning to the embryological records of the mesoderm

we find them confused, and, for want of a clue, frequently

contradictory. We have the ccelomic cavities arising in

masses of parenchymatous tissue, or forming early out of very

few cells, or, again, as definite invaginations. All these fall

into their places in the light of the origin above assigned to

the mesoderm. ‘They are fragments and abbreviations of the

true phylogenetic history. The invaginations may be either

for the purpose of rapidly supplying cells or else as shortened

methods of forming the coelomic cavities. They obviously

serve both purposes.

We have here an excellent illustration of the difficulty

of discovering phylogeny from embryology. The parenchy-

matous mesoderm suggests little or nothing, whereas meso-

dermal invaginations seem so clearly to indicate some once

useful structures which, by “change of function,” might

have supplied the mesoderm, that they immediately acquire

a greater importance than really belongs to them. One

primitive function to which they have been attributed—besides

Origin of the Segmented Worms. O19

that suggested by Professor Sedgwick, that they were at one

time due to foldings of the digestive layer—is the reproductive.

But I cannot help remarking that the view here put forward,

which regards the mesoderm as arising by gradual structural

modifications in response to the simplest and most frequently

recurring of life’s activities, viz. to locomotion in pursuit of

food—that is, to locomotion which lasts from the beginning

to the end of life,—supplies us with a better motive for its

production than do the needs of the reproductive function,

which are periodic and confined to the adult. Further, I

need hardly again emphasize the fact that the suggested

origin put forward in this paper avoids all appeals to “ change

of function’’; from its earliest rudiments to the highest

specialization the mesoderm, if developed along the lines here

sketched, had essentially the same function.

With the perfection of the powerful neuro-muscular sheath

and the necessary mesodermal apparatus for its nutrition and

excretion we have brought our strings of Ccelenterate buds

near enough to the typical Annelid to show that, whether

this was the true origin of the Annelids or not, it could easily

have been so. It is admittedly only an outline sketch. A

much closer comparative study of kindred animals and of

their homologous structures would be necessary in order to

fill in details. One somewhat prominent point may, how-

ever, be noted.

For the purpose of bringing about the strong lateral con-

tractions of each segment necessary to give the whole complex

its serpentine motion, the longitudinal muscles would tend to

stretch from end to end of each segment. Their points of

insertion would consequently be more and more concentrated

at the ends of the buds, leaving the middle regions free. As

already noted, the ectoderm was the only available respiratory

surface. What more natural than that this middle region

should become specialized for respiration, the greatly developed

neuro-muscular system demanding for its efficiency ever-

increasing supplies of oxygen. ‘The necessary mechanism

for obtaining this extra supply was well within reach and the

structures developed would be from the first functional. I

refer to the lateral skin-folds which would arise in the middle

regions above mentioned every time the longitudinal muscles

contracted. From this point of view the parapodia, whatever

specialization and differentiation they may since have under-

gone, were originally nothing more than gill-folds, and they

arose concomitantly with the rise and concentration of the

powerful longitudinal muscles as these latter required more

and more oxygen for their work.

520 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

We can thus trace our rows of Ccelenterate buds along a

line of development, each step in which, so far as I can see,

would be a necessary result of their locomotory activities,

not as so many separate buds, but acting together as a single

complex organism. This line has led us, without strain or

difficulty, to the typical Annelid with its coelomic cavities and

its parapodia.

On page 2 I stated that I considered the metameric seg-

mentation so remarkable a phenomenon that wherever traces

of it can be discovered we are justified in assuming descent

from Annelidan ancestors. ‘The segmentation found so

widely spread in the vegetable kingdom is a parallel pheno-

menon, being due to periodical buddings. In the Vertebrata

we have organisms which show very distinct traces of seg-

mentation, but complicated by the fact that their most

characteristic structure, the notochord, shows no traces of

having been primitively segmented. The jointing which

later appears in the vertebral column has apparently been

impressed upon it as a mechanical necessity by the segmented

organism in which it developed. For an attempt to show

how the vertebrate organization with its primitively unseg-

mented notochord can be deduced along what appears to be

a similarly straightforward line of mechanical adaptations

from an annulate ancestor, see ‘‘ A new Reading in the Annu-

late Ancestry of the Vertebrata,” Natural Science, vol. xii.

1898, p. 17.

[Notre.—This paper was written eighteen months ago, and

was finally corrected for press before the appearance of

Prof. Lankester’s critical résumé of the subject in the recent

instalment of his ‘ T'ext-book of Zoology.’]

LXIX.—On some little-known African Silurid Fishes of the

Subfamily Doradine. By G. A. BouLEeNnGER, F.R.S.

Among the least-known freshwater fishes of Africa there is a

group of small or very small Silurids, more or less closely

allied to Synodontis and falling under Giinther’s division

satisfactory manner by various authors under the generic

names of Mochocus, Rhinoglanis, Chiloglanis, Doumea, Atopo-

chilus, and Peltura. Having lately had the privilege of

examining the few specimens of these fishes preserved in the

little-known African Silurid Fishes. 521

Paris, Hamburg, and Genoa Museums, and having received

examples of new or rare species from the Nile and Congo, I

have attempted to meet a long-felt requirement by drawing

up original comparative descriptions of all the genera and

species.

Chiloglanis Pers. Mochocus, Joannis.

Deckenii, Ptrs. niloticus, Joannis,

niloticus, Blgr. Doumea, Sawv.

Euchilichthys, Bigr. typica, Sawv.

Guentheri, Schilth. Phractura, Bigr.

Dybowskii, Vail. Bovei, Perugia.

Atopochilus, Sawo. scaphirhynchura, Vail.

Savorgnani, Saue. Andersonia, Blgr.

leptura, Bigr.

1. CHILOGLANIS.

Chiloglanis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1868, p. 599.

Body moderately elongate, feebly depressed. Anterior

dorsal entirely in advance of ventrals, formed of 1 spine and

5 branched rays ; an adipose fin opposed to the anal; pectoral

with a spine ; ventral with 7 rays. A cephalo-nuchal bony

shield. Mouth inferior, surrounded by a very large, circular,

papillose lip; conical teeth on the premaxillaries and on the

vomer * ; movable, slender, curved teeth in the mandible; a

maxillary and two mandibular barbels on each side ; nostrils

rather remote from each other, both with a valve, the ante-

rior tubular; eyes small, without free border. Gill-clefts

short, confined to the sides, Air-bladder small, partially

enclosed on each side between the enlarged processes of the

anterior vertebra.

1. Chiloglanis Deckenti.

Chiloglanis Deckenti, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1868, p. 599, pl. ii.;

Pfeffer, Fische O. Afr. p. 58, fig. (1896).

Synodontis eurystomus, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. vi. 1889,

p. 14, and x. 1893, p. 31, pl. 1. fig. 5.

Body slightly depressed, its depth 5} to 64 times in total

length. Head strongly depressed, a little longer than broad,

its length 3 to 34 times in total length. Eye directed up-

wards, in the second half of the head, its diameter about 5

times in length of head and 1} in interorbital width, which

equals the distance between the eye and the nostril; two

widely separated oval groups of pramaxillary teeth, forming

3 or 4 transverse series ; a series of 6 to 8 short mandibular

* “ Premaxillary teeth” of Peters.

522 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

teeth ; maxillary barbel about 4 length of head, a little longer

than the lower labials. Dorsal I 5; spine not distinctly

serrated, about § length of head. Adipose fin 3 to 4 its

distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal III 6. Pectoral spine

a little longer than the dorsal. Ventral extending to beyond

origin of anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle nearly

twice as long as deep. Olive-brown, with irregular darker

cross-bands; a dark bar at the base of the caudal and another

across each lobe of the fin.

Total length 70 millim.

German Hast Africa (Korogwe, on the Rufu River).

Type in Berlin Museum.

Thanks to the kindness of Prof. Pfeffer, one of the speci-

mens obtained by Stuhlmann at Korogwe is now in the

British Museum.

2. Chiloglanis niloticus, sp. n.

Distinguished from C. Deckenit in the following cha-

racters :—

Depth of body 4 to 43 times in total length. Diameter of

eye 6 times in length of head; interorbital width much

greater than the distance between the eye and the nostril.

Dorsal I 6, the spine about ? length of head. Pectoral spine

3 length of head. Anal III 8. Pale greyish olive above,

yellowish beneath; four broad blackish cross-bands on the

body ; a horizontal blackish bar on each lobe of the caudal.

Total length 45 millim.

Several specimens were obtained in May last by Mr. W. L.8.

Loat whilst on the island of Arko, Soudan.

2, EUCHILICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Body moderately elongate, not or but feebly compressed.

Anterior dorsal entirely in advance of ventrals, formed of 1

spine and 6 branched rays; an adipose fin opposed to the

anal; pectoral with aspine; ventral with 7 rays. A cephalo-

nuchal bony shield. Mouth large, inferior, surrounded by a

much-developed, circular, papillose lip; a broad band of

pointed, curved, movable teeth in the preemaxillaries, this

band entirely in advance of the narrower band of mandibular

teeth, the base of which is long and slender, the crown trun-

cate or notched and bent up. hook-like; conical teeth on the

vomer; a barbel on each side, and a pair of very short ones

on each side of the lower section of the circular lip; nostrils

little-known African Silurid Fishes. 523

rather close together, the posterior with a valve; eyes with

free border. Gill-clefts short, confined to the sides, Air-

bladder small, partially enclosed on each side between the

enlarged processes of the anterior vertebree.

Distinguished from Chiloglanis by the angularly bent,

truncate or bicuspid mandibular teeth, which form a broad

band ; from Atopochilus by the pointed premaxillary teeth

so different from those on the mandible.

Two species.

1. Euchilichthys Guentheri.

A topochilus Guenther, Schilthuis, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. (2)

ill. 1891, p. 86, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Depth of body 3 its greatest width, 7 times in total length.

Head large, much depressed, covered with soft skin, a little

longer than broad, its length 34 times in total length; snout

broadly rounded, nearly twice as long as postocular part of

head ; nostrils nearer end of snout than eye, the diameter of

which is 5 times in interocular width; buccal cleft straight,

nearly half length of head; lateral barbel + length of head,

posterior barbels about half diameter of eye. D. I 6, origi-

nating immediately behind pectorals; spine strong, covered

with skin, measuring + length of head. Adipose fin very

short. A. 10 (38 raysrudimentary). Pectoral spine 4 length

of head, its inner border with strong retrorse spines. Ven-

trals not reaching anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle

14. as long as deep. Skin villose. Dark brown, with small

round black spots on the anterior parts.

Total length 190 millim.

The single known specimen, from the Stanley Pool, Congo,

is now in the British Museum.

2, Huchilichthys Dybowskii.

Chiloglanis Dybowskz?, Vaillant, Bull. Soc. Philom, 1892, no. 16, p. 2.

Body a little deeper than broad, its depth 44 times in total

length. Head large, moderately depressed, covered with a

very thin skin, not quite 1} as long as broad, its length 23

times in total length; snout rounded, nearly twice as long as

postocular part of head; nostrils nearer end of snout than

eye, the diameter of which is 5 to 54 times in length of head,

twice in interocular width ; buccal cleft straight, ? length of

head ; lateral barbel nearly } length of head, posterior shorter

still. D.16; spine strong and smooth, 2 length of head.

524 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

Adipose fin much longer than deep, nearly as long as its

distance from the first dorsal. A. 10 (8 rays rudimentary).

Pectoral spine 2 length of head, its inner border with 4 or 5

strong retrorse spines. Ventrals extending a little beyond

origin of anal. Caudal deeply emarginate. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Skin villose on the sides of the body.

Pale brown; a blackish band across the dorsal, another across

the pectorals ; ventrals and anal blackish.

Total length 39 millim.

The two type specimens, from the Ubanghi, French Congo,

are preserved in the Paris Museum.

3. ATOPOCHILUS.

Atopochilus, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii, 1878, p. 96, and N,

Arch. Mus. (2) iii. 1880, p. 42.

Body moderately elongate, feebly depressed. Anterior

dorsal entirely in advance of ventrals, formed of 1 spine and

6 branched rays; an adipose fin opposed to the anal, which

is short ; pectoral with a strong spine; ventral with 7 rays.

A cephalo-nuchal bony shield. Mouth large, inferior, sur-

rounded by a much developed, circular, papillose lip; teeth

fine, slender, movable, truncate, bent at an obtuse angle and

forming a very broad band in the premaxillaries, this band

entirely in advance of the narrower band of mandibular teeth,

which are similar to the premaxillaries, but closer together ;

conical teeth on the vomer; a barbel on each side, and another

pair on the posterior border of the lip; nostrils close together,

the posterior with a valve; eyes with free border. Gill-

clefts short, confined to the sides.

A single species.

1. Atopochilus Savorgnant.

Atopochilus Savorgnani, Sauvage, ll, cc. pl. iii. fig. 3.

Depth of body a little less than its greatest width, 52 times

in total length. Head depressed, 14 as long as deep, a little

longer than broad, its length 32 tines in total length ; upper

surface of head a little rugose; snout broadly rounded, its

length 24 postocular part of head; nostrils nearer end of

snout than eye, the diameter of which is 43 times in length

of head, 13 in interorbital width ; buccal cleft straight, ? length

of head; band of mandibular teeth not half as broad as that

of premaxillaries ; lateral barbel + length of head, more than

twice as long as posterior barbel. Occipito-nuchal shield as

long as broad, ending in two points. A striated, acutely

little-known African Silurid Fishes. 525

pointed humeral process. D.I 6; spine striated, 3 length of

head. Adipose fin 3 times as long as deep, 3 its distance

from rayed dorsal. A.11 (2 rays rudimentary). Pectoral

with a strong striated spine bearing 12 retrorse teeth on its

inner border, its length ? that of head. Ventral nearly

reaching origin of anal. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as

deep *.

Total length 90 millim.

The single specimen, preserved in the Paris Museum, is

from the falls of Doumé, Upper Ogowe.

4, Mocuocus.

Mochokus, Joannis, Mag. Zool. 1835, Poiss.; Giinth. Cat. Fish. vy:

p. 217 (1864). .

Rhinoglanis, Giinth. t. ¢. p. 216.

Body moderately elongate, slightly compressed. Anterior

dorsal ending over the ventrals, formed of a strong spine and

7 or 8 branched rays ; a second dorsal, formed of soft rays,

above the short anal; pectoral with a strong spine; ventral

with 7 rays. A cephalo-nuchal bony shield. Mouth sub-

inferior, without labial folds; small conical teeth in both

jaws; a maxillary and two mandibular barbels on each side;

nostrils rather remote from each other, both with a valve, the

posterior very large; eyes moderate, without free border.

Gill-clefts short, confined to the sides. Air-bladder large,

free.

1. Mochocus niloticus.

Mochokus niloticus, Joannis, 7. ¢. pl. viii.

Rhinoglanis typus, Giinth. J. c. p. 216, fig., and in Petherick's Trav. ii.

p. 287 (1869).

Rhinoglanis Vannutelliz, Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xix. 1898,

p. 254.

Depth of body 53 to 5§ times in total length, length of

head 4 to 44. Head depressed, as long as broad, rugose

above; a large frontal fontanelle ; eye directed upwards, 3 to

34 times in length of head, not much narrower than inter-

orbital width ; barbels long and slender, the maxillary reach-

ing end of pectoral spine or beyond. Anterior dorsal I 7-8 ;

spine nearly as long as head, with ascending serre on anterior

border ; second dorsal 10-15, about as long as its distance

from the first. Anal 9-10. Pectoral spine a little longer

* The caudal fin is injured in the type specimen; it was probably

notched or forked, not truncate, as figured by Sauvage,

Ann. & Mag. N. list. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. ao

526 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

than dorsal, serrated like it on outer border, with very strong

retrorse teeth on inner border. A long, sharp, humeral pro-

cess. Ventral not reaching anal. Caudal forked. Caudal

peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Pale greyish olive

above, speckled and marbled with blackish ; two more or less

distinct, irregular, dark bands across the back, one under each

of the dorsal fins ; belly white; dorsals and caudal with

blackish dots.

Total length 55 millim.

The type specimen is not to be found in the Paris

Museum.

The figures given by Joannis are very incorrect, as may be

inferred from the discrepancies between them. A comparison

of specimens obtained by Mr, Loat at Assuan with the type

of Rhinoglanis typus, from Gondokoro, and those of R. Van-

nutellii, trom Lake Rudolf, has convinced me that these

supposed species cannot be maintained as distinct from

Mochocus niloticus.

5. DouMEA.

Doumea, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. 1878, p. 96, and N. Arch.

du Mus. (2) iii. 1880, p. 41.

Body elongate, depressed, with extremely slender caudal

peduncle. ‘Two short dorsal fins, the anterior entirely in

advance of the ventrals and formed of one simple, flexible,

and 6 branched rays, the second opposed to the anal and

formed of fine soft rays partly concealed in adipose tissue ;

pectoral and ventral fins large, horizontally expanded, with-

out spine, but with thickened, simple outer ray; 12 rays to

the pectoral, 6 to the ventral, No cephalo-nuchal shield.

Mouth small, inferior, surrounded with large papillose he

no mandibular teeth ; small conical premaxillary teeth * ; a

maxillary and two mandibular barbels on each side; nostrils

rather remote from each other, both with a valve; eyes

small, without free border. Gill-clefts narrowly interrupted

at the isthmus. ;

A single species.

Sauvage referred this genus to the ‘ Pimelodine”’ of

Giinther. Vaillant (Bull. Mus. Paris, 1897, p. 82), on the

contrary, referred it to the vicinity of Synodontis, a view in

which I entirely concur.

* The ‘“ vyomerine ” teeth of Sauvage.

little-known African Silurid Fishes. 527

1. Doumea typica.

Doumea typica, Sauv. ll. ce. pl. iii. fig. 1.

Depth of body slightly less than its width, 8 times in total

length. Head strongly depressed, with slightly rugose skull

covered with a thin skin, 1} as long as broad, 5} times in

total length ; snout pointed, projecting a little beyond the

mouth, 12 as long as postorbital part of head; internarial

space equally distant from end of snout and eye; latter

directed upwards, its diameter 64 times in length of head,

1} in interorbital width; maxillary barbel 4 length of head,

mandibular barbels shorter stil!. Occipital process narrow,

3 times as long as broad, not reaching interneural shield.

Dorsal I 6, first ray a little longer than the head. Anal I 7.

Pectorals reaching the ventrals, which extend far beyond

origin of anal. Caudal with crescentic notch. Caudal

peduncle a little depressed, 3 total length. Uniform brownish

in spirit.

Total length 90 millim.

The unique specimen in the Paris Museum is from the

falls of Doumé, Upper Ogowe.

6. PHRACTURA, n. n.

Peltura (non M.-Edwards), Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) x. 1892»

p-. 972

Body elongate, depressed, with extremely slender caudal —

peduncle; a series of imbricate scutes along each side of the

back and belly from the dorsal and ventral fins to the caudal

peduncle, which is entirely surrounded by bony scutes. Two

short dorsal fins, the anterior entirely in advance of the

ventrals and formed of one simple, flexible, and 6 or 7

branched rays, the second opposed to the anal and formed of

fine soft rays; pectoral and ventral fins large, horizontally

expanded, without spine, but with thickened, simple outer

ray; 10 rays to the pectoral, 6 to the ventral. No cephalo-

nuchal shield. Mouth small, inferior, surrounded with large

papillose lips; no mandibular teeth; small conical pre-

maxillary teeth; a maxillary and two mandibular barbels

on each side; nostrils rather remote from each other, both

with a valve; eyes small, without free border. Gill-clefts

narrowly interrupted at the isthmus.

Two species.

35*

528 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

1. Phractura Bovei.

Peltura Bovei, Perugia, /. c. fig.

Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head 6

times. Head 13 as long as broad; skull a little rugose,

covered with thin skin; snout a little longer than the post-

ocular region of the head, pointed, projecting beyond the

mouth; the space between the nostrils equally distant from

the end of the snout and the eye, which is directed upwards ;

the diameter of the eye 10 times in the length of the head

and 24 in the interocular width; maxillary barbels 3 length

of head, nearly reaching the gill-cleft, mandibular barbels

much shorter. Occipital process 3 times as long as broad,

not reaching interneural shield. Dorsal 17; first ray longest,

+ longer than the head; second dorsal very small. Anal 17.

Pectoral a little longer than the head, as long as the ventral ;

latter nearly reaching the anal. Caudal with crescentic notch.

Caudal peduncle depressed, 3 total length. 23 dorsal and 19

ventral scutes, the last 5 on the caudal peduncle. Uniform

yellowish in spirit.

Total length 110 millim.

Lower Congo. Type in Genoa Civic Museum.

2. Phractura scaphirhynchura.

see ee

D.ffers in the following points from the preceding species :—

Length of head 5 times in total length, 14 its width; snout

twice as long as postocular part of head; diameter of eye

7 times in length of head, 1} in interocular width; maxillary

barbel 7 length of head, 3 the distance separating its root

from the gill-cleft. Occipital process 24 as long as broad,

reaching interneural shield. Dorsal I 6, first ray as long as

head. Pectoral not longer than head. 22 dorsal and 18

ventral scutes.

Total length 120 millim.

Diélé, on Alima R., French Congo. Type in Paris

Museum.

7. ANDERSONIA, gen. nov.

Body elongate, depressed, with extremely slender caudal

peduncle; a series of imbricate scales along each side of the

back and belly from the dorsal and ventral fins to the caudal

peduncle, which is entirely surrounded by bony scutes. Two

short dorsal fins, the anterior above the ventrals and formed

little-known African Silurid Fishes. 529

of one simple ossified ray or spine and 6 branched rays, the .

second opposed to the anal and formed of fine soft rays pre-

ceded by a short spine ; pectoral and ventral fins moderately

large, the former with a spine; 8 rays to the pectoral, 6 to

the ventral. No cephalo-nuchal shield. Mouth small, in-

ferior, toothless ; lips not much developed; a maxillary and

a mandibular barbel on each side; nostrils remote from each

other, both with a valve; eyes small, without free border.

Gill-clefts narrowly interrupted at the isthmus.

Nearest allied to Phractura, from which it is well distin-

guished by the position of the anterior dorsal, the presence

of a spine in front of each of the dorsals, the presence of a

single mandibular barbel, and the total absence of teeth.

Named in memory of the late Dr. John Anderson, to whose

exertions during the latter years of his lite Science is indebted

for much progress in the zoology of the Nile region, and to

whose initiative we owe the organization of a survey of the

Nile Fishes which is now being carried on by the Keyptian

Government.

1. Andersonia leptura, sp. n.

Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head

5 times. Head 1} as long as broad; skull rugose; snout as

long as the postocular part of the head, thrice as long as the

diameter of the eye, which is half the interorbital width ;

barbels slender, as long as the snout. Occipital process

keeled, 24 as long as broad, widely separated from the inter-

neural shield ; a shorter process on each side of the occipital

process. Anterior dorsal I 6; first ray longest, nearly as

long asthe head. Anal I 9. Pectoral § length of head, as

long as the ventral, widely separated from the anal. Caudal

with crescentic notch. Caudal peduncle depressed, 4 total

length. 25 dorsal and 23 ventral scutes, the last 9 on the

caudal peduncle. Greyish above, marbled with blackish,

white beneath.

Total length 50 millim.

A single specimen was found by Mr. Loat ina pond near

Koshek, Soudan, in March 1900.

530 Mr. P. Cameron on new

LXX.—Deseriptions of new Genera and Species of

Hymenoptera. By P. CAMERON.

[Concluded from p. 506. }

Rthynchium khasianum, sp. n.

Nigrum ; clypeo, scapo antennarum subtus, pronoto late pedibusque

ferrugineis ; tarsis posterioribus nigris; alis violaceis. 92.

Long. 17-18 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, the scape rufons, spotted with black on the

top. Head black, rugosely punctured; the clypeus rufous.

On the vertex behind the ocelli are two large, deep, smooth

fover, the space between them being smooth. Antennal

keel smooth and shining, dilated at the top, and with a small

yellow mark on either side of the top. Clypeus rufous, longi-

tudinally punctured ; its apex wide, not much narrower than

the base; the extreme apex depressed and with a broad slight

curve. Mandibles rufous, black on the upperside. Palpi

black, sparsely covered with stiff hairs. ‘The base of the

pronotum is smooth and shining; the upper half of the sides

rufous, as are also the tubercles, a spot on either side of

the metanotum, a line on the mesonotum near the tegule, and

the tegula. Mesonotum closely and strongly punctured; the

extreme base smooth and distinctly separated from the pro-

notum. There is a bordered furrow on the basal half of the

scutellum in the middle. Median segment rugosely punc-

tured, the middle smooth, alutaceous; the basal half furrowed

in the middle, the apical keeled ; the top and middle of the

mesopleure closely rugosely punctured ; there is a wide deep

furrow on the top of the smooth basal part, with a keel down

its middle. Metapleuree deeply rugosely reticulated. Legs

ferruginous, the tarsi blackish; the fore tarsi rufous at the

base ; the fore coxe for the greater part black. The basal

slope of the petiole smooth; the rest of it and the second

segment closely punctured ; the third segment is less strongly

punctured, smoother at the base; the fourth and fifth pune-

tured, smooth at the apex.

Belongs to Bingham’s group “ A. Basal segment of abdo-

men slightly constricted, the apex distinctly narrower than

the base ot the second segment.” What appears fo be a

variety has the rufous band on the pronotum obliterated, and

there is a yellow mark on either side of the clypeus at the top.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 531

Rhynchium elypeatum, sp. n.

Nigrum, dense argenteo-pilosum, basi medioque clypei albo ; alis

violaceis. <o.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore, Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne black, the flagellum slightly brownish beneath ;

the claw brownish, stout. Head strongly and closely punc-

tured, thickly (especially on the face and outer lower orbits)

covered with silvery pubescence. Clypeus large, its greatest

width as long as its length, its base broadly rounded, its apex

roundly incised, the sides forming triangular teeth ; its upper

third, and the lower half broadly in the centre, yellow, the

apical yellow mark being separated from the basal yellow

part ; the edges of the black separation are irregular; the

Inner orbits opposite the antenne are yellow. ‘Thorax ru-

gosely punctured, covered with a silvery pile; the lower part

of the propleure bear four stout clearly separated keels. ‘The

base of the mesopleure is smooth; in the middle is a longi-

tudinal furrow ; above this the punctures are somewhat more

widely separated; the lower part of the apex is smooth,

The upper part of the metapleure above the hollow is longi-

tudinally striated; the lower part is smooth and impunctate ;

the upper part of the apex is strongly but not closely punc-

tured; the lower part is smooth. ‘The sides of the median

segment are broadly rounded above and have no teeth.

Wings violaceous, the anterior pair deeper in tint than the

posterior ; the second cubital cellule is much narrowed at the

top, about one sixth of the length of the third and about half

the length of the space bounded by the first transverse cubital

and the recurrent nervures. Abdomen thickly covered with

silvery pubescence, sparsely punctured; the ventral surface

with the punctures stronger and closer.

Comes nearest to R.argentatum, Fabr. (sec. Saussure, Stett.

ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 187,=metaliicum, Sauss. Htudes, i. 114),

but is larger, has the clypeus broader compared to its length,

more rounded on the top, and yellow in the middle at the

apex ; the thorax is less strongly punctured ; the sides of the

median segment bulge out more and the apex is more exca-

vated therefore in the middle; the third cubital cellule is of

nearly equal width at the top and bottom, while in 2. argen-

tatum itis distinctly wider at the top than at the bottom, and

the hind wings are not so clearly hyaline compared with the

anterior.

Rk. argentatum, Bingham (‘ Fauna of India,’ Hym. i.

532 Mr. P. Cameron on new

p. 858), is a different species from the argentatum of Saussure’s

Revision of the East Indian Odynerides (Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiu.

pp- 129 and 207). It is probably a form of 2. bengalense,

Sauss., which=W. argentatum, Saussure, Etudes, i. p. 115,

non Fabr., sec. Sauss. Stett. ent. Zeit. .c. p. 191. Col. Bing-

ham does not appear to have been acquainted with the

above-mentioned Revision. 2. carbonarium, Sauss., from

Tranguebar, mentioned by Bingham shortly in a footnote

(2. c. p. 858), is described in full by Saussure (Stett. ent, Zeit.

i,c. p, 183). It is a Pararhynchium.

Rhynchium basimacula, Cam.

This is a good and distinct species, and not a variety of

R. flavomarginatum, as stated by Bingham (* Fauna of India,’

Hym. i. p. 859). It is easily known from flavomarginatum

by the head and thorax not being “ coarsely and very closely ”

punctured, the clypeus in particular having only some small

scattered punctures; 1t is much broader at the apex, almost

transverse, the sides not projecting into teeth; the abdomen

is impunctate, very smooth, and shining. The form of the

clypeus is different from what it is in most of the species, it

being not roundly convex, but flat, except at the sides, which

have an oblique slope, ‘The entire insect is thickly pruinose,

which gives it a whitish appearance, ‘he only species with

such a broad and flat clypeus is 2. dugubrinum, which, how-

ever, differs from it in having the head, thorax, and base of

abdomen closely rugosely punctured.

Rhynchium lugubrinum, sp. n.

Nigrum ; abdominis segmentis basalibus duobus flavo-lineatis ; alis

fulvo-violaceis ; tegulis rufis. @Q.

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne and head entirely black. Front and vertex

rugosely punctured, thickly covered with longish fuscous

hair. Antennal keel stout. Clypeus slightly obliquely

narrowed at the apex; the sides slightly obliquely depressed,

closely rugosely punctured, the apex with a rounded incision,

closely punctured and thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence ; the extreme apex depressed and punctured. Pro- and

mesothorax closely and almost uniformly punctured; the

mesopleuree above with the punctures running into reticula-

tions; the basal half of the metapleures smooth, the apical

reticulated ; the upper part of the median segment reticulated,

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 533

the lower in the middle smooth except for some transverse

strie, the centre carinate. Tlie whole thorax is thickly

covered with pale pubescence. ‘The second cubital cellule is

much narrowed at the top, being there in length less than the

distance bounded by the second transverse cubital and the

second recurrent nervure. Legs entirely black, thickly

covered with pale pubescence. ‘Tegule rufous, Abdomen

black, the basal two segments banded with yellow, the bands

interrupted in the middle; the basal two segments closely

punctured, the third and fourth more closely, the apical

alutaceous.

The apex of the clypeus is broader than usual and does not

project into teeth; it is flat, with the sides oblique; the

insect is more densely pilose than usual; the apex of the

median segment is slightly and roundly concave; the upper

part at the sides broad, not forming teeth; the central keel is

stout ; the second cubital cellule is much narrowed at the top,

being there only one half the length of the space bounded by

the second transverse cubital and the second recurrent nervure ;

the second abdominal segment is not much narrowed at the

base.

This species comes nearest to R. flavomarginatum, with

which it agrees in coloration ; it may be known from it by

the body being more densely pilose, and is readily separated

zat it by the clypeus not being deeply grooved in the

middle.

Rhynchium rugolatum, sp. n.

Long. 12-14 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (fothney), Poona (Wroughton), Khasia

Hills.

This species closely resembles &. brunneum. The differ-

ences between the two are best expressed in synoptical form :—

@.—Mesonotum shining, sparsely and slightly punc-

tured ; the scutellum impunctate ; the sides of the

median segment with sharp teeth .............. brunneum.

Mesonctum and scutellum closely rugosely punec-

tured; the sides of the median segment without

¢ .—The top of the clypeus transverse ; the oblique lower

part shorter than the upper part; the middle femora

not narrowed and twisted at the base .......... rugolatum,

The top of the clypeus rounded, its narrowed lower

part longer than the upper; the middle femora

narrowed and twisted at the base .............. brunneum,

The head rufous; the ocellar region broadly (the mark

slightly narrowed and rounded behind), the part between the

534 Mr. P. Cameron on new

antenne, a broad, short, oblique line over each, and the ccciput,

black. Front and vertex coarsely closely punctured, thickly

covered with short white hair. Clypeus pyriform, broadly

rounded above, sparsely and somewhat strongly punctured ;

the apex in the middle depressed and with a shallow incision ;

the sides forming oblique stout teeth. Thorax rufous, coarsely

and closely punctured except at the base and apex ; the lower

part of the pronotum, the edges of the mesonotum (narrowly

at the base and sides, broader at the apex), the base broadly

in the middle, the apex of the scutellum, the sides of the post-

scutellum, the middle of the metanotum broadly, its sides, the

base of the pronotum narrowly, the base and apex of the

mesopleure, a large irregular mark, a line along the furrow,

the base and lower half of the metapleure, and the breast

black. The scutellum is more closely punctured than the

mesonotum ; the postscutellum has behind and above the

oblique apical slope a stout somewhat irregular ridge; the

apex of the segment has an oblique slope ; it is smooth and

shining, the centre hollowed, the sides oblique ; in the middle

is a keel bordered by fine striae. Pro- and mesopleura

coarsely and closely punctured, except at the base; meta-

pleuree smooth, sparsely punctured; there are no teeth on the

sides; the apex roundly dilated. Legs rufous; the four

anterior coxee behind, the hinder almost entirely, the fore

femora narrowly at the base behind, the middle narrowly at

the base in front and broadly behind, and the posterior except

at theapex black. Wings yellowish, fuscous along the edge ;

the apex with a violaceous cloud; the costa and stigma

rufous, the nervures black ; the hinder wings hyaline. Ab-

domen rufous; the basal slope of the petiole, an irregular

line on the base of the second segment, and the bases of the

third and fourth segments black ; the basal ventral segments

are more or less marked with black.

In the male the black on the vertex is broader and extends

to the eyes; the part below it is yellowish, tinged with

rufous; the oblique marks above the antenne are as in the

female, but there is no black between the antenne; the

clypeus is as wide as its longest length, is smooth, except for

some punctures; the oblique lower part is slightly shorter

than the upper; the incision is shallower and wider than in

the female, and the part above it is not depressed; the

markings as in the female.

In general coloration it more resembles carnaticum, with

which it also agrees in the form of the male middle femora ;

but in the form of the clypeus &c. it differs, as it does also

from brunneum.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 535

Montezuma bisulcata, sp. n.

Nigra, sparse albo-maculata ; alis fusco-violaceis ; scapo antennarum

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antenne sparsely and minutely punctured, yel-

lowish beneath. Front and vertex rugosely punctured, the

vertex more sparsely than the front; the part between the

antenne broadly carinate; foveate above, a yellow mark on

either side of the fovea. Clypeus closely rugose, the apex

with scattered punctures ; depressed and roundly and distinctly

incised at the point. Mandibles with a small yellow mark in

the middle near the base, its lower side obliquely widened at

base and apex, the apical part being the longer. Thorax

black, except for an interrupted line on the pronotum and a

mark on either side of the apex of the median segment.

Pro- and mesonotum closely rugosely punctured; the scu-

tellum, if anything, more closely, almost rugosely, punctured,

and with a shining line, gradually widened towards the apex

in the middle; the postscutellum has the punctures, if any-

thing, more widely separated than on the scutellum; its

centre is smooth and has an elongated shallow depression in

the middle. Pro- and mesopleure coarsely rugosely punc-

tured, the punctures on the latter running into reticulations ;

the apex is alutaceous, impunctate. Metapleuree alutaceous,

the apex obscurely obliquely striated; on the base are five

fovex, separated by stout keels, and having at the top a much

larger more elongated depression. Wings fuscous-violaceous,

the apical half of the posterior more hyaline. Legs black, a

line on the basal two thirds of the anterior tibize in front and a

line on the base of the posterior behind yellow; the front

femora are similarly marked on the apical two thirds in

front. Abdomen black ; a line, interrupted in the middle, on

the apex of the petiole, and three lines on the apex of the

second segment, yellow. Petiole above closely rugosely

punctured ; a shallow indistinct furrow on the apex in the

middle above; the base sparsely covered with long white

hair; the lower side is regularly and stoutly transversely

striated. The second segment is closely but not very deeply

punctured; the third segment is slightly depressed and

punctured on the apex.

The insect is covered with a pale pile. On the median

segment the central furrow is large and deep and is divided

into two parts by a transverse partition—a shorter basal,

536 , Mr. P. Cameron on new

rounded and narrowed at the base and apex, and a longer,

wider apical one, with a stout keel in the middle. The

tegule are brownish on the outer side.

Allied to WM. burmanica, Bingh.

Labus armatus, sp. n.

Niger; clypeo, scapo antennarum subtus, basi mandibularum, linea

pronoti, maculisque 2 scutelli flavis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, stigmate

nervisque nigris.

Long. 9mm. 6.

flab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne covered with a pale down; black, the scape

yellow below; the terminal hook rufous. Head black; the

elypeus (except narrowly round the edges) and the base of

the mandibles to near the second tooth lemon-yellow. Front

and vertex closely and somewhat strongly and uniformly

punctured all over; covered with silvery pubescence; the

lower part of the front and the eye-incision covered with

silvery pubescence. Clypeus sparsely punctured; the apex

obliquely narrowed from the eyes to the middle, where there

are two minute black teeth. On the mandibles are one large

apical tooth, followed by two blunter, more rounded ones, of

half the length of the apical; the third has a much shorter

tooth or tubercle near its base. Palpi black. Thorax black ;

a broad line on the pronotum with its teeth, two marks on

the base of the scutellum, rounded and slightly narrowed on

the apex, from the outer side to the inner, yellow. Pro- and

mesonotum closely, uniformly, and rather strongly punctured.

Scutellum more sparsely punctured than the mesonotum,

The tooth on the postscutellum large, sharply pointed towards

the apex. Median segment sparsely punctured; the central

furrow becoming gradually wider towards the apex. Pro-

pleure strongly punctured above, below smooth, aciculated ;

mesopleure similarly punctured, except at the base beneath ;

metapleuree more sparsely punctured than the meso-, espe-

cially towards the base. Legs black, the four anterior tibiz

in front and the basal joint of the four front tarsi yellow.

Abdomen black; the apex of the petiole above and of the

second segment all round yellow; the petiole has the basal

half coarsely punctured ; the punctures are large and longer

than broad; below, the punctures extend nearer to the apex.

‘The whole insect is covered with a pale pile. Wings fuscous-

hyaline; the stigma and nervures black; the apex of the

radius is bluntly rounded, it is distinctly curved upwards at

the second cubital cellule; the tegule are yellow, broadly

black in the middle.

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 537

This does not appear to me to be LZ. Humbertianus, a

Ceylon species recorded by Bingham from Burma and Tenas-

serim. ‘The metanotal furrow is certainly not ‘supra bi-

spinosa,’ but the apical teeth are distinct enough and luteous

in colour. The scutellum in our species can hardly be said to

be divided in the middle by a furrow, except, perhaps, be-

tween the yellow marks, which have the appearance of being

slightly raised.

Bingham (‘ Fauna of India,’ Hym. i. p. 348), it may be as

well to point out, omits from his generic and specific descrip-

tions one of the most characteristic features of this genus,

namely, that the postscutellum is armed with a stout erect

spine. It is possible that the Burmese examples described

by Bingham as Humbertianus may be different from Saussure’s

species, which was from Ceylon.

B. Descriptions of Two new Genera and Species of Braconidse

from Britain and Two Species of Pompilus from India.

HARKERIA, gen. nov.

Radial nervure abbreviated, not reaching to the apex of the

stigma, the radial cellule therefore confluent with the cubital ;

the cubital nervure almost entirely obliterated, only indicated

by a stump beyond the first transverse cubital, which is rather

faint, but not bullated. The first cubital cellule is confluent

with the first discoidal, through the obliteration of the cubitus

at the base; the transverse median discoidal nervure is not

interstitial with the marginal discoidal, being received shortly

beyond it; the second discoidal cellule is completely enclosed,

it and the costal and the median cellnles are the only complete

cellules. Stigma linear, elongate, narrow; the pterostigma is

distinct. In the hind wings there is only one nervure, which

is probably the subcostal, which ends in what may be a

stigma. Antenne filiform, 19-jointed. Occiput margined.

Mandibles ending in a longish sharp tooth. Eyes prominent.

Parapsidal furrows distinct at the base. Scutellum large,

roundly convex. Median segment large; it has a gradual

rounded slope to the apex, which has a large distinctly defined

area, rounded at the top on either side, and between them in

the middle a narrower one, which is not very distinctly defined

on the top. Abdomen with a distinct petiole, which is about

four times longer than broad; its apex is triangular and ends

in a short projecting ovipositor.

This genus belongs to the Huphorides. It comes nearest

perhaps to Microtonus, with which it agrees in the paucity of

538 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the alar nervures ; but it may be easily known from it and

from all the other genera in having the radial cellule com-

pletely open at the apex, the radius being very short.

Harkeria rufa, sp. n.

Rufa ; vertice mesonotoque nigris; antennis longiore quam corpore,

flagello nigro; alis hyalinis, stigmate pallido, nervis pallide

fuscis. Q.

Long. fere 4 mm.

Antennee blackish, the scape and the base of the third joint

rufo-testaceous. Head, pro- and mesothorax smooth and

shining ; the face and clypeus of a much paler colour than

the vertex; the ocellar region deep black; on either side of

the front ocellus is a fuscons splash which extends to and

behind the eyes. The mesonotum, except in front at the

sides, black ; the scutellum and postscutellum are of a darker

rufous colour; the median segment is obscurely shagreened

at the base. The petiole closely shagreened ; the rest of the

abdomen is smooth and shining.

Taken near Gloucester in June many years ago, probably

on the banks of the Severn, when in the company of the late

Prof. Allen Harker.

LAMADATHA, gen. nov.

Wings abbreviated and narrowed; the stigma and meta-

carpus greatly thickened, broad, projecting beyond the costa ;

the stigma not separated from the metacarpus; the radius

irregular, thickened, about half the thickness of the stigma ;

it is united to the stigma shortly behind the middle by a short

branch, near which there is on it a small cellule, which is

longer than broad; the transverse preebrachial and the pre-

brachial nervures are normal; in the hind wings the costa is

thick ; the subcostal area is distinctly defined; both wings

are ciliated with long hairs. Antenne filiform, longer than

the body, 24-jointed. Head large, broader than long, broadly

projecting behind the eyes ; the occiput not margined, rounded

inwardly. Middle lobe of the mesonotum distinctly separated ;

the scutellum roundly raised; the postscutellum convex,

distinctly separated from it. Metathorax rugosely punctured,

it has a rounded slope from the base to the apex. Petiole

distinct, thick, longer than broad, rugose, the other segments

flat, smooth, and shining, its apex bluntly rounded. Eyes

bare, distant from the mandibles.

The face is rngose, the clypeus roundly convex, smooth,

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 539

shining, and is clearly separated from the face by a suture ;

the suture on the mesosternum is wide, deep, and transversely

striated ; the prosternum is long and furrowed down the

centre. The mandibles are small; the apical tooth is long,

curved, sickle-shaped; in the middle is a small triangular

tooth : above them, on either side of the clypeus, is a large

deep depression.

Belongs by the form of the mouth and mandibles to the

Exodontes, and probably to the Dacnuside, from the fact of

there being apparently only two cubital cellules, counting the

small cellule at the base of the radius as the second cubital.

The thickened radius also allies it to Dacnusa. The form of

the mandibles is different from what we find either in the

Dacnuside or the Alysioide, they being much more slender

and sharper, particularly at the apex. The abdominal petiole

is also more slender and distinctly separated.

Lamadatha testaceipes, sp. n.

Nigra ; basi antennarum pedibusque testaceis ; alis hyalinis.

Long.2mm. 4.

Antenne longer than the body, filiform; the basal half

clear, the apical dark testaceous. Head smooth and shining,

sparsely covered with longish hair; the eyes strongly facetted.

Pro- and mesonotum smooth and shining, sparsely covered

with longish black hairs: in the middle of the hinder half of

the mesonotum is a broad, punctured, longitudinal furrow ;

the sides of the raised basal lobe are punctured ; in its centre

is a narrow, smooth, longitudinal furrow. Scutellum and

postscutellum smooth; the depression at the base of the

former is smooth. ‘The lower part of the propleure is closely

rugosely punctured; the part of the mesopleure above the

furrow is smooth and shining ; the metapleure and the meta- |

notum closely rugosely punctured. Wings hyaline, the basal

nervures testaceous; the apical nervures, the stigma, and meta-

carpus blackish, the nervures in the hinder wings testaceous.

Legs testaceous, longish. Abdomen smooth and shining; the

petiole closely rugosely punctured; behind the middle, on

either side, is a small projecting tubercle.

Found early in June in Cadder Wilderness, near Glasgow,

in a fungus much frequented by dipterous larve.

Pompilus perturbans, sp. n.

Niger, pruinosus; alis fusco-violaceis, cellula cubitali 2* duplo

longiore quam 3%, 2°,

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney).

540 On new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

Head densely covered with a grey pile, the front and vertex

more sparsely with longish blackish hair. Eyes parallel,

slightly converging on the top; the ocelli are in a curve, and

the hinder are separated from each other by a greater distance

than they are from the eyes. Apex of clypeus broadly

rounded. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle, their base

thickly covered with depressed pubescence. Pronotum in the

middle not quite so long as the head; its apex is broadly

rounded. The median seement has a gradually rounded

slope; looked at from above the apex is transverse ; the sides

at the apex bituberculate, the upper tubercle being larger

and more rounded, the lower smaller, more distinctly defined,

more projecting, and more triangular in form. Wings fusco-

violaceous; the radial and second and third cubital cellules

are lighter in tint, but not hyaline; the second cubital cellule

is about three times longer than the third; the first and

second transverse cubital nervures are parallel, the first has a

more rounded slope, the third is obliquely bent near the top ;

the first recurrent nervure has an oblique slope and is re-

ceived near the transverse cubital nervure as in Salzus, the

second at the apex of the basal fourth of the cellule; the anal

nervure in the hind wings is interstitial. Legs densely

pruinose ; the tibial and tarsal spines are long and stout ;

the underside of the tarsi is covered densely with short

spines ; the claws have one long, curved, and a short, thick,

bluntly pointed tooth. Abdomen black; the apical halves of

the segments with lighter-coloured bands of a dark bluish

tinge,

Comes near to P. parenthope, Cam.: that is a larger and

stouter insect, it has the second cubital cellule longer com-

pared with the third, the second recurrent nervure is received

in the middle of the cellule, and the wings are more uniformly

coloured and have a deeper more violaceous tint ; the head is

much more largely developed behind the eyes, it being there

nearly as long as the width of the eyes, while in the present

species they are not half the length, it being also there more

oblique, less rounded.

P. simillimus appears to be a close ally of this species.

Smith’s description is not detailed enough for satisfactory

determination ; Bingham (Hymen. of India, p. 166) says that

the second and third cubital cellules are equal in length, but

this statement is contradicted in the synoptical table on p. 150,

where the second it said to be wider than the third.

Pompilus implacabilis, sp. n.

Niger, dense argenteo-pruinosus ; alis brevis, flavis, apice fumatis. 2.

Long. 10-11 mm.

Hab. Bengal (Rothney).

Dr. C, A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 541

’ Antenne brownish towards the apex, stout, and placed

close to the top of the clypeus. ead rather long and flat

and wider than the thorax ; the eyes are almost parallel; the

ocelli in a curve (*. *) and separated from the eyes by about

the same distance they are from each other. Clypeus short,

its apex transverse. Mandibles rufous, black at the apex ;

the base thickly covered with depressed silvery pubescence.

Pronotum large, but not quite so long as the head; it is

depressed at the base, transverse at the apex. ‘The entire

thorax is thickly covered with depressed silvery pubescence ;

its apex has an oblique slope. Wings short, not reaching to

the apex of the second abdominal segment, yellowish hyaline,

the apex near the middle of the radial cellule infuscated ; the

radius is roundly curved from base to apex; the second and

third cubital cellules are equal in length above and beneath ;

the first transverse cubital nervure has an oblique slope

on the upper half; the first recurrent nervure is received

shortly behind the second, beyond the middle of the cellule;

the transverse median nervure is received at a distance—by

about its own length—beyond the transverse basal; the anal

nervure in the hind wing is appendiculated. Legs densely

pruinose, the tibiae bare, the tarsi bearing thick spines, the

claws bifid. Abdomen with the segments bordered with

silvery pubescence ; it is about as long as the head and thorax

united; the second ventral segment has a transverse furrow.

The presence of a transverse furrow on the second (or third

according to one method of counting, the first segment forming

part of the median segment) brings this species into Bingham’s

section “ B, Ferreola Group.” It has certainly no near

relationship beyond the abdominal furrow to such species as

P. Cameronii, Bingh. (fenestrata, Bingh., nec Smith), The

present species has some resemblance to the Pompilus vivax

group, but is easily known from them by the abdominal

furrow, by the transverse basal nervure being widely remote

from the transverse median, and by the short wings.

LXXI.—Plankton Studies.—III. On Platydorina, a new

Genus of the Family Volvocide from the Plankton of the

Illinois River. By C. A. Koroip, Ph.D.*

(Plate VIL]

THE family Volvocide is well represented in the plankton of

freshwater ponds and streams. Indeed, with the possible

* From the ‘ Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural His-

tory,’ vol. v. pp. 419-440. From a separate impression communicated by

the Author,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 36

542 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

exception of Stephanosphera, all of tle colonial forms in-

cluded in the subfamily Volvocinee—Spondylomorum, Gonium,

Stephanosphera, Pandorina, Pleodorina, and Volvox—are

pelagic in habit and are found only in the freshwater

environment. For the past four years, during the summer

and autumn months, a colonial form belonging to this sub-

family has occurred in plankton collections from the [linois

River and its adjacent waters, to which I have given the

name of Platydorina caudata. It appears as early as June 15,

and becomes abundant in the months of August and September,

diminishing in numbers in October, and disappearing in

November. It thus attains its greatest development toward

the close of the maximum period of summer heat, when the

temperature of the water in which it is found often reaches

36° C. This species has occurred in all the waters examined

in the course of the operations of the Illinois Biological

Station, viz. in the Illinois River, in Thompson’s, Quiver,

Flag, Matanzas, and Phelps Lakes, at Havana, Ill., and in

the Illinois River and Meredosia Lake at Meredosia, III.

During the summer and fall of 1899 it was also found in

abundance near Urbana, III., in Salt Fork, a small stream

tributary to the Vermilion River—a confluent of the Wabash.

It was not equally plentiful in all these localities, but showed

a decided preference for shallow water free from vegetation,

reaching its maximum development when the turbid water

was but a few feet, or even less than a foot, deep. In such

situations the shallowness of the water and the absence of

vegetation conduce to a maintenance of the high temperatures

which seem to favour its multiplication. The bottom of the

lakes in question is usually composed of soft mud, rich in

decaying organic matter, and often covered by a mat of

Oscillaria, but otherwise quite free from vegetation. At

Havana we have found Platydorina in greatest numbers in

Phelps Lake, which in 1896, 1897, and 1898 afforded the

conditions above described. It was likewise abundant in

Thompson’s Lake in the late summer and early fall of 1897

and 1898, when the lake was at a low level and contained

little vegetation. In the shallow open waters of Matanzas

Lake it was much more abundant than in Quiver Lake, where

there was usually a large amount of vegetation. At the

time of the maximum abundance of Platydorina in Salt Fork

in September the stream was reduced by drought to a series

of stagnant pools with no vegetation. In the early part of

August it was full of alge and other aquatic vegetation, and

Platydorina was then present in considerable numbers,

although not so abundant as it was in the following month,

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 543

On August 2, 1888, Professor H. Garman, while con-

ducting a biological survey of the aquatic life in the vicinity

of Quincy, Ill., in the bottoms of the Mississippi River (see

Garman, 1890), found a specimen of this interesting species

in the waters of Libby Lake. He records and sketches it in

notes now on file at this Laboratory, but published nothing

concerning it,

The occurrence of this new genus in the waters of the

Wabash, Illinois, and Mississippi River systems, and _ its

recurrence in our collections for several successive years

indicate its wide distribution and firm establishment in the

Mississippi Valley in waters of some permanency. It has

not yet been noted in temporary pools.

The associates of Platydorina in the plankton have varied

with the season, the locality, and the year. It may be said,

in a general way, that the plankton in which it occurs is

characterized by an abundance of flagellates, of rotifers—

especially Brachionide—and of immature Copepoda. <A

water-bloom, composed largely of Huglena, Trachelomonas,

Carteria, and other green flagellates, often appears at the

suiface of waters where Platydvrina is abundant. Gontum

is frequently associated with it in large numbers, as are also

Pandorina, Eudorina, and Pleodorina, though these three

genera may also be plentiful in the early summer, when

Platydorina may be absent or rare. Pleodorina californica

was extremely abundant in Salt Fork in August, but had

almost entirely disappeared by the time that Platydorina had

reached its maximum. A few specimens of Volvox, which,

in this locality, is common in the spring months, were also

noted, while perhaps the most interesting associate in Salt

Fork was Ceratium kumaonense, discovered by Carter (1871)

in Hindostan. Other chlorophyll-bearing associates tre-

quently seen are Pediastrum, Scenedesmus, Actinastrum, and

Olosterium. Among the diatoms, Melosira, F'ragillaria, and

Surirella were to be seen; and among the Peridinide Peri-

dinium tabulatum was almost always represented.

The zodplankton associated with Platydorina is not less

varied than the phytoplankton. The Protozoa were usually

represented by Arcella, Difflugia, and occasionally by pelagic

Ameba; by Synura, Mallomonas, Dinobryon, and Uroglena ;

and by Codonella and Coleps. Among the Rotifera the order

Ploima was well represented; Z?iarthra and the Brachionidee

—notably Brachionus militaris, 2, angularis, B. punctatus,

and B, Bakeri and its varieties—were most common during

the summer months, while the Syncheetide increase in numbers

in the early autumn. Tolyarthra was frequently abundant,

30*

544 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

and Rotifer, Philodina, Asplanchna, Euchlanis, Cathypna,

Distyla, Monostyla, and Pterodina were often represented by

one or more species. The paucity of Entomostraca stands in

sharp contrast with the abundance of rotifers, the former

group being represented by relatively few species and few

adult individuals. The nauplii of Cyclops were, however, as

a rule, abundant, but only occasional specimens of adult

Cyclops, Diaptomus, Bosmina, Chydorus, Certodaphnia,

Daphnia, and Cypridopsis were to be seen.

Platydorina caudata, gen. et sp. n.

The species here described consists of a horseshoe-shaped

ceenobium or colony (Pl. VII. fig. 1) of 16 or 32 biflagellate

cells, the anterior end corresponding to the toe of the horse-

shoe and the truncate posterior end to the heel, the latter

carrying 3 or 5 prolongations or tails formed by the gelatinous

substance of the coenobium. The colony is plate-like and

flat, except that the plate is slightly twisted in a left spiral.

This spiral is scarcely noticeable in a face view (fig. 1) except

by focussing with a high-power objective, but it can be easily

detected in a side view (fig. 3). It varies from one eighth to

one thirty-second of a turn of the spiral, and in twenty-five

colonies especially examined on this point it was invariably a

left spiral, with the location of the twisting always in a defi-

nite relation to the colony, the right anterior and the left

posterior regions of the colony in face view being high, while

the left anterior and the right posterior are low. Repeated

examinations of specimens, both living and preserved, indi-

cate that this spiral form is a constant feature of structure,

that it is not reversed in direction, and that it is subject to

but slight variation in the degree of the torsion. No move-

ment within the colony which would produce or vary the spiral

was noted in living individuals. ‘he form of Platydorina

seems to be as constant and as characteristic as that of other

genera of the family.

The size of the colony varies with the age, with the number

of cells present, and also perhaps with the locality and the

season. Colonies of 32 cells in which the first division

leading to the formation of daughter colonies is taking place

average about 150 w in length, 130 w in width, and 20 w in

thickness. ‘he largest colonies are about 165 x 145 x 25 p,

and the smallest free-swimming ones about 25x21 x4 b

Colonies of 16 cells are smaller than those of 32 cells and

are also narrower in proportion to their length, measuring

about 70 x 43 x 16 w.

Dr. C, A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 545

The colours of Platydorina are quite as striking as those of

related forms. The cells, which are imbedded in the trans-

parent gelatinous matrix of the colony, are a bright chloro-

phyll-green, and each has, as a rule, a red stigma or eye-spot

of unusual brilliancy.

The substance in which the cells of the colony are imbedded

is similar in appearance to that in Hudorina. It is a trans-

parent colourless substance of considerable consistency, showing

in the living condition, as a rule, no trace of differentiation.

The gelatinous nature of the substance is shown by the great

numbers of bacteria which swarm within it in moribund

specimens. Colonies killed in formalin and stained in Dela-

field’s hematoxylin exhibit a difference in the intensity of

coloration, indicating the presence of a denser peripheral

layer or sheath 3-4 w in thickness (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 4, p.sh.).

This is apparent along the edges of the colony and presumably

extends over its faces. In several living colonies a granular

differentiation of this outer layer was noted about the margin.

This sheath is similar to that of Hudorina and Pleodorina,

but shows no trace of the concentric layers so prominent in

Pandorina.

One of the most characteristic features of the colony is the

presence upon the posterior border of 3 or 5 projections or

tails, which are merely extensions of the sheath. Colonies of

16 cells have but three tails, while those of 32 cells have

uniformly five. ‘These projections are bluntish finger-like

processes without structural differentiation, tapering some-

what to a rounded or pointed end. Occasionally the outer-

most pair, and more rarely the inner one, are slightly divergent.

In the 16-cell colony there are two latero-posterior tails and

one median one (fig. 2), the former being better developed

and measuring 15 to 20 w in length. The median tail is

variable in length, being sometimes a mere rudiment appearing

on a slight elevation on the margin. Its average length is

about one third that of the adjacent pair, though it occasionally

attains two thirds their length. The latero-posterior tails are

upon each side of the colony directly behind the marginal

row of cells, while the median tail is midway between the

central rows. In the 32-cell colony (fig. 1) there is, in

addition to the three tails above noted, another pair which

may be designated as the lateral pair. ‘hese tails are slightly

divergent, arising at the outer posterior angles of the marginal

row of cells, between the last transverse quartet and the last

sextet of cells. They are from 10 to 15 w in length and are

often of the same size as the median tail of the colony. The

other three tails occupy the same position with respect to the

546 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

posterior quartet of cells that they do in the 16-cell colony,

but are, as a rule, much larger, the postero-lateral pair

measuring from 20 to 30 mw in length, while the median one

reaches only a length of 15 to 18 w. The five tails do not

lie in one plane, but share in the spiral of the colony, at

times, indeed, exceeding it in the degree of the twisting.

These structures are all subject to considerable variations and

nregularities of development (fig. 5), such as suppression,

inequality of members of pairs, differences in size and relative

development, in attenuation, and in degree of divergence.

These irregularities are often correlated with the loss of cells

in the colony due to parasites or other causes. The tails

nevertheless exhibit such a constancy of position and so much

of symmetry and regularity of development that they cannot

for a moment be considered as ephemeral features of little

structural importance. In their position they recall the pro-

tuberances noted by me (1898) at the posterior end of Pleo-

dorina illinoisensis. In Pleodorina, however, these struc-

tures are apparent only in disintegrating maternal colonies,

and it may be that they also indicate the point at which the

embryonic cup closes, On the other hand, in Platydorina

caudata these tails are present upon the colonies at the time

of their escape from the maternal matrix, and persist through-

out the life of the adult, being permanent structures, charac-

teristic of the species.

Within the outer sheath is a homogeneous gelatinous matrix

(fig. 1, m), which in Delafield’s hematoxylin stains less

readily than the sheath. In the living colony no differentia-

tion of this matrix is to be seen, but, after staining, a delicate

sheath showing deeper colour is demonstrated about each of

the cells. In most places a considerable space intervenes

between this secondary sheath (fig. 4, s.sh.) and the inclosed

cell, so that the sheaths crowd upon each other and appear

to divide the field of the matrix into irregular polygonal areas.

These areas, as a rule, fill the greater part of the plate, leaving

unoccupied only a few corners, principally about the second

transverse row. The two poles of this swollen secondary

envelope are not of equal size, the inner being somewhat the

smaller, and slightly overlapped by those of the contiguous

cells. This is due to the intercalation of the cells of the two

sides of the plate and to the fact that the outer ends of the

cells are slightly nearer the surface of the plate than are the

inner ones. ‘The gelatinous substance within the secondary

sheaths does not differ in structure or stainibility from that

of the surrounding matrix. As a result of the form of the

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina, 547

colony the amount of the matrix substance is much less in

Platydorina than in related forms such as Hudorina.

The cells of the colony are all of one type, alike in structure,

and approximately similar in size. Each is biflagellate and

has a central body of protoplasm with a nucleus, two contrac-

tile vacuoles, one stigma, and one chromatophore with a single

pyrenoid.

The number of cells in the colony is either 16 or 32; at

least no normal colony with cells of any other number has

been detected among the hundreds, if not thousands, of

colonies examined. Colonies are frequently seen which, by

reason of parasites or from other causes, have lost one or more

cells—indeed, in some cases all but one or two; but the form

of these colonies is usually preserved, and the empty secondary

sheaths frequently remain as evidence of the original comple-

ment of cells. ‘lhe 16-cell colonies are not mere stages in

the development of the 32-cell form, for division of the cells

of this type in observed cases leads to the development of new

colonies and not to the formation of the 32-cell stage. As in

other nearly related genera of the family—for example, Hudo-

rina, Pandorina, and Pleodorina—the number of cells in the

colony varies, within narrow limits, in the ratio of geometrical

progression. In Platydorina, however, this pleomorphism is

manifested not only by this difference in the number of cells

in the colony, but also by a structural distinction—the presence

of three tails in the 16-cell and five tails in the 32-cell colony.

Inasmuch as the two types always occur together, and since

this pleomorphism is in some respects similar to that of

related genera, it does not seem justifiable to regard the two

as distinct species of the genus. ‘They are, I believe, two

forms of one species.

The arrangement of the cells is characteristic and is

strikingly different from that of any other genus of the family.

The gelatinous matrix and sheath conform to the horseshoe-

shaped plate of cells, and even the caudal appendages bear a

fixed relation to the plan of cell-arrangement. The 32-cell

colony is composed of a marginal U-shaped row of 12 cells

about three sides of a 20-celled somewhat rectangular plate,

which, in turn, consists of an outer row of 12 cells on three

sides of a row of four pairs of cells. The colony might also

be regarded as made up of three U-shaped rows of 12, 12, and

8 cells respectively, nested in such a fashion that the inner

two project one cell beyond the outermost. ‘The cells also

fall into six quite irregular transverse rows of 4, 6, 6, 6, 6,

and 4 cells respectively, and into the same number of corre-

548 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

sponding longitudinal ones. As before stated, the lateral

tails are posterior to the marginal row, while the postero-

laterals are behind the first row within the marginal, and the

median one midway between the innermost rows. In the

colony of 16 cells (fig. 2) the marginal row has but 10 cells

and the central plate but 6. The cells fall into four some-

what irregular transverse rows, and there are the same

number of longitudinal ones of 4 cells each. The horseshoe-

shape, however, masks somewhat this simple Gontum-like

arrangement. The plate-like form of the colony and the

arrangement of the cells, especially in the 16-cell form, give

this new genus a superficial resemblance to Gontum. It is,

however, fundamentally different, for in Platydorina the two

faces of the plate are exactly alike, while in Gontum the face

anterior in locomotion bears all the flagella, and the other

face presents only the bases of the cells. This similarity of

the two faces in Platydorina, neither of which is anterior or

posterior, is brought about by the fact that every other cell

upon either face presents to that face the pole which bears

the stigma and the flagella, while the intervening cells present

the opposite pole, with its pyrenoid. This alternation of stigma

and pyrenoid is constant, and can be followed in any row of

cells except the diagonal ones (cf. fig. L). The cells of the

marginal row, in both the 16- and 32-cell colonies, point

obliquely outward, the direction alternating, however, in

conformity with the arrangement of cells in the central area,

as may be seen in a view of the edge of the colony (fig. 3).

The alternation of the cells in the colony as a whole is the

same whichever face is presented, the right-hand cell of the

posterior row of four cells always presenting the basal end

uppermost. Fyrom this as a starting-point the regular alter-

nation of stigma and pyrenoid can be traced from cell to cell

throughout the whole colony. An examination of twenty-five

colonies showed that all conformed to the same plan of alter-

nation, there being no case of reversal. In the arrangement

of the cells in the colony Platydorina is thus more like

Eudorina than like Gonium, being not a simple plate like the

latter genus, but, in reality, a flattened ellipsoid so much

compressed that the cells of the two faces intercalate

regularly, and thus give to the colony its superficial resem-

blance to Gontum.

The individual cells are all substantially alike in size and

structure. ‘They have the form of an oblate spheroid, slightly

larger in the outer hemisphere*. Some cells, especially the

* As in the case of Eudorina and Pleodorina the terms “ outer” and

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 549

marginal ones, often exhibit a slight flattening or even a

depression at the outer pole. In the full-grown colony the

cells have an equatorial diameter of 15-20 w and a polar one

of 15-18 p. The cells of young colonies still within the

maternal matrix do not exceed 4-6 w in diameter. I do not

find that the cells of the 16-cell colonies are appreciably

larger than those of the 32-cell.

The protoplasm is small in amount, consisting of a very

thin pellicle (fig. 4, p.) on the surface of the cell on the out-

side of the chromatophore, and an axially-placed knob-

shaped mass (pr.) located somewhat nearer the outer pole

than the inner one. Near the centre of this mass lies the

spherical nucleus (fig. 4, n.), containing a single spherical

nucleolus (ncl.). Within this protoplasmic mass lie the two

contractile vacuoles (c.v.) and the stigma (s¢.), while from

the outer end of the cell arise the two flagella (/.).

There is but a single cup-shaped chromatophore (fig. 4,

chr.), which is inclosed within the pellicle above noted, and

itself contains the knob-shaped protoplasmic mass. It is of a

brilliant chlorophyll-green colour, and contains numerous

small granules of irregular and somewhat angular outline.

Towards the inner end of the cell, imbedded in the thickest

part of the chromatophore, there is a single spherical py-

renoid, having a diameter of 4-6 uw.

The stigma or eye-spot, seen from above, is circular in

outline, but in lateral view has the form shown in fig. 4, s.

The slightly convex outer surface appears to project some-

what beyond the rounded contour of the cell. The colour is

usually a bright reddish brown, often brightest in the anterior

and marginal cells and rarely entirely faded in the posterior

ones. ‘lhe stigma is a homogeneous body, showing no trace

of structure beyond the well-defined contour-line, which is

best seen in fading and moribund cells. It is normally

present in all cells of the colony, and may readily be demon-

strated by full illumination. The position of the stigmata in

the cells is somewhat unusual, and is significant of the pro-

nounced polarity of the organism. The customary position

in other genera is adjacent to the bases of the flagella. In

Platydorina, however, the location of the stigma is not con-

stant with respect to the flagella, but seems rather to bear a

definite relation to the form of the colony, since it lies towards

“inner” are used to designate respectively the ends which bear the

stigma and the pyrenoid,

550 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

the peripheral and posterior region of the cell (fig. 1), while

the flagella are centrally located and project outward in the

usual manner. ‘This relation appears not only in the mar-

ginal regions, but also in the central. The physiological

significance of this arrangement is not apparent, but it seems

to be correlated with the pronounced polarity of the organism.

Platydorina is positively phototactic. A miscellaneous plank-

ton collection placed in a window with southern exposure in

an aquarium 6 inches in diameter was, after ten minutes,

quite barren of Platydorina except along the margin towards

the window. On the other hand, this species avoids bright

light. This was very evident in collections fresh from the

ficld when examined under low power (75 diameters), a very

slight increase above a moderate illumination causing them

to leave the field of view with considerable rapidity. In one

case, where twenty-eight colonies were in the field when

placed under the microscope, only one of them remained after

an exposure of twenty-five seconds. <A very slight decrease

in the amount of light would invariably insure their return to

the field with almost equal rapidity, the number increasing

as the intensity of the illumination was decreased. It may

be that the asymmetrical position and the somewhat unusual

arrangement of the stigmata are connected with the pro-

nounced phototaxis of this organism. At least the asym-

metrical position has a tendency to place the long axis of the

stigma parallel to the main axis of the colony, with the outer

end directed towards the source of light in negative, and away

from it in positive, phototaxis.

The flagella are uniformly two in number for each cell, are

similar in the same cell and in different parts of the colony,

and are in the adult colony 20-25 win length. From the

outer pole of the cell they pass through the matrix, leaving

the appearance of a tube-like structure in the gelatinous sub-

stance (fig. 4). When not in activity the flagella project

beyond the sheath in a position perpendicular to the surface

of the colony at the place of exit. As in other genera of this

family, the flagella persist after the division of the cell to

form the daughter colony, and even after the divisions are

completed still provide locomotion for the maternal organism.

In some instances the flagella could be seen passing through

the matrix toward that cell of the daughter colony which

bears the largest eye-spot.

The contractile vacuoles (fig. 4, c.v.) are two in number,

and are located in the peripheral layer of protoplasm near

the outer end of the cell. ‘They lie in the outer part of the

knob-shaped mass of protoplasm upon either side of the place

Dr. C, A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 551

of origin of the flagella, being somewhat widely separated.

At diastole the vacuoles of an adult colony have a diameter of

15-2 w. The contraction is rhythmical and the two vacuoles

usually alternate at regular and equal intervals. At a tempe-

rature in the laboratory of 20° C. each vacuole contracted at

intervals of forty-tive to fifty seconds. In rare instances the

contractions of the two vacuoles were separated by unequal

intervals, being almost coincident in one case observed.

The method of locomotion in Platydorina is similar in

many respects to that of other genera of the family. The

lashing of the flagella produces a forward movement of the

colony, and causes its rotation about the major axis either

from left over to right or from right over to left. ‘The rounded

end of the colony is uniformly directed forward in locomotion ;

at least, no instance in which the caudal end led was noticed.

The forward movement is, as a rule, accompanied by the

rotation of the colony, though the amount of rotation varies

somewhat with the individual, the freedom of movement, and

the speed of locomotion. When locomotion is blocked by

obstructions the rotation continues, as in Pleodorina, with

frequent reversals in direction. In fact, obstruction to pro-

gress seems frequently, though not uniformly, to act as a

stimulus to the reversal of the direction of rotation.

The two directions of rotation are not equally prevalent,

that from right over to left having a marked predominance.

Thus, of twenty-five colonies observed in motion twenty were

rotating from right over to left and but five from left over to

right. In another twenty-five the corresponding numbers

were nineteen and six respectively. Keeping a single colony

under observation for some time, it is found to rotate from

right over to left about four fifths of the period and to turn

in the opposite direction the balance of the time, this pro-

portion representing the totals of the periods of rotation,

while the individual periods vary greatly in length, that from

left over to right lasting at times but a few seconds.

This predominance of one direction in locomotion is doubt-

less correlated with the torsion of the colony, whose shape is

such that the rotation would necessarily be from right over

to left in forward locomotion, as a result of the resistance of

the water, unless, of course, there should be some disturbing

factor. ‘lhe immediate and most potent cause of the direc-

tion of rotation is doubtless the coordinated action of the

flagella, since reversal of direction does not seem to be

accompanied by any change in the direction of the torsion of

the colony. ‘lhe evidence upon this point is not conclusive,

but repeated efforts have failed to detect any change in the

552 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

form of the plate when the direction of rotation is reversed

in the living and moving colony ; and, again, colonies when

killed suddenly have always the usual form of spiral, though

some of them were moving in the reverse direction. When

the usual direction of rotation is reversed, the forward motion

still continues in spite of the fact that then the form of the

plate favours a backward movement; the form of the colony,

therefore, does not control the direction of rotation, though it

is correlated with the direction which predominates. The

fact that the rotation from right over to left predominates

also in Pleodorina illinoisensis and Eudorina elegans, where

there are no structural features favouring such a predomi-

nance, suggests the possibility that the form of the colony in

Platydorina is the result and not the cause of this predomi-

nance, and that the function of turning from right over to

left predominantly preceded the structure which favours it.

The organization of Platydorina suggests a descent from a

Eudorina-like form, in which event the’systematic series and

the phylogenetic series alike afford evidence of a function

arising in an organism before the structure with which it is

correlated appears.

In another connexion (1898) the subject of locomotion and

polarity in the different genera of the Volvocine was reviewed

and discussed. It will suffice, therefore, for the present to

give a brief résumé of the facts. In the lower genera of the

family, Stephanosphera and Gonium, as also in Pandorina,

the rotation seems to be indifferently to the right or left, while

in Hudorina, and especially in Pleodorina illinoisensis, it is

oftenest to the left, rotations to the right in observed cases of

the latter species being to those to the left as 100 to 117-138.

With respect to Volvow, there are no data at hand. In Platy-

dorina we find by far the most pronounced predominance of

one direction of rotation, the ratio in observed cases being

100 rotations from left over to right to 355 from right over

to left. In this respect, then, so far as there is evidence,

Platydorina is the most highly differentiated genus of the

family.

The polarity of the lower genera, Stephanosphera and

Gonium, is likewise of the simplest form, being merely

physiological, the same pole or face of the colony always

leading in locomotion. In Pandorina, Eudorina, and Volvox,

however, there is the added feature of the greater brightness

of the anterior stigmata, and in Pleodorina the two poles are

differentiated by the two types of cells, as well as by the

characters found in the genera just mentioned; but Platy-

dorina is the only genus of the family in which polarity is

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 553

expressed by the arrangement of the cells and by structural

features of the envelope. In regard to polarity, also, the

new genus is thus the most highly specialized member of the

Volvocine.

The reproduction of Platydorina has been observed by me

repeatedly in the past five years, but only the asexual phase

has thus far been discovered. All of the cells of the organism

are gonidial, each dividing to form a daughter colony. The

sequence of the divisions and the position of the successive

planes are of the type found in Hudorina and Pleodorina,

the resemblance being so close that the figures illustrating _

the asexual development of Pleodorina illinoisensis (1898,

pl. xxxvil.) might almost be used for cleavage in Platydorina.

‘There is one difference, however, for in Platydorina the

curved plate of cells, which becomes first cup-shaped and

then ellipsoidal, subsequently flattens, the cells of the two

faces intercalating during the process. The daughter colony

acquires the adult form, including the tails and the torsion of

the plate, before it escapes from the maternal matrix, the

young colonies moving about for some time in the disinte-

grating matrix before making their escape through the

ruptured outer sheath. The secoudary sheath surrounding

the gonidial cell becomes the outer or primary sheath of the

new colony. No stages of sexual reproduction have been

seen, though the collections examined represent a considerable

range of season and locality. It may be that these are to be

sought upon the bottom rather than in the superjacent strata

of water where plankton collections are usually made.

Aquaria about to dry up were also searched in vain for sexual

stages of Platydorina.

The mode of development of Platydorina is significant of

its systematic position and its relationships. ‘The number

and the original arrangement of the cells, the type of deve-

lopment, and the character of the envelope, all indicate that

Platydorina is a more highly specialized form descended from

some Hudorina-like ancestor, and that it is more closely

allied to Audorina than to any other existing genus.

‘Throughout this paper the customary term ‘colony ”’ has

been used to designate the organism herein described and

others related toit. ‘The wide use of the term in the literature

of the subject is doubtless due to the fact that, as a rule, the

organisms are composed of similar cells arranged in symme-

trical form with no pronounced axial differentiation, without

contact or protoplasmic connexion, separated from each other

by a non-living gelatinous matrix, and each capable of per-

forming all the functions necessary for its own life and the

5d4 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

continuance of the species. T'urthermore, the destruction of

individual cells does not impair the life of the other cells of

the organism, for so long as a single cell remains it continues

its customary activity. “he useof the term colony is, however,

objectionable. A number of facts militate against this con-

ception of the organism, and the discovery of the new genus

here described adds to the array. (1) The cells are not

always similar, for in all forms with poles physiologically

or otherwise differentiated the anterior stigmata are brighter

than the posterior, and in Pleodorina there are two kinds of

cells, the vegetative and the gonidial, the former distinctly

smaller than the latter. (2) There is in all of the higher

genera a well-defined physiological polarity accompanied by

the difference in the anterior and posterior stigmata, and

also, in Platydorina, by a differentiation of the poles by the

arrangement of the cells and the structure of the envelope,

and by the further differentiation of a transverse axis.

(3) In Landorina the cells are almost in contact, and in

Volvox they are actually connected by protoplasmic processes.

(4) The beginnings of histological differentiation are also

evident in the cells composing the so-called colony. In

Eudorina, according to Carter (1858), the cells are differen-

tiated into male and female in definite regions, the male cells

developing from the anterior quartet and the remainder

becoming female ; in Volvoa sexual and asexual reproduction

alike are limited to a few of the cells; and in Pleodorina the

asexual process is confined to the posterior hemisphere. The

cells of the organism are thus histologically and functionally

differentiated in this particular in these higher genera.

Although the degree of differentiation is slight, it is never-

theless appreciable. (5) In the matter of locomotion the

activities of the individual cells of the organism are not

independent of each other, but are correlated, the flagella

acting together to produce rotation, its reversal, or its cessa-

tion. The piedominance of the direction in the higher genera

plainly exhibits the phenomenon of correlated locomotor

activities of the constituent cells.

The facts above cited emphasize the desirability of regarding

each of these so-called colonial flagellates of the subfamily

Volvocine as a unit, with an organization of its own, and not

as a colony, that is, an aggregation of independent and similar

cells associated merely as a result of descent from a common

parental cell, the form being a matter of chance or circum-

stance. ‘lhe group of cells as a whole, and not each of the

constituent cells, is the unit of descent, of form, and of func-

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 555

tion, and the word colony can be applied to it only by the

license of usage and as a matter of convenience.

Reference has been made frequently in the preceding pages

to the prevalence of colonies whose symmetry has been dis-

turbed by loss of cells. In most instances only the empty

secondary sheath remains, giving no clue to the cause of the

loss of its contents. In collections made in Phelps Lake,

Havana, IIl., in August 1896, however, colonies were often

found which were parasitized by one of the Sporochytriacez,

which upon examination proves to be Dangeardia mamillata,

described by Schréder (1898) as a parasite of Pandorina

morum. As these infested colonies frequently showed a loss

of one cell or more and exhibited all stages in the destruction

of the cell, it seems probable that the loss was due to the

parasite. Hudorina elegans and Pandorina morum occurred

in the same collection and were similarly infested. Two

additional genera, Platydorina and Eudorina, are thus to be

added to the list of hosts of Dangeardia.

For the convenience of systematists a brief statement of

the generic and specific characters of the form herein described

is now given, followed by a key to the genera and species of

the Volvocine for the assistance of students of this inter-

esting and not uncommon group of freshwater organisms.

Species not as yet reported to my knowledge from Illinois are

indicated by an asterisk when found elsewhere in this con-

tinent and by a dagger when not as yet reported from it. It

is not at all improbable that all the species here listed will

yet be found within this State.

PLATYDORINA, gen. nov.

Colony flattened, the two faces compressed so that the cells

of the two sides intercalate; flagella upon both faces on

alternate cells. Anterior and posterior poles of major axis

differentiated by the arrangement of the cells and by the

structure of the envelope. Long and short transverse axes

differentiated by the flattening of the colony. Cells similar,

biflagellate, each with stigma, chromatophore, and pyre:oid.

Asexual reproduction by repeated divisions of all of the cells,

each forming a daughter colony.

Platydorina caudata, sp. n.

Colony flattened, horseshoe-shaped, twisted about one

eighth of a turn from right over to left; cells 16 or 32,

556 Dr. C, A. Kofoid on Platydorina.

arranged in a marginal row of 10 or 12 and a central area

of 6 or 20; posterior end with 3 or 5 prolongations or tails

formed by extension of the common outer sheath.

Known habitat, lakes and streams in Central Illinois.

Types in the collections of the Illinois State Laboratory of

Natural History and deposited in the United States National

Museum,

Keys to the Genera and Species of the Subfamily Volvocine.

Cells arranged in ccenobia of definite forms varying with the species,

biflagellate, with stigma and one or more chromatophores; surrounded

by a gelatinous envelope, whose development separates them to a greater

or less degree; number not uniform, varying in the different species,

often, but not always, definite. Asexual reproduction by repeated divi-

sions of gonidial cells, which constitute the whole or only a part of the

parental organism, to form daughter organisms ; sexual reproduction in

some species (in others unknown) by the conjugation of male and female

gametes, resulting in the formation of a resting stage, which later develops

into a uew organism.

Genera.

( Cells arranged in form of plate, with flagella upon

J one free only Sie. : MOR een Sele 2.

14 Cells arranged in spherical, ellipsoidal, or flat-

| tened colonies ; flagella not confined to one

te PUCR tsa se apis Sing os Eemtas ett onl te ia eee ree 3.

(Cells in a squarish plate; envelope closely ad-

sy MGrent ls CULT Le ete ae ae oe Ree Gonium,

“\ Cells in a rounded plate ; envelope swollen, oval,

L ormpherteall tag: ete ese ek crab phat oe eee Stephanosphera,

(Colony ellipsoidal or spherical; cells crowded

| together, conical, reaching towards centre,

34 outer membrane of concentric layers ...... Pandorina.

| Cells not crowded together nor reaching towards

contre of colony) yicead4 eee arn apts shapes 4,

( Colonies ellipsoidal or flattened; cells uniform in

| SIZE aa ur roe ste nasa las outer ste SLs ee oP 5.

42 Colonies spherical or spheroidal, or, if ellipsoidal,

| with small vegetative and large gonidial

ie Cells vise% Seven ete re aoe cane on eee 6.

( Colony ellipsoidal or spherical ; poles not differen-

| tiated by arrangement or size of cells or by

5 structure or envelope’ = 21.7. fete te sen ee Eudorina,

\ Colony flattened, horseshoe-shaped, with poles

| differentiated by arrangement of cells; poste-

L nor .6nd ~withstaile>\: vores hae ote bear ete Platydorina.,

( Cells not connected by protoplasmic processes, of

| two sizes, smaller vegetative at anterior pole

: and larger gonidial at posterior............ Pleodorina.

| Cells connected by protoplasmic processes, not

i markedly different in size ........... . is att) Volpe.

Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 557

Species.

GONIUM.

MEME Se diver need ei sa hile spare ane sociale (Duj.).t

| Calls AGS ss% Sete ttey as ia snk 83 pectorale, Mill,

STEPHANOSPHERA.

Represented by a single species, characterized as

follows :—Cells 4 or 8, ovoid or spindle-shaped,

with numerous processes ..........02000005 pluvialis, Cohn.*

PANDORINA.

Represented by asingle species, characterized as

follows :—Cells 16 or 32, crowded, each with

a single chromatophore and pyrenoid........ morum, Bory.

EuporINa.

Represented by a single species, characterized as

follows:—Cells 32, 16, or 64, similar, not

crowded together; common outer membrane

without marked concentric structure........ elegans, EKhrb.

PLATYDORINA.

Represented by a single species, characterized as

follows :—Cells 16 or 32, arranged in a horse-

shoe-shaped plate, those of the two faces inter-

calated. Posterior end with 3 or 5tails .... caudata, Kofoid.

PLEODORINA.

{ Cells 64 or 128; gonidial cells about two to three

times the diameter of vegetative cells, which

constitute about one half the total number

4 and lie in anterior hemisphere............ californica, Shaw.

Cells 32, rarely 16 or 64; gonidial cells not more

than twice the diameter of the vegetative

{ cells, which constitute the anterior quartet, . ¢//inoisensts, Kofoid.

—

VOLVOXx,

(Cells about 10,000 (minimum 1500, maximum

22,000), angular, with stout connecting

protoplasmic processes into which the chro-

matophore may enter. Diameter of colony

about 700 » (minimum 400, maximum

J 1200) ; diameter of cell-body 3-5 ...... globator, Li.

Cells 500-1000 (minimum 200, maximum 4400),

rounded, with slender connecting protoplas-

mic processes into which the chromatophore

does not enter. Diameter of colony 170-

Ke 850 4»; diameter of cell-body 5-8 yw ...... aureus, Ehrb.

University of Illinois,

Urbana, IIl., U.S.A.,

Dec. 5, 1899.

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 37

558 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the

Literature cited.

Carter, H. J. (1858.)— On Fecundation in Eudorina elegans and

Cryptoglena,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. ii. pp. 237-253,

1. Vili.

Pe (1871.)—* Note on a Freshwater Species of Ceratiwm from the

Lake of Nynee (Naini) Tal in Kumaon,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. vii. pp. 229, 230.

Garman, H. (1890.)—“ A Preliminary Report on the Animals of the

Mississippi Bottoms near Quincy, Illinois, in August 1888,” Part L.,

Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. vol. iii. pp. 123-184.

Kororp,C. A. (1898.)—“ Plankton Studies, II. On Pleodorina illinois-

ensis, a new Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River,” Bull.

Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. vol. v. pp. 273-293, pls. xxxvi., xxxvii.

ScuroveEr, B. (1898.)—“ Dangeardia, ein neues Chytridineen Genus

auf Pandorina morum, Bory,” Ber. d. deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch.

Jahrg. 1898, Bd. xvi. pp. 314-321, Taf. xx.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL*

Abbreviations.

A, Anterior pole. P. Posterior pole.

e.v. Contractile vacuole. p. Outer pellicle of protoplasm.

f. Flagellum. pr. Knob-shaped mass of proto-

m. Matrix, plasm,

n. Nucleus. pyr. Pyrenoid.

nel. Nucleolus. s.sh, Secondary sheath.

p.sk, Outer or primary sheath. st. Stigma.

Fig. 1. Platydorina caudata, face view of 32-cell colony, x 550.

Fig. 2. Face view of 16-cell colony, x 628.

lag. 3. Edge view of 32-cell colony, x 350.

Fig. 4. Lateral view of one of the marginal cells, x 1400.

Fig. 5, a-e. Outline of the posterior ends of several deformed colonies,

x 280.

LXXII.—On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. By

Rup. BurckuHarpt, Nat. Hist. Mus., 8. Kensington.

In the ‘ Zeitschrift ftir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ vol. Ixvi.

1899, Johann, at the instigation and under the guidance of

Prof. Blochmann, of Tiibingen, published a paper entitled

‘““Ueber eigenthiimliche epitheliale Gebilde (Leuchtorgane)

bei Spinax niger,” in which are given the results of some

researches he made in this subject.

In this paper he describes some very minute organs with

* Figures drawn by C. A. Kofoid and inked by Miss L. M. Hart.

Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. 55)

which the skin of Sp/naa niger is covered in great numbers,

more particularly so on its black-coloured parts. In addition

to describing their distribution upon the surface of the body

and their histological structure, which in the main points

corresponds with those of Phyllirhoé and the Pennatulide, he

also compares them with other laminous organs.

He moreover refers to a previous observation on phospho-

rescence made in another Spinacide species, Jsistius bra-

siliensis, by Bennett as early as 1840 during a whale voyage,

in which he states expressly that, with the exception of a

ring on the throat remaining dark, the whole of the ventral

surface of this fish was aglow for about three hours. It

struck Johann as being remarkable, when he discovered on

the throat in Sp¢naz two regions extending towards the median

line which were devoid of these structures. From this fact

alone, and quite apart from purely structural characters, he

was right in his surmise, that in all likelihood they would

have to be regarded as organs of luminosity.

The accuracy of his notions as regards their functions was

moreover fully borne out in a note from Th. Beer, dated

Jan. 31, 1899, which reached Johann in time to find a

place at the end of his paper.

In his note Beer says that, whilst engaged in ophthalmo-

scopic observations on Spinax in a room darkened for this

purpose, its phosphorescence was vivid enough to enable

him to see it at a distance of from 3-4 metres. ‘¢ The whole

of the ventral surface of the animal,” he continues, ‘ from

the snout to the root of the tail, was glowing with a feebly

shining greenish lustre, as if it were impregnated with phos-

phorus or had been coated with a luminous paint, with this

difference, however, that luminosity appeared and disappeared

at short intervals, but invariably increased in intensity just

before its disappearance.”

In this wise Johann’s interpretation was indisputably

confirmed. He further, too, more fully entered into thuse

questions of their physiology which are so closely connected

with these remarkable structures ; and he finally endeavoured

to supply proof of their presence in other Selachians which

he examined for this purpose, without, however, being able to

do so.

The genera investigated by him with the aforesaid object

were :— Stegostoma, Carcharias, Scylium, Pristiurus, Muste-

lus, Crossorhinus, Zygena, Chimera, Centrophorus (granu-

losus), Lamargus (borealis), and Scymnus.

At the time when Johann published his work I had already

noticed some peculiar structures in Lemargus rostratus, a

37*

560 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the

rare shark from the Mediterranean. These I had put aside

for the purpose of future microscopical use, pending the

completion of other anatomical rescarch; I then concerned

myself with this shark. Unquestionably they were organs of

luminosity, of the correctness of which opinion I became

more firmly convinced, since a splendid specimen of Spinaw

niger afforded me an opportunity for confirming Johann’s

observations.

When, in the spring of 1898, I was working at the Zoolo-

gical Station in Naples, Dr. Salvatore Lobianco, with his

wonted kindness, seized upon the first opportunity that pre-

sented itself to procure for me half adozen living specimens

of this species, which, however, arriving one evening, died

the next morning. | was greatly struck at the time by the

splendour of the spectral colours which these fishes exhibited,

and of which, so far as I am aware, no mention anywhere in

literature seems to have been made. This latter circumstance

induced me therefore to prepare a coloured sketch of this

phenomenon from these fishes.

A later scrutiny of this sketch convinced me of the fact

that I had been able to observe the phosphorescence of these

organs by daylight, so strong was their luminous power *.

{t is not my intention here to enter into details relating to

the purely histological modifications of these organs amongst

other Selachians, feeling sure that they all share more or less

the type of form which Johann has ascribed to them for

Spinag.

A tew figures, however, which I made of Lemargus ros-

tratus may well find a suitable place here—firstly, because

they will prove that the organs observed by myself are really

identical with those of Johann; and, secondly, they go to

show, as before stated, that the organs pertain to that form

whose merpholegical structure is so much affected by the

scales, as is the case with many of the ‘leleostean fishes.

‘The transverse section made through the luminous organ

of Lewargus rostratus (fig. 1) shows an epidermal swelling,

projecting crater-like above the ordinary level of the epidermis.

Beneath a few layers of epidermal cells of normal texture are

some which contain a prismatic corpuscle. The actual limit

* It should be stated here that with regard to its outer appearance

Spinax has repeatedly been the victim of misrepresentation, f. 2. :—

1. In the figure which Rafinesque gives of it, by having three gill-

openings only.

2. Its natural colours were quite unknown to all iconographers of

fishes, from Bonaparte to Fries. .

3. In being represented with its abdomen turned upwards in

Moreau’s drawing, without any reasons given for so doing.

Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes, 561

between the epidermis and the cutis could not be established

with precision on material which had been preserved in a

solution of formalin, Certain it is that here, too, an incur-

sion of large pigment-cells into this prominence took place by

means of the strand leading to it, and which itself is enveloped

Fig. Y.

Microscopical section of the luminous organ of Z. rostratus.

by them. This strand seems to consist of a fibrous tissue

admitting a nerve of considerable size. On comparing it with

the luminous organ described by Johann, it appears to me in

process of atrophy, and may possibly be met with only in a

state of perfect development in the fully gestated embryo,

afterwards becoming resorbed.

Fig. 2 shows the luminous organ in correlation with the

surrounding scales. From a bulbous centre, which latter

represents the swelling seen in fig. 1, extend on two sides

some epithelial strands which are covered by pigment.

These scales differ from the normal ones in the following

points :—

(1) By having a more abundant pigmentation of their

pulpa, thus making the parts which these organs occupy, and

which are already prominent under ordinary macroscopical

observation, more conspicuous.

562 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the

(2) By having their apices blunter than is the case with

the normally constituted scales, in particular those rows of

scales which are situated orally with respect to the luminous

organs.

(3) By their base not terminating in a simple rhomboidal

edge, but possessing finger-shaped projections which secure

for these organs a firmer hold.

Fig. 2.

iit ma

pine ee

agree

Scale-bases and pigment of the luminous organ of Z. rostratus.

In Lemargus borealis the luminous organ appears to have

arrived at a stage of further reduction because its histological

structure is more vestigial still than is the case with that

described by Johann.

Besides this, the scales which surround the luminous organs

of this species differ from the normal ones in their stronger

pigmentation only and in being more crowded, but not in

variety of form.

Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. 563

I will now proceed to the description of the topographical

distribution of these photogenic organs, concerning which it

should be said that it differs in every species.

In the genus Spinax these organs were discernible, besides

in S, niger, in S. pusillus and S. granulosus, of which latter the

type is preserved in the British Museum. In puszllus they are

distributed in an almost identical manner to those in S. niyer,

2. é. the whole of the black under surface is densely beset with

them, whereas on the upperside they are very widely dispersed

or isolated.

On examining several specimens I[ was greatly im-

pressed with the fact that these organs appear extremely

varied in point of distinctness, variations which are clearly

attributable to the amount of pigmentation consequent upon

the more or less fresh condition the specimens were in at the

time they were preserved.

Up to the present time no phosphorescent organs were

known to exist in the genus Lemargus, although L. borealis

has been known for many years and is a common inhabitant

of the Northern Seas.

The distribution of these organs in Lamargus rostratus is

as tollows:—On both sides of the head and immediately

in front of the opercles are two bands which seem to agree

with the posterior crura of a circlet consisting of these organs,

as described by Johann to exist on the corresponding portion

of the head in Spinax. The remaining bands are distri-

buted in irregular swarms, resembling small stripes, which

are placed transversely. Accumulations of this kind are

situated on the occipital region and also on the base of the

anterior dorsal fin orally. Moreover, an irregular row of

these organs runs along the body, beginning at the back of

the head and ending at the root of the caudal fin a short

distance from and above the lateral line. Lastly, there is a

short row, composed of seven of these organs, situated below

the hindmost gill opening, which converges, together with

the one on the other side, towards the ventral median line.

Excepting these latter, 1 have not discovered any more of

these structures below the lateral line.

Their distribution in Lemargus borealis is similar; but

whereas 125 of these structures can be counted on one side

of L. rostratus, in L. borealis their number is 95 only. On

comparing their distribution in the two species the following

are the principal differences in borealis :—

The number of occipital organs is fewer. ‘The preedorsal

Prof. R. Buseck havik on the

564

‘azis ‘you 5+

‘azI8 ‘geu f

'sypa..og snhuvuaT

"p SW

‘9nqp.igso.t snbipuvny

ive)

‘eZIs ‘YOU | "SULTLO SNOUTLUNT Jo WOT|NLUSIp ay} Furmoyg ‘zpuogury snwouojpo.dngy

Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes.

¢ “Bry

566 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the

cluster is slightly removed towards the snout and more

reduced than that of L. rostratus. I met with some scattered

organs on the anterior dorsal fin itself and also above the

foremost gill-opening, while the supralateral row does not

extend beyond the posterior dorsal.

With regard to these organs in Lemargus brevipennis, I

was able, from a specimen in the Paris collection, to prove

their presence in this species, and to state the fact that they

have a general resemblance to those of Z. borealis. It is

quite probable that luminous organs are functional in the

majority of the Lamargide, but possibly so in the young only

of the two larger species, in which they most likely have

escaped observation.

It is to the authentication in Jsistius brasiliensis of these

organs, however, that I attach particular value.

Here, as in Spinax pusillus, similar conditions obtained

for the non-uniformity of these structures in the different

specimens which I consulted. For instance, while they

could be seen plainly enough in some of them, in others,

whose state of perfection previous to their preservation

was probably impaired, absolutely no traces of them were

perceptible.

I found their expansion in perfect accord with Bennett’s

statements concerning this species, who had studied its

sphere of luminosity. In place of the non-luminous portion

referred to by this author a yellowish-coloured zone was even

yet visible on the old spirit-specimen, having its origin above

the gill-openings in a breadth of about | centim., and widening

out ventrally to one of about 2 centim. The zone lying in

our figure between the dotted lines contained not a single one

of these organs, whilst just behind it the whole of the

ventral surface is densely beset with them, though they are

more widely dispersed towards the back.

Someisolated organs can nevertheless also be found scattered

along the back. In addition to those mentioned above, the

further occur on both dorsal fins. On the top of the head they

are equally as scarce as on the back of the body, reappearing,

however, in somewhat greater numbers dorsally of the poste-

rior angle of the eyes, below the eyes, on the spiraculum, in

the angle of the mouth, on the cheeks, and also on the rostrum,

In regard to number these organs stand to the scales in the

ratio of about four of the former to one of the latter on the

abdomen, as against one to every ten scales on the upperside.

Euprotomicrus Labordii is only slightly longer than

Isistius, but considerably darker in colour. Its luminous

organs are more strongly pigmented and recall to mind rather

those of Spinaw—though present only on the ventral side,

where they are densely massed and quite equally distributed,

Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. 567

without any interruption on the throat at all. There are

no fewer than twelve to every scale, and in some places

they accumulate behind each scale in angle-shaped groups.

4 nat. size.

Bigs te

Centroscyllium granulosum, Giinth.

Luminous organs of Paracentroscyllium ornatum, Alcock, n. gen. Nat. size.

Dorsally they scarcely reach to the lateral line, which they

certainly do not cross.

Centroscyllium granulosum was first described by Dr. Gtin-

ther. Qn the type specimen I found the luminous organs

568 On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes.

rather evenly distributed over the entire specimen, though

somewhat sparser perhaps when compared with forms pre-

viously mentioned.

In fig. 7 I was obliged to have recourse to a restoration in

part after Centroscyllium Fabricii for the first dorsal and the

caudal fin, as well as for the distribution of the photogenic

organs, the skin of the specimen of C. granulosum having

sustained some damage. ‘These organs are also present in

C. Fabrict’, but unfortunately the specimen at my disposal

was likewise defective, a circumstance which entirely

hindered the study of the distribution of these structures in

this species.

An oceanic Spinacid, Paracentroscyllium ornatum, which

has been described by Alcock, seems to be more closely

allied to Spinawx than to Centroscyllium, to judge from the

description of its colours by this author. Only one of the

three specimens belonging to this species is in the British

Museum, and on this I found the organs of luminosity

present.

They are relatively large in size, and are confined merely

to a few places—for instance, on the muscular portions of the

pectoral fins, then again on the two ventrals, and on both

dorsal ones. They further occur on the inferior lobe of the

caudal, consisting of a single row only, in smaller groups and

more widely diffused over and below theeyes. Dorsally they

make their appearance between the spiraculum and a little

beyond the ventral fin, over the whole of the gill-region, and

towards the anus on the ventral surface.

It may here be remarked that I have searched in vain for

these photogenic organs in Centrophorus granulosus, C. cal-

ceus, UC. squamosus, Scymmodon ringens, Scymnus lichia, Cen-

trina, Notidanus, Echinorhinus, and Chlamydoselache.

In conclusion, it will be seen that organs of phosphorescence

exist in eleven species of Selachians, inclusive of Jsistius

brasiliensis (Bennett) and of Spinax niger (Johann).

In structural characters they are very similar, and exhibit

a primitive degree of development *.

The distribution of luminous bodies is characteristic of the

respective genera and species. All Selachians which possess

them are pelagic, and they belong to the family Spinacide

(Giinther) = Spinacide + Lemargide of authors.

* Luminous organs of a similar form have been described in a Teleo-

stean fish (The Phosphorescent Organs in the Toad-fish, Porichthys

notatus, Girard,” by Ch. Wilson Green, Journ. of Morphol. vol. xv.

1899), With reference to this I may mention that I have also noticed

their existence in the occipital region of the haddock.

On a new Species of Bat from West Africa. 569

LXAXIIT.—Mormopterus Whitleyi—a new Species of Bat

from W, Africa. By R. F. Scuarrr, Ph.D., B.Sc.

THREE specimens of a bat, which I was unable to identify

with hitherto published descriptions, were sent to me by

Dr. J. C. Whitley from Benin City in West Africa. Before

describing them I forwarded one of them to Mr, Oldfield

Thomas, of the British Museum, who was good enough to

confirm my opinion that it belonged to a new species. Ihave

great pleasure therefore in naming the bat after its discoverer,

Head of Mormopterus Whitleyi, Schartf.

Dr. Whitley, and herewith give a description of its most

salient external features,

Kars shorter than the head and approaching one another

on the forehead to within 2 millim. Both the ears and their

short tragus are rounded off above. The antitragus is well

developed and separated posteriorly by a distinct notch.

The extremity of the muzzle projects very much beyond the

mandible, and the end of the nose is distinct from the upper

lip. The nostrils open almost laterally. ‘The upper lip is

only very indistinctly folded and covered with thick bristles

and fine hairs. On the lower lip the bristles are confined to

the angle of the mouth, but the hairs extend all over it.

The gular sac is small.

The dentition being } 43%, M@. Whitley? differs from all

other species of the genus in the possession of four lower

incisors instead of the usual six.

The fur is dark brown above, the bases of the hairs being

pale. The underside is of a light reddish-yellow colour.

Nearly half the tail projects beyond the wing-membranes,

which reach to the ends of the tibie.

The dimensions of the type, now in the British Museum

(adult g in formalin), are:—Total length 81 millim. ;

head 22; body 36; tail 23; length of forearm 36, of lower

leg 27.

The height of the ear is 15 millim., the width 10.

570 Mr. G. 8. Miller, Jr., on a

Three other species of Mormopterus are known to science,

viz., M. albiventer, M. acetabulosus, and M. setiger. The

first of these is confined to Madagascar, the second has a

wide range from South-east Africa to Madagascar and

Mauritius, while the last has been taken in German Kast

Africa.

M. Whitleyi differs from M. albiventer in being somewhat

smaller, in having a well-defined antitragus in the ear-conch,

and from all the three in having only four lower incisors

instead of six.

M. Whitley? differs from M. acetabulosus and M. setiyer in

having the ears close together on the forehead, in the more

regularly triangulate shape of the ears, and in the squareness

of the tragus.

Finally, 42. Whitleyi differs from M. setiger in being

smaller and in having the tragus rounded off above.

LXXIV.—A new Bat from Peru.

By Gerrit 8. MILuer, Jr.

AMONG some Peruvian bats submitted for determination by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas there are three specimens whose super-

ficial appearance is much like that of Pépistrellus hesperus

(H. Allen), but whose structural characters show relationship

with the members of the genus Rhogeéssa. The peculiarities

of the ear and teeth, however, are so great that the species

cannot be placed in any of the known genera of its family.

TomoPEASs, gen. nov. ( Vespertilionide).

Type Tomopeas ravus, sp. nov.

Characters.—Similar to Rhogeéssa, H. Allen, except that

there are only four incisors in the mandible and the structure

of the ear is essentially like that of the small-eared species of

Nyctinomus. Har-conch provided with a distinct though

rudimentary keel occupying the same position as in the

members of the family Molosside. Anterior border of ear

terminating simply, and without trace of basal lobe or “ hem.”

Tragus low and rounded, no larger than in some of the

species of Nyctinomus, and barely visible in the dried skin.

Nostrils distinctly short-tubular. Upper lip broad and

spreading.

Dental formula: 7. 5, ¢. =3) pm. sag, Ms = 28.

new Bat from Peru. O71

Tomopeas ravus, sp. nov.

Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), no. 689, collection of

P. O. Simons, Yayan, Cajamarca, Peru (alt. 1000 metres),

November 4, 1899.

Characters.—Slightly larger than Rhogeéssa tumida, H.

Allen (total length about 75 millim., forearm about 33) ;

ear broader, its anterior margin concave below tip, its posterior

Margin convex to base of antitragus; colour yellowish grey,

almost exactly like that of Pipistrellus hesperus from the

desert regions of the western United States, and more pallid

than in any known species of Rhogeéssa; skull slender, the

rostrum and brain-case depressed ; teeth much as in Rhoge-

éssa tumida, but first and second upper molars with more

distinct hypocone,

a, Tomopeas ravus; 6. Rhogeéssa tumida.

(Somewhat enlarged.)

Muzzle and lips.—Muzzle produced in conformity with the

broad lips, its extremity 3°5 millim. in front of incisors.

Front of muzzle naked except for a sprinkling of fine short

hairs at middle on upper surface. Nostrils with rim of aper-

ture produced into a distinct though very short tube. The

rim is slightly more produced at upper outer edge of nostril,

forming there a distinct blunt point. Upper lips thin and

widely spreading, the outer surface irregularly wrinkled and

little swollen, the inner surface distinctly and finely trans-

verse-wrinkled. Edge of lip conspicuously fringed, the

hairs longest about midway between nostril and angle of

mouth, but the fringe continuous across lower surface of

muzzle. ‘The lower lip is unusually tumid in front, but

otherwise it shows no peculiarities.

Ears.—The ear is moderately long ; laid forward it extends

to nostril. The anterior margin arises simply and without

trace of lobe or “hem” about 1 millim. above inner canthus

of eye. It is at first abruptly convex, the convexity ex-

tending through lower three fourths, though less distinct

above middle. At termination of main convexity the outline

becomes abruptly concave. Beyond this it is straight to

572 Mr. G.S, Miller, Jr., on a

narrow rounded tip. Posterior margin convex from tip to

antifragus, though nearly straight through upper third. Anti-

tragus small but well developed, and sharply defined from

rest of ear. It is roughly rounded-triangular in outline, the

anterior border faintly convex, the posterior slightly concave.

The anterior border is continued forward to terminate at a

distinct wart on lower lip at angle of mouth. Inner surface

of conch nearly smooth, though inconspicuously sprinkled

with very fine hairs. About halfway between meatus and

tip of ear two or three faint cross-ridges may be detected.

From anterior base of tragus there extends forward and

upward a distinct keel about 3°5 millim. in length and nearly

as well developed as in Nyctinomus minutus. ‘Tragus scarcely

rising above level of eye. In form it is much like that of a

specimen of Nyctinomus Kalinowskii, though in size it is

actually, as well as relatively, somewhat larger. Anterior

border faintly concave immediately above base, then strongly

convex, the convexity passing directly into that of tip, and

this again into that of posterior border. Posterior border

expanded near base into a narrow upright plate whose surface

is vertical to that of tragus. From tip of tragus spring a few

hairs, the length of which is about equal to height of tragus

from anterior base.

Membranes.—The membranes are thin, delicate, and in no

way peculiar in structure. Wing from ankle, its attachment

on outer and lower side. Uropatagium ample, enclosing tail

to base or middle of penultimate vertebra.

Feet.—The foot is small, about one third as long as tibia.

Its structure calls for no comment. Calcar about as long

as tibia, its tip forming a small but distinct lobe. Keel

narrow and inconspicuous.

Fur.—The fur is soft and dense, its length over entire

dorsal surface about 8 millim. Beneath it is shorter. It is

very closely confined to body, barely extending on extreme

base of membranes. ‘The uropatagium both above and below

is sprinkled with fine hairs. Basal half of ear and entire face

densely furred.

Colour.—Dorsal surface pale wood-brown, faintly washed

with ecru-drab across shoulders. Underparts dull buff,

fading to whitish cream-buff posteriorly. Face, ears, and

membranes blackish. Basal half of fur everywhere dull

slaty grey.

Skull.—The skull of Tomopeas ravus resembles in a general

way that of Rhogeéssa tumida, but is less robustly formed,

and the brain-case is less elevated. Zygomata very slightly

flaring, much less prominent than im Rhkogeéssa tumida.

new Bat from Peru. 573

Viewed from the side, the rostrum is seen to be much flat-

tened as compared with that of Rhogeéssa. The flattening is

visible in dorsal view also, though less conspicuous. Ant-

orbital foramen separated from rim of orbit by a wide space,

in the middle of which the relatively large lachrymal foramen

opens directly outward. Bony palate as in Rhogeéssa tumida,

except that the backward extension behind plane of molars is

shorter and without median spine.

Teeth.— Except in their uniformly smaller size and in the

absence of the outer incisors the mandibular teeth do not

differ appreciably from those of Rhogeéssa tumida. ‘The

maxillary molars, on the other hand, are immediately distin-

guishable by their greater development. ‘The first and second

are each provided with a distinct hypocone separated from

the commissure of the protocone by a deep notch. In Rhoge-

éssa the hypocone is so merged with posterior commissure

of protocone as to have practically lost its identity. Third

molar much broader than in Rhogeéssa tumida, owing to the

presence of a well-developed metacone.

Measurements.—External measurements of type (skin):

head and body 42 millim.*; tail 32*; tibia l0; toot 5 (42);

calcar 11; forearm 33:4; thumb 4°6; second digit 27;

third digit 56; fourth digit 48; fifth digit 38.

External measurements of an adult female from Chosica,

Peru (in alcohol) : head and body 39*; tail 34*; tibia 10;

foot 56; calcar 12; forearm 32°6.

Measurements of an adult female from Tolon, Peru (in

alcohol) : head and body 36°4; tail 33; tibia 11; foot 5;

forearm (broken) 31; ear from meatus 12; ear from crown

10°4; width of ear 11°6; height of tragus from anterior

base 1°8.

Cranial measurements of type: greatest length 12°6;

basal length 11:4; basilar length 9; zygomatic breadth 7;

Jachrymal breadth 4°8 ; least interorbital breadth 3; greatest

breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 6°6; depth of

brain-case 4°4; mandible 8°6; maxillary tooth row (exclu-

sive of incisors) 4°4; mandibular tooth-row (exclusive of

incisors) 5.

Remarks.—While Tomopeas ravus is so readily distinguish-

able from other bats as to require no special comparisons, its

relationships are much involved. ‘The general external struc-

ture, so far as wings, membranes, feet, and tail are concerned,

shows no departure from a strictly Vespertilionine type. The

somewhat tubular nostrils and the broad upper lip show, on

* Collector's measurement.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 38

574 Dr. E. Linnberg on Reptiles and

the other hand, a distinct tendency toward Molossine cha-

racters; while the ear, in all the essentials of structure, is

practically identical with that of some of the species of Nycti-

nomus. Probably the questions suggested by this combination

of peculiarities can only be answered after detailed study of

the skeleton.

The type specimen will be presented by Mr. ‘Thomas to

the British Museum * and the spirit-specimen from Chosica

to the United States National Museum.

LXXV.—Reptiles and Batrachians collected in German New

Guinea by the late Dr. Erik Nyman. By Dr. EINar

LONNBERG.

During his visit to New Guinea last year my late friend, the

Swedish botanist Dr. Erik Nyman, made a collection con-

taining the following reptiles and batrachians, which were

sent home to Upsala. It is not very large, which can easily

be understood, as Dr. Nyman laid most stress on making

large botanical collections, in which he succeeded. Never-

theless the zoological collection treated of in these pages is of

great value, as it includes several forms new to science and

also adds to the zoogeographical knowledge. All the speci-

mens were collected in German New Guinea. ‘The following

geographical names are found on the labels :—

Stephansort.

Simbang.—In a bay at the outlet of a river, a missionary

station on a hill 50 metres above the sea-level.

Sattelberg.—A missionary station about 800 metres above

the sea.

Friedrich Withelms Hafen.

Most of the specimens are from Sattelberg. Some of the

labels had, however, fallen off during transit. “ Sattelberg ”’

was written on all except one, on which “ Fr, Wilhelmus

Hafen ” was inscribed. Consequently one of the specimens

recorded in this paper, for which no exact locality is given, is

from Friedrich Wilhelms Hafen, but all the others are from

Sattelberg. In those instances where the locality is indi-

cated it is quite certain, and quoted from an original label

* (B.M. no. 0. 3. 1. 101.—O. T.]

Batrachians from German New Guinea. 575

tied to the specimen. ‘The fauna of Sattelberg is particu-

larly interesting, because it is to be regarded as most typical

for the interior of German New Guinea, and from that place

the best specimens of the collection have been obtained,

REPTILIA.

LACERTILIA.

Gymnodactylus pelagicus, Gir.

One example, Stephansort.

Gymnodactylus louisiudensis, De Vis.

Description.—Head large; snout longer than the orbit, the

diameter of which is nearly equal to its distance from the

nostril, but a little shorter than its distance from the ear-

opening ; forehead concave, loreal region also concave, espe-

cially anteriorly ; ear-opening roundish, about one third of

the eye. Body and limbs rather elongate. Digits somewhat

depressed at the base, strongly compressed distally. Head

granular, with small tubercles on the temporal, occipital, and

posterior part of parietal regions. Rostral subquadrangular,

its height being about three fourths of its breadth, with a

deep median cleft above ; a large supranasal, separated from

its fellow by a small azygous shield ; nostril pierced between

the rostral, the supranasal, the first upper labial, and three or

four small granules ; twelve upper and ten to twelve lower

labials ; symphysial triangular; two pairs of chin-shields,

median largest and forming a long suture behind the sym-

physial; throat granular. Upper surface of arm above the

elbow covered by subimbricate scale-like granules; with

this exception, body and limbs covered above with small

granules intermixed with small, round, feebly keeled tubercles ;

scales covering a fold extending on each side of the body,

from axilla to groin, enlarged to similar tubercles. Ventral

region covered by scales, larger and more imbricate towards

the middle of the body, where their diameter is considerably

greater than that of the dorsal tubercles. Male with a long

uninterrupted series of femoral and preeanal pores, about 30

on each side, forming aright angle in the middle, but (unlike

the condition in G. Lorie) this series is not preceded by any

additional preeanal pores. <A distinct preanal groove. Tail

cylindrical, tapering, covered by a heterogeneous lepidosis.

The proximal third bears the same kind of tubercles as on

the back, but the granules between them are larger, scale-like,

and subimbricate. Distally the tubercles disappear and the

35*

576 Dr. E. Lénnberg on Reptiles and

scales become transversely arranged, more or less. On the

lower side there is a median series of transversely enlarged

shields. Reproduced tails have a less regular lepidosis.

Greyish brown above, a broad, dark brown, light-edged band

from eye to eye over the nape; a saddle-band of the same

kind over the shoulders, and two similar ones behind each

other on the back; the male with a third similar band

across the loins. Tail with broad dark brown or blackish

rings, which are less regular on the lower side. Lower parts

of body and limbs uniformly brownish white (in spirit). Two

smaller specimens, probably young of the same kind, are

brown above, with narrow undulated bands of a darker shade

across the back ; tail as in the large specimens.

“ 3.

millim. millim.

Total lengths. <heiewine =e 185 203

Le (=)¥0 Vie Beni Ac Buekok nee 27 33

Width of head’. <., .caakan 19 23

GAY hehe von aiie eee 63 84

DRAIN TM Yapett ates who each tees 95 86 *

One male, two female, and two young specimens from

Sattelberg.

Gonyocephalus dilophus, Dum. & Bibr.

T'wo specimens, Sattelberg.

Gonyocephalus modestus, Meyer.

One specimen.

Varanus indicus, Daud.

A young specimen.

Lygosoma elegantulum, Ptrs. & Dor.

Three specimens.

Lygosoma jobiense, Meyer.

One specimen,

Lygosoma Baudint’, Dum. & Bibr.

One specimen.

* Distally reproduced.

Batrachians from German New Guinea. 577

Lygosoma rufescens, Shaw.

One specimen.

OPHIDIA.

Chondropython viridis, Schleg.

“Yamomong.” ‘Two specimens from Sattelberg. ‘The

larger is dark bluish black (in spirit), with small, widely

scattered, yellow spots, which usually only occupy one scale.

These spots are not systematically arranged, and are found as

well on the back as on the sides. ‘he scales in three or four

of the outer rows are edged with yellow, and those in the

series next to the ventrals are completely yellow, like the

latter. The young specimen is entirely different in colour,

being yellow with red markings. ‘These are partly regular.

A streak running from the temporal region through each eye

and joining that from the other side just above the rostral; a

short transverse streak between the eyes; a \ f-shaped

band on the parietal region; a round spot on the nose and

two elongate rings in front of the parietal band; a longitu-

dinal median streak beginning on the nape and extending to

the tail; in connexion with the latter small subtriangular

rings, often alternating with each other and with the tips

pointing downwards; on the flanks numerous small rings

and round spots of a paler colour than the other markings.

The tip of the tail is provided with dusky spots. All

these markings make the specimen deserve the epithet

“ beautiful’ written by the collector on the label; but it

seems peculiar that the young animals should have such a

striking coloration, when that of the full-grown animal might

be termed protective. The body of this young snake is

extremely compressed. At the middle it is fully 2 centim.

deep, but hardly 1 centim. broad. The back is compressed

to an edge.

Enygrus asper, Gthr.

Two specimens from Stephansort.

Tropidonotus Mairi, Gray.

Two specimens, both with the frontal once and two thirds

as long as broad. ‘The number of ventrals resp. 145 and 154,

and the number of caudals resp. 66 and 88.

578 Dr. E. Lonnberg on Reptiles and

Stegonotus modestus, Schleg.

Two specimens.

Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr.

Two specimens, one resembling var. D in Boulenger’s

‘ Catalogue of Snakes,’ the other var. G. (¢bid.). Both are

me) ’

from Simbang.

Dipsadomorphus irregularis, Merr.

‘T'wo adult and one young specimen from Simbang.

PSEUDAPISTOCALAMUS, gen. nov.

This genus is allied to Apistocalamus, Blgr., and Pseud-

elaps (D. & B.), Blgr.

Maxillary extending forwards fully as far as the palatines,

with two grooved teeth, anteriorly followed by four grooved

teeth, gradually, but feebly, decreasing in length. Head

small, depressed, hardly distinct from neck. Eye very small,

with round pupil. Nostril pierced in a single nasal, but the

margin of the latter bordering the first labial and the inter-

nasal comparatively narrow; a large preocular, in contact

with the single nasal. Body cylindrical; scales smooth, in

15 rows; ventrals rounded. ‘Tail short ; subcaudals in two

rows.

Pseudapistocalamus Nymani *, sp. n.

Snout short, bluntly rounded. Rostral broader than deep,

visible from above, but the visible portion hardly one fifth of

its distance from the frontal ; internasals rather small, about

half as long as the prefrontals. Preefrontals not quite so

long as the frontal. Frontal almost as broad as long, almost

as long as its distance from the rostral, much shorter than

the parietals ; preeocular single, longer than deep, forming a

suture with the nasal. Normally two postoculars, upper

much larger than lower, sometimes both fused to one. Tem-

porals 1+2; six (or seven) upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye, sixth largest, sometimes divided; five lower

labials, three in contact with the anterior chin-shields; poste-

rior chin-shields smaller, more or less separated by a scale,

which sometimes reaches the anterior chin-shields, sometimes

* In memory of the late Dr. Erik Nyman:

Batrachians from German New Guinea. 579

extends only to the middle of the posterior ones. Scales

smooth, in 15 rows. Ventrals 196-205; anal divided; sub-

caudals 26-29. Dark bronzy brown (almost blackish in the

largest specimen), somewhat iridescent above, lighter on the

flanks; ventrals and subcaudals blackish brown, edged with

light grey (in the youngest specimen the outer rows ‘of scales

coloured in a similar manner). Upper lip and a spot on each

side of the nape yellowish, as is also a transverse band across

the prefrontals from lip to lip, althongh the latter is less

pronounced.

The largest specimen ‘measures about 445 millim. in total

length; tail about 47 millim. ‘This specimen is a female

and contains eggs measuring about 13 millim, in length.

Three specimens from Sattelberg.

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA.

Rana papua, Less.

Three large and five half-grown specimens from Sattelberz.

The interorbital breadth compared with that of the upper

eyelid seems to be variable, and to be greater in old specimens.

Cornufer corrugatus, A. Dum.

Several specimens from Sattelberg.

Mantophryne robusta, Bley.

A fine “specimen from Sattelberg. This species was

described in 1898 from specimens collected on Bt. Aignan

Island, British New Guinea.

HHyla eucnemts, sp. n.

Tongue broadly heart-shaped, nicked and free behind.

Vomerine teeth in two large but confluent groups, behind the

level of the choane, which are large, but not quite so large

as the patches of vomerine teeth. Head large, about as

broad as long. Snout subtriangular, the tip truncate, longer

than the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis very distinct,

curved ; loreal region concave. Interorbital space broader

than the upper eyelid. ‘l'ympanum distinct, about two thirds

the diameter of the eye. A glandular fold extending from

the eye backwards above the tympanum. Three outer fingers

extensively webbed, the membrane reaching the disks of the

580 Dr. Ei. Linnberg on Reptiles and

secoud and fourth; disks about the same size as_ the

tympanum ; toes entirely webbed ; subarticular tubercles well

developed. The hind limb being carried forward, the tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches just beyond the eye. Upper

surfaces of body and head very minutely granulate; belly

and lower surfaces of thighs coarsely granulate. Throat

covered with scattered warts; a series of similar warts along

the margin of the lower jaw. A well-developed denticulated

fringe along the outer side of the forearm and the outer finger ;

a similar fringe along the outer side of the tarsus and the outer

toe. Heel with a triangular dermal appendage ; some smaller

dermal flaps near the vent. Colour (in spirit) dark plum

above, uniform, with the exception of some very indistinct

cross-bands on the hind legs; light below. The largest

specimen measures 67 millim. from snout to vent.

Two specimens from Sattelberg.

With regard to the great development of the web between

the fingers, this species resembles Hyla gracilenta, Ptrs., but

differs from it in so many characteristics that there can

hardly be any close relationship between them.

Hyla dolichopsts, Cope.

A large specimen from Sattelberg, and a young from

which the following notes are taken :—

The vomerine teeth being wanting, this little frog might

be classed as belonging to the genus Hylella.

Tongue almost round, nicked and free behind. Head

longer than broad. Snout longer than the eye; canthus ros-

tralis indistinct, rounded; loreal region concave. Interorbital

space much broader than the upper eyelid. ‘'ympanum dis-

tinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers webbed at

the base; toes nearly entirely webbed. Disks smaller than

the tympanum. ‘The hind limb being carried forward, the

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of snout. Upper sur-

face of head granulate; back and upper surface of fore legs

also granulate, but less coarsely ; a fold over the tympanum.

Belly coarsely granulate; lower surface of thighs less so.

Colour (in spirit) dark bluish brown, light below; a white

streak along the margin of the lower jaw to the axilla; a less

distinct similar streak along the outer side of the tarsus.

Hyla obsoleta, sp. n.

The most striking characteristic of this form is that the

tympanum is completely covered by the granular skin, so that

no trace of it can be seen outwardly.

Batrachians from German New Guinea. 581

Tongue broadly rounded anteriorly, nicked and free be-

hind. Vomerine teeth in two small well-separated groups

between the choane. Snout subtriangular, longer than the

diameter of eye, truncate at the tip; canthus rostralis distinct ;

loreal region concave ; interorbital space broader than the

upper eyelid. Fingers with a short web at the base; toes

nearly entirely webbed ; disks about half the diameter of the

eye. A slight cutaneous fold with a row of tubercles along

the outer side of the forearm; a less pronounced row of

tubercles along the outer side of the tarsus ; a short dermal ap-

pendage at the heel. The hind limb being carried forward,

the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond the snout. Upper

surfaces minutely granulate ; a fold from the eye to the axilla ;

another fold across the throat. Belly and lower side of thizhs

granulate. Colour (in spirit) dark brown above, light below,

without markings. From snout to vent 34 millim.

A single specimen from Simbang.

Hyla impura, Peters & Doria.

Habit slender. Tongue subelliptic, slightly nicked and

free behind. Vomerine teeth in two obliquely transverse series

between the choane. Head longer than broad ; snout longer

than the diameter of the eye, rather acuminate; canthus ros-

tralis angular, loreal region concave ; interorbital space broader

than the upper eyelid. Tympanum distinct, but small, about

half the diameter of theeye. Fingers nearly free, a short web

at the base of the outer fingers. Second finger longer than the

first, which has a brown wart on its inner side in the male ;

disks of fingers somewhat smaller than the tympanum. ‘Toes

broadly webbed, the web reaching the disks of the fifth and

third toes; disks of the toes smaller than those of the fingers ;

subarticular tubercles well developed. A large inner meta-

tarsal tubercle connected by a short web with the hallux, thus

producing the impression of arudimentary toe; another small

metatarsal tubercle at the base of the third toe. The hind limb

being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaches between the eye and the snout. A cutaneous

fold along the side from above the tympanum, another fold

across the throat. Skin minutely granular above, coarsely

granular on the belly and under the thighs; scattered granules

on the throat and a row of similar granules along the forearm.

Greyish brown (in spirit), with some irregular darker brown

markings; there is, however, no anal blotch as described in

H. impura.

This species is represented by a single female specimen

582 Bibliographical Notice.

from Sattelberg, which agrees well with Hy/la impura as

described by Mehely (Termeszetr. Fiizetek. 1898).

The herpetology indicates, as other branches of zoology,

the mixed origin of the fauna of Papuasia. There are ancient

forms, such as Geckonide, ‘l'yphlopide, and Boide, the

members of which have had time to become widely distributed,

cosmopolitan so far as the climatical conditions allow. it.

Others originating from Asia reach their extreme limit, in a

south-easterly direction, in Papuasia (and Australia), as, for

instance, Dendrophis, Dipsadomorphus, Tropidonotus*, and

Ranide. Another group has reached New Guinea from Aus-

tralia, and there become checked from further distribution :

Hylidae is typical in this respect. ‘l'his family, being chiefly T

Australian and South-American, has extended from the latter

to North America, and from there to Hurasia, as its distri-

bution clearly shows. This family is thus a typical repre-

sentative of Australia in the fauna of Papuasia. But the great

number of endemic genera and species in the herpetological

fauna of Papuasia indicates its long isolation.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICK.

The Story of Bird-life. By W. P. Pycrart,

London: George Newnes, Ltd., 1900. Pp. 244.

Tus recent addition to the ‘ Library of Useful Stories” is by a

rising ornithologist whose name is well known to specialists by

the admirable work which he is doing in the physiology and com-

parative anatomy of birds. We believe that this is about his first

appearance before the general public, and we hope it will not be the

last, for he has succeeded in compressing a large amount of useful

elementary information respecting birds, much of which is not

easily accessible in a convenient form elsewhere, into a very

moderate compass. The structure of birds, especially of the wings

and feathers, their courtship, nests, migration, geographical distri-

bution, pedigrees, &c. are discussed in an easy and attractive style

in twelve chapters. There is also a series of text-illustrations,

among others a restoration of Archwopteryx, and two full-page

illustrations, ‘‘ The summer home of the Ruff and Reeve ” and ‘* The

love-display, or ‘ showing off, of the Great Bustard, Otis tarda.”

Those interested in the latter subject will find a beautiful group of

Great Bustards in the Ornithological Gallery of the Natural History

Museum at South Kensington. We congratulate Mr. Pyeraft on

the production of this interesting little book, for it is not every

specialist who is able to write successfully and popularly on his

subject, as well as scientifically.

* The two former perhaps on driftwood or by the agency of man, the

last by swimming.

+ Like Cystignathide.

Geological Society. 583

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 7th, 1900.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Foraminifera from an Upper Cambrian Horizon in the Malverns,’

By Frederick Chapman, Esq., A.L.S., F.R.M.S.

The foraminifera described in this paper were found in a shaly

limestone which Prof. Groom obtained ‘from the débris of a

small ridge composed of black shales, with intercalated basalts,

which forms a spur on the north-west side of Chase End Hill.

The rock belongs to the well-known and widely-spread zone of

Spherophthalmus, Peltura, and Ctenopyge, which in Britain forms

the upper half of the Dolgelly Beds or Upper Lingula-Flags.’ The

specimens have been sliced, and have yielded a few forms other than

Spirilina; sections of echinoderm-spines, ostracod-tests, and occa-

sionally sponge-spicules (?) are also to be seen in the slides. The

tests of the foraminifera are infilled with a crystalline substance.

The following species are mentioned :—Lagena levis, Montagu,

L. apiculata, Reuss, LZ. ovum, Ehrenberg, Nodosaria pygmea (?)

Terquem, NV. abnormis(?) Reuss, Marginula soluta(?) Reuss,

Cristellaria acutauricularis (?) (Fichtel & Moll); and a new species

of Spirillina is described. The Spirillinew are in a good state of

preservation ; and the valves of mollusca, cut through in section,

are sometimes seen to be quite filled with the tests of this genus.

A record is given of some of the earliest known foraminifera,

including the somewhat doubtful forms described by Cayeux from

pre-Cambrian rocks in Britanny, those by Ehrenberg from the so-

called ‘Silurian Clay’ near St. Petersburg, by W. D. & G. F.

Matthew from the rocks bearing the Protolenus-fauna in New

Brunswick, by Keeping from the shales above the Bala Limestone

near Welshpool, by Blake from the Llandovery of Cwm Symlog,

by Brady from the Woolhope Limestone of the Malverns, and by

Terquem from the Upper Silurian rocks of Indiana. The Author

has also frequently met with Zagena in the Wenlock Limestone of

Shropshire.

584

INDEX to VOL. VI.

ABLABES, new species of, 409.

Abriesa, characters of the new genus,

312.

Actea pulchella, note on, 251.

Agelena, new species of, 199, 326.

Akodon, new species of, 468.

Alcimus, new species of, 176.

Alepas, new species of, 195,

Amaxia, new species of, 66.

Amphipoda, revision of the British,

32.

Anasida, new species of, 59.

Anaxa, new species of, 308.

Anaxandra, new species of, 229,

Ancistrogaster, new species of, 85.

Ancylis, new species of, 439.

Anderson, Dr, John, on the presence

of Echis coloratus in Africa, 419.

Andersonia, characters of the new

genus, 528.

Andrena, new species of, 19.

Anechura, new species of, 79, 99.

Anoplocnemis, new species of, 373.

Apeleutherus, characters of the new

genus, 73.

Apobletes, new species of, 268.

Apterygida, new species of, 83.

Apus, on the name, 248.

Arachnida, new, 199, 316, 363, 489.

Araneus, new species of, 324.

Archips, new species of, 442.

Argentina silus, on the abundance of,

on the market of Boston (Lincoln-

shire), 160.

Argyroploce, new species of, 236.

Arnouldia, new species of, 398.

Asopine, revision of the, 55,

Aspongopus, new species of, 221.

Asteromphalus malleus, new variety

of, 487.

Atylotus, new species of, 165.

Automolis, new species of, 66.

Auxinus, new species of, 323.

Bactra, new species of, 334.

Barbus, new species of, 479.

Barilius, new species of, 480.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on varia-

tion in the common hedgehog and

weazel, 243.

Basicryptus, new species of, 223.

Bather, F. A., on the Lower Paleozoic

Crinoids of Bohemia, 102.

Batrachians, new, 181, 186, 579; on,

from German New Guinea, 574.

Beblecia, characters of the new

genus, 71.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on the name of the

swift, 248.

Bernard, H. M., on the origin of the

segmented worms, 509.

Bessia, characters of the new genus,

320.

Birchippia, characters of the new

genus, 450.

Boarmia, new species of, 308.

Books, new:—Systéme Silurien du

centre de la Bohéme, vol. vii. pt. 2,

102; Hampson’s Catalogue of the

Arctiadée in the Collection of the

British Museum, 157; Willey’s

Zoological Results, pt. iv., 246;

Matthews’s Monograph of the Co-

leopterous Families Corylophidee

and Spheriide, 247; Lankester’s

Treatise on Zoology, pt. ii., 341;

Andrews’s Monograph of Christ-

mas Island, 348; Pike’s In Bird-

land with Field-glass and Camera,

425; Cory’s Birds of Eastern North

America, 426; Tutt’s Natural

History of the British Lepidoptera,

426; Catalogue of Eastern and

Australian Lepidoptera Heterocera

in the Oxford University Museum,

pt. u., 506; Cunningham’s Sexual

Dimorphism in the Animal King-

dom, 507; Newbigin’s Colour in

Nature, 507; Pycraft’s The Story

of Bird-life, 582.

Boulenger, G. A., on a new sea-horse

from Muscat, 51; on fishes from

the Falkland Islands, 52; on the

abundance of the greater siil-smelt

on the market of Boston (Lincoln-

shire), 160; on new batrachians

and reptiles from Peru, 181; from

Perak, 186; on new lizards from

Jamaica and British East Africa,

INDEX.

193, 194; on a new Species of

Ablabes, 409 ; on new fishes from

Lake Tanganyika, 478 ; on African

Silurid fishes, 520.

Broom, Dr. R., on a new theriodont

reptile from 8S. Africa, 314.

Bufo, new species of, 181.

Burckhardt, Prof. R., on the luminous

organs of Selachian fishes, 558.

Burr, M., on new species and a new

genus of Forficularia, 79; on For-

ficularia from Sarawak, 88.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on butterflies from

Hunan, 382.

Cadicera, new species of, 161.

Calleteera, new species of, 309.

Callianassa Martensi, remarks on, 261.

Calocaris, new species of, 476.

Camaricus, new species of, 522.

Cameron, P., on new genera and

species of Hymenoptera, 410, 495,

530,

Capoeta, new species of, 478.

Caponia, new species of, 321.

Carpenter, G. H., on two new British

spiders, 199,

Carposina, new species of, 121.

Catada, new species of, 311.

Cervicapra bohor, observations on,

303.

redunca, new subspecies of, 304.

Cervus, new species of, 204.

Cheetoceros, new species of, 483.

Cheetospania, new species of, 93.

Chapman, F., on foraminifera from

the Malverns, 583.

Chariobas, new species of, 325.

Chasmoptera, characters of the new

genus, 462.

Chelisoches, new species of, 96,

Chiloglanis, new species of, 522.

Chondropsis, new species of, 355.

Chondropython viridis, note on, 577.

Chrysichthys, new species of, 480.

Cirrhochrista, new species of, 313.

Cnephalocotes silus, on the occur-

rence in Britain of, 201.

Coccide, new, 389, 448.

Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A., on the

New Mexico species of Megachile

and a new Andrena, 7.

Coleoptera, new, 219, 265.

Conepatus, new species of, 466.

Crinoids, on the Lower Paleozoic,

of Bohemia, 102.

Crocidosema, new species of, 441.

Crustacea, new, 39, 195, 256, 472 ;

585

on Malacostracous, from Malaysia,

249,

Cryptoloba, new species of, 310.

Crystallus, new species of, 399.

Ctenochiton, new species of, 449,

Ctenomys, new species of, 301, 388.

Cyclopelta, new species of, 220,

Cyclopes didactylus, new subspecies

of, 502.

Cydrelichus, characters of the new

genus, 525,

Cypreea, new species of, 207.

Cyrtacanthacris, new species of, 881.

Cyrtomaia, new species of, 472.

Cytharischius, characters of the new

genus, 492,

Dactylopius, new species of, 395.

Deesia, new species of, 317.

Dalader, new species of, 376.

Deroca, new species of, 306.

Diatoms from Chincha guano, on, 481.

Diploglossus, new species of, 193.

Diptera, new, 161, 291.

Distant, W. L., revision of the Aso-

pine and Tessaratomine, 55; of

the Dinidorinz, Phyllocephalina,

Urolabidinze, and Acanthosomine,

220; of the Coreide, 366.

Draco, new species of, 189.

Dresserus, new species of, 322.

Druce, H., on new species of Hetero-

cera from South America, 64,

Dudua hesperialis, note on, 134.

Dycladia, new species of, 64.

Dyscliona, characters of the new

genus, 352.

Echis coloratus, on the presence of,

in Africa, 419.

Elasmopoda, new species of, 368.

Elasmostethus, new species of, 231.

Eligmodontia, new species of, 297.

Enarmonia, new species of, 438.

{piechinus, new species of, 290.

Epiplema, new species of, 307.

Epitoxus, characters of the new

genus, 278.

Equus, new species of, 465,

Erephrosis, new species of, 292,

Eressa, new species of, 305.

Eresus, new species of, 322.

Eriococeus, new species of, 393,

Erylus, new species of, 351.

Ethusa, new species of, 474.

Eucelis, new species of, 407.

Eucereon, new species of, 65,

Euchilichthys, characters of the new

genus, 522,

586

Eucosma, new species of, 337.

Eulota, new species of, 455.

Eumenophorine, synopsis of genera

of, 494.

Eusthenes, new species of, 61.

Evagrius, characters of the new

genus, 369.

Exartema, new species of, 124.

Fishes, new, 51, 55, 478, 522; on

remains of, from the Argentine

Republic, 1; on the luminous

organs of Selachian, 558.

Foraminifera from the Malverns,

on, 985.

Forficula, new species of, 82, 100.

Forficularia, new species of, 79; on,

from Sarawak, 88.

Frisimelica, characters of the new

genus, 225.

Frog, note on an hermaphrodite, 179.

Ganesella, new species of, 455.

Gasteracantha, new species of, 324.

Gazalina, new species of, 306.

Gehyra, new species of, 188.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 583.

Gonopsis, new species of, 224.

Gordonerius, characters of the new

genus, 56.

Green, E. E., on new Australian

Coccidee, 448.

Gregory, Prof. J. W., on the West-

Indian species of Madrepora, 20.

Grose-Smith, H., on a new species

of Papilio, 210; on a new species

of Ornithoptera, 388.

Gruvel, A., on a new species of

Alepas, 195.

Gude, G. K., on new Japanese land-

shells, 598, 453.

Gymnodactylus louisiadensis, note

on, 970.

Halter, new species of, 460.

Harkeria, characters of the new

genus, 597.

Hedgehog, on variation in the

common, 243.

Hedylepta, new species of, 313.

Hempel, A., on Brazilian Coccide,

389,

Hendecaneura, characters of the new

genus, 401.

Hermachastes, characters of the new

genus, 319.

Hermaphrodite frog, note on an, 179.

Heterometrus, new species cf, 863.

Heteroptera, new, 56, 221, 366.

INDEX.

Hippocampus, new species of, 51.

Hister, new species of, 279.

Histeridee, new, 265,

Hololepta, new species of, 266.

Holopterna, new species of, 368.

Homalopygus, new species of, 285.

Homoptera, new, 389, 448.

Hyla, new species of, 579.

Hymenoptera, new, 7, 410, 495,

530.

Hypephyra, new species of, 308.

Hysterocrates, new species of, 489,

Hysterosia, new species of, 446.

Hystrichoscelus, characters of the

new genus, 335.

Icaria, on the males of, 495; new

species of, 496.

Icerya, new species of, 389.

Ictidosuchus, characters of the new

genus, 314.

Idalus, new species of, 67.

Isbarta, new species of, 305.

Isistius brasiliensis, on the luminous

organs of, 566,

Tulus, new species of, 206.

Ixalus, new species of, 187.

Kaliella, new species of, 453.

Kirby, W. F., on Odonata from

Sierra Leone, 67; on African

Phasgonuride, 211; on insects

from the Yang-tse-Kiang, 380;

ou the Neuropterous family Nemo-

pteridee, 456.

Kirkpatrick, R., on sponges from

Funafuti, 345.

Kofoid, Dr. C. A., on Pleodorina

illinoisensis, 139 ; on Platydorina,

a new genus of Volvocide, 541.

Labus, new species of, 536,

Leelia, new species of, 307.

Lemargus, on the luminous organs

in species of, 558.

Lamadatha, characters of the new

genus, 538,

Lanchester, W. F., on Malacostra-

cous crustaceans from Malaysia,

249,

Laparus, new species of, 166.

Laphria, new species of, 171.

Laspeyresia, new species of, 429.

Latrunculia, new species of, 354.

Lepidoptera, new, 64, 121, 210, 234,

305, 334, 388, 401, 429.

Leptobrachium, new species of, 186.

Lewis, G., on new species of His-

teridze, 265.

Liopygus, new species of, 270,

‘INDEX. 587

Loénnberg, Dr. E., on reptiles and

batrachians from German New

Guinea, 574.

Lophonotus, new species of, 178.

Loxopera, new species of, 444.

Luffariella, new species of, 357.

Lycodes, new species of, 53.

Lycodon, new species of, 193.

Lycosa, new species of, 327.

_ Lydekker, R., on an undescribed

type of Rusine deer, 204.

Lygosoma, new species of, 191, 194.

McArdle, Capt. A. F., on some re-

sults of Indian dredging, 471.

Macromia, new species of, 77.

Madrepora, on the West-Indian

species of, 20.

Mammals, new, 138, 204, 294, 383,

387, 465, 466, 470, 569, 570.

Megachile, new species of, 7.

Melioptis, new species of, 311.

Melucha, new species of, 374.

Melvill, J. C., on new species of

Cypreea, 207.

Menardus, characters of the new

genus, 366.

Mereschkowsky, C., on diatoms

from Chincha guano, 481.

Metopa, new species of, 42.

Metopina, characters of the new

genus, 45,

Microcystis, new species of, 400.

Microhyla, new species of, 188.

Microstylum, new species of, 168.

Mictis, new species of, 372.

Miller, G. S., jr., on a new bat from

Central America, 470; on a new

bat from Peru, 570.

Mollusca, new, 207, 398, 453.

Montezuma, new species of, 535.

Mormopterus, new species of, 569.

Mozena, new species of, 375.

Myriopoda, new, 206.

Mytilaspis, new species of, 448.

Navyicula Hennedyi, new variety of,

481].

Nemopteride, notes on the, 456.

Neuroptera, new, 69, 460.

Norman, Canon A. M., revision of the

British Amphipoda, 82.

Notoccelis, characters of the new

genus, 283.

Nototrema, new species of, 181.

Ochrochira, new species of, 370,

Odonata, new, 69.

Odynerus, new species of, 504.

Olethreutes, new species of, 129.

Ommatius, new species of, 177.

Opharus, new species of, 67.

Opisthocosmia, new species of, 85.

Ornithoptera, new species of, 388.

Orthetrum, new species of, 75.

Orthoptera, new, 79, 89, 216, 381.

Oxymycterus, new species of, 298.

Pachycrerus, new species of, 274.

Paludicola, new species of, 182.

Palystes, new species of, 330.

Pammene, new species of, 435.

Papilio, new species of, 210.

Parana formation, on the age of the,

Pelatea, new species of, 335.

Perixera, new species of, 310.

Peucetia, new species of, 329.

Pheecadophora, characters of the new

genus, 130.

Pheecasiophora, new species of, 135,

Phalonia, new species of, 445,

Pharmacis, new species of, 443,

Phasgonuride from the Transvaal,

on, 211.

Philodryas, new species of, 185,

Phractura, definition of the new

generic name, 527,

Phyllotis, new species of, 296, 467.

Pidorus, new species of, 805.

Placinastrella, new species of, 350.

Placinolopha, new species of, 350.

Platydorina, characters of the new

genus, 555.

Platylister, new species of, 271.

Platynopus, new species of, 56.

Platysoma, new species of, 273.

Plectotropis, new species of, 400.

Plectroninia, new species of, 347.

Pleodoriua, new species of, 139.

Pocock, R.I., on two English milli-

pedes, 206; on new Arachnida

from Cape Colony, 316; on the

scorpions of the genus Hetero-

metrus, 862; on new African

spiders, 489.

Polistes, new species of, 410.

Polyfibrospongia, new species of, 359.

Pompilus, new species of, 539.

Potamon, new species of, 256.

Prionolomia, new species of, 367,

Pristopera, characters of the new

genus, 309.

Probolosternus, characters of the new

genus, 276,

Procavia, new species of, 387.

Proctoporus, new species of, 185,

Proechimys, new species of, 300.

Promachus, new species of, 173.

Promops, new species of, 470,

588

Propedesis, characters of the new

genus, 122,

Prout, L. B., on the Ankiindung

eines systematischen Werkes von

den Schmetterlingen der Wiener-

gegend of Schiffermiiller and Denis,

158.

Pseudapistocalamus, characters of

the new genus, 578.

Psiloptera, new species of, 219.

Pterinochilus, new species of, 318.

Punnett, R. C., on an hermaphrodite

frog, 179.

Pyramidula, new species of, 454.

Reptiles, new, 182, 188, 198, 194,

314, 409, 578; on, from German

New Guinea, 574,

Rhegmatopoda leptocera, new name

for, 215,

Rhodoneura, new species of, 312.

Rhynchium, new species of, 530.

Ricardo, Miss G., on Diptera from

South Africa, 161 ; on new Pan-

gonine from 8. America, 291.

Rothus, new species of, 326.

Saprinus, new species of, 287.

Sastragala, new species of, 228.

Scharti, Dr. R. F., on a new bat

from West Africa, 569,

Schiffermiiller & Denis’s Ankiindung

eines systematischen Werkes von

den Schmetterlingen der Wiener-

gegend, on the date of, 158.

Scione, new species of, 2U1,

Sciurus, new species of, 138, 294,

385.

Scylaticus, new species of, 170.

Selachian fishes, on the luminous

organs of, 558.

Selenops, new species of, 331.

Sicarius, new species of, 321.

Sitalia, characters of the new genus,

285.

Skeletonema costatum, new variety

of, 485,

Solpuga, new species of, 316.

Sparassus, new species of, 550.

Sparatta, new species of, 92.

Spermatogonia antiqua, note on, 488,

Sponges from Funatuti, on, 345.

Spongiphora, new species of, 89.

Stasimopus, new species of, 319.

Stenocercus, new species of, 182.

IND EX.

Stenothoe, new species of, 39.

Stewart, F. H., on a variation in the

number of genital pouches in

Thalassema neptuni, 218.

Stictocarenus, new species of, 230.

Strongylopsalis, characters of the

new genus, 80.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new eastern

and Australian moths, 305,

Synodontis, new species of, 480.

Tabanus, new species of, 164.

Tedania, new species of, 355.

Terapus, new species of, 286.

Teretrius, new species of, 289.

Tessarotomine, revision of the, 55.

Thalassema neptuni, on a variation

in the number of genital pouches

in, 218.

Thermorthemis, new species of, 72.

Thiodia, new species of, 405,

Thomas, O., on giant squirrels from

the Amazonian region, 137; on

new rodents trom Western 53.

America, 294, 3838; on the E.

African reedbuck currently known

as Cervicapra bohor, 303; on a

new dassie from Nyasaland, 387 ;

on Equus Penricei, 465; on new

Peruvian species of Conepatus,

Phyllotis, and Akodon, 466.

Tuomisus, new species of, 322.

Tohi, on the, 3035.

Tomopeas, characters of the new

genus, 670,

Tortricidae, new Asiatic, 121, 234,

333, 401, 429.

Tortrix, new species of, 443.

Trishoplita, new species of, 400, 454.

Trithemis, new species of, 69,

Tropidurus, new species of, 184.

Tylopsis, new species of, 216.

Urochela, new species of, 226.

Volvocine, key to the genera and

species of, 556,

Walsingham, Lord, on Asiatie Tor-

tricide, 121, 254, 333, 401, 429.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new species

of Buprestidee, 219.

Weasel, on variation in the, 243.

Woodward, Dr. A.S., on fish-remains

from the Argentine Republic, 1.

Worms, on the origin of the seg-

mented, 509.

END OF THE SIXTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY FAYLOR AND FRANCIS8,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Anw. be Mag. Nat.Hist.S .7Vol.V.PUL.

W.H.Crowther del.et lith. Mintern Bros imp.

IMOS SIG, Sl byNGSUCAIN, AMIE Jal WlglOAw PARANA.

Ji ,

ew. %

j i ,

f mn

ia ‘

ie]

{

‘

Oy ei 4

FT Ra PEA ANT

A ii) ant ar Sark

' i) u \

PMOL «PEK Phe LN

yh ud

Wie Millet

Naw a

2 A ae ae ii 5

Msc

J.Green del.et hth.

Co-“ UN) i]

Gee

iio

REN

Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7Vol.VI. PUT:

Somes,

A ene e a oe oer,

SCRE yy PR

Sp — a 7

Mintern Bros.1m»p

a) ae

%y t 7 4% A

ein x

hier ‘

‘ by cr .

ay a) ay os X, fi 1

‘CL oe A iy Bh : fete y me

Pv) « ae | La e 7

+. tis Nt a

a & a ers nyes

iy * ? \

oe 4 “s

ar Py! J ' o<\)

“ ¥ * 7,

: Ae 7 a

i tS A ‘

2 Gry 4 ae -

. he, id ‘

! eet) ye

a), as) @

“>? Ly ri a

= 4 ‘ P

. a

¢ = i

a *

’

‘ '

ite

’

‘

‘i ‘

‘

. =

pan

‘

bh, : ih

hier ;

AD oa ee

Lr -

al a

Ani & Mag. Not. Hest. 5 .7.Vol.VI. PU. IL.

Mimtern Bros. lth.

A.M.N-del.

5 3

oe :

me, é

= a f

S E

”

| 4

a -

| a

od Ot

jaem ea]

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. VI. Pl. V.

M---- ----Lk

ee oll)

\ == = pe.

i ; , | ip

Sa ita =

os |

: | |

; =a

7 CY

a i

= _ a

ron)

| 4

? o>

jn ervgith, SEA

NOP Sts hut ee ik

i yas Pat or : Fe

OO) At ea CREE hy Tees

3, a one S.

} AS ds,

‘

. Pica el aes

% a)

* ~

% q

i 7t - he

\ a

. ha’

7 ae ie ee oe ee

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. VI. Pl. VII,

wise

te W

Las

Ae)

Ann.te Mag Nat. Hist.8.7.Vol.VIPU. VIL.

Mantern Bros.imp

A.G.admat del.

Highley bth

Gruvel .

-A.

ALEPAS \Abiaes ERT

R.E.Mintern se.

Ann. & Mag Not. Hist.S.7.VoUVI PUK.

‘J

ai a hs

Mintern Bros.mp.-

Ani. & Mag. Not.fiist. S. 7 Vol. 6.PUX.

f .

M.Horman-Msher ad nat.lith West, Newman imp.

Histeride

ores

diet iw

q ‘

® ' i

(ay ir. Ai

oh he

¥ on

“ i

¢ ha eniery

+ h

i i

+! ,

i 44

“ih

J '

1 1

\ ¢

ae.

Ann .e Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7Vel.VE.PUXT.

_ EErnest Green del.

Mintern Bros.imp.

- B.E. Mintern Sou

P.iighley del.ct kth.

> Anin.& Mag.Nat. Hist. S.7.VoU.VI.PU.XIT.

Mintern Bros.imp

CRUSTACEA FROM SARAWAK MUSEUM.

Ann.be Mog. Nat. Hist.S.7.Vol.VI.PU.XII.

. eae

Mintern Bros imp?

PB Highley del. et ith.

Ande Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7.Vol VIPUXIV.

P.Highley del.et lth. Mintern Bros.imp.

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.5.7Vol.VI PU. XY.

E Highley del.et lth. Mintern Bros .imp -

i 5 eee os

b iA H 7

‘La

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hest.S.7 Vol VEPL. XVI.

iy |

H |

: 4

| |

}

aie

\ \

NON 2

eee

ee,

el Priel).

0.01 madlizn 4600

C.Mereschkowsky del. Mintern Bros.imp.

E R.E.Mintern sc.

ol. 6. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 31.

NSIT ONS is RNS TRAM TIO Sea ee RA

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No, XXXI.

JULY 1900.

, CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

ee ee

WITH SIX PLATES.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET,

|| gold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére,

}| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, |}

my eertin. | |

Just Ready. Orowil a 210 pp. Cloth ob Price 4s.

FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS,

Compiled by WILLIAM A. CLARKE, F.LS.

SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND CORRECTED, WITH

MUCH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

“ Every field botanist should possess it.”—-The Naturalist.

“Deserves and ought to find a welcome from all interested in British —

Botany.” —<Annals of Scottish Natural History ‘'Y.

London: WEST, NEWMAN, & Co. 54 Hatton Garden.

THE FAUNA UF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Seeretary of Siute for India in Cowneil.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1,

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1 each,

FISHES.—2 Vols.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

VOLS. ITI. and IV., 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

; By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1 each.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.

By Sre G. F. HAMPSON, Banr.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and

numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C,

aa aera

In 2 Parts, 4to, price 30s. (published at £3).

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GEOLOGY OF YORKSHIRE.

By Pror. PHILLIPS, F.R.S.

Part I.—Yorkshire Coast. 28 Plates and a Map.

a 1i.—Mountain Limestone District. 25 Plates.

TayxLonr and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

—_

sta eames seSeruteGde

_ WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

=A - : LS ee

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Pe Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

_ The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

_ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

_ Aé€ronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

_ Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 80s., Vol. II. 15s.

_Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

_ Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.

_ Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.

_ Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural Flistory of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s.

» ‘ Daubeny on Volcanos, 21s.

a Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.

5g Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

_ Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.

_ English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.

_ Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Be Surgeons. 6d.

3 Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 64.

_ Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 14s.

_ Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Bianrorp, F.R.S,

~ Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.

f Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. IL, IIL, and LV. 15s. each.

Reptilia and Batrachia. 2Us.

is Moths. 4vols. 20s. each.

Hymenoptera. Vol. I. Waspsand Bees. 20s.

Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. nett.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. (sd.

_ Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

_ Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

_ Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. Syo. Cloth, 16s.

' Ditto. Hlustrated introduction to. 8yvo. Cloth. 4s.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. 1. ¥0s. Vol. IT. 12s.

Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. \s. Gd.

Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. ls.

_ Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s.

_ Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.

_ Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. 6d. ‘

Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d.

Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s.

Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d.

_ Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.

_ Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthiy. 2s. 6d.

- Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I, 4g,

oe Part II. 7s. 6d., Part HO. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.

_ Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. 1s.

--- Gatalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. ts :

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each,

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

- $Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.

- Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.

- Thomson’s (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

-—s«10s. 6d. “Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, ls.

- Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts |

oye to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.

- Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd.

-Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. 14s.

- Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 335. Gd.

GG Al Mild F

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 31.—Seventh Series.

[. On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation, Argentine

Republic. By A. Surrx Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S. (PlateL) ....

Il. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Megachile and a new

Page

Andrena, By T. D. A. Cocxerext, Professor of Entomology, New |

Mexico Agricultural College

esevure eee et eee eeeeeee sere eee eee re

III. On the West-Indian Species of Madrepora. By J. W. ay

Greeory, D.Sec., F.G.8., Professor of Geology in the University of

Melbourne

ee ero eer eee eee eee eee eee eee rm ere eeereseeeerer eres

IV. British Amphipoda.—IV. Families Stegocephalide to Cdi-

ceride (part.). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.RS., &e.

(Tate UT) cho cay eas Oho eae eee ae ee hea

V. Description of a new Sea-Horse (Hippocampus) from Muscat, :

By. G: A) Bouuenerr, ORB. 2015 ok seine wee sys ete Onn Ree

VI. A List of the Fishes collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin in the

Falkland Islands, By G. A. Boutpnerr, F.R.S. With Notes by the

Collector

VII. Rhynchotal Notes.—V. Heteroptera: Asopine and Tessara-

LONE, BY West Li. DIBDANT : '5\0 cis vps, » Sn cete stale e ounaie: ate er Ra

VIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Tropical

South America. By Hurserr Drucr, F.LS. &e. 22.2... eee

IX. Report on the Neuroptera Odonata collected by Mr. E. E.

Austen at Sierra Leone during August and September 1899. ‘By

W. F. Kinsy, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Plate IL.) SHER Dipl athe abe Dee

X. Notes on the Fon rficularia.— V. Pete ae of new Species

ereer er ecer er er ee ee eer eer ee eee eee ewe ee eee ee wh ew et

and. anew Genus. By Matcorm Burr, F.Z.8., F.E.S. (Plate eh .

figs ABUT) ss ass A MURR SI

XI. Notes on the Forficularia.—VI. On a Collection: of Ponfiew

laria from Sarawak. By Maxcorm Burr, F.Z.S., F.E.S, _ (Plate TV.

Fn LO) ales CN eh a pce ee RRR Ghee bree

XII. The Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. By F. A.

Bare MAL EG Bre icp. oe aie oo oN Mars neces ole ee en a ie aia

XIII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon, Lorp Warstvenant,

MEAs EL Dis, WRB ie ae o aiethlern olate whe teey bie Ste, ae tore RE ae an

XIV. On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region, uy Oxp-

FIELD THomas

XY. Plankton Studies.—II. On Pleodorina illinoisensis, a new

Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By C. A. Kororp,

Ph.D. (Plates V. & VI.)

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Banibeus of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum.

Volume II. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Noline, Lithosiane) in

the Collection of the British Museum. By Sir Groren F,

Hampson, Bart.

MISCELLANEOUS,

On the ‘ Ankiindung eines systematischen Werkes von den Schmetter-

lingen der Wienergegend’ of Schiffermiiller and Denis. By

Levts B./Proun, FEB. ioe. oe cox aispanemneass ole Wem ee ee

Abundance of the Greater Siil-Smelt (Argentina silus, Ascan.) on the

Market of Boston, Lincolnshire. By G. A. Boutznesrr, F.R.S..

1B Tie

158

160

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addiieeey .

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

WITH SIX PLATES.

SEVENTH SERIES. No. 32.

ES |

THE ANNALS

he at)

Yea eee ee

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

Oe a) ee

No. XXXII.

AUG. 1900.

=~ FEFRCECEeTeTEeEREETFTETOo eee ee

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S8.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sgun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HisToRy.”’

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of M. A. Gruvel’s Paper on a new Species of the Genus Alepas,

and Mr. R. C. Punnett’s on a Hermaphrodite Frog.

LONDON:

e TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Whittaker & Co.: Baillidre,

: Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,

| Berlin.

=== 2h

a eee

a; in the July Number.

Page 71, lines 18 and 27, for sectors of the arculus read sectors of the triangle,

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

EERAToM 1 in Mr. W. F. Kirby’s paper, on Odonata from Sierra Tene, 4

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts, Price £1, |

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.BS.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. :

FISHES.—2 Vols. .

By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. IL., 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

' Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. |

By Sir G. F, HAMPSON, Barr,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and

numerous woodcuts. Price £1. -

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Royal 8vo, price 12s,

CATALOGUE

_ OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. ‘

Part 3.—Aves. | \

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c.

Price 2s. each.

appetites 5 to 9 to the Second Edition of the

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEON S OF ENGLAND,

By J. H. TARGETT. .

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

Ee sta a

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

_ CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

— a

wer g

a a

Se ee, Se

ae MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

}} Loot TPT Wie ta | BiLade Roa nT G

: Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

, The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only

on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. bay Saco

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. sy eee

TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

> prices :—

i The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10.

‘ The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ssvpced Oh

- The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ay hi shea

‘. The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. soeihen ofl”

~-—s- The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. ay.) OL)

JayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Strect.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 82.—Seventh Series.

Page

XVI. Notes on Diptera from South Africa (Palenihe and — c

Asilide). By Miss GertrupE RIcaARDO..........00.0 00 ee cece 161

XVII. Note on a Hermaphrodite Frog. By R. C. Punnezrt, BA.

(Plate ER yi cc iie de lade mane egunie sede a Aiea salle wae ne atta 179

— XVII. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles collected by

Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S. ..... 181

XIX. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from the Larut Aa

Hills, Perak.,; By GA. Bovtenaer, FRB.6 2c ta oes ce ean 186

XX. Description of a new Lizard from Jamaica. By Goa.

BovLenGen, Pek Fie Ces Pave a etaneete map atnasie seer ae Matas Aes 193

XXI. Description of a new Lizard from British East Africa. By —

GLA BoriENncER, BeBe igs Slee ec Ae ee a ea 194

XXII. On a new Species of the Genus Alepas (A. Lankesteri),

from the Collection of the British Museum. By A. Grover, Chargé

de Cours & la Faculté des Sciences de Bordeaux. (Plate VIII.).... 195

XXIII. Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. By Gzorez H.

Carpenter, B.Sc. Lond., of the Science and Art Museum, Dublin .. 199

« XXIV. An undescribed Type of Rusine Deer.’ By R. ‘LYDEKKER. . 204

XXV. On Two English Millipedes (Julus londinensis, : ‘Leash, face

Tulus teutonicus, sp.n.). By RK. I. Pocagnss ithe a poe mes 206

XXVI. Descriptions of Two Species of Cyprea, both of the Sub- |

genus Trivia, Gray. By James Cosmo Mutvitt, M.A. F.LS...... . 207

XXVII. Description of a new Species of Papilio from Bwool, North

Celebes. By H. Grosn-Smrta, FLELS., F.Z8., Ge. ooo eee 210

XXVIII. Notes on the Collection of African Phasgonuride formed

by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal &c., with Descriptionsof Two

new Species. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., FES. j MGa os peta eipinioteea ee 211

XXIX. Note on-a Variation in the Number of theGenital Pouches __

in Thalassema neptum, Gaertner. By F, H. Srewarr, M.A., Gatty

Marine Laboratory,’ St: Andrews (48050 hs Pics P cdsce spas wha ds 218

XXX. Description of a new Species of Buprestide. By Cuas. O.

Warentouse,. VP BiB oye yep tle ae aden tame Coane teams onus amesugnae ae ate 219 —

XXXI. Rhynchotal Notes.—VI. Heteroptera : Dinidorine, Phyllo-

cephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. By W.L. Distant .. 220

XXXII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorn WatsineHaM,

MOA TLD. BRB SS UR ee 234

XXXIII. Note on Variation im the Weasel and Hedgehog.

By Gi EH, Baneerrblamiivon es eh tag ei nietane eee) ae ace 243

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea,

Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895,

1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A.

Cantab. Part LY Coe eae a ee 246

A Monograph of the Coleopterous Families Corylophide and Spheeri-

idee: By the Rev. A. Marranws; (MA bisa cody ae 247

a MISCELLANEOUS. ae

Priority or Usage. By F. Jurrrey Brrr, M.A. &............... 248

*,® Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

. post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

4 vo SEVENTH SERIES. No. 33.

Mit Sa np a

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ano GEOLOGY. }

/ THE ANNALS

: INCLUDING |

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ~

No XXXIII.

SEPT. 1900.

ihe

——

ss ae

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S.

; CONDUCTED BY pede

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘AN NALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

| WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. G. Lewis’s Paper on new em of Histeride, and

Mr. W. F. Lanchester’s on some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailligre,

|| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, |

Berlin.

SRE RT TIE SEE Fa SPORT Wei FEET EEE OE Ret oa

poe

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA, a

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council, i

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Sound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1,

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. —

FISHES.—2 Vols.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.I.E., LL.D., &e.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. —

BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. II., 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

VOLS, III. and IV., 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RB.S.

Sound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. oo

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each, |

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates er ah

numerous wovdeuts. Price £1.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z8.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C.

Royal 8vo, price 12s.

CATALOGUE

OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS _

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves.

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c.

Price 2s. each. ne

Apprnpicrs 5 to 9 to the Second Edition of the

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF ‘THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

By J. H. TARGETT.

'Tay.or and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. E.C,

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

_ The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d. °

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,

_Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. lds.

Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.

Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. ds.

Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.

Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.

English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lds.

Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. BLanrorp, F.RS,

Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.

Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. I, IIL, and IV. 15s. each.

Reptilia and Batrachia. Us.

Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.

Hymenoptera. Vol. I. Waspsand Bees. 20s.

Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8 vols. 20s. nett.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s.

Ditto. Illustrated introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. J. 20s. Vol. IT. 12s.

Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 33s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6a.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. nett.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s.

Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.

Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 33s. 6d.

Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d.

Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s.

Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera, 4s. 6d,

Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 350s.

Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,

Part II. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. be:

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s,

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. wa

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8, and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 23. each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

ee Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.

Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.

Thomson’s (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s, 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun,ls. Srars, ls.

- Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols, 7s. 6d.

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd,

Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lds.

Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d,

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 33.—Seventh Series.

t Page

XXXIV. On some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Miliysia in

the Collection of the Sarawak Museum. By W. F. Layo STER,

M.A., King’s College, Cambridge. (Plate XII.) ................ 249)

CG. Dawis) Pe 8 oi Plate Xcess petwaecie ae eee rte a aaa en Ae DOR

XXXVI. Deseriptions of Fivenew Species of Pangonine from South

America. "By Miss Grarrvbe RIcando) of) fo eee ee ks eels pat}

XXXVIL. Descriptions of new Rodents from Western ee

XXXVIII. On the “ Tohi,” the East-African Reedbuck currently

known as Cervicapra bohor. By Oupriewp Tmomas...........-.. 303

XXXIX. New Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. By

Colonel C. Swinnon, M.A., F.LS., &e. 2.2.2.2. Losier crenaeeeC coll me 15,

XL. On a new Theriodont Reptile (Tetniaauvlene primevus) from Me

the Karoo Beds, South Africa. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se.

XLI. Some new Arachnida from Cape Colony. by R. I. Pocock, 316.

XLII. Asiatic Yortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinenam,

M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxesrer, M.A., LL.D.,

F.R.S.—Part Il]. The Echinoderma. By F. A. Bararr, M.A,

assisted by J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., and E. 8. Gooprica, M.A. .. 34h

A Monograph of Christmas Island. Physical Features and Geology

by Cuaries W. Anprews, B.A. ; with Descriptions of the Fauna

and Flora by numerous Contributers «ccs eb Seen 343

+,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be aidressed, 4a

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and dite es. Printing OBiice,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. y

THE ANNALS a

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

No. XXXIV.

OCT. 1900.

{

CONDUCTED BY |

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., i

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S,F.GS, |

| l

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH |

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” |

{

. WITH THREE PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. R. Kirkpatrick’s Paper on Sponges from Funafuti,

pS SRS ee FSR OT to

. LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,

Paris: Recahielitais and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, | f

Berlin.

Now ready, Demy Evo, cloth, gilt top, 450 pages, with T Plates, 2 Mops,

and other Illustrations. £1 10s.

THE BIRDS OF IRELAND.

By RICHARD USSHER ann ROBERT WARREN.

lifty Copies have been printed on larger paper. Royal 8vo, a

Price £2 10s. net.

GURNEY AND JACKSON, 1 PATERNOSTER ROW.

(Mr. Van Voorst’s Successors.)

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.—xxxv.,

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.—lx., Temporary Title-

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-56, pls. 1xi., lxii.)

Reptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginrurre. (Pp. 1-236, pls. i—)xviii.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-536,

pls. i-xxxvil.) A aes

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.PtckarpCamsBringr. (Pp. 1-304,

ls. i.—xxxiii.

aceon Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp Campriner. (Pp. 1-

160, pls. ix.) ae

Chilopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By DD. SHarp, A,

Marruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i—xviii.) ;

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHorA). By D.SHarp. (Pp. l-

168, pls. i.—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHanp

and W. F. H. Buanprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i—vi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. 1. By F. D. Gopman and O. Saxvin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-500, pls. xlviii.—

XCiv.

eipaeinis Heteroptera. Vol. Il. By G. C. Cuampron, (Pp. 1-836,

ls. i.-xix.

: rine Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. L. Distant and W. W. FowiEr.

(Pp. 1-56, pls. i-vil.) ;

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I]. By W. W. Fowter. (Pp. 1-280,

dls. i.—xviil.

: DAAPACHOUE Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. Cockrrenr.

‘Pp. 1-88.

east Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten SackeEn. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.)

Diptera. Vol. If. By F. M. van per Wuup._ (Pp. 1-428, pls. 1—xii.)

Diptera. Vol. III. Dy 8. W. Winiisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.)

Neuroptera. By A... Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morsr. (Pp. 1-16.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH AOLOGY.

By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. IL. pp. J-16,

pls. i-xxiv. Vol. III. pp. 1-43, pls. i-li. Vol. 1V. pp. 1-88, pls. i—xciii.)

‘" By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic MayaInscriptions. Pp, i-xii, _

1-150.)

London: Published for the Editors by h. H. Porrrnr, 7 Princes Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Driav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may he obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only

on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850. sok, EDs

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, trom 1851 to 1875. Se 5

TAayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, frem 1838 to 1847. Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Ne Ae

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. £12.

the Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Mae 33 i 8

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, trom 1878 to 1887. ie ieee

‘JY aytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

? ?

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 34.—Seventh Series.

XLII. Description of Sponges from Funafuti. By R. Kirk- — M

patrick, Assistant, Natural History Museum. (Plates XIII.—XYV.) 345

XLIV. The Scorpions of the Genus Heterometrus. By R. I.

Pocock

XLV. Rhynchotal Notes.—VII. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By

IW 2 Tai EBA i See A hia ater ate ts ak Ta ne a ara ec 366

XLVI. Notes on some Insects from the Yang-tse-Kiang. By 8 =~

WB Mrepy RAS. ees i ties aie cee, aug ng oe ee vt aN etn

XLVII. Descriptions of new Rodents from Western South

America. By Netra THOMAS 8 icc, cl Wa ihe oar er ok aia Sa $83.

XLVIII. A new Dassie from North N aaa By O prretp :

CP SOMA, 20055. gig Oke Pe oe HRS Ri fos is ee ve Ra age eR RO Ge ol ee 387 |

XLIX. Description of a new Species of Ornithoptera. By. H. ty

Grose-Surra,’ BAL BES: Ful. Gee isa bce wie wise CRS, A 0

L. Descriptions of Brazilian Cocede. By Aporpn Humpet,

S. Parla, Drag sow ey ie a Se ete ee , 389

LI. Descriptions of new Species of Japanese ‘Land-Shells. By .

Ge Greater Lee alos big bikes helene sabpie'a eck ace tinder EN Pelee Oinet . 898°

LII. Asiatic Yortrecide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Waxstnenam,

MASS LUD Ma Siig chews eeu sts esha Cuda Ms pulgitietinte Sita a an

LILI. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Ablabes from .

Burma.) ‘By. G. A. ‘Bounencers PRB. ee Ui Se ee oa ee 409

LIY. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hiymisho pene

By P. wrahgitd Pao aA ume Ree ONT a Sebati 2s 410

LY. On the Presence of Echis coloratus, Giinther, in Africa. By

Joun Anperson, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

EG eatin 419°

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

In Bird-land with Field-glass and Camera. By Oxrver G. Pix. .. 425

The Birds of Eastern North America. Parts I., II. By Cuartes Cory. jb.

A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A Textbook for

Students and Collectors, By J. W. Turr, F.E.S. Vol. Il..... 426

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, aM

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Oe,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

SEVENTH SERIES. No. 35.

——+ + eo

THE ANNALS

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, aT GEOLOGY.

No. XXXYV.

NOY. 1900.

CONDUCTED BY . Me

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D.; F.RB:S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS 7 COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. E. E. Green’s Paper on some Coccide from Australia, and

Mr. O. Mereschkowsky’s on Diatoms from Chincha Guano,

LONDON:

at. TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

' |igola by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,

{| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,

Berlin.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1.

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RS.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

FISHES.—2 Vols.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. IT., 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

VOLS. III. and IV., 1s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

Dis MEAN A TRE eR iy SHO NAS

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and

numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. (A new Edition in preparation.)

_ «SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. 8s. 6d.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. Vol. I. SPHINGES np

BOMBYCES. 1892. £2 2s, nett,

—— ——. Vol. Il. NOCTUZ (in preparation).

NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s.

Gurney and Jackson, 1 Paternoster Row.

Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s.

THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES

ST. ANDREWS

By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., &.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, F leet Street, E.C,

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d,

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.

Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. ds.

~Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s,

Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d,

English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s.

Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S,

Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.

Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., IIL., and IV. 15s. each,

Reptilia and Batrachia. 2Us.

Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.

Hymenoptera. Vol.l Waspsand Bees. 20s.

Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. nett.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yo. Cloth. 16s.

Ditto. MDlustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s,

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. IL. 12s.

Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s.

Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.

Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. 6d.

Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d.

Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s.

Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d.

Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.

Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,

Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. ls.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animalsin Museum. Part 3. sah Sa 12s.

logue of Teratological Series. 5s.

cms 5):6.:7,.5; aod 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each,

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d. ig

Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.

Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.

Thomson's (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s. 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s, Srans, ls.

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d._

Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. 165s.

Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 35.—Seventh Series. ae

Pigs “

LVI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Wasi

M.A., LL.D., F.B.S.

LYVII. Descriptions of some Species of Coccide eatleated by Ne

Mr. James Lidgett in Victoria, Australia. By E. Ernest oe “oe ‘ile

F.E.S8., Government Entomologist, Ceylon,” (Plate, Mb yal yl) eeiaaaes ae aye

LVIII. Descriptions of new th of Japanese Tand-Shelle. By

G RAGHEB ZR) or si ee nah: i

LIX. Notes on the Neuropterous Family roi gia? By Tae

WB. Karey FB BBS, ea ot wie + ere plars. nie rie we lyiaiie eit he

LX. On ELquus Penricei, a Representative of the Mountain Zebra

(Equus zebra, L.) discovered by Mr. W. Penrice in Angola. cs wi

Qi brn Pome eS ee ki Se aN ous ee le lee a 465

LXI. New Peruvian Species of Conepatus, Phy oe and Akodon.

By OMReLD PROWAB 0 Loa. eine here eee ie. area tS 466

LXII. A new Free-tailed Bat nt Central Aineciaes nae Gunert

SU) GL itil SF eee CaCO am WARE Naa YOLEN Pama TURN TENA \ ( AT70

LXIII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Royal Indian Mesias

Survey Ship ‘Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming, R.N., com-

manding.—Series IIT., No. 4. Some Results of the Dredging Spat

1899-1900. By A. F. McAnpte, B.A., M.B., Capt. L.MLS., igi :

Naturalist to, the Surveye jonas Boe Oaks et 471

LXIY. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. Ae E. s iysees YATRA 231

in Lake Tanganyika. By G. A. Bounenerr, FBS... 0... 478

LXV. Note on Diatoms from Chincha Guano. By C. somo ae

KOWSE Ys. (Plate; AVE) 58 tee ae aie olone be tetah > Ube tumles Kata cane 481

LXVI. Some new African Theraphosoid Spiders in the coe i :

Museum. By R. I. Pocock

LXVII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of ieee

By P. CAMERON 0.06 ecu eee ee ne nee oles teen een ees B05

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera Heterocera in the _

Collection of the Oxford University Museum.—Part II. Woc-

tuina, Geometrina, and Pyralidina, By Col. C. Swinnor, M.A.,

E.LS., F.Z.8., FES. Pterophoride and Tineine by the Right —

Hon. Lord Watsinenam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &c., High Steward —

of the University of Cambridge, and. JOHN Harriey DvRRant, Fev

¥-48. Memb.'Soc; Mint. Framoes 26/3 aus PON wie .... 006

Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom. By J. T. Cunnine- a3

Ham, M.A

Colour in Nature. By Marton I. Newpiein .....022.0.. 2.000.205 ab.

*,% It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Offie, BN),

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. .

Vol. 6. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 36.

INCLUDING ;

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

No. XXXVI.

DEC. 1900.

Cage

RNA ore

Sy aS Dp

SARS ay,

”

; x

THE ANNALS /€¢0&¢

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

, CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”’

Illustrative of Dr. C. A. Kofoid’s Paper on Platydorina.

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, suy., Fits:

| WITH ONE PLATE. cs ee

LONDON: 1 |

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, -

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,

Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,

Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. —

Edited by F. D. GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By 0. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i—xxxyv,,

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.-lx., Temporary Title-

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-56, pls. 1xi,, Ixii.)

Heptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginrnrr. (Pp. 1-236, pls, i.—lxviii.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By FE. von Martens. (Pp. 1-536,

pis. i.-xxxvii.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.Pickarp CamsBringE. (Pp. 1-304,

pls. i.-xxxill.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp CampBringr. (Pp. l-

160, pls. i.—x.)

Chilopoda. By R. J. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PskLapuHipm K&e.), By D. Suarp, A.

Marruews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i.-xvii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHoruora). By D. Suarp. (Pp. 1-

168, pls. ivi.) ;

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOoPHORA, continued). By D. SHarp

and W. F. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. ivi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.1. By F. D. GopmMan and QO. Satvin.

(Vp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. IT. ‘Pp. 1-500, pls. xlviii—-

xciv.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. Vol. I]. By G. C. Cuamprion. (Pp. 1-336,

pls. i-xix.) :

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fowier.

(Pp. 1-56, pls. i.—vil.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowtrr. (Pp. 1-280,

pls. i—xviil.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. Cockrrz.r.,

(Pp. 1-383.)

Diptera. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacxen. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.)

Diptera. Vol. II. By F. M. van per Wu.p. (Pp. 1-428, pls. 1—xii.)

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixuiston. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.)

Neuroptera. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. 1.)

Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morse. (Pp. 1-16.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH AOLOGY.

By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. II. pp, 1-16,

pls. i—xxiv. Vol. III. pp. 1-48, pls. ili. Vol. IV. pp. 1-88, pls. i.—xciii.)

By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii,

1-150.) a

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Second edition, Vol. 1. Royal 8vo, price 12s. met.

CATALOGUE

OF THE: -

PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

By Pror. C. STEWART, LL.D., F.R.S. &e.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

eit

Wy lee.

‘4

‘

“ee THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

_ CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only

on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s,

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850. Pe: 4 5

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. jy eae

TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :— |

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. a A

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. » £12.

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. +a) eae

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. ol ED

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 36.—Seventh Series,

Page

LXVIII. A suggested Origin of the Segmented Worms, and the

Problem of Metamerism. By H. M. Bernaxp, M.A. Cantab. ..... . 509 :

LXIX. On some little-known African Silurid Fishes of the Sub-

family Doradine. By G. A. Bounenerr, F.RS. ..............4. 520

LXX. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

By P. CamEeron

LXXI. Plankton Studies.—III. On Platydorina, a new Genus of

the Family Volvocide from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By

C. A. Kororp, Ph.D. (Plate VII.)

LXXII. On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. By

Rup. Burcxuarpt, Nat. Hist. Mus., 8. Kensington .............. 558

LXXIIL. Mormopterus Whitleyi—a new Species of Bat from

W,, Afvieas:. By BoB Somsnre, PROD, BSes ne sci). 56 ie ee 569

LX XIV. A new Bat from Peru. By Gerrit 8. Mitimr, Jr. .... 570

LXXV. Reptiles and Batrachians collected in German New Guinea

by the late Dr. Erik Nyman. By Dr. Ernar L6nnsere

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICKH.

The Story of Bird-life. By W. P. Pycrarr 58

eoerrer rere see e ween ens

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Society

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addresse

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Offic

Red Lion Cowt, Fleet Street, London.

shat eliehot

owt rte

Satan

taints tebe:

nt ig ; . pints tohpws ot

oer

Se eben spar!

aU as

; i

etnies Mette) pinelere

siete iaiety i ra f ! » * t 44 foetal yb ny an bee fh) PRM

sohecumturt tite pietetcte al ith ees

fateh ita ae

non pony tisabadl

. eben ns :

Bea Ss abt eh ene! tye 1 x al feb 4 Yury

i oe a Hert! Sot — y chtiesay i

lad hes re

Te ht hk Witter =

pieny

ety +

= hp wah aaa

rime sith bebber * ib Tat Nerbesy eet) thi

may

% soit

as - ae a S

ai te is iy

pe eerie

(4 Kites ue

Sabet

obey [bore

erie a

ries it ye

DUET SE DRAM Sinem AN “eT t

a edeatt ty tyie sas

ai al .

Sisht

Sibbtreh ubt ih My Etta Hey

bith asp leet

ae dreatiataaid

Senet aye viii ee

eines

rit

Leal

ariel eeey

Rane @

HN etht siraetee

oe oH gata ff + ; Wachanatt aes

We hy i Nast

PPL leads

ioatestals oy

Meee ty! beithpe poten

bebe Dpsren. tN res pba

Mal iepets

”

aytatiiats iis

+ kal *

Pat podhhieieb) vette ate

ha ebpar uy pert

Helter okey ey fet } Peete bot oe»

4 feo cOsbeithe

Leben (oe

hind A teciekoa |

ehavey i behetiotiv’ ; :

ait vs uy Dateien

ieee ite wey inh Os Leet

058

bites

tether eney pres

Afr i? f

nt 3 weal i f f

Ha! i th His <b ; Ie pee cereal

Wh Weir ye , phe

Pal 90 ot i jejeirirtates|s | “4 i} \ ehaKel

: ve Wareueniath ge xe '

iiuat

pier

as |

vee k peg +

a= He at ie ie hers i Y Saat

BER

i fia

amit

hy ¥

i i

A tt

Seep oobe ptbay

babes hel here:

ey - oe 4

aft ‘ vif

iiubereag gpeael alia \ poet ipa

where at f vee

psi } tg Cita tat

eer, st * it suet

netbeans php

sis festa

> mer ee Pee

oer

et bahue

\ ¢ ere

veietieeh) ip} Sib bae: ion

ut Tee ~

ht aa it id ft fit ein Lela A i eta ‘) ‘ at) ' Abi gles a

i ay amine Aine ve be j Y ett / ‘ SLoegesy ato re

i alt ‘ ae +1

Sec

Pete et pt

tila reo) be rn ov

ah phae bier

ss than Abe epi wp heey eb

perpbeeyen ebeny F

tos

ft iy ris

nee yp pubpey ba hme abet

iH a ae ate

rails tay +

inh Hoan . fer ney Prior te ihe ‘4 +4

we sive

aati hve he Wan oa Ey ae

mM ie Hs eet Shey eae

Fie epep nt

Nhe

WAT eh

HAA

‘

i ats ‘oe apeebuyy

iri Nyy ab a hin \t? {

wh phe hemey

Deepenrnruy’

mt Soe meintiatty

aut yn fata ‘

i : Ter hobweve

wry eee tA

bal vee ave Fe HP bbe ht i}

pherpenre ee Ht

” iy

ee Tsp’ vie

pale i ep emr et

aityottaty AN

‘ re spt eueneret Leer

som

pryed. ont

iii

Saeed bes

apal to

arya